(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "The Century Dictionary: An Encyclopedic Lexicon of the English Language"

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project 
to make the world's books discoverable online. 

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject 
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books 
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover. 

Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the 
publisher to a library and finally to you. 

Usage guidelines 

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the 
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to 
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. 

We also ask that you: 

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for 
personal, non-commercial purposes. 

+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine 
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the 
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. 

+ Maintain attribution The Google "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find 
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. 

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just 
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other 
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of 
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner 
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe. 

About Google Book Search 

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers 
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web 



at |http : //books . google . com/ 



■ 




^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^L 


^^^^^^^^^H 


^H 


^^B 






\ 


3 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^H 






A ~- 






M 


r 


M- 




^^^^^^1 


:'*H 








fl 


^^z' 


^l 






%.^^^^^^H 


r 








1 


1 i 








9 


I^^^Bi 








1 



THE CENTURY DICTIONARY 

PREPARED UNDER THE SUPERINTENDENCE OF 

WILLIAM DWIGHT WHITNEY, Ph. D.. LL. D. 

Professor of Comparative Philology and Sanskrit in Yale University 



THE plan of *'The Century Dictionary" in- miliar examples are words ending in or or our ical arts and trades, and of the philological 
eludes three things : the construction of a (as labor, labour), in. er or re (as center, centre), sciences, an equally broad method has been 
general dictionary of the English language in ize or ise (as dvilize, civilise) ; those having a adopted. In the definition of theological and 
which shall be serviceable for every literary single or double consonant after an unaccented ecclesiastical terms, the aim of the Dictionary 
and practical use ; a more complete collection vowel (as traveler, traveller), or spelled with e or has been to present all the special doctrines of 
of the technical terms of the various sciences, with aorcB (as hemorrhage, hasmorrhage) ; and the diifferent divisions of the Church in such a 
arts, trades, and professions j^han has yet been so on. In such cases both forms are given, manner as to convey to the reader the actual 
attempted; and tne addition to the definitions with an expressed preference for the briefer intent of those who accept them. In defining 
proper of such related encyclopedic matter, one or the one more accordant with native lesal terms the design has been to offer all the 
with pictorial illustrations, as shall constitute analogies. information that is needed by the general 

a convenient book of general reference. thE PRONUNCIATION reader, and also to aid the professional reader 

About 200,000 words will be defined. The xr 4^ * v v ^ i. * j iwi. hy giving in a concise form all the important 

Dictionary wiU be a practically complete rec- No attempt has been made to record all the technical words and meanings. Special atten- 
ord of all the noteworthy words which have varieties of popular or even educated utter- ^ion has also been paid to the definitions of 
been in use since English literature has ex- 5?^®» ^'/^ ^^P^^ the determinations made by t^e principal terms of painting, etching, en- 
isted,especiallyofaU that wealth of new words different recognized authorities. It has been g^^g ^^ various other art-processes; of 
and of appUcations of old words which has necessary rather to make a selection of words architecture, sculpture, arch»ology, decorative 
sprung from the development of the thought *^ ™^«5 alternative pronunciations should be ^rt, ceramics, etcf ; of musical terms, nautical 
and life of the nineteontii century. It will re- accorded, and to ^ve preference among these ^nd military terms etc. 
cord not merely the written language, but the according to the circumstances of each i^articu- 

Bpoken language as well (that is, ajfiAiportant I" ^^i "^ V?,^ ^,? the general analogies and ENCYCLOPEDIC FEATURES, 

provincial and coUoquial words) audit ViU in- ^^^f^Tfu^^ English utterance. The scheme r^he inclusion of so extensive and varied a 
elude (in the one al^abetical oYder of the Die- ^^^^^^.^^X^^ vocabulary, the introduction of special phi^asest 

tionary) abbreviations and such foreign words ^'^^^^ ,tJ«^f ^^^^ in«w/?; and the fiui description of thin^ often found 

^ihTeec^h ^"' "^""^ ' '""^ P"^ "' b^^ runleXotrd^u^ir (t'eTey t*o ««««-*-! to an int^ligible deflation of their 
English speech. PtonunciLon on 3l coven ^^ ^ ^ ^*°^«5i ^"1^ ^^^^^ have given to this Diction- 

Tuc cTv^i/^i /-li-icc V'A-iiiviiv w«v vv c .y aryadistmctlyencyclopedic character. It has, 

THE ETYMOLOGIES. DEFINITIONS OF COMMON WORDS. however, been deemed desirable to go some- 

The etymologies have been written anew on i^ ^^q preparation of the definitions of com- ^^at further in this direction than these con- 
a uniform plan, and in accordance with the es- mon words, there has been at hand, besides ditions render strictly necessary, 
tablished principles of comparative philology, the material generally accessible to students Accordingly, not only have many technical 
It has been possible in many cases, by means of the language, a special collection of quota- matters been treated with unusual fullness, 
of the fresh material at the disposal of the tions selected for thw work from English books hut much practical information of a kind which 
etymologist, to clear np doubts or difficulties of all kinds and of all periods of the language dictionaries have hitherto excluded has been 
hitherto resting upon the history of particular ^^ich is probably much larger than any which added. The result is that ** The Century 
words, to decide definitely in favor of one of has hitherto been made for the use of an EngUsh Dictionary" covers to a great extent the field 
several suggested etymologies, to discard nu- dictionary, except that accumulated for the <>' t^e or<finary encyclopedia, with this princi- 
merons current errors, and to give for the first philological Society of London. Thousands of Pal difference — that the information given is 
time the history of many words of which the non-technical words, many of them occurring ^0' the most part distributed under the indi- 
etymologies were previously unknown or erro- Jq ^he classics of the language, and thousands vidual words and phrases with which it is con- 
neously stated. Beffinning with the current of meanings, many ofSiem familiar, which nected, instead of being collected under a few 
accepted form of spelling, each important word ^aye not hitherto been noticed by the diction- general topics. Proper names, both biograph- 
has been traced back through earlier forms to aries have in this way been obtained. The ^eal and geographical, are of course omitted, ex- 
its remotest known origin. The various prefixes arrangement of the definitions historically, in cept as they appear in derivative adjectives, as 
and sufi^es useful in the formation of English ^he oraer in which the senses defined have en- I^rtvinian from Dancin, or Indian from India. 
words are treated very fully in separate articles, tered the language has been adopted wher- ^^e alphabetical distribution of the encyclo- 

ever possible. * pedic matter under a large number of words 

HOMONYMS. ipup niinTATin>J<; ^^» ^* ^® believed, be found to be particularlv 

Words of various orimn and meaning but i^n:>. helpful in the search for those details which 

of the same snelline have been distinSushed ^^®«® '^™ * ^^^^ ^*^K® collection (about are generally looked for in works of reference, 
bvs^inuperio^fi^ representing all periods and 

nLTringC LX^^sS^ ^'e h^s been ^?f^^f ot English Uterati^. %e classics ILLUSTRATIONS, 

to give precedence to the oldest or the most of the languMje have been drawn ^n, and rphe pictorial illustrations have been so se- 
familiar, or to that one which is most nearly jaluable citotions have beenmade frona less lected and executed as to be subordinate to the 
English in origin. The superior numbers ap- !*°^^'^a^*5:o" 'l.^Jii®^!;!^-®?! ^L Z^^ text, while possessing a considerable degree of 
ply not so much to the individual word as to *"^- _ American writers especiaUy are repre- independent suggestiveness and artistic value, 
the group or root to which it belongs, hence ^^^^ ^f ,?7»^' fullness than in anv simi^r ^o secure technical accuracy, the iUustrations 
the different grammatical uses of the same ?^'^ ^j?*Jii I 7r*?l^^S*5 fe A^" have, as a rule, been selected by the specialists 
homonym are numbered alike when they are *;^^?> cit^d ^1 be published with the con- in charge of the various departments, and have 
separately entered in the Dictionary. Thus a ^^^^^« Part of the Dictionary. ^ ^n ^^^g i>^^ examined by them in proofs, 

verb and a noim of the same origm and the DEFINITIONS OF TECHNICAL TERMS. The cuts number about six thousand, 
same present spelling receive the same superior j^^o^ space has been devoted to the special ^^„ ^^ ,-.^, .-, ^^ ,^ ^^^ 

number. But when two words of the same form ^^j,^ of the various sciences, fine arts, me- ^^^^ ^'^ ISSUE, PRICE, ETC. 

and of the same radieal origin now differ con- qi„„^(^ arts, professions, and trades, and " The Century Dictionary " will be comprised 
siderably in meanmg, so as to be used as dif- ^^^^1^ ^are has been bestowed upon their treat- in about 6,500 quarto pages. It is published 
ferent words, they are separately numbered, ment. They have been collected by an extended by subscription and in twenty-four parts or 
TUD rkDTurvD ADuv seaFoh through all branches of literature, with sections, to be finally bound into six Qnarto vol- 

THE ORTHOCjRAPHY. ^^y^ design <5 providing a very conrplete and iimes, if desired by tne subscriber. These sec- 

Of the great body of words constituting the many-sided tecnnical dictionary. Manv thou- tions will be issued about once a month. The 
familiar lang^uage the spelling is determined sancb of words have thus been gathered which price of the sections is $2.50 each, and no 
bv well-establiwed usage, and, however ac- have never before been recorded in a general subscriptions are taken except for tne entire 
cidental and xmacceptable, in manv oases, it dictionary, or even in special glossaries. To work. 

may be, it is not the office of a dictionary like the biological sciences a degree of promi- The plan for the Dictionary is more fully de- 
this to propose improvements, or to adopt those nence has been given corresponding to the re- scribed in the preface (of which the above is in 
which nave been proposed and have not yet markable recent increase in their vocabulary, part a condensation), which accompanies the 
won some degree of acceptance and use. But The new material in the departments of biology first section, and to which reference is made, 
there are also considerable classes as to which and zo&logy includes not less than five thou- A list of the abbreviations used in the ety- 
usage is wavering, more than one form being sand words and senses not recorded even in mologies and definitions, and keys to pronun- 
sanctioned by excellent authorities, either in special dictionaries. In the treatment of phy- ciations and to signs used in the etymologies, 
this country or Great Britain, or in both. Fa- sical and mathematieal sciences, of themeonan- will be found on the back oover-lining. 

THE CENTURY CO., )) EAST 17™ ST., NEW YORK. 



1i 



THE CENTURY DICTIONARY 



THE 



CENTURY DICTIONARY 



AN ENCYCLOPEDIC LEXICON 
OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE 



PREPARED UNDER THE SUPERINTENDENCE OF 

WILLIAM DWIGHT WHITNEY, PH.D.,LL.D. 

PROFESSOR OF COMPARATIVE PHILOLOGY AND SANSKRIT 
IN YALE UNIVERSITY 



IN SIX VOLUMES 

VOLUME IV 




PUBLISHED BY 

Cfie Centurg Co. 

NEW YORK 



Copyright, 1890, by The Century Co. 
AU Rights Reserved. 



By permission of Messrs. Blackie & Son, publishers of The Imperial Dictionary by Dr. Ogilvie and 
Or. Annandale, material from that English copyright work has been freely used in the preparation of 
Tmk Ckntury DicTtoNARY, and certain owners of American copyrights having claimed that undue use of 
matter so protected has been made in the compilation of The Imperial Dictionary, notice is hereby 
given that arrangement has also been made with the proprietors of such copyright matter for its use 
in the preparation of Thr Cimtury Dictionary. 



ABBREVIATIONS 
USED IN THE ETYMOLOGIES AND DEFINITIONS. 



a., adj adJectlTe. 

abbr. abbrerlation. 

abL A...ablatlTe. 

ace. acccuatlTe. 

aooom accommodated, aooom- 

modation. 

act actlTC 

adr. ...adrerb. 

AF Anglo-French. 

agrL agricoitiire. 

AL. Anglo-Latin. 

alg. algebra. 

Amer. American. 

anat. anatomy. 

ana ancient 

antiq antiquity. 

aor aoriat 

appar. apparently. 

Ar. Arabic. 

arch. architecture. 

archseol archaeology. 

arith. arithmetic 

art article. 

AS Anglo-Saxon. 

astroL aatrology. 

aatron astronomy. 

attdb attributlTe. 

ang angmentatire. 

Bar. Bararlan. 

Beug BengalL 

bioL biology. 

Bohem Bohemian. 

hot botany. 

Brai. Brazilian. 

Bret Breton. 

bryoL bryology. 

Bolg Bulgarian. 

carp. carpentry. 

Cat Catalan. 

Cath. Catholic. 

caus. cauaatiTC. 

eeram ceramics. 

ct L. coi\/!nv oomparei 

ch. church. 

ChaL Chaldee. 

chem. chemical, chemistry. 

Chin. Chinese. 

chron chronology. 

colloq colloquial, colloquially. 

com commerce^ commer- 
cial. 

oomp composition, com- 
pound. 

compar. ooraparatiTe. 

Gonch. oonchology. 

GonJ conjunction. 

contr. contracted, contrac- 
tion. 

Com Cornish. 

cranioL craniology. 

craniom craniometry. 

crystaL crystallography. 

D. Dutch. 

Dan. Danish. 

dat dative. 

def. definite, definition. 

derir. derlTatlve^ derlratlon. 

dial dialect^ dlalectaL 

diff different 

dim diminutiTe. 

distrib. distributiye. 

dram dramatic. 

dynam dynamics. 

E. East 

E. English (tMua2/yfiMai»> 

ing modemEnglish). 

eccL, eooles. ecclesiastical. 

econ economy. 

e. g. L. exempli grtUiaf for 

example. 

Egypt Egyptian. 

E. Ind. East Indian. 

elect electricity. 

embryol embryology. 

Eng. English. 



engin engineering. 

entom entomology. 

Epis EpisoopaL 

eqnlT equiralent 

esp. especially. 

Eth. Ethiopia 

ethnog. ethnography. 

ethnol ethnology. 

e^rm etymology. 

Eur. European. 

exclam. exclamation. 

f., fem feminina 

F French {utudUymM$i- 

ing modem French^ 

Flem Flemish. 

fort fortification. 

freq frequentatire. 

Fries. Friesia 

fut future. 

O German(tMtia2/yf}t0a9»- 

ing New High Oer- 
manX 

OaeL Gaelic. 

galT. galranism. 

gen genitiva 

geog geography. 

geoL geology. 

geom geometiy. 

Goth Gothic (McBSogothicX 

Gr Greek. 

gram grammar. 

gun gunnery. 

Heb Hebrew. 

her. heraldry. 

herpet herpetology. 

Hind. Hindustani 

hist history. 

horoL horology. 

hort horticultura 

Hung. Hungarian. 

hydrauL hydraulics. 

hydros. hydrostatics. 

Icel Icelandic (ueuaUy 

meafUng Old Ice- 
landic, othertffiie eaU- 
ed Old Norse). 

ichth. ichthyology. 

i.a... L. id Mt, that is. 

impers. impersonal. 

impf. Imperfect 

impT imperativa 

improp. improperly. 

Ind. Indian. 

ind. indicatira 

Indo-Eur Indo*Euroi>ean. 

indet indefinite. 

Inf. Infinltiva 

instr. instmmentaL 

inteij interjection. 

intr., intrans. . . .intransitire. 

Ir Irish. 

irreg trreguUr, irregularly. 

It Italian. 

Jap Japanese 

L. Latin (untally mean- 

ing classical Latin). 

Lett Lettish. 

LG Low German. 

licheuol lichenology. 

lit Uteral, literaUy. 

lit literatura 

Lith Lithuanian. 

lithog lithography. 

lithol lithology. 

LL. Late Latin. 

m.,masc masculina 

M. Middla 

mach machiueiy. 

mammal mammalogy. 

manuf. manufacturing. 

math mathematics. 

MD Middle Dutch. 

ME. Middle EnglishCoeAtfT. 

wiee coiled Old Eng- 
lishX 



mech mechanics^ median!- 

cal. 

med medicina 

mensnr. mensuration. 

metaL metallurgy. 

metaph. metaphysics. 

meteor. meteorology. 

Mex. Mexican. 

MQr. Middle Greek, medie- 

Tal Greek. 

MHG. Middle High German. 

milit military. 

mineral. mineralogy. 

ML. Middle LaUn, medio- 

Tal Latin. 

MLd Middle Low German. 

mod modem. 

myool mycology. 

myth. mythology. 

n noun. 

n., neut neuter. 

K New. 

N. North. 

N. Amer. North America. 

nat natural. 

naut nanticaL 

naT narlgation. 

NGr. New Greek, modem 

Greek. 
NHG New High German 

(utu/oUy timply G., 

GermanX 
NL. New Latin, modem 

Latin. 

nom nominatira 

Norm Norman. 

north northern. 

Norw Norwegian. 

numis numismatics. 

Old. 

obs obsolete. 

obetet obstetrics. 

OBulg. Old Bulgarian iUker- 

vfiiB eaUed Church 

SlaTOnic, Old Slavic, 

Old Slavonic). 

OCat Old Catalan. 

OD. Old Dutch. 

ODan Old Danish. 

odontog odontography. 

odpntoL odontology. 

OF. Old French. 

OFlem Old Flemish. 

OGaeL OldGaelia 

OHO Old High German. 

Olr. Old Irish. 

Olt Old Italian. 

OL. Old Latin. 

OLG Old Low German. 

ONorth Old Northumbrian. 

OPrass Old Prussian. 

orig original, originally. 

omith omithology. 

03 Old Saxon. 

OSp Old Spanish. 

osteoL osteology. 

OSw. Old Swedish. 

OTeut Old Tentonia 

p. a. participial adjectiva 

paleon. paleontology. 

part partidpla 

pass. passive. 

pathoL pathology. 

perf. perfect 

Pers. Persian. 

pers person. 

persp. perspectiva 

Perov Peravian. 

petrog petrography. 

Pg. Portuguese. 

phar pharmacy. 

Phen Phenician. 

philoL philology. 

philos. philosophy. 

phonog. phonography. 



photog. photography. 

phren. phrenology. 

phys. physical. 

physiol physiology. 

pL,plur. pluraL 

poet poetical 

poUt poUttoaL 

PoL Polish. 

pois. poaseasiva 

pp. past partidpla 

ppr. present partidpla 

Pr. Proven^ (uiuaUy 

meaning Old Pto- 

ven^al). 

pref. prefix. 

prep preposition. 

prea present 

pret preterit 

pilv privativa 

piob. probably, probable. 

pron. pronoun. 

pion. pronounced, pronuiii- 

ciation. 

prop. properly. 

proa proaody. 

Prot Protestant 

prov. provincial. 

psychoL psychology. 

q. V L. quod (or pL qwB) 

vide, which sea 

refl. reflexive. 

reg. regular, regularly. 

repr. repreaenting. 

riiet rhetorla 

1 

1 

OanguagesX 

RnasiaQ. 

& South. 

8. Amer South American. 

■a L. tcQieet, undentand, 

supply. 

Sa Scotch. 

Scand. Scandinavian. 

Scrip Scriptura 

sculp. Bculptura 

Serv. Servian. 

■ If^ dngular. 

Skt Sanskrit 

Slav Slavic^ Slavonia 

Sp. Spanish. 

subj subjunctlva 

superL sui>erlativa 

surg. snrgety. 

surv. surveying. 

Sw Swedish. 

qrn synonymy. 

S^. Syriaa 

technol technology. 

tdeg tdegr^hy. 

teratoL teratology. 

term .termination. 

Teut Teutonia 

theat theatricaL 

theoL theology. 

therap. therapeutica 

toxicoL toxicology. 

tr., trans. transltiva 

trlgon trigonometry. 

Turk. Turkish. 

typog. typography. 

ult ultimate, ultimately. 

V verb. 

var variant 

vet veterinary. 

V. L intransitive verb. 

V. t transitive verb. 

W. Welsh. 

WalL Walloon. 

WaUsch. WaUachian. 

W. Ind. West Indian. 

loOgeog. zoogeography. 

zoOL zoology. 

ioOt zootomy. 



KEY TO PRONUNCIATION. 



a as in fat, man, pang. 

& as in fate, mane, dale, 

il as in far, father, guard. 

A as in f all, talk, naoght 

& as in ask, fast, ant 

ft as in fare, hair, bear, 

e as in met, pen, bless, 

d as in mete, meet, meat. 

6 as in her, fern, heard, 

i as in pin, it, biscuit 

I as In pine, fight, file, 

o as in not, on, frog. 

as in note, poke, floor. 

as in more, spoon, room. 

6 as in nor, song, off. 

u as in tab, son, blood, 

f^ as in mute, acute, few (also new, 
tube, duty : see Preface^ pp. iz, z). - 



& as in pun, book, could. 
U Oerman U, French u. 
oi as in oil, Joint, hoy. 
ou as in pound, proud, now. 

A single dot under a yowel in an un- 
accented syllable indicates its abbre- 
viation and lightening, without abso- 
lute loss of its distinotiye quality. See 
Preface, p. xL Thus: 

^ as in prelate, courage, captain. 

$ as in ablegate, episcopal 

as in abrogate, eulogy, democrat 

t^ as in singular, education. 

A double dot under a vowel in an 
unaccented syllable indicates that 



even in the mouths of the best speak- 
ers, its sound is variable to, and in or- 
dinary utterance actuaUy becomes, 
the short u-sound (of but paD> ^t&X 
See Preface, p. zL Thus : 

A as in errant^ republican, 

fi as in prudent^ difference. 

Jl as in charity, density. 

Q as in valor, actor, idiot 

ft as in Persia, peninsula, 

g uBia the book. 

f] as in nature, feature. 

A mark (w) under the consonants 
t, d,t, g indicates that they in like 
manner are variable to eh, J, th, th. 
Thus: 



% as in nature, adventure. 

4 as in arduous, education. 
9 as in leisure. 

5 as in seiaure. 

th asin thin. 

TH as in then. 

th as in Oerman ach, Scotch loch. 

h French naaaliring n, as in ton, en. 

ly (in French words) French liquid 

(mouilld)L 
' denotes a primary, " a secondaiy 
accent (A secondary accent is not 
marked if at Its regular interval of 
two syllables from the primary, or 
from another secondary.) 



SIGNS. 



< readyyom; i. e., derived from. 

> read whence; i. e., from which is derived. 

+ read and; i. e., compounded with, or with suffix. 

s read cognate vrUh; i. e., etymologically parallel with. 

V' read root 

* read thecretiedl or alleged; L e., theoretioally assumed, or asserted but unverified, form. 

t read oftvotete. 



SPECIAL EXPLANATIONS. 



A superior figure placed after a title-word indicates that 
the word so marked \& distinct etymologically from other 
words, following or preceding it, spelled in the same man- 
ner and marked with different numbers. Thus : 



t)aoki (bakX n. The posterior part^ etc. 
t)aoki (bakX a. Lying or being behind, etc. 
taOki (bakX V. To furnish with a back, etc. 
taokl (bak), ad r. Behind, etc. 
baok^t (bakX n. The earlier form of baf^. 
t)aokS (bakX n. A large flat-bottomed boat etc 



Various abbreviations have been used in the credits to 
the quotations, as " No." for number^ "st " for ttama, "p." 
for p<zge^ "1." for line^ IT for paragraph, "fol." tor folio. 
The method used in indicating the subdivisions of books 
wni be understood by reference to the folloving plan : 



Section only $ 5. 

Chapter only ziv. 



(>anto only xiv. 

Book only lit 

Book and chapter 

Part and chapter 

Book and line 

Book and page X iU. 10. 

Act and scene 

Chapter and verse 

No. and page 

Volume and page 11. 84. 

Volume and chapter IV. iv. 

Part book, and chapter II. iv. 12. 

Part canto^ and stanaa II. iv. 12. 

Chapter and section or t vii. | or f 8. 

Volume, part, and section or f I. i. | or H 8- 

Book, chapter, and section or IT — I. i. S or H 6. 

Different grammatical phases of the same word are 
grouped under one head, and distinguished by the Bo- 
man numerals I., II. , III., etc This applies to transitive 
and intransitive uses of the same verb, to adjectives used 
also as nouns, to nouns used also as adjectives, to adverbs 
used also as pre];)ositions or conjunctions, etc 



The capitalizing and italicizing of certain or all of the 
words in a synonym-list indicates that the words so distin- 
guished are discriminated in the text immediately follow- 
ing, or under the title referred to. 

The figures by which the qmonym-lists are sometimes 
divided indicate the senses or definitions with which they 
are connected. 

The title-words begin with a small (lower-case) letter, 
or with a capital, according to usage. When usage dif- 
fers, in this matter, with the different senses of a word, 
the abbreviations [cap.] for "capital " and [I. e. ] for " lower- 
case" are used to indicate this variation. 

The difference observed in regard to the capitalizing of 
the second element in zoological and botanical terms is in 
accordance with the ezistlng usage in the two sciences. 
Thus, in zoology, in a scientific name consisting of two 
words the second of which is derived from a proper name, 
only the first would be capitalized. But a name of simi- 
lar derivation in botany would have the second element 
also capitalized. 

The names of zoological and botanical classes, orders, 
families^ genera, etc., have been uniformly italicized, in ac- 
cordance with the present usage of scientific writers. 





£cfe^4i!fe- ^ ' - -^^^ 





1. The thirteenth letter 
ftnd tenth consonant iu the 
EiijLTliHh filphahet. it lui-l a 

corrt*potiJtuc ]>oRitfnn !ti rlio 
Ijiliri All'! (trt«ik i ' ' i^ti 

in their *ouiTt% i u. 

Th6caij8p<?ctiJsoJ ' 

three ftlphalMJtii^wi 
eharactcrt from ^v 
Uerethe M to be i 
bu follows: 



£ 3 ^ v^\/^ 

ll«nji{(lyi-ihic. HictAtlc, Cl«Q. Gfecit Aiuf LJlUn, 

ri'nrnRCMf - n liihJ:<l urLMii) f4i»iitif1 1 hr> r.nrrfjiftoiiillnf; nMMll 

' flAt t« lO 

fhcr, or 

_al uhordB 

' piiJM4i|fe ftoui 

I me ton© rings 

,, .^nd this jFlve§ 

\e clusiire (eiceopt by 

I thus producoa 

ri :md II are orrfi- 

thelike. But 



id. jVn ii imfin."i-ii I, iti 1111' ui>ii'i i"- ■■ ■'■ -" ^^ :' 
notes 1 ,000. With a diish or > 
it stHTiils for a thousand timt 
1,000,000.— 3. As a BTiiibol: (a) In the rane- 
tnotiie words of lojone (seo TniMid^)^ f#* indicates a 
transposition (metathesis) of the x^reTnisos in 
the reduction. (&) Formerly, M was a brand 
impresfted on one convieted of manslauKhter 
ancl admitted to the benefit of clergy,- — 4. As 
an abbreviation: (*i) In litlostT M, stands for 
Magisier or Master^ a^ in A. M.; for Medici nw 
or Mcdieinet aa in M. D.; or for Memher^ as in 
M. Cm member of Congress, and M. P., mem- 
ber of Parliament, (b) In mecfUj m. stands for 
•masif. {e) In dental formiilte, iu cool., in, stands 
for molar f and dm, for deciduous molar, {d) In 
math.y M or fi standg for modulus; in hiqhfr 
ffmm.f m or /< for the degree of a etirre. (e) In 
iutron, and mftroL, m. stands for minute (of 
time), and for mrfcr: mm, for mittimct^rr; and t* 
for micron or min'omillimet€r. (f) In mujiical 
fiotatlou^ M, Hi an da for ma no (maift)^ mtz:o^ 
metronome, and in organ -mimic for manual. See 
J/, />-, M, if., J/, .s; (/?) In a ship's log-book, 
w, is an abbreviation of mint, — 5, In printing^ 
the square or quadrate of any body of type : 
more commonly spelled out, em (whieh soo). — 
To Jxave an M under (or by) the flrdlet. u-> tiave tJie 

ooarttisjr of addi-vaairifc by the tktlf Mr, Miu, Mm., etc.; 
ibow du« respect by ustag lUe titles Mr., Mrs,, etc. [Col- 

MiM. The devil lake )ftHi, Neveront ! besides idl iiiiidl 
oiirMS. 

Ladif A, Mnrry, eoiuo up! What, plain Ncverout! mo- 
ihlukB yuu infgbt /Mi(*e (fn JIf under i/tmr n/ittlte, mitt. 

A'«nt^, Polite Courenuiiiuri^ L 

maH, a, and udv, A Middle English form of «io. 

ma"'* i mli), II* [A i^hildiHh name, nsnally mama: 
see ff/rtin«,] A shorter or ehildiah form of 
mama. 

ma^ (mii), rorij, [It* (= F» «Mii^),but, < L. maffis, 
more; see matjiMrr,} In wuiriV, but: used efl- 
peeially in the phrase ma non troppo, but not 
too much, to Limit varioui^ indications of min^ii* 
ejil tempo and style, as atlr(/ro ma mm troppo, 
quick, bat not too much fto, etc* 

ma^ (mii), ». [Polynesian,] A sHng uned by 
Pol>Tie»ian islanders, made from finely bi-nided 
til>ers of eoeounut-huak or of simiiar limteriai 

M. A, Bee A, M, (a), 
234 



inaa {mJL), *k a dlaleetal form of mew^, [Shet- 
land.) 

maadt. An obsolete past participle of makei. 
Chancer, 

maalin (mU'lin), n, A dialectal form of mfsrlin, 
[Shetland.] 

^""niu (mftm), n, [Also mam, \'nlgarly marm, 
'ontr. of mrtdnm,] A common colloquial 
. Liciion of nuidnm^ usr-.] isvm .1:111 v in an- 
swers, after yr* and w/>, or when 
one expects or has not di- * ques- 
tion. 

xaa'am-achool (miim'sk^l), ». A school kept 
by a w " - ^ ^^ i,>oL [New Eng.) 

1 foi I ears old keeping n tna'om* 

^; U. 'jTottiricA, iLtrcolleettoiii of ii tif eUniev *▼- 
maatt,^. A form of w^r^r^. Chaucer* 
mab (mab), R, [A dial- var. of iwofel.] A slat- 
tern. [Prov. Eng.] 
mab (mab), r, i,; pret. and pn. mabhed^ ppr. mnh- 
bing. [A dial, var. of mooi; ef* ma6, n,] To 
dress negligently; bo slatternly, [Prov. Eng.) 
Maba (ma'bll), h, [NL, (J. H' Forster, 177«), 
the name of the plant in Tonga-Tabu.] A ge- 
: ' "f dicotyledonous gamopet! ; '- nta be- 
ig to the natural order r, the 

y famOy, characterized h\ . _ : i_^ flow- 
rSf ahnost always three-parted, from tluree to 
n JndefhiHe number of stamens^ and three 
H united below. They arc ah rub* 
f very bj^nl w^xnI, with bu&U entire 

M fior !"<-ililiirv <'[■ \v. c vmeM. I- H/tvnisu; 

■1 



dmtk ttttUnwiffHL '] Ml 

muny Turtlary dej'^ i <• 

b*.iiii? .-II tiLit m .i ..-.., ,.,-, 

n ' ln*vi* bceii *. 

ji iTJirdefl na <i 

i;.L . i ... .^ _.^j otcttis in C'uit,i.. . , 

mabbleti v. ^ A variaut of mohtc'^. 

mabby (mab'i)i w, [Formerly also mohhy ; Bar- 
bados.] A spirituous liquor distilled from po- 
tatoes in Barbados. 

Mac. [i Gael, mac = Ir. mac = W, wwip, mah^ 
also rt|>, <j6, a son, := Goth. maguHy a son: see 
IW//I/2. Cf. rt;i.} An element, usually a con- 
joined prefix, in many Scotch and Irish names 
of Celtic origin, cognate with the Welsh .-Jp-, 
Bignifjing *80ii/ ana being thus equivalent to 
the Insh O', the English ^ww or -.f. and the Nor- 
ms n Fii:', The prefix ii either written In full. Mat-, or 
abbreviated to Jr<7. or M<*, wbiob In works printed iu the 
British Isles almost Invariably appears fts if'* ^ the oon« 
traet«d form being followed by n cspttid letter, while Mac- 
tak«8 a cupitsl after it but randy. Thus s nunc may be 
viiHc^ti Bly s w1 1 fMt m Maedcmatd i rarely MaeDowdd)y M*bon- 
a!' - "^ -" : =o Maekerui*, M'Kenag, or MeKerme, 
' Urf<>ctories,eic.,niuuo«withthif preDx, 

\^ j< -, if'-, or Jfc-, nrft properly eriter«il in 

the aipiiHiteucni ptiice of Jfiur-. used aepsintO' 

lyforpersoQSWlioseDJiniesbegi ircflx. 

The Fltfles sometimes permir Ives to speak 

with Kiom of the Ob and Jfacn, and ilic O's atid Jfoc* 
sometimes repaid tbat Bcoru with aversion. Jfooaulaj/. 

MacabereBQUe ( ma- k a-b^r-esk ' ) , a . [< Maca her 
(ace def . ) + Hi^que. Cf . ^U^,MaehalMCorum chora, 
aa if the * dance of the Maccabees/] Pertain- 
itig to or of the character of the so-called 
**I>an^e of Death, *^ a favorite subject in the 
literature, art, and |>aiitomime of Europe in the 
middle ages and early Renaissance: apparently 
based on a series of dialogues of death attrib* 
uted to Macaber, an old German poet of whom 
nothing is known. See dance of den thy under 
dancii, 

macaco^ (ma-ka'ko), «. [Formerly also mau- 
cauco, m4>cawk; from a Malagasy "name.] 1, 
The ring-tailed lemur or cat-lemur, the specicH 
of Lt'i«'/r earliest known, dcBcribi'd under this 
name bv Buffo n; the L. CiUta of LiQua^us. — 2, 
The tecbnical Bpecifie name of the niffed lemur, 
L, nmatco. Hence "3. Any lemur; a maki, — • 

U67 



4, The 80-c ailed yellow lemur or ktnkajou» fVr- 
colcjitrn cftudirohuitiM: a misnomer. See euf 
under tinkajou. 

maeaco*-^ (ma-ka'ko), n, rPormcrly miimqua 
(Mare^rave, 1648); said to oe of African (Con- 
go) origin. 8eo macaque f Macactin.] A ma- 
eaqtie, Ser ^' 

macaco-won ko-w^rm), n, Tlie larva 

of !i-riM«< (. r of SoTith America, /icr- 

t/i': wliich infesta the skin of ani- 

ni iian, 

Macacus(iu:i iui'ktiK),?!. rNl^,(F,Ci] 

ca<'a, Luct'ptHlc. ISOli, < F. maeaquf 

from a : ' - ■- v 

?;enuB 
aijtih- ' 



nai; ' Mvjurii llJiVf I'l^rii r.i,i>'-iH'l;iiU:di 

P'^' 

macadam Ujj ak - u < r lim J ^ n. [Short for Maca d' 
am partnttnt: see macadamize*'} Macudumized 
pavement. 

There we mi»ny v»rlt-ti«a erf pavement In Lomloii. from 
prt«i}tjv<n macadam to the uoinelces siphslt«. 

(^inUmpomtji Rev., hXV. 4Jf2, 

Macadamia (mak-a-dii^mi-|A), f/. [NL, (F, von 
MUller, 1H57), named after one Mav Adam.] A 
genus of dieotyiedonous aiietalous plants be- 

'-- -^T-.-- ^1'.' ' •■•^ - '- ' .-A the 

two 

; --i - - . .^. ..-,-.' ■ .- , ■: :i»-^Bhy 

eotyiedons, anthereon short hlanienls msert^dj 
r\ little Im^Iow th*^ lamiTTB*, jiTid n nTttrdikel 



\ 



aul vikUh LhtiiMttt 



Loudon Macmlam, a 8eoLtih)i »*agineer (iToii— 

1836), who carriod it ont v»'ry ♦*xt4iTisiv«dy hi 

England, i] ,, 
fosuwifiy ti rci 

cmrkea st^m'.' i 

tlje . i-i , 

fir. r ! 

7 I.' ..I 

t. I 

fliii h. 

Also epclkd. -■■ iu 

macadamiz e : \ m-iz ), v, t, ; pret. and pp, 

macadamt^ftu ['in . fumadamiHng, [< Maradnm^ i 
the name of the inventor, + -izt\ The F, mom^l 
damiscr is from E,] To cover (a rood or path) 
with a layer of brtiken road-metal. See »i«^ 
adamizatiott. Also spelled macadamise, 

macadamizer (mak-ad/am-i-x^r), w. One who 
lays macadamized roads. Also spelled macad- 
am iser. 

Macaja butter. Bee Coco»* 

macaque (ma-kak"), «, [< F, macaque, < mn- 
caco^ macaqao, a native name; see macaco^^ 
Macacus.'\ A moukey of tho genius Mneaf^t.^; 
one of the several kinds o" : 

between baboons and the ." 
Tlie tenn has nsni.'rtrr.n.- th.- 5,1,1;,,, .; 

of the wonl,h:i 

csciuej M. cifn'i' - ■ < ^ 

H« long &9 t he In niy , is n lai 1 
The munirii, Mf^ tetuiruM ni I 

Ir. 

•''^ ^r,.. ,...,.^ .., .-n.,. ^ „„,^,^ ., 

With ttie tidl uf moderate leuf^b, la tho Ikiruiasu biaek 



macaque 

macaqne, Jf. maurut, the tail Ig a mere stami). •*^ine of 
these monkeys reach the snow-line in Tibet, as M. t/Ube- 
tanut. A remarkable species, the wanderoo, Jf. HlenuM. 
with a tofted tall and the face set in an enormous frill of 
long gny hair, inhabit! Malabar. Sometimes spelled ma- 
cake. 

Macaria (ma-ka'ri-a), «. [NL., < Gr. fMKapioCf 
fidKopf blessed, happy.] In zool., a name of va- 
rious genera, (a) A genus of spiden. Koeh, 1796. (6) 
The typical genus of MaearUdce or Mncariinm, erected by 
Curtis in 1826. They are delicate, sleuder-bodied moths of 
ffrayish color, whose larrv are slender with heart-shaped 
head. It is a large and wide-spread genus, occurring abun- 
dantly in Europe and America. M. Hturata is the tawny - 
barred angle of English collectors, to whom M. notata is 
known as the small peacock-moth, (e) A genus of lady- 
birds or coccinellids, confined to South America, haying 
the thhrd and fifth Joints of the antemue very smalL Also 
Miearia. Dejean, 1834. 

Macarian (ma-ka'ri-an), a. [< Macarius (see 
def.) (< Gr. fioK&pto^, blessed) + -a».] 1. A fol- 
lower of the monastic system or customs of the 
elder Macarius of Egypt, or of the younger Ma- 
carius of Alexandria, contemporary monks of 
the fourth century, who were noted for their 
severe asceticism. — 2. A follower of the Mo- 
nothelite Macarius, patriarch of Antioch in the 
seventh century. 

Macariida (mak-a-ii'i-de), n,pL rNL..< Maca- 
ria + 'idee J] A family of geometrid moths, typi- 
fied by the genus Macaria, Also called Maca- 
ricUe, They are also classed as a sabfamily, 
Macariinaif of Gcometridce, 

macarism (mak'a-rizm), n. [< Gr. fiaKaptafiw;, 
blessing, < fiaKopil^aVf bless. ] A beatitude. J. J . 
Alexander^ Commentary on Matthew, p. 110. 

macarlze (mak'a-riz), V. t; pret. and pp. fnaca- 
rized, ppr. macdirizing, [< Gr. fiaKapil^eiv, blesp, 
pronounce happy, < ftdKap^ blessed, happy.] To 
bless; pronounce happy; wish joy to; congratu- 
late. [Rare.] 

The word maearize has been adopted by Oxford men 
who are familiar with Aristotle, to supply a word wanting 
in our language. "Felicitate and "congratulate" are 
fin actual usage) confined to events. ... It may be said 
that men are admired for what they are, commended for 
what they do, and macarized for what they have. 

Whately, On Bacon's Essay on Praise (ed. 1887). 

macaroni (mak-a-ro'ni), ». and a. [Formerly 
also macoaroni," mackeroni, macheroni; = F. 
macaroni = Sp. macarrones = Pg. macarrdo, < 
Olt. maccaroMy It. macchcronif macaroni, orig. a 
mixture of flour, cheese, and butter, prob. < mac- 
carcy bruise, batter, < L. macerare, macerate: see 
macerate. Cf. macaroon^ from the same source. 
In ref. to the secondary uses of the word (cf. It. 
nMCcaronCy now maccherone, a fool, blockhead), 
it is to be noted that it is common to name a 
droll fellow, regarded as typical of his coun- 
try, after some favorite article of food, as E. 
Jack-pudding, G. Hanswurst (* Jack Sausage ')» 
F. Jean Farine (*Jack Flour').] I. «. 1. A 
kind of naste or dough prepared, originally 
and ohieny in Italy, from the glutinous granu- 
lar flour of hard varieties of wheat, pressed 
into long tubes or pipes through the perfo- 
rated bottom of a vessel furnished with man- 
drels, and afterward dried in the sun or by 
low heat. The same material, called Italian patte, is 
also mode into a thread-like product called termini, and 
into sticks^ lozenges, disks, ribbons, etc. 31 acaroni. cooked 
in various wavs, constitutes a leading article of food in 
Italy, especially in Naples and Genoa, and it is much used 
elsewhere. Imitations of it are made in other oounUrles 
from ordinary flour, which is much less suitiUile. 

He doth learn to make strange sauces, to eat anchovies, 
fnaecaroni, bovoli, fagioli, and caviare. 

B. Joruon, Cynthia's Revels, IL 1. 
2. A medley; something extravagant or calcu- 
lated to please an idle lancy. — 3t. A London 
exquisite of the eighteenth century ; a fop ; a 




Macaroni and Lady In dress of 1770- 1775. 



3558 

dandy; a member of the Macaroni Club. See 
IL, 1. 

Lady Falkener's daughter is to be married to a young 
rich Mr. Crewe, a macaronet and of our loo. 

WalpoU, To Hertford, May 27, 1764. 
Tou are a delicate Londoner : you are a macaroni: you 
can't ride. BotweU, Tour to Hebrides, p. 84. 

Sure never were seen two such beautiful ponies ; 
Other horses are clowns, but these maearonie*. 

Sheridan, School for Scandal, ii. 2. 
[Hence arose the use of the word in the contemporary dog- 
gerel of " Yankee Doodle "— 

[He] stuck a feather in his cap, 

And called it maearoni — 

and its application as a name, in the American revolution, 

to a body of Maryland troops remarkable for their showy 

uniforms.] 

4. A crested penguin or rock-hopper : a sailors' 
name. See j>«n^tn, and cut imaer Eudyptes. 

n.t a. 1. Consisting of gay or stylish young 
men: speoiflcally leap."] applied to a London 
club, founded aoout the nuddle of the eigh- 
teenth century, composed of young men who 
had traveled and sought to introduce elegances 
of dress and bearing from the continent. 

On Saturday, at the Maeearoni Club (which is composed 
of all the travelled young men who wear long curls and 
spylng-ghisses) they played again. 

WalpoU, To Hertford, Feb. <3^ 1764. 
2. Of or x>ertaining to macaronis or fops; ex- 
quisite. 

Ye travell'd tribe, ye maearoni train, 
Of l<>ench friseurs and nosegays Justly vain. 
QoldtmUh, Epilogue si)oken by Mis. Bulkley and Miss 

[Catley. 
Daft gowk in macaroni dress. 
Are ye come hero to shaw your face ? 
Ferffuston, On seeing a Butterfly in the Street. 
macaronian (mak-a-ro'ni-an), a. and n. [< tnac- 
aroni + -an.} Same as macaronic, 
macaronic (mak-a-ron'ik), a, and n. [= F. 
macaroniaue = Sp. macarrdnico = Pg. macar- 
ronico = It. maccneronico ; as macaroni + 'ic,'\ 
I. rt. 1. Of or pertaining to the food macaroni. 
— 2t. Pertaining to or like a macaroni or fop; 
hence, trifling; vain; affected. — 3, In lit., 
using, or characterized by the use of, many 
strange, distorted, or foreign words or forms, 
with little regard to syntax, yet with sufficient 
analogy to common words and constructions to 
be or seem intelligible: as, a macaronic poet ; 
macaronic verse. Specifically, macaronic verse or po- 
etry is a Idnd of burlesque verse in which words of another 
Unguage are mingled with Latin words, or are made to 
figure with Latin terminations and in Latin constructions. 
The term was brought into vogue by the popular satirical 
works In this itvie of the Mantuan Teofilo Folengo (died 
1544X It is probable that this use of the word has refer- 
ence to the varied ingredients which enter into the prep- 
aration of a dish of macaroni 

A maearonie stage seems very often to mark the decline 
of an old literature and language, in countries exposed to 
powerful foreign influences. 

O. P. Martht Lects. on Eng. Lang., v. 

n. n. 1. A confused heap or mixture of sev- 
eral things. Cotgrare. — 2. Macaronic verse. 

macaronicalt (mak - a - ron ' 1 - kal), a. [< maca- 
ronic + -a/.] Same'as macaronic, Nashe. 

macaroon (mak-a-r6n'), n. [Formerly also 
maekaroon, mackroon, makaron, macaron; < F. 
macaron, macaroni, also a bun or cake, = Sp. 
macarroHf macaroon, < Olt. maccarani, orig. a 
mixture of flour, cheese, and butter: see maca- 
roni.^ 1. A small sweet cake, made of sweet- 
almond meal instead of wheaten flour, and whit€ 
of eggs. 

Let anything come in the shape of fodder, or eating- 
stuffe, it is Wellcome, whether It be Sawsedge, . . . ur 
Chese-cake^ ... or Maekroone, Kickshaw, or l^tablin ! 
John Taylor, The Great Eater of Kent (1610). 

2t. A droll; a buffoon.— 3f. A finical fellow; 
a fop ; an exquisite. Compare macaroni, 3. 
CaU'dhim . . . a macaroon, 

And no way fit to speak to clouted shoon. 

R. B., Elegy on Donne (Donne's Poems, ed. 1650X 

macarte (ma-kilrt'), «. [Origin not ascer- 
tained.] A rope attached to the hackamore. 

Macartney pheasant. See pheasan t, 

macary-bitter (mak'a-ri-bit'6r), «. The shrub 
Picramnia Antidcsmdy which yields medicinal 
bitters. [West Indies. ] 

Macassar oil. See oil, 

macasse (ma-kas'), n. [Origin obscure.] In a 
sugar-mill, one of the two side rollers (the other 
one being called distinctively the side roller) 
placed in the same horizontal plane beneath 
the third roller, which is called the king-roller, 

macaw (ma-ka' ), «. [Formerly also maccaw,ma- 
cao, machao; < Braz. macao."] A large American 
parrot of the family Psittacidw and subfamily 
Anna?, having a very long graduated tail and 
the face partly bare of feathers. The macaws are 
among the largest and most magnificent of the parrot 
tribe ; but they are less docile than most parrots, and theh* 



mace 




voice is e^xccvdlniiirly Imnh. Tlw spi?cleA 
are nunit!roti«, all luhiibirhifr trojjlc&l ur 
subtroplcikl, AiiKTlfu, t-^pf i kilJ> the fomnjr, 
See^lra^. 

macaw-bush (nnft-ku busii>, it. a 
West Indian pi&nt, Solan um mammo9um,Si some- 
what shrubby, prickly weed. 

macaw-palm (ma-kft'ptim), ». Same as ma- 
caw-tree, 

macaw-tree (ma-kft'tre), n. A South Ameri- 
can palm, Acrocomia sclerocarpa. Also called 
gpi-gnt. 

Maccabean (mak-a-be'an), a. [Also Macca- 
hcean; < LL. Maccab(eus] < Gr. lAoKKajiaiog, Mae- 
cabsBus. ] Of or pertaining to the Jewish princes 
called Maccabees, who delivered Judea from 
the tyranny of Antiochus Epiphanes, about 166 
B. c, and rendered it independent for about a 
century. 

maccaronit, t^ and a. An obsolete form of 
macaroni, 

maccawt, n. An old spelling of ma^atc, 

MaccbiaTellian, a, and n. See Machiavellian. 

macco (mak'o), n. [< It. macco, massacre, 
slaughter (also bean porridge).] A gambling 
game. 
His uncle was still at the macco table. 

T. Hook, Man of Many Friends. (Daviu.) 

maccoboy (mak'o-boi), n. A corruption of mac- 
couba, in common use. 

macconba, macouba (mak'5-ba); n. [So named 
from Macouba, a {)lace in Martinique where the 
tobacco from which the snuff was originally 
made is grown.] A kind of fine dark-orown 
snuff, usually rose- 
scented. More com- 
monly maccobou. 

McOmlochAct. See 
act. 

mace^(mas),m [<M£. 
mace, mase, mas, < 
OF. mace, mache (also 
macque, maqu€,make), 
F. masse = Pr. massa 
= Sp. maza = Pg. ma- 
^41 = It. mazza (ML. 
reflex massa), a club, 
scepter, < LL. matia, 
L. *matea, found only 
in dim. maieola, a 
mallet or beetle. Cf . 
mack^,'\ 1. A wea- 
pon for striking, con- 
sisting of a neavy 
head, commonly of 
metal, with a nan- 
die or staff, usually of 
such length as to be 
conveniently wielded 
with one Imnd; b^ 
extension, any simi- 
lar weapon. The head is often spiked, and sometfrnes 
consists of six, eight, or more radiating blades, grouped 
around a central spike, all of steel. 
Arm'd with their greaves, and macet, and broad swords. 
Heyttood, Four Prentices. 
They were divided into large parties, and meeting to- 
gether combatted with clubs or maces, beating each other 
soundly. Strutt, Sports and Pastimes, p. 202. 

2. A scepter; a staff of office having some- 
what the form of the weapon of war defined 
above. Maces are borne before or by officials of various 
ranks in many countries, as a symbol of authority or badge 
of office. The mace on the table of the British House of 
Lords or House of Commons represents the authority of 
the House. 

Proud Tarauiuius 
Rooted from Rome the sway of Kingly mace, 

MariuH and SyUa, 1694. uit. St (XarBt.) 




a, a', mace of the 13th centunr ; 
\ mace of the type known as ' holy* 
water sprinkler' or * morning-star'; 
r, mace of the 15th century. 



mace 

with theM [heads] borne before 01, instead of moon, 
will we ride through the streets. 

Shak., 2 Hen. VI., It. 7. 144. 

3. A li^ht stick with a flat head formerly used 
in playing billiards to push the cue-ball when 
out of reach for the proper stroke with the cue : 
superseded b v the bridge, or rest for the cue. — 

4. A curriers' mallet with a knobbed face, made 
by the insertion of pins with egg-shaped heads, 
used in leather-dressing to soften and supple 
tanned hides and enable them to absorb the 
oil, etc. — 5t. A bulrush or cattail. 

Maeet or cattes tayle, Martean, on plante semblable anx 
masaes de bedeaox. Bant, Alvearie, 1578. 

Growned mao6, a ceremonial mace sarmounted by a 
crown, symbolizing the royal power as del^zated in put 
to a mayor or other officer of a corporation. — weat mace, 
the largest of several maces in the possession of a corpora- 
tion or community. It is usually surmounted by a crown, 
which is often lacking in the smaller maces.— Sergeant's 
mace, an official mace, usually small, used as a badge of 
office^ warrant for arrest etc. Many such maces remain 
from the middle ages, the sixteenth century, etc. They 
are often of silver, or silver-gilt» with one end broad and 
forming a sort of crown, although not usually modeled 
like a royal crown. See enumed mace, 
mace^ (mas), n. [< M£. mace, also mactss (sing. ), 
< OF. (and F. ) maei8 = Sp. mdcis = Pg. mads = 
It. mcuse (BiL. m<uia)^ mace, prob. < Ii. tnacir, < 
Gr. f^oKep, an East Indian spice. Of. L. macciSf 
mads (Plautus), supposed to mean * mace.'] A 
spice consisting of the dried arillode (false aril) 
or covering of tne seed of the nutmeg, MyrisHca 
fragrans, which is a fleshy net-like envelop 
somewhat resembling the husk of a filbert. When 
fresh it is of a beautiful crimson hue. It is extremely 
fragrant and aromatic, and is used chiefly in cooking or 
in pickles. Mace is similar to nutmeg in its pharmaco- 
dynamic properties. See cut under anllode. 

And wytethe wel that the Notemuge bereth the Maeei. 
For righte as the Note of the Haselle hath an Husk with- 
outen, Uiat the Note is closed in til It be ripe^ and after 
falleth out, righte so it is of the Notemuge and of the 
Maeei. MandemUe, Travels, p. 187. 

Oil of mace. Stone &b nutmeg-huUer or oUq/ nutmegs. See 



» (mas), n. [Formerly also mess; < Malay 
mas J] 1. A small gold coin of Atchin in Su- 
matra, weighing 9 grains, and worth about 26 
cents. 

Of these [cash], 1600 make a Mem, which is theh* other 
sort of Coin, and is a small thin piece of Gold, stampt with 
Malayan Letters on each side. 

Damjrier, Voyages, IL L 132. 

2. The tenth part of a Chinese tael or ounce : 
as a money of account it is equal to 58 grains 
of pure silver. See tael, liang, and candareen. 

mace-ale (mas'al), n, A drink consisting of ale 
sweetened and spiced, especially with mace. 
Kares. 

mace-bearer (mas'bar^^r), n. A person who 
carries a mace of office before a public func- 
tionary whose badge of office it is ; a macer. 

mace-cup (mas'kup), n. A drinking-cup form- 
ing the large ornamental top of a ceremonial 
mace wlien the crown, if there is one, is re- 
moved. The cup is used to drink from, some- 
times after removing the staff of the mace. 

Macedonian (mas-e-do'ni-an), a. and n. [< L. 
Macedonius, < Gr. Ma«ec5{5vi*of, of Macedonia, a 
Macedonian (also a man's name), < Maneduv^ a 
Macedonian, MaKedoviay Macedonia.] I, a. Be- 
loi^ng or relating to Macedonia. 

U. ». 1. A native or an inhabitant of ancient 
Macedonia, north of Greece. The Macedonians, 
the conquerors of Greece and of many other countries, were 
not Hellenes or genuine Qreelcs, although they used the 
Greek langusge. 

2. A follower of Macedonius, Bishop of Con- 
stantinople in the fourth century, who denied 
the distinct existence and Godhead of the Holy 
Spirit, which he conceived to be a creature or 
merely a divine energy diffused through the uni- 
verse. Members of this sect were also known as Mara- 
thonians and PneumaUnnachL The Semi-Arians were 
often called by this name, and the name of Semi-Arians 
¥ras also given to the Macedonians in the proper sense. 

Macedonianism (mas-e-do'ni-an-izm), n. [< 
Macedonian, 2, + -t>w.J The doctrines pecu- 
liar to Macedonius, Bishop of Constantinople 
in the fourth century ; the denial of the divin- 
ity of the Holy Spirit. The second ecumenical 
council (see C'07/*Mw<twopo/i7a?i) was summoned 
mainly to combat this heresy. See Macedonian, 
n., 2. 

Macellodon (ma-sera-don), w. [NL., < Gr. fid' 
Kt/JXa, a pickax, + bdo'ii: (ddovr-) = E. tooth.'] A 
genus of lacertilians described by Owen (1854) 
from remains found in the Purbeck beds, of Ju- 
rassic age, and regarded as one of the earliest 
forms of true LacertiUa. Also Macellodtis. 

Mace Monday (mas mun'da). .The first Mon- 
day after St. Anne^s day: 'so called in some 



3559 

places on account of a ceremony then per- 
formed. HalliweU. [Prov. Eng.] 

macer (ma's^r). n, [< ME. macere, < mace, a 
mace: seemace^.] A mace-bearer; specifically, 
in Scotland, one of a class of officers who attend 
the courts of session, teinds, justiciary, and ex- 
chequer, to keep order, call the rolls, serve the 
judges, make arrests when required, etc. 

macerate (mas'e-rat), V. t. ; pret. and pp. maeei'- 
ated, ppr. macerating, [< L. maceratuSf pp. of 
macerare (> It. macerare = Pg, Sp. Pr. macerar 
= F, macirer). make soft or tender, soften by 
steeping, weaken, harass ; prob. akin to Russ. 
moohiH, steep, Gr. fidaaeiv. Knead. Cf. mass^, 
macaroni, macaroon, ult. ^om the same root.] 

1. To steep or soak almost to solution ; soften 
and separate the parts of by steeping in a fluid, 
usually without heat, or by the digestive pro- 
cess : as, to macerate a plant for the extraction 
of its medicinal properties; food is macerated 
in the stomach. — 2. To make lean; cause to 
grow lean or to waste away. 

Recorrent pains of the stomach, megrims, and other 
recurrent headaches maeerate the parts and render Uie 
looks of patients consumptive and pining. 

Harvey, Consumptions. 

What is the difference in happiness of him who is maoer- 

ated by abstinence and his wno is surfeited with excess? 

SUele, Spectator, No. 282. 

Sf. To harass or mortify; worry; annoy. 

Now the place [Paradise] cannot be found in earth, but 
is become a common place In mens bralnes, to maeerate 
and vexe them in the curious search hereof. 

PurehoM, Pilgrimage, p. 18. 

They are neither troubled in conscience nor macerated 
with cares. Burton, Anat. of MeL, p. 110. 

maceration (mas-e-ra'shon), n. [= F. mac6rar 
tion = Sp. maceracion =' Pg. maceraqUo = It. 
maceradone, < L. m<iceratio(n-), < macerare, 
steep, macerate: see macerate.] 1. The act, 

Srooess, or operation of softening and almost 
issolviug by steeping in a fluid. See macer^ 
ate, 1. — 2. The act or process of macerating or 
making lean or thin ; the state of being macer- 
ated; leanness. 

The faith itself . . . retaineth the use of fastings, ab- 
stinences, and other maeeratione and humiliations of the 
body, as things real, and not figurative. 

Bacon, Advancement of Learning, ii. 185. 
For alK>ut two centuries the hideous maceration of the 
body was regarded as the highest proof of excellence. 

Ledty, European Morals, III. 114. 

macerator (mas'e-ra-tor)^ n. [< macerate + 
-or.] Any suitable vessel in which substances 
are macerated. 

mace-reed (mas'red), n. Same as reed-mace. 

macest, n. A Middle English form (singular) of 
mace^. 

macfarlanite (mak-fHr'lan-it), n. [Named af- 
ter T. Macfarlane.'] A silver ore found in the 
mines of Silver Islet, Lake Superior, it contains 
chiefly silTer and arsenic, with some cobalt, nickel, etc., 
but it is not a homogeneous mineral. 

macffilpt, n. An obsolete form of magilp. 

Macnsmnm (ma-ke'ri-um), n. [NL. (Persoon, 
1807 ) , < Gr. fxaxdtpa, a sword, saber. ] 1. In bot., 
a South American genus of leguminous plants 
belonging to the suborder Papilionaceee, the 
tribe ualbergiece, and the subtribe Fterocarpew: 

firobably so named from the shape of the fruit, 
t is characterized by versatile anthers, opening longitudi- 
nally; a calyx obtuse below; and a legume with one seed 
at the base, the upper part tapering into a reticulated wing 
which is terminated by the style. They are erect trees or 
shrubs, or sometimes tiul climbers, with unequally pinnate 
leaves, and usually small white or purple flowers fascicled 
in the axils or in terminal panicles. About 60 species have 
been described, some of which are supposed to yield a por- 
tion of the rosewood of commerce. M. Schomburgkii, a 
species of British Guiana, pnxluces the beautiful streaked 
itaka- or tiger-wood. See itakawood. 

2. In e/ttom., a genus of dipterous insects, ffal- 
iday. 1831. — 3. In ichth., same as Congrogadus, 
to which the name was changed in consequence 
of its preoccupation in entomology. Richard- 
son, 1843. 

macnsrodont (ma-ke'ro-dont), a. [< Gr. fid- 
Xatpa, a sword, saber, + o6ov^ {hdovr-) = E. tooth. ] 
Saber-toothed ; having teeth of the pattern of 
those of the genus Machcerodus. 

Machsrodontins (ma-ke'ro-don-ti'ne), n. pi. 
[NL., < Machcerodus (-^dont-) + -iwff?.] A sub- 
family of Felidw, including fossil forms from 
Miocene and later formations, having the upper 
canine teeth enormously developed, falcate and 
trenchant, and the lower canines correspond- 
inglv reduced; the saber-toothed tigers. 

MacllSSrodus (ma-ke'ro-dus). n. [NL., < Gr. 
fidxatpa, a sword, saber, + o6oi>^ = E. tooth.] 
The typical genus of Mach^erodontincB. Also 
Machairodus. £au/>, 1833. See cut under «a&er- 
toothed. 



machicolation 

Machgroptems (mak-f-rop'te-rus), ». [NL.. 

< Gr. fidxaipa, a sword, saber, + wrepov, a wing. J 
A singular genus of South American manikins, 
of the family Pipridas. it is characteriied by an ab- 
normal structure and disposition of the secondary remi- 
ges, the shafts of which are thickened and ensiform to 
a vanriug degree. Jf. ddidom is an example. 

Macnatroans (ma-ki'r9-dus), n. See Maclm- 
rodus. 
machecolet, t;. t. [ME. matchccolen, magecoUen, 

< OF. maehecoUer, machecouler, machicolate: 
see machicolate.] To machicolate. 

Wel maieheecld al abonte. 

MorUd' Arthur, L-m. {HaOiweU.) 
macheronit, n. An obsolete spelling of macor 
roni. 

machete (m&-cha't&), n. [Sp., a chopping- 
knif e, a cutlas.] 1 . A heavy Imiie or cutlas used 
among Spanish colonists and in Spanish- Ameri- 
can countries, both as a tool and as a weapon. 
He . . . cut his way through a tangled forest by the use 
of the Cuban maehette. Sd. Amer., N. S., LVI. 891. 

2. A fish of the family Conarogadida, the 
Congrogadus (or Macheerium) suoducens. 
Formerly also matchet, matchette. 

Machetes (ma-kS'tez), n. [NL., < Gr. fiaxrniKt 
a fighter, < fiAxeo^t fi^ht.J A genus of Scolo- 
pacidcB, named by Cuvier m 1817. M. pugnax is 
we rufr, which in the breeding season has the face papil- 
lose and the neck befrilled with an enormous ruffle of 
feathers. The female is known as the reeve. An older 
name of the genus is PavonceUa {Leach, 1816); the oldest 
is PkUomaehm (Moehring, 1762X See rMf. 

Machiavellian (mak'i-a-vel'i-an), a. and n. 

{Also Machiavelian. Macchiavehan, Macchiavei- 
ian; < Machiavel,Machiavelli (see def.), + -ian.] 
I. a. Of or pertaining to Niccolo Machiavelli 
(also called in Enfflish Machiavel) (1469-1527), 
an illustrious Italian patriot and writer, secre- 
tary of state and many times ambassador of the 
republic of Florence; conforming to the prin- 
ciples imputed to Machiavelli (see II.); hence, 
destitute of political moralitv ; cunning in po- 
liticiJ management ; habitually using duplicity 
and bad faith ; astutely crafty. 

TL n. OnQ who adopts the principles ex- 
pounded by Machiavelli in his work entitled 
**The Prince," a treatise on government in 
which political moralitv is disregarded and ty- 
rannical methods of rule are inculcated. 

Mach1ftyft ^^^'»-"<g^ (mak'i-a-veri-an-izm^, n. 
The ]^rinciples or system of* statesmanship of 
Machiavelli ; the political doctrines attributed 
to Machiavelli — namely, the pursuit of success 
at any price, and the systematic subordination 
of right to expediency (see Machiavellian, n.) ; 
the theory that all means may be justifiably 
employed, however unlawful and treacherous 
in tnemselves, for the establishment and main- 
tenance of the authority of the ruler over his 
subjects; political cunning and imscrupulous 
artifice. 

MachiaTellic(mak'i-a-verik),a. [< Machiavel 
(It. Machiavelli) + -tc.J Same as Machiavellian. 

Machiavellism (mak^i-a-verizm), n. [Also 
Machiaveli»m ; =zF.Machtavelisme; slb Machiavel 
(It. Machiavelli) (see Machiavellian) + -ism,] 
Same as Machiavellianism. 

MachiaTellizet, V. i. [Erroneously JlfacAevn^trf 
(Minsheu) ; = F. Machiavelizer (Cotgrave) ; as 
Machiavel (It. Machiavelli) + -ize,] To practise 
Machiavellianism. Cotgrave, 

machicolate (ma-ohik'o-lat), v, t.', pret. and 
pp. machicolated', ppr. machicolating. [< BiL. 
machicolatus, pp. of *machicolare, machicoUare, 

< OF. macliecoller, machecouler, madiicoUer, etc., 
furnish with a projecting gallery, < machecolie, 
machicolie, maschecoulis, a projecting gallery: 
see machicoulis,] To form with machicolations. 

ioachicolation (ma-chik-a-la'shon), n. [< ML. 
*machicolatio{n-), < *machicolare, machicoUare, 
machicolate: ^ee machicolate.] 1. \n medieval 
arch,, an opening in the vault of a portal or 
passage, or in the floor of a projecting gallery, 
made for the purpose of hurling missiles, or 
pouring down molt«n lead, hot pitch, et<j., upon 
an enemy essaving to enter or mine, in the gal- 
lery type machicolations are formed by setting out the par- 
apet or breastwork^ B, supported on corbels ; beyond the 
face of the wall, O, spaces between the corbels are left open, 
and constitute the machicolations. (See cut on following 
page.) Machicolations of permanent construction in stone 
were not introduced until toward the end of the twelfth 
century ; but in the hoarding of wood with which waUs 
and towers were crowned in time of need from the earliest 

rod of the middle sges, their use was constant 
The act of hurling missiles or of pouring 
burning liquids upon an enemy through aper- 
•tures such as those described above. — 3. By 
extensioii, a machicolated j)arapet or gallery, 
or a projection supported on corbels, in imita- 



machicolatioii 




Machicolations.^ Cattte of Coucy, France ; zjth century. 

tion of medievftl maohioolated constraction, 
without openings. 

machicoims (ma-shi-kd'le), n. [< F. mdchicou- 
li8y mdchecoulis. OF. maschecaulis (in ML. nM- 
chicollamenium)f prob. < masche, F. mdche^ mash 
(melted matter) (of. machefer^ iron-dross, slag), 
+ coulis, a flowing: see masK^ and cull%8^,\ 
Same as machicolation. 

machina (mak'i-nH), n, [L. : see machine,'] A 
machine : used only as a Latin word— Dens ex 
TnacMna, See machine, 5.— MafthJTia Beotrica, an ob- 
■olete coDBtellatioQ, formed by Bode in 1797 oat of puts 
of the Whale, Sculptor, Fornax, and Phoonix, and intended 
to represent an electrical machine. 

macninal (mak'i-nal), a, [< L. machinalis, per- 
taining to maohines, < machina, a maomne: 
see machine.'] Pertaining to a machine or ma- 
chines. Bailey. 

machinate (mak'i-nat), v. ; pret. and pp. machi- 
natedf ppr. machinating. [< L. machtnatuSf pp. 
of machinari (> OF. F. machiner, > E. machine: 
see machine, v.), contrive^ plan, devise, plot, 
scheme. < machinaf a machine, contrivance, de- 
vice, seneme: see machine.] I. trans. To plan, 
contrive, or form, as a plot or scheme: as, to 
inachinate mischief. 

Snch was the perfldiousness of our wicked and restless 
Countrymen at home, who, being often receir'd into our 
Protection, ceas'd not however to maehinaU new Disturb- 
ances. Milton, Letters of States June^ 1668. 

n. intrans. To lay plots or schemes. 

Though that enemy shall not orerthrow it, vet because 
it plots, and works» and maehinatetf and would orerthrow 
it, this is a defect in that peace. Donne, Sermons, ziL 

machinatioii (mak-i-na'shon), n. [= OF. ma- 
chinacion, F. machination = Pr. machinacion = 
Sp. maquinacion = Pg. maquinag&o = It. macchi- 
nazione, < L. machinatio(n-), < machinari, con- 
trive: see machinate.] 1. The act of machinat- 
ing, or of contriving a scheme for execntmg 
some purpose, particularly a forbidden or an 
evil purpose : underhand plotting or contri- 
vance. — 2. That which is planned or con- 
trived; a plot; an artful design formed with 
deliberation ; especially, a hostile or treacher- 
ous scheme. 

macldliator (mak'i-na-tor), n. [= F. machina- 
teur = Sp. Pg. maquinddor = It. macchinatore, 
< L. m€tchinator, a contriver, inventor, < ma- 
chinari, contrive: see machinate.] One who 
machinates; one who schemes with evil de- 
signs. 

He hath become an active and earnest affitator, a mnr- 
murer and a nuMehinator, SooU, Ivanhoe, zzxv. 

machine (ma-shen' )» n. [= D. machine = G. ma- 
scAin«= Dan. maskine= Sw. maskin,< P. machine 
= Sp. mdquina = Pg. maquina, machina = It. 
macchina = Turk, makina, < L. nuicMna, a ma- 
chine, engine, contrivance, device, stratagem, 
trick, < Gr. fiVX^^y ^ machine, engine, contri- 
vance, device ; cf . //^;iroc, means. Perhaps akin 
to AS. macian, E. make : see make^. Gf . mechan- 
ic, etc.] 1 . An engine ; an instrument of force. 
With inward arms the dire machine [wooden horse] they 
load. Dryden, iBneld, iL 26. 

2. In mech., in general, any instrument for the 
conversion of motion. Thus, a machine may be de- 
signed to change rapid motion into slow motion, as a crow- 
bar ; or it may be intended to convert a reciprocating recti- 
linear motion into a uniform circular motion, etc. The 
lever, the wedge, the wheel and axle, the pulley, the screw, 
and the inclined plane are termed the simplt maehinet. In 
practical mechanics the word has a restricted meaning : a 
single device, as a hammer, chisel, crowbar, or saw, or a 
very simple combination of moving parts, as tongs, shears, 
pincers, etc. for manual use, although comprised in the 
strict technical definition of machine, is always called a 
tool (which see); a device for applying or converting nat- 
ural molar motion, like that of falling water, or of winds 
(as a water-wheel or windmlllX or for converting molec- 
ular motion into molar motion (as a steam-engme, gas- 
engine, air-engine, or electric engine), is more generally, 



3560 

though not uniformly, called a motor. The distinction be- 
tween the words tool and machine becomes quite indefinite 
with increased complication of parts. Such machines as 
are used in shaping materials in the construction of the 
parts of other machines^ and many of those which per- 
form work, such as sawing, boring, planing, riveting, etc, 
formerly done only by hand and still i>erformed manually 
to a greater or less extent^ are variously called macMnee, 
maehine-ioole, enffine-tooU, or simplv tooU, although their 
stencture mav involve much complexity ; Uie terms ma- 
chine-tool and engine-tool are more frequently employed, 
the latter being preferable as being more in accord with 
best usage. Machines receive general or special names 
from the work they perform or are designed to execute, 
either with reference to departments of the arts or of 
Industry, as agrieuUural maehinet^ hudraulic maehinet, 
wood-working maehinei, etc., or to their specific work, as 
pUndng-maehineSt tawing-maehinet, motring-maehinet, etc 

Hits science will define a machine to be^ not^ as usual, an 
instrument by means of which we may change the direc- 
tion and intensity of a given force, but an instrument by 
means of which we may change the direction and velocity 
of a given motion. Amptre, tr. by Willis. 

8. A vehicle or conveyance, such as a coach, 
cab, gig, tricycle, bicycle, etc. [Great Brit- 
ain.] 

A pair of bootiklns wHI set out to-moirow morning in 
the machine that goes from the Queen's Head in the Gray's 
Inn Lane. Walpole, Letters, IV. 11 (Daviee.) 

He had taken a seat in the Portsmouth machine, and pro- 
posed to go to the Isle of Wight. 

Thackeray, Virginians, IxIL 

4. A fire-engine. [Colloq., U. 8.] — 6. In the 
ancient^ theater, one of a number of contri- 
vances in use for indicating a change of scene, 
as a rotating prism with different conven- 
tional scenery painted on its three sides, or a 
device for expressing a descent to the infernal 
regions, as the " Oharonian steps," for repre- 
senting the passage of a god tnrongh the air 
across the stage (whence the dictum deus ex 
machina, applied to the mock supernatural or 
providential), etc. Such machines were very 
numerous in the fully developed Greek theater, 
and were copied in the Roman. 

Juno and Iris descend in different Magnet: Juno in a 
Chariot drawn by Peacocks ; Iris on a Eainbow. 

Congreve, Semele, ii. L 

6. A literary contrivance for the working out 
of a plot; a supernatural agency, or art&cial 
action, introduced into a poem or tale; ma- 
chinery. [Archaic] 

His [Hilton's] design is the losing of our happiness ; . . . 
his heavenly maehinM are many, and his human persons 
are but two. Dryden, Orlg. and Prog, of Satire. 

7. Any organization by which power not me- 
chanical is applied and made effective; the 
whole complex system by which any organiza- 
tion or institution is carried on: as, the vital 
machine; the machitie of government. 

Thine evermore^ most dear lady, whilst this maOdne is 
to him, Hamlr. Shak., Hamlet, iL 2. 124. 

The human body, like all living bodies, is a machine, all 
the operations of which will, sooner or later, be explained 
on physical principles. HweUy, Lay Sermons, p. 839. 

8. A strict organization of the working mem- 
bers of a political party, which enables its man- 
agers, tnrough the distribution 
of offices, careful local 8ui>ervi- 
sion, and systematic correspon- 
dence, to maintain control of 
conventions and elections, and 
to secure a predominating in- 
fluence in the party for them- 
selves and their associates for 
their own ends; also, the body 
of managers of such an organ- 
ization. [U. S.]~Atwood*g ma- 
chine, an apparatus for illustrating 
uniformly accelerated motion, consist- 
ing of a pulley-wheel turning with very 
sl^ht friction in a vertical plane and 
carrying a cord with equal weights sus- 
pended from its ends. In the common 
experiment there is an excess of weight 
at one end of the cord, due to a plate 
which rests on the weight and is caught 
when the latter passes through a fixed 
ring; the weight Is set free from a state 
of rest at a measured position above this 
ring, so that the acceleration takes place 
through a known distance ; and the ve- 
locity per second after the removal of 
the excess of weight is observed to be 
proportional to the square root of the 
distance through which the accelera- 
tion takes place. The machine is named 
from its inventor. George At wood (1746- 
1807), an English mathematician.— 
Bulldog madolne, a combined sound- 
ing- and dredging-machine invented 
during the voyage of H. M. S. Bulldog 
in 1860, under the command of Sir Frau- 
ds Leopold M'Clintock. It is an adap- 
tation of Sir John Ross's deep-sea clam, with the addition 
of Brooke's principle of the disengaging weight The chief 
credit of the invention is given to Mr. Steil, assistant engi- 
neer on board the Bulldog.— OentrUtlgalxnaclllllO. See 



machlne-gnn 



centrifugaL—iyuiCik machine, in Cornwall, a kind of ven- 
tilating-machine on the same principle as the ordic 
blowing-encine. furnished with a piston and valves, 



tilating-machine on the same principle as the ordinary 
blowing-encine. furnished with a piston and valves, and 
usually worked by the pump-rod. Also called Hartz Uowet. 



— Dynamo-electric maohlne. See eUetric mactunct un- 
der dee<9ie.—Bffeot of a machine. See efect.— Electric 
ftmicnlar, geooyoUc mft/^tilTi^, See the adjectives.— 
Bxtemponnng-machlne. Seeextemporue.—M.altxmBr 

chine, fleft sUi^rui nuirhine^ under eLgebrie. — Wim gorlaTi , 

hsrdro-tiectrtc. Infernal, etc., machlTie. See the ad- 
jectives.- Logical Tn^^i»lilnft, a machine which, being fed 
with premises, produces the necessary conclusions from 
them. The earliest instrument of this kind was the dem- 
onstrator of Charles, third Earl Stanhope ; the most per- 
fect is that of Professor Allan Marquand, which gives all 
inferences turning upon the logical relations of classes. 
The value of logical machines seems to lie in their showing 
how far reasonmg is a mechanical process, and how far it 
calls for acts of observation. Calculating-machines are 
specialized logical machines.— Reduced Inertia of a 
machine, according to Rankine, the weight which, con- 
centrated at the driving-point, would have the same ener- 
gy as the machine itself.— TO mn with the machine, 
to accompany a fire-engine to a fire, either as a member of 
the fire-company or as a hanger-on : a phrase used when 
the members of fire-companies (in large cities) were volun- 
teer^ and service at fires was gratuitous. [U. S.] 
machine (ma-shen'), r.; pret. and pp. ma- 
chinedy -ppr." machining. [< OP. maehiner, P. 
machiner = Pr. machinar = Sp. Pff. nmquinar = 
It. macchinare, < L. machinari, ML. also machi- 
nare, contrive, plan, devise, etc., < L. mctchina, 
a machine, contrivance: see machine, n. Gf. 
machinate.] L trans. If. To contrive. Pals- 
grave. (HaJUweU. ) — 2. To apply machinery to ; 
form or effect by the aid of machinery; espe- 
cially, to print or sew by means of a machine. 
This side then serves as a basis from which the body 
may be machined square and true. 

W. W. Oreener, The Gun, p. 240. 

8. To furnish with the machinery of a plot. 
It is not, as a story, veiy cunningly machined. 

The Academy, June 1, 1889, p. 874. 

n. intrans. 1. To be employed upon or in 
machinery. — 2. To act as or in the machinery 
of a drama; serve as the machine or effective 
agency in a literary plot. 

The stage with rushes or with leaves thev strew'd ; 
No scenes in prospect, no machining god. 

Dryden, tr. of Ovid's Art of Love, L 120. 

madline-bolt (ma-shen 'bolt), n. A bolt with a 
thread and a square or hexagonal head. £. H. 
Kniaht. 

macnine-boy (ma-shen'boi), n. In English 
printing-offices, a'boy who serves as helper to a 
machine-man. In the United States known as 
feeder or press-hoy. 

machlneel (mach-i-nel '),n. Same as manchineel. 

machine-gnn (ma-shen'gnn), n. A gun which, 
by means of a variously contrived mechanism, 
delivers a continuous fire of proiectiles. Such 
a gun may have a single barrel, or a series of barrels ar- 
ranged horizontally or about a central axis. Machine- 
guns may be divided into two classes : those firing small- 
arm ammunition (also called mOraiUetteee), and wose fir- 
ing shot and shell (called revolving cannon). The rai " " 



of fire of the most rapid machine^uns of the first class is 
about 1,000 shots a minute. (See CfaUinggun, under g%mX.) 




Maxim Field'ffun, whh bullet-proof diield. 

The Maaimpun is a single-barreled machine-gun invented 
by Hiram Maxim, an American. In it the force of recoil 
is utilized to load and prepare the next charge for firing, 
and a water-chamber surrounding the machinery keeps the 
parts cool. It is a very ingenious and eflScient invention. 
The LoiPeU haJttery-gun has four barrels capable of being 
rotated by a lever, independently of the lock- and breech- 
mechanism. The firingis confined to one barrel at a time, 
until this becomes heated or disabled, when it may be 
rotated to one side in order to bring another barrel into 
action. One lock only is used. The Taylor maehine-gtm 



Atwood's Machine. 





Two4>aneled Gardner Gun on Tripod. 



9 pMTAUel hftiTds nmmged borlxoniaUy. The Gard- 
^hinr^rptn lins two to ftv«^ hnrTMJs arranifcrt borl/on- 

fiiT-, T- : • ,: • - - ,---,. -.iit 

,7 

■ irtTi tnag:i/inr-, i-i.ni- 
iiA of ftiingf cKiraet* 

art* ticcnrapUshsMl 



1-0 frug- 
There 



acd with Lhc uLhcr t>.AnLLa. 

machine-head (ma-shenlied), n. A rack and 

p-- .. J ": *-ng©d musical in- 

-^ and the guitar, 

If: '■ . ' - . .-- :. „ , ^-^. 

machine-made ^ma-sheu^maJK <i. Made by 
A machine or by mjifliiTifry, 
machine-man > uau), n. In English 

printiiiir-ollices, nan who luanngea or 

c'Oiitiols tho ojv '- * ■ ' ■ Lohine, 

111 Ibe United ^ nan, 

machine-minder , . The 

mau or boy who iiaa cUargu ot a priutiiig-mtt- 
chine while it i» in operation. [Eng.] 

machine-oven (rari-sueu'uv*^n), «. A bakers' 
ovf'n^ a iiruit'4'vajiorator, or nn oven for any 
other utse, tilted with a truveling iippamtus^ 
rotatory table, reel, or any other mechanical de- 
vice for aiding the process of bakings or for 
econoitiizing tune or ^paee* 

machine! (ma-Bhe'^n^r)^ n, A cooeh-borse ; a 
horse that draws a et age-coach, t^"^*] 

Ia ft not known thAl etttady uUl itutehinmt, bmkcMi tor 
retirs to doable Imn^eHs, will .rit ''■■'" '"'' - 'uiU'Uince 
ib«tr "tUppADt' ptogvuy lu kl • «T 

Laitt wn, xl. 

machine-mler (ma- ; ), u. i. A ma- 
chine which Une^^ oi ; er aeeordiiii? to 
pattern!*. — '^ ^ - i-tuofthv i-^t'^ 
for snbdiv , scales a i 

machinery. ,11. [<p,. , 

machinery, s itmchtnv^ muchtne: see machine^ 
w,} 1. The parts of n mjicMne considered 
< ■' ■'v; any cm n of mechanical 

I i^ed to \\ y'V ^o as to effect 

14^.. v.. .id: as, the ^r.r,, ,.r,r, , ,^ of a watch, orof 
a canal-lock. 

It i« cnost probable that the riiln w :it**rs wcro i^onvevod 
from the bullUing. . . . i>oss1>' it 

mteht 1j« iiect^ssary to mise thi 

orU might rolatt' toiwiuc rnach' : ;- ^, r- 

•titiou. Pococke, DeHcriptiou ai tUc EjmI, II, 1 107. 

2. Machines colleetiYely ; a eongeriesi or as* 
gemblage of machines: as. the tnnchbitrif ot a 
cottou-mill iy often moved by a singlo wheel- 
In »it itu^u; V. macktnmy includus IouIh unci 

itnplotu«nt> i«rct. 

fif^cA hunffe Fin iiw. Cw,. 01 N, Y. , 2«. 

All klDtlAof iMbut-iAvm^machitwryniein fullest op«rft^ 
Uon. W. M. Baker.yew Timothy. p. 17t 

3. Any complex system of meana and appli- 
ances, not mechanical, designed to carry on 
any particular work, or keep anything in ac- 
tion » or to effect a specific purpose or end; as, 
the machtinr\f of government. 

A» lunJ untl lUAster of the Charcli. hfl [Henry VTTlJ 
could utlllFic Ctnai:'h machinery to f»bhiln the divorce luia 
tho mirrln^c on which Ik* had flot hl£ kin^*i hiArt. 

if/tiWin, Mcdievjil nDtl M<»*lern illit, pu 2S4. 

4. Specitically, the agencies, particularly if 
supernatural, by which the plot of an epic or 
dramatic poem,* or other imac^iuative work, is 
can-ietl on and conducted to the catastroi>he. 

The machiwry, Mn<inm, la a terra hivent4Jd by tbo eritlci 
to ftgnlfy thiit part which the Dettiee, Angeh, or Dwinorii 
an.' Djade to act la li Fueia. 

Pt»rm. Letter preflired to R. of L. 

II lathis liir : . i' ^. , ..ih 

of Homer an i 

derfiil. but w i >. 

Engaging and dlBengaging machinery, ^et- fiuraf/e. 
macnine-shop (ma-sEen'sbop), m. A workshop 

in which machines or parts of machines are 

made and reimired. 
machine-tool (ina-ahen't51), n. A mnchiue 

driven by water, sieam, or other power, for per* 



^501 

forming operatione formerly accomplished by 
means of hand-tools, as planinp', drillirsi' kavv- 
ing, etc., and taking its special > 
kind of work J^erformed, as ^. 
dnlUng-machinff etc. Also called tfUjiHt^itHtL 
machine-twist (ma-shen'twist), w. A three- 
-_i u, *^pead made with a twist from right 
lided especially for use in the sew- 

ue-work (ma-ahen'w^rk), n. 1. Work 
y a machine, as diatingaished from that 
y hand ; s].»eei tic ally, in Eir - 

, press-work done on a n 
lui- ill >u from press-work d* :■ r^^:^. 

—2. The product of such uanu- 

fttctured wholly or chiefly i ^ , ^ 

machinist (ma-sho'nist), «/ [< F. maihrnhUs 
=: Sp» V)£,. maquinista = It, macckinUta: n« rw^r* 
chhtc + -i>f.] 1. A constructor of i ' 'i 
and engines, or one versed in the pn 
machines; in a general sense, one wiui iuj v vl,vI^ 
or constmcta mechanical devices of iiny kind* 

Usui th« hiBafllclrmv M Tnac^>iint.'.t^ hUhertu dlitgi-aced 
the Invngvry of the ;> '^if too »uh1htiu for 

«eoalcftI eontji¥Auc4 ii T 

. . , ■.^,..^,A Not© on MAct>«th. 

2. One who tends or works a machine. [Rare.] 
— 3. In the rating of the United Slittes navj', an 
engine-room artificer or attendant* — 4, In I*. iS\ 
politu:4^ an adherent of the machine, or a sup- 
porter of its methods, Tfte Nation^ XXXVl. 
."iSO. — 6. In tho history of art, one of those 
I|,,K.,„ ,..;.,,,„.- ,+ ,.!,,.,:* n... rventeenth cen- 
ti m) who worked 

111 i;=rid rules. 

Ho I Fr«tie(^«chiuJ I hi rcckon<Ml niuo'iig ttiot^e pAliitnTS of 
thtj dvcUnt) of wt to wHont the gtsnund imm« of mtukiniitt 
b appUcMl. &v^c. Rrit., IJL 087, 

machinize (ma-she' nix), t», t. ; pret. and np. ma- 
f/ii/ii^rd»ppr, machiniriMft, [i machine 4- -t*e,] 
To bring into form or order like that of a ma* 
chine, or by, the use of machinery; elaborate 
or systematize. 

TheTiraes newtpaper. , , , by Iti imiaoino eorrefpoii 
di2iic« audi r«iportlri2, ■venu talmreffiadkiRMliwd tlie rest ol 
tlie world for hie {the travder"*] oocaaloo. 

mmmn, InglhOi l^tt^ m. 

inachinnle (makU-tiiil), n, [< NL« muduHuia, 
dim. of h. machina, a maohine : see mackiHr,^ 
A surveyors* instrument for obtaining a right 
angle. 

macho (ma'kd), n. A Ush, Mtt^l caremaf of the 
muUet family. [Florida.] 

" Qr. fmxfh 
] A de- 
ich bears 
cnidoceHs of stinging-or^ns» as distingtiished 
from an ordinary nutntive or reproductive 
zoGid. 

maci|aiO(tn6^he'nyo), «. [It.) A division of 
the Upper Eocene hi the southeni and south- 
eastern Alpa, It is a sandstone containing few 
fossUs other than fncoids: the equivalent of 
the fftfscJK 

macilencyt (mas'i-len-si), m. [^ F, maciknce = 
It. nincitema; sls mticilen(t) 4- -c^,] The qual- 
ity or condition of being maeilent; leanness. 
JSandijs, Ovid, Pref. 

macilentt (mas'i-lent), a, [^ Sp. Pg. It. mad- 
kntOf < L. macileHtugf lean, meager, < Maeert\ 
be lean: see emaciate, meager.} Lean; thin; 
having little flesh. 
J>e«Be vanoroua then heinir m^ieiUnt, 

Top*dt, Beaala (1607), p, 1BIL (HattiuiM,) 

macintosh, n* 8ee markintOifh. 

mack^t (niak), >*. [< OF. macque^ maqui\ make, 
var, of ntdcef a club: see mact^.l A kind of 
game, apparently played with the use of clubs. 
Att ale howae too ftit, at frutck or at mall. 



munec ramuy. ^r jonaa.j 
machopolyp (mak'o-ool-ip), a, [< Q 

fightt + rroAiirov^^ a polyp; see polyp,} 
f ensive polypite ; a nycfroid zooid wnic 



Tahlea or dyce, or that cardta men call, 
Or what cwther game oirte of seaaoa dwe, 
Let them be puaysohed without all reacao, 
Sir W, Forrat, quoted ta Strati's Sporta and Paatimei, 

lp.m. 
mack^ (mak), n, [Orinn not ascertained.] A 
certain bird. See orodb-mae/t. 

One Cartloa . . . when he funped on a time wllli An- 
guiitui^ toke vp a leaae bJrde of thakliide of bUcke fmutiita 
oat of the dlihe, 
(Td^, tr. of Apopbthegmi of Eraama^ p. 274. {Davtsi.) 

Mack'H, '** [A corruption of Mary; cf, malkin^ 
iiiaivkint ult. dim. of Marif.} A corruption of 
J/<iry, with reference to the Virgin Mary,— By 
Mack, liy the virgin Mary. 

Ib not my daughter Maadge at fine a mayd^ 
And yet, bjf Madt, you aee ab« tit>nlea the tK>wlti. 
HiBimie qfAmw md Bt&ama (16S8X p. ISO. {Naref.) 

mackereU (mak'e-rel), «. [Fomaerly aUo mack- 
reJ, mackreU; s ti. makreel =s G. makrele s Dan. 



mackerel 

maktet = Sw. makritl =s W. manrtl = It. macrHl^ 

4 OF. iOtilti't L itniiiUf ii'L htitiJiit rndi. yiHirul(rt'((.nttf 

tuUlhts^ lit. *hpoLU'd,' MJ ciiUi'd j 
Bpots wnth which it i6 marked, < L, 

see mar' r - ■'■ ' ( •*. 

trout, < 

severjil 
an-' 

Thr 



vf 4<^keret iS^^m J ^ t mrnt ty u j. 



!.."K It altniv 
itUlu«troti- 



( macJifrfi. 
: nutca: ' Ev'u Suttdayi 

I of Qneen Aiiive* L l&O, 

^erifda zx^tatn. the nid. 
— Bay-maeker«!, the 



fr.., 

fttlM. 

hr-i 
»!,.,., 

thr ..... ._ , 

louckcrvlo »r*5 - 
or A. rorhri. ivf 

crcl projH' '' 
largest o\ 
over 10 I ^ 
vtf\ Vi 

ftii: 
Ion 



are prop! 

Banded mackerel, 

dcr flsti. [Atlnntto . 

8p*nl«h Tr---'- " 

■potted ^ 

iiifnr- 

WlM 



slnii 

reguittriiHMitN - ureen iiiacKfetrei, ju niTnrt>j;« i 
roteombrui chrwntntM. | Scjut hern coast, I*. SL 1 - 
sale. See j^a.— Mackfirel-latch, in flahii 
ohunp for noldlag fast the inntst end of a 1 1 
mackerel » acmped mackerel with the heads c< 
off, loeing In weight 28 poanda on thr bnrre!, but 
invalue: atmde>namc Theyarvj 
3.— Bfised mackerel »ame as ' 
Net-mackerelt mackerel or thf r 
Overgrown mackerel, tj> 

length. iFlnhennena t^nn 
mackerel.— Round macko 
mackerel, n* distlngu' 
madtitrtt, ete. [Fiab^ i 
poor, thin mrtrkerel ^■•' 



PiL 

rliit'giir, BiiiL-t-s, n;i:ii 1 ack- 

aret (a) see di f. I lutiiu 

fCftllfcwTila.)— Sp0tte«i ■•■■vrA. 

- Spring ma^erel. th c • < 
good aiae and qaality, aomet i 

her mmai^: dbttogniahed f 

eyedmaclceTel,thutni/ed ^ilI. 

tT- s.]— Tinker mackerel i (h) 

The oominon mackartl of i. four 

oummerotal aCsea (tof^pe, mo' ^ h ki< 

•apposed to Indfcftto respect i n i 

yoen of growth. (Seeatao./ 
mackerel^ (mak'e-rel), i. *.i pret. and pp. 
mmkereted or wackerdhd^ ppr. mackrtrlitHj or 
muckereUing, [< tuttckerel^^ «.] To fii*h for or 
catch mackerel ; go ot^ a mackerel voyage. 

At Orteana, tame few men who go mackertUAf/ in Mua- 
nier etay at home and dig clam» In winter. 

FuOuriettifU. SL, V. Vi fltw. 

mackerel-t (mak'e-rel), n. [< ME. mafjuerrl, < 
OF. mtnjuiftl, F. maquerrou^ a pander; prob, 
< MD. ntacckdaer^ D, rfiakehmr — O. maUer = 
Dan, ma'gler = Sw. makhnr^ » brok« r, agent, 
equiv. to D. maker = 0110. makhnrr, an agent, 
broker, = E. i»«i Ac r ( see w a ker) . Comm on ly re- 
garded, without irood reason. a*» ti ptiT^icular 
use of /A ining 

in Frail orel 

follows Um i, i^ni.v r.u»<M'^'Jit-* < rt/f/r > ._M lUiUds) 

and brings them to the males. Ou the other 



mackerel 

hand, some take the name of the fish to be due 
to mackerel in this sense: see mackerel^. "i A 
pander or pimp. 

Nyghe his hoase dwellyd a maquerel or bawdc. 

CaxUm. Cato Magoas (1488)l {HaUiweU.) 

mackerel-bait (mak ' e - rel - bat), n. Jellyfish, 
a favorite prey of the mackerel : so called by 
Gasjp^ fishermen. 

mackerel-boat (mak'e-rel-bot), n, A strong 
clincher-built craft, liaving a large foresail, 
spritsail, and jigger, used in fishing for mack- 
erel. 

mackerel-bob (mak'e-rel-bob), n. A kind of 
bob used in catching mackerel when they are 
close to the vessel and in large schools. 

mackerel-cock (mak'e-rel-kok), n. The Manx 
shearwater, Puffinus dnglorum: so called from 
its connection with the mackerel-fisheries. 
[Lambay Island.] 

mackereler. mackereller (mak'e-rel-6r), n. 
One who fishes for mackerel, or a boat engaged 
in fishing for mackerel. 

mackerel-gaff (mak'e-rel-g&f ), n. See gaffi, 

mackerel-gnide (mak ' e - rel - ^d), n. A local 
English name of the garfish, Belone vulgariSf 
from the fact that it comes toward the shore a 
little before the appearance of mackerel. Day, 

mackerel-gull ^mak'e-rel-gul), n. A common 
name in the Umted States of terns or sea-swal- 
lows, from the forked tail. Such species as 
Sterna hirundOf 8, forsteri, 8. macrura^ etc., are 
known by this name. 

mackereller. n. See mackereler. 

mackerel-mfdge (mak'e-rel-mij),fi. The young 
of the recklings, gadoid' fishes of the genus Mo- 
tella or of Onos, [Prov. Eng.] 

mackerel-mint (mak'e-rel-mint), n. Spear- 
mint, Mentha viridis, 

mackerel-pike (mak'e-rel-plk), n. Any fish of 
the family Scomheresocidce : generally called 
saury, 

mackerel-plow (mak'e-rel-plou), n, A knife 
used for creasing the sides of lean mackerel to 
make them resemble fish of the first quality. 
Also called /att»n^-Am»/e. 

mackerel-scad (mak'e-rel-skad), n. A caran- 
goid fish of the genus Ibecapterus, as D, macarel- 
JuSj of a silvery color, plumbeous below, with a 
black spot on the opercle and nearly straight 
lateral line, inhabiting warm parts of the At- 
lantic and northward to New England. 

mackerel-scales (mak'e-rel-skalz), n, pi. A 
form of cirro-cumulus cloud in which the cloud- 
lets are without any fleecy texture and some- 
what angular in form. 

mackerel-scout, n. Same as mackerel-guide. 

mackerel-skark (mak'e-rel-sh&rk), n. One of 
several kinds of sharks,' as Isurus dekayi, or the 



mackii 




Mackerel-shaxk, or Porbeai^le ( Lamna eomubica). 



porbeagle, Lamna comubica. They have a forked 
taU like a mackerel, attain a length of 10 feet, and annoy 
flshermen by biting off their lines. See porbeof^. 

mackerel-sky (mak'e-rel-sld), n. A sky in 
which the clouds have the form called cirro-cu- 
mulus — that is, are broken into fleecy masses 
three, four, or more times as long as they are 
. wide, and arranged in parallel groups. Also 
called mackerel-Sack sky. 

mackerly (mak'6r-li), a. TCt.mackish,^ Shape- 
ly; fashionable. [Prov. Eng.] 

mackeronit, ti. Aii obsolete spelling of maca- 
roni, 

mackint, mackinst (makMn, -inz), n. [A short 
form of *Maryk%n (cf. lakin^ for ladukin), refer- 
ring to the Virgin Mary. Cf . ifocfcs.] A word 
used in the old popular oath by the mackinSf by 
our Lady. 

I woald not hare my zonne Dick one of those boets for 
the best pig in my stye, by the maekins! 

RaridMph, Muses Looking-Qlaas, ir. 4. 

Mackinaw blanket. [So called from Macki- 
naWj an abbreviated form of Michilli-mackinaCf 
the name of an island in the strait connecting 
Lakes Michigan and Huron, said to mean in 
Ojibway Hurtle,' in allusion to its shape.] A 
name given to the blankets distributed to the 
Indians of the Northwest by the United States 
government. The name is or was formerly current 



3562 

chieflv on the upper Great Lakes^ and owes its origin to the 
fact that Fort Mackinaw was for many years the most re- 
mote post in the Northwest, so that from this point a large 
number of Indians received their supplies. Mackinaw 
blankets were of various sizes, colors, and qualities. 
Mackinaw boat. A flat-bottomed, flat-sided 
boat with sharp prow and square stem, used 
on the upper Great Lakes and the rivers empty- 
ing into tnem. The advantage of the Mackinaw boat 
over the birch canoe is that its b^un stands rougher hand- 
ling, and that it can be drawn up on the beach without 
being unloaded ; the disadvantaffe is that it is too hearv 
to be carried over portages, as the birch canoe is oarriea. 
The largest Mackinaw boats are rowed by four or more 
persons, and are often rigged with a saiL 

Mackinaw trout. See trout. 

mackinst, n. See mackin. 

macUntosll (mak'in-tosh), n. [Also macintosh; 
80 named from Charles Mackintosh, the in- 
ventor.] 1. A garment, particularly an over- 
coat or cloak, rendered water-proof by a so- 
lution of india-rubber, either applied on the 
surface as a coating or placed between two 
thicknesses of some cloth of suitable texture. — 
2. Rubber cloth of the kind used in making a 
mackintosh. 

The bed is covered with a maekintoth sheet 

Laneet, No. 8426; p. 88a 

mackish (mak'ish), a. [Origin uncertain ; cf . 
mackerly.'} Smart. HaUiweU. [Prov. Eng.] 

mackle (mak'l ), n. [Early mod. £. macull; < F. 
macle, a spot : see macUy macule."] A spot ; si>e- 
cifically, m printing^ a blemish in press-work 
made by a double impression, or by slipping or 
scraping, or by a wnnkle in the paper. Also 
macule. 

6 (mak'l), v, t.] pret. and pp. maekledf 

ppr. mackling. [< F. maculer = Pr. 8p. Pg. wo- 
cular =z It. maculare, < L. maculare, spot, stain : 
see the noun.] To spot ; maculate ; blur ; espe- 
cially, in printing^ to make a slipped, blurred, 
or double impression of. Also macule. 

macklint (maK'lin), n. Short for Macklin lace. 

Macklin lacet. See lace. 

mackninnyt (mak'nin-i), n. [Origin not ascer- 
tained.] A kind of puppet-show. 

He . . . could . . . represent emblematically the down- 
fall of majesty as in his raree-show and nMckninnyi. 

Roger Norths Examen, p. 60a (Davieg,) 

made (mak'l), n. [< OF. macle, masde, F. macle 
= Sp. mdcula = Pg. macula = It. macula, ma- 
cola, < L. macula, a spot, stain. Cf. macula, 
macule, mackle, masde^, mail^, from the same 
source.] 1. Okme as mackle. — 2. Jn mineral.: 
(a) A land of twin crystal. See tioin. (b) Chi- 
astolite, cross-stone, or hollow spar, a varie- 
ty of andalusite, the crystals of which have the 
axis and angles colored differently from the 
remainder. See chiastolite. (c) A tesseUated 
appearance in other crystals. — 8. In her., same 
as mascle^, 3. 

Macleaj^n (mak-la'an), a. [< Macleay (see 
def.) + -an,] Pertaining to the Scotch natu- 
ralist Macleay.— Madeayan system, a system of 
classification proposed by Mr. Macleay. Also called the 
qtUnarian tyatem. See qtdnarian, 

macled (mak'ld), a, [< macle + -ed^,] 1. In 
mineral., twinned. — 2. Spotted; more or less 
regularly marked, like a crystal of chiastolite. 

macl6e.a. [F.,<nMzc^,macle.] Bameasmascled, 

McLeod case. See case^. 

Maclnra (mak-15'ra), n. [NL. (Nuttall, 1818), 
named after W. Ma^clure : see Macluntes, ] 1 . A 
genus of plants of the order UrticacecBjihe nettle 
Family, the tribe Morece, and the subtribe Brous- 
sonetiece, thus closely related to the mulberry. 
It is characterized by the pistillate flowers having a four- 
parted perianth and growing in quite large heads, and the 
staminate flowers in shorty loose racemes; the fruit is 
multiple, composed of many small achenia packed closely 
together upon a globose, rather fleshy receptacle, resem- 
bling a warty green orange. There is but a single species, M. 
awranUaeOt the Osage orange, a native of Arkansas and 
adjacent regions in the Ignited States. It is a spreading 
tree with handsome shining ovate leaves, from 30 to 60 
feet in height and 2 feet or less in diameter. Its wood is 
hard, strong, and flexible, of a satiny texture, the heart- 
wood bright-orange turning brown, tne sapwood lighter. 
It was formerly used by the Indians for bows ; hence called 
by the French settlers boi» d'arc (bow-woodX corrupted 
into bmcdark or bodark. It bears cutting back and has 
formidable thorns, and hence is very extensively used in 
the United States for hedges. See cut in next column. 
2. In conch,, same as Maclurites, Ebenezer 
Emmons. 1843. 

maclureite (mak-l6r'it), n. [< Maclure (see Ma- 
clurites) + -ite^,] 1. A variety of aluminous 
pyroxene found at Wilmington, Delaware. — 2. 
A synonym of chondroditc. — 3. A fossil shell 
of the genus Macluntes. Also maclurite, 

Macluntes (mak-19-ri'tez), n. [NL. (Menke. 
1830) (F. Jfflc/Mrite— Lesueur, 1818), so called 
from William J/flc/wre, a noted geologist (1763- 



macrandrous 





Maclun'tfs logani^ showing 
only the shell. 




Operculum of Maclurites 
hgnni. 1 1, tubercles. 



I. Branch of Oiage Orange (Madura aurantiaca) with male 
flowers, a. Branch with the female inflorescence, a, a male flower; 
b. a female flower ; c, a female flower laid open ; d, a leaf, sbowifl^ 
the nervation. 

1840).] The typical genus of the family Ma^ 
cluritida. Also Madurea, Maclureia, Macluria, 
Madurita. 

Macltiritidffi (mak-l^rit'i-de), n. pi. [NL., < 
Maclurites + -idee.] A family of extinct mol- 
lusks, of uncertain rela- 
tionship, but generaUy 
referred to the Rhipido- 
glossa. ThesheUisdiscoidal, 
pancispiral, and with the spire 
sunk ui an umbilical carlty. 
The operculum is subspiral and 
fnmiuied with two internal 
projections^ of which one, be- 
neath the nucleus, is very thick and rugose. By Woodward 
the constituent genus was referred to the heteropod fam- 
ily AtlanUda; bv Tryon, as type 
of a family, to tne scutlbrancbi- 
ate gastropods, between the BM- 
lerophontiacB and HaliotidcB; by 
others to the family iSSoteriufce^etc. 
Thirteen species have been rec- 
ognised in the Paleoxoic fonna- 
tfons, from the Lower Silurian to 
the Carboniferous. Also if ootinv- 
adcBt Madureida, Madundm. 

Macmillanite (mak-mil'an-it), n. [< Macmil- 
lan (see def.) + -tte^.] A member of the Scot- 
tish sect of Cameronlans: so called after the 
Rev. John Macmillan, their first ordained cler- 
gyman. See Cameronian, 1. 

Macont. n, A variant of Mahound, Mahoun. 

maconite (ma'kqn-it), n, [< Macon (see def.) + 
-tfc2.] A kind of vermiculite found near Frank- 
lin in Macon county. North Carolina. 

ma^imd (mas-o-na'), a, [F., pp. of maqonner, 
mason: see mason, v.] In her., divided with 
lines representing the divisions between blocks 
of stone : said especially of a house or castle 
used as a bearing. Also masoned. 

maconba, n. See maccouba. 

Macquartia (ma-kwar'ti-a), n. [NL. (Robi- 
neau-Desvoidy, 1830),name<i after P. J. M. Mac- 
quart (1778-1855), a French entomologist.] A 
genus of flies of the family Tachitiid<v, or giving 
name to the family Macquartiidce. They are of 
medium and large size, slender, thickly hairy, usually 
black, often metallic, and are found near streams on the 
under side of leaves. 

Macqnartiida (mak-wiir-ti'i-de), n.pl, [NL., < 
Macquartia 4- -idee.] A family of dipterous in- 
sects, typified by the genus Macquartia, Also 
Macquartid(B. 

macraill^ (mak-ra-ma'), n. [It. macrame, said 
to be of Ar. origin.] An ornamental trimming 
made by leaving a long fringe of thread and 
knotting the threads together so as to form 
geometrical patterns. Also called knotted-bar 
trorA*.— Macram^ cord, a kind of fine cord prepared for 
the manufacture of macram^ lace, and also used for other 
work, such as netting of various kinds, and for hammocks. 
— Macram^ lace, a kind of knotted work in which elabo- 
rate fringes and the like are made in modem imitation of 
the old knotted point. 

macrandrous (mak-ran'dms), a. [< Gr. fiaKpdq, 
long (see macron)^ + avijp {avdp-), male (in bot. 
a stamen).] Having elongated male plants, as 
certain algSB, particularly the (Edogoniacete. 



macraucheiie 
macrauchene «niak-r^'keii), a, [< Afacrau- 

MacraucheEia < ". [NL,,< 



Auiencti.. Two .si>t*«tiittt i+t'*' ii*tiiit'*i M- jHiiachu' 
nicti BrUd M, bniirk^tmi^* Opisthttfhinuji is sy- 
iKiuymoiis, 

MacrauchenlidiB (uiak-rft»ke-iii'i-d6), w. p/. 

fN" ^ 1/ ...-./....;., 4- ,;w>; 1 \ t'Mi>i!lv of 

I u'the 



n irport 

ti'' .'■:.,':.. ■i;. TIlc 

hi > < r <i tiicluniifiuf m M ihii Paloiotkt' 

r, 

ma,^xrtiiv,iiviiJiio*;ii , amk-r&'ke'm-i-f^rm)» «. 
[< NL. Mfuraurhruia -f L,/t»r«i«, form.] Hav- 
ing the fortu or (/liaraetera of a macraucheue. 

macrenceplialic (mak'reu-se-furik or naef a- 
lik), It. [A» MiHTOnct'ph(tl-ottit + -tc] Siirae 
as '//«/' ' ' 'rtJ<. 

macre: us (mak-fen-sef'a-lU8)» */, [< 

eHCC])h(Hic,} Having a long or largo bnuii. 
macriot, n. [A corrupt form of F. maqmrcnu ; 
see mark^nP,^ Same a^ mackerel'^, 

Panilbr, wltlol^ ma«ri<^ basest o( knaf es, 

Muldldon, Aoythtug for a gulet Life, v, L 

Macrobasis tmak-rob'a-Hia}, «, [< Gr. woxpOf. 
long (see wrtcrart)| 
4* ^dff^, II base.] A 
genus of bligter-bee- 
tlfs of tlie f Hinily Ife* 
/^nt/tf'. TherenreUBpe- 
oidi In Noitli t.-.n.,> 
scvum] of w] 
ntnictiVL* to ii 
toblM. J/. 
ii«h gruy hllfil" ; u 
a cuiiitnou kr:.! 'l' u- ]>' •: , 



3663 

gpecifleally, of or pertAimng tc MthiT of the 
^rf J a ps Mncronj mrra:, 
macrocarpous (mak-r" V 

Mr^^rn^^p^^^ ' I- ,..:. ,.,....,;.- 

'tPTon- fiirnilv 
ihattuiiiit4. itih 1 
ipcN^iea in till? fpiitiity, i 

jain(e<J uiilennrc, anU ,m.l- ....,*. „» Wi^>, ,. ,U. .. i—.^. 

curvctl ipar. 
Macroceiltrus(niak-ro-&en'tn3f«}, w. [NL. (Cur- 
tis, 1H33), < Or. /mK/«ktW/jo<:J " ''"K» 
< fmKpoc^ lon|?, + Anr^K/i^, a c '"^w- 

^rl.j > '' ' ' - il of 

Ihtiwul ' ><do- 



lous plant** cif thr 



.13! 



/ 






■>n the 
cut iindeir 



MoatiUiiii 



fl 



jir fiMrtit,i\. a, ii)«lc t«ette (hue 
n nteuna of maihc 



IctCllitt, Jvcc 

macrobiosis (mak'- 
ro-l»I-43'Ris). n. [NL.. 
< Gr. it-uKiMifMatq, long life, < fiaxpdfiio^^ having a 
Ion ^ 1 i fe : see marrobiote.^ Long life ; longevity, 

macrobiote (raak-ro'bi-ot), n. [< Or. //aif/Ki/3/o- 
me* also fioKpSfito^^ having a loug life, < ftaap^^, 
long, + ^3io£^, life.] One who lives lon^; a long- 
lived person or animal. 

The Tlioftsallan mountaino^ri were the tnatrobiotsi, thi* 
lonff-Uvt'ri uar excfllencc, uf the Roman EiupLre. 

F, L, O-wfo/J, Pop. Ski. Mo.. XXI. &Wi. 

macrobiotic (mak'ro-bi-ot'ik). «. [< macro- 
hiote + -?r.l Lnr - ^-^ ^: • - - - i^^,. . t, .,^ 
on lite: f^pedtlo.! 

macrobiotics (n . i 

macrobiotic: boo -irv.J Knowledge relating to 
lonjr lift* : th** stTjdy of longevity. 



\tm\, wuft V€ffy mri* thint; 



•nt from this tutck wurk 



I** ^a'nc^ri/, Styte, note 0. 
MacTObiotldaB (mak'rf>bi-ot'i-d©)t w.jj^. [NL., 
i Mnrrobivtus -^ -itkr.] AthmilyofJn'tiacu, 
typified by the genus MitcrobhtuH. ilipy aro 
initiiit*^ v-mMfimo i] i> hindnnfr withnut rPspiritor>' or- 
it^ ' " qf a namljcr of iiiiliujilL'uleJii 

k iitnatful49 or wttrr l>ritr», from 

tti . me forro ia usjanlly n lejng 

*.>v .1 linof ibort clawed Icga. Them.* 

»Tii M s or freah water, and reseniblfl 

f tti I , . i vivitigafttirdeaiceatiOD, whence 

thiiir imiiLu. 

MacTobiottia (mak-ro-bi'6-tus), ft. [NL., < Gr. 

r^ ha\ing along life: s«e«iacro&iof«'.] 

'1 1 sTonus of JfffcroWolitf a?. M.shulU:ei 

I .: . ijple. See cut under ArcHsca, 

Ma€ro€am6rs (mak-ro-ka»n Vre), n. ;>/. [NL, : 
see wiocnHVj»icrti£r»] 1. A subtribe of choristi- 
dan spongoa haviug large ehaml»er8: illHtiu- 
guished from Alirfocunura'. LendcufdiU — 2. 
A trihr " • ' ith large saeei- 

torni '>ft transparent 

groniKi- . ■■: ^: 'J. 

macrocamarate (mak-ro-kam'e-rat), a. [< Or, 
ftiiKpo{\ loug^ 4- Mifi(ifja, a vaulted chamber: aee 
camera.} Haviiig large chambezii, as a sponge ; 



moil 1)1- I • , _:, .Arnnr- 

I in: 1 I n I ir. ,,f Uie omlilHutfiiioUi In ihu Itdted 

macrocephalic (niak'r6-*<i»-fnrik or ^sefa-Uk), 
a. [Ah matforH'phal'OiiM''f = jr, ] 1 , Of or pertain- 
mg to a lai'ge head; J« -sive 

size of tholiead: as?, \. — 

2. In r>:-^ -v.- ■ '■■-"■ 

at the I 

ameter> ___ ■: _ ■ r. :.a .i. ,■._:■ i- '. _; - 

a syllabie iu excess. Aim* [rfffccphahc. Bee 

(hiifhNrfr^ 

maCrr::-:;ii'.T.,n!^-: ..-.:' -lus), rt. [< Gf. 

/i- . long, '^ Ki^ 

X//, iir-iiM., i, ill ..r-,,.. ,jt4 , ''>'■■''-■'■ In rgo 

head, — 2. In bot,^ having 1 <»f a 

dicotyledonous embryo eon- h arm- 

ing a large masa compared with tiio ret^t of the 
bcSy. 

Macroelielys (mak-rok'e-liB), «. [NX.., < Gr. 
fiaKp6q, long, 4- v^^-if. a t«rt4>i8e: see c/rr/r/*,] A 
genua of siiriT.r.w....tMvn. ..- .vf ft,., < .Tr,iiy Chvftt- 
nridcB, M, for- turtle 

inhabiting 1 1; - m, 

macrocliemical imak-riVkeni'i-kal), a. [< Gr, 
fittKpd^f long, large, 4* fi. e^e*/«*<YJf/.i of or ^H>r- 
taining to en emi eal test s wh i e li i n ' 1 1 ed . 

OP reactions which may \h^ obs« the 

naked eye: di8tin"^n^i""' from u,, — ieal. 

Macrocnira (mak ^i, [2vL.,< ttr,,wo- 

iiJHj;(fifi^ long-han« i i rmed), K uaK^ioc^ long, 

+ ;t£i/), the hand.] 1. A genus of large mai- 

old crabH, having enormously long legn and a 

criM ' ly small body. The (fiam 

of 4^r«, a mectM of thifl (r<^iiii\ hi< 

«fi • laore, ttatnigh the body is onJy • 

bIKl IS itn:ht.- long. 

2. A genuii of dipterous insects, 

macrochiran (mak-ro-ki'ran), a. and /i, ^ 
macrochire-^ -an,} t a, Libug-handed ; having 
a long man us or pinion of the wing, a» a sw^ift 
or a humming-bird; specLfically, of or pertain - 
ingto the Macrochirts, 

n. ». Any member of the \facrochires ; a 
mae roe hire, 

macrochirQ (mak'ro-kir), n, A bird of the 
group AJucrochires* 

MacrocMres (mak-ro-ki'rey. ), n. pL [XL.^ < Gr, 
imKpdxttpt long-handed (long-armed): see Ma^ 
trochira,] A group of binis, so named from 
the length of the terminal as compared with 
the proximal portion of the wing. As orif^lujOly 
Ubtil h> Xjti>.'h, 18",jn, it incladed the haininlng-bird6tiiMJ 
11A i ' Old Ctfj^^bfh), to which ore now lumolly Add- 

tnl : i-rs [i'apninti^fO : neoriy lynoDyiDoua with 

macrocbiropter (mak^ro-ki-rop't^r), n. Same 
aa mftcrorhiroptcran, 

Macrocbiroptera (mak'r5-ki-rop'te-r|t)» n. pi. 
[NL., < Gr. paKpd^f long, large, -\- Sill Chirop- 
teraS\ A suborder of Ckiroptera, eoniprii^ing 
the largest species of the ortler, it consist! of thu 
fruit- bat«, or Pntm^pra, as diatingulihod from tti** Jffevt*- 
chirftjiiera, iyv otoin'jLxy h».i^ V^ixnXiy M ' " ar, 

macrocbiropteran (mak^ro-ki- . «. 

and n, L a* Uf or pertaining tu .:_ ^ ..ntchi- 
roptrra, 

ll^ w. One of tlie MaerorhimpUfra ; afmgiv- 
oroiifl bat, or fruit-bat. Also maerochiropter, 

macrochoanite (mak-rd-ko'a-nit), « . and «. [< 
"Sh, Macrochotinitrs.} 1, «/fta\ing long septal 
funnels, as a cephalopod; of or pertaining to 
the Macroeh oa n i tcs. 
H, w. One of the AfaernchiHtniU'S, 

Macrochoanitas (mak-i'o-ko-a-ni'tejt), n. pi. 
[NL,, < Gr» fiQKpw:, loug, 4- .t^civjy, a funnel: see 
chminitej] A group of eephalopods, containing 
those nautiloids and ammonoith* whose septju 
funnels are long, B^att^ Proc, Bost. Soc. Nat, 
Hist, 1883, p, 260, 

Macrociiemimi(mak-rok-n§'mum), h, [KL.(P, 
Browne, 17561, so called in alluHion to tlie loug 
flower-stalk; < QT,fiaKp6q ^loug^ + AVi^/'?^ a leg: see 



lib 
two rnii 

r.iti^ nor 

-tn 

, ultl- 

whii I'H, 

i^fCtn (-si), [NL,, < Gr. . + 

K6Kho>*j a berry: t*ee rf/iv - .:t'n- 

eral tenu applied to eertuui bn. mg 

referen<»p to the dinien.<ion.s of tlh I in- 

divii 
(\ I colla which arc iMMliumcirk, or at l«aat 

Very ^:. ., ..'.■ ■n'JAtfi\ In iipf- <llrre'Iiuti. I'hcjiM!} are dls^ 

ti»(gijii*hfcti wlit<. 1 ui««i*toi»a, 

luto miiiiruuocci, ' 

macroconidimn (makr , n.i pL 

imwrfH'vffuha i-'^), [NL,, ' »;;, large, 

+ NL.coniWtfrtsf«\q,v.] AvoniJiumofla^suee. 
See fvmhHum, 

macr Mi ■o--!i-! ■■'- .' ' ■ *:■'■■. i " '""'■ -^f'i^". 

Ion; 'J.yl, 

Cf. iUi- 

ver- Hcd 

to V-'- ' - "i hy 

man. The (.onct^ption d<itLb ituck tu Dt^nji<H]:ii- 
tus Omrn 4(U) li, t^, ). S^e mirrarokm, 

TI" '' ■:.::' '■■'•,! vlr- 

iu»- ^*m, 

ana ilial 

pATt- n( Jt. lii'H!t\ t.Jij|olt;»Jl V JjE-liUSO, tl. 

2. The entire masB of anything of whieh man 
forms a part; the %vhole of any division ot na> 
ture or of knowledge. 

The iftarroeotra of mxivly ciin \m tutttrrcd fftiiii the ml- 
croou«m of tadlrUluHt human nature, 

A. A. Zafft. CXJL SS(L 

According to P " * ** - ' - ^isni tnm\ 

which thu whtjlr vfd. 

macrOCOSmic (luaU-ro-k^i/'hak), a. [< maero- 
cfmn -f -!>.] Of or pertaining to the macro- 
cosm: of the nature of a macrocosm; compre- 
hensive; immense. 

■ ' :i th« 

are 

.:.- : - ■ . . atro- 

I crocyst (mak'ro-abt), w, [*> Gr, ftaKpSc^ long 
or large, + E. cw^f.] A cyst of large size: ap- 
plied particularly to the cyst or spore-case of 
cert^nin olj^w, notably /* - 

MacrocysteaB (mak-r^v ^r, pi fNL, 

(Kuet/iiig, lK4i)), < J/-I > -f«'.] A di- 

vision of marine algue b o the Lamimi' 

riiieete^ named frotd th< icrocyHih, and 

eontaining also the genera LLHnvnia^ y<freaqfitti4t^ 
find Phntaritf, 

MacrocyBti8(T--i^ -^ '^'ti8),Ji. [NL. (Agnrdh. 
1824), < Gr. /Vi + n lyrrtf , abladder. bag : 

^oocyst,] A L'^Mius of LnL'unlie »ea- 

we e«i » be Ion ^' 1 1 - . vii t n f u u y 

(frown the fn^ml root, from 

which ari^<* '" n-^. Kikwi 

)>dow l,»ui III Iftfi^ 

c«olatc 1' i,i:uj?cd 

Into p«ai <!.... |.,.. TM M^ .... i,>. ,ii. nt.ciiia It^ivca 

have uietr edge* direcTid r^jHunJ the ticm, aad ar«io far 



f/ 



vertk: 

aT< 


itly 




: 111! 


<1 the 


^tf ui Itoeir 

, 1 ftt In 
r«it 


an< 1 
Tl.i 




.pox, 
•.lift 










in . 




- r:id- 

tr- 








tho 














1 tho 

.Ircd 



aally iepaniied 
r«irnlar patches 

Ptiiv SpwIeH, trii 

trii 

f«et r : ' ., . 

Tilajidd fully :t*0 fott lun^. Hantf/. 

macrodactyl, macrodactyle (mjtk-po^ftk'til), 

rt. and «, [< NIj, mnrrotiavtijlHs^ < Gr* ftaKpoM^ 
ATi'^oclong^fingered (long-toed), < //«>i^ , loug, 
+ t5dfcTr?.r>c, finger, toe,] I. a. Ha\Hog long toes; 
aijeei fie ally, of or peitaining to the MacrodaC' 
tijU, Also maerodnctiiUc, maen*4acifffoutf. 
II* H, One of the Mai^roda^tytL 



Macrodactyla 

Macrodactyla (mak-r5-dak'ti-l&), n,pl. [NL., 
neut. pi. of macrodactylus : see macrodactyl.'] 
In Latreille's system, the second tribe of the 
second section of ClavicomeSj having simple 
narrow tibias and long five-jointed tarsi, the last 
joint of which is large, with two strong hooks. 
Also Macrodactyli, 

Ifacrodactyli (mak-ro-dak'ti-li), n, pL [NL., 
pi. of macrodactylus: see macrod<ictyl,} 1. 
Same v^s Macrodactyla, — 2. In Cuvier's s^tem, 
a group of Grallw or wading birds, including the 
jacanas, horned screamers, and mound-birds, 
with the rails, crakes, coots, and g^Uinules. It 
is a heterogeneous group, no longer in use. 

macrodactylic (mak'^ro-dak-til'ik), a. [As 
macrodactyl + 4c.] Same as macrodactyl. 

Macrodactylidse (mak'ro-dak-til'i-de), II. pi. 
[NL., < Macrodactylus + -idce.^ A family of 
tkileoptera, named in 1837 by Kirby from the 
genus Macrodactylus: now generally merged in 
Scarabmdw. 

macrodactylons (mak-ro-dak'ti-lus), a. [< NL. 
macrodactyluSf long-toed: see macrodactyl.] 
Same as macrodactyl, 

liacrodactylns (mak-ro-dak'ti-lus), n. [NL. 
(Latreille, 1825): see macrodactyl,] A genus 
of lamellicom beetles, the type of the family 
Macrodactylidw. it compriaes rather small speciea, of 
gracefal form and yariable colon, with slender legs and 
the tarsal claws split at the tip. Of its more than 80 spe- 
cies, 3 are North American, of which M. spinonu, erro- 
neously called roM-bug, is very destmctive to roses and 
many fruits of the family Rotacece. It is about one third of 
an inch long, of a yellowish color, with long brown legs, 
and appears suddenly in June in immense numbers. 

macrodiagonal (mak'ro-di-ag'o-nal), a. and n. 
[< Gr. /«x/cp<5f, long, + diayCwioi, diagonal: see 
diagonal.] I. a. Constituting or oeing the 
longer diagonal of a rhombic prism; pertain- 
ing to the macrodiagonal Macrodia^nal axis, 

in crysUU., the longer lateral axis in an orthorhombic crys- 
tal— Macrodiai^onal section, a plane i>as8ing through 
the macrodiagonal and vertical axes of a crystal. 

II. n. The longer of the diagonals of a rhom- 
bic prism. 

macrodomatic (mak'ro-do-mat'ik), a. [< mcuy- 
rodome + -atic^.] Of or pertaining to a macro- 
dome. 

macrodome (mak'ro-dom), n. [< Gr. fioKpdCj 
long, + ddfio^f ddfjuiy a house, dome: see dome^.] 
In crystal, ^ a dome parallel to the macrodiagonal 
axis of an orthorhombic crystal. See dome^^ 5. 

macrodont (mak'ro-dont), a. K Gr. fMKpd^y 
long, + bdovg (odovT-) =zE. tooth,] Having large 
teeth. 

macrodontism (mak'ro-don-tizm). n, [< mac- 
rodont + -ism,] A form of dentition in which 
the teeth are large. 

Macroglossa (mak-ro-glos'a), «. [NL., < Gr. 
fiOKpdq, long, + fAMGoa, the tongue : see plossa.] 

1. A genus of hawk-moths of the family Sesp- 
id(ey having a short abdomen with a large bunch 
of hair at the tip, like a bird's tail. The winos 
arc short, often opaque, and sometimes glossy. Nearly 
100 species are known ; they fly by day, and with great 
swiftness. M. OeUatarum is known as the humminff'bird 
hatok-moth (which see, under hawk-moth). 

2, Same as Macroglossus. 
macroglossate (mak-ro-glos'at), a, [As Macro- 
glossa + -ate^.] Having a long tongue. 

MacroglOBSi (mak-ro-glos'i), n. pi, [NL., pi. 
of MacroglossuSy q. v. J A division of Ftero- 
podid<B,or fruit-bats, having an extremely long 
slender tongue. It includes the genera ^o- 
topteris, Eonycteris, Melonycteris, and Macro- 
giossus, 

macroglossia (mak-ro-glos'i-a), n. [NL., < Gt. 
uaKpS^j long, + y/MXjaaj the tongue: see glossa.] 
In pathol.j hypertrophy of the tongue. 

macroglossine (mak-ro-glos'in), a, [As Macro- 
glossa + -j/it'i.] Same as macroglossate. 

MacroglOBSns (mak-ro-glos'us), n, [NL., < 
Gr. fiCLKpdgj long, + yUxjaa^ the tongue: see 
glossa.] A genus of very small fruit-bats, with 
the dental formula as in Eonycteris^ but the in- 
dex-finger with a claw. M. minimus is a com- 
mon Indian species, smaller than the serotiue 
of Europe. 

macrognathic (mak-rog-nath'ik), a. [< Gr. fia- 
K/5(5f,long,+ yi'aaof, the jaw: see gnathic.] Having 
long laws ; prognathous. Applied by Huxley to hu- 
man skulls of Neolithic age, of a In-oad or rounded form, 
with prominent probole and angular or lozenge-shaped 
facial region, and highly developed and procurrent jaws. 

macrognathons (mak-rog'na-thus), a. Same 
as macrognathic. 

macrogonidiom (mak'rd-go-nid'i-um), n.; pi. 
macrogonidia (-ft). [NL., '< Gr. /lOKpdgy long, 
large, + NL. gonidium. q. v.] In bot.y a large 
gonidium as compared with others produced 



3564 

by the same species. See gonidium and miero- 
gonidium. 

macrolepidopter (mak-ro-lep-i-dop't6r), n. 
Any member of the group' Macrolepidoptera, 

Macrolepidoptera (mak-r9-lep-i-dop'te-r&), n. 
pi. [NL. , < Gr. fioKpSCf lon^, + NL. Leptdop- 
teray ^. v.] Lepidopterous insects of consider- 
able size, as collectively distinguished from the 
smaller forms, which are called Microlepidop- 
tera. The name includes all the butterflies or Rhopalo- 
O0ra, and the following six families of moths or Hetero- 
eera: SphingidcB^ SetUcUt, Zygcenida, Bombyddm, Nodtu- 
idoBy Ui& OwmeMdm. 

macrolepidopterist (mak-ro-lep-i-dop'te-rist), 
n. [< Macrolepidcptera + -ist.} One who is 
versed in the natural history of the Macrolepi- 
doptera. 

Macroleptes (mak-ro-lep'tez), n. pi, [NL. 
(Swain son, 1839).] A tribe of acanthopterygian 
fishes distinguished by the development of con- 
spicuous scales and large branchial apertures. 
It was intended to include the percif orm, chseto- 
dontoid, labroid, and similar fishes. [Barely 
used.] 

macrology (mak-rol'p-ji) , n. ^< LL. macrologia, 
< Gr. fioKpoXoyiay long speaking, < fioKpoXdyogy 
speaking long, < fjuucpd^y long, + ?^eiv, speak: 
see-ology.] Long and tedious talk; prolonged 
discourse, with little or nothing to say ; super- 
fiuity of words. [Rare.] 

macromeral (mak'ro-me-ral), a. [< macromere 
+ -al.] Of or pertaining to a macromere: as, 
macromeral blastomeres. 

macromere (mak'ro-mer), n. [< Ghr. /lOKpSg, 
long, + fi^po^y a part.] In embryoly the larger 
one of two unequal masses into which the vi- 
tellus of a lamellibranch, as a fresh-water mus- 
sel, divides; the so-called vegetative cell of 
Rabl, which subdivides into blastomeres, part- 
ly by fission, partly by gemmation. See mi- 
cromere. 

macromeric (mak-r9-mer'ik), a, [< macromere 
+ -ic,] Same as macromeral. Huxley. 

macromeritic (mak'ro-me-ritMk), a. [As mac- 
romere + -ite^ + -MJ.] ' In'lithol., an epithet in- 
troduced by Vogelsang to designate the gran- 
itoid structure of a rock when developed 
coarsely enough to be recognizable by the 
naked eye. MaenmeriUe is opposed to mieromtriHOt 
the latter indicating a cirstalline structure too fine to be 
visible without the aid of the microscope. 

macrometer (mak-rom'e-t^r), ft. [< Gr. fMKpdc, 
long, + fitrpovy measure.] A mathematical in- 
strument for measuring inaccessible heights 
and objects by means of two reflectors on a 
common sextant. 

macromolecnle (mak-ro-more-kul), n, [< Gr. 
fMKpd^y long, + E. molecule,] A molecule con- 
sisting of several molecules. G. J. Stoney. 
1885. 

macromyelon (mak-ro-mi'e-lon), n. [NL., < 
Gr. fMKpdg. long, + five'/^, marrow.] Owen's 
name of the medulla oblongata: same as the 
myelencephaUm of Huxley and the metencepha- 
lon of Quain and most anatomists. 

macromyelonal (mak-ro-mi'e-lon-al), a, [< 
macromyelon + -al,] Pertaining to the macro- 
myelon; metencepnalic. 

macron (mak'ron), n. [< Gr. fiaKpdvy neut. of 
imKpd^y ion^, tall, deep, far, large, great, long 
in time, akin to m^/coc, Doric fioKo^y length, and 
prob. = L. macer {macrA, lean, lank : see mea- 
ger.] In gram.y a short horizontal line placed 
over a vowel to show that it is long in quantity, 
or, as in English, has a '^' long'' sound : opposed 
to the hrevCy or mark of a short vowel. Thus, in 
Greek a, T, 17, and in Latin a, €, i, d, Q, the long vowels cor- 
responding to the short vowels ft, fi, 1, 0, 0. etc. ; in English, 
&, e, 1, 6, (i, the conventional notations of the name-sounds 
of these vowels. In this dictionary, in the etymologies, the 



macron is used uniformly to indicate a vowel long in quan- 
tity, to the exclusion of the circumflex (except in Oreek) 
and the acute, which are elsewhere often used for the same 



purpose. Thus the Anglo-Saxon and Icelandic long vow- 
els often, the Icelandic usually, denoted by the acute are 
uniformly marked with the macron (the acute, in Anglo- 
Saxon, being retained only as a convenient indication of a 
diphthong, as in ed, eJ, etc.X Also called maentone. 

liacronemese (mak-ro-ne'me-e), n. pi. [NL., 
< Gr. /iOKpdCy long or large, +* v?;jim^ a thread, + 
-eae.] A name given by Saccardo to various 
subsections of the MucedineWy depending upon 
the size of the hyphaB. 

macronnclens (mak-ro-nu'kle-us), n. ; pi. ma- 
cronuclei (-i). [NL., <*Gr. ^aKpdq, long, large, + 
NL. nu^le\is.] A lar^e nucleus which may sub- 
divide into or be replaced by smaller nuclei. 

Macronyches (mak-ron'i-kez), n. pi, [NL., < 
Gr. puiKpdgy long, + dw^ (owx-), claw, talon : see 
onyx.] In Sundevall's classification of birds, a 



macropodlan 

cohort of GallincBy composed of the Australian 
mound-birds or Megapodidcs. 

Macronyz (mak'ro-niks), n. [NL. , < Gr. fJuiKpd^j 
long, + 5mf {owx-)y claw, talon: see onyx.] 1, 
In omith,f a genus of African larks of the family 
AlaudidcBy named by Swainson in 1827 on ac- 
count of the long hind claw. There are several 
species, as M, capensis. — 2. In entom.: (a) A 
genus of exotic robber-fiies of the family Asili- 
dcB, (6) Agenusof arctiidmoths. Feldery IS74, 

macropetalons (mak-ro-pet'a-lus), a, [< Gr. 
uoKpdcy long, + mTa7/yvy a leaf (petal): %ee petal.] 
In hot,y having large petals. 

macrophthalmous (mak-rof-tharmus), a, [< 
Gr. fiaKp6g, long, large, + b^SdXudqy eye. ] In zool.y 
having large eyes. 

macrophyUine (mak-ro-fil'in), a. [NL., < Gr. 
fiaKp&^y long, large, + ^6XZov, a leaf.] In bot.y 
consisting of elongated, extended leafiets or 
f oliose expansions : opposed to micrcmhylline, 

macrophyllons (mak-ro-fil'us), a, [< Gr. fia- 
KpddvAkocy long-leafed, i fioKp^^y long, + ^'A^, 
= L. folium, a leaf.] In bot,, having large 
leaves. 

Macropina (mak-ro-pi'nft), n. pi, [NL.. < Ma- 
cropus + -fn«2.] X. division of marsupials, con- 
taining the kangaroos. J, E, Gray, 1826. 

macropinacoid (mak-ro-pin'a-koid). It. [< Gr. 
pcucpdc, long, + iriva^ (irivaK-), a board, tablet, 
+ elSoCy form.] In crystal. y a plane parallel to 
the vertical and macrodiagonal axes of an or- 
thorhombic crvstal. See pinacaid. 

macropinacoioal (mak-ro-pin-a-koi'dal), a. [< 
macropinacoid + -al,] Of or "pertaining to a 
macropinacoid : as, macropinacoidal planes. 

Macropiper (mak-rop'i-p^r^, n. [NL. (F. A. 
Miguel, 1840), < Gr. fiOKpdg, long, + iriirepi, > L. 
piper y pepper : see pej)per.] A genus of dicoty- 
ledonous apetalous plants belonging to the 
natural order Pipe- 
racew and the tnbe l(^ 

Pipereae, character- ,£j^ _/A 
ized by an ovary ^f'-l—/*\.Y 
with one cell and one 
ovule, fiowers imper- 
f ect,usually in dense 
axillary spikes, and 
the fruit sessile, the 
berries often having 
the fleshy bracts and 
raohis united with 
them to form a mul- 
tiple fruit. There are 
about 6 species, natlvee of 
the islands in the Pacific. 
They are shrubs, with 
erect stems, and alter- 
nate leaves on petioles 
dUated at the base. M. 
fMthyttitum is the Poly- 
nesian ava, cava, or kava, 
from whose root a stimu- 
lating beverage is made. 
(See kava.) M. exeeUum 
IS the native pepper of 
New Zealand, the kawa-kawa, a small aromatic tree, fur- 
nishing a tea and a remedy for toothache, and bearing yel- 
low berries edible except the seeds. 

macroplenral (mak-ro-pl5'ral), a. [< Gr. pa- 
Kp6^y long, + irlevpdy side : see pleura.] Hav- 
ing long pleuwe : specifically applied to certain 
tniobites, in distinction from hrachypleural. 
Amer. Jour, Sci.y 3d ser., XXXII. 475. 

macropod (mak'ro-pod), a. and n. [< Gr. pa- 
Kp6novg (-irod-), long-footed, (, paspdcy long, + 
TTobc (noo-) = E. foot.] I, a. Having long or 
large feet or legs. 
n, n, A long-legged or long-footed animal. 

macropodal (mak-rop'o-dal), a. [As macropod 
+ -al!j Same as macropod. 

macropodan (mak-rop'o-dan), a. and n, [As 
macropod + -an,] Same as macrojwd. 

Macropodia (mai-ro-po'di-a), n. [NL., < Gr. 
p€ucp&irov^ {-nod-) J long-f ooteH : see macropod.] 
A genus of spider-crabs or sea-spiders founded 
by W. E. Leach in 1813 upon the common British 
species formerly known as Cancer phalangiuiUy 
and made the type of a family Macropodiadw, 
Stcnorhynchus of Latreille is a synonym. 

Macropodiadss (mak'ro-po-dl'a-de), n, pi, 
[NL., < Macropodia +' -adw,] "A family of 
enormously long-legged crabs, typified by the 
genus Macropodia, Leptopodiidce is a syno- 
nym. Also Macropodida;. 

macropodlan (mak-ro-po'di-an), a, and n. [As 
macropod + -ian .] X, a. Lon^-legged; macro- 
pod ; specifically, of or pertaining to the Macro- 
podiadw. 

n. n. A long-legged crab; a member of 
Leach's family Macrqpodiadte. 




of Maer^piptr mtthysti- 
cum, with flowers. 



MacropodidsB JI565 

HacropodidaB (mak'ro-pod'i'de), n^pl [< Ma- "<» elmngfit otp\n: 

ma iiiTUiA ] B of I li e o ruer Ih dclph i a or Mn rmp t o h a ; erommph\u. 

th" kHll*rHTYjn«, ThewHpbtnf thpKTMiyif^irr th'»hliid maCTOrlliilC (mBk'fO-riu), n. 



SEHOUt. 



macrotarsiaii 

macrosporange (iijak-ro-«f*6'rftnj), n. [< NL. 

macroMj'i'tanf/inmytis^] Same as marrojtporan^ 

(fium. 
macrosporangiophore (mak 'rp - ^9 - ran ' ji - ^ 

for), ji, I^NL., < 6r. ^aK^y^, I' -r- '"—v ^ — r ^, 
seed, + ci)7 fieri', veHsel, 4- 



hffiA^ Til 



iV i'tlXn'im 



< d by Uit* j 
itlf» Of sei* 



2. A 

macro; 



America. M* 






of thi? fpan^bcKTlng 
}uiil heaomv 

. ■rt.,iVI.84€w 



I ; M " I It" J r^ ^ ' i III' 



'pndidrt*: the li 



(tluptif/rtftuHida.) 'Ad 
Illy wuB lifv 



n^ siib- 
uropor. 
tnolnt 
viaible iuUj Jlfacrijj^ 

macropodous ^uiMk-rop'o-diia), a* [As inuero- 
pod T -oM^.l III 15M>f., luug-footed; of ft leaf, 
httvir ' ' ";ilk; of ttmonocotyiedonous 
emU rudicle Itirge iii proportion 

totI:t _.. 

Macropoma (rnuk-ro-po'iutt), ». [NI^m ^ ^'• 
/^TA/wlr, long» 4- rrr.nm^ n vctxpv. lid (operculum).] 
A geuuB of f^' Moid ganoid fishea 

fotrndf^d by A- us of Cretaceous 

afre with bo]IJo^_'^:^';^i khi tiud large operculuiD- 

maCTOprism (mak'ro-prizm), n. [< Gr. fmKpo^, 
long* H- -/>/(!/:«, priBmJ A prism of an ortbo- 
rbombic erystal lyin^ between the unit priam 
and the macroplnacoid. 

macropter (mak-rop't^r), n, [< Gr. fumpd- 
7Tripfn;,\oiig'yvii\i^ili see mnmopterQUit,'^ Auani- 
nijil with lotijuf wiagd or fini*. 

jnacropteran (mak-rop'te-ran), fi. 8ame sus 
nifwroptfnuis. 

maCTopterous (raak-rop't^nis), a, [< Or. fta- 
KfH'):rTf:pijr, ! on i^:- winged, < ffni^f>/*c, Innff, + iT7efy6i\ 
wing, = E. Jctithn\] L . d; macrop- 

teran ; longi pen nine or 1 1 f e, lis a biiu. 

3£acrc^T"''^ ''""■'''"■'' ''^"-^■' / 14.- .>r,^f!^ 



in 1800. M, iH4ijof i» I be gi^ut kuii^aroo, or for- 
ester. See/arc*f/r, 4, and cut under kanparwt. 
— 2t A generic* name which bai* been variously 
used for certftiij ilshes, birds^ inscc^ls, imd erus- 
taceiiMs, but is no longer in use, beiug autedateil 
by the same narnc in mammalogy. 

MaCTOpygia (mak-ro-piyi-li), If. [NL. (Swain- 
sou, X837)* < (Jr. fiGKfior^ lon£ + ttv}7/, riunp, t^iL] 
A genus of Cidumbidat, including many specie b 
of th(? Eai*t Indi€*s and Australia, of large size 
with lonjL?, Iiroad tail, Bu#h as Si, reimcardH; 
the tHK'koo-doves. 

macropTramid (mak-rd-pir'armid), h, [< Gr. 

puKfttf^:, Toii^% + TTvpapi^j pyramid.] A pyramid 

of ail orthorbombic crystal lying between the 

SEono of unit pyramid and the maerodomes. 

A tiew fn-niitiid Is prorluued, named « ma^ropyrmtUd, 

Bfteifc. BrU,, XVL SdO, 

Macrorb''TnnliOSidae (mak'ro-ram-foa'i-de)^ n, 

pi, j rrfHfifini}dnnins-^ -ida\'\ Af&mi\y 

of b itf tisbes, typifiefi by the genus 

M(t< They have * UJO-eAfted, 

anui. I ; s juitcrlurly :t> oh the 

back fHMit. utHli,.- Mils with 

aspii. ■• ifie 

inid'ti ies 



i\\u\ ti, l<.MfU'ro>> lid.] 1,(1. 

I Vrtaini iig to t he i/ ^ ' Iw^ or having 

their uhamctei's. 
II, n. One of the Mucrorhumphmidm. 
Macrarhampliosiis (mak'ro-mm-fo'sus)* n. 

[KL., < lir. f^a^p6l;^ long, + fm/i<ftoc, a bill, be&k^ 
-f L. ienn '■ " V .- ---.,] The typical ge- 
n us of M> : 1 111 ] sh p <1 by Lae4- 

pMe in J" d CvidnHCUS, 

liacrorliazuphus u»ak-ru-nLm'fus), n. [NL., 
< Gr, ^i«iA//'V, long, + H*ft^% a bill, beak.] A 
leading genus of Svfdofmcidte^ founded by Ste- 
phens in 1824 ; the robin-snipes or web-toed 

<r..i,.-.. PI., ,..11 : *!.. .... ,.. i^,.. v..,,.. rijtBS (G<U- 

vm long 

I hiii otity 

r; rn.'ci r ICC-*, iin ihu-v hik unnvM fi-t^'n, nuu tUtf tanua. 

Ij longer Ui&u ttit} middle tod and oliw, lu the paiteni 



Macroflcelides (milk [NX. (8ir 

A, .Smith. 1829), < G r , , , . ., inngdegpa, 

i ptiAp6i, long, + <T«e/of» i*>K>j The typicalge- 
11 us of the fnmilv yfftrrosr*)idfdff, It t^rntAliw the 

MyMa- 



macraaporangium (mak^ro-spo-ran'ii-um), n.; 

pi. ■macynyjifira utjttt (-\i) . [NL ., < Gr. /iOflp'Vt lonj*-, 

ginmri 

with \hv Mvuii 

n it« upou tht 



Ui iJovs 11 LLqj; piuiiie. Air^tj eun 



Macrosceli 1^ i'j -^l' - iid ' 1 -dej, «. ji/. 

[NL,,< M^r ■»- -iJf(F.] A family of smaD 

tf- * ' -,.ji- Ml iiiseetivorous mnmmals, of 
]; iiBpfC't, with soft pelage, and the 

111 \\ti fitted for leaping (as in the jer- 

boas) by the elongation 01 the leg and meta- 
tarsus, tbe tibia srid fibnlft b^inc aukylosed be- 
low. The ip«K'li^ '"pham- 
thrtu^,flephant'm> liv two 

Macroscepis (muk-roii't^'pife^ u, [ML. (Hum- 
boldt, Hf>npland, and Kunth, 1818), so called in 



d: 



macrospore (mak^ro-spor), « 
long, 4- tTKopa 
asexuall^ pi 
pared with 



[< Gr. y. 



fHttv.^ 1, In fKd, i^M 
•f large si*6 as com- 
iig to the same spe- 
de fpiii £^ And if bomologoiii witli Uvt 
«i; ai^ams. See A^lfniiponwf tad miert} 

n-" ■• . ^..1 : ■ -r /judEoA. 

In mune uf the lifiug clubipoftMt there ore two kiodf 
of !?t|*orefl, <m^ tniiiig nmch larjrer lh»n the other. The 






-<phy, p. Eil. 
! ._.i;nt8,fewin 
-ixe, into which 
luu subdivided. 



t J, high- 

L 3 i^, rang- 

iji>£ >'''>•• ^ ' ' ' '•■it- of the 

flipedefl f oni 1 MioraDgix 

macroflcian ^ t. [< Gr. 

paKp6amoi^ having a loiig; yLa«io\v,< ^aKpd^^ long, 
+ <7i«<i, i^dow,] I. fi. Casting a long shadow, 
as persons or objects in bt-'^ ^' *■• ^ies. 

n, n. One who casts a J »^v; specifl- 

I'ally^ an inhabitant of tli< r the antarc- 

tic xone: so called because objects near the 
poles intercept the sun's rays at a very low 
angle, and therefore cast very long shadows. 
Compare antucian, 

xaacroacopic (mak-ro-skop'tk), a, [< Gr. paapd^^ 
long, large, -4- GKOTrav, view.] Bame as mega- 
scopic, 

macrOBCOpical (mak-ro-skop ' i-kal ) , cr . [<mar- 
rmcftpic + -fth} Same as megascopic, Qmtin, 
Med, Diet., p. 802. 

macroscopically (mak-ro-skop 'i-kal-i), adv. By 
tf... i..i ,..] eye; by superficial i»v^T,*^.r tjon^ as 
il lied from minute or f4e in- 

h, without the use of m ^ 

inacros€ptUJll(mak-r6-9ep'tum). «.; pL mm^ro- 
septa (-ta). [NL., < Or. ftaMpdc, long, + L. w?>- 
r«m, a partition : see septum,} A In i ' f 

septum or mesentery of an actii 
ni.shed with reproductive organs: l;^.,. .. v. lu 
mirro'itjitum. 

maCTOBipliOB (mak-ro-si'fon), w. [NL., < Gr. 
uahf^fM:^ long. + (Ti^'/siphon: see *r»j*/K>ii.} The 
lar^e hc>niy internal (eiidoceratitic) siphon or 
funnel of some eepbalopods. See macrosipho- 
nuUu 

macraslphonala tmak'ro-8i-fon'ud|i), w,; pi. 
ma€ro»iphonulfF (4e). [NL,, dim. of maerotii- 
phon.] The larval stage of certain eepbalopods, 
:\H nautiloids, during which the large endooera- 
f itie siphon makes its appearance. Htfuttj 
Froe. Bost. Soc.Nat. Hist, 1887. 

macros! phonular (msk'ro-al-fon^u-llr), a, [< 
mucmstphomila + -ar^J Maerosiphonuiat'e. 

macroBiphonulate (mak ' ro - s! - f on ' u -lat), a* 
[< niaerosiphonuiu + -«fcl,]* Pertaining to or of 
the nature of a maerosiphonula. Amer* Natr 
XXIL 878. 

macTOaomite (mak-ro-so'mit), n, [< Gr. ftaicpdCf 
lo n g. + aCiim , lx>d y : se e aomi te, ] A large aomite 
or primitive met'amere; one of the larger pri- 
mly segments or divisions of the emor^'o of 
some insects, preceding the formation of the 
deliuitive metameres. or microsomites. Amer. 
Xat, XXn. 94L 

macrosomitic (mak 'ro*so-nii t'ik),a. [imn cro- 
somtk' H- -ic] t)f the nature of a macroso- 
mite: pertain iiiL-^ to a macrosomite. Jmn^Nttt^t 
XXn. 941. 



Uuri 

2. 2:--. :■..., i>neof tl»<' sTj.)i'r- 
number, but of i- 
the bodies of mn e 

Macrosporiiim (mak-r6-spd'ri-nm)« », [NL,, < 

' : 1 - . _u— ,- ^" ;^ j A genus of 

basal, pedicel- 

macrosporoid (miik-ro-spo ' roid), a. [NL., < Gr« 
^oA/j<jr, long, 4- <nro/>a, seed, 4- rUo^y form.] Be- 
sembiing or related to the genus Staermpotium. 

macrosporophyl, macrosporophyll (mtil. rn 
gy ■ ' ■ ^ ^ ^^'^. . ^'. Gr. ^io^ipof, loug, largt^, 4 

o- leaf.] The leaf -bearing 

Ui; , , 1 he het^rosporouB /*iwirfo- 

phifta^ the homologue of the carpel in the FhO' 
fwro(jamta, 

Macrostacliva (mak-r9-stak'i-&), n. [NL.| < 
Gr. ^<"^/Vh , louf?, -f <?T(ij|f?*f, stachyg*; see «t<i- 
^./,... 1 A ,,,..,. ,,f fossil ^antJS estab^i-^ " ^ W 
h \ belonging to the ' ' 

o] [liey «ra arborMoent phi 

pit V . . the leaf-Kftn are maj k 

urt I I ' >ver»Bly ovfti ring*, lOte ' 1 

th:u' ' the hn*iiiL'hL'ft are verh 

TOU;iil. 'Ill '.^ itb -I --. . ,: 



lit:^ ... .... .._ .. . i ■..:.:.^^. ...:.., I . ..:._, K.._.;.d, 

iMii] .^yiiiit, iXcr well iibM Lu i'euuMylviiiiiik, Wtjfit, Vii|{;liai^ lUl- 
nnU. atid Arkmisaa. 
Ma<"r'^'*t<^TVTr5 '^- "I -^OM'to-mfl), w. j^/. [< Gr. 
/.H mouth.] A family of tra- 

en with a very large mouth 

o: ;[M iture tij the **heU, such as those of the 
jj 11 v,i StomatUt and St&matclta, Lamarck^ 1812. 
Ah ^ V^< v»v^o/rf/to^ Macroatomiuna {Juy^ 1836), 

macrostome (uiak'ro-stom), w. [< Gr. ^/a«/*rif, 
long, + ardfia^ mouth.] A gastropod whose 
sbel! has a very wide or patent aperture, as 
one of the fJidiotidcF. 

MaCTOStomidse (mak-ro-stom'i-dS), n.pl. [NL., 

< Mfwroittotna + 4dw.] * Same &s Maero8t<ma, 
MacrOBtomiiUi (mak-ros'to-mum), n. [NL.. < 

Gt, uiiKp'k, long, + <jr6ua, aperture.] A genus 
of rnabdot^odous turbellariaus, among the sim- 
plest of the Jprocta, it hu no proCnuae boodd 
proboflcia. The male uid femidt or^nt ore united la tbo 
s&nie individual, but open by ftL>(>arat« apertorca. 

macrostyle (mak'ro-stil), a. [< Gr. poKpdc, 
long, + ctvXqc, pillar: see style^.} In 60*,, hav- 
ing an unusnaliy long style. 

iiiacrostyloBpor8(mak-r9-8ti'lo.6p6r),f». [NL,, 

< Gr. uuKfKt^, long, large, + trri/oc, pillar, + owofMi^ 
seed,] In boL, a stylospore of laiTge si«e as com- 
pared with others of the same species. See sty- 
lospore, 

Macrotarsi (raak-ro-tar'si), ti. pi [NL., < Gr. 
^aapd^, long, + rape6g, any broad, flat surface: 
see tnrsvs,} In Illiger's classification (1811), a 
family of his Polliaita, ineluding the tarsier 
and certain of the lemurs. 

macrotarsian (mak-rMar'si-uD), a, and «. [Aa 
JdacrvUtrifi -^ -an.] 1. a. Having lon^ tarm* 
H, n. An animal that has long tarsi. 



Macrodactyla 

liacrodactyla (mak-ro-dak' ti-l&) y n. pi [NL. , 
neut. pi. of macrodactylus : see macrodactyl.'] 
In Latreille's system, the second tribe of the 
second section of ClavicorneSy having simple 
narrow tibias and long five-jointed tarsi, the last 
joint of which is large, with two strong hooks. 
Also Macrodactyli. 

Macrodactyli (mak-ro-dak'ti-li), n, pi. [NL., 
pi. of macrodactylus : see macrodactyl.'} 1. 
Same as Macrodactyla. — 2. In Cuvier's sjrstem, 
a group of GraUcB or wading birds, including the 
jacanas, horned screamers, and mound-birds, 
with the rails, crakes, coots, and gallinules. It 
is a heterogeneous group, no longer in use. 

macrodactylic (mak'ro-dak-til'ik), a. [As 
macrodactyl + -tc.] Same as macrodactyl, 

MacrodactylidSB (mak'ro-dak-til'i-de), n. pi. 
[NL., < Macrodactylus + -idee.'] A family of 
Uoleoptera, named in 1837 by Kirby from the 
genus Macrodactylus: now generally merged in 
ScarabaHdw. 

macrodactylons (mak-ro-dak'ti-lus), a. [< NL. 
macrodactylus^ long-toed: see macrodactyl.] 
Same as macrodactyl. 

liacrodactylus (mak-ro-dak'ti-lus), n. [NL. 
(Latreille, 1825): see macrodactyl.] A genus 
of lamellioom beetles, the type of the family 
Macrodactylidce. it compriseB rather Bmall Bpedes, of 
graceful form and variable colors, with slender legs and 
the tarsal claws split at the tip. Of its more than ao spe- 
cies, 3 are North American, of which M. tpimmu, erro- 
neously called rom-bug, is very destmotive to roses and 
many fruits of the family Bomoece. It is about one third of 
an inch long, of a yellowish color, with long brovm legs, 
and appears suddenly in June in immense numbers. 

macrodiagonal |[mak'ro-di-ag'o-nal), a. and n. 
[< Gr. fioKpo^.longy + hay^jvioqy diagonal: see 
diagonal."] I. a. Constituting or oeing the 
longer diagonal of a rhombic prism; pertain- 
ing to the macrodiagonal.— Macrodia«>nal axis, 
in crystal., the longer lateral axis in an orthorhombio crys- 
tal— BIacrodia«Olial section, a plane passing through 
the macrodiagonal and vertical axes of a crystal. 

II. n. Thelongerof the diagonals of a rhom- 
bic prism. 

macrodomatic (mak'ro-do-mat'ik), a. [< mcuy- 
rodome + -a^*c2.] of or pertaining to a macro- 
dome. 

macrodome (mak'r9-d6m), n. [< Gr. jjuucpdcy 
long, + Sdfwgy Sutfia, a house, dome: see dome^.i 
In crystal, y a dome parallel to the macrodiagonal 
axis of an orthorhombic crystal. See dome^y 5. 

macrodont (mak'ro-dont), a. (X Gr. frntcfidgy 
long, + odoig (6<Jovt-) = E. tooth.] Having large 
teeth. 

macredontism (mak'ro-don-tizm), n. [< mac- 
rodont + -ism.] A foiin of dentition in which 
the teeth are large. 

liacroglOBSa (mak-ro-glos'a), n. [NL., < Gr. 
fiOKpd^y long, + yAixjaay the tongue : see glossa,] 

1. A genus of hawk-moths of the family 8esi- 
idcBy having a short abdomen with a large bunch 
of hair at the tip, like a bird's tail. The wings 
are short, often opaque, and sometimes glossy. N«uTy 
100 species are known ; they fly by day, and with great 
swiftness. M. aldkUarum is known as the humminff-lrird 
hawk-moth (which see, under hawk-moth). 

2. Same as Macroglossus. 
macroglossate (mak-ro-glos'at), a. [As Macro- 

glossa + -ate^.] Having a long tongue. 

MacroglOBSi (mak-ro-glos'i), n. jpl. [NL., pi. 
of MacroglossuSy q. v. J A division of Ptero- 
podidcBy or fruit-bats, having an extremely long 
slender tongue. It includes the genera No- 
topteriSf Eonycteris, Melonycteris, and Macro- 
glossus. 

macroglossia (mak-ro-glos'i-a), n. [NL.. < Gt. 
(MKpdcy long, + ylijaaay the tongue : see glossa,] 
in pathol.y hypertrophy of the tongue. 

macroglossine (mak-ro-glos'in), a. [As Macro- 
glossa + -t«€i.] Same as macroglossate. 

Macroglossus (mak-ro-glos'us), n. [NL., < 
Gr. fiaKp6gy long, + y/xjaoay the tongue: see 
glossa.] A genus of very small fruit-bats, with 
the dental formula as in EonycteriSy but the in- 
dex-finger with a claw. M. minimus is a com- 
mon Indian species, smaller than the serotiue 
of Europe. 

macrognathic (mak-rog-nath'ik), a. [< Gr. //a- 
/cp6f, long, + yi^wof, the jaw: see gnathic!] Having 
long Jaws ; prognathous. Applied by Huxley to hu- 
man skulls of Neolithic age, of a oroad or rounded form, 
with prominent probole and angular or lozenge-shaped 
facial region, and nighly developed and procurrent Jaws. 

macrognathoas (mak-rog'na-thus), a. Same 
as macrognathic. 

macrogomdium (mak'ro-go-uid'i-um), n.; pi. 
macrogonidia (-ft). [NL., *< Gr. fianpd^y long, 
large, + NL. gonidium. q. v.] In bot.j a large 
gouidium as compared with others produced 



3564 

by the same species. See gonidium and micro- 
gonidium. 

macrolepidopter (mak-ro-lep-i-dop't6r), n. 
Any member of the group' Macrolepidoptera. 

Macrolepidoptera (mak-ro-lep-i-dop'te-r$), n. 
pi. [NL.,< Gr. /MKpdCy lon^, + NL. Leptdop- 
tera, cj. v.] Lepidopterous insects of consider- 
able size, as collectively distinguished from the 
smaller forms, which are called Microlepidop- 
tera. The name includes all the butterflies or Rhopalo- 
eera, and the followins six families of moths or Hetero- 
eera: SMngidce, SuUam, Zygcenida, BombyeSdm, Noetu- 
idOy tLoa Oeometrida. 

macrolepidopterist (mak-ro-lep-i-dop'te-rist), 
n. [< Macrolepidoptera + '•4st!] One who is 
versed in the natural history of the Macrolepi- 
doptera, 

liacroleptes (mak-po-lep'tez), n. pi. [NL. 
(Swainson, 1839).] A tribe of acanthopterygian 
fishes distinguished by the development of con- 
spicuous scales and large branchial apertures. 
It was intended to include the perciform, cheeto- 
dontoid, labroid, and similar fishes. [Barely 
used.] 

macrology (mak-rorp-ji), n. [< LL. macrologiaj 

< Gr. fmKpoTuoykij long speaking, < fuucpoMyogy 
speaking long, < fioKpdCy long, + XiyeiVy speak : 
see-ology.] Long and tedious talk; prolonged 
discourse, with little or nothing to say; super- 
fluity of words. [Bare.] 

macromeral (mak'ro-me-ral), a. [< macromere 
+ -al,] Of or pertaining to a macromere: as, 
macromeral blastomeres. 

macromere (mak'ro-mer), n. [< Gr. fiaxpdg, 
long, + fiipo^f a part.] In embryol.y the larger 
one of two unequal masses into which the vi- 
tellus of a lameUibranch, as a fresh-water mus- 
sel, divides; the so-called vegetative cell of 
Babl, which subdivides into blastomeres, part- 
ly by fission, partly by gemmation. See mi- 
cromere. 

macromeiic (mak-ro-mer'ik), a. [< macromere 
+ -ic.] Same as macromeral. Huxley. 

macromeritic (mak'ro-me-rit'ik), a. [As mac- 
romere + -ite^ + -ic.] * Inlithol., an epithet in- 
troduced by Vogelsang to designate the gran- 
itoid structure of a rock when developed 
coarsely enough to be recognizable by the 
naked eye. MaeromeriUe is opposed to nUeromeritie, 
the latter indicating a cirstalline structure too fine to be 
visible without the aid of the microscope. 

macrometer (mak-rom'e-t6r), w. [< Gr. fMKpdCf 
long, + fitrpovy measure.] A mathematical in- 
strument for measuring inaccessible heights 
and objects by means of two reflectors on a 
common sextant. 

macromolecnle (mak-ro-more-kul), ft. [< Gr. 
fiGKpdCy long, + E. molecule.] A molecule con- 
sisting of several molecules. G. J, Stoney, 
1885. 

macromyelon (mak-ro-mi'e-lon), n. [NL., < 
Gr. fioKpdg. long, + five/iS^y marrow.] Owen's 
name of the medulla oblongata: same as the 
myelencephalon of Huxley and the metencepha- 
lon of Quain and most anatomists. 

macromyelonal (mak-ro-nu'e-lon-al), a. [< 
macromyelon + -al.] Pertaining to the macro- 
myelon; metenoephaHo. 

macron (mak'ron), n. [< Gr. fioKpdv, neut. of 
fuucpd^y lon^, tall, deep, far, large, great, long 
in time, akin to fiv^^Ki Doric ^oxoc, length, ana 
prob. = L. macer {macr')y lean, lank: see mea- 
ger,] In gram.y a short horizontal line placed 
over a vowel to show that it is long in quantity, 
or, as in English, has a '** long" sound : opposed 
to the brevCy or mark of a short vowel. Thus, in 
Oreek a, z, 17, and in Latin &, §, I, d, u, the long vowels cor- 
responding to the short vowels &, 6, 1, 0, Q, etc. ; in English, 
a,e,i,d,il, the conventional notations of the name-sounds 
of these vowels. In this dictionary, in the etymologies, the 
macron is used uniformly to indicate a vowel long in quan- 
tity, to the exclusion of the circumflex (except in Greek) 
and the acute^ which are elsewhere often used for the same 
purpose. Thus the Anglo-Saxon and Icelandic long vow- 
els often, the Icelandic usually, denoted by the acute are 
uniformly marked with the macron (the acute, in Anglo- 
Saxon, being retained only as a convenient indication of a 
diphthong, as in ed, eJ, etc.). Also called maerotone. 

liacronemeSB (mak-ro-ne'me-e), n. pi. [NL., 

< Gr. fJLOKpdgy long or large, +* v7;//a,a thread, + 
-ecB.] A name given by Saccardo to various 
subsections of the Mucedinew, depending upon 
the size of the hyphae. 

macronnclens (mak-ro-nu'kle-us), n. ; pi. ma- 
cronuclei (-i). [NL., <*Gr. fioKpS^y long, large, + 
NL. nuclem.] A larce nucleus which may sub- 
divide into or be replaced by smaller nuclei. 

Macronyches (mak-ron'i-kez), n. pi. [NL., < 
Gr. fioKpdgy long, + 6wf (owx-), claw, talon : see 
onyx.] In Sundevall's classincation of birds, a 



macropodian 

cohort of Gallimey composed of the Australian 
mound-birds or Megapodidcs. 

liacronyz (mak'ro-niks), n. [NL. , < Gr. fmKp6cy 
long, + 6inf {bwx-), claw, talon: see onyx.] 1. 
In omiih.f a genus of African larks of the family 
AlaudidcBy named by Swainson in 1827 on ac- 
count of the long hind claw. There are several 
species, as M. capensis. — 2. In entom. : (a) A 
genus of exotic robber-flies of the family Asili- 
dm. (6) A genus of arctiid moths. Felder, 1874. 

macropetalons (mak-ro-pet'a-lus), a. [< Gr. 
uoKpdCy long, + irirahwy a leaf (petal): Bee petal.] 
In bot.f having large petals. 

macrophthalmous (mak-rof-tharmus), a. [< 
Gr. iMKpdqy long, large, + o^X//(Jf , eye.] In sool.y 
having large eyes. 

macrophyUine (mak-ro-fil'in), a. [NL., < Gr. 
paKpd^y long, large, + ^r^Xov, a leaf.] In bot.y 
consisting of elongated, extended leaflets or 
f oliose expansions : opposed to microphylUne. 

macrophylloOB (mak-rp-fil'us), a. [< Gr. //a- 
KpddvMjo^y long-leafed, i fiOKpS^, long, + ^AAov, 
= L. foliuniy a leaf.] In bot.y having large 
leaves. 

liacropina (mak-ro-prn&), n. pi. [NL.. < Ma- 
cropus + -ina^.] A' division of marsupials, con- 
taining the kangaroos. J. E. Gray, 1825. 

macropinacoid (mak-ro-pin'a-koid), n. [< Gr. 
fiaKp6qy long, + Trivof (ttivox-), a board, tablet, 
+ eI(Jof, form.] In crystal., a plane parallel to 
the vertical and macrodiagonal axes of an or- 
thorhombic crystal. See pinacoid. 

macropinacoidal (mak-ro-pin-a-koi'dal), a. [< 
macropinacoid + -al.] Of or "pertaining to a 
macropinacoid : as, macropinacoidal planes. 

Macropiper (mak-rop'i-p6r), 11. [NL. (P. A. 
Miguel, 1840), < Gr. fioKpdq. long, + Trlwepiy > L. 
piper y pepi)er : see pe2)p€r.] A genus of dicoty- 
ledonous apetalous plants belonging to the 
natural order Pipe- 
racece and the tnbe 
PiperecBy character- 
ized by an ovary 
with one cell and one 
ovule, flowers imper- 
f ect,usually in dense 
axillary spikes, and 
the fruit sessile, the 
berries often having 
the fleshy bracts and 
rachis united with 
them to form a mul- 
tiple fruit. There are 
about 6 species,natiyes of 
the islands in the Pacific. 
They are shrubs, with 
erect stems, and alter- 
nate leaves on petioles 
dilated at the base. M. 
methytticum is the Poly- 
nesian ava, cava, or kava, 
from whose root a stimu- 
lating beverage is made. 
(See kava.) M. excelmtm 
is the native pepper of 
New Zealand, the kawa-kawa, a small aromatic tree, fur- 
nishing a tea and a remedy for toothache, and bearing yel- 
low berries edible except the seeds. 

macroplenral (mak-ro-pl6'ral), a. [< Gr. fjM- 
Kpd^y long, + irT^evpdy side : see pleura.] Hav- 
ing long pleursB : specifically applied to certain 
trfiobites, in distinction from brachypleural, 
Amer. Jour. Sci.y 3d ser., XXXII. 475. 

macropod (mak'ro-pod), a. and n. [< Gr. pa- 
Kp&Kovq r-7ro(5-), long-footed, (, uoKpdgy long, + 
irobc (woo-) = E. foot.] I. «. Having long or 
large feet or legs. 
n, n. A long-legged or long-footed animal. 

macropodal (mak-rop'o-dal), a. [As macropod 
+ -al!] Same as macropod. 

macropodan (mak-rop'o-dan), a. and n. [As 
macropod + -an.] Same as macropod. 

Macropodia (mak-ro-po'di-a), n. [NL., < Gr. 
paKp&jTovc (-TTorf-), long-f oote(i : see macropod.] 
A genus of spider-crabs or sea-spiders founded 
by W. E. Leach in 1813 upon the common British 
species formerly known as Cancer phalangiumj 
and made the type of a family Macropodiadce. 
Stenorhynchus of Latreille is a synonym. 

Macropodiadss (mak'ro-po-di'a-de), n. pi. 
[NL., < Macropodia + -a'dce.] "A family of 
enormously long-legged crabs, typified by the 
genus Macropodia. Leptopodiidce is a syno- 
nym. Also Macropodido'. 

macropodian (mak-ro-pd'di-an), a. and n. [As 
macropod + -ion.] t, a. Lon^-legged; macro- 
pod ; specifically, of or pertaimng to the Macro- 
podiadce. 

H. n. A long-legged crab; a member of 
Leach's family MacropodiadcB, 




'thysti- 



MacroiKKlidfie 

Hacf opodida ( tu »k-rd-po< i'\'<le),ii,pL [< Ma- 
cntjui^ ( -j'uj- 1 -^ -ifi^n, ] 1 . A ftituily nf maTsnpial 

■ • ' ' ■--"' '!, : -' ' ' ■ .' / '!■ : I^ifl- 

■ :,■: . J,,l r.^hed 

■ ■! - Ml.' fumi. 
Tiv.,! ■ ■/lit' :-,- ,L'-- fi-hr, 
With -i I'. 'M.-MrMi 



ladAaafletofpir^ 

jr/pf«MMt la Uu' 

wnipe OT dowltcbej ^ . ..,.;. ....... 

croftunphiu. 
macrorhme (mak'ro-rin), n, 

( -pn«- ) , 1 on e"-7i osed , < , 

nose.] Hm villi? a hr 
MacrorhimT^ - ' ' 



,i,Mi:l.v^l. 



1 



2, A ^ciius ui 



[< Or. f^aKpdppif 

( uncut, 

'^T ,<0r. 

fiiTnily 

il by the i M f 

ftls or se :^. 



'/. Having 



fiimWy of MneropfMUdo' : tliQ \ proper* 

ill MttcffrfMHlkUt, thiti family wiiei dlvljublc luU) Macrof^kU- 
nor iukI //.i/i««/jn/ini»i*M*. 

jnacxopodous (mak-i'op'<V^lus), a, [As macro- 
poti + -oM^v] 111 6o/*, long-footed; of a leuf^ 
ha^nr ~ ' - - footstalk; of ti monocotylodonous 
em k I *; the radicle large m proportion 

to til , iun. 

Macropoma ^raiik-r6-po'm|)» ». [NL., < Or, 
fmKfUi^, long, + :r*j^w* tt cov«:*K Hd (opf'^niloin).] 
A genn.^ of fossil cu'lHciintboid gunoid fishea 
foajaded by AprasBiz upon fonn.s of Cr<:'taceoua 
age witli liouj'^ ' ' nl and larj?e opereiUnm. 

maGropriSZIl i zm), n. [< Gr. fiaKptj^f 

long, 4* -piafui, ^ j A prism of an ortho- 

rhombic crystal lying between the imit prism 
and tbe luacropinacoid. 

macropter (roak-rop't^r), «, [<■ Gr, ftoKp^ 
:7r?7>or, lon^-wingf'd: ^ea mnernpterottji,] An ani- 
mal with long wiiigti or tins, 

macropteran (mak-i'op'te-rftn), a, Bame as 

maCTOpterous (mak-rop't^-nis), a, [< Gr, pa- 
KfK)xTf/>rir, toiig-witjged, < p^^ipf**-, long, + Trrrpdv^ 
wing, = ¥,, f€nthct\\ I. rd: miierop- 

torau : lougipfumne or ite, as a bird. 

Macr'^r'T^T ' 1'"-"' •'^'- '■ •' ''^- ""vo^i. 

TC^r pi- 

cnl - ■ y ' . '' ■■■■■." law 

iu 18iK). .If* m*iJot la the giuut kuii^urooi or for- 
ostor. ^e forcstvf% 4, and cut under kangaroo. 
— 2t, A generic name which hat* been variouBly 
uaed for certain fishes, birds, inscHita, and cruB- 
taeenns* but is no longer in use, being antedated 
by the siirne ixaine in mammalogy. 

Macropygia (mak-ro-pij'i-a), n- fNL, (Swain- 
son, 183/ >, < Gr. pakpdc^ long,-f ttv}v^ rump, taiL] 
A genua of Ciflkimhida*^ including many species 
of the Etttit Indieis and Australia, of large size 
with long, broad tail, su*b as M. reinwardU; 
the cuckoo-dov^es. 

macropyranild (mak-rd-pir'a-mid), ». [< Gr. 

fmufKjc, long, + TTvpapi^^ pyrafiiid.] A pyramid 

of an orthorhombic crystal lying between the 

xone of unit p>Tamid and the maerodomes, 

A wevr pynimld la prtjUuctMl, naine<i a mneropymmid. 

MacrortiainphOSidae (makro-raui-fos'i-de), a. 
pL [ N L. , < Ma aorU a Ntjdufs m/H- -idte. ] A family 
of bemihnui' biiito fiiihes, typified by the genus 
Macntrh Thej have the body compreiied, 

armed wi > h nateriorljr aad eipecially on the 

hack, a lui-r. Miout, alKlomlnAl ventnl niui with 

H spine stuii 7 niys, anU a iHstlnct bursal fln nt or behind the 
ntiildlc of tbe !t'U;pttL rhe faiJiily a>n&i-Hta t4 few specie* 
and two ceiicro, the UadiiijiE one ot which is Macrurfiain' 
tyftrnttM or Ctntruciu. M. tir C* acfitatvi IntubiU cipeclAlIy 
F.untpeATi iti'A% north to the lonthom oout of Great Brit- 
aiii, but hiu albo been found on the Mu«achu««tttf coast. 
These flahQ» arc knowti fts tmmpei-fsh, btUoiOB-JUK, tnit/e- 
jfith^ H^odeoek-JUk^ aud teamijte. Also called CeniritiadtK, 

macTOThaiaphosci ti ■- > i n> ram-f 6' aoid ) , « , 
and «. [< .}fftcn" + -oid.} I. a. 

Pertaining to the J/ jihosidcCy or having 

their eharac lei's, 
n. w. One of the Macr&rhamphimda!, 

Siacrorhampbosns (mak'ro-ram-fo'sus), ». 

[NL,, < Or. pf^^p6r, long, + /kjM^', a bill, beak, 
4- L. ten - ^' "■>\'i}us»] The typical ge- 
nua of 3/ 't, established by Lae6- 
p^de in < y called rrH/W,*ciw. 
MacTorhamphus (mak-ro-ram'fus), w. [NL,, 
< Or. uo.'.-<^/*r^ long, + p6pt^^ a bill, beak.] A 
leitl ^ oi Sco]opacida:^ founded by Ste- 
ph' U the robin -snipes or weli-toed 

gnip ■ " ' *'■■ "■• '- *^ *-"'■ °Mipe« (€?a/- 

Una -^ are long 

KU»i I bus uuty 

larccmci-^ lilt lun-r iin; luiuun ipi-iu«, iiim lite UUHUi 

ii longer thau the middle toe imd elAW. la tbe putteni 



macroscelidaii 

the ehnm^ * t. 
Macroscel • [NL..(Bir 
A, ymith ^ - . .. tong-legged, 
< pohpo^, long, + o'. The typical ge- 
nus of the family 3/ hr. It contains the 
typiciil * " ' jrrvboMuieii*, Sine 
epecfi III. Frelenbly Jf a* 

Macroscelidid. • - ^e - lid ' i -do), n. pK 

[NL. . < Maao: /«-,] A family of amall 

ti ' * ;! salii iii n.-. •tivorous mammals, of 
I • aspect, with soft x^elage, and the 

I libs Mted for leaping (as in the jer- 

boas) by the elongation of the leg and mota- 
tarsui, the tibia and fibnlft bein^ ankylosed be- 
low. Tlie ai)«€l' Ujihani- 
Mhrvun, f'ltftfKfnt- »^ two two 
genera, J/rtcr<r*«*/jV jmrZirf^, 

Macroscepis (miik-ro»'e'pi&), «, [NL. (Hum- 
boldt, Bonpland, and Kunth, 1818), so called in 
alluBiontotheLi i ..t _____ ,., ^_ 

KpiSf, long,*4- an 'f 






. i uir ciindtunuifu 
.. and «, [C U 
i]f; a long 8liudow,< paKpoc^ long, 
1 I. 0* Casting a long shadow, 
aspei.-M.ji- I. ;.-...».. :.. i.^.-i, i-' + ^+tMles, 

11. ri, () H»W, Specifi- 

cally, an IF Mf the antarc- 

tic zone: so called because objects near the 
poles intercept the sun's rays at u very low 
angle, and therefore cast very long ahadowe. 
Comp are a n tincia n . 

macroscopic ( mak -ro-akop ' ik ) , fl . [< G r, p€uip6^^ 
long, large, + ukottuv, view,] Bame as mega- 
tii'vpic, 

macroscopical (mak-ro-skop'i-kal), a. [< mac* 
rosc'tph^ + '«?,] Same as nwqwtcopic. Quain^ 
Med. Uict.j p. 892. 

macroscopically ( mak-ro-skop'i-kal-i ), f^dv. By 
the naked eye; by superficial inspection, as 
distinguished from minute or microscopic in- 
8]Hction; without the use of ma^ifierSp 

iiiacro8eptiiin{mak-rd-sep'tum), n.; pi. macm- 
septa (-tji). [NX*,, < 6r. ftaKp6{, long, + L, #e/>- 
tttm^ \i partition: ^ei^mphim.'} A large perfect 
septum or mesentery of an actinozoan, fur- 
nished with reproductive organs; opposed to 
muToneptum. 

maCTOSlpllon (mak-ro-»i'fon), «, [NL,,<Qr. 
mKp6c^ long, + iri^wi', 'siphon: see Mphon>j The 
&ge homy internal (endoceratitic) siphon or 
funnel of some cephalopoda. Bee maciostpho' 
nultt. 

macroslpllOZiala (mak^ro-si-fon'u-la), n.; pL 
macrosiphonuiw (-le). [l^L,, dim. of macrom- 
pho7t.] Tbe larval stage of eortain cephalopods, 
as nautiloids, during which the large endocera- 
titic siphon makes its appearance, Hyatt, 
Proc, Bost. Soc, Nat. Hist., 1887. 

macrosiphonular (mak'ro-si-fon'u-l^r), a. [< 
fuairosiphturuht + -<i^^.] Macrosiy>bonulate. 

macrosiphonulate (mak ' ro - a - fon ' u - lat ), a. 
[< ffuicrosiphonula + -aCt'l,]' Pertaining to or of 
the nature of a macrosiphonula. Jmer. Naf,^ 
XXII, 878. 

lUaCTOSOinitB (mak-ro-so'mit), «. [< Or, panp6^^ 
long, + ci6>//o, body : see somite J\ A large somite 
or primitive metWere; one of the larger pri- 
mary segments or divisions of the embryo of 
some insects, preceding the formation of the 
definitive metameres, or microsomitea, Amer, 
Nat, XXn. 941. 

maorosomitlc (mak'ro-so-mit'ik), <i. [< macro- 
sofniti' -h -i(!,] Of the nature of a macroso- 
mite : pertaining to a macrosomite, Jmrr, Nat.j 

xxri, HI. 



macroianiaxi 

maerosporange (mak-r6-sf»6'ranj), ». [< NL. 
ntHcfft^'ff<*if(titfiuin^*i,v>] Same as mafr*>tipOTQ^ 

macrosporangiopliore (mak'ro -spa -ran' ji-9- 

for), n. t^NL., < {jT.paKpor, ! - - ^ -r-r -»- — ,, 
seed. + ftj^iiwt', vessel, -^ ' . 

hntAn Tbe envelop or 1 ^ 1 1 ,.r 

b marrosporangium. 

I leuviMi. the envu)ofMW oi the fpor^-tMntflng 

leAV(!y, tiio micro- And mnero*pmnnffUqkhmt»mA beooino 
ptutnuneintly dlJIof en tinted tii amending order 

OttUiett, Eiicyo. Brit, XVL m^ 

macrosporangium (mak*ro-spo-ran'ji-um), fu\ 
pi. mitrro^'portsfupn (jl), [NL., <Gr, paxfy*'^, louff, 
-f frroy - " , vessel.] .' - "- 

gium^ e«. Itisli 1^ 

with tin' oviHi' nj mnvi tiiigplants. Ainuuaiicd 

ffonkdhrcti* 

T>.-. 1..VT— rv,,r-^ ,i.,.it,tt,«. rht-r.,it.i, rh.Mftf«rvoiitloa of 
n itc tipuii the 

u.„„,-, .....>.. LjiL, 3LV1, 6M. 

maCTOspore (mak'rv-spor), «, [< Gr, paapd^j 
long, + (TrropQ^ seed: see spore*'] 1< In h<tt,, an 
asextnill^ produced snore of In r 
pnred with <»thers belonging t> 
v\' '■ijdeipore, Jindi» li<'n..i,-.'r.; vsith the 

n i>'ro9»Cniu Soe Arftrro.-y ..w•-^^. au<i micro* 

fj- . . ; ■ '' r Imft£9, 

In luime ot the living club i]< m uvo klndt 

of pfH>r«i, one l^pltig miirh hu 'tii.r. Ihe 

!:-.r~-- r '--.-■-, -ir, 7i|.rt<tro*pj>/'. MiuUlcr arc 

Ifv.-' vi.l>y,p, 241. 

2. :!.-....'■ . -HTjp t,t>nr, ■ r]t--.fewin 

number, but of 1 Luto w^hich 

the bodies of mm subdivided. 

Also mtijaaport. 

Macrosporium (mak-ro-ffpd'ri-um), », [NL., < 

' - V - -^ '- • - (!,] A. genus of 

1, basal, pedieel- 
, res, 
snoroid M ruid), a. fNLp,<Gr 

Tnnr#^ -♦- r 1, + fir^of. formO R< 

■r rehtl i^d tv the genus ->A"u,' ' ' 

ophyl, macrosporophyl J 

1 The 1< at -bearing 
ri; _ ^ iitero8porousiVtfr</yf>- 

phifki, the homoiogue of tbe carpel in thei*Aa- 
nvfogamia. 

Macr08tadiya {mak-nVstak'i-a), n, pTL,, < 
Gr. (tiiKjtOi;, long, ■+■ f^Tax>%^ stachys': see sta-* 
chj^ie.} A genus of fof^sil j 1 '»-*- .>.* .v.ii.i....^ hy 
hk'himper (lfl69). btdoupl ir 

or EqHUCtact:a\ 'rhcy«n>ivri [*- 

pressed lintiir U'iLvee ; tbe leiii ;»t at ^ 1 10 

mrttculations byfrMnaverselyovul rttii ! a 

chain; tho Bcart of the braucbt^^R ar .e, 

round, ambonaio, with a stlgmariold vcatrai ujauiuxilla; 
tbe apUceit are very large, cvllndrical; the bracts aT« Urn* 
eeobiu tristnte In the middle, liubrlciite, scarcely longer 
t^ nodes, Foarteen spectes are known, raogmg 

/ or Carlxtnlferoas to the Pcrmiaa, aud oocuT^ 

n .. i>, Praasla, Bohemia, Sfleeia, France, EDgtandp 

auJi i^iMiii, an well as hi Pennsylvania, Weot Virgtoii, Illi- 
aols, and Arksaaaa. 

Macrostoma (mak-ros'to-mll), n. pL [< Gr. 
pafcpd^^ long, + aHp(L> mouth,] A family of tra- 
cbelipod gastropods with a very large mouth 
or aperture to tbe shell, such as those of the 
genera Stomatia and StomaicUa, Lamarck, 1812. 
Also Mftrro8t07vataf Macn»stomiana (Jatft 1836), 
an d Mtuvuni i o ut idtr. 

macrostoxae (mak'ro-etom), n, (< Gr. paKpd^, 
long, + OTdpa, mouth.] A gastropod whose 
shell has a very wide or patent apeiture, as 
one of the HaiiatidtP, 

MacrostoinidaB (ujuk-ro-stom'i-de), ii.pl, [NL,, 
< Maerostoniu + -idiF,^ ' Same as Macrostoma, 

Macrostommn (mak-ros' to-mum), «. [NTj,, < 
Gr. uaapu^, long, + crrtSi/c, aperture.] A genus 
of rhabdocadons turbeliarians, among the sim- 
plest of the Jprocta. It haa no protroiUe baooal 
prol)OflclB. Ttie male and female organs are united io the 
same iudiyidual, bat opea by separate apertorea. 

macrostyle (mak'ro-stil), a, [< Gr. paxp^Cf 
long, + arvXo^, pillar: see s/y/tf2.] In frof., hav- 
ing an unusually long style. 

xaacrostylospore (maJk-r9-sti' lo-spdr), «, [NL^ 
C Gr. paKpo^, long, large, + <Tri'Poc, pillar, + awopd^ 
seed ,1 In hot, , a stylospore of la^e si«o as com- 
narea with others of the same species* See sty- 
iosp(^rr, 

Macrotarsi (mak-ro-tllr'si), n. pL [NL., < Gr. 
pQhp6^^ long, + raffifd^^ any broad, flat surface : 
see tarsus.} In Uliger^s classification (1811), a 
family of his PoUieata^ inclutling the taraier 
and certain of the lemurs, 

macrotarsian (mnk-ro-tiir'sii-an), a, and n, [As 
Moertttar,?i -^ -an,'} 1. a. Having long tarsi. 
II. fi. An animal that has long tarsi. 



Macrotarsiiifl 

MacrotarsiOB (mak-ro-tar'si-us), n. [NL.: see 
Mcuyrotartsi,^ Same as Cursorius. 

macrothere (mak'ro-ther), n. An animal of 
the genas Macrotherium, 

liacrotheriidSB (mak^ro-the-ri'l-de), n. pi, 
[NL., < Macrotherium + -idw,^ A family of 
large fossil edentate mammals established for 
the reception of the genera Macrotherium and 
AncyloHicrium^ remains of which occur in the 
Miocene of France and Greece, and indicate a 
generalized type of edentates. 

macrotherioidf (mak-ro<the'ri-oid), a. [< Ma- 
crotherium + -om/.] lifesembling or related to 
the macrotheres. 

Macrotheiiom (mak-ro-the'ri-um), n. [NL^ < 
Gr. fMKpdc, long, + Or^plov, a wild beast.] Tne 
typical genus of MacrotheriidcB. it is sapposed 
to represent the oldest type of edentates. It has rootless 
and enamelless teeth, immense daws, and apparently no 
dermal armor. Remains occur in the Miocene of France. 

macrotin (mak'ro-tin), n, Same as cimicifugin, 

liacrotis (mak-ro'tis), n. [NL., < Gr. fiaicpd^, 
long, + ovg (wr-) = E. ear^: see Otis,'] 1. A 
genus of bandicoots of the family Ferameii- 
(ke^ having long pointed ears like those of a 
rabbit, proportionally longer hind limbs tiian 
the typical oandicoots, the hallux wanting, the 
tail long and hairjr, and the pouch opening for- 
ward. M, lagotis is called tne native rabbit in 
Australia, from its size and general appearance. 
— 2. A genus of ten^brionine beetles. Dejean, 
1833. 

macrotome (mak'ro-tom), n. [< Gr. as if */ia- 
Kpordfwc, cf. fmKp&rofwgf cut long (said of shoots 
so pruned), < fMKftdg, long, + rifivetv, rafmv, cut.] 
An apparatus bj' the aid of which gross sec-' 
tions may be made of a specimen for anatom- 
ical purposes. 

macrotone (mak'ro-ton), n. [< Gr. /«wc/xJc, long, 
-I- T<5wc', tone. Cf . Gr. fioKp&rovo^y stretched out, 
< fuucpdc, long, + Tt'iveiVj stretch.] Same as 
macron, 

macrotOUS (mak-ro'tus), a, [< MGr. ^oKpcm/c, 
long-eared, < Gr. fiaxpSg, long, + o^f (wr-) = K. 
ear^,"] Long-eared. 

Macrotrachia (mak^ro-tra-ki'ft), n. pi. [NL'T, so 
called in allusion to t&e siphons, < fioKpog, long, 
+ Tpaxeia, trachea: see trachea,] A tribe of 
Dithyra or bivalves characterized by the elon- 
gated siphons, embracing the families Phola- 
didw, MyicUCf TellinidcPj eto. Swainson^ 1840. 

macrotTpoOB (mak'ro-ti-pus), a. [< Gr. noKpdq, 
lon^, -r rwrof, form*: see type.] In mineral, j 
having a long form. 

Macronra, macronral, etc. See Macruray etc. 

Macrozamia (mak-r6-za'mi-&), n. [NL. (Mi- 
quel, 1842), so called in allusion to the sterile 
appearance of the male fructification; < Gr. 
ftaKp6qy large, + Ca///a, loss.] A genus of gym- 
nosperms belonging to the natural order Vyca- 
(laceeCj the tribe Encephalarteas^ and the sub- 
tribe Euenc^halartecBf characterized by the fe- 
male cones having hard peltate scales, usually 
produced into an erect acuminate blade. They 
are low forms, with an erect ovoid or cylindrical trunk, 
covered by the persistent bases of the petioles, living in 
swampy places near the sea, and have pinnate leaves resem- 
bling the fronds of tree-ferns, occasionally twisted in «ome 
species, and large cones. About 14 species are knowp, all 
inhabitants of tropical and temperate Australia; several of 
these are cultivated for ornament. From their general 
appearance, plants of this genus sometimes receive the 
name of /^m-po/m. if . 47<ra/i9 is the borrawang-nut. See 
cut under CycadaeecB. 

macrozodgonidininCmak-rd-zo'd-go-nid'i-um), 
w. ; pi. macrozoogonidia (-ft). tNL., < Gr. fia-- 
\p^, long, large, + C^y, an'animal, + NL. flonf- 
diuMy q. v.] In hot., a zo5gonidium of large 
size as compared with others of the same spe- 
cies, as those produced by certain fresh-wat^r 
alg8P. 

The protoplasmic contents of certain cells [of Hydro- 
dieti/im] break up into a large number of daughter-cells 
(maerozodijonidia), there being often as many as 7000 to 
20,000. Betgey, Botany, p. 228. 

macrozodspore (mak-ro-zo'o-spor), n. [< Gr. 
uaspd^, long» + ^VoVf an* animal, + anof}d, seed. 
Cf. zoospore.] 1. In zooL, a macrospore. 

The inaerozo6«pore soou acquires a thin cell-wall, through 
which the cilin itrutrude. 

HuxUy and Martin, Elementary Biology, p. 391. 

2. In hot., a zoospore of largo size as compared 
with others produced in the same species. 

In some cases the protoplasm of the cell [of Hctmatococ- 
eu9] divides only once or twice, the result being the for- 
mation of two or four relatively large zoospores, called 
inacrozoogpores. Vines, Physiology of I'lauts, p. 005. 

Macmra (mak-rO'ra), n. pi. [NL., neut. pi. of 
macrurus, long-tailed : soc macrurous.] A sub- 
oi*diual or superfamily group of stalk-eyed tho- 



350G 

racostraoous crustaceans of the order Decapoday 
containing those which are long-tailed, as the 
lobster, crawfish, prawn, shrimp, etc.: distin- 
guished from Bracnyura and Anamura. The ab- 
domen is long, muscular, flexible, and covered with a hard, 
segmented shell ; it bears nsaally six pairs of appendages, 
the last modified into a caudal fin or swimming-taiL Both 
pairs of feelers are long and filiform ; the inner pair are 
always exserted, and the outer have often a modified exopo- 
dite as an appendage at the base. Also spelled Maamura. 

macmral (mak-rd'ral), a. [As macruroun + 
-at.] Same as macrurous. 

macrnran (mak-rd'ran), n. [< Macrura + -an.] 
A member of the group Macrura. 

Macmrida (mak-rd'ri-de), n. pi. [NL., < Ma- 
crurus + -^dee. ] A family of anacantiiine fishes, 
typified by the genus Macrurus. it consists of 
gadoids which have an elongated taU tapering backward 
and without a separate caudal fin, a postpectoral anu^ 
enlarged suborbital bones, an inferior month, sabbrachial 
ventral fins, a distinct anterior dorsal, and a long second 
dorsal and anaL The family includes about 16 deep-sea 
fishes, of 6 genera, known as grenadien, ratiaiU, etc. 

macmroid (mak-rd'roid), a. and n. [< Macru- 
rus + -cid.] I. a. Pertaining to the Macrurida, 
or having their characters. 
n. n. A member of the family Macrurida. 

macmrons (mak-rd'rus). a. [< NL. Macrurus, 
long-tAiled, < Gr. fiOKpo^y long, + ovpdy tail.] 
Long-tailed; longicaudate. 

Macrnms (mak-r5'rus), n. [NL. : see macruF- 
rous.] 1. in ichth.y the typical genus of Ma- 
oruridWy having a long tapering tail. M.fabrieSi, 



mad 

mactroid (mak'troid), a. and ti. [< Macira + 

-oid.] I. a. Of or pertaining to the Maeirida. 

n. n. A member of the family MaetridtB. 

macuca (ma-ku'kjl), n. [S. Amer.] A large 
tinamou of South America, Tinamus m^fwr. 

macula (mak'u-lft), n.] pi. macula (-le). [L., a 
spot, stain : see macle, mackley macule, maifi.] A 
spot ; a blotch . Specifically — (a) A temporaiy or p«r- 
manent discoloration of a larger or smaller pieoe of ami, 
as by excess or lack of pigment, by extravasation of blood, 
by telangiectasis, by localized hyperemia, or otherwiacu (ft) 
A dark area on a luminous surface, specifically on the duk 
of the sun or of the moon. A solar macula is oswdly called 
amn-jpoe. 

And lastly, the body of the sun may contract some spots 
or macuUB greater than usual, and by that means be dark- 
ened. T. Burnet, Theory of the Earth. 
Cerebral wift^i—. See e«re&ra/.— Maoila aeiutlfia» 
the somewhat opaque spot in the utriculus of the mem- 
branous labvrinth where the branches of the andltorsr 
nerve enter it— Mmr^lft crihro i a, the sieve-like apot a 
patch of minute foramina in the fovea hemlspherlca of Uie 
vestibule of the ear, through which filaments of the audi- 
tory nerve pass. — llacula gmminatlYa, the ao-caUed 
germinal spot or macula, or Wagnerian corpascle; the 
nucleolus of an ovum.— MacuUl Intea, the yellow apoi 
of the retina of the eye, an oval yeUow patch, about A of 
an inch in diameter, on the retina opponte the papU, and 
the position of most distinct vision. See rMna. 

macillar (mak^u-lgr), a. [< macula + -ar^.] 
Spotted ; exhibiting or characterized by spota : 
as, a macular condition or appearance. 



macnlate (mak'u-lat), v. t.i pret. and pp. mae-- 
ulatedy ppr. maculating. [< L. maculatus, pp. 
of macularcy spot, speckle, < macula, a spot: 




r) rupa/tria are the two 
deep water of the North At- 



s. Lioy, 1864. 
[= OR 



the rattail, and M. 
beat known, both i 
lantic JBfoeA,1787. 

2. A genus of dipterous insects, 
mactation (mak-ta'shon), ft. [= OF. macta* 
tiouy < LL. mactatio{n-\ a killing for sacrifice, 
< mactare (> It. matare = Sp. Pg. fnatar = OP. 
mact€r)y offer for sacrifice, sacrifice, immolate, 
kill, slaughter.] The act of killing a victim 
for sacrifice. [Rare.] 

Here they call Cain's offering, which is described and al- 
lowed to be the first fruits of the ground only, Bvviav, a 
sacrifice or ma<;tol»on. 

Shud(ford, On the Creation, Pref., p. oilL 

mactatort (mak-ta'tor), n. [< L. mactator, a 
slayer, < mactare, sacrifice, kill. Of. matador, 
from the same source.] One who kills a vic- 
tim for sacrifice. [BareJ 

liactra (mak'trg), n. [NL., < Gr. fidicrpay a 
kneading-trough'l < fi6aaetv (y/ fiax), knead: see 
macerate. ] The typical genus of the family Mac- 
tridce. Upward of lOO species are described, of world-wide 
distribution. M. (or Spinda) toliditrima is a large species 
with a thick heavv shdl, five or six inches long, abundant 
alone the Atlantic coast of the United States on sandy 
beaches. It is known as the ntrf-dam, tea-clam^ and heti' 
dam, and is used for soups and chowders. 

Mactracea (mak-tra'se-ft), n.pl. [NL., < Mac- 
tra + -aceaS] If. A family of acephalous or bi- 
valve mollusks, comprising the genera Mactra, 
Lutraria, Crassatella, Erycina, Vngulina, Sole- 
mya, ana Amj^hidesma, and scattered in several 
different families. Lamarck, 1809. — 2. Now a 
suborder or superfamily of bivalves, including 
only the family Mactrime and related forms. 

mactracean (mak-tra'se-an), a. and n. [< mac- 
trace-ous + -an,] I, a.' Mactraceous. 
n. w. A member of the family Mactridce. 

mactraceons (mak-tra'shius), a. [< Mactra + 
-aceous.] Having the characters of the Mac- 
tridce; mactroid. 

Mactrida (mak'tri-de), n.pl. [NL., < Mactra 
+ -idoi.] A family of siphonate bivalve mol- 
lusks, typified by 

the genus Mactra; ^^^^^.^^ 

the round-clams or j^StP^^^'^'^^f^^ 
trough-shells. The ^t"^^"" ^^ 

shell IS equivalve, trigo- 
nal, and sinupallial, and 
hak generally close-fit- 
ting valves. The hinge 
is characteristii^ that of 
the left valve having a 
V-shaped cardinal tooth 

closing into two diver- Mactra sfultorum ^rlk;ht Viilve}. 

gent branches of the 

right valve's cardinal tooth. The mantle is open in front, 

and the long united siphonal tubes are fringed with teu- 

taculifonn processes. The foot is linffuiforni. The Mactri- 

dm are mostlv marine shelltt of wide distribution. They 

are also called JUactrmda, Maetradce, MaHracea, and Mac- 

trina. 




see macula, macule.] To spot; stain; blur. 
Thev blush, and think an honest act 
Dooth their auppoaed vertuea maeulate. 

MarHon, Satirea^ ilL sa 

For Wart^ we rub our Hands before the Mooo, and 
commit any maculated Part to the Touch of the Dead. 

Bourtie'$ Pop. Antiq. (1777X P> 97- 
KaciilatedTeyer. See/ewri. 
maculate (mak'u-lat), a. [< L. maculatus, pp.: 
see the verb.] 'Spotted; marked with spots; 
blotted ; hence, stained ; defiled ; impure. 
Arm. My love is most immaculate white and red. 
Molh. Most maculate thoughts, master, are masked un- 
der such colours. Shak., L. L. L., L 1 07. 
Oh, vouchsafe^ 
With that thy rare green eve, which never yet 
Beheld thing macukUe, look on thv virgin ! 

Fletcher {and another). Two Noble Kinamen, v. 1. 

macnlation (mak-u-la'shon), n. [= It. maca- 
lazione, maculasione, < L. maculatio{n'), a spot- 
ting, spot, < maculare, snot: see maculate. j 1. 
The act of spotting, or tne sta.te of being spot- 
ted. — 2. The manner of spotting, or the pattern 
of the spots with which an animal or plant is 
marked. 

Patches of vividly red Poppies, with fine black maeuia- 
tiang, like eyes, edged with white. 

Amer. Nat, XXIL M2. 

The maeulation is normally noctuidous, and the wings 
are ample. Science, TV. 44. 

3. A staining; defiiement; smirching. 

For I will throw my glove to Death himseU; 
That there's no maeulation in thy heart 

.9Aait.,T. andC.,iv.4.M. 

To suffer it to start out in the life of her son was in a 

manner to publish again her own obliterated maculatUm. 

The Atlantic, LVIII. 448. 

macnlatory (mak'u-la-to-ri), a. [< maculate + 
-ory.] Defiling; staining. 
The lutulent, spumy, maculatory waters of sin. 

kev. T. Adams, VVorks, I. 106. {Davim.) 

maculaturet (mak'u-la-tur), )/. [= F. macula^ 
ture = JSp. macula'tur'a;' SiS maculate + -ure,] 
1. A waste sheet of printed paper. E. Phil- 
lipsy 1706. — 2. Blotting-paper. Coles, 1717. 

macule (mak'ul), n. and v. Same as macJde. 

maculosa (mak'u-los), a. [< L. maculosus, 
spotty: see maculous.] Marked with spots; 
spottod; maculated. 

maculous (mak'u-lus), a. [= OF. maculeux, 
= Sp. Pg. It. ma'culoso, < L. maculosus, spotty, 
spotted, \ macula, a spot : see macula, macule.] 
Spotted ; full of spots. 

macuta, macute (ma-ko'ta, nia-k5t'), ft. [Ap- 
par. Amcan.] A mone^ of account and com 
on the west coast of Africa, it originally signiiled 
2,000 cowries, but the British and Portuguese governments 
have coined small silver pieces to represent this value. 
The coined macuta is otherwise called a ten cent piece. 

mad^ (mad), a. [Early mod. E. madde; < ME. 
made, maad, mad, also in comp. *m€d, <_A8. ge- 
meed (in this form a contraction of gemwded, in 
glosses also geniaeded, gemadid, prop. pp. of the 
verb, reduced as i " ' ' 
etc.), also more 

vain, foolish, = OS. genied, foolish, = OHG. gor 
mcity vain, foolish, proud, MHG. gemeit, lively, 
cheerful, gay, = leel. ntckldr (pp. for orig. 
^meidhr) = Goth, gamaids, maimed (the senses 



leded, gema-did, prop. pp. of the 
; in fat^. a., orig. pp., hid, pp., 
I orig. gemdd, mad, senseless, 



mad 

'foolish, mad/ and 'maimed' being appar. differ- 
ent developments of an earlier sense 'changed/ 
'altered/ appearing in Goth, in the simple 
form), the form gemad being < ge-. a generaUz- 
ing prefix, + mod, mad, found but once (in 
mad mod, 'mad mood,' taken by Ghrein as a com- 
pound noun, ' madness')) = Groth. *maid8, found 
in comp. as above, and in the derived verb maid-. 
^an,change,alter,corrupt,tnmaic!jfan^ohange,ez- 
chimge, sSter, transfigure, > inmaidetnSy change, 
exchange.] 1 . Disoraered in intellect; dement- 
ed; crazy; insane: said of i>ersons. 

Their nuttten, not a little affreeued, gaae oat a ramonr 
that Mahomet waa ntadde, and poBieeased of a Dlaell. 

Purehat, Pilgrimage, p. 244. 

I fthoold be glad 
If all this tide of grief would make me fmuL 

Beau, and Fl., Maid's 'bagedy, ilL L 

2. Furious from disease or other cause; en- 
raged; rabid: said of animals: as, a mod dog; 
a mad bull. 

The dog, to gain his private ends. 
Went ^nadt and bit the man. 

Qoldmniih, Death of a Mad Dog. 
Water from which a mad dog may have drunk must . . . 
be considered dangeroua for at least twenty-four hours. 
Quoin, Med. Diet, p. 1319. 

8. Under the infiuence of some uncontrollable 
emotion, (a) Very angry; enraged; furious. [Now chief- 
ly colloq.] 

And being exceedingly mad against them, I persecuted 
them even unto strange cities. Acta xzvi. 11. 

The King is mod at her entertaining Jermin, and she is 
mad at Jermin's going to marry from her : bo they are all 
mad; and thus uie kingdom is governed ! 

Ptpyt, Diary, III. 209. 

g) WUdly or recklessly frolicsome : said of persons or of 
keir acta. 
How now, mad wag ! Shdk,, 1 Hen. IV., i. 2. 50. 

Two children in two neighbour villages 
Playing mad pranks along the heathv leas. 

Temnymmt Circumstance. 
(e) Excited with immoderate curiosity, longing, admira- 
tion, or devotion ; infatuated. 

He loved her ; for indeed he was mad for her, and talked 
of Satan and of Limbo and of Furies. 

Shak,, All's Well, v. 8. 200. 
His other sister is as mad in Methodism as this in physic 
- II. 20. 



iro(po(«, Letters, 
O mad for the charge and the battle wwe we. 

Ttnnywut Charge of the Heavy Brigade. 

4. Proceeding from or indicating frenzy; 
prompted by infatuation or fury. 

It were a mad law that would subject reason to superi- 
oritie of place. MUUm, Eikonoklastes, xl. 

Fierce wants he sent, 
And mad disquietudes. 

Shelley, Prometheus Unbound, IL 4. 
Like mad, as if mad cr cnzy ; in a reckleas manner. 

A bear, enraged at the stinging of a bee, ran like mad 
into the bee-garden, and overturned all the hivea. 

Sir Ji, L'Setranpe. 

Thence by coach, with a mad coachman,^ that drove Hke 
madf and down byeways, through BucUersbnry home— 
everybody through the street cursing him, being ready to 
run over them. P^*i Diary, II. 0. 

Mad as a hatter. SeeAotteri.— iiadasallarohliare. 
SeeAarei.— Mad Parliament, a great council held at 
Oxford in 1268 in order to accommodate the differences 
which had arisen between the barons and the king, owing 
to the persistent evasion by the king of the obligations im- 
posed on the sovereign by Magna Charta. It enacted the 
Provisions of Oxford, requiring the faithful observance by 
the king of the Great Cnarter, and providing for the as- 
sembling of Parliament three times a year, and regular 
control over the chief justiciar, chancellor, and other nigh 
officers.— To go or nm mad, to become violently distract- 
ed or demented. sSyn. 1. Deranged, delirious, firenzied, 
raging.— 8 (aX Exasperated. 

mad^ (mad), 71. \<itMd,aJ] Madness; intoxi- 
cation. HalliwelL [Prov. Eng.] 

mad^t (mad), r.; pret. and pp. madded, ppr. mad- 
ding. [< ME. madden (pret. madded), ^A8. ge- 
madan (pp. gemcsdedj also reduced to gemd^), 
make foolish or mad, < g€mwd,gemddy foolish, 
mad: see mad^, «.] I. trans. To make mad or 
furious; distract; enrage; madden. 

You'd mad the i>atient'st body in the world. 

B. Joneon, Every Man in his Humour, iv. 1. 

I took my Lady Pen home, and her daughter Pegg; and, 

after dinner, I made my wife show them her pictures, 

which did mad P^g Pen, who learns of the same man. 

Pepye, Diary, II. 290. 

n. intrans. 1. To bo mad; go mad. 
Wel nygh for the fere he shulde madde. 

Chaucer, Complaint of Mars, 1. 2SS. 
" Alas! " quath the freir, "almost y madde in mynde. 
To sen hou3 this Minoures many men begyleth." 

Pien Plowman's Crede (B. E. T. S.X 1. 2ao. 

2. To rage ; fight madly. 

But for none hate he to the Orekes hadde ; 

Ne also for the rescous of the town, 

Ne made him thus in armes for to madde. 

Chaucer, TroUus, L 47tt. 



3567 

mad^, made^ (mad, mad), n. [< ME. mathe, < 
AS. mathu,' mathaj a worm, maggot, = OS. matho 
r= D. MliG. made = OHG. madOf MHG. 6. made, 
a maggot, =Goth. matha, a worm; perhaps, with 
formative -thu, -thay from the root of mdwan, 
mow (*cut, maw'): see mow^, Cf. mathy from 
the same vero. Hence ult. maddock and mawk^ . 
Cf. moth,'\ A maggot or grub. 

mad^. An obsolete form of madefy past par- 
ticiple of malce^. Chaucer. 

Maoagascan (mad-a-gas'kan), a, and n, [< 
Madagase{ar) + -anl'^ I, a. Of or pertaining 
to Madagascar, a large island lying to the east 
of and near to tiie continent of Amca. Com- 
pare Malagasy, 

IL n. A native or an inhabitant of Mada- 
gascar. 

Madagascar falcon. See falcon. 

Madagascarian (mad'^a^i^ka'ri-an), a. [< 
Madagascar + -lan.] Same as Madagascan, 
[Bare.] 

Madagascar, the Comoros, and the widely-scattered 
Mascarene Islands constitute a fifth subregion, the most 
distinct and remarkable of all, and for this we may most 
reasonably use the name Madagaaearian. 

A. Newton, Encyc. Brit, ni. 758. 

Madagascar manna. Same as duldtol. 
madam (mad'am), n. [= D. madam (used 
ironically) = G" madam = Dan. madame = Sw. 
madam = Sp. Pg. madama, < F. madame (orig. 
ma dame) = It. madonna, orig. mia donna (see 
madonna). < L. mea domina, my lady: mea (> 
F. ma = It. mia)f fem. of metts (ace. meum, > 
F. man = It. mio), my, ^ me = E. me; domina, 
lady, mistress: see dame. Cf. madame.'] 1. 
My lady; lady : originally a formal term of ad- 
dress to a lady (a woman of rank or authority, 
or the mistress of a household) ; now a conven- 
tional term of address to women of any degree, 
but chiefly to married and matronly women. 
After another word or a phrase it is colloquially contracted 
into ma'am, mam, vulgarly marm, mum, m'm, or 'm : as, 
yeSj nus'am; no, fna'am (vulgarly yes'fn, no'm); thank you, 
maam. 

It is fnl fair to been yclept madame, 
And goon to vigllyes al bifore, 
And have a mantel rolalliche ybore. 

Chaucer, Oen. Frol. to C. T., 1. S76. 
I was the mistress o' Pitfan, 
And madam o' Kincraigie. 

Oight'e Lady (Child's Ballads, vni. 286). 
Sly. What must I call her? 
Lord. Madam. 

Sly. Al'ce madam, or Joan madam f 
Lord. Madam, and nothing else ; so lords caU ladiea. 

ShaJc., T. of the 8., Ind., 2. 111. 
That is Madam Lucy —my master's mistress's maid. 

Sheridan, Rivals, i. 1. 
Take, Madam, this poor book of song. 

Tennyeon, To the Queen. 
(a) A title used to designate women under the rank of 
Lady, but moving in respectable society; prefixed to a 
surname, equivslent to Mre. Compare mietreet. 
Good people all, with one accord. 
Lament for Madam Blaise. 

Oddemith, Elegy on Mrs. Mary Blaise. 
Here [in Plymouth, Massachusetts] and in some neigh- 
bouring places it has been and still [1807] is the practice to 
prefix to the name of a deceased female of some considera- 
tion, as the parson's, the deacon's, or the doctor's wife, the 
title of madam. 

E. A. KendaU, Travels, n. 44. {Pickering.) 
(6) See the quotation. The use mentioned is not uncom- 
mon in all iMurts of the United States. 

The title of Madam is sometimes given here [in Boston], 
and generally in . . . the South, to a mother whose son 
has married, and the daughter-in-law is then called "Mrs." 
By this means Uiey avoid the inelegant phraseology of 
"old Mrs. A," or the Scotch " Bfi-a. A, senior." 

Sir C. LyeU, Second Visit, ix. (BarUett.) 

2. A lady ; a woman of fashion or pretension 
often used with a suggestion of disparagement : 
as, a conceited madam : city madams Miscel- 
lany madamt. See miecdlany.— The MMifam^ the mis- 
tress ; the head of a household. [Vulgar, IT. S.] 
madam (mad'am), V. t. [< madam, //.] To ad- 
dress as madain. 

Madam me no madam. Dryden, Wild Gallant, ii. 2. 

I am reminded of my vowed obedience ; Madamd up 
perhaps to matrimonial perfection. 

Biehardeon, Clarissa Harlowe, VIII. 808. (Daviee.) 

madame (ma-dUm' or mad'am),^.; pi. mesdame^ 
(ma-dam'). [F.: see mad'amy the naturalized 
E. form.] 1. Madam; my lady: a term of ad- 
dress used like madam, but more formal or af- 
fected. Abbreviated Mme. 

In Egypt, dear madame, it is considered unwomanly 
. . . for a lady to show more of her face than one eye be- 
hind a veiL O. W. Curtis, Harpers Mag., XUV. 776. 

2. Formerly, in France, a term of address to a 
woman of rank, whether married or single. See 
mademoiselle, 1 and 2. 
madam-townt, n. The chief or finest town of 
a country. 



madder 

Floorishing London, the staple of wealth and madame- 
tawne of the realme, is there no place so lewde as thy 
selfe? Q. Harvey, Pierce's Supererogation (1698)1 

madapOllam(mad-a-poram),n. [Socalledfrom 
Madapollam, a town m liidia.] A long cotton 
cloth, stouter than ordinary calico, and inter- 
mediate in quality between calico and muslin. 

mad-apple (mad'ap^l), n. Same as egg-plant. 

madar, madar (ma-dfi,r% mu-d&r'), n. [Hind. 
maddr.] An East Indi- 
an name of species of 
CalotropiSy chiefly C. gi- 
<7anteef, whose root-bark 
IS the source of a drug 
highly reputed in the 
East, and whose stem- 
bark furnishes the yer- 
oum-fiber. 

madarosiB (mad-a-rd'- 
8is),ii. [NL., < Or. //(u^- 
puaiQy a making bald, < 
juadapovvy make bald, < 
uaSapdc, bald, flabby, 
loose, < fiadav, melt 
away, fall off, be bald; cf. L. madere, be wet: 
see madid.'] Loss of the hair, particularly of 
the eyelashes. 

madbrain (mad'bran), n. and a. 1, n, A raah 
or hot-heaaed person ; a harebrained person. 




Madar*plant 



Here's a madbrain o' th' ilrst rate, whose pranks i 
to have precedents. MiddleUm, Mad Worid, L 

IL a. Harebrained; hot-headed; rash. 

The madbrainest roisterdoister in a oountrey. 

O. Harvey, Four Lettera. 
I must, forsooth, be forced 
To give my hand, opposed against mv heart. 
Unto a mad-brain rudesby, full of spleen. 

Shak., T. of the S., ill. 2. la 

mad-brained (mad'brand), a. Same as mad- 
brain. 

Others sent messengers A tokens, which very many of 
the mad-brayn^ yong men accepted and beleeued for 
good sooth. sunt, The West Saxona. 

madcap (mad'kap), n. and a. [< mad^ + cap^, 
taken as ^head.'] I. n. A person who acts mad- 
ly or wildly; a flighty or harebrained person; 
one who indulges m frolics. 

These are the merry Romans, the brave madcaps. 

Fletcher, Bondoca, iL 8. 

n. a. Pertaining to or resembling a madcap ; 
wild; harum-scarum. 

Where is his son. 
The nimble-footed »uid«apprince of Wales, 
And his comrades, that dafrd the world aside^ 
And bid it pass? Shak., 1 Hen. IV., iv. 1. 96. 

Ilis mad-cap follies, 
Which still like Hydras' heads grow thicker on him. 

Fletcher, Mons. Thomas, L 2. 

madden (mad'n), r. [< mad^ + -enl.] I. iw- 
trans. To become mad ; act as if mad. 
They rave, recite, and madden round the land. 

Pope, ProL to Satires, L 6. 
Would you not chop the bitten finger off. 
Lest your whole Ixxly should m€idden with the poison? 
Tennyson, Queen Mary, ilL 4. 

n. tra»s. To make mad; excite violently; 
enrage; craze. 

Weapon-clash, and maddening cry 
Of those who kill and those who die. 

SeoU, Rokeby, v. SI. 

madder^ (mad'er), w. [< ME. mader, < AS. ?>wp- 
dere, mwddre = D. mcede, mee = Icel. madhray 
madder. The Ir. madar y madra, madder, is ap- 




Branche« of Madder {Rubia tiftctorum) with flowers and fruiu. 
M. The rhixume. u. u llower ; d, the pistil ; c, two different fruits. 



madder 

par. < E. madder. Of. Skt. madhurdy the name of 
several plants, < madhura, sweet, tender, < ma- 
dAtt, sweet: see mead^,'] 1. A plant of the ge- 
nus BubiGy natural order RubiacecBy yielding a 
valuable dyestuff of the same name. The ordi- 
nary dyen' madder Ib R, tinetontm, native of the Mediter- 
ranean region, a climbing, herbaceous, or at the base some- 
what ahmbby plant, with whorla of dark-green leaves 
and panicles of small yellowish 4-5-meroas flowers, and 
with long succulent perennial roots. It was formerly es- 
teemed as an emmenagogue and diuretic. R. cord\folia, 
of India, eastern Asia, and parts of Africa, affords garan- 
oin, and is used for the same purposes as European mad- 
der ; it forms the madder of India. The Bengal madder 
or munleet, It wregrinoy is the proper wild madder of 
England, found throughout western and southern Europe. 
2. A mrestuff and pigment obtained from the 
roots 01 Rubia Hnctorum and other plants of the 
same family, it yields colors of the greatest perma- 
nence, and is employed in dyeing linen and cotton red. 
Two kinds are fixed upon cotton: one is called mad- 
der-rtdf and the other, which possesses a much higher 
degree of luster and fljdty, is called Adriarunde red, be- 
cause it is largely exported from that city, or Turkey red, 
from the fact that for a long time it was mainly obtained 
from the Levant; it is also produced near Leghorn and 
Ttieste. In the trade this madder bears the name of 
alizari or lizarL The roots are broken up by means of 
wooden stampers^ which reduce the bark and splint-bark 
to powder, leaving the hard inner part unbroken ; but 
the whole root is sometimes pulverized. The coloring 
principle of madder is termed alizarin. Madder con- 
tains also a red pigment, purpwrin or rubiaeinf which is 
extracted in the form of orange-colored prismatic cnrs- 
tidSk and yields agood dye, either alone or in combination 
with alixarin. Through the peculiar chemical affinity of 
phosphate of lime for its coloring matter, madder is noted 
for its remarkable physiological effect of turning red the 
bones of animals to which it is fed, as well as the claws 
and beaks of birds.— Brown madder, a lake prepared 
from madder-root, harinff a rich brown color of great 
depth.— Oapndne madder. See eajmctn^a.— Flowers 
of madder, the trade-name for a preparation made by 
steeping pulverised madder, causing the sugar it contains 
to ferment, then washing the residue, pressing out the 
water, drying, and pulverising it again. It is used for 
dyeing purposes in the same manner as ordinary madder. 
Also called refined madder and madder-l^oom.—ln6iBai 
madder, (a) Rubia eordifolia. (b) (Hdetdandia umbellata, 
Ce) Some species of the genxa Hedyotit.— Madder-brown. 
See brounfL— Madder^carmlne, a pigment made by pre- 
cipitating the coloring matter of the madder-root upon a 
base of alumina. — Madder color, a pigment derived from 
madder or its compounds. Madder colors range from 
brown, through yellow, rose, and red, to deep purole, and 
are much used in dyeing and the fine aru.— Madder 
}a]SMipinkmadderyroMmadder,madderlake,purplemad' 
der, brown madder, Rubens's m4idder, madder-yellhw, mad- 
der-orangey, lakes prepared from madder varying in shade 
from pink through red and yellow to purple and brown. 
These are also known as rubric toibeff.— Maddeivred. 
Bee def. 2.— Madder Style, a method of calico-printing 
In which the parts of the cloth which are to receive a mad- 
der color are printed with a mordant, washed and Hnsed 
in a solution of alum and size, and then drawn through a 
colored solution which becomes fixed where the mordant 
has been applied, after which the dye is washed off the un- 
mordantediwrtofthecloth. Also called e/b'ntz«ti/{e, oaran- 
dn s^n!^— Petty madder, a plant of the genus Crueia- 
9t«tta, of the Mediterranean region. Also called enmuwrt, 
—Refined madder. Same as /Uncere qf nuuider. —Wild 
madder, (a) Rubia peregrina, (p) The white bedstraw, 
Oaiium MoUugo. 
madder^ (mad'6r), v, t [< madder^y ».] To 
dye with madder. 

I madder clothe to be dyed, Je garonce. Your vyolet 
hath not his full dye, but he is maddered. Palegrave. 

madder^ (mad'^r), n. [Possibly a corruption 
of mojser.'] A large wooden drinking-vessel. 
Usquebaugh to our feast 

In pails was brought up. 
An hundred at least. 
And a madder our cup. 

Swift, Irish Feast (Davies.) 

madder-bloom (mad'^r-bldm), n. Flours de 
garance . See flowers of madder, under madder^ . 
madder-print (mad'6r-print), n. Cloth printed 
with designs in madder, or in colors of which 
madder forms a part ; especially, cotton prints 
so made. 
madderwort (mad'6r-w6rt), n. Any plant of 
the madder family, Bubiacew, 
madding (mad'ing), ». [Verbal n. of mad\ r.] 
Madness; folly; a vagary; a wild freak or prank. 
By my troth, your sorrow, 
And the consideration of men s humorous madding$. 
Have put me into a serious contemplation. 

Fletcher, WUdgoose Chase, iL 3. 

madding (mad'ing), p. a. Becoming mad ; act- 
ing madly; distracted; raging; furious. 
But now from me hys maddinq mynd is starte, 
And woes the Widdowes daughter of the glenne. 

Spenger, Shep. Cal., April. 

Far from the maddin'j crowd's ignoble strife. 

Oray, Elegy. 
Then schemes I framed raoro calmly, when and how 
The maddifuj factions might be tranauillized. 

Woraaworth, Prelude, x. 

maddinglv (mad'ing-li), adv. In a mad way; 
distractedfly ; wildly. 

Bun maddingly affrighted through the villages. 

Fletcher, Women Pleased, iv. 1. 



3568 

maddle (mad'l), v, ; pret. and pp. maddled, ppr. 
maddUng, [Freq, of mad^y v,] 1, intrans. 1. 
To rave ; be delirious. Levins, — 2. To be con- 
fused. [Prov. Bug.] 

n. trans. To conSfuse; perplex. HalUweU, 
[Prov. Eng.] 

maddling (mad'linff ), j). a, [Formerly also mad- 
ling; "p-pr, ot mad<U€,v.'] Raving; mad; crazy. 

Som takes a staf for hast, and leaues his lannce^ 
Som madling runnes, som trembles in a trance. 

Hudeon, tr. of Du Bartas's Judith, vi 240. 

maddockf (mad'ok), a, [< ME. mathek, < Icel. 
madhkr = Norw. "maA^ =: Dan. maddikj a mag- 
got; dim. of the form which appears in A§. 
mathuy etc., E. mad^, made^i see mad^. The 
same word appears contracted in mawk^, q. v.] 
A maggot. Kennett MS, (HaUiwell,) 

mad-doctor (mad'dok'tor), n. A physician who 
treats insane persons; an alienist. [Golloq.l 

made^ (mad), p, a. [Pp. of make^ .] 1 . Created ; 
wrought; fabricated; constructed. 

O, think on that; 
And mercy then will breathe within your lips, 
like man new made. Shak., M. for M., iL 2. 70. 

2. Artificially produced; formed independent- 
ly of natural development: as, made ground 
(ground made up of earth from another place); 
a made word. 

And Artei, with her contending, doth aspire 
T' excell the naturall with made delights. 

Spenaer, Muiopotmos^ 1. 108. 

8. Drawn from various sources; formed of 
several parts or ingredients: as, a made dish; 
composite ; built up : as, a made mast (a mast 
composed of several sticks bound together by 
iron noops, in contradistinction to a single-spar 
mast). 

A made dish, . . . garnished with cut carrots by way of 
adornment. Bulwer, Pelluun, zlL 

4. Placed beyond the reach of want ; assured 
of reward, success, fortune, or promotion; well 
provided for life. 

Sjmh. Oh, happy I ! 

Cm. You are a made man. Fletcher, Mad Lover, v. 4. 

Help us to break his worship's bones, and carry off the 
girl, and you are a made man. 

Sheridan, St Patrick's Day, iL 1. 

6. Well taught or trained, as a hunting-dog. 

To make a trial whether a young bloodhound was well 
Instructed (or, as the huntsmen call it, made). 

Quoted in The Century, XXXVni. 191. 

KadeblOdL SeeMoelri.— Madenp. (a) Put together; 
completed; finished. 

Deform 'd. unfinished, sent before my time 
Into this oreathing world, scarce hau made up. 

Shak., Rich. IIL, L 1. 2L 
(6) Thorough; consummate; out-and-out [Bare.] 
Yet remain assured 
That he's a made-up Yillain. 

Shak., T. of A., V. L 101. 
(e) Artificial; meretricious. 
HaiL But you must allow her some beauty? 
Tony. Bandbox ! She's all a made-up thing. 

QcldmnUh, She Stoops to Conquer, iL 1. 

((f) Concocted; invented; fictitious: as»a made-up tale or 
excuse. 

made^, n. See mad^. 

made^ (mad), a, [A var. of mad^ (perhaps < 
Icel. meiddry maimed: see mad^)y or of mate^.] 
Fatigued; exhausted. [Scotch.] 

liadecasseet (mad-e-kas^e), a. and n. Same as 
Malaqa^sy, 

madefactiont (mad-e-fak'shon), n. [= F. ma- 
d4faeUony< L. as it*madefactio(n-),< madefacercy 
pp. madefactuSy make wet, moisten : see made- 
fy,'] The act of making wet ; a soaking ; sat- 
uration. 
To all made/action there is required an imbibition. 

Axxm, Nat Hist, ft 866. 

madeficationt (mad'e-fi-ka'shon), n, [< madefy 
+ -ation: see -ficathn.'] Same as madef ac- 
tion. 

madefyt (mad'e-fi), r. t, [= F. madSfier, < L. as 
if ^madeficare, equiv. to madefacere, make wet, 
< madere, be wet^ + facerCy make : see -/y.] To 
make wet or moist ; moisten ; soak. 

The time was when the Bonners and butchers rode oyer 
the faces of God's saints, and madefied the earth with their 
bloods. Rev. T. Adams, Work8» I. 85. {Daviee.) 

liadegassyt (mad-e-«is'i), a, and n. [See Mala- 
gasy.} Same as Malagasy, 

Madeira (ma-da'r&), n. [Short for Madeira 
wine. The island' of Madeira takes its name 
from Pg. madeiray wood, < L. materiay wood, 
matter: see matter."] A fine wine of the sherry 
class made in the island of Madeira. It ac- 
quires bv age peculiar excellence of flavor. — 
east Dldla Buuieira, Madeira which has been sent in 
cask to the East Indies and back again, with the view of 



madid 

improving it. or aging it rapidly by the combined agency 
of heat and the constant motion of the ship. 

Madeira mahogany. Same as canary-wood. 

liadeiran (ma-aa'ran), a. [< Madeira (see def. ) 
+ -an.] Of or pertaining to the island of Ma- 
deira, or to the group of islands of which it is 
the chief, lying west of Morocco, and belonging 
to Portugal. 

Madeira-Tine (ma-da^ra-vin), n. An elegant 
climbing herb witlb bright-green fleshy leaves, 
long clusters of small white spicy-fragrant flow- 
ers, and a perennial tuberous root. It is a che- 
nopodiaceous pl&nty Boussingaultia baselloidesy 
from the Andes. 

Madeira-wood (ma-da'r^wtid), n. The true 
mahogany. 

madel-paroowa (mad'el-pa-ra'w&), n, A boat 
used in Ceylon for fishing, chiefly'close inshore 
and on the lakes of the interior, sometimes 
covered with a bamboo roof, when it takes the 
name of pa^i. Imp. Diet. 

mademoiselle (ma -de - mwo - zel '),n.'y pi. mes- 
demoiselles f ma-de-mwo-zel' ). [F. , < fwa, my, + 
demoiselley aamse^t : see madam and damsel^y de- 
moiselle,] 1. Formerly, in France, the title of 
any woman, married or single, who was not of 
the nobility, and of noble married women whose 
husbands had not been knighted ; also, when 
used absolutely, or without a name, the distinc- 
tive title of the eldest dau|;hter of the next bro- 
ther of the king (who was in like manner called 
Monsieur), and afterward of the first princess of 
the blood, whoever was her father, in general, 
the titles Madame and MademoieeUe were used to distin- 

Siish noble from plebeian women, wiUiout regard to con* 
tions of marriage or celibacy ; but Littr^ notes the fact 
that Racine, in writing to his sister, addressed her as 
Madame before her mi^lage and as MademoieeUe after it 

Anne Marie Louise d'Orl^ans, . . . Duchesse de Mont- 
pensier, is forgotten, . . . but the great name of Made- 
moieeUe, La Grande MademmeeUe, gleams through . . . 
the sge of Louis Quatorze. 

T. W. Higginmm, Atlantic Essays, p. 150. 

2. A distinctive title given to girls and un- 
married women in France, equivalent to Miss: 
abbreviated in writing to Mue.y pi. Miles. — 8. 
A scicenoid fish, the yellowtail or silver perch, 
Bairdiella chrysura. [Local, U. 8.] 
madge^ (maj); n. [Aissibilated form of mag\ 
like the orig. Madge, assibilated form of MaOy 
abbr. of Margaret, a fem. name: see iwa^i, 
margaret,] 1. The m&fmie, Pica rustica : same 
hsmag^yl. — 2t. A msbdge-owl. 

The skritch-owl, us'd in falling towrs to lodges 
Th* unlucky night-raven, and thou lasie madge 
That fearing light, still seekest where to hide. 
The hate and scorn of all the birds beside. 

Du Bartaa (trans. X (Naees.) 

madge^ (ii^aj); ^<* [Origin obscure.] A leaden 
hammer. See the quotation. 

The tool used for this purpose (hard-solder plating) is 
called a madae, and is a lead hammer about three pounds 
in weight, with the face covered with six or seven thick- 
nesses of stout woolen. QUder'e Manual, p. lOS. 

madge-howlett (maj'hou'let), n. See madge- 
owl. 

I'll sit in a bam with madge-houiet, and catch mice first 
B. Joneon, Every Man in his Humour, ii. 2. 

madge-OWlt (maj ' oul), n. The owlet or barn- 
owl. Also madge-otclet, madge-howlet. 

Thou shouldst have given her a madgeouii, and then 
Thou'dst made a present o' thy self, owl-spiegle t 

B. Joneon, Sad Shepherd, iL 1. 

madge-OWlet (maj'ou'let), n. Same as madge- 
otol, 

mad-headed (mad'hed'ed), a. Hot-brained; 
rash. Shak.y 1 Hen. IV., ii. 3. 80. 

madllOtLSe (mad'hous), n. A house where in- 
sane persons are confined for cure or for re- 
straint; a lunatic asylum ; a bedlam. 

Madia (ma'di-a), n. [NL. (Molina, 1794), < 
madt, the Chilian name of the common species.] 
A genus of composite herbs belonging to the 
tribe Helianthoidew and the subtribe Madiece, 
characterized by a deeply furrowed involucre, 
with bracts closely inclosing the achenia, of 
which those of the disk are either perfect or 
sterile, almost always without pappus. They are 
erect annuals, commonly glandular-viscid and heavy-scent- 
ed, with entiro alternate leaves and small or medium-sised 
h^ids of yellow flowers, solitary at the ends of the branches 
or in loose panicles. About 8 species are knovm, natives 
of Chili and the western jpart of North America, where 
they are popularly called tar-weeda. One species, M. 
aativa, is cultivated for the oil afforded bv its seeds, which 
serves the same purposes as olive-oil. The refuse is made 
into an oil-cake for cattle. 

madid (mad'id), a. [< L. madidttSy wet, < ma- 
dercy be wet. Cf. Gr. fiadavy melt awav: see 
madarosis.] Wet; moist; appearing as if soak- 
ed or sodden. [Rare.] 



madid 

viUli ned half 

BCadiBB (ZDA-dre-e), n. /iL [XL, (A. l\ de Cau- 
doUe, 1830), < .ff«f/ia -f -f<i\] A subtTibe of 



3569 

UiQ ombnidery «inpliJiiliti« tli« iMliern of the ttnff. 
Theifte embrold^riei we oiotS for forolUtre^coverhigt, bnn- 



madroflo 



Hi (iras'U), n. ffliiid. mmlrun^r, 

/ Ki], eoll'ege J ti India, a school 

or c*oUt>ge for the education of youtl). Also, 
f^fHTTiptlv, madremaht ffuulriHsah^ madrissa, me- 

' rh, 

> nlight«n(»d miml of Warren BAAtlnsi dtd Indeed 
iitc hi* Biip hy fottiidlng tlw r-^ir I'f 



M: 



fntun tot' 

'•: (L T74, 



marli ; pi. titftdi- 

tiUrtu r, ii^, j^ . rr^ for pull- 

ing out hair. ii i i> hitir, Cf, 

/Ki^i'n', full ii\Mi ^ r: s^.i ^n /r/rtro-srW,] 

A surgtcnl iiLatnitiiejit tor exiratitiug hjure; & 
pair of tvveezere. 
madling^ (roa*rimg)» w. [< ma(0 •¥ -?im/i,} A 
mail pinion. [OliBolete or prov. En^.] 

CJuoId for tmiiftht mttdUnff! . . . Ithi^iiif]^ t' jtivciuusglflii 
o' <kMt nudar f.xjit. t\ tJrfmU, Wtttht'ri*»g lleiglit^ liil 

lliadllllg''''t» ^1' All obsoJeto form of maddliiui. 

madly (njinl'lij, adv. In a in«.d luJUinor, (a) 
Witliotit rc.taou or undcratuniiJtjg^ (fc) FrjuiticaUy ; ffuri^ 
H !v <<^> With extroiuo fplijr, of lnfatiiiit«il isctU or pta- 

m a dman ( mud ' man ) , jj . t pi . mndm en (-in c^u ) . A 
louc who is i»«nne; d difoti'ii^ted man; n luiia' 
tie ; a ci'axy pprson. 

madnep r i ^ ' ' "A- wcni.] 

A till I HI Spk&n- 

duHHHi,i<[ :.,.. J. . . .. - ..^.. .jjj. 

madness {niad nes), ». 1. The state of being 
mad or dislrivottH! : nt«fnnUv: htnnrr, 

J? or i*s to h 
And tflli 

Cafttttnt tl«n, ^«... ...,, .., ^.iuiu , 

My tnaiiiMsar kciitra niy aaiijtjctji lu their wita 

l)a^»^W. llvil W«u% Til. 
And mrKHly maffiirM Tmtigtiing wild 
Aid Id wjvcroat wo«. 

C/rwy, Pi-uepe<:t a( Eton I'oUogt;, 

2. Head^tfon^ passion orraahneas; ungovern- 
able f tiry or rage? ; extreme folly. 

To iMe iiiyacif upon no gfoutid ^erv inat/nrM, 
Not loynl d*ity* 

Flrf^Mr yand (inntJu^f^ Vnlse One, L 2. 

Tarty ii the madM*$ of many for Uio cntn of n few. 

/Vjjtf, TUutightfl on VtuicHU Su1iject«. 

Oani&d inadiij66B. hv« cHnrpotr^^mudsuizuDdr mad^ 

nMA, See mitUummi^r =SyiL 1. Fmizy^ Mnnia, et-C* 8chj 

madonna (ma-tion^H), n, [It., — F. mndtime^ 
my lady; st^o madam ^ matlamcS\ 1, My lady ; 
miulam: an Italian title of addrei^s or oi eoiir- 
tesy. equivalent to madam, 

Ciown, fif>od vnattanna, why tnoam<is»t thoaV 
Otivia^ Good ftx»l, (or my brother's death* 

Shak., T. !*.. 15.72. 

Hprcifically — 2. t<^«iJ.] Thfj Virgin Mary (**Oiir 
Lady"); hence, a picture reprGaentincf the Vir- 
gin, — 3. A kind of luster madr^ ' f alpaca- 
wool.— MadonnA medal. » sidaH ^ . r, bitMB, 
orothermetftl.hunKbyspil^raftbi I fustAtuu 
of iht' viiiTju liiiii then prtrtM^rrtMl, rscrviug j^ u £ort of p£|- 

Madonna-wi se (ma- don ' ii - w iz ) , mh\ I n t he 
manner or fa,shion of the I^tadoinui: applied to 
the anangc^inent of a woman^s hair* in imitiition 
of accepted represent at ions of the Madonna, by 
parting it in the middle, and bringing it close 
and low over the temples, 

Ivi>ck» not wide-dlninNul, 
Uadtmmt-mM ou thither side her bend* 

Tmmiyttmt Isabel. 

madoqma (mad'o-kwil), n, [AbYsslnJanJ A 

very tiny antelope of 'Ahygsinia, Neattramts ml- 
Hanus or A^ madoqtta, the smallest of homed 
animaln, about a;^ lar^re as a haro, and with very 
slenibr legs. Also oalled htjohh. 
madpasli (mad ' pash), ti. and a, [< mad^ + 
posh.} I, M. A mad fellow. Wright, [North. 
feiigO 
II. a. Wild; cracked. Darint. 

Let na leAVo ihli nutdpash bedlam, thta hair-bndued 
fop, and give him leave to ruve and dose hit iKsUyifull, 
with hts private and InUmatiTly ncqualTitcd dcvila^ 

UTquh^n, Ir, of BAbiitftIs, m, 25. 

madras (ma-draa*), rt» [= P. madrtis; so eatled 
from Madras in India*] A large hantlkerchief 
of silk and cotton, tisuully in bright colors, 
used by the negroes in the West Indiu islands 
and elsewhere for tnrhun.. *.td- m-,^,-^!:. rHT^i*. 
lianL A gin^rham imjt 
madrfti.— Madras lact , 
limes printed in colore. via.'iXAiia ni/i.A, c........ . ,,. 

brotdury dotii; Qpon brlght-colOTcd miuhuB hnrjd kerchief b, 



Madras hemp, n^ s< « Pujftf,d i 
madrcgal (mfl*r 

tftiiied.] Aeai 
madreperl (luau're-pn-ij, tf. [•: u, wjidnpa!*), 

< maan, mother, -♦■ pcria^ pearl. ] Mother-of- 



e<iuivalent 



madreponfonn <wnd>e-pr>-rt-f6rra). a, [< KL. 

+ L, /r>rMirt, formal 

charaetens^ie of a 



pearl. /#>• ' "-^^ 

Madrepora i^'o- Hi)» », [NTj, » < mml- 

reporcr\ i , , ;d 

genus of AMitdnptwi- 

d<r, containing some 

of the CO III mo neat 

madrepores, of vari- 

ouB branched shapes, 

among them aome of 

the moat extensive 

reef -building corals. 

M, t'ffn^itarnh is a 

; "' d from 

;ke the 

:l : .. - . :,: . .■. 

Madreporaeea (mad'- 

re-iKj-ra'se-ji)^ n, pL 

[Uh,\ < Ma'drepora + 

-area.) A group of 

Htonc-eorals, more or lesa exactly 

to Stadrf jioraria, 
madraporal (mad'rG-pd-ral), «, [< madrt^ore 

+ 'al7\ Of or pertainiag'to mailrepores; coii* 

«i fating of madrepored. 
MadreporarlaCmad're-fuv f.pi [XL., 

< Miuh'tporu + -aria.] .\ lame of the 

Ti ^- — ' ' " 'ited cu(;u?( wuK-h are hexa- 

i M tid a nd have a continuous 

I 't^n. 'iTn'^t^M 111 <-T.v,T"» not only 

f hnxim' 



madreporarlan ( mad ' r e i o , « . an d n . 

I. a. Pertnining to the Jj; //ia, orhav- 

ingtheir characters. 

ll. /I, A coral of the group Madrtsporaria, 
madrepore fmad're-p6r), w. [< F, madr^porf 
= 8p. ufadrepora = Pg. madreporaj < It. madrr* 
para, coral, appar* lit. * mother-stone' (cf. mad^ 
reperla^ *motner-pearl,' mother-of-pearl: Mee 
madrrperl)y < madrt, < L. mater. = E. mothet\ 
+ (appar.) Gr. rri^j-, a light friable gtone, a 
fttalaetite, or, as now understood, iropo^ (> It. 
poro)y pore : see port^,^ An animal, or a coral, 
of the genua Madrtpora or family Madrepon- 
dm; the polyjiite or the jwlypidom of a peifo- 
rate macfreporanan : a name loosely extended 
to any stone-coral with madreporiform oa^ntieH 
or openings, in true mHitrepom the Rnimal or polypite 
ti hexamemi with twdve short t«ittacleK. and the polypi- 

dom Is of hrnnch 
iug fortu and itony 
bitrdnc-sa. Maitre- 
pnre coral cot\%\¥^ 
fif carbonate itf 
lltu^^ with traee« of 
animal matter and 
Is formed by imwl- 
aal dcpoitltion in 
tbu ttsaues of the 
compound polyp, 
so that in course of 
time the whc »lu prts 
seuta tho apiiear- 
anee of a number 
MAdre)»f« Comls. ol polypa support- 

ed on an extra tie- 
OH* body. When the animal matter hiu been removiMl 
madreprv li of a white color, wrlnklcHl on the surfat c, 
and full of little cavities. In each of wtdch an Individual 
polyp was lodged, tbo rsdl&tlns septti of the cavities 
con^spondlog to the Internal dlviafons of tho animal. 
Hadreports raise up walls aod roefs of coral rocks wiUi 
conildorable rapidity in tropical df mates.— Kadrepore 
glass. ?^«e ptow^— Madrepore marble, madrei^orttic 
marble, 
madrsporic (mad-r^-por'ik), o. [< madreporr 
+ -jr.] Of or pertaining to madrepore ; of ih^ 
character of the madrepore; pierced with mi- 
>,iif M holes like a madrepore. Also madreportU. 
Hreporlc canals, in echfuoderm<i, tubular proton^ 
i>f thtj i-ircular vessel of the ambulacra] fystem* 
•rri^MiM p&rforat«d ends, and torniiiiatlng tn a calcareous 
network, or other hard fannation^ known ai the madf$parie 



>,ti,pl [NL„ 
imily oi Madrc 



< ' \ 
portfln. 

madreporite ( mad ' rf -po-rit ),♦».« nd *» . {< mad- 
repore -f -i^^'-.j I. w* 1, r ' ' 
2, In echinoderms, the ? 
tubercle; the interradiai b .. -., jMrj,..^,^ i,M»Kt 
at the termination of the madreporie oaniila, 

n. a, Harae o^ ic, 

madreporitic (ti^ it'iV), ot, {imn«h* 

jmritv -^ -*('.] i 

ma^lreporite, or i 

or less mi\t"i ^ ,.,. ,„,.,,„,., 

moll uaki;, u 1 i>the r aa iua<in:' - 

pores: as, /. 

madridr (mad'n-t>i-), «, [F., ttarlier madirr, a 
heam or fttout plank^ i 8p. madrrfi^ a Hftam, 
i mad' ' ■ * '»] Iti wi' ' 

(a) hi uturv, a I 

berfoi: . Ultra f pan -i :. 

riage of a . uortar; hence, the 

carriage or :; of a piece of art in 

(iro^e, {h) A pJuiik lined with tin ivnd cov^/rcU 
with earth for roofing over i^^rtain parts of 

irr'" rks, in order to affmrl " "- n 

I. .tc. (r) A |djink i f 

til . 11 tt mine, or %n a nic_: - lI^l-i, in 
support a wail. 

madrigal f mad'ri^gal), n. [< P. wmlrifirtl =r 8p. 
madrup$f^ O^p^ ma fidrial, p r r 

rifjid^G. madnt/af.K ft. ('■■ 



» fold, an inclosed space, the bod on which the 
stone of a ring h set, a monastery, Cf. archt- 
mandritrt mamirrt, frt>m the aame Gr. aource. j 
1- A medieval ^>oem or song, amoroug, pas- 
toral* or descriptive. The distinguiahing cnar- 
act eristics of the madrigal are now hard to 
determine, 

Sf shallow rivers to whose falls 
dodiouii birds sing madriffoU. 
MartiJtm, FQJuiion»te Hhepberd to his LoveL 

2. In inumc: (a) A musical setting of such a 

poem. '^Iri.^t i,-,„/lTif-ll.«..-iHr,,r l,.V,.K-.,i.n ^^..< .. ..,,>t„ 

/*rmo,}i 
oat. tb< 

varietlt* ■ — ,.. 

Tlds form of conipt' 
In the fifteenth cei 
many. Franco, and I 
tainoa a notable p* 
the tatter conatry ii 

written for fnt-^ *' i 

inentsemboiit t 

tendency to tl ■'■ 

and oratorlott v»tM- uuiMJimiu-. ( f^ j ^\ j^nw or jnirt- 
Hong in general, irrespective of contraptmtal 
qnaliticB. 

madrigalert (mnd'ri-gnl-er), «. A writer or 
composer of madrigals* 
Satyrlali^ panegyriiftA, madntfaltrr*. 

Tom Braiea, Works. U. 155. {Ikni»t.} 

madrigaletto (aiad*^ri-ga-let'6), n. pt., dim. 

of madriijnU\ a madrigal: see madrigal,} A 

little Tuadrigal. 
madrigalian (ma<l-ri-ga'li-an), a, [< madrigal 

+ -ian.] Of or pei^aiuing'to madrigals. 

The Enf^llAh madntjalian writers bof ng repreaoated sole- 
ly by Morley'ft ** My Bonny Lnsa. ' Athmenm, Joly 61, 1883. 

madrlgalist ( mad * ri-gal -ist ) , w . [< mndtiga I + 
'Lst. ] A cotnposer or sfnger of maorigal^. Bur- 
w^y. Jl'ii^t. Alustc, n^. 46. 

MadxileiliaQ (mad-ri-le'ni-an), o, and n. [< 8p» 
Madriltflu (for * AfadtidaHoltini second d heing 
changed by dissimilation to 0» ^^ inhabitant 
of Madrid, < Madrid.] X, a. Of or belonging 
to Madrid. 

H. ». A native or an inhabitant of Madrid, 
the capital of Spaim 

madroiio tn^t-dro'nyo)^ w. A handsome tree, 
Arhfitm Min^icfHi^ of western North America, 
toward the eouth becoming a shrub, it bosrs a 



niftdrofio 

Tdlow berry, aearcely edible. Its wood ii very bard, and 
u macb luea in the nuuinfactnre of gunpowder. Its bark 
ii Taloable for tanning. Also madratia. 

Even the madrofla, upon these spars of Mount Saint He- 
lena, comes to a fine bulk, and ranks with forest trees. 

R. L. Stevenmm, Silverado Squatters, p. 88. 

madstone (mad'stdu), n. A stone popularly re- 
puted to cure hydrophobia, or to prevent it when 
threatened, it is applied to the wound, from which 
it is supposed to draw the poison. The belief in its value 
has no sdentiflc sanction. [U. S.] 

Among the Tarious individuals in Pennsylvania who pro- 
fess ability in exorcism and charms, we occasionally find 
one who is reputed to possess a mad-^tone. These peb- 
bles are of various sizes, and appear to have been selectecl 
on account of some peculiaritv of color or form. A speci- 
men which had a high reputation in the State from which 
it had been brought was described bv the present writer 
as consisting of a worn piece of white feldspar, and posses- 
sing none of the properties of absorption attributed to It 
Proe, Am. PhU. Soc, XXVL (l«SQ\ 888. 

madn-nat (mad'^nut), n. The seed of Cycas 
cirdnalis, 

Madura foot. A diseased condition of the feet 
and hands, occurring in India, characterized by 
enlargement and distortion of the affected part, 
ensuing suppuration, softenine and fracture of 
the bones of the part, and the formation of 
sinuses discharging through frequent openings 
small yellow bodies like fish-roe or dark grains 
like coarse gunpowder, and often larger masses. 
The fungus Chionyphe Carteri is found in the diseased 
Xnrts, and is thought to be the cause of the disease. Also 
CMHea /iuimt*-/ootf/un0i$ di»e€ue qf India j and myeetoma. 

madweed (ma<r wed), n. A species of Scutel- 
lariay or skullcap (natural order Lahiatts)^ the 
S, lateriflora: so named becatlse it was thought 
to be efficacious in hydrophobia. Also caUed 
mad-dog skullcap, 

madwort (mad'w6rt), n. [< madl + wort^, Cf. 
Alff88um.'] 1. A plant of the genus Alyssum. — 
2. [As if a extraction of madderwort having 
been used as a substitute for madder.] A 
plant of the borage family, Asperugo procum- 
bens, whose root was used like madder: com- 
monly called German madwort. 

mae (ma), a, and adv, A Scotch form of mo, 

msBandert, n. See meander, 

Mseandrina (me-an-dri'n|i), n, [NL., < L. mce^ 
ander, a winoing wav (see meander) ^ + -iwtfi.] 
The typical ^enus of xtfJf^awdnwtcte, established 
by Lamarck in 1801. M, cerebriformis is an ex- 
ample. Also spelled Meandrina, 

msandrilie, a. See meandrine, 

MsBandrinidSB (me-an-drin'i-de), n,pl, pTL., 
< Maandritia + -idee,'] A family of madrepo- 
rarian corals of the suborder ^^/reacea, typined 
by the genus Mceandrina; the brain-corals or 
brain stones. These corals are of massive form, caused 
by the union of many individual corallites in rows which 
meander or wind about over the surface of the oorallum 
in a manner suggesting the convolutions of the brain. 
Also spelled Meandrinidm. 

mfleandriniform (me-an-drin'i-fdrm), a, [< 
NL. Mwandrina + L. forma,'\ Resembling a 
brain-coral; of or pertaining to the Mwandrini- 
formes, 

MSdandriniformes (mg-an-drin-i-fdr'mez), n, 
pi, [NL.: see mceandriniform,'] The brain- 
corals. See Maeandrinidoi. 

Maandripora (me-an-drip'o-rft), w. [NL. , < Gr. 
fjuuavdpoQy a winding way (see meander), + ndpoq, 
a pore : see porc'-^.J Same as Faseicularia, 

MfleandrospongldSB (me-an-dro-spon'ji-de), n. 
pi. [NL., < Gr. ftaiavdpoc, a meander, + a:r6}' 
yof, a sponge, + -W«p.] A large family of dic- 
tyonine hexactinellid silicious sponges, both 
fossil and recent, in which the body consists 
of winding tubes of uniform caliber with inter- 
stitial vestibular spaces and no uncinate or 
scopuliform spicules. Also spelled Meandro- 
spongidas. 

maelstrom (mal'strom), n. [An erroneous 
spelling (sometimes erroneously explained as 
* mill-stream*) ; prop. *male8trom or *mahtrom; 
formerly malestrand (see quot.), simulating 
strand^; < Norw. malstraum (little used) (=Dan. 
malstrom), a great whirlpool in the sea, < main 
(= Dan. male), grind (see meal^), + straum (= 
Dan. Strom), stream: see stream,] 1, A cele- 
brated whirlpool or violent current in the Arctic 
ocean, near the western coast of Norway, be- 
tween the islands Moskentisd and Mosken, for- 
merly supposed to Slick in and destroy cv(»r>*- 
thing that approached it at any time, but now 
known not to be dangerous except under cer- 
tain conditions. 

He (Osep Napca] reports of a Whlrlixiol between the 
Rost Islands and Ix)foot call'd Malejitrand, which fn>iu 
half ebb to half floo<l is heard tu make such a terrible 
noise as shakes the Door-rings of Houses in those Islands 
ten mile olf. Milton, Hist. Muscovia. 



3570 

Hence — 2. Anjr resistless movement; any in- 
fluence or passion which makes victims of all 
who come within its power : as, the maelstrom 
of fashion or of speculation; the maelstrom of 
dissipation or of crime. 

Mana (me'na), n, [NL. (Cuvier, 1829), < L. 
maena, < Gr. uaivtf, a small sea-fish, eaten salted.] 
The tjrpical genus of Mcenida:, chiefly repre- 
sented in the Mediterranean. M, vulgaris is 
an example. Formerly also Mtenas, 

msBIiad, menad (me ' nad), n. [< L. mamas 
(mcBnadr), < Gr. uaivdq (/io/vad-), raving, frantic ; 
as a noun, a mad woman, msenad; (jiaiveaOai, 

•rage, be furious: see mania,'] 1. In Gr, myth,, 
a female member of the attendant train of 
Bacchus; hence, a priestess of Bacchus; one 
of the women who celebrated the festivals of 
Bacchus with mad songs and dancing and bois- 




Maenad.— Fiocn a Greek polychrome cup preserved at Munich. 



terous courses in gay companies amid the crags 
of Parnassus and Githseron, particularly on the 
occasion of the great triennial Bacchic festival. 
The masnads supplied a favorite subject to claasic art, and 
are characterised by wearing the nebris» and by the thyrsus 
and other Dionysiac attributes. Compare Bacehanls. 
Such illusion as of old 
Through Athens glided m^nod-like. 

Lowell, The Cathedral. 

Hence — 2. Any woman under the influence of 
unnatural excitement or frenzy. 
msnadic, menadic (me-nad'ik), a, [< mcenad, 
menad, + -4c.] Pertaining to or like the mae- 
nads; furious; raving; bacchantic. 

The rites, by some supposed to be of the menadic sort, 
. . . are held strictly secret. 

CarfyU, Sartor Resartus (ed. 18S1X p. 101. 

mSBniaillim (me-ni-a'num), n.; pi. mcsniana 
(-nft). [L., a projecting balcony, orig. one in 
the Forum at Bome, erected under the censor 
C. Maenius, for the convenience of spectators of 
the gladiatorial combats; neut. of M(enianus, 
of Msenius, < Mcenius, the name of a Roman 
gens.] In Rom, antiq., a balcony or gallery for 
spectators at a public show. The name, originallv 
applied to a balcony in the Forum, was extended to bal- 
conies In general, as to the galleries at the circular end of 
a circus, and to the ranges ox seats above the podium in an 
amphitheater. 

MsBllidffi (me'ni-de), w. pi. [NL., < Mcsna + 
-id(B. ] A family of acanthopterygian fishes, typi- 
fied by the genus Mama. They are subfusiform per- 
colds with very protractile upper Jaw, chiefly inhabiting 
warm seas. Several arc found in the Mediterranean. Also 
Mcenini, Manoidece. 

mssnoid (me'noid), n. A fish of the family Mce- 
nidce. Sir J. Richardson, 

MasnoideSB (me-noi'de-e), w. pi, [NL., < M(ena 
+ -oidece,] Same aslffrwtrfa. Sir J, Richard- 
son, 1836. 

Mseniira, w. An erroneous form of Menura, 

Msesa (me'sft), n, [NL. (P. Forskal, 1775), < 
maas, given as the Ar. name of one of the spe- 
cies. ] A genus of dicotyledonous gamopetalous 
plants, belonging to the natural order Myrsinete, 
type of the tribe Masea;, characterized by the 
two-bracted calyx, the imbricate corolla, and 
flowers growing m racemes. They are shrubs, with 
entire dentate or serrate leaves, often pellucid-dotted, small 
white flve-parted flowers, ana a small drv or fleshy fruit 
with many seeds and a i>er8i8tent style. About 40 species 
are known, natives of tropical and subtropical Asia and 
Africa, Australia, and the islands of the Paciflc The ge- 
nus funiiBhes some ornamental hothouse-plants. 

MsdSese (me'se-e), n, pi. [NL. (Alphonse de 
Candolle, I%Z1), < Mma + -co?.] A tribe of 
dicotyledonous gamopetalous plants of the 



magarita 

order Myrsineee, characterized by a 8nx)erior or 
half-superior calyx, a gamoi>etalou8 corolla, 
no staminodia, and a many-seeded fruit. The 
tribe includes but one genus, Mcem, with about 40 species, 
natives of the tropical and subtropical regions of the Ola 
Worid. 

maestoso (m&-es-td'so), adv. [It., majestic^ < 
maestd, m&jesty: Bee majesty,] Li mii«fc, with 
dignity or majesty; majestically. 

ma^straL n, A variant of mistral, 

Maestridit beds. See bed^, 

maestro (m&-es'tro),fl. llt,,=:E,master'^,q,v.] 
A master ; specifically, an eminent musical com- 
poser, teacher, or conductor. 

mafflet (maf '1), v. i, [< ME. mafflen, < MD. maf- 
felen, moffelen, D. moffelen, move the jaws, 
stammer, = LG. maffeln, prattle, = G. dial, maf- 
feln, muffeln, chew with the mouth full ; prob. 
imitative; cf. £. faffle, stammer.] To stam- 
mer. 

And some majfUd with the mouth and nyst what they 
mente. Riehard the lUdelem, iv. 63. 

maffled(maf'ld),j).a. See the quotation. [Pro v. 
Eng.] 

She was what they call in the country fiMdlsd— that is» 
confused in her inteUect 

Southey, Letters, m. 18& (l>a«<es.) 

mafllert (maf'16r), n, A stammerer. Holland, 
Plutarch, p. 535. 

maffling (maf^ling), n, [Ct.mame,] A simple- 
ton. BalUweU. [North. Eng.] 

maforst. n. [ML., < MGr. fio^piov: Bee def.] 
Originally, a woman's mantle or cloak, cover- 
ing the head, neck, and shoulders; later, the 
maphorion or scapular worn by monks in the 
Eastern Church. 

maftirra-tree (ma-fur'ft-tre), n. [< mafurra, 
mafura, a native name, + E. tree,] A tree, 
TrtchUia emetica, of the Meliacecs, found in Mo- 
zambique, Madagascar, and the Isle of Reunion . 
Its fruit IS a capsule of two oc three cells, containing seeds 
of the sise of a cacao-bean, which yield when boiled the 
mafurra-tallow. 

mag^ (mag), n. [Also magg; ult. abbr. of mar- 
garety like the fem. name Mag, dim. Maggie^ 
abbr. of Margaret: see magpie, margaret. Hence 
also madgc^.] 1. The madge or magpie. — 2. 
The long-tailed titmouse, Acredula rosea, more 
fully called long-tailed mag. [Local, Eng.] 

mag^ (mag), v.; ^ret. and pp. magged, ppr. mag- 
ging. [In allusion to the chatter of toe mag- 
pie; < mag\ the magpie: see mag^.] I. in- 
trans. To chatter; scold. [Prov. Eng.] 

n. trans. To tease or vex. HalliweU, [Prov. 
Eng.] 

mag''^ (Tn&g), n, [< mag^, v,] Talk; chatter. 



Mn. ThraU, quoted i 



me. D'Arblay's Diaiy (ed. 1876X 
(1.08. 



If you have any mag in you, well draw it out 
' " 'in Mnc 

mag3 (jnag), n. [Also make, mail-; origin ob- 
scure.] A halfpenny; in Scotland (with plu- 
ral), a gratuity expected by servant*. [Eng. 
and Scotch.] 
It cant be worth a mag to him. 

Diektn$, Bleak House, liv. 

mag^ (™*K)» **• -^^ abbreviated form of maga- 
sine, 2. [Colloq.] 

He. . . is on the staff of I don't know how many papers 
and magt. Mr%. Alexander^ The Fr^res, p. 46. 

mag'^ (mag), V. t.; pret. and pp. magged, ppr. 
magging. [Also maga; conjectured to be of 
Gipsy origin; cf. Hind, makr, fraud, makkar, a 
cheat, knave (T).] To steal ; carry off clandes- 
tinely. [Low slang.] 

magadis (mag'a-dis), n. [< Gr. fiayaSic (ML. 
magade), a musical instrument, a kind of cith- 
ara, also a Lydian flute (see defs.), prob. of 
Egypt, origin. Cf. magas.] 1. A Greek musi- 
cal instrument resembling the cithara, having 
about twenty strings tuned in octaves two by 
two. — 2. A Lydian flute or flageolet. — 8. A 
monochord. 

magadize (mag'a-diz), v, i.; pret. and pp. fnaga- 
dized, ppr. maga'dising. [< Gr. fiayaSi^eiv, to play 
on the magadis, play in the octave, < fiiyaStg^ 
magadis: see magadis.] In anc. Gr, music: (a) 
To play upon the magadis. (b) To sing in oc- 
taves, as when men and women sing the same 
melody. 

magart, n. [Origin obscure.] A large ship. 
Davies. 

Filling our seas with stately argosies, 
Calvars and magars, hulks of burden great 

Oreene, Orlando ]<\irioso, L 1. 

magarita, magarites (mag-a-ri'ta, -tez), n. 

[ML., < MGr. ^ayapiTffc, renegade, < fiayapiCeiv, 
befoul, pollute, defile, contaminate.] In the 
middle ages, an apostate from Christianity, 
especially to Mohammedanism. 



Tl- 



;iMl|^ (niti'^H), n, [< Or. /ittydf, the bridge of 
•^feitbarH or I vre : eiee del L] 1. The bridge of 
h cUhftn* or lyit^; also, a fret, es of a lute. — 2. 
re«;>.] [NL] A *rPtiQs of brachiojioda of the 
fiiriiH " nd trpicAl of a subfam- 

ily . 181«>. 

mag? 'h-i>raau-B6r)» «. [< 

(liviM J Au aatrologiet. 

Tiie M«ff-«nia^m4mttr, or Uio m«gicAl Antrologlcal Di- 
viner, lleiK J. Qauie (l«fiS). 

magazine (mag-A-zt-n'), »» [=: D, tufwa^ju = 

(i. minj(i::in = Dmli. Hw* mntjaittHt < OF. F. maga* 
ziuy uovv r ■ < It. maga^^nio, < Bp, maQti- 
I'CH, ahh< nnn — Pg. atmfUfnt^ armn* 

cetUf a 8t ^ < Ai'- rJ. tLc. -f f/mUtasrhi 

(> Tuik. nmkhti^n), J>L - (> 

Tiirk, makh:^tn), a stor- . of. 

A'AK««rt, a storeboiiao, LtfazHUj Lka^imif tiea- 
siiry, kha^anu, lay up iu storL* ; cf. Hel>, kfuisath 
lay up in Btorc% mkshenot^ Htorehou&e».] 1. A 
reoeptuide iu which anything is stored; a store- 
house ; a wftrcdiou»e. 

(f it ithoiiltl npi>v"^i' Qt to hc-.8tow stUpplni; In thoae luu> 
iHnirs. it stiMll Ik: very netnlful that there Iw • in«^<w^ 
of All Qc^emLiy pruvidlon* luid atuEQanfUooi, 

lUUHffk, fiMftya. 
Ttte mind nf man Id ft loDg life will beoome i moffOitJm 
of w i t y. SUtie, TnUer. Ko. 132. 

A itrong boildingv ooxtitmctotl iiaaidly 
fii btcning aecurely qUAiitHiM of gtiu- 
pow lI I re matertal, and WKrllkc itorcc, for 

C'lth I : I titry pnrpoaea. (&) The cloao riMnti 

hi th . . . UBT where the ammunition is kept, 

(^ Thu gaa t^lOuti-ciiiimbcr of a mag&«in6>ril{e. (d) Tliti 
flial-'Chiinber oaf a magaudnisstoTe. ^^a betov. 
2« A pamphlet periodically published^ coutain- 
iae miaeellaiieou^i papers or eoiupositionK, The 
eATllest publicjitiim of thia kind In Englnnd wn* the **Gen. 
tleiDati^A MaKu2lne, " which waa tlrsi iTJl bv Ed- 

ward Cave, under the poeadonyiu <-, Vrnau," 

and i« *tiU continueil, though no^^ imngcd in 

character.— Masazlne-batteiT. In rit-rt., a tieittery tn 
which the BtrcnKtti v{ t\w llqiua Holntlun hi mAhitjUned 
by a supply of tLti rwiujjetl suHntauce tn thofonu of cry»- 
tils kept tn a suitable receptacle. Compare Danittt cm, 
tinder oaU.— BlB|raxln6-tttoyB» astove cuntalnlus a fuel- 
chiuuber frouTwnlch the fire Is automatically fed with 
oofO.— Magnetic magazine, s^e jnaijnetia. 
magazine (Tnag-a-zen')^ V,; pret. atid pp. maffu- 

tm ns . To store np or aceumidate for future use , 
rrtare.J 

He eutered anioufr the PsplaLi only to get informatiou 
rtf peraons und ttartioulars. with tuuh At»creta as he <x>uld 
spy out, tliat trouig matjtained up in a dhury might aerve 
tor matcriida. Mofjer Iforlh, £xamen, p. S22. 

H, inh'uwi. To ponduct or edit a magazine. 
<Mma(faiit>> lioae rival pagv 

Witli moiiu I >iirta the curioaa n^\ 

/ . i'aaalTe FarUclple ■ Petition. 

magazine*guil (mag-a-gen'gun), ». A cannon 
or gim having the capacity of firing a num- 
ber of shots consecutively without pauae for 
reloading; a battery *gun; a niacMne-^n; a 
repeating gun. See maehitw-ffttn. 

magazilier (mag'A-ze'n^'r)^ n. [< m4igacinfi + 
-cr^.] One who \\Titea in a magazine. 

If a tnaffotitier bo dull upon the SpanEah wajr, ha mou 
hua aa up again with the gho»t in <;ock-Inne. 

Uoktmnith^ Baaayt, ix. 

magazine-rifle (raag-a-zen'ri'fl)i w. A repeat- 
iug riHe ; a rifle from which several nhota may 
he fired in quick succession without reloading. 
It haa a mat^ajdiie or chamber whirh rontaina a v»jriAl>lc 
number of tnetallio-caae currr ' f, h are fed attto- 

maticully Into the chamber <>i held in roervt.', 

the latter btiing the caae in iii\ il with a cot^H, 

to enable them to be used rh .^jiki' i-Hltira. The maga- 
rJne may hi* placed in the butt>st<H;k, In the Ijb-atook, or 
above or on one aide ol the receiver, or it may W detach- 
able^ aa In the Lee gUQ« The apecial forma of magajcin«' 
tittA are veij nomeroua. 

magazinist (mag-a-ze'niat), n. [< mayaj^inv + 
-lAf.] Hame aa maga^ner, 

magdala ( m a^-da 'lit ) , n. [So called from Mag- 
ddw m A' ."captured by Gen. Napier 

(subseqii l Napier of Ma^dala) in 18fi8* 

CtffUMgfi I, ..'{^ named from bat tle-fieldii,] 

Nupbtliiik lie red. 8ee nd, 

magdalen. magdalene rrTirm'''ln-l^n, -leu), n, 

(So callod iTom M- "f€Ume^ < 

jL, Mmji laknc, < ti - ., (Mary ) 

of Magdala, fern, ot .n«/; »'<</^vr.";, *n .ungdala^ C 
MayfloAa^B, town on the western shore of the sea 
of Galileer < Heb. migdiil^ » tower. < ««d<f^ b^' 
great or high. The allusion in the def. is to 
the ** woman in the city, which wa« a sinner," 
mentioned in Luke vii. 37-50, and, as in the 
heading of that chapter, traditionally identi* 
lied (esp. *<mt'*^ the ' ^ ' - . ,] ij^ th** West- 

em Ciiurcb,ct>ninii n of the East- 

em Church) with M.. ^ .„^ .. 1 . .. as mentioned 
(in another uonnection) tn the next chapter, 



3571 

'*Mary called Magdalene, out of whom w»*nt 
«even de\al9** (Luke viii. 2j. This Identtftca* 
tion was doubtlesa aa«iAted by a confusion of 
the three anointing*, one by **a woman in 
the city" (Luke Hi. 37, as aboTe), one by *'a 
woman," also unnamed, in Bethany (Mat. ixvi. 
7 and Mark xiv. 3), and the third by " Mary." 
the sister of Martha and Lazams, alBo in Beth- 
any {John xi. 2 and rii. 3). The name name, 
in the old form Maudlin^ is the source of the 
adj. mnudlin^ in alltision to ihe tear^ of the re- 
pentant womau 8up[»osed to be Mary Magda- 
lene: eee mamilin. Another form of the name 
i- If'"'- ''v<?.] 1, Areforr"-^ »^'" ^Htute. 

of the itaffdalen. , . l>ecatiJM', 

To'iH'i-, Autobiog., p. *a», 
9, Some plant, probably a ra<iiate ccimposite 
like ChrtfstinthemHm Pitrthtuium. 

'[Tticw? cam el n will five tor>' well two or three? dnyt* wJttj 
tjut water, tbt^lr feeding ii vu thistloa, wormcwott*!* ttufff- 
dal^tttf^ and oilier atrtJiig weLnU. 

flni[iuift'0 V«mife»^ VU 27a 
Magdalen hospital, or KacdalfliXLavylusi. ^iti^hotpi- 

fal. 

magdaleneom (ma^da-le-ne'um), n. [< mfft]/' 
ctoJiw, q. v.] A magdalen asylum t 1, 

It [Fontevraiilt] oonaiated of a nunnery f id 

widowa, A ma^aienewn^ a hoapi tal f or lepi«!j t. . , U i »- 

eased folk, aconvent, and a charclu Eneifc trit., IX. ism. 

magdalean (mag-da'lo-on), «. K OF. moifda- 
teoHj F, magdawony « u, ? Gr. fmy6a?46f 

later form of affoiifl / crumb or inside 

of the loaf on wnich \hi^ ureeks wiped their 
bands at dinner* < amj/ydcreyf^p^wipe ofl, take an 
tmpression, mode)^ C d?rd, off, + /i^acrt tv. knead : 
see moifS^^ waf/m<f.] 1. A medicine, as a pill, 
prepared with bread-crumb.— 2. A roll of plas- 
ter. Dttnglimjn, 

Drimatone . , . oaed erud« , . , la of « aadder ooloar ; 
or, alter depuration, auch n» we have tn magdattom or rolla 
of a li|fht^;r yellow. Sir T, Brmttve, Vulg. Err., il. 6v 

Magdeburg hemispheres. Heo bemiapHcre, 
mage (naaj). »• [< p. mage = Sp. Pg. It. mugo 
(fern. ;««<?«), a ma^cian,< L. nmgits { fem, mnffit), 
a magician (as ad^. magical ),<Gr./'< ■ [ 

oian^ enchants* r, juggler, wizan.l ( i 
cal); prop, a Magus /F.JUfa^e? = Sp. 1 V,- - .i- -^ , 
< L- Alagu^, pi. Magi^ < Gr. M«;of, pL M«)o^ 
one of the Magi or Magians, a Median tribe or 
caste, the priests or **wise men" of the an- 
cient Medes and Persians, prob, < Zend wrr.-, 
great, akin to Gr. filja^, L, magtitis,, great : see 
rmxgnitude, tnain^. Hence tnftgic, etc.] A ma- 
gician; an enchanter; a person expert in the 
black art. 

FIrat entering, the dreailfull JVofr* tliere fownd, 
I>e^e boaiea Dout worke of woadrom end. 

Spenser, V^H, in, ni U. 
And then I aaw maff» Merlin, ubo&e vaat wit 
And hundred wlntcra nr^ tiauda 

Of loyal Taa««]« tolling i 

T( iiiugof Arthur. 

Magellanic ( ma j- or mag-e-lan ' ik ) , a. K Muf/tl- 
hni (Pg, Femfio de Matjalh&rs) -k- -ic] Pertain- 
ing to or named after the Portuguese navigator 
Magellan (Portuguese Feniao de Magallmesj, 
died 1.^21. — HftgeUaxiie dOUda, a name given to twn 
ck^iid'liko tmeta or patehoa of nebuloua atara in the aouth« 
tni hcAveu^ nearly in the pole of the Milky Way. They 
lire viatbio aa far north aa m* north latRude. Aoeording 



u'til), ti, [< F. magcut4i, ^< 

}inia in Italv. b* i/iuse thiseol 

il in they- of the bat 

! ] 1. A ''oraewhttt 

r d nnd 

rueut. 



magic 

of ifHsrhtncufc ; 
light, which 1 
grviito! ' ""^ 
naked i 

traat, i". 
which r 

magent 

called 

or wo> 

tie ot 

glnriugrki , 

Jut'hsin, — 2 

-is&|[eiita&. — .^ -^"- — 
maggH, w. 8eewe?j/A. 
Itta.gg2, t'. r. 8ee maifi, 
magged (magil), a. f< Origin obsRure,] Worn 

and stretched : said of a rope. 

maggetf, n. An ob«oV^ * - • : ' 

maggie (mag'i), n. 

dim, of i/on/rtr* /. ^ t ,; j r 

iii«ni L^ill<;*mi>t, / 'tic. [iSeotehJ 

maggimonifeet u n'i^fet), «. ( = J/«f/ 

gie mnntf^jctt,'] A vt-tiUped. [Seottduj 
magglet (mag'l), c. f. [Early mod, E, abio umg- 
tfii, mtiglr : pcrhaiis a vnr. of w/i/i*//*'i .] To man- 
gle; maul. 

'Chare he buhclil ime tiniell matfiit fnce. 
(JaPin J*ou0lag^ tr. of Vlr^U, p. IKI, <J«i/. 

maggot (m!\fr'Ht>, ». [Enrly mod, E. nU<y 



breed, = Com. 1 L] 1, I*roi>er' 

ly, the larva of A . used; hence, in 

general, a gmb; a wurtu; atiplit*d lu footless 
TarxTO, fintl eppe^'iftlly to thf* i«r\'ie of llie«. 



fair, 



2. A whim; a orotchet; 

in such ^ ~r —;"- 



3t. A frisky fellow ; one given to pranL*. 
^ T admire you had ao much pmdence^ when yon 
groat u fwigffift aa any in the world when yon were 

fni' i ben my fttfi- ^ ■ * '■ " '" 1 ir*R. 

A*. BaUfii, tr. of I 7 7, {Davits 

4 A wliilfi'Mir;; ' \ ol" -irniiv 



TtK Gr&tlcT MMselUnlc Ckiud. (From CookL^ 

to Sir J, F. W. lierachel, ''They Rr<\ genoindlir nak< 
tng» rounds nnd somewhid ot-ul, and the lurger. vmon dcs 
vlatesi '■— * *' • '^' . i.-.iu, fomip exhibica tile appear- 
ance <'\ !1 defined, and by nu nieanif 
atroi)^' lio general moBa. . , . The 
greats, i n .^ .• lu ^ ■ ^ ^ u |m ..-..■■ ^i . «k of abou 1 42 aquare degreea. 
The leaaer covera about lu square degree^ Their degree 



maggot-eater u A book-name 

of birfU of thy V iigv,^, 

maggotiness (riiag ia-int.s), «. The state of 

Wing nm^fjoty. or of rtbounding with maggots, 
maggotish ' ' ■' - h ), </. [< maggot + -*>//!. ] 

MnL'troty; 
maggot-pate^. ^ ol -parted), ^i. Same a»' 

maggot H'hfadtd. 

maggot-piet, maggoty-pief^ n. Stt* mugot-piv. 

maggot-snipe (mag 'ot -snip), n. The tum- 
stone, Slr(}ml(tii intnprcs, [L#ong Island. J 

maggoty (mag'ot-i),«. [< mtiggot + -yi.] 1. 
Full of or infcfcsted with maggots. — 2. Frisky; 
capricious; whimsical. [Kare.J 

To protend to work out a ncut achenie of thoughts with 
• imggv^, unaottlod ttead b ai rldlt:uloua aa to think to 
write alraight in a jumbling coach. 2f<rrrvf 

maggOtY-headedt (mag'ot-i-hed'ed), a. HiLv 
ing a mind full of wiiims or crotchets; maggot v. 
A I BO m a ijgtf t-pa ted. 

maggoty-piet, «. See magjthti, 
Magnrabui. ft* and n, Bame as MogrrtbiM, 
Magi, «. Plural of MtiguH, 
Magi an (ma'ji-an), ^r. and n, [< L, Magus^ t>l. 
Magi: see Magui^.^ I, a. Pertaining to tne 
Magi, the priestly caste of ancient Persia, 

fl, «. A member of the priestly cast'e of an- 
cient Pf^r^ifi. Bee Magw^^ 1. 

One • I 'Ji. who, ft U to be remembered. ar«}« 

tribe of - H%'e himfi«^lf out for n brother of Oatn- 

hyaea^ < i n « to be ablo to count upon the ohDdl' 

ence ol tliu i'ciAiiii.na oa well. 

Von liatkkt, rolv. Hlat» (trwii.), p. 100 

Magianism (ma'ji-nTi-izm), fh [< Maman -f 

'tam.^ The philo.snphy. doctrines, traditions, 
and roligioTis m-adices of the Magi, Maglimlsm 
wan ehiU nctvrl/cil t»y u rclii^loua dualinn. auppuaing an 
oH^ltuU pi hi c Spin iA v\'\l, op}K>sed to the origlnxu principle 
of jiftM^d. jMftiii Affiifunn. 

magic ( m a J ' i k ) , /I , n nd rf . [ I . n. Former 1 y also 
iuagicf\\ nuigiqae ; < ME. magik\ magih\ < OF. 
magique = Sx». mdgicu = Pg, It, magiea^ C L. 
magux\ ML. ali*o mnifica (i»c, ars^ art), i. Gr, ^r'- 
; '■ - ^ ji. udj, ^magical' (sc ^i.^ 

I Magi,* < Mtijoi, nL 

M^ , a*' wise men" of tW::, I 

Persians, reputed to be tikUled in enchant : i 



magic 

n. a. = F. fnagique ss I 
magioo, < L. magicus, < 



t 



gee moffef Magus, 
mdgieo = Pg. It. r,»t^»w. 
/layiKSCf of magio, orig. and prop. * of the Magi/ 
< MdyoCf pi. Ma/o<, Magi: see aboye. ThuSyUie 
noun is oxig. from the adj.; but in Eng. it pre- 
cedes it.] 1. n. 1. Any sapposed supernatural 
art; especially, the pretenaed art of control- 
ling the actions of spiritual or superhuman 
beings. Belief in each an art exists among all primi- 
ttre raoesL and was prevalent in medieval Europe. The 

Saotioe of magic has embraced, in a great variety of way 8» 
e core of disease^ the forecasting of events, and the grati- 
floatlon of desires otherwise nnattainable. It has been 
everywhere^ with the rise and earlier progress of litera- 
ture, formulated into more or less elaborate systems. All 
kinds of divination, Judicial astrology, and to a large extent 
•lohemy were outgrowths of it 

Bat thurgh his magOt for a wyke or tweye. 
It semed that alle the rokkes were aweye. 

Chaucer, Franklin's Tale^ L 507. 
If she in chains of magie were not bound. 

Shak., Othello, L 2. 66. 

The word magic is still used, as in the ancient world, to 
include a confused mass of beliefs and practices, hardly 
agreeing except in being beyond those ordinary actions of 
cause and effect which men accustomed to their regular- 
ity have come to regard as merely naturaL 

Bncyc BriL, XV. 199. 

2, Power or influence similar to that of en- 
chantment: as, the fnagic of love. 

He [Arnold] has a power of vision as great as Tenny- 
son's, though its magtc depends less on the rich tints of 
association, and more on the liquid colours of pure nat- 
ural beauty. Contemporary Mev., XLIX. 52& 

8. Conjuring; tricks of legerdemain. [Colloq.] 
— BUudC masto, magic involving a criminal league with 
evfl spiritsithe black art.— Natural maglc. (a) Occult 
science ; the art of working wonders by means of a supe- 
rior knowledge of the powers of nature. 

Much more is professed, but much lease perfourmed, then 
in former ages, especially in the mathematikes and in nat- 
umtt magic O. Harvey ^ Four Letters. 

») Control of natural forces throu^^ the knowledge of 
leirlavrs. 

Was not Persian Magic a reduction or correspondence 
of the principles and architectures of nature to the rules 
and policv of governments? . . . And here I will make a 
request that I may revise and reintegrate the misapplied 
and abused name of Natural Magic; which in the true 
sense is but Natural Wisdom or Natural Prudence ; taken 
according to the ancient acceptiou, purged from vanity 
and superstition. Bttcon^ Advancement of Learning. 
Snperstitioas or goetlc magic consists in the invoca- 
tion of devils or demons, and supposes some tacit or ex- 
press covenant or agreement with them.— White maglo, 
practice of magic either ouite innocent or at least not in- 
volving a compact with the devil. 

n. a. l.I^ertaining to or connected with the 
exercise of magic ; having supposed supernat- 
ural qualities or powers ; enchanting; bewitch- 
ing: aS) magic arts or spells; a magic wand or 
circle ; a magic touch ; magic squares. 

ShaU we think the subUe-witted French 
Conjurers and sorcerers, that, afraid of him. 
By magie verses have contrived his end? 

Shak., 1 Hen. VI., L 1. 27. 
As in Agrippa's magie glass. 
The loved and lost arose to view. 

WMtHer, The Merrimack. 
2. Produced by or resulting from or as if from 
magic; exhibiting the effects of enchantment: 
aSj magic music ; magic transformations. [In 
this sense magical is more commonly used.] 
Till all thv magiek structures, rear'd so high. 
Were shatter'd into heaps o'er thy false head. 

Milton, Comus, L 798. 

8. Operating as if by magic ; causing illusion ; 
producing wonderful results. 

For three or four days^ under the maaie influence of his 
wit and imagination, these gloomv old pictures were a 
perpetual source of amusement and fun. 

Lady Holland, Sydney Smith, iv. 

KaglO Obtde, a modification of the magic square as 
devised bv Franklin, consisting of eight concentric circles 
equally divided by eight radii, in the sections of which all 
Uie numbers from IsTo 76 are so arranged that the sum of 
the numbers in each cirde, together with 12 entered at the 
center, is equal to 360; and uiat the sum of the numbers 
in each radial column, together with the central 1^ is 
also equal to 860. As reconstructed by Dr. Barnard, the 
numbers firom 1 to 64 are taken, and are so arranged that 
the constant sum of both concentric and radial ranics, 
added to 100 entered at the center, is 860.— Magic CUbe^ 
an extension of the arrangement of an arithmetical se- 
ries in a magic square or parallelroipedon to all sides 
of a hexagon, so that the sum of the numbers in each 
lineal rank of numbers, parallel to the edges of the cube 
or the diagonals upon all faces, is constant. In a perfect 
magic cube every term enters into thirteen distinct equali- 
ties.— Kaglo cylinder, a modification of a perfect magic 
cube or parallelepipedon when one of its surfaces is trans- 
ferred to a cylinder having a circumference equal to the 
edge of the cube, and the vertical squares are arranged in 
equidistant radii : such a magic cylinder will have either no 
number at Uie axis, or the same number in the center of 
everv one of the five parallel planes.— maj^c lantern. 
See lantern, and cut under 8tereoptieon.—mRgio music. 
See mtMie.— Magic sphere, a modification of a magic 
cube or parallelepipeoon when its surface is transferred 
to a sphere, and the several vertical columns are arranged 
in equidistant radlL— Ma|;lc square, a square figure 



3672 

formed by a series of numbers in mathematical proportioii. 
so disposed in parallel and equal ranks that the sum of 
each row or line taken perpendicularly, horisontally, or 
diagonally is constant Magic squares are also formed 



3 


24 


so 


S£ 


44 


m 


11 


16 


U 


u 


ie 


S5 


m 


as 


6 


22 



2 


7 


6 


9 


6 


1 


4 


8 


8 



An even-numbered magk square 
whose constant sum is sJB. 



An odd-numbered m»g\c 
square whose con- 
stant sum is 15. 



with the letters of a word, name, phrase, or sentence, so 
arranged as to read the same in all directions from the 
initlsl letter, wherever it appears. The earliest known 
writers on the subject were Arabians, among whom these 
squares were used as amulets. 

magical (maj'i-kal), a. [< magic + -oZ.] Same 
as magic, [The "difference between magic and 
magical, as in most other cases of adjectives 
in -ic and -deal, is largely rhythmical.] 

They beheld unvefled the magical shield of your 
Ariosto. Dryden. 

Ill humbly signify what in his name. 
That magical word of war, we have effected. 

Shak., A. and C, ill. 1. 8L 

Laws have no moflrioo/, no supernatural virtue; . . . laws 

do not act like Aladdin's lamp or Prince Ahmed's apple. 

Maeaulay, Essays, IL 97. 

Egypt and Babylon . . . were the chief sources whence 

the world learnt what may be called the higher branches 

of occult science^ and from the historical point of view the 

maaieal rites and beliefs of other ancient Eastern nations^ 

such as Asia Minor and India, are of little importance. 

B. B.TyloT, Encyc ait, XV. 201. 

magically (maj'i-kal-i), adv. In a magical man- 
ner: by or as if by magic. 

magiciail (ma-jish'an), n. [< ME. magicien, < 
OPTand F. nw^icien, < ML. as if *magicianuSf 
< magica, magic : see magic,^ If. One of the 
Magi or priesUy caste of ancient Persia. 

It is confessed by all of understanding, that a magician 
(according to the Persian word) is no other than Divinorum 
cultor et mteriires, a studious observer and expounder of 
divine things. Raleigh, Hist World, L zi 8. 

Therefore made I a decree to bring in all the wise men 
of Babylon before me. . . . Then came in the magicians, 
the astrologers, the Chaldeans, and the soothsMrers. 

2. One skilled in magic ; a wizard; an enchant- 
er ; a conjurer. 

I have, since I was three year old. conversed with a ma- 
gician, most profound in his art and yet not damnable. 
Shak., As you Like it, v. 2. 68. 

magic-tree (maj'ik-tre), n. A beautifnl shrub, 
Cantua buxifolia (natural order Polemoniacece), 
of Peru, formerly used by the native Indians for 
the decoration of their houses on feast-days. 

magilp (ma-gUp'), n. [Also macgilpf magUph, 
magehf, maguup, meggelup, megilph, megytphy 
miguitph; said to be from a proper name. J In 
painting f a vehicle made of ou of turpentine and 
pale drying-oil in equal proportions. These in- 
gredients gelatinise, and when mixed with oil colors give 
them a certain body and a pulpy transparency. Magilp 
may be made also of linseed drying-oil and mastic varnish, 
or of simple linseed-oil and sugar of lead, or of boiled oil, 
mastic varnish, and a little sugar of lead. Also spelled 
megUv. 

magilp (ma-gilp^), 17. f. To reduce to the con- 
sistency ot magilp. 

If it [pure water] is well mixed with the oil colour, it 
megUpa it sufficiently to hold the combing until it sets. 
Workshop Receipts, 1st ser., p 42L 

llagilus (maj'i-lus), n. [NL.] A remarkable 

genus of gastropodB of the family CoralUophili' 

cUe, inquiUne upon cor- 
al. The shells when young 

are reffularly spired, but 

grow with the coral into ir- 

r^ular tubes, the older parts 

of which are left by the mol- 

lusk to become filled in with 

solid deposits of calcareous 

matter. The species is named 

M. antiquus, and may attain 

a length of 2 or 3 feet 
Ma^Bm (ma'jizm), n. 

r==F. magisme; as Mage, 

Magi, + -wm.] The 

body of philosophy or 

doctrines of the Per- 
same as Ma- 



Magilus antiquus, natural 
size. 



sian 
gianism, 

Chaldeeism and Magism ap- 
pear . . . mixed up together. 
C. 0. MiiUer, Manual of 
[ArchteoL (trans.), | 24& 

magister (ma-jis't^r), 
n. [< L. wagri^f^, a mas- 
ter, chief, head, supe- 
rior, director, teacher, etc. : hence ult. E. ma^- 
ter^ and mister'^, q. v.] Master ; sir : an appel- 
lation given in the middle ages to persons of 




magistexy 

scientific or literary distinction, equivalent to 
the modem title of doctor, it is stm used in Latin 
forms of various degrees. (See below.) In the early church 
it was given as a title to bishops and presbyters, in distinc- 
tion from ministers or members of the lower orders. 

I'm Magister— yetk. Doctor— hight . . . 
I'm cleverer, true, than those fops of teachers. 
Doctors and Magisterg, Scribes and Preachers. 

Qoethe, Faust, L 1 (tr. by B. TaylorX 
Artlmn Hagtster, 1\»bUt oI Art* ; a di^ree bfiftowctl it J 
aDivm%it{es ajidl cofk'gca, fL'Ilowinjjr the diL"gix?e of Artimn 
Baetataureujg or A. IL A\^} Mi^<ji*U'r Artimn {M. A.), ^ee 
J* M.—MAgiMl&r ceremoniarmn, mmier of tJie ctrenio- 
nlet— Haflsl>&r DiBClpUlLiBi> *^" oHietr In the Church ol 
KpHiii, about ihif flftii ctnilufj, apfKthhtLd to take cliiuifeof 
ihose cliijdren who wtrc tk^dicuttil to thu church at an 
early ugu and {jlace<l Ui a. biHh{)j>'fl hnusrliold for f nstructictn 
in morslB ami Im the nilta of the Lbiirch. The ottit it who 
had HUp^TiHAlrm of chlMren educotud in raonMteriei* bore 
the same tItlL\— Hafister SaCTl FalatU, til the limn. 
Cftth, Ch., the iitciJiiiuent uf an ufRce cri'silfld early In the 
lliirtefnth tetitury by Fopo Jlonorius III. fr^r the rell- 
giuuB inalMiclion tif the empi^iyees of tlie topeSi eardlTiolii, 
mjd Qth«r Roman CathoKc authurlUeii IIvHur in Etiiiie, 
Thi? promoter and firflt holder of tlie nffli:^ whs ?>t, IXirni- 
Tiii^nriil ^jt-j in -^iij r..i,r,. i, ;,..,, i,,., ., p, .n.ii, r, ■;;;,:;. The 
duties and privileges of the office were gradually increased 
until it became one of veiy considerable importance. 
Among its privileges are that of conferring the degree of 
doctor in theology and philosophy and that of licensing 
books for publication. 
magistena. n. Plural of ma^jiaterium. 
magisterial (maj-is-te'ri-al), a. [< L. magiste- 
rium, the office of a chief, president, master, 
director, teacher, etc. (see magistery), + -«/.] 

1 . Of or pertaining to a master : such as befits a 
master; authoritative; hence, lofty; arrogant; 
imperious; domineering. 

Those who have fairly and truly ezamin'd, and are there- 
by got past doubt in all the declines they profess and 
govern themselves bv, ... are so few in number, and 
nd so little reason to be magisterial in their opinioniL 
that nothing insolent and imperious is to be expected 
from them. Locke, Human Understanding, IV. xvL 4. 
The Squire is there 
In his large arm-chair. 
Leaning back with a grave magisterial air. 

Barham, Ingoldsby Legends, 1. 172. 

2. Of or belonging to a magistrate or his office ; 
of the rank of a magistrate. 

Acanthe here. 
When magisterial duties from his home 
Her father call'd, had entertain'd the guest 

Glover, Athenaid, xv. 

8. In chem,, pertaining to magistery. —Magis- 
terlal district See district, l.=Syn. 1. AuUuyriUMve, 
Magisterial, Dogmatic, Arrogant, Domineering, Imperi- 
ous, Dictatorial, Peremptory, official, grand, haughty, 
lordly, oracular. AtUhoritative is rarely used in a bad 
sense. Magisterial, in the sense of having the manner of 
a master or magistrate, generally indicates the overdoing 
of that manner : as, magisterial pomp and gravity. Dog- 
matic reaches somewhat more deeplv into the character ; 
the dogmatic man insists strenuously upon the correct- 
ness of his own opinions, and, being unable to see how 
others can fail to believe with him. dictatorially presses 
upon them his opinions as true without argument^ while 
he tends also to blame and overbear those who venture 
to express dissent (See con/ident.) ^rr()9a7i/ implies the 
assumption of more than due authority from an overesti- 
mate of one's importance. (See arrogance.) Domineering, 
imperious, and mctatorial apply to the assertion of one's 
own will over those of others in the attempt to rule. Domi- 
neering suggests unfitness or lack of authority to rule, 
with an insulting, hectoring, or bullying manner. Impe- 
rious contains most of the real power of the will, suggest- 
ing a lofty or lordly determination to be obeyed. Dicta- 
torial implies, on the one hand, a disposition to rule, and, 
on the other, a sharp insistence upon having one's orders 
accepted or carried out Peremptory shuts off discn ssion : 
a jierernptorv command or denial is one that must be obeyed 
or accepted to the letter and without debate ; it is posi- 
tive, absolute, and often immediate. 
magisterialityt (maj-is-te-ri-ari-ti), n. [< ma- 
gisterial + 'ity.l Magisterial character or ad- 
ministration ; domination. 

When these statutes were first in the state or magisteri- 
ality thereof, they were severely put in practice. 

Fuller, Church Hist, IX. iv. 11. (Davies.) 

magisterially (maj -is - te ' ri • al - i), adv. In a 
magisterial manner ; in the manner of a mas- 
ter or a magistrate ; with the air of a master or 
the authority of a magistrate. 

magisteiialness (maj-is-te'ri-al-nes), n. The 
character of being magisterial, in any sense of 
that word. 

magisterinni (maj-is-te'ri-um), «.; pi. magiste- 
ria (-ft). [L. : see magistery.'] 1. In alchemy, a 
majpstral ; the philosopher's stone. 

This is the day I am to perfect for him 
The magisterium, our great work, the stone. 

B, Jonson, Alchemist, i. 1. 

2, An authoritative statement or doctrine ; a 
magistery. 

Great importance is attached to what is called " the 
consensus of theologians" and the "ordinary magiste- 
rium or teaching of the Church." 

Mivart, Nineteenth Century, XXII. 44. 

maf^istery (maj'is-t«-ri), n. ; pi. magisteries 
(-nz) . [Formerly also, erroneously, majestery ; 



s F, maffiMfvfi = Pr mriffhtrri = Sp, P(f, It. ma- 
fjifit^rio, < L. iHti4fiRffrh**H, thf* oi^^oe of a mas- 

'i' :''■'. ■■ •■—■,-■". ' ' ■ ', "Tl,. ft ma- 

rf4t*tor, 

l^.-" -'.^ r.., ,,..,.. -j 1. A 

magisterial iiijuuction; an atiUiuritaMve man- 
date. 
Thli teat WAA not n matfijitary, but & metre comntntid. 



ral; in 
itions» 



2. In ahhemy, 

chem,y one of v 

especially inaL: 

formed when % 

bismuth in nif.i . 

from Boyle and Boerimave. 

Be that bftth lutil Wat«r tiinit->1 to A^hea hjiU) the 
JVaj/ufrn/, sum) Uiti iruu FliOoi^' u-, 

"tors, I. ft. 41. 



tl not RD l»>' v^ 

tntctloii or ' ' r> 

Dear the w I ^..v im...*, ..j .m- ^...^ai^ 

fn«kr or le«^ i« iameci ifit4) .^ > nifl. 

I. *ia7- 

MamM^rif* §eeni to hnve b«t' i 
chemlAU as dtnotjitig tbu cap. 
p|.xi .^f llielrwl. Th<?ypTet4[i 

iNHly, tjiid wltnoul any il. t 

I r a jMurtA, alti-r it ttjto am t i r 

r ■ ■ ■! 'hf fitriiU'T, nint uriimlh ' -v 

to rcdiiceau - 'if, 

by Are mUmu 

Sf. Any kind of medicine or remedial agency 
jusserU^d to be of exceptional efficacy. 
magistTacy (maj'is-tra-ai), h. [< magUitra\ir) 
-^ w'V-] 1. Thci office or dignity of a magis- 
trate. 

In all tvninniGAl gov«mniHiits the supreme maiiiMtrncv, 
or tho rtgnt both of making And of *M.f,,i. im' < h.. inwji, If. 
VMte<l In one nnil the mutio tnan, or > > n rne body 

otnieu. yj. iiu, I. H. 

We hiiYfi no poll " Ittwi, lo vm t nil aorts of 

mai^ra<<3/. to cor > iHurrton. 

1 1 tit ^ow Eughiiid. U. a41. 

2. The body of tuiigi.'*frntc*9. 

ThKt eiilfjrht€neil, elofiuent, auM^e, and profoniul body* the 
Wrti/Mfmej/ of I/mdon, FHektn*, Hkf lohca. Sccnce, xrtt 

magistral (maj'is-trgl), a, and n. [= K, Sp. 
Pff. jftagistral 2= It, muffuttrafp, < L. magiAirali^, 
of Of belonging to a master or teacher^ < ma- 
ffijtter, a mast or, teacher, etc.: soe magisttr, 
mnjfftrK] li a. 1. BelUting a mii&teror magi^^ 
trate; inagiHleriiil ; aiithoritntivt^ 

Your j«8ttnfon of the oriKln.^ll of set forros of Uttirgy, 1 
jiiiitly Bay Is nioie ffuhji'trait thun trutr 

Bfi. Halt, AUL to Aijol. for Smcctymuuui, § *i. 

2. Having sovereign remedial qualities. 

More t'OMifoftlng 
TbAO }i11 your ophitisfl, jjulepn, np<ets(!mj$, 
Moiji^ml syrupfv ll Jottson, .Si<jjinu», 1. 2. 

Lot It bo lome inat/utratl t)|>iftt«. 

Bncoit, BhU Lite anti I>eaUi, p. 20. 

3. In phar., prescribed or prepared for the 
occasion : applied to medicines which are not 
kept prepared or made up Biaglstral Un©. s«? 

II . S. — Maglfltral method, a fiubiKil master's method of 
tciichiim eBtnMf»h*^i tnir?i. 

The raost r i^tAod referred 

to use, and 1 whereof the 

one may be t . r of probatfoti. 

liactm^ AUv;iucciJu:iitof LuimiDftf IL 

II* n. It. In idi'liemy and old ntctL, a sover- 
eign medif ine or rcmiody. 

I ftndt* » vjMt {:hi4ofl of tufMlkliies, n confiiBtnn of rcHceinti 
ftnd innffisfrtiU, amongst wrUt;!^, npprxiprlwtcd to thia nl*- 
oase. BuiioH, Anat of Mel., p. £E82, 

2. In /wrf., the guidin*: line from which the 
l>08ition of the other lines or works is deter- 
mined. In tield-fortinimlionri thia line is the Inttrlnr 
cri'st-line. In uermirnvnt fortiHcations it !» Uftually the 
Hne ijf the top of the escarp of each work. Furritw. More 
fully crIKmI nutgiiftrtti line. 

3. An officer in cathedral and collegiate chui*ch- 
eg and royal chapels in Spain, generally a canon, 
whose tluty it was to preach a certain course of 
sennons. — 4 (Sp. pron. ma-hiB-trftl'). Copper 
pyrites or other Bulphureted oren of i-oppor 
roasted at a carefully regiihited tempernture 
with free access of air. It is used in the Mexi- 
can '* patio process" (which see, under ;irorf*r^). 

magistrale (m&,-ii«-tra'le), a. [It., — E. mtt- 
f/isfral] S - ^ . 

magistralii s-trari-tiK w. [Kn^agistrnf 

+ -♦7//.] Ma^ — hiiracter, conduct, or teach- 
ing; magisterial air or authority. 

Thoee who t^fk trtith*. and not maffittratitu. 

Bacon, AdvHOO«aiiint of Leantlngt ii. 
225 



8573 

inagJifcimlftrf (raaj'tft*traH), fliefr. ' ''■ 
tively; iiiagi»terially. ' TrtrrM^v, Ii 
p. 203. 

magistrand (maj-iw-tfand'), ». f< LL. maffi*- 

trattfhty - I'v-f 1* ...,..►..*...,,. «.,.,....,^. <..,>> por 
form f rnin' 

maud.. ... ^-nii- 

fcr the dej^i'Lt" i>t nm^ter upon, < L, 
manter: sia mafjtythr, master^.} A 
stutient in the f r : 

after which he 1 1 

^rtisih uuiveriiitieH. 
[,11 J L I L Li J is-trfit ), n . r< ME. magrMtrat, 

< Ok, magtdliiitf F. vr 1 town council, 

a magistrate, =s Sp» 1 'uln = It. magis^ 

trato^ council, cotirt, f , ' 

a magistrate, < L. >/,- 

"I'i' f fUrector, presiii^ ^ , . -., .. ^x.,,^.. .^..u , 
' f, a master, ctueft <lirectori etc. : see 
fT, fMJifter^.'\ Xt. Magistracy, 

C'crtM thow thyselt ne rayhtect nat l»en browht with aa 
tnnnye pcrlli as (how rnyhtt:st ftnffren that thoH wohlcn 
Jicreu the nutffegtrai wltli (?) IH'Corat. 

Chaucer, Bo^Jtbittf, tU. proae 4. 

2, An administrator of the law; one who pos* 

jurisdiction or executive authority in 
IS of civil government; an executive or 
juiJiL'iHl officer holding the power of decision 
and disposal in regard to subjc^cts within his 
cognixance: as, a kinr r ** '-t' ♦ v. . . .^- .^r ,,f 
a njonan'hy; in the 

(jnit is nfhn called i ir 

FA «>f a st-ate or city ; civil or judiciuL 

»' P-Tit the word is more partlealaily ap- 

j ! rsto whom »om« port ot eseca- 

t i , rriitt«d or delegated. 

..... .^ tlie cMH magii4Tis!U w<<arei an 

auUirily uf Uoda gltriug, and onght to be obey'd as hi* 
vicoregent. MUton^ Church Gov (snimeiit, L b* 

3. Specifically, a minor judicial officer; a jus- 
tice of the peace, or a police justice; in Scot- 
land, a provost or a baihe of a burgli : v^ ' ho 
broiight before the bar of the local 

— 4. In the New Testament, a Rom 3* 1 y 
govern or or yuetor — Chief magistrate, ttee drt. i. 

- Ck>mmlttlng magistrate. .h«« conirfM/tiiy;.— CiunUe 
magistrate. Sco <mfiii«.'8tlpendlazy maglstralea. 

8ef5 tiiji9ntHaiTf, 

IIiaMstJatlc(raaj-is-trat'lk), a. f< mugisirah ■¥ 
-ifTj Of or pertaining to a magistrate ; having 
the authority of a magistrate. Jm\ Tttylor (f), 
Ariif. Handsomeness, p. 160. 

magistratlcal ( maj-is-trat'i-kal), a. [< magM- 
tniiir + -fit,] Same as magUiratic, 

magistxature (maj'is-tJa-tur), «. [= F. magU- 
trofurt' = Hp. Pg, It. maifitttrntura, < ML. ^ma- 
*{' ' '■ L. rmigistratu^^ tk magistrate: see 

}'■ I 1- Magistracy, — 2, Administra- 

lui.x .^ ..... ; ri\il government. 

Thr wnr which a in^^at people wai waging , . , for the 
idea of nathmoltty and orderly magviiraturt. 

Lfiwii, fltudy Windows, p, U3. 

mag-loon (mag'lon)^ 11. The speckled loon or 
red-thjoated diver, Volgmbus i^eptenlnonalia. 
[Prov. Eng.] 

magma (mag'mft), n. [NL*., < Qr. fidyfrn, a knead- 
ed mass, a salve, < fiaaentv (^ fioy), knead i st'e 
iflM^*-i. Cf, magdnieon.] 1, Any cnide mixture, 
especially of organic mattei'B, in the form of a 
thin paste.— 2, In metL: («) The thick residuum 
obtained after subjecting certain Hubstances 
to pressure to extract the fluid parts, {b) The 
grounds which remain after treating a sub- 
stance with water, alcohol, or any other raeu- 
striumi. (e) A salve of a certain degree of con- 
sistence, Dunglmm. — ^3. A confection. — 4. In 
jif'troi.f the ground-mass or basis of a rock; that 
part which js amorphous or which has no de- 
cidedly individualized contours, so far as can 
be made out from examination of thin sections 
with the aid of a microscope, it la tn «iich an 
amorphouB homogeueoua ningmA or gnmndmaas thiit the 
cryBtalliiie elementa of many rocks arc emt>edded. The 
term m^ipna is also fre^iuently nsetl to designate molteti 
or plastic material lytug heneiilh the eurfuce, which it 1« 
desindde to spciak of, without any Epociflc indication of 
itj minei^i character, in diMMtt«ing the phenomena of 
vulcanfgm, metamorphlam, etc. 

Canytng oat thia Itlea fttill further, he [Dniiochn'] pit^ 
poanded tlie theory that )>eneAth the t^orth'a solfd erust 
there eiiat two matrfnnK, the upper oonslatlng of light add 
materials, the lower of he&Yv basic ones; and he aappoaea 
Uiat by the varying inteDitty of the volcanic forcea we 
mar have aometlmes one or the other mafffna erupted 
uud sometlmea varying mfitiirei of the two. 

Juddf Volcanoes, pv '301. 

Magma-basalt. Bee Umbftrf^te. 

maraiatic (nuij^-mar'iki, a. [< mngtnn(t-) + 
-irTj Pk'longing ur rclnt«-d to the magma, or to 
the material of which the igneous rocks are 



magne-crystallic 

fonned is yet in thp anconeoUtlat^d 

or nnirj rd condition. 

magmoid ^.m^i^ moid), «. In feof., n^sembling 

an alga, consisting of spherical green cellulea. 

( oakf ; Lt^igh tn n , 
magna, n- Plural of tmiginiiHf 3. 

Magna Oharta i j ri ; 1 ir' tuL latr 'tii). Sew charta, 
magnalia (n ifn. j»/. " [LL. : see may- 

ft uJi ttf, j < Tl ' m i gh ty w*tr ka. 

It might bo out: I'l ! '^own 

pndse out of the wen I rgad. 

.;. '1 - - a. gL 

magnalityt (niag-tui.Pi-ti t, «. [C LL. magnaJm, 
in pi. mugffaUa, great tliiugH, < L. mognmt, gf*eat: 
»ee mogHihidrf mtiiH^,} >k)merhing great; a 
great or stTiking d^ed or feat^ 

'".wo are apt 
1 11 (j^ welcome 

Sit r. iirwu'iu^, \ ulg. En ., it a. 
magnanerle (man-yan'e-rc), n. [F.,< magnan, 
a silkworm ; cf, h^. a breeder of silk- 

worms.] 1. Ail iiient for the com- 

mereia) t p - 1 ^uk>miihis. 
The cix; liy Pa«triu' wae thnply to take care 

that llv 'O Lrr.ilrir ^V;^^ olitnlned »«liOnlrJ ]>e 



mendod. £ticyKi. £r*/., AXll. id. 

2. The art or practice of rearing or brtieding 
silkworms. 
magnanimate ( mag-nan' i-m&t), r. t; preL and 

dcr ..:._,.;..:..:..'.....:, :-.:;:■• -'. .1-i „...^......„.i..) 

or isteHdiiiHi courage. UutctlU 
magnanimity (mag-na-nim'i*ti), n. [< ME. 
m*' = F. wagnnMimit? ^siH'p. magnant- 

ttii' , mafffutnifuid^tdi' = It. mngnttnimi' 

magna/ tHJt.] 

Thequu i _ . „ -1. ^: ^lUicBS 

of mind or heart; elevation or dignity of soul; 
tht* habit of feeling und acting worthily under 
all circumstances; high-mindrdness; intrinsic 
nobility, in its earlter Uiw; the word lmptit<« eapeetally 
tUgh oouinge and n^i'i - -' - " -tneftsaf iiUjpo««; In its 
later iiae, high tidiid* : 

Mnifiiftrximifif rus ii 'Tl In coTjtrTTipt nf perlU 



mri 

of I 

ocOKfoily. FimniHg, Vucab. fliiloa. 

Bid TommatI blink hf* liitcrrat, 
Yon laud his ffuif/' In while. 

ifr toil Book, n. 106. 

=Syn. High minded nean, l1 :. : .lss. See n^a. 

magnanimouB (mr^-nau'i-mus), a. [= P. 

maijfKtrtintc — Sp. magmimmo =r Pg. It. fw«- 
^/iiamrno^ < h, magnanimua^ great-soulcd, hav- 
ing a great or lofty soul, < niagnus, great (see 
main^)t + apimuH, soul, muid: sof - Cf. 

vusilUtnimowi.^ 1, Great of mi 1 ; of 

fiigh and steadfast courage; el» soul 

or in sentiment; high-minded; raised above 
what is low, mean, or ungenerous.^ — 2. Dic- 
tated by greatness of mimf or heart; exhibit- 
ing nobleness of soul; liberal and honorable; 
unselfisli. 

The mttffnaminmtf tranknesd of a man who had done 
great thtaga, and who could welJ altord to acknowledge 
some deficiencies. Macanktff, Hint Eng, , vii. 

-8yn. G^tuertnu (see notttt); high-minded, great-imnled^ 
chlvalroiie. 

magnanimously (mag-nan'i-mus-U), ndv. In 

a magnanimous manner; with magnanimitjr, 

magnate (mag'nat), n. [=s P. mag Nat = Bp. 

Pg, It. magna tr, < 1*L. magnajt ( magna U)^ pL 
magnntf's^ also magna tns^ pi. mi ' u'^reat 
person, a nobleman, in ML. use-! 1 ref, 

to the nobility forming tlic nation... .^ , .: cnta» 
tion of Hnngtxry und Poland, < L. magnus, great: 
see magnitud*\ wmiH^,] 1. A person of rank; 
a noble or grandee; a person of note or dis- 
tinction in any sphere: as, a railroad magnate. 

The greateat mnffnaU$ were content to «- 1 
council ai mlnlatera and advlaerOr rather thiui 
their position constttntlonally as mem l>erB of ;i V 
[a parlliunent. Sttti^, Medieval and Modem ilii^L, p. si'L 

Specifically — U. One of the members of the 
upper house of the Diet of Himtr;i "1 the 

Hotixv (or Tabic) of Mognak'if, h .-er- 

tain hereditary peers, high state iii^,.,.v»i li .^ and 
ecclesiastics, life }»eers. etc. 
magne-crystaUic (mag ne-kris-tarik), a. [Ir- 
reg. for * magnetoHyrifstaUic, < magnet + er^tul 



magne-crystallic 

+ -fc] Pertaining to the effect of a magnet 
upon a crystallized body. Faraday called the mag- 
netic force whose action npon cryttals was determined by 
their molecular structare magne-crygtaUie /oree. Tyndail 
shows that in paramagnetic crystals the axis (magne^ryg- 
tattie cueU) sets axially ; in diamagneUc oryBtals^ eqaatori- 
ally. 

The first obseryatious of the magneenfttaUio couple were 
made by Fliicker. . . . Shortiy after Fliicker's first results 
were published. Faraday discovered the magnecryttaUie 
action of crystallised bismuth. 

O. Chrytua, Encyc. Brit, XV. 264. 

magnelt, n, A Middle English variant of man- 
gonel 

magnesia (mag-ne'§i&)y n. [ME. magnesia (def. 
1) ; < ML. magnesiay a'mineral said to be brought 
from Magnesia; fem. of Magnesias, adj., per- 
taining to Majmesia, < Magnesia, Gr. ^ayvtfoiay 
a district in Thessaly (also the name of two 
cities in Asia Minor) : see magnet. In def. 2 = 
F. magnesie = Sp. Pg. It. magnesia, NL. mag- 
nesittj magnesia (magnesium ozid), so called 
from a supposed relation to manganese (for- 
merly called magnesium),^ If. A mineral said 
to be brought from Magnesia. — 2. Magnesium 
oxid (MgO), a white tasteless substance hav- 
ing a feeble alkaline reaction, its specific gravity 
▼anet from S.07 to 8.61. It is nearly insoluble in water, 
and scarcely fuses at the temperature of the ozyhydro* 
gen flame. It is prepared by the ignition of any magnesium 
salt of a Tolatue acid. Magnesia is used in medicine 
as an antacid and mild catluutic, and in the arts for pre- 
paring magnesium salts. Magnesia alba^ the magnesia of 
the shops^ is a hydrated magnesium carbonate. Calcined 
ntagnema is pure magnesia prepared by strongly heating 
the carbonate. — Kagneflia mlca. Same as btoHU. 



3574 

an important part of numerous meteorites. The pure 
magnesium carbonate (magnesite) occurs in various lo- 
calitiea but is by no means an abundant mineraL The 
noiisilicated soluble compounds of magnesia are also of 
rather rare occurrence in nature, but are found in con- 
siderable quantity In a few localities, among which that 
in the vicinity of Stassfurt in Prussia is economically of 
by far the greatest importance. The combinations found 
there are kainite, camallite, and kieserite. (See these 
words.) Both magnesium sulphate and magnesium chlorid 
occur in the water of many mineral springs as well as in that 
of the ocean. The bones of animals and the seeds of vari- 
ous cereals contain a small amount of magnesium phos- 
phate, and the salt is also found in guano. Magnesian salts 
are used to a limited extent in medicine^ especially the 
sulphate (Epsom salts) ; they are also used In dressing 
cotton goods and in dyeing ; but, on the whole, the econom- 
ical importance of the combinations of magnesium, con- 
sidering their abundance and the cheapness with which 
they could be furnished in large quantity, is exceedingly 



Magnesian^ (mag-ne'si-an), a. [< L. Magne- 
sia, < Gr. Mayvffaia, Magnesia (see def.), + -an,"] 
Of or pertaining to Magnesia, an ancient city 
of Asia Minor, near Miletus, or to a town of the 
same name in ancient Lydia, or to a district so 
called in Thessaly. 

magnesian^ (mag-ne'§ian), a, [< magnesia + 
-an.] Pertaining to magnesia or having its 
qualities ; containing or resembling magnesia. 
—KagnoBian limestone. Seelimegume. 

magnesie (mag-ne'sik), a. [< magnesium + -ic] 
Of or pertaining to magnesium. 

The tendency to fuse on the part of the mixture is due 
to the magnetic chloride. Ure, Diet, IV. 548. 

magnesiofenite (mag-ne'si-a-fer'it), w. [< 
NL. magnesium + L. ferrum, iron.] An oxid 
of magnesium and iron, belonging to the spinel 
group, which has been observed at Vesuvius. 
Also magnofenrite, 

mamesiie (mag'ne-sU), n. [< magnesium + 
-ite^.] 1. Native ma^esium carbonate, a min- 
eral ocourrinff in white compact masses, less 
often in rhombohedral crystals. It belongs to 
the calcite group. — 2t. The hydrated magne- 
sium silicate usually called sepiolite or meer- 
schaum, 

magnefdum (mag-ne'gium), n. [NL. ; in def. 1, 
< Gr. Mayvjjcta, sc. ?Jdo^, magnet ; in def. 2, < mag- 
nesia, 2,] If. Manganese. — 2. Chemical sym- 
bol, Mg; atomic weight, 24.4. The metallic base 
of the widely distributed alkaline earth magne- 
nesia, which in various combinations, and espe- 
cially in the form of the double carbonate of 
lime and magnesia, is one of the most abundant 
of the materials which make up the eai*th's crust. 
It is a metal of a brilliant silver- white color, having'a spe- 
cific gravity of 1.75. It melts at a red heat, and boils at a 
temperature somewhat above that at which zinc volatiUxes. 
When held in the flame of a candle it bums with a dax- 
ilingly white lights which has been seen at sea at a dis- 
tance of 28 miles. Msgnesium was first prepared in a 
pure state by Bussy ; that which had been previously ob- 
tained by Davy was impure and not a coherent roetaL It 
is now manufactured on a large scale at various places, 
especially near Manchester in England, and is pressed 
when in a semi-fluid state into wire, and then flattened 
into ribbon, in which form it Lb generallv sold. It is used 
in taking photographs in places into which the sunlight 
does not penetrate, in signaling for naval and military 
purposes, and in pyrotechny, as well as in some operations 
connected with chemical analysis. The magnesian com- 
binations are widelv distributed in nature. From 6 to 6 
per cent of the solid material held in solution by the water 
of the ocean is magnesium sulphate, and from 8 to 11 
per cent magnesium chlorid. Next to sodium, chlorin, 
and sulphuric acid, magnesium is the most abundant in- 
gredient in solution in the ocean. It is^ with rare excep- 
tions (as in the case of the genus Serpula\ not taken from 
the ocean by animal lif^ differing greatly in this respect 
from lime. Magnesium carbonate, in combination with 
calcium carbonate, forming dolomite, occurs in enormous 
quantity among the stratified formations. Beds made up 
of almost chemically pure dolomite hundreds of feet thick 
cover thousands of square miles in the valley of the upper 



magnesium-lamp (mag-ne'sium-lamp), n, A 
lamp in which magnesium "is burned for the 
purpose of illumination. Such lamps are of various 
tvpes, being adapted for the combustion of Uie metal in 
the form of a wire or ribbon or in a pulverixed state. 

magnes-Stonet, n. [Tr. L. magnes lapis, Gr. 
^ayvTK >iidoq; see magnet,"] A magnet. 

On thother syde an hideous Rocke is plght 

Of mightie Magnet tUme. Spenter, F. Q., H. xii. 4. 

As if the sight of the enemy had been a magnet ttone to 
his courage, he could not contain himself. 

Sir P, Sidney, Arcadia, UL 

magnet (mag'net), n, [< ME. magnete=J), mag- 
neet = MHG. magnes, magnete, G. magnet = Dan. 
Sw. magnet = OF. magnete, manete (the mod. F. 
term is aimant: see adamant, aymani) = Sp. Pg. 
It. magnete, < L. magnes {magnet-) (with or with- 
out lapis, stone), a magnet, < Gr. ^d^nn^, also 
fidvvriGGa, prop. adj.. Mdyv^, Ma; vfjri^, Mayvrfcla^ 
MayvT^aa (sc. ?.idog), a magnet, lit. stone of 
Maj^esia, < Udyvr^g {M.ayvTrr-), also Ma-yvf/Tr^g, 
an inhabitant of Magnesia, < Mayvvaia, Mag- 
nesia, a district in Thessaly, where the magnet 
or magnetic iron ore appar. iirst came to no- 
tice.] A body which possesses the property 
of attracting fragments of iron or steel, and 
which, when freely suspended, tends, under 
the action of the earth, to take a certain defi- 
nite position, pointing approximately north 
and south. The lodestone, a variety of the mineral 
magnetite, or the native magnetic oxid of iron (Fes04), is 
a natural magnei; but the properties of the magnet are 
best shown by an artijieial magnet (see below), which has 
commonly the form of a straight bar or that of a horseshoe. 
When a bar-msgnet is dipped into iron-filings, it is found 
that they adhere most strongly at the extremities of the 
bar (which are called the Do2et of the magnet), and not at 
all along the line midwav between them. Strictly speak- 
inff , however, except in the case of a long thin msgnet, the 
poles are not exactly at the ends. The middle line is called 
the neutral line or emuUcr of the msgnet; the straight line 
Joining the poles is the axit of the magnet, or magnmc aodt. 
A magnetic bar may abnormally have one or more inter- 
mediate points of maximum attraction, which are then 



Mississippi. Magnesium carbonate also occurs in great 
abundance, mix^ in varying proportions with the cal- 
cium carbonate, in much of the rock designated as marble 





Steel Magnet with consequent poles at a and i. 



called eontequent polet. Again, if a magnetic needle 
suspended at its center of gravity so as to be entirelv 1 



and limetUme, which, when this fact becomes known by 
chemical analysis, are denominated dolomitic. Magnesia 
also plavs the part uf base in great numbers of silicates, 
especially in talc, meerschaum, serpentine, olivine, and 
the pjrroxenes and hornblendes. Magnesian silicates form 



needle is 

. „ , free 

to turn, it is found that in general it places itself with its 
axis in a direction nearly north and south, and with one 
end inclining downward. The pole which is directed to- 
ward the north is called the north or north-teeking pole, 
also the bcreal.potiUve, or red pole, or marked end of the 
needle ; the other, the touth, touth-teeking, a%ttiral, nega- 
tive, or blue pole, or unmarlud end. It is found, furi^her, 
that the like poles of two magnets repel and unlike poles 
attract each other. If a msgnet is broken into halves, 
each half is found to be a complete magnet with a north 
and a south pole; and this is true no matter how often 
the process of division is repeated. On this and other 
more fundamental grounds, it is concluded that the mag- 
netic polarity belongs to each molecule throughout the 
bar, and the maximum attraction observed near the ends 
is only the resultant effect of all these individual forces. 
(See magnetitm.) A magnetic tuhttanee is one which may 
be attracted by a magnet, but has not the property of 
attracting other magnetic substances, and therefore has 
no polarity. Soft iron is a magnetic substance^ as is also 
most magnetite, the lodestone variety being exceptionsl. 
A permanent magnet is one which retains its magnetism 
after the magnetizing influences (see below) cease to act 
Steel and the lodestone have this property, on account of 
their high degree of coercive force. {See coercive.) Soft iron 
has very little coercive force, and accordin|clv its power of 
retaining magnetism is small. An artijieial magnet (as a 
compaB8-neeale)ismade bycontact with othermagnets, and 
the methods employed are described as tingle-touch, do^Me- 
tottch, and teparate-touch, according to the way in which 
the substance to be magnetized is rubbed by the magnets. 
Such a magnet may also be made bv magnetic induction 
without actual contact (Seeinductum, 6.) Again, a mag- 
net may be made by passing a current of electricity through 
a wire wound about the bar to be magnetized; this is called 
an electnnnagnet (which seeX By this means magnets of 
very great strength may be made. They have usually a 
horseshoe form, and the bar Is of soft iron, so that it retains 
its magnetism only so long as the current is passing. The 
earth may \ye considered as a huge magnet, whose poles 



magnetic 

are situated in the neighborhood of the geographical poles, 
though not coinciding with them ; the north magnetic pole 
of the earth corresponds iupolarity to the south-seeking 
pole of a magnetic needle. The action of the earth causes a 
freely suspended needle to set in a plane called the mag- 
netie meridian, which in general makes an angle east or 
west of the geographical meridian (see dedination\ and 
with one pole (in the northern hemisphere, the north-seek- 
ing pole) inclined downward (see dip qf the needle, under 
dip), llie earth's magnetic force also serves to induce mag- 
netism in masses of iron lying in or near the magnetic 
meridian. An iron ship is thus magnetized in the course 
of its construction. Similarly, iron columns, etc.. are often 
found to be feebly magnetic. Magnetic properties belong 
also to some other compounds of iron besides the mag- 
netic oxid, as pyrrhotite or magnetic pyrites (Fe^Sgl and to 
some varieties of the native sesquioxid, hematite (reQO^): 
also to the magnetic metals nickel, cobalt^ chromium, and 
manganese. Some varieties of platinum are strongly mag- 
netic, and occasionally masses have polarity also, but this 
may be due to the large percentage of iron present, al- 
though aU so-called iron-platinum does not show this prop- 
erty. Finally, it is found that a powerful electromagnet 
exerts an effecton all substances, in accordance with which 
they are divided into the two groups paramttgjietie and 
diamagnetie (this is explained under diamagnetian),— 
Oompound magnet. 8a|ne as magnetic 
ftcnttery.— Deflecung-maijiet, a magnet 
used for deflecting a magnetic needle : often 
attached to a galvanometer for the purpose 
of flxing the zero of the needle in a certain 
position, or for altering the sensitiveness 
of the needle by changing the magnetic 
fleld. Also called zero magnet, dtredUng' 
magnet, and d</{ee<or.— HOTBeuioe mag- 
net, a magnet having a form somewhat 
resembling a horseshoe (see figure), being 
bent so that the two poles are brought near 
together, and hence can act at the same time 
upon the keeper or armature. A horseshoe 
electromagnet commonly consists of two 
bobbins side by side, whose cores are con- 
nected at one end by a piece of soft Iron.— Moment Of a 
magnet. See moment —Permanent magnet. See the 
definition.— PortatiYe force of a magne^ the maxlr 
mum weight which a magnet can support— BecelTlng- 
xnagnet. Same as relay-maonet.— Relay-magnet, or re- 
lay^m teleg., a sensitive elecm>magnetic receiving instru- 
ment used to close a circuit in the receiving station, which 
contains a battery and a less sensitive receiving instru- 
ment, such as a sounder or a register: also used to retrans- 
mit a message over another section of the line. See trant- 
tete.— Saturated magnet. See magnetitm.—SolBmii- 
dal magnet, a long and thin bar-magnet, uniformly mag- 
netized, whose poles are at or very near the ends. In sucn 
a magnet the distribution of the magnetism is said to be 
solenoidal,in distinction from the lamellar distribution of a 
magnetic shell (which see, under mxignetie).— To arm a 
magnet. See arm2.- To make tbe magnet. Beemake. 
magnetic (mag-net'ik), a. and n. [= F. ma- 
gnetique = Sp. magn^tico = Pg. It. magnetico 
(cf. D. G. magnetisch = Dan. Sw. magnetisk), < 
KL.magneticus (NGr. fiapnyriKd^), of a magnet. 
< L. magnes (magnet-), < Gr. fldyvnc (f^a^'vrrr-), 
a magnet: see magnet.] I. a. 1. Pertaining 
to the magnet or to magnetism ; possessing the 
properties of the magnet : as, a magnetic bar of 
iron ; a magnetic needle. 

The magnetie axis of the magnet is the line joining the 
two poles, and the direction of the magnetic axis is reck- 
oned from the negative pole towards the positive one. 

Atkinton, tr. of Mascart and Joubert, I. 285. 
2. Pertaining to the earth^s magnetism: as, the 
magnetic north; the magnetic meridian. See 
phrases below. — 3. Having properties analo- 
gous to those of the magnet ; attractive ; win- 
ning. 

Doubtlesse there is a certaine attraction and magnetiek 
force betwixt the religion and the ministeriall forme 
thereof. MHUm, Church-Oovemment, L 8. 

Kagnetio axis. See m^i^^net— Magnetic asimuth. See 
AEJmiitA.— Magnetio battery, a kind of battery formed 
of several magnets (usually horseshoe magnets) combined 
together, with all their poles similarly disposed. Also called 
a magnetie magazine or a compound magnet— "MRgnetlC 
cohesion. See eohetion.— magnetic cnrves, the name 
given to those curves in which an infinite number of very 
minute needles would arrange themselves when placed 
round a magnet and at liberty to move round an axis. An 




<^Z'., 



.^:J;.-.>;v. 



'■'vm^prnf^'^ 



Magnetic Curves. 



idea of these curves is given bv the appearance of iron-fil- 
ings when scattered upon a sheet of paper and agitated 
immediately a)K>ve a magnet They show the direction of 
the lines of force in the magnetic field — that is. in the space 
about the magnet within which its action is felt— mag- 
netic declination. See (f«c;tVuiftrm.— Magnetic denn- 
isv, the amount of free magnetism per unit of surface- 
Magnetic dip. Same as dip of the needle (which see, under 

(fip).— Magnetic elements of a place. See element.— 
BlagnetlC equator. See equator and magnet. - Magnetic 



Htfyg- 

ttTtEe 



field, tbe tpftco through which the force oi influence of a 



' ' ■ uirnL'-Tlt^tf, *.'r ■ ri 

«■ i. ^ .t- 

i: ^:, ,-,ty 

^M ' i ,itj the 

s<iu;u-^' ':>1 tht' di-UiiiC'j Lm. twci li lis..-! 

netlc giiaxd See 71 w>ff.— Magnet ion, 

p*:v»'t'r whiehainng^iietoriioiiiTt'rit ol I , ]ioA«6i«e» 

of cjccltiug ternporory or pcrnkanirnt inu^'iiiliiui In racta, 
bod let Jn lU vicinity oe are capable ot receiving IL See 
tfiuf ueCion, d— IliUDetic-liiductlon capv^city. Srvme ^ 
mttgntHe pertfkeabuit}tr—fiLu,SJietlc ittt^ULBlr 
vi^iMiJc /ointw.— Ha^etlc Umlt, the t«ri 
yoira whlcti Amaimetio tru'tnl c-eaAea to be m 
mainiet For iron this is the tenip«ratfir< t 

bttAt; for cobalt It in alxtve that of white h' ? 

U it abou 1 850' c, — Diagiiietic zoAgaslnQ. 

netie hanery. — Mafnetic nmttdr. an Imui 1 

poueMhiff tnognetTc propiTtiea^ the dlitrfr>ii 

m ft EiuigTiet 1« c^juccivM by 8lr Wllllaro Tbujr- ; 

•«tit niH^TiOllc ]x>hmty. 

It wiU yerj' often bo conrenicnt to refer the {phenomena 
of magnetic force to attraction* or repuUiona matiuilly 
cxQrtfil bt^tweisn nortioiiA of an Imaginary tnoffti^if nmtUr^ 
whk'h, as Wis ihttll Miti, may he conceived to represent tbo 



poUrlty of l^ m«4CTict of any kltut 

Sir W, Tfwmmn^ Elect, and >lag., p. 2i5L 
tfacnetio merldla]!, iiioineiLtk et& 8ee the nMiTi^.— 
l|iCIMtltina«dle«aJirflmaUniasnetiH!dir<i 1 >l 

tormngon apivot, vutn a« the needle of Uie n 

ru^— MJMntetlcnortliithatpoinbof the h : h 

lntlicrit#n ti> the dtrection of the luBgnctic needle. It 
14 ael duiu 1 1 1 c t n 1 e north. See tnaftnttie tn^ridiafk.^ Mag- 
netic observatory. ^ ^ln,ilon provhlvA with njipjujitus 
for moK. Mri« 

of the \i 

iyBt«niii' :s 

uaotl for fl-bsoluti? mtiiburcfl arc tiic in 
dectlnatlon and hoHsontol force^ and n 
Inclbiatioik, Tin- liistriinieiitji umA [■ 1, i- 

■ar«i nr *\ia tilt cluuigca in 

the di' fvbich register the 

vorUti' I 1 eompotientaof the 

force, liy the iipj I aphy n onntnniaus 

nglfrtntfon of tbi ' dnr<L Magnetic 

|MTni««lilUty, N TasTietic polnis of 

oonvergBiioe^ the 1 

which are drawn th i 

nation.— Jla^gnetic 
iltopoUitaofilhet;! 

dleimO'. Theyrri he 

geographitval TK'lf^ . : la.,^..'.^,, i^ j..x...al. 

hocptjtf "' genetic pyiitsB, ii In ouie-ytiiloH III. i>j. 

netJc i! V.irviiis in competition from Fe7Sf, to 

^«ioSii I 1 'r/rr7<.nr.- Magnetic realatajice 

or reluctance. ^^ -Magnetic re tentive- 

neas. Same m o Magnetic rotation of 

cmrenta, the dynau. ^:._. li^ observed under EiiiUible 

oondlttona, pirodncefl by a tua^net kn rotuUng a oonductor 
carrying a current, or eonvene^ of a oUtlonary oondtictor 
Ira versed by a Gorront In rotating n. magnet — Ibgnetlc 
rOtatOXy P0Wer» the rotation of the pbine of pohiriza- 
tion of a ray of light pAJUiag throuph a tn»nBpArent me- 
diiun In a powrrfni niriiri^,.tic fleld. Accordbig to the di- 
rectJon of n;>t ' ^iji^iatcid a« -f or — . Vordet's 

constant for u Mnce is the amount of rotAtlon 

between tw*' li'^oitsncc of mignotic poten- 

tial la 1 c. g 'ition,^1iMgn!tAAo ftCale^ 

a table or d i tie par»mtgnetic and oiA- 

magnetic mcUi.. ^.. :... . . . v^f their atrengthi.— Mag;- 

netlG B^areeilf a aolt iron shell — for example, in the fonn 
of a apbere^whkh. If of the proper thlcl^neea.cuU off a 
magnetic needle within from the effect of a magnet with- 
oat. Such a aereeTt la nam etl m ea used to free a needl e from 
the earth's force, ao that It can obey the Impulae of a cur- 
rent aent a1x>ut it.— Magnetic sense, a auppocod apecfal 
venfte by which magnetic lntlu«nce« are peroeived. 

Neither In my own case, nur In aevend othera who tried, 
waa iDytlilng felt tbal could be attributed to a mt^tuiie 
mnm, Pro^ Soc P«yeA. JtcnearvK U. 5& 

MaflietIO MIMratorj an amaratus or Initrtunent for 
aepMvtfng Iron from other sabatancea, aa iron frombrasa- 
fllIng^ or Kcrapa of unila OT wire from wheat. E, ff. 
Knipht.^ Magnetic shell, a magnet tn the form of a very 
thin pUt€ or she>et, the anrfacea of which have opposite 
poljirity. A thin aljcw off a cylindriCEd l<iu -niii^net would he 
a magnetic sb-ii ''f- in -.fVn < wronl*, a bar magnet may be 
thonghtofas 1 itm lier of magnetic KheUa 

placed toge 1 1 f ut tng In th e lame direc- 

tion. A clos. . ... .. ., —for example, a circular 

wire traversed by a cunt- nt — tu equivalent to a magnet- 
ic hIr'U : fttid a tteiiea of such elrctUta, or pmotieolly a ao1e> 
nold, haa all the propi^rtlea of a bar-magnet^ and li aur- 
mtinded by a Blnular field of forre. — Magnetic Storm, 
an abrupt diatnrtiHnt^e of tiie ef^uilfhrium of the magnetic 
foi-...^ .w.i.ti',.n|,^g a freely iiL^jKirideii nni4?netic neciile, 
V :>by thrown into mptd ostMllation and dis- 

i I Ua mc:an posiliOTir iisitally obaerve<l slniiil' 

iM.iv^.^n., ..t^r a conaiuorablQ portion of the earth, and 
bonce interred by •ome to be of coemical origin. MagoetU: 
atonal are often acoompanied by electrical ciui^hHourreuta, 
observed, for enmple^ aa a dlstn-v-' - -^- ■- ^nt in oo&neo- 
tion with telcfrapbdinea. Th' frequent dur^ 

big thoae penoiia(at Intervala r>t u yean) when 

attTuma are common, and both pi.. ...,.,,. n*. tMapany the 

£im« of aunspot fre^iuency. - Ma^eUc flatMtwuw. Bee 
mapiwt — Magnetic suscemiblllty . Hce nauepUbOity. 
— Ma^lMitlC telen^pb, the eketric telegraph- See 
|g|«ll|PrapA.— MiagnetlC tlolC, a faint metallic sound pn> 
dUioad i»ben an Iroti bar La rapidly magnetiaed or de- 
magnetizot]. 

When an Iron or uobalt bnr ia maunetijced It beoomea 
louder ftnil aamewhut more slender, intt doea not apprO' 
t'Uhly nlt4»r in volniue; it almj cmlta a slight isound— a 
mtfmrtir tick. A. t>amttt, Prln. of FhyBfca, p. eVM. 



W. 



3575 
Magnetic unit See una, ~ Point of masnetlc ladif- 

ferenoe, 'b.it iMilnt ,>t n matjHer nTkiUf Tiiiiiwuy between 

the twn •', after eon- 

linualb T^lthnr pule, 

ccaAes aJ I , . 1 

oobiiit, ete,, which xntiy r<»fMve the properties 
of th< 1 ' ' - '^ ' i:a{?iiori(» bo(iv. 

OP our in a ningti*^lie 

field* S' , ...nijLj the lines* of 

magut I 1 1 tratii^tinction to diamag* 

netir* f-m, 

XEa^6tical truxig-iKt'l-kiil), a. and ri, [< mttg- 
nciie + -rt/.] La. 1, Hkmfi aa mafftietir, — », 

I H>rk is matptftuial of heat, 

Biw«n, Nat, Ul»t.,f7S. 

Magnetlcal amplitude. >ee amiOtude. 

n.t w. A 8!ibRtanoo that hai^ magnetic prop- 

■ He. 

'bus much utito rockn of the .North 

aain thr ..:....:, ■ ■^..■.-. . . .'■. 1 ...../' .!^. ^ ..._ , , 

magnetlcaUy (mag*iiet'i-kal-i), adt. In a mag- 
net it.' maijiu^r; by magnetiAm. 
magneticalness (mag-net'i-kal-nea), w. The 
Toperty of being magrnetio. Hist Roy, S*>c,^ 

magneticiail (ma|r-ne-tiRh'an)/w. [< magnetic + 
-*«/i.] One ^V II. '^ iv, iMr..ri,";.tiunri; amagnetist, 

magneticne «. Tb« qual- 

ity of biniig i. illness, 

inagneticsj.mrtg-iiet iii*j), «. j^PL of magneUe ; 
f»e« -icM.] The scieuce or principles of nm^tot- 
i>Tn. 

magnetine (mag'ne-tin), n, [< magnat + -me^,^ 

1, The priiioipk* of ma^ne titan : a hypothetical 
itnponderablo matter in which ma^netit! phe- 
nonjena are supposed to oeeur* Compare la* 
mifte. 

It Ih npon thefr operation»bnt more particularly on the 
infliience of ffmiTnHif%e, that the vital functiona in all their 
mcHliflcationn are dependent, 
AttiMim^^ \n Relchenboch'a [^nAmlc^(tnma. lS51Vp> xlv. 

2. A eompounil of soTiie kind of cementing' 
material and a magnetic powder, such as iron- 
filiTifrs or magnetic oxid of iron, nsed in some 
tVtrm.s of magnetic belts, etc. 

magnetipolar (mag'net-i-p6nfir), «. [< L. w«i;- 
r, ' s ( w tigmt-)^ magnet, -I- voIhm^ pole : see pofa r,] 
Possessing magnetic polarity: as, platinum is 
Konietimes fua<pteti})ofar. 

magnetisability, magnetisable, etc. Bee mtiij- 
futi^tihiHtf/, etc. 

magnetisni (ma^'ne-tizm), ». [= F« mnguf- 
tij<me = Sp. Fg, It. magnethmo = D, magm- 
tmne =^ G. magnetmmui^ = Dan. magnettame = 
8w. ftmgnrtism, < NL. magnetism us (NGr. uq^- 
vj/Ttafuti), < L. maifhCft (mtitpttt-), a magnet : see 
magnet and -«?w.^ 1. That peculiar "property 
oocaaionally possessed by certain bodies (more 
e?»pecially by iron and steel) whereby, under 
certain eireumstance^, thev naturally attract 
or repel one another according to determinate 
laws. According to the moIeciilAr theory of magnetlam. 
the molocnlea of a magnetic inl^atance potaeia permanent 
polarity, oiid aa It la more and more highly magnetised the 



magneto-electric 

firm. — Bltie magnetism, that of the §oQth pole of a mtig' 
net- DlffQslon of magnetism- *^<f r/i/it«'./»x— n^ 

duci-^ :,■ . V-' I ■■ I.- T, .•'/' ■-•■ mag- 

neti f a 



Solea are orrunged more and more perfectly In n common 
Irectlon ; when it ia magnetised to the highest ^ ; 
Bible— that ii^ to aataration—all the north ] 
moleeulee point In one direction and all thi 
In the oppoalte direciioin On thla theory coi m 
■hnply that condition of the suhstance yfhlch 
molecular arrangement during: the proceat 
mUon and tends to rotaiu it after magneti 
current tbeory,or Ampere's theory of magnet t 
ench Tno?cc«lo to be tniTeraed by a cloaed ele* i 
th I rallel upon magneti/atlon, :iui] 

m ^]a]ral«it to a aeries of cloied 

el> ■ exterior of the bar, tbetc cur- 

rents Ueiiigj I linkwiHiiut the south polo and counter-clock- 
wise ut the tiorth pole, Thia theijry derives fta support 
from the obaerve*! fact that a aplnd' conductor travcrBed 
by n current (a solenoid) behaves aa a magnet In all re- 
flpeeta, behig directed Btmilsfly tv the earth and having 
a timilar fleld of force about it. 9ee maffneL 

tn manv treatises it is the fashion to spetdc of » mag 
iietic rttiid or fiaids; it la. however, ahtohitely cert/ihi 
that rjidijrtt0ti«m1snot a fluid. . . . A fluid cannot poaalbly 
propagate Itself Indeflnitely without Ions, 

S. P. Thomp90fH Elect, tuid ldag.» p, dl. 
2. That branch of s<*ience whii^h treats of the 
properties of the ma^et, and of magnetic phe- 
nomena in general, — 3. Altraetive power; ca- 
pacity for exciting sj^mpathetic interest or at- 
tention : as» the magnetism of eloquence ; per- 
gonal mftftufthm, 

1 do not think he iDrydenf addod a single word to the 
language, unleisa, oa I snHpuct, be first used mai/m^i^fn fn 
Its present sense of nn>ral nttra<^^tlon. 

lAiiptU, Among my Roukii, Istaer., p, Ttt, 

Aslmal magnetism, »h«^ name given by Meamer to \\w 

pheiiuniena of nirinierlsni. Sic mrwitirrittn and kftptt**^ 



as I- iUc. 

8e* 

m^iiOvi^iw ...... ^ .. . ;,.. ^,..,..^,, 1 L^U} 

( >rie who i.s versed in the gcienoe of magnetlfim ; 
a magnet ieian. 

magaetite (ruag'ue-tit y, w, r< magnet + -i/A] 
Magnetiti oxid of iron; a black oxid of iron 
•l'' .M , V.-''\V' t> ^ - ' ' ' -- -^'ongly at- 

^csses po- 
ll Ui'niotric 
tn 'Hid 

air. ral- 

Uiii U It 

1B» 3H ft!) 

lni| 1 in 

Nur'.'. , ■ I'oUit 

regtouA mI Ntiu J^'ii^uy. TiUiuif^nma 

magnetite Is a n »me titanium. 

iaagn^tit!<* '■ ' ^ ^' •"' ^iiir^ 

4i \ turo 

of li ■ -. xag- 

magnetizabillty (mag-ne-ti-aa-Wl'i-tiV n, [< 

fttof! * '^i/.J Ttie r huB- 

ef'i neti^ed; t i*.nt 

of i. T.^ ,...,.•...... 4a|. 

bilir I, cm; 

lo! in- 

d«M 

mag ^ HmagHcti^e 

H- - ! luetised. Also 

magnetization (mag'ne-ti-2ft'8h<m),». [<maff^ 
nctKo + -iition.^ Tlie act of magnetizing, or 
the state of being magneti /.ed. Also tiptdled 

nti I i whirh he 

pn; He ap- 

phi rotation ol 

th< 1 ttirough a 

tr.w. M. 

magnetize nmiu" m^-n/.f^ r.. ; ith*. uim.I pp. iWtf^/- 
viti-f(I^ ppr. ntagnvtiziufi, [= D. mogndm'nn 
= G. ntftgrittisinn = lian. VHtgi\Ctis€rv — Sw. 
magiietiaera = F* wftgntfiser = Sp. wagnttUar 
= Pg. mtiiPHtisar = It. magncticzarc; as ntagmt 
+ -he.] 1, tranit. 1, To communicate mag- 
netic properties to: as, to magneti::*'. a needle. 
— 2. To atti'aet as if by a magnet; move ; in- 
fluence. — 3. To putnndtrthe influence of ani- 
mal magnetism ; mesmerize; hy]motize. 

n. intranM, To acquire magnetic properties; 
become ma^etic; as, a bar of iron standing 
»omo time m an inclined position will mag' 
netize. 

Also spcllff? " '-'. .^rv^, 

magnetizee 1 1 -'g'), «. [< mcupieUzti + 

'*t°.\ One V ;_:neti2e<l or mesmerized. 

Also sytelled magntU^ot^ 

magnetizer (mag'ne-ti-z6r), «. 1. That which 
eommunieatea magnetism. — 2, One who mag- 
netizes or mesmerizes. 
Al?o spelled mtignetifirr, 

magneto UfiE\ir'ne-t6), ». [fthort for mngneto- 
tltrtriml tttnrhitfe.] A magneto-electric ma- 
idiiuo: Biiy ik maqneto^motor, S, P, ITiampsonj 
DynamoEleet. ^r«ch., p, 3r4*, 

magneto-. A 1 " fting- 

inttr, Mttyn hr fru\ 

M iipplitrd to i^ . - - ... - Undts- 

Unclioii to Jt(fuiino') : li^il the magnetiio tlelda 

Involved ftiti^ due to pi .nets, 

magneto^bell (mil l)*w. An electric 

bcU ill Nvliieh the .1 the electromagnet 

is V"'ii'"i'''*^^''^ — -Ml.'' ''TTMafieiit iiuismet. 

Th^ vhen 

th< 10 la 

pa.'^ ,1 hrtm- 

m*M ouiiiture placetl 

bet^ •! OS a telephone 

CUli^' ■ i ,,-.-.- ...:- --. 

magnetod (mag'ne-tod). M, f< magnet + off.] 
Magnetine; magnetic od; the hypothetical odie 
force or |»ruieiple of mugnetism. EHi^hinboch, 

magneto^Iectric unaa' ne-to-e-lek ' trik), '^ 
Pertaining to mn^^- " ' trieiVy. See vfe^*- 
tnmwgfnft^w . - cti ■ of a magneto-^ec- 

trie machine. >•'< — Magneto-electric 

Induction. Hee induction, u. Magneto-electrlc ma- 
chine, Hce fUctric «i (if A 11 w, under Hectric. ~ HUL^BtO' 



magneto-electric 

Meetrlo ttlegraidi, a telegraph in which the currents are 
produced by magneto-electric machines, in oontradlstino- 
non to telegraphs in which Toltaic batteries are used. 

magneto-electrical (mag'ne-to-e-lek'tri-kal), 
a. Same as moflneUhelectric, 

niagneto-electricityOnaff^ne-td-e-lek-tris'i-ti), 
n. 1 . Electricity e volvea by the action of mag- 
nets. — 2. That branch of science which treats 
of phenomena in which the principles of both 
magnetism and electricity are involved. See 
electromagneiism, 

magnetogram (mag-net'o-gpam), n. [< mag- 
net{ic) + Gr. ypdfifM. a writing: see gram^.'] 
The automatic record of the movements of the 
magnetic needles in an observatory. Nature, 
XXXVm. 266. 

magnetograph (mag-net'o-gr&f), n. [< mag- 
neT{ic) + Gr. ypA^iv, write.] 1. A magnetom- 
eter arranged to five an automatic and contin- 
uous reconl of the changes in position of the 
magnet under the influence of the earth. This is 
accomplished by Uie reflection of a spot of lUfht from a 
minror attached to the magnet on to a drum of sensitised 
oaper turned by clockwork. 

S. The record of a magnetometer; a magneto- 
gram. 

magneto-instnunent (mag'ne-td-in^stri^- 
ment), n. Same as magneto, 

magnetology (mag-ne-tol'o-ji), n. [< Gr. fidy- 
vfK O^xyw/r-), a magnet, + ')ooyia, < Ikynv, speak: 
see 'Ology,'] A treatise on the magnet and mag- 
netism ; the science of magnetism. 

magneto-machine (mag ' ne • t9 - ma - shen^), n. 
Same as magneto, Eissler, Mod. ^igh Explo- 
sives, p. 177. 

magnetometer (mag-ne-tom'e-t^r), n. [< Gr. 
fidyvtfc IfiayvJTT-), a magnet, + fiirpov, a measure.] 
An instrument used to measure magnetic forces 
or the strength of a ma^etic field, especially 
one used to measure the intensity of the earth's 
magnetic force at any place. Magnetometers are ar- 
ranffed to measure the horizontal and vertical components 
of this force, from which its total intensity and direction 
are calculated.— Bifllar magnetometer. See biJOar, 

magnetometric (mag^ne-ta-met'rik), a, [< 
magnetometr{y) + -tc.] Pertaining to or em- 
ployed in the measurement of magnetic forces ; 
obtained by means of a magnetometer : as, mag- 
netometric observations. 

magnetometry (mag-ne-tom'e-tri), n. [< Gr. 
fidyvTKf a magnet, + -iierpla, < fdrpov, a mea- 
sure.] The measurement of the stren^h of a 
magnet, or, more strictly, of a magnetic field ; 
especially, the measurement of the earth's mag- 
netic force ; the use of a magnetometer. 

magnetomotive (mag^ne-to-mo'tiv), a. Pro- 
ducing active magnetic effects.— Kagnetomo- 
tive force, the magnetidnff force or influence to which 
a magnetic substance is subiected in a magnetic field; 
the quantity which divided by the magnetic resistance 
gives the intensity of magnetisation. Analogous to elee- 
tromoiive force, 

magneto-optic (ma^'ne-to-op'tik), a. Pertain- 
ing to magneto-optics. 

magneto-optics (mag'ne-to-op'tiks), n. That 
branch of physics which considers the modify- 
ing action of a magnet upon light. lu most im- 
portant effect is the rotation of the plane of polarisation 
of a liffht-ray on passins through a transparent body in a 
powerful magnetic field. Since electromagnets are em- 
ployed in these experlroents» this subject is mainly in- 
cluacd under the more general head of eUetro-cpUet, 

magnetophone (mag-net'o-fon), II. [< Gr. fidy- 
vtK (fiayv^-), a ma^et, •♦■ fuv^^ sound, voice.] 
An apparatus devised by U. S. Carhart,' con- 
sisting essentially of a horseshoe magnet, in 
front of which is a disk of sheet-iron pierced 
with a number of holes, and on the other side a 
small induction-coil in circuit with a telephone. 
Upon rotating the disk, a clear musical note Is heard in 
the telephone, the pitch risinff as the rapldltv of rotation 
is increased. This is ezplalned by the intermittent action 
of the magnet upon the core of the coil, 
presence of tb 



, caused by the 
[ the rotating perfbrated disk. 

xnaffneto-pointer (mag^ne-to-poin't^r), II. The 
inaex of a magneto-electric dial-telegraph. 

maf^eto-prinier (mag^ne-to-prin't^r), n. A 
printing telegraph in which a magneto-electric 
machine is the working-power. More fully 
called magneto-printing telearaph, T, D, Lock- 
wood, Elect., Miag., and Teleg., p. 62. 

magnetoecope (mag-net 'o-skop), n. [< Gr. 
ftdyvtfc (jtayvfiT-), a magnet, + oKontlVy view.] 
I. A person supposed to see, or a thing sup- 
posed to aid in seeing, by means of magnetism ; 
a clairvoyant, or a clairvoyant's device. — 2. In 
physics, a contrivance for indicating the pres- 
ence of magnetic force, but without measuring 
its intensitv. 

magneto-telegraph (mag'ne-to-tere-grldf), n. 
Same as magneto-electric t^le^raph (which see, 
under magneto^Uctric). 



3576 

magneto-telephone (mag^'ne-to-tel'e-fon), n. 
A telephone in which variations in the strength 
of a magnet produce, or are produced by, un- 
dulatory currents in a coil of wire surrounding 
either tiie whole or a part of the magnet and 
forming part of the telephone circuit. See 
teUphcme, 

magneto-transmitter (mag^ne-to-tr&ns-mif- 
6r),ii. 1. In te^^^n^, a magneto-telephone used 
to transmit speech or other sounds. — 2. In teleq, , 
a magneto-electric machine used to produce tbe 
telegraphic currents. 

nUMmiflable (mag'ni-fi-a-bl), a, [< magnify + 
-aote,"] 1. Capaole of being magnified or en- 
larged. — 2. Worthy to be magnifl^ or extolled. 

Number, though wonderful in itself, and sufficiently 
moffniAabU from its demonstrable affection, hath yet re- 
celvea adjections from the multiplying conceits of men. 
Sir T. Browne, Vulg. Err., iv. 12. 

magniflc (mag-nif 'ik), a, [Formerly also mag- 
nifique; < F. magnifique = Sp. magnifico = Pg. 
It. magnifico, < L. maaniftcus, great in deeds 
or sentiments, noble, hign-minded, < magnus, 
great (see main^, magnitttde), +facere. do: see 
fact,"] Making great or illustrious ; glorifying 
or glorious; splendid; magnificent. [Bare.] 

O iwrent I these are thy magnUie deeds. 

MOUm, P. L., X. 864. 
This King [Henry VIII.] at Bololgne wAs victorious; 
In peace and warre. Mahniftgue, Glorious; 
In his rage bountv he did oft expresse 
His Liberality to bee ezcesse. 

John Taylor, Memorlall of Monarchs. 
Then too the pHlar'd dome magnifte heav'd 
Its ample roof. Thomson, Autumn, L 135. 

magnifical (mag-nif'i-kal), a. [< magnific + 
-ar] Like a magnifico :" same as magnific. 

His ixnt & state is in manor as magnifieal as Uie other 
aforesaid ambassadors. HaHtiyVt Voyagee, IL 204. 

majKnifically (mag-nif 'i-kal-i), adv. In a mag- 
nifical manner; with pomp or splendor. Jer, 
Taylor, Holy Dying, iv. 9. 

Magnificat (mag-mf 'i-kat), n. [< L. magnificat 
(3d pers. sing. pres. ind. act. of mumiificare, 
magnify: see magnify), as used in the Vulgate, 
Luke i. 46 : *^ Magnificat anima mea Dominum."] 

1. The song or hymn of the Virgin Mary in 
Luke i. 46-S, beginning "My soul doth magni- 
fy the Lord." it is very similar to the song of Hannah 
Q Sam. IL 1-10). which has accordingly been called the 
Old Tettament MagrdfiecA, The Magnificat was in use in 
the houra or daily senrlce of the Christian church as early as 
about A. D. 500. In the Greek Church it is the ninth ode 
(canticle) at Orthros (LaudsX and is called the Ode qf the 
Theotoeoe. It was at first omitted from the American 
Prayer-bookj but was restored in 1880. 

2. A musical setting of this hymn.— Magnlfloat 
at matinst, something out of place (in allusion to the 
proper place of this canticle in the even-song). 

The note is here all out of places . . . and so their note 
comes in like UagmfioaJL oC tnotttn*. 

Anidrtwee, Sermons, ▼. 48. {paxiee,) 

magniflcatet (mag-nif 'i-kat), v, t, [< L. magni- 
ficatus, pp. of magnificare, magnify : see mag- 
»«Xv»] To magnify or extol. 

That with oath 
Magnifieatee his merit, 

B. Joneon, Poetaster, ▼. 1. 

magnification (mag'ni-fi-ka'shon), ft. [= OF. 
magnification, < LL. Magnificatio{n-), < L. magni- 
ficare^ mtkgnify i see magnify,'i 1. The act of 
magmf ying, or the state of being magnified or 
enlarged, as by a lens. 

Psychological maamfteation is not more absurd than 
physical, although the processes in the two cases must be 
materially different ; but of course in no case is magnifi' 
cation possible without limit 

J. Ward, Encyc. Brit, XX. 48. 

2. In micros., specifically, increase of visual 
power in respect of penetration as well as su- 
perficial enlargement, thus contrasting with 
amplification. 

Little is gained by expanding the image of an object 
from the ten-thousandth of an inch to an Inch, if there be 
not an equivalent revelation of hidden details. It is in this 
revealing quality, which I shall call magmficaHon, that our 
recent lenses so brilliantly exceL 

DdUtnger, 1884. (Nature, XXX. 62.) 

3. The act of magnifying or extolling. Jer, 
Taylor. 

magnificence (mag-nif 'i-sens), 71. [< ME. mag- 
nificence, < OF. and F. magnificence = Sp. Pg. 
magnificencia = It. ma^nificenza, < L. magniii- 
centia\ greatness in action or sentiment, noble- 
ness, splendor, < *magnificen(t-)s, magnificus, 
magnificent: see magnificent,] 1. The state 
or condition of being magnificent; grandeur, 
as of appearance or of character; splendor; 
brilliancy: as, the magnificence of a palace or 
of a procession; the magnificence of Shak- 
spere's genius. 



magnify 

The truly ffood government is not that which concen- 
trates magmfieenee in a court, but that which diffuses 
hi^piness among a people. Maeavlay, Mirabeau. 

2t. A high degree of generosity; munificence. 
Thou helest laundes, goutes, and dropsyes, 
By our lordes f auour, grace, and magnyfyeenee. 

Joeeph qf AHmathie (E. E. T. 8.), p. 61. 

The magnificent man must be liberal also; for the liberal 

man, too, will spend the right amount in the right manner : 

only, both the amount and the manner being right, mag- 

fdjleenee is distinguished from liberality by ereatness. 

PeUre, tr. of Aristotle's Nicomachean Ethics. 

3. A title of courtesy belonging of right to sev- 
eral high officers of ancient Rome, and also to 
the rector (rector magnificus), prorector, and 
chancellor of a German uniyersity, and to some 
other German officials: corresponding to lord- 
ship, highness, or eminence (with his or your pre- 
fixed). sfiyxL 1. Pomp, ^at See^iuf. 
macniflcencyt (mag-nif'i-sen-si), w.; pi. mag- 
niflcencies (-siz). 1. Magnificence; grandeur. 
— 2. A magnificent thing ; an instance or exam- 
ple of magnificence or grandeur. [Bare.] 

This canopy or arch of water I thought one of the most 
surprising mognijieeneiee I had ever scene. 

Evelyn, Diary, May 21, 1645. 

magnificent (mag-nif 'i-sent), a, [< L. as if 
*magnificen(t-)s (occurring in the compar. and 
superl. of magnificus y and its deriv. magnificentia: 
see magnific and magnificence), equiv. to mag- 
nificus, great in deeds or sentiment, noble, 
splendid, etc., < magnus, great, + -fice^i{t-)s, an 
accom. f orm of -ficien(t-)s, the reg. form in comp. 
of fa€ien{t-)s, ppr.of /<warc,do: Beefact,facient,'\ 
If. Great in deeds or action; especially, very 
liberal; munificent; generous; open-handed. 
Know, you court-leechea, 
A prince is never so magntjletnt 
At when he's sparing to enrich a few 
With the injuries of many. 

Mattinger, Emperor of the East, iL 1. 
That CiUie in reward of vertue was ever magnifieenL 
MUUm, Hist Eng., U. 

2. Making a great show; possessing or pre- 
tending to greatness ; stately; ostentatious. 

A letter from the magmifieent Armado. 

Shak., L. L. L., L 1. 108. 

3. Ghrand in appearance or character ; exhibit- 
ing greatness ; splendid ; brilliant ; of extraor- 
dinary excellence : as, a magnificent building or 
view; a magnificent yictory or poem; magnifi- 
cent conceptions. 

This was thought and called a magnificenit answer. 

Byron, Childe Harold, iv. 81, note. 

4. Exhibiting; greatness of size or extent: as, 
the preparations were upon a magnificent scale ; 
a city of magnificent distances. 

Far distant he descries, 
Ascending by degrees mt^pvificent 
Up to the wall of heaven, a structure high. 

MHUrn, P. L, ill. &02. 
sSyn. Superb, Splendid, etc. (see grand); imposing, au- 
gust, gorgeous, 
magnificently (mag -nif'i -sent- li), aefv. In a 
magnificent manner; with magnificence; splen- 
didly: brilliantly; gorgeously. 
Magnificet (mag-nif'i-set), n. [< L. magnificet, 
3d pers. sing. pres. subj. of magnificare, magni- 
fy: see magnify. 1 A name of Mid-Lent Thurs- 
day, taken from the first word of the collect. 
Hampson, Medii .^vi Kalendarium, II. 254. 
magnifico (mag-nif 'i-ko), n. [It., < L. magnifi- 
cus, noble, great: see magnific,] 1. A title of 
courtesy formerly given to Venetian noblemen ; 
hence, a grandee ; a man of high rank or pre- 
tensions; a great man. 

The duke himself, and the magnifieoee 

Of greatest port, have all persuaaed with him. 

Shak., M. of V., ill. 2. 282. 

2. A by-name for the rector of a German uni- 
versity, who is entitled to be addressed as your 
Magnificence. See magnificence,^. 
ma^piifler (mag'ni-fi-^r), 91. 1 . One who or that 
which magnifies or enlarges. 

Mens hllaris, requies, moderata dleta is a great tno^ni- 
Jier of honest mirth. Burton, Anat of MeL, p. 206. 

2. Specifically, an optical instrument that mag- 
nifiesj a convex lens, a concave mirror, or a 
combination of lenses or mirrors, which in- 
creases the apparent magnitude of bodies. 

magnifiqnet, a. An obsolete form of magnific. 

magnify (mag'ni-fi), V, t.; pret. and pp. magni- 
fied, ppr. magnifying, [\ ME. magnifien, < OF. 
(also F.) magmner = Sp. Pg. magnificar = It. 
magnificare, < L. magnificare, make much of, 
esteem highly, praise highly, extol, magnify, i. 
maqnuSj great, + facere, make. Cf. magnific,'] 
1. To make greater; increase the size, amoimt, 
or extent of; enlarge; augment. [Riu% in this 
literal sense.] 



Tlic IttuBt error in a tmim <iuiititir]r, a» In h emnU circle, 
will, in ft great one, iu in the elfclua of thu lioaven)> urbM, 
li4i firuiiorUcUttlly tim*fnifitd. 

S, Gn'v, (.VtsmologlB Smi^ It &. 
^peiUt, e'tfr my Fancy riM^w^tf my Fmn. 

CvHi/rew, To CyntlUu. 

2. To ciiu8« to iipp<«kr greater ; incrense thn ttp- 
f^Mnnt dimeusiauK of; enltirg^ or Augment to 
T»i' ' ve: tts, a convex leufj maf^niftcM the bulk of 

II IP, I pprox1mat«dl tu Uie eyo, thv rvtjaiil plc^ 

t u II 1 laljng t.Uo object t^» nppciur fiMt^ujVW In 

3. To rxait Tiik? jiower, glor>% or greatnc»» of; 
6oimd the j>raisei» of; ext^l; glorify, 

o. m^jn(fjf the Lord wjtli did, &nd let itJi ejuilt hli name 
i.i.' [lu r. ' llB, XXXlt, 3. 

I h.'^i biKldv f fMij^iH^j/ him whfw*? Judiclouj Umj airy Into 
\ua octA, luktl tlelibuiiil«> TLtcarch into hla oreatiirett, return 
the duty of a derout and learned admirftUou. 

Sir T. Brtnffne, R««gio Medici, i IS. 

4. To r«prt^8t«nt as greater than the reality; ex- 
nggemte: rtj»» to magnifif a person '» deeds; to 
miiffnifif tho evils of one*9 lot. 



My wife , 
daughter. 



las pow«r of a telescope. ^ ^ 
■uhton ' ' ' 



30pe. 
r aimc 



«nded by any Unoor dlmci 
at i» increaa^ by the tcltMoop* 
focal length of the oblLct-irkLAr 
piece. Pot A dlitan 
glaaala that for i>^i 
iK-iisTth- riir nearer'-'!-, .: .., 

H^ i5*glaS8 (mag' J u. In 

f f 'tjvexlens: ao**BiuMj rn'miiH*' obje^^ts 

Hr < I I 1 ii;U it have their apparpnt dimensionm 

magnlfying-lailB (mag'ui-fi-ing-len^)^ n* St^e 

m i uence (niaK-niro-k>v^enF), w, [< L. 

ntntj a lofty style or etram of lan- 

iug in a lofty istylo: se© m(t<jmloqwmt.^ The 
qnality of being magniloquent ; a lofty manner 
of speaking or writi ng ; exaggerated eloquence \ 
grandiloquence; bombast. 

All the iGcta ridioulod thi« %m'j¥kitmjwtv)e of Eplcunu, 
aa tnoonaifttent with hla whuU* M^-mtem, 

BenUejf, Eemarica. f f4. 



There waa soim>thiii|r siirprlsing and linprcoaive In my 
H, Jama, Jr., FhM^ Pilgriiii, p, 1(X7. 



frteud'a gudilng magjulomieTiet, 



357T 

2. Largent^es of relation or Bigniiieaneo ; im- 
portance; couiioquence: as, in aitair^ of mm;- 
nitutU^ diMain not to take counsel. — 3. Hizc, or 
the property of having siite ; the extoitded quan- 
tity of ft line, surface, or solid ; lengthy ar*?a. or 
volume, 

-.t(U' 

r., II. io6». 

rhiuiKt'^ 

roach u i,i- , i i ; 

tit^iilor asp". V t of tL ' k 3 1 jii. 

J, p. a. 



MaffOBph^ra 




green in the wuth, It l« v , 


-f«fW 


WMt'/w'^f fi-t , fmrf f'tjtf ♦•f rr'frt' 


-mr^ 


tat.r: ■ ■ ' , ' , ^ 




AIM" 




UVr I 




thi 




Oil' 




ttXlrl . ■ ■ 




lia, it. .UipL'.'!, jjii.l Hl J;jv:i. 




2, [/. «",J A pUuit <if til in gi^iiMM, 




M&gBoliacesB (niui'-T^'i-ii-ji sr'-r-i. n. 


iJ. rxi,. 


(A. P. deCaiidul! 


r.^.] 


A nntnnU nr'lrni!' 


■ IfUJS 


iT^' 




bli 






■r 


MUUMLil^j iiJ Ati^LliHI.*, 


.MiW .XI N«w 



uaed every art to rnoffpiifu the niciHt of her 
Golitmiith, Vicar, ¥vL 



lEsgnU^Ffiig power of a microBcope, ibe mtin of the 



rt^tud tu thiS luu^iiifyiii^ p ' 
cated conaider^tioDa hare tv U 



apoakiiig corn 
aikd the numT< 



5. Inojffrow., tbr 

tr 



fttrcujafth of a ten 

-iirfarny 

sofa tstar expressed 
1 system n«*'n l»v n<. 

Inthi6E«r<- 
iioRai»ti6en!H' 
tlie fiict thtt! 

r^er than fai 



magniloquent (mag-nD'd-kwgnt), a. [< L. 
* m<igmk>qtH n{(')it^ ©qniv* to rr^//Ti»/og{^i4«» speak- 
ing in a lofty style, < ma{/nu.% great, lofty, + 
lQquen{t-)8, ppr, of loqui, speak: see locuUott.] 
Speaking or writing in a lofty style ; grandilo- 
quent; bombaetic. 

magniloquently (mag-nil ' 6-kwen t-li ) , (tde. In 
amagiiiluqut^nt manner; with loftiness or pom- 
posity of lauj^ago. 

magnilCKlUOnsf (mag-niro-kwuH), a, [< L. 
mafjHiltiquu^, Kj»eaking in a lofty style, < mtit/^ 
nu^^ groat^ lofty, *f loqui^ speak: see locttUmi.'} 
Magniloquent, 

magnilcHinj (mag-nil'a-kwi), rr. [< LL. 
ni&quinm, loftiness ot speech, < L. vi- 
quus, speaking in a lofty sU'Ie: see nuj^,...:.- 
quoits. 1 Magniloquence; hign-aoimding pedan- 
try. [Kare,] 

Of iD&iiy anatomical termft the rhlif choiracieriatiea art* 
antiquity^ tnaowSooui^, mtd unmtelliK'l^'iUi). 

magnisonant (mag-nis'o-nant), a. [< L, ma(f- 
rtii.'f, great, + J5i7i»a«(f-)i?,*ppr. of sonarc, aonnd,] 
High-HouDiiing ; bombastic. Southcjf^ The Doc- 
tor, [Kare.] 

magnitude (mag'ni-tud), «. [=? F. mafrnitudr 
= Tsp, njfitjHitud =s Pg. maijnitufk = It, moftni- 
thdtue^ < L. magniiimOy greatness, bulk» eiae, 
rank, dignity, < ma^ita^ great, large, grand, 
uoble» important, etc, ; compar, mtJ^jor (see ma- 
jor)^ gnperl, maximum {%^% maximum) i with for- 
mative -M, < "m«#7, akin to Gr. ,«Oaf (utya?.-), 
' u. large, =r AS, mieeh great, much, Skt. 
^ i/',orig, •mrt(;/i, be great: see mivklcj muck, 
i i. tnaiu'^.] 1, (jreatness; vastness, whether in 
a physical or a moral sense ; grandeur. 
Witli pUln Uerolck mafpUtmU of ndnd. 

We commonly find tn the ambit lout mftu * superiority 
of part«, in aooi« ineaaoru proportlonvd to the mofrnitude 
of liiA dea^a. BanUif, Works, I. tv. 



^ lii anc* jiftMi.j the Icugth oi a bvLLublo, fool^ 
Ion, or meter, expressed in terms of the metri- 
cal unit (primnry time, seineion, or mora); as, 
a foot of triHemic n\(ignitt4(h\; a colon of icosa- 
semic matjniiude — Absolute magnitude, ^eofMo- 
ju£4.— Angular magnitude, tho quantity of an angle— 
Apparat magnitude of an obieet, that niaKnitiido 

vrTii •»' '■' ^-■■-■-»ircd by the '-'T-*^' ■ - -^— • ""-ir^ i-,'- -■• 

u 1 lie* drawn fj 

«1 . .enter of tht ; 

nirtji in: t^Miicriufed tO b© ilivcipr 

(jh)oct. (Thla phmae la oaed chi . 

boa vcniy bodies, but la employed i 

optical science, with the same ifuucnu lutnuiuw. j— i;^sa- 
ter of magnitude, soecni<«ri.BSyitiMii^. ^'^umi^ote, 

magnofenite (mag-no-fer'it), n. See magnetno- 
ffrritf. 

Jia^oliA • '"'^f'-no'li-a), «. [NL. (Plmnier, 
1703), 1 r Pierre Magnoij a French bot- 

anist u 1 1- A genus of plantsii, type 

of the nutiuul onl^r Mi'*r^foliacew and the tribe 
MaiPioHcm^ chann irn nl by a sessile cone- 
shaped clustt r of jM^tiis, and two-ovuled per- 
sistent carjH 1-i w I h ojK ri down the back at 
maturity. Tht >- axu tiyts \>v Anwhn w it h t'TiUrt* alternate 
l6aTea,of&n evergreen, conrlsijvljcaU \n \\u: Siirl, iind then 
protocted by membranout »Uiuik'^, .umI 1 -mi^k '•In >« y (lowers 
which arc solitary and terminaL l Ihm jil) x couaisUof three 
dt»ciduou« Bcpols, and the corc»lla of %\x to twelre petals, 
usually white or purplish ; and the Ataxnoni and nlatils are 

numercMT" '^ >- " -^ r ■ -- ' - nib? fnigrant,anothcfmlt 

is a spik • if jollides, fiom the opeu- 

Ingi of V a seedaare iUiponded at 

maturity >;j v^jh^ uau «>ivuui.t L«tii»di. There ete about 16 



Fl0«erM« Bmndi vf Ut^^m^ia grmndifiaiwtt, 

d, one of th« tumeoft ; #. veitlcat Mctkm Ihrouifh «Qe of Che pbtikv 

•liowlBg:tM«» ovale* t f, ooecof ripcihtitL 

speclei, indlffeaoai to subtropical Asia and the eaitcni 
part of Noil£ America, They are almost all rery omn 



mental, aad ere frequently culttfatod, Jf. eomk^m I* 
the yulun, Jf, fiefoindifara is the blx laurat or bull-bey 
of the southern United States, a tine forest-tKei, 00 or 



t(tj foot high, eveip'een, with fragrunt flowers, if. 
jiJ^l^tta ta the greit-leofed cucunxber, a less csommon tree 
of the aarae redon. Jf. Umbreaa Is the umbrella-tree. 
Jf. aeuminatat tne cucunjber-tree or mountain -Tnaprn'^'lttii, 
extends north to Kew York and Ohio. AnotK > i 
tree Is Jf. eordaia. growing lu th e ftouthem 8t 
ea, a moderate-iuad tre«^ or northward a sti > ! i 

flwamps from MeancbaseiU to Florida and 1 l-xuh. it has 
glubuiar frogrsnt flowers, t toebea long, the leavmi erer- 



i iL ( , i,ag-no-U-a'shius), «i. [Kmaff- 

aoUa -f 'iU'ciju^, J Of or tM?rtaini ' 1 1 s of 

the natural order MngiifHiucttr; i ; the 

nia;?noHa. 

Magnoliee (mag-no-lj'e-e), a. pi [KL, (A. P, 

il*^ CuU'Id^Jiv 1<J4 ), '< Mftiimdia + -crt*,] A tribe 

I'S of the natural order Mmj- 

''\f.^^\ by perfppt flowpff^, im- 

'>,,■.' 'I . ■■■ I :^ und 

LiUd 

t, iMVij ail lux.n-j uu^n+b vut- iiuytti in 

eratet(mM.g-nop'o-rat), I', f. [i'L.ma^ 

,7 itptrc, greatly; maifna, nbl, of 

t ; opere, ubl. of ojnts^ work, labor: 

dee ojois^ opirnte,} To eauao or effect a great 

increiise of, 

MfldchAvi"- •^- 'iH« - ^.w.|i I ffrttirofjrottr 

well kn.^^ 

IJ'- UaUiufelk) 

magnosellarian {innL. a. [As 

jymtnoarU^Jriidiv) + -tr «rge aad- 

'' :i ^oriiatite ; ot ur |m uiujum^' itt theAfflj/- 

Jr/. Htftitt. 

:da^-.^sellandaB(mag'no-se-lar'i-de), a. »/. 
[NL., < L, matjnas, gieatt + acUn, a seat, sa<Mle 
( > itt'^la n>, of or belonging to a seat), 4- -idtr.] A 
family of goniatites Eaviug smooth shoUs, an- 
tnres with imdivided ventral lobes, and a very 
large pnr- f -*;- i •, - i ... in,. - hence the 
name. / u^^t,, 1883, 

p, 318, i'- ^ ' ■ - ,' -:, ■/<(?, 

magnum (mag'aum), n, [< h, muijHum^ neut, 
*A mafptas, gTQ&t: »ee matpiitude.} 1. A largo 
wine-bottle, usually twice the size of the orai- 
nanr bottle used for the same kind of wine. — 

2. 'The r ; ' *^'^' of Avine contained in such a 
liottlei ^/w of port » 

The »]k], ! ri)iicb more nitlon»l nenMUS than the 

B. club luuirJ liuvu Uiiistored even before the diM?aaiion of 
the tlmt inatiamti, SeoU, Wavertey, X, 

3. PI. ?r -' ^ rv T„ .7*.^ the largest bone 

ofthelii ilstnl row, between 

thetrajj' 'itti, in special rela- 

tion with the head ot the middle metacnrpul 
bone : more fully c ailed fi.*? m ft m w m . j t li the th ird 
carpale of a typical earpiui, n n ' ' ^ ' <>w u as ca/iitdf t<m, 
or m capHatum, from lis sb i 

magnmii-boniizn. (mag rium), n. [L.| 

a great good: magnum^ ucuL ol mtfffnuji, great; 
bonuMj a good thin^, neut, of t^umv*, good: see 
bonns,^ A kind of large-si zetl barrel -pen ; a 
trade -name. 

magnUBt (mag'nus), n. [A corruption of mon^ 
fjfam8C,'\ Manganese as used in tlie decoration 
of enameled potterv. ikthn^ The Old English 
Potter, y.ocal Eng.] 

Magnns hitck. Bee hiu^h. 

BCagnus's law. In thmmt^iertrtiity^ the law 
that in c ire* nits of the same metal throughout 
uo electromotive 

force is produced .,,, i JA 1 11/ 

by variation in 
tem^ierature or of 
section of the 
conductor at dif- 
ferent parts of the 
circuit. In order 
that this law should 
hold, it la necessary 
that the conductor 
should be of uniform 
quality, hardnesa, 
etc, at all points of 
its length. 

Magosphnera 

(ma'gcVsfe'rft),fl. The Norwc^n m 

a Daii. J A genus u>ih ^ aucleux and « cuntnctile vc^le. 



^e^^'j \\^ 



MftgOSphSBTft 

of protozoans of HaeckePs group Catallactay 
characterized by a ciliato globular body consist- 
ing of a single layer of simple pyriform nucleat- 
ed cells bound together by gelatinous processes 
converging to a common center, the anmial hav- 
ing the form-value of a vesicular morula or pla- 
nma. if. planula is the Norwegian flimmer-ball. 

magot^t, n. A Middle English form of maggot. 

magot^ (mag'ot or ma-go'), n. [< F. mcu/ot, the 
Barbary ape.] 1 . The Barbary ape, In uus ecau- 
datuSf which has a small tubercle in place of a 
tail. It is DAtural- 
ixed on the rock of 
Gibraltar, and ia re- 
markable for docil- 
ity and attachment 
to ita young. See 
cut mider ape, 
2. A small gro- 
tesque figure ; 
especially, one 
of the crouching 
or cross-legged 
figures common 
in Chinese or 
other Oriental 
art as knobs on 
the covers of large vases, and in similar uses. 

magot-piet, maggot-piet (mag'ot-pi), n. [Also 
maggoty-pie, maggaty-pie, magaty-pie, magot-ar 
pie, magot o* pie^ etc.; < ^tnagot, **maggot, < F. 
margoty a magpie, a dim. of Marguerite, Mar- 

firet, a common fem. name (< L. nmrgarita, 
Gr. fiapyapirrK, a pearl : see margarite), -^pie^, 
Cf. equiv. mag\ madge^, magpie.'] A magpie. 
Auguraand underitood relationa have, 




^agol-piM, and chougha, and rooka, brought forth 
The aecrerat man of blood. Shak., Macbeth, ill. 4. 125. 
He calla her magtA o'pie. 
MiddUton^ More Diaaemblera beaidea Women. 

magpie (mag'pi), n. [< mag^ + pie*'^, or abbr. 
of magot-pie, Cf. mag^, madge\ etc.] 1. A 
well-known bird of Europe, Asia, and Amer- 
ica, of the genus Pica ana family Corvidas; the 
Pica pica. P. rustica, P. caudata,OT P. hudsonica, 
Thia ^e ia inatroos-black, with green, purple, violet, and 
golden iridescence ; the under parta from breaat to crla- 
■nm. the acapulara, and a great nart of the inner webs 
of the prlmartea are white ; the bQl and feet are black. 
The bird ia from 15 to 20 inchea long, according to the de* 
▼elopment of the tail, which ial2 incneaor leas in length, 
extremely graduated ; the atretch of winjra ia about 2 feet 
Magpiea are omnivoroua, like most corvine and garrulino 
birda, and noted for their craftiness, kleptomania, and 
mimicry. They neat in treea and ahruba, building a very 




Ma^ie [Pica caudata). 

bulky atructure, and lay from 6 to pale-drab egga, dotted, 
daahed, and blotched with brown. As a book-name, inag- 
pie is extended to all the species of Pica and some few 
related pies or Jays with long taila. The yeUow-bHUd 
magpie of California is P. nuttaUi. Blue magpies are cer- 
tain long-tailed jays of the genua Cyancpoliut, aa C. cyanu» 
of eaatem Asia and Japan, or C. cooki of Spain ; also of the 
genua Uroeina, aa IT. eruthnfrhgneha, the red-billed blue 
magpie of the Orient The bird called French magpie ia 
the red-backed ahrike, Lanius eoUurio. The name moa- 
pie, or magpie-pigeonj ia given to a atrain of domestic 
nigeons bred to colors resembling those of the magpie. 
Magpie is often used adiectively with reference to some 
characteristic of the bird. 

2. The magpie-shrike. 

Below U8 in the Valley a mob of Jackaaaes were shout- 
ing and laughing uproariously, and a magpie was chanting 
his noble vesper hymn from a lofty tree. 

U. Kingdey, Geoffry Uamlyn, p. 167. 

3. A halfpenny. [Slang, Eng.J 

I'm at low- water-mark myaelf — only one bob and a 
magpie; but aa far aa it goea 111 fork out and atump. 

Dtckent, Oliver Twist, vili. 



3578 

4. A bishop: so called from the black and 
white of his robes. [Old slang, Eng.] 

Let not those silk-worms and magpie* have dominion 
over ua. Tom Brown, Works, 1. 107. (JkaiM.) 

5. Amon^ British marksmen, a shot striking 
that division of the target which is next to the 
outermost when the target is divided into four 
sections : so called because the markers indi- 
cate this hit by means of a black and white disk. 

magpie-diver (mag ' pi - di ' v^r), n . The smew 
or white nun, Mergetlus albellus, [Prov. Eng. 
and Irish.] 

magpie-flnch (mag'pi-finch), n . Any one of the 
smaller spotted or otherwise varied birds of the 
genus 8perm€8te8. 

magpie-maki (mag'pi-ma'ki), n. The ruffed 
lemur. Lemur macaco, having black and white 
spots. 

magpie-moth (mag'p!-m6th), n. A moth of the 
genus Abraxas, A . grossularia ta. its color ia white 
with black and orange apota, and the aame colora appear 
on it in ita larval and pupal atatea. The larva feeda on 
currant- and gooaeberry-leaves^ and where abundant ia very 
deatructive. See Abraaoi, 8. Alao called goomberry-moth. 

magpie-robin (mag' pi-rob'in), 11. Adayal; any 
bird of the genus Copsichus, as C saularis of 
India. See cut under Copsichus. 

magpie-shrike (mag'pi-shrik), n. 1. A South 
American tanagrine bird, Lanius pieatus of La- 
tham, now known as Cissopis leverianus, about 
10 inches long, glossy black and white in color, 
with a long graduated tail, thus resembling a 
magpie, it inhablta Ouiana. Veneiuela. Colombia, Ecua- 
dor, Peru, and Bolivia, and in aome parta of Brazil ia re- 
placed by an allied larger apeciea or variety, C. mt^, 11^ 
inchea long. 

2. The pied piping-shrike of Australia, some- 
what resembling the English ma^ie, having a 
rich bell-like warble. Tnis bird is apparently 
Oreaca cristata. Commonly called magpie by 
the English residents. 

magret, magreeti prep. Middle English forms 
of maugre. 

magflm^TI (magz'man), n.; pi. magsmen (-men). 
[< maa^ (as if poss. ma^s) + man.'] A street 
swindler who preys on countrymen and simple 
persons. [Slang, Eng.] 

maguari (ma-gw&'ri), n. [S. Amer.] A South 
American stork, Euxenura maguari. Itreaemblea 
the European atork in aiie and plumage, but haa a black 
bill and a peculiar fonnaUon of the tail, which is forked 
and black, with long white under-coverta. It ia found on 
plains aa well aa in awampa, feeda on amall mammala, 
reptilea, inaecta, and birda' egga, and ia aometimea tamed. 

magney (ma-gwa')t n* [Mex. maguei.] The 
American aloe, Agave americana. — oum maguey. 
See0rum2. 

Magus (ma'gus), n.; pi. Ma{fi (ma'ji). [L., < 
Gr. Mdyof : see mage] 1. One of the members 
of the learned and priestly caste in ancient 
Persia, who had official charge of the sacred 
rites, practised interpretation of dreams, pro- 
fessed supernatural arts, and were distin- 
guished by peculiarities of dress and insignia. 
Their origin may be traced to the Accadians^ a Turanian 
race, the earlieat aettlera of the lower Euphratea valley. 
The first hiatorical reference to the Magi occurs in Jer. 
zxxix. S, IS, where a Babylonian rab-mi«, or chief of the 
Magi, is mentioned in connection with the aiege, ci4;>ture, 
and rule of Jeruaalem. 

2. In Christian history, one of the ** wise men ^ 
who, according to the 6k>spel of Matthew (ii. 
1, 2), came from the East to Jerusalem to do 
homage to the new-born King of the Jews. A 
tradition aa old aa the aecond century (reating on Pa. IxxiL 
10; laa. xlix. 7) makea them kinga. and at a later period 
the namea Melchior, Kaapar, ana Balthaaar become at- 
tached to them. A a the flrat of the pagana to whom the 
birth of the Meaaiah waa announced, they are honored at 
the feaatof Epiphany; in the calendar, however, the three 
dava immediately following the first of the new year are 
called after them. In works of art the youngest of them 
is represented aa a Moor. 

Magyar (ma-jar'), n. [Hung., > Turk, majar.] 
1. A member of a race, of the Finno-Ugrian 
stock, which invaded Hungary about the end 
of the ninth century, and settled there, where 
it still forms the predominant element of the 
population. — 2. The native tongue of Hun- 
gary. It belongs to the Ugrian branch of the 
Ural-Altaic or Scjrthian tongues. 

magydaret (maj'i-dar), w. [< L. magydaris, 
magudiiris, maguderis, < Gr. fiayvdapiq, the seed 
or stalk of the laserpitium, also another plant.] 
Laserwort, a plant of the genus Laserpitium. 

Mahabharata (ma-ha-bhft'ra-t&), tt. [Skt., < 
mahd-, groat, + Bhdrata, a* descendant of a 
king or a tribe named Bharata^ < •/ hhar = Gr. 
^pf£v = E. bear^.] The name of one of the two 
great epic poems of ancient India, the other 
being the Ramayana. It containa a history of the 
contest for supremacy between the two great regal fami- 
lies of northern India, the Pandavaa and the Kurua or 



mahlstick 

Kauravaa, ending in the victory of the former and the 
eatabliahment of their rule. In reality, thia narrative oc- 
cupiea but a fourth of the poem, the other three fonrtha 
being episodical and added at various times. Tlie Maha- 
bharata thua became a aort of encyclopedia, embracing 
everything that it concerned a cultivated Hindu to 
know. 

Mahadeva (raa-h&-da'vft), n. [Skt. mahddeva, 
< mahd~, great,"+ deva, god : see deity.] A name 
of Siva, the third deitv of the great Hindu triad. 

malialatil (mft'ha-latn), n. A Hebrew word 
of disputed meaning, occurring in the titles of 
Psalms Uii. and Ixxxviii. (in the last of which 
the qualification leanftoih is added): accord- 
ing to Gesenius, a Ivre or cithara; according 
to others, antiphonal singing or a direction to 
sing in an antiphonal manner. 

mahaleb (m&'ba-leb), n. TAr. mahJeb.] A spe- 
cies of cherry (Prunus MahaJeb) whose fruit af- 
fords a violet dye and a fermented liquor re- 
sembling Idrschwasser. it ia found In the middle 
and aouth of Europe. Ita flowera and leavea are uaed by 
perfumera, and ita wood by oabinet-makera. Tubea for 
tobaooo-pipea, called eherry-ttieki or -AemM, are made of 
ita younff atema, aometimea aeveral feet long and perfect- 
ly atraight See cherry^, L 

nialialy, n. [Amer. Ind.] A female salmon. 
[Califomia/l 

Itaharaja, Maharajah (ma-ha-r&'jft). It. [Skt. 
mahdrqfa, < mahd-, great, + rma, a prince or 
king: see rqfah.] The title borne by some 
Indian princes whose sovereignty is extensive. 

Mah(U (mft'de), n. [Also sometimes Mehdee (< 
Turk. mehd%); < Ar. mahdi, a guide, leader, 
esp. a spiritual director, lit. ' the guided or di- 
rected one,' < ma-, a formative prefix, + ehdi, 
guide (> hedi, a guide in religion, spiritual di- 
rector, hiddya, |^dance).] According to Mo- 
hammedan belief, a spiritual and temporal 
ruler destined to appear on earth during the 
last days. Some aecU hold that the Mahdi haa ap- 
peared, and in concealment awaita the time of hia mani- 
leatation. There have been a number of pretended Mah- 
dia, of whom the lateat of importance waa the chief whose 
armed foUowera reaiated the advance of the Britiah troopa 
into the Sudan in 1884-86, and overthrew the Egyptian 
power in that region, which they continued to hold. The 
belief apparently grew out of the Jewiah belief in the 
coming ta the Meaaiah. 

It ia from the deacendanta of 'Alee that the more de- 
vout Moalema expect the Mehdee, who is to reappear on 
earth in company with the Prophet Elias. on the second 
coming of Christ J. P. Brtnm, The Derviahea, p. 74. 
Mahdif or * the weU-gnided,' ia the name given by the 
Bhi'itea to that member of the family of 'All who, accord- 
ing to their belief, ia one day to gain poaaeaaion of the 
whole world, and aet up the reign of rignteouaneaa in it. 
Encye. BriU, XVI. 570. 

Mfthdian (m&'di-an), n. [< Mahdi + -an.] One 
who holds that tlie Mahdi whose coming was 
foretold by Mohammed has already appeared; 
specifically, one who holds that the Mandi has 
alreadv api>eared in the person of Mohammed 
Abu el-Qasim, the twelftn Imam, who is sup- 
posed to be concealed in some secret place 
awaiting the hour of his manifestation. The 
Shiahs in general hold this view. Also Mahdist. 

liahdiism (ma'di-izm), n. [< Mahdi + -ism.] 
The doctrine of, or belief in, the coming of the 
Mahdi. 

I paaa on to conaider the influence which an intenaely 
bigoted religious enthusiasm haaexerciaed and atill exer- 
ciMa over the Soudan negro. The atrength of Mahdiiam 
Ilea in thia feeling. FortnighayRee. XUU. 701. 

Mahdism (ma'dizm), n. [< Mahdi + -ism.] 
Same as mahdiism. 

In *8S, when hia book begins, Mahditm had become a 
fact The Academy, Oct 20, 1888^ p. 240. 

Mahdist (m&'dist), tt. [< Mahdi + -ist.] 1. 
Same as Mahdian. — 2. A follower of the pre- 
tended Mahdi of the Sudan in Africa. See 
Mahdi. 

Another body of JfaAcfiste coming round on our right re- 
inforced them. DaUy Telegraph (London^ March 21, 1886. 

Mahemia (ma-h^r'ni-ft) n. [NL. (Linnaeus, 
1767), an anagram of "ticrmannia, a closely al- 
lied genus.] A genus of dicotyledonous poly- 
pet alous plants of the natural order Sterculiaccw 
and the tribe HermannicWj characterized by the 
indefinite number of ovules and the reniform 
seeds witli a curved embryo, and differing from 
Hermannia in having the filaments dilated at 
the middle, it includea SS apeciea of underahruba or 
perennial herba of aouthem Africa, many of which are 
cultivated in conaervatoriea. 

maheymt, n. An obsolete form of mayhem. 
Chaucer. 

mahlstick (mal'stik), n. [Also maulstick, maU 
stick; < G. mahlstock, malstock, < maUn, paint, + 
stock, stick, staff.] A staff, from three to four 
feet long, used by painters as a rest for the right 
hand, and held in the left, it Upera toward the up- 
per end, which ia anrmounted by a ball of ootton-wool 



mahlMck 

Cflver*i\ with mti luafher, to protei'l tin? |>i«turi> tuna to- 
Jury in CSlflc rjf cootBct 

maiimoodis, mahmoudia, fna^nnn^fft im^m6'- 

dis), n,pL Sume us mnmmtxHJi. 
mahoe (ma'lid)^ », [Also mahnut; a uiitive 
name.] 1 . A niftlraceous troe or »hnib» HlfmcuH 
(Paritium) f*7iViiyM^,eomraoiMm tropical ooagt«* 
'the iimer ' ' ' ^ ' ' for eonl- 

ige.— 2. Indian 

tree. — 3, .L. ...^.x aV w Zeii- 

Imid tree ot Uh iily, with snuiU Aowpvh 

in buiidJea 6n t h i '«.— Blue, gray* ormonji- 

taln m«ll(MI| Uiht»cwi {Paritivmy tfloCUi^ ft We«t Indian 
\tm ylBldioff tha Colift but— Ooaag millOA, Hibi*ctt* 
«(|/I»<<a<i4«.— iSAAida ZDAhoCL rAogDeSs fMrnvfiwa, fttao one 
iif thi- Malntcem, whoiebiut bas been Uiie^f In British Oui- 

mahoganiza (ma-hog'a-uiz), f, r, ; prel. aucl pp, 
muhoffanizttl, ppr. maiHHjaHKuuj, [< ttmhoiju- 
"i,v) + *f.nf.i To caufie to resoluble mabog* 
HiiVt 11 H by Ktninin)^. 

mahogany (ma-bog'a-ni), w, [= F, nmhagum, 
mtthfKjon =r Fg. vuujouo^ mogno^ tntifpto = It* Wf^ 
tf«wo = D» mahoniv — G. unthatjtuii =s Sw, ma- 
htffony^ mahoijtuj, muhogui =. Dau, mahoirni = 
Turk, maghun (NL. imhotjotH), < W. Ind. or 
8. Ainer, mahoyom. Cf. //e#yo«l,] 1, A tree. 



3579 
mahogany-gmi Cina*bog'a-iu-guni)« it. Same 

mahogany-iree(ttta-1)o^'>'Tit-trej« m. 1. Same 
SLS mahotjanii, 1. Uji^iit'e— 2. Tbe dixineMablo. 



maian 

An 
And it U.. .. u.. v.. .33 
1 yfUh yuu iuok o' th« i 



'vrn^ 



I lie M;Llio|i;Kn7 Tretu 

mahoitre (ma-hoi'ti;, ^ji\ nmhoitrt^, ma- 

hoistrr, mnhiuatrCf mnheutrt^^ mukeurtf^, eic,^ 

A wad<ied and iipmised 



MAhditfv. 

niedfiH (tbe form 

...... J,-. i.„/^ 

etical; 



Fluwcnni* BraoO) of Maliq^aay {,Sw^leni0 Mtmk»)Famt\, 
a, the Aotdrer; t, the fruit- 

Swkitenia MahoffaMi^ of the natural order Melia- 
Ct{f» It is nntfve in the West Indies CentnJ Amertoa, 
Mexico, and the Florida key*. lU iniportanci! lies tn ita 
timber. 

2, The wood of the above tree, it c^imbines « 
rich rwliliRh-hrown color. bc4ttty of grain, and fiii*c«!pti* 
bility of pullih with imtieiiAl loundnon^ ttnifonnity, freo> 
doiu fruiu w&rpiiiif, dunibilitv, and largeueas of dinieu> 
BlotiB. On account of lUs coetlinese^ it« use is restricted 
mftlrtly to fumiture-tnakinUi cabbiet-work, etc., ott^ In 
the form of li veneer. The quality of the timber varies 
with the oonditions of its growth, expoted a1tu:it[oii« and 
solid jpnfiFifS vi, i-Hng the ttn«af \C .h-.rrvrty with figured 
gmin i prlxed, Mid ; 1 irgelyjmt not 

«clii^ he San 1>ojj > '•a vn»d, called 

Spatii 't. The Huji. . ,,..,!,. --"v -> "Uay. 

wood, II the Bsy of t'outpf^ichy n- 

imUii' iiadof iKTgvr dinieiiiiiun i i<i 

"'■"• . -t in leniKth. Tho Mexiciui ,u-.4--fii..., Iiju 

' I i>wth of nil. Is litnfUir to Uie tast-iuimed, and 

Hh diuiiiiijsiilng BUp|>ly. 
ii« ii.'f' — 3, A table, especially a diuner-tablo. 

I had huped tuhave »fen you tliroe gentlemen witJi your 
le^nnder th« mafunjanifiu my humble parlor in tbeMorka, 
DicJrefUt Master Uoniphrcy's Clock. 
4f. A kind of dmik. 8ee the quotation. 

Mr. Eliot mentioned a curious liquor peculiar to bb 
0Oiintr>\ ivhkh the I'ijmlah ftahennen drink. Tliey cadi it 
makt^tij/: ami it la luude of two parts gin and one part 
tr«*cfe. well be^iten t.jgether. 

JlunrcH, .lohnaon (ed. lSSh\ VUl. B3. 
Afrloail mahogany, r^oiuc ik» Semf/al ^nahoffantf,— AUB- 

trallan iii&hogaiiy» £W»i/j^i^ mannn^tfi (Bee jarrah): 
also, other tnonryptsjwi below) and s|Hicif;a of the related 
gcuns Aii'}fyphi>ra.^BtiMtMTd mahogajlT, in Jamaica. 
JSataiiba (lialoRiay apetfUa; in AustralTsL Eutalffplug mnr^ 
rriitata. tile Jarmh. and H. M#7/o{ulei.— Ceylon mahoga* 
ny. Same as jiodt-iiNMid.— FoTOSt-xiiallogaiiy, in New 
South Wales and Queensland, Bueai^npiiui rvriniftra,^ 
Horae- flash laahogasiy. '^sme as MaUcu,—lwa^ji or 
Bast Indlas ma&Ofaw Cedreia Toofia, tho tmo-tree ; 
fllso^ Swmida f^brifuga, the Indian redwood, and Chiek- 
mmim iMtens, Ihe Chtttagoog- wood— both foraierly 
classed under Sufititmia.'^'SXiLtWikj niallQgaJiyt ^ raru 
name of the Kentucky cofre«>tree. See QimnodadvM,— 
Madalra mahogany. Sune as eonafy-ipooil,— Moun* 
t a i vi wi f. h r>^any , a tree of the gen u » Cvreoearpm^ especial- 
I * (ind r\ pnrvifofiuf; •Mjmetlmcs also same as 

W^ — Eed mahogany. Satne as >reie>«vui' 
h^i,.,,r;u -d^aegal mahogany. Hec iTAaj/a.— Swamp- 

nuhOgany, tn New south ^ales, Kucalypttis botrjfmde* 
and M, rd^iMf/i.— White mahogany, iu Jamaica, ^h^V- 
rkfra hijitreata ; in Austrslia, Eucaljf^w pUularU, vor. 
amnetdij%da»f and E, roftuvto. 

mahogany-birch (ma-hog'a-^^-^^^^^)* ^* "^^^ 

c berry-birch, BttnJaUnta, See birch, 
mahogany-brown (nja-hog'a-ui-broun)^ «, A 

rfnldisii browTi, tlu^ color of raahof^ny. 
mahogany-color (tna-ho^'ii-ni-kul'or), «. A 

redclisb -brown color reseni'bling that of ma- 

hogany^ 



siboulder (of h 
faiibion during nth 

and sixteeiithci ijiMiMH, 
Mahomedan ( m a - h om ' ed - 
iiD), a, and n. !4ee Mohufu- 
med^tn, 

Mabomedanism* ft* 8ee .\to^ 

hammedaniHin. 

Mabomedanlzd, v. See Mo- 

hamuiefinnice, 

Mabometan (ma - bom ' ot- 
an), if, and i«. fFomit^rly 
also Mahumctan, ( P. Mnho- 
fnetan = Sp. Pg. Mahrmtctn- 
iio = It. MaometUiHo^ < ML. 
* Mtihomrtunus, of Mahom- 
et, < Mahomet, m older E. 
MftfuntH, Mfi hound, etc. (see 
Mah4tun)i now better Moham- 
med ^ in nearc^r agreement 
with Ibe Ar. Muhammad, the 
Arabian t»roj I het.] S "' ^ 
of the u<ljo*'tivo no v. 

Mahometanism, » . . , .... j- 

Mabometanize, r 
Mabometicalt,'/. [I 

as Mahomet + -#f*tf/.] MubamuiedMii. 

In one \tnfi of this Mosqulta was a bibrarte of fortJe fine 
MahxtnteticaU books. J*urthm, I^Ogriiuage, p*- 270. 

Mahometism (ma-bom'et-iziu), «. [Formerly 

aljso Muhumitiitm ; < F. Mahomrtismc =Sp. Pg. 

Mnhornvtiftmo = It. MnomctUsmo; as Mahomet -f 

-i.yi«.] MohainmedaiiiHm. [Rare.] 

Such as Kaue reiioliod fmiti the FalEh to XahvmiUmM. 

Pvreha*, iilgrlmage, p. iOl. 

Mabomotist (ma-bom/et-ist), n, [Formerly 
also Mahum^iisl'i = Hp. Mahomctistit ; as Jf«- 
/lowjrf + -ixr,] A follower of Mahomet or Mo- 
haimned. [Rare.] 

lliiis prt5sent Emporonr his ftotinc . . . I)ulh ha^l gruat 
good succt^Ke ill his worres, tjoth apdnsl the Chrfitians 
and also thv MahtnnetiMjt. flaJttm/tit Vm/afft^jf, I. Jfil. 

Mabometry (ma-bom'et-ri), n. [i Ma hornet 
f^ee Mithomctan) -{- -rtf, Cf, mamwctry^ mtiH- 
uatnj. ] Mohammedanism. 

The sacriAees which God gave Adam's wms were no 
dumb popelry or gniMirstit lows mahomeirft, btit nigns of 
the testament of Gm\. 
TifndaU, An». to Hb T. More, etc. (Parker !*oc., iJiuO), p. 27. 

mabond (ma-hon'), rr. [< F. pmhonne = 8p. 
mtihona = It. maotm, < Titrk. moijhumi, a barge^ 
lighter.] A large Tarkisb galley, barge, or 
transport of bui^en, 

Mabonia (ma'ho'ni-a), w. [NL. (Nuttall, 1818J, 
named after Bernard M^Makon^ a patron of 
botanical science.] A $ubgenTi» of me genn^ 
Berhcns (which see), 

mabonnett, n. [Dim. of mahofw.'\ Same as 
mahofif. 

The nwintM julUasses, IQS 

gallicH, ns w^ -■, 16 taflours, 

JOfUBts, 64^1 I ii» and :H)ga]' 

liH^-K UaiiuyLis Vuyaif**^ IL IK 

Mabonn, Mabound (ma-lionn' or mti'hotm, 
raa-lioiind' or ma'hoiiiKlJ), ft. [Soineiimea aiwo 
yfachmtiid : < MK. Mahouru Matrhoirn, Mahuu, 
Matamnd^i OF. MaUon, Mahnns^ Mahnm^ also 
Mahumet, Mahomet, now usually called Moham* 
medfi Ay, Muhammad: H^ee Mohanimvdan. Of. 
Macon, another form of the same word j cf. also 
nmmmet^ niaumit, ete.] It. Mahomet or Moham- 
med: an old form of the name of the Arabian 
prophet. 

The pnsence teents, with thiit};^ mj Hehly odd 
The mosque of Mahmitut^ or wjnie (luuer pagcxK 

/'ftpr, 8ftttrc8 nf £)onnc, Iv. 2itti. 

2. [J. r.] A monster; a terrifying creature. 
A macAovml, a hugbeare, a rawdiead snci Idoudie bone 

There met hym this Matrhmtji, that wn* o niyBshnp, 
Bnyn fome in hi« face, us he ne wold. 

DtitrutHon o/ Troy (E. K T. S.), 1, T7?4s. 

8. The devil; an evil spirit: so called as con- 
fused or identified, in the medieval mind, which 
regarded all bereticH and false prophets a.s in- 
stigated by the devil, with Mabotnet or Moham- 
med, the Falae Prophet, Compare maumeU 



Rxriseman. 

4t, t^«^] An idol or pi umrt. 

mabont* (ma-hoatO, ^ tbit 

ftjT""";, ":' *'■' ' *'-rr ■ i! ijv iin.-v'f*., ui ifm/um itf, fUti^ 

A \ er,] In the East Indies, 

th ^ I of an elfM>hiint, 

Oar ctirioNity was aroused by r i movemetitt 

of our elephant nnd the euddcn >. r hUtnakouL 

./. n\ Palmrr, Vp and iJumu ijjy in^waddl, p. «». 

mahout^, P. fOritrin not ascertained-] A coarae 
woolen clotl ' ' i "' : t ■ i T" - 

land and in ' 

export tOlJu ... ..^•.: ... -I i.^ .U:. J.:i.ii.iJ,.^i;, 

and particuhirly to Kgy pt. 
mabOVO (mn-tn'r v6), n. "[EtyT5 
A name (t:iv» 
cation of tl 
fly»whPf^ ' +' 
down gr 



[Etym.not nflcertaincd.] 



i« til i»>i.:i'iiuui)j II gi.t<ic, 

..'; its ascent The Jnveii- 



tiim ianii^i ir i 
thus siifing th 
tiuo has not Til 

Mabrsttr^, -'^^V- 

dnsinl 
in the . i.: ...; ... ..^...; ...„ v;........,n 

conquered and niled many states, of whicii 
they formed a eoufcfbTntinn. but which are 
n' under Bi firah. 

ns u.but dilfoi iridua. 

uit I '.. . - i.Unct Hindu ui.. _ :, iu . :J,.;u--lu ,::i.irathi>. 

mabsiTi mabsnr (ma'ser)^ n, [E. Ind.j A 
cyprinoid fish, Barbyj* tor, occurring generally 
in the fresh waters of India, but of the largest 
size and mont abundant in mountain and rocky 
streams, it resen.' ' ^^ ' ;n>pean barbel In geiNvic 
charactem, but has i icsJtM (2& to 8T aloiw the 

Isteral linoX thkk 1 < irg<«d sbont the middle, 

and the majtlll ^ " \ ' ! ' . 

tending to hel' 
frtjith-wster gu. 

occasionalhrweiiKTUTiK' i<vi Al»i> ujiikii «<*»- 

katfur, and by other funn* 

Mabu(ma'hd), n. [F* i utwle name, like 

many other appellatioue of devils; but cf. Ma^ 
houn^ 3.] An apptdlation in Shakspere of the 
dc ■' - , ' r of theft. 

I [HMnToo< atonce; , , . Uobbl> 

dill , . , , ,1 . i ,..,., ,ivr^: JtfaAu, of stealing. 

ShaJt., bear, W. I. <». 

Mabnmatanf, etc. See Mahometan ^ ete, 
mabute (mu-bdt' ), »/ . [OF* mahutt, upper arm.] 
An arm; specifically, in falcon nf, that part of 
the wing in birds of 'prey which lies close to the 
body. 
mabwa-bntter (ma'w*i-but'i*r), w. A concrete 
oil obtained in India from the seeds of the 
ninbwatTi e, it has about the industrial value of co- 
c<'-' i is useful for makiug soap: In India It is 

ti'^' ag and burning, and to aUultende glteu or 

cLi! ' ' -■ lu". 

mabwa-oil <mii'wa-oil), tu Same aa makwa- 

mabwa-tree. mobwa-tree (ma'wii-tre. md'wa- 
tre), n, [< E. Ind. ffrahuti or va/htca + E. trecT] 
The tree Ba^m latifidki. 

Mala (ma'yft), n. [NL,, < Gr. /*«*«, a large kind 
of crab, a particular use of //a*«r, old woman, 
nurse, mother. J The typical genus of Maudar^ 
founded by Lamarck in 1801. M. nquinado is known 
as the m0-^pi(i0T or fiddftcrafK Thp cam pace is oval, with 



spinous SpMer'Crsb uHain ffHan*itf\^ 

many projoetlug points on the sides and in frtnit. snd the 
long alim Icgn ure beset with cirri. These crabs are ob- 
served crawling sluggishly bi the mud. 

Maiacea (ma-ya'se-n), H. pi, [NL., < Mfiia + 
-flreo.] A group of Hpider-crabe. S^ Muiokka. 

maiacean (ma-ya'se>an), a, and n. Same aa 
mautidean. 

maian (ma'yan)^ (t* and a. [< Maia + -cf».] 
Same as maimd. 




Maianthemnm (ma-yan'the-mnm), n. [NL. 
(Wiggers. 1780), < (Jr. ^a, mother, + ivBefioVf 
a flower.] A genus of liliaceouB plants of the 
tribe Pol^gonateay characterized by having the 
flowers in a termi- 
nal raceme, 2-merous, 
and without a peri- 
anth-tube, the seg- 
ments spreading. They 
are low nerb% wi& Blen- 
der creeping roototocks, 
two (rarely three) heart- 
shaped leavee, and small 
white flowers^ There is 
bat a single species, M. 
CatuuUrue, one of the 
plants known UB/aite Solo- 
mon'i-aeal, found in moist 
woods throughout the 
temperate regions of the 
nortnem hemisphere, 
maid (mad), n. [<ME. 
maide, fnaydCf meide. 
partly a shortened 
form of maiden (see 
maiden), partly from 
earlier ME. magthf < 
AS. mcegeihj m€Bgth (= 
08. nmgath,magadh, ''l?:S!3&:j:*"!.?io*?e?^-i^Sr 
magad = OPnes. me- 

gipi, megethf maged = D. meid, maagd = MLG. 
maget, LG. magd = OHG. magad, macad, MHG. 
maget, meit, G. magd, maid = Goth, magaths)^ 
a maid, vir^n, a fem. form with formative -th, 
equiv. to mceg, mcege, E. may^j maid, fem. cor- 
responding to magUy a son, mceg^ a kinsman, £. 
may 2; gee may^, may^,"] 1. A young unmar- 
ried woman ; a girl ; specifically, a girl of mar- 
riageable age, but applied, usually with litUe or 
some other qualifying term, to a female child of 
any age above ii:dfancy: as, a maid, or a little 
maid, of ten summers. 

And bvtwyne Citie and the seyd Chirche ys the flod flo- 
ridus, where the fayer mayd shuld a ben brent 

Torkinfftont Diarle of Eng. Travell, p. 47. 

But communed only with the little maid, 
Who pleased her with a babbling heedlessness 
Whicn often lured her fh>m herself. 

Termyton, Guinevere. 

2. A woman, especially a youn^ woman, who 
has preserved her virginity ; a virgin. 

Would you not swear, 
All you that see her, that she were a maid. 
By these exterior shows? But she is none. 

Shak., Much Ado^ iv. 1. 40. 

Sf. A man who has always remained continent. 

I wot wel the Apostel was a mayde, 

Chaucer, Prol. to Wife of Bath's Tale, L 79. 

He was clene inayde imartred with the same roaydenes. 
Treviia, tr. of Higden's Polychronicon, ▼. 00. 

4. A female servant or attendant charged with 
domestic duties: usually with a specific desig- 
nation, as a housemau^ chambermaid, nurse- 
maid, a maid of all work, etc. See the com- 
pounds, and phrases below. 

And when she saw the ark among the flags, she sent her 
' ' to fetch it Ex. iL 6. 



(a) The female of sev- 



3580 

and doomed to be an old maid (or baehelorX (e) The 
lapwing : from the fancy that old maids are changed into 
these uneasy birds after death. [LocaL Eng.] (d) The 
common clam, Mya arenaria. [South of England. ] — Tlie 
HeUoonlan maids. ^^ HtittemUm. 
Tllftl d ftTl (mi'dan), n. [Pers.] In Persia and 
India, a level open green or esplanade in or 
adjoining a town, serving for a parade-groimd 
or for amusements of all sorts, out especially 
for military exercises, horsemanship, and horse- 
races. Sometimes spelled meidan, 
maid-child (mad'cmid), n. A female child ; a 
girl. [Rare.] 
A maSA-chUd caU'd Marina. Shak., Pericles, ▼. 8. 8. 
maideil (ma'dn), n. and a. [< ME. maiden, 
mayden,meiden, magden, < AS. masgden, mwden 
(= OHG. m(igatin, mageU, MHG. magetm, m€^ 
gedin, megetin, megedin, meitin), a maiden, with 
fem. formative -en (see -en^), < mcegeth, a maid: 
see mfUdJ] I. n. 1. A maid, in any sense of that 
word. See maid. 
Of bodi was he mayden dene. UaveUk, L OOG. 

This synne cometh ofte to hem that been maydenn, and 
eek to hem that been corrupt Chaucer, Parson's Tale. 
O 111 go tak the bride's maident. 
And well go tak a dance. 

Fair Janet (Child's Balladi^ H. 91). 

2. An animal or a thing that is young, new, 
inexperienced, untried, or untaken. Specifically 
—(a) In racing, a horse that has never won a race or a 
stake. (6) A fortress that has never been taken, (e) In 
cricket, an over in which no 
runs are made. See over. 
8. The last handful of 
com cut down by the 
reapers on a farm. It 
is oressed up with rib- 
bons. [Scotch.] — 4. A 
wisp of straw put into 
a hoop of iron, used by 
a blacksmith in water- 
ing his fire. Jamieson, 
[Scotch.] — 5. An in- 
strument of capital pun- 
ishment formerly used. 
It consisted of a loaded blade 
or ax which moved in grooves 
in a frame about ten feet 
high. The ax was raised 



She's called upon her maida by seven. 
To mak his bed baith saft and even. 

BotkweU (Child's BaUads, L 1&9X 
She had no maids to stand 
Gold-clothed on either hand. 

A. C. Swinburne, Madonna Mia. 

6. One of various fishes. 

era! species of skate. 

When fishy Stalls with double Store are laid : 
The golden belly'd Carpi the broad-flnn'd Maid. 

Oay, Trivia, it 414. 

(b) The thomback ray. Also called nutiden and maiden- 

akate. (e) The twait-shad.— OadkOO*B maid, (a) The 

red- backed shrike, Laniua coUurio, (b) The wrjrneck, 

tor^uiBa.— Lady's maid, a female servant em- 

El to attend to the personal wants of a woman.— 
of all work, a female servant who does work of 
every kind; a domestic who performs general house- 
work.— Maid Of honor, (a) A woman of good birth 
having membership in a royal household as an atten- 
dant on a princess or the queen. While technically In 
the latter's service, actual attendance Is either divided as 
to period among tne several maids of honor, or is limited 
to appearance at state occasions and court ceremonies. 
In England eight maids of honor are now regularly chosen, 
but more are often nominated. They are usually if not 
always daughters or granddaughters of peers, and when 
possessing no other title are styled honorable. (Jb) A sort 
of cheesecake. [Said to be made according to a recipe 
originally given by a maid of honor of Queen Elizabeth.] 

He [the baker] has brought down a girl from London, 
who can make short bread and maids q? honor. 

R. D. Blackmore, Kit and Kitty, viL 

Old maid, (a) A woman who remains unmarried beyond 
the usual or average age for marriage. [Colloq.] (h) A 
game of cards played by any number of persons with a 
pack of fifty-one cards, one of the queens being thrown 
out ; all cards that match are discarded, and that player in 
whose hand the odd queen is finally left is said to be caught, 





Maiden, Museum of the Society 
of Antiquaries, Edinburifb. 



to the top of the frame and then let fall, severing the 
victim's head from his body. 

6. A mallet for beating linen, used in washing. 
n. a. 1. Being a maid; belonging to the 
class of maids or virgins. 

His m4tiden sister and his orphan niece, whom he . . . 
used to boast of as the only women he had ever seen who 
were well broken in and bitted to obedience. 

iSii^ Antiquary, ii. 
Nor was there one of all the nymphs that roved 
O'er Mflsnalus. amid the maiden throng 
More favour'd once. 

Addison, tr. of Ovid's Metamorph., iL 513. 

2. Of or pertaining to a maid or to maids: as, 
maiden charms. 

Now, by my maiden honour, yet as pure 
As the unsullied lily, I protest 

Shak., L. L. L., V. 2. 861. 

3. Like a maid in any respect; virginal; chaste. 

Indeed I knew 
Of no more subtle master under heaven 
Than is the maiden passion for a maid, 
Not only to keep down the base in man. 
But teach high thought Tennyson, Guinevere. 

4. Young; fresh; new; hitherto untried or 
unused; unsullied; unstained. 

Full bravely hast thou flesh'd 
Thy maiden sword. 

Shak., 1 Hen. IV., v. 4. 188. 
A due proportion of maiden— i. e. pure— chlorine, and 
" spent" gas— gas mixed with steam —should be used. 

Spons' Eneye. Mannf., I. 460. 
Maldon assixe, an assise of a court for the trial of crim- 
inals in Oreat Britain at which there are no criminal 
cases to be txied. In the eighteenth century and previ- 
ously the name was given to any assise at which no person 
was condemned to die. It is usual at such assizes to pre- 
sent the Judge with a pair of white gloves.— Maiden Mt- 
Ue, a first contest 

A maidsn batUe, then? Shak., T. and C, iv. 6. 87. 

Maiden duck. See duck^.— Maiden fortress, a fortress 
that has never been captured.— Maiden handt, a hand 
as yet unstained with blood. 

This hand of mine 
Is yet a maiden and an Innocent hand. 
Not painted with the crimson spots of blood. 

Shak., K. John, iv. 2. 262. 
Maiden name, the family name of a married woman be- 
fore her marriage; the surname of a maiden.- Maiden 
over, in cricket, an over in which no runs are made. See 
over.- Maiden speech, one's first speech; especially, 
the first speech of a new member in a public body, as the 
House of Commons.— Maiden stakes, in horse-racing, 
the money contended for in a race between young horses 
that have never run before.— Blaiden Strewmentst, 
flowers and evergreens strewed in the path of a young 
couple on their way to church to be married, or on the 



nudden-meek 

wav by whkh the corpse of an unmarried person of 

either sex was carried to the grave. 

Yet here she is allow'd her virgin cranta. 

Her maiden strewmsnts, and the bringing home 

Of bell and burial. Shak., Hamlet, v. 1. 26& 

maident (ma'dn), v. t. [< maiden, n.] To act or 
speak in a maidenly manner; behave modestly 
or demurely. [Rare.] 

Forbad I mayden'd it as many use, 
Loath for to grant l>ut leather to refuse. 

Bp. HaU, Satires, HL UL 6. 

maidenhair (ma'dn-har), n. 1. A fem of the 
genus Adiantum. particularly A, CapiUue -Vene- 
ris, a native of North and Soutn America. 
Europe, Asia, Africa, China, and Japan, ana 
A, pedatum, a native of North America from 
Canada southward, Hindustan, Japan, and 
Manchuria. Thev grow in moist rocky phuses^ and 
are so called from the fine, hair-like stalks, or from the 
fine black fibrous roots. Asplenium Triehomanes is the 
black or English maidenhair. 

2. A stuff m use for garments in the fourteenth 
century. Fairholt,—Qoldmi maidenhair, a root% 
PUytriehum commune, somethnea made into brushes and 
mats. 

maidenhair-ffrass, n. See Brisa, 
maidenhair-free (ma'dn-har-tre), n. The 

gingko (which see), 

so called from the 

resemblance of its 

leaves to the pin- 
nules of the maiaen- 

hair fem. Although 

but one species, Oit^to 

bUoba, now exists, it was 

once a very abundant 

form, and is traceable to 

the Jurassic and even 

further back, a large 

number of foasil species 

being known, usuallv 

with the leaves much 

more lobed than in the 

living species, becom- 
ing digitate and nassing 

insensibly into still more 

archaic types, Baiera, Leaf of Maidenhair-tree 

JeanpauUa, Triehopitys, ((itn^*^ bitoba\ 

etc. 
maidenhead (ma'dn-hed), ». KME. mayden- 
hede, meidenhed, var. of maidenhood,^ 1. Vir- 
ginity; maidenhood. 

By my troth and maidenhead, 
1 womd not be a queen. 

Shak., Hen. YUL, iL 8. 2S. 

2t. Newness; freshness; incipiency; sAbo, the 
first of a thing. 

The maidenhead of our affairs. 

Shak., 1 Hen. IV., iv. 1. 50. 

Then came home to my fire the maidenhead of second 

half bushel [of coals]. Swift 

3. The hymen or vaginal membrane, regarded 
as the physical proof of virginity. — 4f . The first 
using of anything. 

A chaine of golde that cost him Ivij pound and odde 
money, wherof because he would have the m^i^fdenhead 
or first wearing himselfe, he presentlv put it on in the 
Goldsmith's shop. Oreene, Gonny Catching, 8d Part (1602). 
Maidenhead spoon, a spoon having a small figure of the 
Virgin forming the end or " head" of the handle. S E. 
Handbook College and Corporation Plate, p. 0Ol 
maidenhood (ma'dn-hud), n. [< ME. mayden- 
hode; < maiden + -hood,'] 1. The state of beinff 
a maid or maiden ; the state of an unmarried 
female; virginity. 

And, for the modest love of maidenhood 
Bids me not sojourn with these armed men. 
Oh, whither shall I fly ? Fair/ax, tr. of Tasso. 

To her, perpetual maidenhood, 
And unto me no second fHend. 

Tennyson, In Memoriam, vL 
2. Freshness; newness. [Bare.] 

The ireful bastard Orleans— that drew blood 
From thee, my boy, and had the maidenhood 
Of thy first fight — I soon encountered. 

Shak., 1 Hen. VI., iv. e. 17. 

maiden-like (ma'dn-llk), a. Like a maid ; mod- 
est. 

maidenliness (ma'dn-li-nes), n. The quality 
of being maidenly; behavior tiiat becomes a 
maid; modesty; gentleness. 

maidenly (ma'dn-li), a. [< maiden + -7yi.] 
Like a maid; gentle; modest; reserved. 

Lyke to ArynsLmaydenly of porte. 

Skelton, Garland of Laurel, L 866. 
What a mmdenly man-at-arms are you become ! 

Shak., 2 Hen. IV., iL 2. 82. 

maidenly (ma' dn-li), adv. [< maiden + -/y2 ] 
In a maiden-like manner; modestly; gently. 
[Rare.] 

maiden-meek (ma'dn-mek), a. Meek as be- 
comes or is natural to a maiden. 



I was courteous, every phi-ase well oil'd 

yet, matden-meek, I pray'd 



As man's could be 
Concealment 



Tennyson, Princess, ilL 



maiden-nat 

maiden-nilt (maMn-Dut), n, in MH'h,, iUt* in- 
ner of two nuts on the B^me screw. The ouU*r 
n 1 1 1 i s *■ u U<^ cl the Jam-n itf. E. H, Kn i*]h L 

maiden-pink (ma Mn-pingk), w » A kujd "f piuk, 
hutiitfius dittoitifs. HometimeH eallod meadnv- 

pitd. 

maiden-pltmi (raa'dn-plum). ft. a Wmt in- 

fiiftn plant, Vamocladia i or C\ dUm- 

tata^ of the Tintiu-a! or«' ihacto;. It 

yields a. \i' '^ ■■ ' ' I ■ A, ^. .',-.11 IT to Hir 

nir'''^'^'i " I iL iLtiji niLA-uiii^ii), «, 1. A tlfU- 
5 y of rt mo, 
.1...,, - — uitutk commlxi with jeMitntn(>. 

tlvrrick^ The InTiiAtion. 

S. A smnll geoToetrid moth, Ejdt^ra pum'tatia, 
roaidensllipt (ma''dii*ship)| ». [< maiden + 
-rdi ip,^ M uidenh omL Fu liet\ 

mrid-n'- ^'T^--*T "' fiiz-on'og4i), «. The 
iitidhfi, Brittiii and 

fi , i ,„, 1 .„: uios* [Some have sujk 

poNud the plant h*me»t^ to 1>e meant* 860 Acm» 

Ab'ii 'Ijroa aWiUTTilckwoLwicro 

thtj p;;: a ttt) hUDg with f/Myif^n'i 

maiden-skate (miiMu-Bkat), n* Bume as maid^ 
6 (A 



ide 



3581 

than meat (/«iirr maigre, abstain from meat); 
see meager, the E. form of the word.] I, Q. 1, 
Made neither of flesh-meat nor with the gra^y 
of flesh-meat: applied to the dishes used by 
Roman Catholics during J.^ ^ : ^ -^ '^ - ■ 
on which abstijience from 
ed.— 2, Of or in rtnloinjg t „ i, 1. . 

-^Kaigre da' ri. Caidu ck.. one vi il^«^ «!«»• on 

which Ihe u« <t^ or of fcNxi prcputxl with the 

jntcRuf fleab-Ui:..., .. ^., flawed. 
It happened to be a maigr^-day. 

Wtilpri*, To Miinn, JnTy tl, tT4M 

n. w. An acAiii i^ 

Sci4ma, speoiJicii 
powerful fiah eouimoji m 
and ooea**ionally taken (m, 

It !■* rdiiurkiihle for niftkioga « 4 

th, v^attfT. The ruinie is wuuutimca citlciuk^i to 

til Alflo thsagett BAaiUJl»k^ bar, aud hiubfdtt, 

mai-^ui^,, / . See mayhtm, 

MaJidae <ma'yi-de), ». jr*/. [NIj., < Main -H -m/^* .] 
A fnmily of short-tailed^ stalk-eyed, dernj^'td 
».M sty|dfiedbytbegl>tlusif'^ 

V' more or less exactly ti» 1- 

^v: ..-■ }falt-.n'^' uf hi^--. fntnily tht/rntfin /i,t ,• 

11' ' i;ili-, '1 1;.-,- [!;;■: i"i'U have long lega. the 

^]. ■ K, ,:'.v III-,. ,; - i-; • ■ fjirui l»n>ii.l. uixf tlic 



maiden<tongned (m^'dn-tungd), a. Sweel- 
voieed and #rentle iii speeeh as a girh 

llifl qunlltU^ \Tcrf f»CAiit«ous tu 111* fomi, 
For tnuidfti'tonyitf'd ho wma, 

.s/jf/A ., Lover's roin plain t^ I, 100, 

maiden- widowed (ma' d n - wid ' od ) , rf. Wid ow- 
ed while atill a virgin, [Knre,] 

bat If It tn&ii)^ die vuwir^umdintwi. 

Shak., li. nod J., lit. 2. 1^6, 

maidhood (miid'hM), ft- [C maid + -*fj<xf.] 
Miiiiltnlioml ; virginity, 

tu, hy thu nwrn of ilie Hpriciff, 
itdtttmd, honour, tniih. und everytKIng, 
i live thwj. Shak., T. N., HI. I, nrL 

maidkinf, n* A little maid. BatliwolL [Prc^v. 

EngJ 
maidlyf , c?. [< ifiaul + -/i/^O Like a maid or girl . 
n oov^'onU al]« and maydlt/ men, 
Of iKJUi-ugu f»ynt Rnd wuaku, 

UtHtitr, Epltaphc on M. i^heUey. {IktPiM,} 

Maid Marianf» Mald-mariant (mad-maT'i-an). 
n, 1. Originally^ thn (jueeu ot the May, one of 
the <*hara< tt^r.s in the old mt>rris-<iauce, often a 
nmn in woman's cJothes, 

In thu Kngliah MoniB ahe in uillnl yimnlv Tlir T-idv. ur 
mnru frefjuenily Jf<ii/i 1/ 
prehension, rnuoDH Lad> 

2. A kind of dance; a morris-dance or Moor- 
ish dance. 

A Hi*t of roonice-danoen daucod » ttuwlntarian wit hi 
tabor and pipa Sir M\ Temj'^' 

maid-of-the-meadow imad'ov-the-med'o), n. 
A pUmt, Spirtia Vtmnrm, of the natural order 

maid-pale (m»<l'pal), a. Having the delicate 
white complexion of a maid or girl. [Bare.] 

rhftnge the coiriplexioo of ber [Etiglaitd'il moM-pnU! peace 
To ac4irlet indignation, Shak., Rich. II., tU, ^ Da 

maid-servant (mad'B^^r^vt^nt), n. A female ser* 
vant. 

Hat the seventh day ti the subbath of the Lord thy God : 
in it thou Shalt not do nny work, ihou, , , ♦ nor thy taaid- 
ttrvafit. Hjl XX. Hi. 

maientic (ma-u'tikX o. and «. [< Or, fiaick^ 
TtKtji;, of or for midwifery (fem. fiatevrtic^, sc, 
rlx^Vy the art of midwifery)^ < fmishcOat, act as 
a midwife, < ^lia, an old woman, a nupse, mid- 
wife.] I, <7, 8er\'ing to assist or facilitate 
childbirth ; hence, in the Socratie method (see 
n.), aiding in bringing forth, in a metaphori- 
cal sense ; serving to educe or elicit. [Rare.] 
H, w. The art of midwifery; applied by Hoc ra- 
t4?8 to the methml he pursued in investigating 
and imparting tniih; inteUeetual midwifery. 
It coiutnied In L4[critit)g from a person loterragaUsd anch 
anffwen ui laid by tiiccoHlve tttge* lo fcho coaclUBion de> 
ttrad by the tnterragotor. 

Thlspoajtlr -M'"- " --{ » • *• nmiefitic 

(that Is, mill id hlni> 

wslf, DAinrJ\ a mid* 

wife, because, it no u^Lu-trr re i*. ntsjtr iiU'Ucms tiimself, 

he WHS fltlll ijiiit€ &blt! tu hi'lp other* to beai- thmu, hh wdl 
an to dijiiJn(cn1ih thotk: thut were sound from Uiosc thiil 
weie uft(»ound. J. flf, StiHinff. 

maieutical (ma-ii'ti-kal), a, [i maieutic •¥ *a/,] 

Same as maieutic, 
maignieti »' Same as mfiny, 
maigre (ma'g^'jr), a. and «, [< F. trufigre^ lean, 

«paret meager; as a notm, lean meat, food other 



art iiiinu. n-ii-j ii.mI «]ir 111! I i ^ _ ' ■ . ii 

fcTcut writer*. See cut at Maiu^ Also J/ai«/a:, MamJ^i 

maik^i ?<. A Scotch sx»elling of nwkc^. 

maik'-^, make (mak), «. [Cf. wnf/^,) A lialf- 

peuny, f S**otch and Eiig, slang.] 
mall^ Cmal), «, [< MK, mallr, mak^ maiUt\ 
maifUe^ < OF. maifr^ mmUr, a link of mail, a 
mesh of a net, F, madh, link of mail, a mesh, 
atiteh, =: Pr, malha == Mp. tnaUn =; Pg, malha 
=s It. maglhi., link of mail, mail, stitch, < L. 
macula, a «pot» speck, hole, mesh of a net: 
see fH4iehf mackh\ maeida. In def. 1, the orig. 
sense, the E, word may possibly bo in part due 
to AS. iwd/, nml, a spot: see mole^S\ If. A spot ; 
rspceiany, a Pivot or «p**r»k on a bir*l's feather ; 

<tiilchih wool, 

ai4L. — .-...p. ,. *. ,-. .li. i the dmkc. 

i, WaUjm, ioiuiii(?te Angler, p. 101. 

2t. In armor, a ring, link, or acale on a coat of 
mail. 8ee def. 3. 

Of hl« anantiillc wytii tluit Btrukii cstf wel miuiy a tnoylU. 

Sir FtTUfnbmK 1- '^24. 

amim>u9(L,lfHfaiiimat lytle pUtM lu «n Inttterlecm or 

CiuaCe uf fenae^ Cftoper, 1&B4. 

3, A fabric of meshes, ewpecially and almost 
ex<^1uF«ively of metal, used as a defense against 
ris; a kind of armor, .specitically callf^d 
nail^ eomnosed of rings of metal, inter- 
'- ir. u .'liaiu, but extended in width as 
^^ > . Choin-mui] soem» to have lieen In- 

tnxUiccd hi to the Komftn 
army in Imitation of the 
.^^t QauU, and wa* much 
^^^^ worn under th'" later onv 
^^*V^ _,J^^ plre. It wu 

ft'O annor in 
ingthetwtit 

teOTtth I- 'ini:: ; ',1 - .li 

alow oi i-.i-i 1 ..i!'.i, I m] 



% 



Co«l ol Clunn-niml lUnub^rk), and 
detail of fcamc. 



Mid which was Lheruforu 
very heavy; (2) that In 
which the lialoi were riv- 
oted and forged; (8> that tn which each link was braced 
■erow by a amall bar — a rare fomu See haubvrk, chaume^, 
banded nmit (under bemdtd^, ffut$et, and catnap. 
He pot a ftitk eote on hia backe. 
And nuUt of manye a fold« 
CM Rabin qf PortinffoU (Child's Ballad*. UI. IW). 
Home wore ooat armoar, imitating scale: 
And next their akloa were ttubboni ihlrt* of mail. 

Dryden, FaL and Arc.. liL 27, 

4. By extension, armor of any sort. 

To teach tiiat right is more than might, and Justice morn 
than mnit! WhiiHet^ Brown of Osaawatomle. 

Hence — 5. Any defensive covering, as the 
aheU of a lobster or a tortoise. 

His Gloaded ifaif the Tortoise shall resigrn. 
And rotmd the Rivet pearly rirclea shine. 

Qaiu The ITan, UL 167. 

6. Xaut.f a square utensil composed of rings 
interwoven like network, formerly u.se<l for 
nibbing off the loose hemp on lines and white 
eordttge, — 7. In weaving, a small metal eye or 
guide-ring in a beddle, through which the warp 
IB thread^. 

The eweDtls] features of tile heddle are the eyeSfJoops, 
or nwQt through which tlie warp is threaded. 

£^. BrtL, XXIV, 404. 

8. That part of a clasp which receives the 
spring. Ha/f^te^II— Banded malL See tend«fs.- 



Cap of maiL Sune as r mtH, 

See eoots.— Oolf Of mall maa 

Same sa ftf^-riwnl/.— QloTe i;. *.:c4^. '/^#i 

1. — Hose Of reiitn Same as thautrntit, -2. — fiou 

9ee JWuiva.— Interllnlnd nudL Homi< &* 
See def, s, 
mail^ (mal), f. t [< m«in, w,] 1. To spot or 
8tain, [Old Eng. and Scotch. J 

MaiU^d wf the hlaid of a bit skirling wean that was hurt 
fomu ^at«. Seott^ Hatiri of Hid Lothian, xvil 

2, To put ti ■ ' s ex- 

tension, to J I i;«t*e 

mail^,v. ^'- > ..r- ....%..,-. Ml iv.^un'i j*ar- 

ticiple. !'d, 

i \f an shall on his altar sif, 

L u Ui liic i'4ii-s ill blood. 

Shak., 1 Uen. tV,, If • 1, ll& 
Methinki I abould not ♦«— ho i«-i ..t,.Mj*, 
Mitil'd up la shame, ^^ Uuck. 

I, U. A.SI. 

Whereas Hi 
Lay rrutiTd Ux anoour, - 

Hence — 3. To piiuou ur i'a»t«m down, aa tho 
wingB of a hawk. 

Prlnec, by your leave. Ill have a circlugle. 

And frttt« you, like ji nx^V. 

ISrau, 4twi Fl,^ Pliltaster, v, 

malP (mill I, n, [< ME* male = MD, madc^ D. 
ffiaal =r n. m(7f?r, < 01*\ wft^r^ mnf^r, n bn^:, wal- 
let, port fi, a 
trunk, I fdla^ 
a bag, tniitK, ■•. JvjIj. )i>(\uj, "f. Ml Cel- 
tio origin, < Jr. and (jnel, y -t. mal^ a 
bag, 8iu*k; but the Itom. an'- :. I'jrms may 
be from the Teut.* cf. OHU. malaha^ malha^ 
MHCi. malht\ a saddle-bftfr. si wfiHct : Trel. mafr, 
a lniai)sack. The ult. - M^d.] 
It* A Dag, sack, or oth -on- 
veyanceor lif - '- - ' .mal 
property or \ Noth- 
ing or other !^^ ^ - : , i^ip- 
menta of a soldier, ot^, 

A mnh twi vf';«ld r.n Ml f^Tfipcr lay; 
1' ,,, ", , . ■ ■ 

■ i.'in, 

Tale, L 12J. 

isee that my wnilty with »iy ¥t:i9lmtn»l» bo s«itit to the 

moQssteo* of i^alnt Maiy s. Scotia Monastery. xxlL 

S]K " 'V — 2. A bag for the ' m of 

bt ra, etc., particulni ! for- 

Wa;,. : ..viii one T.i>.;;t..>tTi,»o to u:.w iJ.r 

governmental am I care; a 
— 3. A mass ov iL;e of mm 
collectively, the lettijisi, papers, etc., e«juveyed 
by post ; tbe matter sent in any wuv tbrougb 
the post "^ * ^" 1 ■' ,rthe 
convey; nee, 

thesystti.. .> ......,,1... . .. .. . ^ ^ , . lj pos- 
tal convoyaneo : as, to send a package by mail; 
news received through the wad. 

In the weft of Engtan d pw 1 < nt&d (eoach 1 aota 

as u regulator, just as the >• 1« nets as a ther- 

niometcr. Quoted In Fir*t i - <.. k' -' -:'i^kttt Roiffn, p. t£4. 
Mail axle, i^'e ajif, 

mail*-^(mal), t\ L [< m<«/2, w,] To put in tho 
maU i send by mail : put into the post'-ofHoe for 
transmlBsion by mail ; post : a8, to mail a letter. 

mail^t (mal), «. [< ME. math, mailU, < OF. 
mailh^ mtrndle, meaiUv (P. iitadk^)^ f., wail, m., 
a coin, a halfpenny (see def.), mcdmlUu a coin 
(medal): aee tmdaL In dof. 2 a particular use, 
like penny in a similar sense, for ^ money paid,' 
*tax,' hence ' rent/j 1. A small coin of billon 
or silver current in France from the thirteentb 
to the fifteenth century. It hail half the value 
of the denier. Bometimes called obole, — St, 
Rent; lience, payment at a fixed rate, as the 
rent or annual payment formerly extorted by 
tho border robbers. Compare bUwkmaiL t*^l^ 
Scotch.] 

Ill pay yoa for my lodging mttiil, 
Wlien flnt w© meet on the Bonier side. 

JKnmonf WiUir (ChUd's Italbidn. VT. m\ 
Man noble. Ui Knglish gold K-oia of the rtden of Hd- 
ward ni, current for $«. id. Also cidled heJ/wMif.— 
KallB and duUes, the renu of real estate due from the 
tenant to the lord, whether lu mone^ or grata. 
maH"* (mal), M. [< OF. w«i7, maill^ w«^ pkimL 
F. wirti7, < L. maiteu^f amall, maUet : see maW^.} 
1. A mall or mallet. 

After the flax has been brnlseil by the maO, aad cmslied 
by the braciue, it is ready for the scutching proe«ta. 

Un, Diet, n. 4U. 

2* A French game similar to chicane, 
mail^ (mal), ». A weight equal to about 105 
pounds avoirdupois, [Orkney.] 
mailable Cma'la-bl), «. [< ma)r^ -I- 'Me,^ Cft- 
able f>f being mailed; such that it can be sent 
y mail in accordance with the regulations gov- 
erning the post-olBce. 



i; 



mailaid 

mailaidt, n. [< Gael, maileid, a bag, < mala, a 
bag: see wai/S.] A hunting-bag. [Scotch.] 

maU-bag (mal'bag), n. A bag in which the 
public mail is carried, in the United States postal 
service the canvas bags used for papers and parcels are 
called maU-aaekaf the locked leather oags nuxu-pauches.— 
Mail-bag receiver and dlBdiarger. &ee tnaa-eatcher. 

mail-box (marboks), n. A box placed in some 
public place, as at a street comer, for the de- 
posit of letters to be gathered by the postman. 

mail-car (mal'kHr), n. A railroad-car for car- 
rying the mails. When fitted up with post-offlce fa- 
cilities for distributing and stamping letters, etc., on the 
Journey, such a car is called & postal ear, post-ojice car, or 
railroad pott-ojlee. 

mail-carrier (mal'kar'i-^r), ti. A person em- 
ployed in carrying the mail between post-of- 
fices, or over a specified mail-route. 

mail-cart (mark&rt), n. A cart in which the 
public mail is carried. 

In another minute mail-carts are seen rushing along 
from the Post Office and sidling up to the different mails 
with their reeking horses. 

Quoted in First Year qf a Silken Beign, p. 185. 

mail-catcher (markach'^r), n. A device at- 
tached to a mail-car, designed to catch up mail- 
baes while the train is in motion, it consists of 
a mnged iron bar fixed at the door of the car, in such a 
wav as to catch the bag, which is suspended by hooks or 
light strings from a gallows-frame beside the tntclc The 
catcher engages the middle of the bag, just where it is tied 
into the smaUest possible compass, and holds it securely 
until it is drawn in at the door. 

mail-cheeked (marchekt), a. Having the 
cheeks mailed, as a fish, by the extension of 
certain suborbital bones, especially the third 
suborbital, to articulate with the preopercle ; 
Bclerogenous : specifically said of the cottoids. 

mail-CJAd (mal'klad), a. 1. Clad with a coat 
of mail. 

The peer of our day ... is in lees danger going about 
weaponless than was the maU-dad knight wiUi lance and 
sword. U, Spencer, Study of SocioL, p. 257. 

2. By extension, in modem usage, defensively 
armed ; clad in armor. 
mail-coach (markoch), n, A coach that con- 
veys the public mails. 
Mail-coaches, which come to others, come not to me. 

Hatmdh More, To H. Walpole, 178& 

mail-coif (mal'koif ), n. Same as coif, 3 (a), 
mailed (maid), a. [< main + -ed2.] if. Spot- 
ted; speckled. 

As for these our Hawkes, they bee not white, but white 
and mayUd. HaHuyt's Voyages, I. aos. 

2. In sooL, loricate; lepidote; cataphracted ; 
provided with scales, plates, shields, bucklers, 
or the like, which serve for defensive armor like 
a coat of mail. See larica, loricate ^ Jjmcata. 
—Mailed bnlllieads, the fishes of the family Agonidce. 

mailed-cheeks (mald'cheks), n,2)L In ichth., 
the gurnards or cottoids: a term translating 
Sclerogenidw B,ndjoue8 cuirassees, 

mailer (ma'16r), n. Same as addressing-machine. 

mail-goard (marg&rd), n. An officer having 
charge of mail under conveyance. 

mail-hood (marimd), n. In armor, a hood like 
the camail, attached to the hauberk and drawn 
at pleasure over the head and steel cap, worn 
by the Persians during the third and fourth cen- 
turies after Christ. A similar hood was worn 
by the Circassians up to the time of their sub- 
jugation by the Russians. 

mall-hose (marhoz), n, pL Chausses of mail. 

mailin£^ (ma'ling), w. [< mail^ + -ing^,"] 1. 
Linked mail in general. — 2. The conventional 
device adopted, as in early monuments of art, 
to give the idea of a garment of mail. 

mamng^ (ma'ling), n. [< tnail^, 2, + -ing,'] A 
piece of land for which rent or feu-duty is paid; 
a farm. [Scotch.] 

mailing-machine (ma'ling-ma-shen^), w. Same 
as addressina-machinc, 

mailing-table (ma'ling-ta'bl), n. A table used 
in a post-office in somng or distributing let- 
ters for various routes or stations, it is fitted 
with tiers of boxes, each box being provided with facilities 
for attaching a mail -bag to the rear so that letters will 
fall from the box into the bag. 

maillt, maiUet, n. See vtail^, 

Mailly (ma'lye), w. [F.] A still wine made 
from a very black grape, of the quality of the 
so-called gray wine of Champagne, resembling 
the still Sillery. 

mail-master (mal'm&s't^r), «. An officer who 
has charge of the mail. 

mail-ma^r (marmat'^r), n. Matter, as let- 
ters and packages of various kinds, carried in 
the mail; such material as may be transmitted 
through the post-office. 

mail-net (mal'net), n. A form of loom-made 
net. It is a combination in the same fabric of common 



3582 

gauce and whip-net, and presents the appearance of a oon- 
nnuouB succession of right-angled triangles. E. H. Knight. 

mail-pilliont (marpil^'yon), 71. A stuffed lea- 
thern cushion behind aservant who attended 
his master in a journey, to carry lugga^ upon ; 
also, a mail-saddle, or saddle for carrying lug- 
gage upon. Halliwell, 

mau-ponch (marpouch), n. See mail-bag, 

mail-qnilt (mal'kwilt), 91. A garment of fence 
made of textile material, stimed and quilted. 
Compare gambeson and coat-of-fence. 
Here clasping greaves, and plated maH-quHts strong, 
The long-bows here, and rattling quivers hung. 

Midde, tr. of Camodns's Losiad, L 

mail-ronte (marr5t), n. A route over which 
mails are reg^arlv conveyed. 

mail-sack (marsak), n. See mail-bag. 

mail-shell (marshel), n. A kind of mollusk: 
same as chiton, 2 (6). 

mail-staffe (mal'staj). ft. A mail-coach. [U.S.] 

mail-tram (martran), n. A railroad-train by 
which mails are carried. 

maim (mam), i*. L [Also, obs. or dial., main; < 
ME. maimen, mayfnen, mayhemen, mainen, may- 
nenyi OF. mehaigner, mahaigner = Pr. ma^anhar 
= It. fnagagtiare (ML. mahemiare^ thahanare, ma- 
hennare, mehaianare), maim; cf. Bret. machaHa, 
mutilate, macnan^ mutilation, prob. from l^e 
OF. ; ulterior origm uncertain.] To disable by 
wounding or mutilation ; deprive of, or of the 
use of, a necessary constituent partj as of the 
body, or, figuratively, of anything; in old law, 
to deprive of the use of a limb, so as to render a 
person less able to defend himself in fighting, or 
to annoy his adversary ; mutilate. See mayhem . 
The pore and the maj/nwt for to clothe and fede. 

Ckron. VHodun, p. SI. (HaOiweU.) 
You nusifn'd the jurisdiction of all bishops. 

Shak., Hen. Vin., ill 2. 812. 

By the ancient law of England, he that maimed any 

man, wherebv he lost any part of his body, was sentenced 

to lose the like part. Blackstorts, Com., IV. xv. 

-Syn. if 071^20, etc. See mutilate. 

maun (mam), n. [Also mayhem (as technically 
used in law), formerly niahim] < ME. maim, 
maym,maihem, mayhem, < OF. mehaing, mehain, 
mahain (ML. mahami\im, mahaignium, mahai- 
nium), a maim, bodily defect through injury, 
= It. magagna, a defect, blemish: see maim, v.] 

1. A disabling wound or mutilation; the de- 
privation of a necessary part, or of the use of it, 
as a limb; a crippling, or that which cripples; 
in old law, deprivation by injury or removal of 
the use of some member serviceable in fight or 
for self-protection. 

Your father's sickness is a maim to us— 
A perilous gash, a very limb lopp'd off. 

Shak., 1 Hen. IV., Iv. 1. 42. 
The law of England, and all laws, hold these degrees of 
injury to the person, slander, battery, maim, and death. 
Bacon, Charge concerning Duels, 1613» Works, XL 406. 

2. See the quotation, and mayhent. 

The word maim is not, according to the better use, a 
synonym for mayhem, which is a psjrticular sort of aggra- 
vated maim. But, like mavhem, it implies a permanent 
injury or crippling, certiUiily when employed with refer* 
ence to cattle. And such appears to be its general legal 
meaning. Bishop. 

Hence — 3. A hurt or wound in general; an 
injury. [Now rare.] 

Now Ood vs deff ende fro deth this day and fro mainne, 
ffor now I se well that we be alle in pereile of deth. for I 
se yonder comynge the baner of the man that most is 
drcKlde of his enmyes thourgh the worlde. 

MeHin (E. E. T. 8.), ii. 161. 
Hhrewd maims! your clothes are wounded desperately ! 
B. Jonson, Magiietick Lady, lii. 3. 
4t. A defect or blemish. 

A noble author esteems it to be a maim in history that 
the acts of parliament should not be recited. 

Sir J. Haytoard. 
In a minister, ignorance and disability to teach is a 
maim; nor is it held a thing allowable to ordain such. 

Hooker, Eccles. Polity, vii. 24. 
maimedly (ma'med-li), adv. In a maimed or 
defective manner. 

I rather leaue it out altogether then presume to doe it 
maymedly. Uakluyts Voyages, I. 614. 

maimedness (ma'med-nes), n. The condition 

of being maimed. 
Maimomdean (mi-mon-i-de'an), a. [< Maimo- 

nides (see def.) + -an,'] Relating to Maimoni- 

des (1135-1204), a Spanish-Hebrew theologian 

and philosopher, noted as a reformer of Jewish 

traditions, or to his opinions. 
The Maimomdean controversy. Encye. BriL, XX. 288. 
Maimonist (mi'mqn-ist), n. [< Maimon(ides) 

(see* Maimonideaii) + -ist.'] An adherent of 

Maimonides. 
main^ (man), n. [Early mod. E. also maine, 

mayne; < ME. main, mayn, < AS. mwgen, power, 



main 

strength (= OS. m^n = OHG. mepin = Icel. 
megin, magn, power, might, the main part of a 
thing), < m(P^,pret. pres. of *ma^an, have power: 
see wayl. Cf. mighn, from the same source. Cf. 
also main^, to which some of the uses commonly 
referred to main^ (defs. 2, 3, etc.) are in part 
due.] 1. Strength; force; violent effort: now 
used chiefly in the phrase with might and main, 

Ood schulde be worschlpide ouer al thing ; 
do ri3twijsnes with merci with al thi mayn. 

Hymns to Virgin, etc. (E. £. T. S ), p. S7. 
But th' Adamantine shield which he did beare 
So well was tempred, that for all his maine 
It would no passage yeeld unto his purpose vaine. 

Spenser, ¥. (I, V. xL la 

2. That which is chief or principal ; the chief 
or main portion; the gross; tne bulk; the 
greater part. [Obsolete or archaic] 

He himself with the main of his Army was entered tat 
into the Country. MUton, Hist Eng., ▼. 

Main of my studies. Bp. Parker, Hatonick Fhilos., p. 2. 

The main of them may be reduced to language, and an 
improvement in wisdom. Locke. 

Hence — Sf. The principal point ; that which is 
of most importance ; the chief or principal ob- 
ject, aim, or effort. 

Let's make haste away, and look unto the main. 

Shak., 2 Hen. VI., L 1. aos. 

Let it therefore be the maine of our assembly to survay 
our old lawes, and punish their transgressions. 

Marston, The Fftwne, v. 

4. A broad expanse, as of space or light; un- 
broken extent ; full sweep or stretch. [Bare in 
this general sense.] 

Nativity, once in the main of light, 
Crawls to maturity. Shak., Sonnets, Ix. 

To found a path 
Over this main from hell to that new world. 

MUton, P. L., X. 2M. 
Mow, specifically— (a) The expanse of ocean; the open 
ocean ; the high sea. 

I cannot, 'twixt the heaven and the main. 
Descry a saiL Shak., Othello, 11. 1. 8. 

2) A continental stretch of land ; a continent ; themain- 
nd, as distinguished from islands. 
Travelling the maine of poore Slavonia, ... he came 
to Orates in Steria. Capt. John Smith, True Travels, I. 7. 

Almost fourteen months before Columbus in his third 
voyage came in sight of the main, ... he [John Cabot] 
discovered the western continent 

Bancrcft, Hist U. 8., L 9. 

5. A principal duct, channel, pipe, or electri- 
cal conductor, as a water- or gas-pipe running 
along a street in a town, or the largest con- 
ductor in a system of electric lights. 

The fillet should be at least 2 inches wide in the case of 
the mains. EleeL Ret. (Amer.X II. 2. 

6. The thick part of meat. HattiicelL [Prov. 
Eng. ] —For tbe main, in the main, for the most part ; 
in the greatest part; on the whole.— fiydraulic main. 
See hydraulie.— With mlfl^t and main. See mights . 

main^ (man), a, [< ME.*wa«», mayn^ (a) partly 
< Icel. meginn, megn, main, strong, mighty (= 
Dan. fnegen, much), associated with the noun 
megin, might, main, = AS. mcegen = E. main^ 
(there is no like adj. in AS.) (see main^)*, (6) 
partly < OF. maine, maigne, magne, chief, great, 
= Sp. magna = Pg. magna, manho = It. magna, 
great, < L. magnus, great, akin to Gr. fityag (fie- 
yaX-), great, AS. micel, great, E. mickle, much : 
see mickle, much. From L. magnus are also E. 
magnum, magnify, magnitude, etc.] If. Great 
in size or degree ; vast ; hence, strong; power- 
ful; important. 

Thes Messangers met with a mayn knight 
A derf mon to dem, & Delon his nome. 

Destrueticn of Troy (E. E. T. %.\ L 7888. 
I mav seem 
At first to make a main offence in manners. 

B. Jonson, Volpone, ilL 1. 
How dare you, sirrsh. 'gainst so main a person, 
A man of so much noble note and honour, 
Put up this bsse complaint? 

FleUher and Rotdey, Maid in the MOl, iii. 2. 
Lastly, the use of all unlawful arts is maine abuse. 

Lord Brooke, Human Learning. 
Themselves invaded next and on their heads 
Main promontories flung. MUton, P. L., vl 654. 

2. Principal ; prime ; chief ; leading ; of chief 
or principal importance: as, his main effort 
was to please. 

To maintaine the maine chance, they use the benefits of 
their wives or friends. Greene, Conny Catching (15&1> 

Count Olivares is the main Man who sways alL 

UovoeU, Letters, L Ui. 11. 

Men who set their Minds on main Matters, and sufll- 
ciently urge them, in these most difficult times, I find not 
many. MUton, Free Commonwealth. 

The extinction of his [the king's] influence in Parliament 
was the main end to be attained. 

Leeky, Eng. in 18th Cent., zr. 



main 

3. Prineipiil or chief iii Bize or extent ; lurgest; 
coiiflistiug of the IiiricjeBt pari ; most important 
by rettHou of mtv or strength ; us, the main tim- 
hevs of n Uuitding; tbe main bmnoh of a river; 
the ///rt*/i body uf an iirniy. 

Tutu was u. matu Blow to IMnoe Lcwia, *ntl the Lut of 
hla Aifttt«lB iu EnffluiH). BaJtttt, Chrunkle*, p. 7B. 

The main BaUoI mw led by tho Klii^ hlniMlf. 

BoJlYr, Oivronlcle*, p. Ha 
TiQi glOin Ihc liroken tan aft^r llie mnn 
ThAt the i/idtM Imrvrst reap*. 

Stutt,, As >uu like it, Ul. 5. 103. 

4, Fidl; tindivided; shoer; now iiisedchiotlym 
thp phTnsos rfffNtt tfrrutjth^ tuain force, 

! V bftttl StlTTlktS*. 

4dc^, it of iTwtyn »tri9tight» 

MWi iic*f*i.*i o/ 7Voy (E. a T. a). I* 79«tfi, 
A ntHti of my loni nnrtltiuirfl, t>y ct>ttuiil«»iuu niiA ittain 
power, took 'cmfrotu me. " ' ' '' n vui.^ U. VL 7. 

B> 1 ' nt 

Uf all thQfl«l(»rucHS lilt II nvoreiMl. 

Shiii-,, U<u. VUL, iv. I. Ml* 

lliejdid put the win ItkcwUc upon tmain totw atui 

valitur. ilown, VldMltudu of ThiJ4ga (etl» 1«m7Ji 

5* Xatit.j belong^iug to or coimeetod with tht» 
principal mast in a vessel. — 6. **Big"j angry. 
[Prov. Eng.] 
Ubscrving Dick look'd main vml blue. 

Main chance, ^e^^ o /t^t ne^, — lEaln oonrte^ ^«) etiurm ^ . 
1.H- — Main deck, '^'^t r^^ -» ' - Mnin guard. » b«>dy ol 
sol .1 i. i s t . M . 1 ff f , T t )uj kr b> of tl s « du>- ui' 1 1 Ight^ 

I'miu Hliirli i^^eiiUnL-l.. i.ip . riUcerj.— Main BML 

main^ (man), adv. l< i««i«-, fU Of. miifhty, pow- 
er! nl, similarly used.] Mightily; exceedingly; 
extremely. ['l*rov, Eng,] 

Why, it H tnttin julljr. to hv sure. 

.<7A0fwfftii (7% The Cunp, L 2. 

A draught of ale, fk-lead ; for I'm f mow* dry. FooU. 

malu^ (Toan), n, [< ME. ma^Ht% C OF. muhty the 
hiiiidj F. nmin, thf^ hand, u hand at cards, the 
load at canla* uIho lixind (lit. and in various de- 
rived :}enaes), = Pr. man = Hn. muno = Pg. mtkt 
= It. mamj^siir. mant »m»af < L. m^fMuj^^lhe liand, 
also a stake at dice (and in many other derived 
senses) : prob. < >/ ma, measure. The deriva- 
tives of L. mannj<t are very many: mnnade, 
mannffc^ maut^ie, mitnufrnt, manijdr^ manijfuiak, 
ma utter f mamttil, manufacAurc^ nuinnmH^ mauH- 
itcrtpty ete.» manure ^ munwHvery muittor, arnath 
uensiSf etc., maini/riae^ imnnpt^rthor^ tnaintaiiu 
eto.] If. A hand. 

fl«yiit Elyu hit rnndc with noble inai/iv. 

Piilitiml Poems, etc. (tMl, FiimlrimX p. t^ 

2f^ A hand at dice; a throw of the dice at haz- 
ard. 

WtTO It good 
To ftut this itxmet WiraAth uf all our «tat«a 
All lit ou» cujit i to Mot iu rich li main 
Ou the nice huard of one doubtful boar? 

8hak„ I Hen. IV., iy. L 47. 
Firvt * mainiit tti dlc«, luid thian weelo eato. 

ifdnCon, What you Wai» Iv, 1. 

8. A match at cock-%hting. 

The Wdch main^ wblab was the mo«t lan^naiT form 
of the uniuemeut, appuarm to hATe Xwrnn fixclasiv-ely Eng^ 
Uih, and of modorn origlu. In thU game lA many •» e^- 
te«i oocki wore sometimes matched against ea«ft other At 
each tidu, and they fouffht til] aU on one ijde were killed. 
The Tie ton were then divided and fought, and the process 
ma rep«at49d till bat a singk cock remained. 

iMcky, Bug. Id IBUi CenL, It. floa 

4, A banker's shovel for coin, 
main^t (man), v, t [By apheresis for amabt'^. ] 
To fnrl: said of sails. 

Thanao he mado vs to nuaifM, tliat y? U> wy 9^k Bownc 
ower s&ylea. T&rkin^fUm, Dixuie t f 1 " A\, p. 5». 

WTien It Is a tempettt almost liiki! :tT a!ih% 

and maketh tliero ni«*>iftll tJictf aailb, ; ! ke«lhoiit 

up theirs, and sail excelteiitly well. 

r. SttteiiM { Arber*» Ettg. Ownor, I, 189)k 

maill^f , t\ t. An obsolete variant of maim* 

maina (ma'na), ?i. [< Hind, maimt, a starling.] 
1 . A kind of bird. Bee mina'^ and Eidultes, — 2. 
\cap.^ A genua of birds : same as Eulahes, B. /?. 
Hodtisoriy 1830. Also MmnaUm {it, P, I^hsou, 
1831), 

niaill'bdaill (man'liem), n. SauU^ the deck* 
beam under tlic forward side of the main-hatch, 
on will eh the oflioial tonnage and number of 
the vessel are by the United States t?tatnte re- 
quired to be marked. On river-steamers it is 
considered to be the beam under the after side 
of the starboani forward hatch. 

main-boom (miin'b^iin). «. The spar which ex- 
tejids the foot of a fore-and-aft mainsail. 

main -brace (mHirbra>), n. Xaut., the brace 
attached to the main-yard. 8ee !^rae«fi, 9.— To 
fpUoe thft main-braoe, in ntmt. stomr, to tsrve oat tn 



3583 

annrwatjce of spirits to a ship's oompany ; indulge fit drink- 
ing splritA. 

mai^ "^f^^^T*' -'-- '^tok»), «, i>/. The first ^et 
(t r w<Kkd at the head of a 

wi , till' upper strake, form- 

ing tiie jtciot*ve through which the Une passes, 

main-COnple i man ' kup'l ), h, In «r<"A.» the prin- 
cipul triLSs in a roof. 

main^deck (nuiu'dek), «. In merchant ships, 
l]y.f . .,* -.t H... *,|.i^p,, ^(j^.jjtuphi^jh lies Ki^'Ui^'.^fi 
t); [K)np; in men-' 

d. spai'-deckj the u 

See lif t A, 2. 

main-de-fer (man-d^f er')» », [F. : maiu, hand ; 
dc, of; ffr^ irom] A def* : '< i '* 
the hand and arm useil 

and tiltiiig-matches of tin i-.v^ l... ..,:.. 
Especially — (&) A *oIid piece ol iron iixtending trorn the 
4dlH>w Jiilnl to the tips of the ttiigers of th«^ 1«ft ann^ 



tike a &hleld, to protect that part of the ami whItJi w»i» 

„,,f .v..v.n..-l U. il,.. t.lH„„r.wt,U'M. Th« hlltt't K.IUn.l it 

\i clothed in h 

< ! ^) Agafintli 

li - ...i. ; «, ....J ataple or the l...<., ,.. ...... 

L I 'A not he ojieuodf oor the weapon grasped in 

II ■.!., 

Mamu liiW, See iaw^, 

maine-portt (m an 'port), w. In old Emj. 

smuU duty or tribute, commonly of loav; 

brea<i» which in some places the parishioner^ 

brought to the rector in lieu of small tithes. 
mainndf (man'fiil)» «. [< ME, mayntul^ meiti- 

Jul; < waiiA + -fuL] Powerful. 
main-Iiatcli (man'hach), «, Naut.j a hatch just 

forwai-d of tlie mainmast, 
main-bold (man 'hold), II- XauLy that pari, of 

a 6>liiTt'!4 bold which lies near the main-hatch, 
mainland (man'land), *i. The continent; the 

principal land, asdistiugoished from islands. 
It Is in Grece, and tbeTurkes tnisyne lande lytth within 

Jj. or .lij. mylo of thwm. 

Sir R. Quyiforrh, Pylgrymage, p. U, 

They landed on the imtitdaml north of the haveu. 

E. A. Frteman, Vcnicev p 124, 

mainlander (man'lan-d^r), n. One who dwells 
ou the mainlaod. [Rare.] 

The matfUandrnv and the iaiandors could not take the 
prelhulnary step of agr«*ein»[ ttpon a pliK:e where they 
should wiHil, Palfnp, Hist. New Eng., IL S50. 

main-link (man'lingk), >i. In mack., in the 

usual parallel motion, the link that connects 

the end of the beam of a steam-engine to the 

piston-rod, 

mainly ( man ' li ), a rfr , [< main 2, a . , + -/y'-. ] If. 

By main strength; strongly; forcibly; firmly, 

Butih breadth of sliooldcn as might mmnttf bear 

Old Atlas' bartheu. JfdnrJcruv, TamburUiiie, I., li. 1. 

2t Greatly; to a great degree; mightily. 
When a suspoct dotli (^atch once, It burns maitdp. 

MiddM^n, The Wit<ib, iv. 2. 
Stm she eyea him nudniy, Fhtchtr, Mad Lover. 111. 4. 
3. Chiefly; principally; as, he is «m/«/j^ occu- 
pied with domestic concerns, 

Mooalims of Arabian origin have, for many ccnturlea, 
maivlu composed the tiopulaiion of Egypt 

B, W. Latu\ Modern EgypUaaH, I. 2D. 
They are Spaniards inaifUu in thdr love of revolt. 

LatArop, Spanish Vistas, p. 18L 

mainmast (man'mfist or -mast), n, Naut^ the 
nriueipitl mast in a ship of other vessel, in 
chr«o-maHt(Kl vessels it is the middle mast; iu a vessel 
carrying two masts it is the one toward the stem, except 
In the yawl, galiot. and ketch, where It li the mast toward 
the prow ; la four-masted ships It is the second mast from 
the how — Halnmaatman^ a seaman stationed to attend 
t4t and ktrep tn i'rUm ttiii' ropos about the maintnutb 

mainort, mainourt ( ma'nor), w, [Also manour, 
manmr.mamr; < ME. MfUftourc.meinourefmay- 
nure^ < AF, mainoure, mtitioure^ OF. maineuvrer 
manotuvre, manovre^ work of the hand : see ma- 
nofuvert nm n itre^ m a *i ner^, ] 1 . Act or fact : used 
of the commission of theft.— 2. That which is 
stolen; evidence of guilt found ou an offender, 
as stolen goods.^To bo taken In ibe mAlAor* to 
1>« taken or otuigbt la the act, aa of th«ft 



m^in-sbeet 

Hnw like a theop ^ 
And retuly for the i 

To he taken with the m&incir, to t^e taken or uauglii 
with the stolen property hi hmtd. 
The maimer of it Is, I wns fflJtr/j ' 

I 201. 

Even as a theife that in taUu imt h» 

Stealt^tli. Latir p. n<.K (A'amr) 

A thief taJnm viUk thi* V. i% wltli the thing 

* " T t;{m tn nmnu. ■ ' '■ ■•fd flu* 

iiy brought I : tried 

iiefit yTikiii. 

main-pendant (raan'pou duutj, n, Saui,^ a 
pioee nf >4ti»ut rope fixed to tlie lop of the main* 



mainpemablet (man * pt-r- na- iU), «. [k of. 

(AF.) wuthprtnable^ < mainprtmlrt, take sure* 
ty; see miunpriHe^ maittprrnor,} In t^w, capable 
of being admitted to give surety by mainjMir- 
nors; proper to !>• v; !- > il "^v . 

mainpemort, mai ! ). i*» 

p*].. rlv T.iA.l K u' ,, ,. .. . j[.., 'iiain^ 

pi jitfriM?wr,<uF,tAF,) 

wi/f , mainprcnor^ main- 

prtiU-Ui, i ituiiuptntiirf^ take surety: see matn- 
;^rMf^,} In Utu\ a surety for a priftoner's ap* 

iri I hail 

in i:.,u, ..-- ^... -.:.(.- ---■-.'. ■- --■-.__:! i^-:- i.:,,..-unor 
surrender tho prisoner before tlie day appoint* 
ed. Bee mainprise. 

Whan ttyste schall schewe his wouudy* wete. 
Than Marye he oure inaifnpurruofttrtt f 

MS. Caninh H It i.^ f r. mnUdvtlL) 

» I>el them to find ^ i ' bearing, by 

,t nyainpcmort^ of r .ible, if nny 

iMMrju U\i found in such Ftiu>i- <<Jt, 

Law* t{f Richard li.^ quoteil in i: j « Vugrautt 

njem knowest wvU ynou^h that I ±ux thy tibjOgc. barowe, 
M 1 matfitepemrr. 

liaU* Union, 1648, Hen. IV., foL VL iNan$.} 

main-pin (man' pin), w. A pin upon which the 
tv>re axle of a wagon turns in locking, [Prov. 
Eng.] 

main-post (man'pdst). h. The stem-post of a 
iship, 

malnpriset, mainpiizet (nmn'pri»), «. [< ME. 

muinprm, mi^yttpri^r, < OF. (AF.) mfiinprim, 
meinprise, 8uretv,baii,< mainprtndrt^ take sure* 
ty, < maiiu band, + prcndrt., take: see />ri*fl.] 
In law: (a) Surety; bail. 

He shallt for his offi^ncc, pay th«? M»m of two shillings, or 
dae be atteiiy excluded for r - ^^'' it bailor iiuMinjvriss. 
fjj j:. E. T. ft,\ p. gsJi, 

Tlir alable. 

They atend oomiDittett witltout h^il or mmnvrine. 

B. JitimoH^ Staple of >ewa, v. %. 

(fe) Deliverance of a prisoner on security for 
his appearance at a future day. 

"God wot,* qnatb Wiedjun ' '»-• " "-t theboste; 

And he ameudes make hi .ne; 

And beo borw of his IjsIi' te," 

*..-... u^i(AXIn7S. 

(c) A writ formerly directed to the sheriff, com- 
manding him to takes sureties (called mainpvr- 
aor«) for a prigcmer'fi appearance, and to let 
hira ifo at large. This writ ia now generally 
sunerHeded by bail and hnbeas coqnis. 
malnpriset, mainprizet (man'priz), c t, [< 

mamprisi^ p/.] To sufler to ffo at large, as a 
prisoner/ on his finding sureties or mainper- 
nors for his appearance at a future day. 
mainpriserf, mainprizerf (man'pri-zM, «. A 

r!5iirety; a mainperuor. 

There wiis the Earhi of t'bter i::ularg«d, who tooke his 
oath, ond foMtuI mninpriMTH or sureties to answer the 
writs of law and to pursue the Kings enemies. 

nfUland, tr. of Camden, U. 17«. (i>aB<iS.) 

main-rigging (mau'rig'ing), «. Xant,, the rig- 
ging of the mainmast. 

mainroyal (man'roi'al)^ n. Nautf the upper- 
most sail ordinarily carried on the mainmast, 
next above the topgallantsail, and used only 
in a light breeze.— Malnroyalmast^ the upper part 
of the inalntopgallantinast sometlmea fitted aeparately, 

mains (manz ), «. [A dial . var, of manxe^.'] 1 he 
farm or fields attached to a rii ^ ' nise; 
the home farm. [Scotch and > ] 

mainsail (man 'sal or -si), «. In u ,, lii^ged 

vessel, the sail bent to the main-ynrd ; the main 
course; in a fore-and-aft rigged vessel, the large 
sail set on the after part of the mainmast. 

main-sheet (man'shet), n. The sheet or rope 
used for securing the muinsail %vhen set. See 

sheet. With a mxinrv nialnsull St itulds In place the lee 
clue of the sail, and with a for«!-and oft maluBail it Is a 
tackle on the malu-boom. 



mainspring 

mainspring (man'sprinff), n. 1. The principal 
spring of any piece of mechanism, as, in a 
gun-lock, the sprint which operates the ham- 
mer; specifically, the coiled spring of a watch 
or other timepiece. 

God 'b the maintpringt that nuJceth every way 
All the small wheels of this great EnginenlaT. 

SyloeMlsr, tr. of Da Bartas's Weelu^ L 7. 

Hence — 2. The impelling cause of any action ; 
the inciting motive. 

It was no longer the savage love of plunder or the ne- 
cessities of providing subsistence^ the maintpring of the 
barbarian's inroads^ that excited men to war>like enter- 
prise. Brougham. 

mainstay (man'sta), n. 1. The rope which 
secures the head of the mainmast of a vessel 
forward. Hence — 2. Chief 8upi>ort ; main de- 
pendence : as, their mainstay is fishing. 

The oocoanut, bread-fruit, taro, and banana form the 
matnftoy and daily food of thepeople. 

The Century, XXXVin. 16. 

mainstaysail (man'sta-sal or -si), n. A storm- 
sail set sometimes on the mainstay. 
mainswear, v. «. See manswear. 
main-tack (man'tak), n. The weather-clue of 
a square mainsail. 
maintain (man -tan'), V, K ME. mainteinen, 
maintenen, < OF. maintenir,¥, maintenir = Pr. 
mantener = 8p. mantener = Pg. manter = It. 
mantenerCf keep, maintain, < L. manu tenercy 
hold in the hand: manu, abl. of manuSf hand; 
tenerCf hold : see main^ and tenant. Cf . attainy 
containy detainy ete.'] I. trans. 1. To hold in an 
existing state or condition ; keep in existence or 
continuance ; preserve from lapse, decline, fail- 
ure, or cessation ; keep up : as, to Tnaintain an 
upright attitude ; to maintain a conversation. 
Your richesses ne sufflcen not werres to mairUeine. 

ChauceTy Tale of Melibeus. 
Go you, and mairUain talk with the duke, that my char- 
ity be not of him perceived. Shak. , Lear, iiL 8. 16. 
The kinffs had no easy part to play, to avoid quarreling 
with the dergy and yet to maintain a hold upon them. 
Stubbty Const Hist, f 886. 

2. To furnish means for the subsistence or ex- 
istence of ; sustain or assist with the means of 
livelihood ; provide for ; support : as, to main- 
tain a family or an army ; to maintain a costly 
equipage. 

Among all honest Christian people, 
Whoe'er breaks limbs maintaini the cripple. 

Prior, To F. Shepherd. 
A time there was, ere England's griefs began, 
When every rood of ground maintain'd its man. 

CMdmUthy Des. ViL, L 58. 

It is a mistake to suppose that the rich man maintaing 

his servants, tradesmen, tenants, and labourers : the truth 

iB, they maintain him. PaUy, Moral Fhilos., III. il. 2. 

3. To hold fast; keep in possession; preserve 
from capture or loss: as, to maintain one's 
ground in battle or in argument; to maintain 
an advantage. 

Thei meyntenen hem self right vygouresly. 

MandevOU, Travels, p. 155. 

I stand upon the ground of mine own honour, 

And wni Tnaintain it Fletcher, Rule a Wife, iii. 5. 

To maintain the frontiers of the Rhine and the Danube 

was, from the first century to the fifth, the great object 

of Rome's European policy and warfare. 

X A. Freeman, Amer. Lects., p. 107. 

4. To give support or encouragement to ; up- 
hold ; countenance ; vindicate, as by defense or 
adjudication. 

We will put oure bodyes in auenture of deth for to en- 
crece holy chirche and the cristin f eith to mayntene. 

Merlin (E. E. T. S.), iii 580. 

For thou hsst maintained my right and my cause ; thou 
satest in the throne judging right Fs. Ix. 4. 

6. To uphold by argument or assertion ; hold 
to: as, to maintain the doctrine of the Trinity. 

We maintain that in iScriptnre we are taught all things 
necessary onto salvation. Hooker, Eccles. Polity, UL S. 

The Lutheran churches maintain consubstantiation. 

Jer. Taylor, Works (ed. 1885), II. 299. 

This glittering, fanciful system of fencing which he 
kept up on all suojects. maintaining with equal brilliancy 
and ingenuity this to-day and that to-morrow. 

H. B. Stowe, Oldtown, p. 360. 
6t. To represent; denote. 

This side is iliems, Winter, this Ver, the Spring ; the 
one maintaitted by the owl, the other by the cuckoo. 

Shak., L. L. L., v. 2. 902. 
gg yn . 4 and 5. Defend, Vindicate, etc See osaerL 

n. in trans. 1. To behave; conduct one's 

self. [Prov. Eng.] — 2. To hold as true; hold. 

maintainable (man-ta'na-bl), a. [< maintain 

+ -able. ] Capable of being maintained, kept up, 

supported, or upheld; sustainable; defensible. 

They perhaps, if they were urged, could say little else 
than that without such a second voyage their opinion were 
not maintainable. Raleigh, Hist World. II. i. 3. 



3584 

maintainor (man-ta'n^r), n. One who main- 
tains, supports, sustains, or upholds. In legal 
use, maintainor (which see). 

O ye traitours and mainiairyera of madnesse. 
Unto your folly I ascribe all my paine. 

LamenUUion qf Mary Magdalen, L 258. 

maintaining-wheel (man-ta'ning-hwel), n. In 
a watch, a wheel impelled by a spring, which 
prevents a watch from stopping while being 
wound: a going-wheel. 

maintainor (man-ta'nor), n. [< F. mainteneur, 
< mainteniTy maintainfsee maintain.] In law, 
one guilty of maintenance (see maintenance, 
4) ; one who maintains a cause depending be- 
tween others in which he has no interest. 

maintonanoo (man'te-nans), n. [< ME. main- 
tenance, maynetenaunee," meyntenaunce, < OF. 
(and F.) maintenance (= Pr. mantenensa = Sp. 
mantenencia = Pg. manten^ = It. mantenensa), 
maintenance, < maintenir, maintain: see main- 
tain,] 1. The act of maintaining, keeping up, 
supporting, or upholding; preservation; sus- 
tentation; vindication: as, the maintenance of 
a family ; the maintenance of right. 

He, on the other hand, granting to them a bond of main- 
tenance, or protection, by which he bound himself, in usual 
form, to maintain their quarrel against all mortals, saving 
his loyalty. Quoted in ChiUTt BaUade, VI. 168. 

All Christian soveranty is by law, and to no other end 
but to the maintenance of the common good. 

Milton, Apology for Smectymnuus. 

Ability to feel depends on the maintenance of a certain 
temperature. H. Spencer, Prin. of Psychol., i 42. 

2. That which maintains or supports; means 
of livelihood. 

After such an age no minister was permitted to preach, 
but had his maintenance continu'd during life. 

Evelyn, Diary, Aug. 10^ 1641. 
Sf. Bearing; behavior. 

She had so stedfaste countenaunce^ 
So noble porte and meyntetiaunee. 

Chaucer, Death of Blanche^ L 884. 
For all their craft is in their countenaunce, 
They bene so grave and full of mayntenaunee. 

Spenter, Shep. CaL, September. 

4. In law: (a) An officious intermeddling in a 
suit in which the meddler has no interest, by 
assisting either party with means to prosecute 
or defend it. This is a punishable offense at 
common law. (6) Formerly, a like intermed- 
dling with the controversy of others, as to land, 
\yj wrongfully takinc or holding possession in 
aid of one party, (c) In a more general sense, 
an interfering with the due course of justice. 
«/. F. Stephen,— cgM of maintenance, a cap of dig- 
nity carried before the sover- 
eigns of England at their coro- 
nation ; a kind of abacot or by- 
cocket. The term is also applied 
to an ornament borne before the 
mayors of certain cities on state 
occiuions. In heraldry it is in 
use as a symbol of dignity, and is occasionally shown be- 
neath the crest in place of the customary wreath, llie 
01^) of maintenance (or estate)originally belonged to nobles 
exclusively, but is now granted to gentlemen, and is borne 
irrespective of rank. 

In the later end of thys yere came the thyrde etqipe of 
mayntenaunee from the pope. 

Fabyan, Chron., I., an. 1606. 
—83m. 1. Justification, preservation.— 2. Subeietence, Live- 
lihood, etc. 8ee living. 
mainienantlyt (man'te-nant-li), adv. [< *main- 
tenant, < F. maintenant, now, at the present 
moment, ppr. of maintenir, keep, maintain : see 
tnaintain, j Incontinently; straightway. 

The Scottes, encouraged a fresh, assayled theyr enimies 
with more egre mindes than they had done at the flrste, 
so that mayntenantly both the winges of the Brytishe ar- 
mie were utterly dlBComflted. Holinehed (1577X (Naree.) 

Maintenon cross (man-t^-ndn' kr6s). A cross 
niarked by four diamonds forming its extremi- 
ties, a personal ornament for women: named 
from Madame de Maintenon, wife of Louis XIV. 

maintop (man'top), n. Naut.y a platform just 
below me head of the mainmast, resting on the 
trestletrees. See top. 

maintopmast (man ' top-m&st or -mast) , n , Na u t. , 
the mast next above the lower mainmast. 

maintopsail (man 'top-sal or -si), n . In sfjuare- 
rigped vessels, the sail above the mainsail. — 
Maintopsall-yard, the yard on which the maintopsaO is 
set 

main-wales (man'walz), n. pi Naut.y the 
strakes worked from the lower port-sill of the 
gun-deck to the bottom plank. 

main-yard (man'yard), ». Xaut., the lower 
yard on the mainmast. 

Their topmasts and their mainyards 
Were cover'd o'er wi' gold. 

Jamee Berries ((.-hlld's BalUds, I. 206). 

maioid (ma'yoid), a, and n, [< Maia + -oid.] I. 
a. Same as maioidean. 



maize-bird 

n. n. A crab of the group Maioidea; a spider- 
crab. 
Also maian. 

Maioidea (ma-yoi'de-a), n.pl. [NL., < Maia + 
-oidea, ] A superf amily of brachyurous decapod 
crustaceans, also called Oxurhyncha; the spi- 
der-crabs. There are several families and more 
than 100 genera. 

maioidean (ma-yoi'de-an), a. Resembling a 
maioid ; having the characters of the Maioidea, 

mairl (mar), a, and n. A Scotch form of more^. 

mair^t, mairet, n. Earlier forms of mayor, 

maiset, f^* An obsolete form of mease*^, 

maisondewet, n. See measondue, 

maist, a.y n., and adv. A Scotch form of moat 

maistert, maistresset, etc. Obsolete forms of 
mastery mistress, etc. 

maistowt. A Middle English contraction of 
mayest thou. 

This maidoie undentonde and sen at eyeu 

Chancer, Knight's Tale, L 2168. 

mai8tri,inai8tree(mas'tri), n. [E.Ind.] In the 
East Indies, a native foreman or master work- 
man: said of masons, carpenters, cooks, etc. 

Labour, 4 annas a day, exclusive of maiririei' wsgea. 

Spont^ Eneyc. Mawuf., L 714. 

maistringt, a. A Middle English form of mas- 
tering. 
maistriset, n, [ME., < OF. maistrise, mastery, 
< maistre, master: see mastery.] Same as mas- 
tery. 

And eke amidde this purprisc 
Was maad a tour of gret maietriee. 

Bom. qfthe Bxm, L 4172. 

Maitland cord. See cord^. 

maltre (ma'tr), w. [F.i b^q master^.] A mas- 
ter.— a la maltre dlietel, in cookery, a phrase signifyinff 
that a dish is served with a sauce made of butter mdted 
with a little lemon-Juice, vinegar, and chopped parsley. 
— Haitre de Chapelle, a choir-master. See maitrim,— 
Maltre dlidtel. the master or superintendent of the table 
in a mansion ; a butler. 

maltri8e(ma-trez'), n. [F.: ^ee maistrise,] 1. 
In France, a school formerly attached to a ca- 
thedral or collegiate church, for the education 
of singers. The pupils were supported at the expense 
of the church, and educated in otner branches as well as 
music Most French musicians were educated in these 
schools before the Revolution, when they were suppressed. 
Some were afterward reestablished, and a few stUl exist 
The master of such a school is called the maUari de eha- 




CapofMainl 



5. Formerly, in France, a corporation of mas- 
ters in a trade ; a trade-gild. 

The Parisian couturiferes, prior to the Kevoluiion. were 
continually persecuted by the maitriee or corporation of 
women's tailors. Fortnightly Rev., N. S., XUI. 288. 

maize (maz), ?^ [Formerly also maiz, mais. mayz, 
mays ; = F. mats, formerly maiZy < Sp. mate (WL. 
mays)y < W. Ind. (Haytian) mahiz, mahis, the na- 
tive name of the plant. It was also formerly 
called Turkey com or Turkey wheat, after F. hU 
de TurquiCy its origin, like that of the Turkey 
cock or turkey, being at one time erroneously 
ascribed vaguely to "Turkey " or the East.] 1. 
A cereal plant, Zea Mays, of the grass family ; 
the Indian com. in America commonly called simply 
com; in Europe formerly Turkey com or Turkey vheaL 
For description, see Zea. 

2. The grain produced by the maize ; Indian 
com. It appears in market either in the ear(L e., on 
the cob) or shelled (i. e., removed from the cobX It is a 
highly nutritious food, stanhy matter predominating in 
it As human food it is used in various forms. (See corn- 
bread, hatty -pudding, Indian meal, hominy, ecrn-^ardk, 
tamp.) The immature kernels (green comX boiled, form 
an excellent vegetable^ and in this state maize is Isrgely 
preserved by canning. Of late years Indian com has been 
extensively manufactured into glucose. Msise is said to 
furnish food to a larger part of the human race than any 
other grain except rice. It is also much used for fatten* 
ing cattle and swine, as well as for horses. An enormous 
amount is consumed in the manufacture of spirits ; it is 
the principal grain distilled in the United States. Maixe 
was found In cultivation over a great part of America 00 its 
discovery, and was rapidly ditfused ttiroughout the world 
wherever the climate was suitable to it. 

Heer, of one grain of Maiz, a Reed doth spring 
That thrice a year flue hundred grains doth bring. 

Sylceeter, tr. of Du Bartas's Weeks^ L 8. 

3. A coal-tar color, the sodium salt of the di- 
sulphonic acid of azoxy-stilbene. It dyes silk 
and wool reddish-yellow in an acid bath. Also 
called sun-yellow — Japan maize, a variety with or- 
namental variegated leaves.— Mountain malie, plants 
of the genus Ombrophytum, said to be eaten like mush* 
rooms.— Water-maize, the royal water-lily Victoria rt- 
gia : so called on account of its farinaceous seeds. 

maize-bird (maz'b^rd), n. An American 
blackbird of the family Icteridce and subfam- 
ily Agelannce; one of the troopials or marsh- 
blackbirds: so called from its fondness for 
Indian com. 



nudze-eater 

maize-eater (raaz'e't^^r), ». A Hmith Am^ricAn 

maize-oil (mnz/oil), «, Ad oU propfiri'd fi'ora 
flie seed of Inflifiii conn It l« a Umpld yellow oO, 

fi.ii(l to be !i : ' ' ! uit, litil it hug not jrct bcoil pro- 
i i u < ed c h t'a [ 1 1 uJik'-ruM ^ q u nn 1 1 ty . 

maize-smut lui), w, A dt- Ktmctive fun- 

giis» UithltWij Miiudis^ attafikin^ *i*^ ovjiry as 
woU as vanons ofber parts of the living plant 
- ' " ' «'orn. 

Ill t^f (rattz'tbef), n. A luwze-bml; es- 

P ,, .i . . Lhe common miirsli-blttckbird, ^£rrteM,v 
ffhanu'cua, J. JVtJjsort* 

Maj , A ti iibbre V i a lion of Mttjor be fore a u ame . 

MajaqueuB (ma-ja'lcw^tis), «. [NL/] A gjenua 
of vi ry lariEft* ROoty sh'piirwBtprs, of the fftrnilv 



< 1' •'■7'K///'j/'<i.. iulkal'it 3'jnth' 

i ■ r 1 1 ■■ ' 

fhiuUru {cL {y, Jiiftjtstiilifich = Dan. 
/. = Hw. majmttitiHk), < ML. ^nmJe^Ui 

Of majestic api>earuiie<' 
majestaticalt {uiaj-eMai .-rv*,.,!, r*. [< i^Va* 

/«/<> -f~ -^7/.j Saiii»> as mojvHtttiU', 
majeatic l inft-jes'tik ), a. [< mnjfHi^ + -•(% Cf . 
mtijCiiUiiivJ] 1. PoBaea8iii>;uiajeMy;ljft\ing<li|^- 
nity of nature or appcaruncts of 8talc*ly chjtr- 
acter; atigiist. 

UtiiX' lil& flrst tnjrn itmi^^k Dtifih»fiJ filing. 

Pep*. Windsor Fore«l. 1. 271. 

2. Cbaraeteristie of or manifesting^ majesty; 
lofty; fcrauii; sublimo: a»^ a i/i<{/Vw^<? mien* 
Got Ujtt alurt til U>g mai^'^tUc world. 

.'^A-^i! . xr.iiiao. 

f>»k lit>w sh« wnJks tilon 
Not Jinio moYca with m 

i>r . ; ..i.,Leeo, 

=Syil. MnlNAic. Aufffot, Stnfdy; inagiiincent. Imperial. 

rc%vil. mynl, imMfV ^nfrht in genoratly iippMH fn tlu^ 

I. ■' ■ ■■ ■' ■■ ■ ■■iiitH to the vi],.i^"' i .1: 

tjeMic and ^ <- 



Majestic, [ivait*.] 

If I wore ever to fall In love igalR » . . it woold be, 1 
think, with prcttloeiiB, rather thaii wUli ma}eMiealh&HMXj. 

t'0uif}t, QrtsatiKj^iis. 

majestically (raa-jc's'ti-kaUi), wr/f. Ill a ma- 
j» stio manner; with majcaty; with ft lofty air 
or appranvnce, 

majesticalneBS (ma- jps ' ti -kal - nes), tJ, The 
rbameter of being majestic, [Kare.] 

majesticnesfl (ma-jes'tik-ne.^), «. The quality 
u\ In^'uxi: niajestio. (Jarttrngh f , To the CounteHS 
of Carlisle. TRare.] 

majesty (maj es-ti), n, ; pL mqjt.tUfA (-ti/,)- [< 

ME, mtjiiestrcj i OF. majfstrt^ F. mf^csie — Sp, 

^Ui() = Pg. mttgr^Uidf, nutjesiftde = It. f/i«- 

;, mavstd — D. mqfCtitrit = G. Sw. tnaJe^Uit 

= i>iin. majt'sta'tf < L. miiJ{:8ta{t-)8, |?reatne8s, 

grantleur, dignity, majesty, < niiijns {mnjm-^ 

orig. ^majoji-i ciJioncfttu^H, honest, < iwnor^honos, 

hoi I or )^ compar. (cf. nuigiJi^ compar. adv.) of 

muijnu^j or rather of the rare positive majuA, 

trreat: see magnitudf^^ main^^ wmjor, etc.] 1. 

Tlie qrontnesa or grandeur of exalted rank or 

. or of manner; imposing loftiness; 

- ; in gpueral^ the character of inspir- 

.,.,^ .. .,. > I reverence. 

And nftir thftt. tit 6chu»Ido he putton liem In m foyrore 
Pitrud^t, whfiiitiiiit thc'l Bchohl neaGod of Nattireriaihly, 
In hJi Ma^ettitit mid In his BUiiae. 

MandfvStf^ TTaveU. p. S7D, 
The Lord rvigncth, he b dotUed with m^^estu. 

K xclii. I. 

Awtd by tb« mnjeity of AntJqaity, turn not with ludif^ 

iHreQOtt Crom \\\c Fnture, Sumner^ Qr»tEon«, I. lOCw 

UirtLsh UghtlMW VUWmI awHy 
Jnto n Awet^t irraTc fnajkfy. 
That ftCttrcf etsowhere the worW might Me. 

WiUiam Mt^rrU, EnrUUy rarndtse^ ni, «7. 

d. Royal State; royalty. 

Wipe off the diint thut hi(!«!» onr scppti^'s sriU, 
And niiike high maktiy luQk like Itself. 

S^Aoit.. Klcti.n.,U.l.S&&. 

8. A title of addrosa or dimity (commonly 
written with a capital) used in speakinj? to or 
of a ruling aovereifirn or his (or more rarely her) 
wedded c f^r -* : , your Majeshf or M^fesfie^ ; 
their ;h/j> uTHndmieen. By paiMa grant, 

the scwertiK' hs ar the tltlf of (Mkotic Mt^ntjf; 

thoiwof Pf>rtiJ|y;;il, ui M\^ FaUhJid Majtu^y: «r>d thefonuer 
kiiiga of Fnmcc hiid that of Mmt Christui n Majestt^. 



3595 

»tiTiued At L< I i^httodpaemr* 

rnt«ilcR. til ■ iMirnr to the 

I excellent Jfdtriirr 

Qnoied In Oapi, J* U, «>. 

Mo. ■' 
I crare no mor« than hsth yuiu Jiigiuitsa atler'd. 

4, [tffljri.] In ". -? ' "^-^ -' **tc,,ttsymlv^''^ .f...--, 
sent at ion t . f 1 1 of the Ti 
edonathn ftheWcBttnt 

ngQfti U ugoulh ii>Ud iu a «^|)e and other vcftUut^ia^ 
wi!ttr1ng» M en^blunmtlu of Borer0(KIlt>* ovpf the whole 
unlv«rM*. n trfplo (ftomvtlniea a qUAdraplo) crown elmlliu^ 
to Ihu pupiU tjljira, ruid hulding: tho moniul or ffhitio of 
kinidy luitboiity. 

The dome [of 8t, Sophfn afc nttnstantfr - ' " - roreretl 
wUh ntuvttic of jy^iiM : the Aiiminft^ &» -•jutlng 

% Majesty. NmLt, En^ t , i. ^Sel 

6. In medieval Engfliah usage, thi* catiopy of ti 
hearse: so called because generally adorned 
with the syrnbolic figure of God tilt* Father, 
eailed the Afajtftftf, 8ee htarse. 
This tesitirUke cov ■ '-■* - -- known as the rm}^, 

i ch of anr FftthcM. It 107. 

5. In Af^r., a r( ^ 'ion of an ea^le u« 
crowned with a y*%u\ eiown and h*>ldin^a *>ci_*p- 
ter . — Apostolic MaJ ©aty . See apodttdic kinn, n nder «i«j#- 

majestyship (maj'es-ti-sbip), », [< mt^esly + 
-^/fi/n] Majesty. [Rare.] 

And plcMe yottr rtu^kttUhip* 

UrwrM, l>Hjklng-glaM Ctir London uid Emrkinil 

Maj.-Gen. An abbreviation of Mqfnr-Gfm^ra!, 
used iK'fore a name. 

majoe-bitter (ma'jO-bit'^'r), n* A bHter shrub 
of the West Indies, Picramnia Af*tide^ttHa^ used 
medicinally, 

majolica (ma-Jori-ka; It, pron. ma-yo'li-k^), n. 
K MoioJlca^ for Majorrd (»p. \fiitUyycn)^ whence 
the first specimens came.] 1. Decorative 
enameled pot- 
terv, especial- 
ly that of Italv 
from the fif- 
teenth to the 
seventeenth 
iry. The 
■ 4 nppUeid 
.■' iii.'irl)- to 
the uinie richly 
lulumed plectsa, 

thf Ciilui:^ of 



majoration 



tcnattng m Intenrai 
tho key-bot^ of ft st ft 
third, »UUi, »« 

•enilTOfTf*, n r 



*is bctw«»n 



MAjolka l>e»vo W«rr of abrmt A, D. tsic 






si'!;. ■ < r39- 

ttmj<>iiiMl), liOtl- 

tTi) writ-erson c^ 

rriLiJii H hr»vt» »(- 

t. - innlt 

it ' -Hit- 

tti;, _ i iillv 

tlut of Uw iulddle ngi?v nnd th< , mndc 

In lli4<)rcA or In Sptiin, or iitoiu in t-ni^ 

pufled imitation of ware from tlji. . . ..^. - ..,jtric!&. 

2, As applied to modern pottery, a kind of 
ware which in effeota of color partly imitates 
the pottery above defined, especially in large 

Sieces used for arehiteotural decoration, prar- 
en-seata, vases, etc. tWa wans is n " 
hftrdcr and more perfectly lOAnufaot tired thru 
hnt f!^ Inft-rlor fn dfcorntiTP pITect, beintfcaKt 
lir. : ; ' V - ntoaa major, 

U'\- ■ .-J 'liecoruloro "i - ■ i, 

Th. iiioit. I Ki. i^vii 11^ i >ra/j" t*>jntana ii th«j ui^stM i* hint- 
(d tif Tho^e : liiH work ukefi r»nk among the finest prodnc* 
tivujs of tin; stxteeuih century. 

major (ma'jor), a. and n. [I. «. = OF. maU>r^ 
nn{jor^ mffjtntr^ tnaJtHtfy P. majcur == 8p. nmyor 
— Pp. mil lor ^ mmjo^r^ inajoi* =^ It. maggiore.^ < 
L. vufjor^ j?i'^ater, eompar. of magnusj j;^eat: 
see magnitude and majvsiji. 11, n. = D. G. Dan. 
Svv, major ^ < F. major — Sp. mayor = Pg. mf^or 
= It. magqiore, < L. major^ an elder, adult (usu- 
ally in pi.), Mil. also chief officer, chief, mayor 
(cf, maifor, from the same so lire e); from tlie 
twlj,] 1, ff, 1, Greater; more important or ef- 
fective ; first in force or consideration ; lead- 
ing ; principal : as, the mqfor premise or term 
of a syUo^sm. 

My major row U«s hwe ; thli 111 oboy. 

Shak., T. andC, v L 49. 

2. Greater in quantity, number^ or extent: as, 
the major part of the revenue, of an assembly^ 
or of a territory, 

In nny rank or prof cmIoh whatoTw. the more geaanl or 
ni^^ pari of t^plutoo goes with the race. 

B. Jorvon, Cyntlila'i Rerel^ tL L 

Tho first tl^ht llnea of this Ttnlliui sonnet ore often called 
the major portlun. Lnnirr, Science of Eng. Verse, p. 2il. 

3t. Of age; having attained to majority. f*off- 
uHn, — 4. In music: («) Of intervals, standard 
or normal; literally ** greater," a* compared 
with minor intervals. The term b more often ap- 
plied to «eoond», thirds, ibtths, sevenths, and ntntha, des- 



• I or nor* 

i;d nli^o by 



Of niotl 

01 



to I |«>i Iliad uf k. Id 

C^^V' tiiilduf FltciUkd 

tlu: ..-: : i ■ , :. - - 

5. in iogH'f wider; in-oader; more extensive; u 

predicate to more «?uhjef't8. Tbn wnjnr ^.rtrr-w^ f^r 

jn^jorUf i ,■•,.,.■ ■ ..',..■,, 

theprc^li 

preml«4' ^ 1 

wny» hotti I lit' \\hn.\] ■ 

i<s^\ to ijiiich disputt\ 

tiort l>etwe«n major ill 

-^ Bob major. 8©bMj',7. — jttaJoraxlB. y^ujo lu* era/^?- 
MTW asBJt (which me, under iu»«iV— llajor fttlicilolL 
ae^^iietieni. 

11. n» 1, Mifit.f an officer ueictin rank above 
a captain and below a lieutenant-colonel; the 
lowest field-officer. HlachJ^i; 
Intotiding the etercises of his rev i 

In putting in e:tecutlou tlie c<>ni 
officer. Ufa ordinary position hi tliu Uju' 15 iKiiind iU*> 
left wing. A hbt«vlftt<d If oj. 

2. In law^ a person who i« old enough to man* 

age hi^ own concerns. See nge^ w,, 3. — d» In m «- 

itiCj the major mmloi or a major tonality or major 

chord, taken absolutely. — 4. In logic; (a) The 

major premise of a syllogifun, which in direct 

'^'^ '^'"nmns states the rule from which the con- 

is drawn, (h) The major e.\treme of a 

lu. — 5t. 8ame as mayrrr. Bacon. Hist* 

lleu;vil.,p. 7. 

major (ma^jpr), i\ f. r< major ^ «.j 1.] To act 

the major; look and talk big, or with a militaiy 

air. [liare.] 

C'%j\ It be for the pwlr h > '• AMr.,,.v . i .1,1. *, , .... ^ 
About in the tartan h likr < 
morning, wf Ids poor wijtx' 

Wtirt V 4->^n^^^.^^, in fj trill, ti >i cii, aa. 

majoraltyt (ma'jor-al-ti), ». [See mayoralty,} 
Same as mayoralhj. 
The tnapralty of Sir John Dethirk, Knight. 

Meaxm (1666), quoted In Eiicyc Brtt, IX. 498. 

majorat ( m a-xbo-ra' ) , « . [F. : see w ({jora f<ri . ] 1 . 
The right of succession to property according 
to age; primogeniture; so called in some of the 
countries of Europe. — 2, In France, property, 
lauded or funded, which might be reserved iy 
persons holdiDg hereditary titlen. and attachea 
to the title 80 as to descend with it inalienably. 
Tliia prindple wan abolished In the first rwoluthjii, re. 
storeil by Nupoleon I., restricted under Txiula I'hilippe, 
And finalty at»oliiihed in li^d. 

majorateH (ma'jor-at), V. t [< ML. maj^jrarf, 
make greater, incfeasCt < L. mt^or^ greater: see 
major ^ a., and -at€^,] To increase. Moicell^ 
Parly of Bea^^ts. 

majorate^ ( ma'jor-at), w, [= F. mqjora t, < ML, 
majoratHH^ < L. mtnor, greater, elder: see major^ 
n., and -ak^.} TTho office or rank of major; 
majority; majorship. [Hare.] 

maj or ationt ( ma- jo-nl ' sh on ) , ?* . [< ML, majo- 
r«fio(rt'), < mitjorarr, malce greater: »ee «MI- 
joraie,} lucre a^e ; enlargement. 



znajoration 



But nuniorationj which is also the work of refracUon, ap- 
peareth plainly in sounds. Bacon, Nat Uist, 9 254. 

Majorcan (ma-j6r'kan)y a. and n. K Majorca 
(see def.) (Sp. Malliyrca) + -aw.] 1. a. Of or 
pertaining to Majorca, the largest of the Bale- 
aric Islands, in the Mediterranean^ belonging 
to Spain. 

II. n. A native or an inhabitant of the island 
of Majorca. Also Mallorcan, 
zni^ordomo (ma-jor-do'mo), w. [= F. major- 
dome = It. maggtordomOf < Sp. mayordomo = 
Pg. mordomo, maiordomOf < ML. major domus, a 
house-steward: L. major j elder, ML. chief (see 
inayor)] domuSj gen. of domusy a house: see 
dome^.'] A man employed to superintend the 
management of a household, especially that of 
a sovereign or other dignit^uy keeping a great 
establishment : a house-steward, in former times 
the majordomo of a royal household was commonly an 
officer of high rank and influence, often charged with im- 
portant ministerial duties in affairs of government. See 
mayor qf the palaee, under mayor. 

He took the ceremony which he found ready in the cus- 
tom of the Jews, where the nu^or-dovno, after the paschal 
supper, gave bread and wine to every person of his family. 
Jer. Taylor, Works (ed. 1886), L 11«. 

The King's personal favorite and attendant, his "dapi- 

fer," " pincema." major domtu, or something of the kind. 

£. A. Freeman, Norman Conquest^ II. 441. 

malor-general (ma'jor-jen'e-ral), n, A military 
officer next in rank below a lieutenant-general. 
In the United States army the grade of major-general has 
hitherto been the highest permanent one (see general and 
Heutenant-ffenerat), and in active service a major-general 
may be assigned to the command of a division, a corps, or 
an entire army. In the British and German armies major- 
generals are the lowest permanent general officers (brig- 
adiers in the former being temporarily appointed), and in 
action usually command brigades. Abbreviated M^j. -Oen. 

major-generalship (ma'jor-jen'e-ral-ship), «. 
[< major-general + shipJ] The omce of a major- 
ffeneral. 

Mjl^orist (ma'jor-ist), «. [< Major (see def.) + 
-istJ] A follower of Georg Major, a German 
Protestant theologian (1502-74), who maintain- 
ed that good works are necessary for salvation. 

Mjyori8tic(nia-jo-ris'tik), a. [< Majorist + 
-ic?] Of or pertaining to the Majorists or to 

their doctrines.— Hajorlstlc controversy, a contro- 
versy which began in 1561-2 between Qeorg Mafor and Nik- 
olaus von Amsdorf, in regard to the doctrine of justifica- 
tion bv faith. Major maintained that good works are es- 
sential to salvation, and Amsdorf was accused of believing 
that they are ahindrance to salvation. The controversy con- 
tinued till the adoption of the Formula of Concord in 1577. 
majority (ma-gor'i-ti), ». ; pi. majorities (-tiz). 
[= F. majoriiS = Sp. mayoridad = Pg. maiori- 
dade = It. maggioritd, < ML. majorit€^t-)8f < L. 
major f greater: see mqjor and -t^.] If. The 
state of being major or greater; superiority; 
preponderance. 

Douglas» whose high deeds. 
Whose hot incursions, and great name in arms, 
Holds from all soldiers chief vnajoriiy. 

Shak., 1 Hen. IV., lit 2. 100. 

2. The greater number; more than half the 
whole number: as, a majority of mankind; a 
majority of votes. See plurality. 

After all, it is my principle that the will of the majority 
should prevaU. Jefereon, Correspondence, II. 276. 

8. The excess of one of two groups of things 
which have been enumerated over the other: 
as, the measure was carried by a majority of 
twenty votes; his majority was two to one. — 

4. Full age; the age at which the laws of a 
country permit a youn^ person to mana^ his 
own affairs and to exercise the rights of citizen- 
ship — in most countries twenty-one years. The 
majority of a reigning prince usually occurs much earlier ; 
in fVance it used to be at fourteen years. See <ige, n., 3. 

This prince [Henry III.1 was no sooner come to his ma- 
jority but the baron raised a cruel war against him. 

Sir J. Daviee, State of Ireland. 

5. The office, rank, or commission of a major. 

Soon after his marriage Thompson became acquainted 
with Governor Wentworth of New Hampshire, who, struck 
by his appearance and bearing, conferred on him the ma- 
jority of a local regiment of militia. 

Eneye. BriL, XXIII. 309. 
df. [L. majores.] Ancestors ; ancestry. 
A posterity not unlike their majority. 

Sir T. Browne, Vulg. Err. 

The majority, the great majority, the dead.— To go 
over to or to Join toe majority, to Join the dead or de- 
parted; die. 

majorship (ma'jor-ship), w. [< major + -ship,"] 
The office or rank of major ; majority. 

majotin, madjoim, n. See majun, 

majnn (ma-jSn'), w. [Also majoon, mnjoun, 
madjouHy majum; Turk, majutiy paste, putty, 
cement, electuary, a kind of taffy or prepara- 
tion of sugar with spices.] A green-colored 
intoxicating confection, commonly sold in the 
bazaars of India. The chief ingredients used in making 



3586 

it are ganja (or hemp) leaves, milk, ghee, poppy-seeds, 
flowers of the thorn-apple iDatura\ the powder of Nux 
vomica, and sugar. Qanoon-e-Iriam, Glos. Ixxxiii {Yule 
and BumdL) See bhang. 

zm^nscilla (ma-jus'ku-l&), N.; pi. majusexdce (-le). 
[L. (ML.), sc. WWcra, letter : see majuscule. '\ 
Same as majuscule. 

majllflcale (ma-jus'kul), n. r= F. majuscule = 
Sp. mayusculd = Pg. maiuseulo = It. majusculo, 
a., <L. (lliL,)majuscula^BQ. litieraj a somewhat 
larger letter (sc. than the minuscule), fem. of 
majuscutuSj somewhat larger, dim. of major 
(neut. majus), larger, greater: see major,'] In 
paleography y a capital or uncial letter : opposed 
to minuscule,— Btojascale writing, writing composed 
of capital or uncial letters, as in the oloest surviving Greek 
manuscripts, and in the majority of Latin manuscripts 
down to the ninth century. In Greek paleography ma- 
juscule writing is not clearly distinguished into capital 
and uncial writing, as in Latin (true capitals being con- 
fined to superscriptions^ in imitation of the lapidary styleX 
and all tliree adjectives are often alike applied to it See 
capital, cursive, minugcule, uncial. 

In Latin majtucule writing there exist both capitals and 
uncials, each class distinct. In Greek MSS. pure capital- 
letter writing was never employed (except occasionally for 
ornamental titles at a late time> Sncyc BriL , XVHL 146. 

makable (ma'ka-bl), a, [< make^ + -able.'} 
Capable of being made ; effectible ; feasible. 
Makassax oil. Bee Macassar oily under oil. 
make^ (mak), v.; pret. and pp. madCf ppr. mak- 
ing. [< ME. makeuj makien (pret. makeae, makedj 
■pp.maked, maadfmad, imakedj imad, made, etc.), 
< AS. macian (pret. macode^ pp. macod) = 08. 
macon = OFries.maA-ea, mekia^ also matiaymaitia, 
meitia = MD. makeUy maecken, D. maken = MLG. 
LG. makers = OHG. machon, mahhouy MHG. G. 
machen, make, in OHG. also fit or fasten to- 
gether (not found in Icel. or Goth. ; cf . Sw. 
maka, move, = Dan. mage^ manage, < LG. or 
G.); ef. AS. gemwCy^ty suitable, = OHG. grtma*, 
MHG. G. gemachy fit, suited, corresponding, = 
Icel. makr in compar. makaray more fit or suit- 
able, = Sw. maka = Dan. magey matching; cf . 
also deriv. make^y mate\B.nd match^; < Tout. 
•/ mak; perhaps akin to Gr. /ivx^^vfj, a machine: 
see machine.'] I. trans, 1. To give being to; 
bring into existence; cause to exist as a dis- 
tinct thing or entity; create, in either a primary 
or a secondary sense ; be the author of ; pro- 
duce: as, God made man in his own image; to 
make a book, or a will ; to make laws or regula- 
tions ; to make an estimate, a calculation, or a 
plan. 

The boke maad of Rycharde Hampole heremyte to an 
ankeresse. 

Hampole, Prose Treatises (E. £. T. S.X Pref., p. xi. 
Towardes the west, aboute a good bow shote, is Ager 
Damascenus, in the whiche place Adam was made. 

Sir R. uuyljorde, Pylgrymage, p. 54. 
And God inade two great lights ; ... he made the stars 
also. Gen. L 16. 

What nature makes in any mood 
To me is warranted for sood. 

LotceU, The Nomades. 

2. To give form or character to ; fashion ; fab- 
ricate, construct, form, or compose. Make is used 
with (/, out of, or from before the material used, with before 
the means used, by before the operative agency or method, 
and /or or an infinitive before uie purpose or destination. 

And there the Jewes scorned him, and maden him a 
Crowne qf the Braunches of Albespyne, that is White 
Thorn, that grew in that same Gardyn. 

MandevOle, Travels^ p. 13. 
Thou shalt not make unto thee any graven image. 

Ex. XX. 4. 
If my breast had not been made qf faith and my heart 
qf steel. Shak., C. of E., ilL 2. 150. 

Fairy tales are made out qf the dreams of the poor. 

Lowdl, Democracy. 

3. To fashion suitably ; adapt in formation or 
constitution; design or intend in making: gen- 
erally in the passive, followed by /or or an in- 
finitive with to. 

The skbbath was made for man. Mark ii. 27. 

Meat was made for moutlis. Shak.,QoT., i. 1. 211. 

This hand was made to handle nought but gold. 

5A<i*.,2Hen. VI.,v. 1. 7. 
Man was made to mourn. Bums, TiUe of Poem. 

4. To convert or tmnsform, as into something 
different ; cause to receive a new form or con- 
dition : with into expressed or understood. 

He . . . fashioned it with a graving tool, after he had 
modtf it a molten calf. Ex. xxxii. 4. 

Sometimes it (the peacock] was made into a pie, at one 
end of which the head appeared above the crust in all its 
plumage, with the beak nchly gilt. 

Irvinff, Sketch- Book, p. 277, note. 

6. To fashion by action or preparation; bring 
into condition or order; fit for use or service; 
arrange; prepare: as, to make hay or a crop; 
to make a garden ; to make a feast. 
Make me savoury meat, such as I love. Gen. xxvii. 4. 



make 

Wait upon me to Church, and then run Home and mote 
the Bed, and put every Thing in its Place. 

N. Bailey, tr. of Colloquies of Erasmus* L 88. 

The evening of the day you helped me to make hay in 
the orchard meadows, ... as I was tired with raking 
swaths, I sat down to rest me on a stile. 

Charlotte Bronte, Jane Eyre, xxiv. 

6. To form, constitute, or compose ; be the ba- 
sis, groundwork, material, or constituent parts 
of: as, milk makes both butter and cheese; 
rye flour makes dark-colored bread; he will 
make a good lawyer; two and two make four; 
citizens make the state. 

Thou would'st make a good f ooL Shak. , Lear, L 6. 4L 
Those continued instances of time which flow into a 
thousand years make not to him one moment. 

Sir T. Browne, Religio Medici, L 11. 
Stone walls do not a prison make, 
Nor iron bars a case. 

Lovelaee, To Althea from Prison. 

7. To form, produce, or constitute by causa- 
tion or influence ; be the cause or occasion of : 
give rise to; raise up: used in both a physical 
and a moral sense : as, a wet season makes bad 
harvests; to make an excavation or a vacuum: 
to make a rent in a garment; to make a good, 
impression; to make trouble; to make firiends 
or enemies; to make a mountain out of a mole- 
hill ; to make merchandise of one's principles. 
Thanne Lecchoure seyde "alias!" and on owre lady he 

cryed. 
To make mercy for his mis-dedes bitwene God and his 
soule. Piers Plowman (B), v. 78. 

The mind is its own place, and in itself 
Can make a heaven of hell, a hell of heaven. 

MUton, P. L., L 255. 
You may easily imagine to yourself what appearance I 
made, who am pretty tall, ride well, and was very well 
dressed, at the head of a whole county. 

Stede, SpecUtor, No. lis. 

8. To cause, induce, constrain, or compel: fol- 
lowed by an infinitive, usually without the sign 
to: as, to make a horse go; to make a person 
forget his misfortunes ; to make anything seem 
better or worse than it is. 

Kvnge Arthur made hem alle to sitte down by hym as 
he that was the curteisest man of the worlde. 

MeHin (£. E. T. S.X iii. 582. 
The Lord make his face shine upon thee. Num. vL 25. 
A Stumble makes one take firmer Footing. 

Howett, Letters, iL 8. 

All the Paintings and Prints made of late years of the 

King make him look very old ; which in my mind is not 

so. Litter, Journey to Paris, p. 220. 

9. To cause to be, become, or appear; put into 
the state or condition of being; afford occa- 
sion, opportimity, or means of being or seem- 
ing: as, to make one's wants known; to make 
a person glad or sorry ; oppression ma4e them 
reoels ; to make a law of no effect. 

Tyl Pacience hane preued the and parfite the maked. 

Piers Plowman (B), xiii. 212. 
Hope deferred maketh the heart sick. Prov. xilL 12. 
We stone thee . . . because that thou, being a man, 
makett thyself God. John x. 88. 

And you liave been a man long known to me, though I 
had never so good means, as desire, to make myself ac- 
quainted with you. Shak., M. W. of W., 0. 2. 189. 
You, and twenty thousand merks. 
Will make me a man complete, lady. 

Rob Roy (Child's Ballads, VI. 2(»X 
She sought to make me traitor to myself. 

Milton, S. A., 1. 401. 

Bfr. Dangle, here are two very civil gentlemen trying to 

make themselves understood, and I don't know which is 

the interpreter. Sheridan, The Critic, L 2. 

10. To cause to be in the condition of; con- 
stitute or appoint ; invest with the rank, pow- 
er, or attributes of. 

Who made thee a prince and a Judge over us ? Ex. iL 14. 
Pardon me, sir, the boldness is mine own. 
That, being a stranger in this city here, 
Do make myself a suitor to your daughter. 
Unto Bianca, fair and virtuous. 

Shak., T. of the S., ii. 1. 91. 
For the more Solemnity of his Coronation, he then made 
nine Knights, and created four Earls. 

Baker, Chronicles, p. ISO. 

11. To cause to be perceived; bring into view 
or apprehension; manifest by demonstration 
or representation : as, to make a show of devo- 
tion ; to make a feint of attacking. 

Lord cardinal, if thou think'st on heaven's bliss, 
Hold up thy hand, make signal of thy hope. 

5Aa*.,2Hen.VI., iii. 3. 28. 

We generally ntake love in a style and with sentiments 

very unfit for ordinary life : they are half theatrical, half 

romantic. Steele, Spectator, No. 479. 

Thus, aiming to be fine, they make a show, 

As tawdry squires in country churches do. 

Dryden, Wild Gallant, EpU. (1667), 1. 88. 

12. Used absolutely, to bring into the desired 
condition ; render independent ; set up ; estab- 



tiah the fortuiie. iodep^ndeneef fmm^t ^ stund' 
lag of. 

There*! ettoogh [motieyl U makf ui All. 

Shiik,, 1 Hen, IV„ 11. 1 oa 
If I mn get her. t Mm mtuU fwr ovct 

FUUker, Rule i WUe, 1. (1, 
Iti theie niftnienU . . lie luniii tnaJet or niAr hlnistilf 
for life. TroUope, Cutle Richmotid, xxx. 

18. To bnng about or to imm; be tbo a^ent 
in doingt ped'ormiu^, or efTecting; accompUab, 
conaummate, or aebieve by effort or agency? 
effect : as, to make peace ; the waves wade havoc 
on the coast; he matte the distance in one hour ; 
the earth makes yearly revolutions roujid the 
tan; the ship made ten knots an hour; to make 
a ht»arty ineMl ; to make a landing, a survey, or 



:• ha»te, 

.1 ^tc; to 

r, ill n preteate, etc; 

'i, jrrovidgt diiiptr, 

. etc. 

..r, i'tilrt'ts w litre I have ben, b«n maixye 

li , '. r ye woiidlrfnilt]! thinfreSt mo thanjic I 

MO A, I, MandfrilU, TtnycU, paii. 

iirrdp. mvT' Pendnigon thjit Merlin coto not 

lui be haddo »i.% tlH that nierllD drow hytn 

■riyde. Meriin (E. E. T. 6.% L 47. 

l»es)TO hlin cuniT and m«*e nie aide. 

Smii/ of the Oidlait Murray (('bOd'i Bollftdj, VI. 30X 

Mfikr >'« m&iriiu^et witb MS. Gen. SYXiv. 0. 

There i» m brtel, bow many aportii are rfjpe: 
Hakt choice uf which yoar hlj^hncM win ece ttntt. 

Shak,, M, N\ a, V. 1. 43. 
I am t#uiKf^ a tlovr recoTftj' ; hnrdly rrf iMf" tn trnik 
aoroea the nKim, > ' " H 

A ffiiat'8 wingt moMt K r 

•euood. // i . .1 

14. Til bring or draw in or into possi^Bsion; 
acquire or attain; gain, get, or obtain: as^ to 
make money or profit ; to make so many points 
in a game ; to make a fortune or a reputation ; 
in a negative sensei to mak€ a lose. 

1^ mine ownc Coiintrnr I bane not imut# to groat coEperl- 
eikcc. S^uUmkartk, Arte of Eng. Foeate, ]>. 3S21 

C?A|itain Swon . . . thought ft con?enEent lo makt what 
Interest he oould with the Sqltao. 

IMmpier, Voyagea, I, 9M. 
16. To detemiiue or conclude to be; hold or 
reckon, after computation, trial, or considera- 
tion; as, I make the sum larger than you do; 
he fmnU? the weight 17 pounds; what do you 
make her f I make her (or make her out ) a full- 
rigged ship; to ntakc much^ little, or great ac- 
count of anything. 

Tho PlloU aiMiit Dootie mad* thflmaclnci Sontliwanla 
at the 11 C9 twelno leagaee. 

QuotfMl in Capl. John Smith't Works, II. 11B. 

Our Bchool-iDCQ and other Divloei malm nine kinds of 
h«d Spirit«. Burkm, Anat. of Md.. p. HO. 

W«a thia beootning aach a >ittint m tbey would maJtf 
him, to adulterat thoee tiered words from the frracc of 
God to the acta of hia own grxce ? MUton^ Eikonoklaatea, v. 

16. To bring within reach or view; come in 
sight of; reach or attain to ; fetch up or arrive 
at. as a point in space : as, to make a port or 
harbor, 

fJti fryday thti 11. of Mjiy wc ttfaiU land. It wru t«ouiiwhmi 
low, where appcmrcd certaine bitmmnckH or Ullltt In it 

guoted in Cfipt- John ifmiih'ii Workii, 1. lo;.. 
They ttiatsaJl In the middle can tnakt no land of either 
aldcL Sir T, Brau-m, VuIr. Err, 

Wc could only rmtke Bethnnv before the night caune, 

L. WaU(UM, Ben- Hilt, p, 40. 

17. To bring into force or operation ; cause to 
be effective or available. 

Powhiituri tttid iftll the power he could inake would after 
come kill v« all. If lhi?y that brought U coold wot kill vi 
with oil I fiwiie wenpfifiBv 

guou^d ill Capt. John 5irt*fAV Work*, I. 212. 
For tboae kinite which tuive aold the blood of otbera at 
a low rate hnv hut ineKf* the mnrket for their own «*n^ 
mltiR, tu buy of theirs at tlie sAint; prioe. 

lialeif/h, iliaU World, Pref., p. IS. 

18. To bring to completion ; complete* till the 
complement or tale of: as, another wtll make 
ten ; this makes out the whole order. 

This bottle tnaket an augel Shak., I Heu. IV., iv. 2. tk 
10t. To contribute* 

Memory , . . tnaktth mo{<t t4i n Miund rndgenient and 
perfect worldly wl&domc- 

Fiitteitham^ Arte of Eug. Poeaie, p, :n. 

20. To put forth ; give out ; deliver: as, to make 
a speeon- 

She ttjood to ber defence and mad* shot for ahot. 

C^. John Smith, True TravuU, I. tl. 

21. To do; be about; In* <x'cupieil or busied 
with : with irh4it, [Ar<'haic.] 

Wb**nri' ort thon, and whai dooti Ihou here now inak^f 
Spmm^, F. q., Xlh vl. i^ 



3587 

She waa in hla oompaDy at Page's hcioae, and ^hal Cbey 
tnade there I know not Skak., M, W. of W. , U, 1 244, 
Mght'i t»lrd« (jiioth he, whai mttk'nt thou in thf« place, 
To view riiy wretched tnberable ca*c > 

Dnuih-'n Thr Owl. 



22. To inform; apprise; prepare by provioub 
instn^ction; forewarn; '*coaeh'*; train. 

Oaak% leC'i bvfure, and tnak* the tuatice caplniiL 

B. Jomaonf Every Man in hU fl iimuor^ U. 0, 

23. To think; judge: with n/, 

I waa oidy woodeiJug what uur iiooplo would ft%ak« <^ 

her ; they luive never aoen a whiles aervAiit in (heir \\sv%. 

Bofy^tMag,, LXXViii. -hl 

To maJce a liackt a lie^a tward, abode, a cast, a 
drcult. See the noona. — To nuJce account t , to make 
accoimt of. i^ee fvxtmnL^To make a clean breast of. 
See btea^. — To make a dean sweep, nee ttirf^. — To 
make a current or clrcttlt, in ^I'-ct, to complete the 
electric circuit, and »o allow tliie iiirreot to flow.— To 

make a difference, a dividend, a double, a face, '^ee 
the naiiD4.->To make a iUniref to be conaplcuuat ; cot a 
figure. Bee mtl. 
They fnaJct a/lffureiu drr'^ ■ ' ''pcige, 

>, er » T^'flveii, IL A. 

To make a flash, a foci mdt, a hare of, a 

bash ot a leg, a Up. See ihc uuuiia.~-To make all 
spUit, to liehaTe violently or rantlngly. [HLatig. ) 
I could play Rrclea mrely, or a part to tear a cat iti, to make 
HU q^ ShaA%, M. S, U., I. i »2. 

Two roarttig boys of Tlomi*, thnt made nU itptU. 

Bin ' Mournful Uidy. 11. a. 

To make a long arm, ^ tb«^ kihi in re^ch- 

Ing for anytiiinK. sua at 1 i ^ i To make a 

magnet. Suxnc tui tu makr th. To make a 

march, a meal, a mock ol > -To make 

a matter of conscience. h< ... To make 

amends, to Tmiilur convpensntln'u iir aatlafaetioti.— TO 

make a meuth. see rM-/«f;».— To make an end. 8©e 
rtirf,— To make an honest woman of. ^e hmiem.^ 
Tq make a pasaaire, a point of. a run, a soene, a 
show, a stand. See the (HMins.— To make avaimtL 
8e€ arotmt3,_To make a Virginia fence, to walk like 
a drunken man ; stagger iii a aigaatf oourae. LourU, lUg- 
low Papers, 2d aer.. Int. lt^8,; rare.]— To make avi- 
MTtrfij^pi See artzam/um.^To make awayt, to put 
out of the way ; kill : destroy. 

Pray Ooil he be not made avaff. 

B. Jim^oHi Alchemiai, v. I. 
To make away with, to aqiuiidfr : diMlpate rocklewly; 
deatroy.— To make believe, to pretend : act aa if : aa, he 
waa only waking bdieoe^ 

Sometimes the Queen would maku frMKfw 
To hevd hiin nought 

Waiiatn Morru, Ettfthly Pftnidi«e, lU. Ill 

To make boot of, capital of« cheert. choice of. See 
the nonna.^To make both ends meet. See end.-- To 
make oommon canae with. Hte <Mi<a«.— To make 
eomiectlonav see eenwction—to make oonedence. 
See «maewn».^TO mAktt danger^ to attempt or tty ; 
mike ezperfment [A Litinism.] 

If there be e*er a private cx>mer as }ou iro, air, 
A foolish lobby out o' the way, wmi4* danger; 
Try what they are, try. 

FU4cher, Loyal Sabject, ilL 4. 

To make danger oft. Hee doTwer.^To make datea 
See ftot«t.— To make dole <or aool)t, to mourn,— To 
make ducks and drakes. St^e duek-i.-^To make earth, 

in td«g., to put the line in contact w itii the nnrtb. VVheti 
there la a leakoge ut oun ent from the lint^ h ^ earth it U taJd 
to make eartk.~-TQ make even. Aea fven^ .— To make 
fui. 9«>ae».— Tomakefeaatt. 8ee/<«iji,— Tomake 
fish, to cure or di^ aah. icati 1 1 — To make foiU water. 
See fmd^.— To make Ttee wittL See/rv«i— To make 

f^mt, to take from; alienati'. 

M^krjrmn olde reliriuea revereuue; 
From publique ihew^ mngniUcence. 

PutiaihnrH, Partheniidea, xlli. 

To make fun oi^ to ridieMile — To mAke game of. ^ee 
^Fn^i.— To make good. .Se« |7o«£.— To make good 
cheer 1, to make good play, to make baste, to make 
hay, to make head against. !*eo the ncmna. —To make 
good or bad weather (naut. \ to behave (welt or (11) it* a 
gale : said of a ihip. To muke bad weather la to roll or pitch 
violently, 

I found, for one thing, tb»t whaleM always tnade bttter 
inather than merohnutmen, when they were fti company. 

Seietter, VI L 1<57. 

To make bead against, to oppose fuc«e«sfiiiiT.— To 
make headway, to mo? e forward ; forge aheatl ; gain 
progress. — To make henoet, to cauie to depart; expel 
or send a»ny. 

It is oa datigerous to make them hmkCft 
If nothing but their birth be their offence. 

if. ./ortwn, Stijanua, 11. 2. 

To make Interest, ^^e inr/nr^jt,— To make It one's 
buslnees. Hei ^iwin^'W' — To make known, ^'^^fmtnn^ 
—To make light of ' ' * *"- -'- ""' f 

(a) To coiiaidur aa o' 

cant, {h) To fail tu ui 

lif- — TO make love to, ^' t '^ cv « to mase margin. 

dee mar^n.—'So make matter^, to matter; Import. 

Whut fruiJh'« mattfr, say they, if a bird sing nuke or crow 
crois* Holland, tr. of Livy, p. H7 

Tomakemeanat. .'kMiufand --Tomakemockat. see 
fw)ri-i . —To make money, see v^mry. - To make much 
(more, a great deal, and the like) ot («) To coiwifitT 
oa of ^rcat viilue, or aa glvini; ^oAt pleiisure; trent with 
special favor, (h) See to m*ike ftothin*/ of— To make no 
booea. see bonei.—To make no doabt> to have no 



dooM . be ooTiftdent.— To make no force i, .^e*,f!>r«i 
—To make no matter, ti^ hnw m. weijtlif i>i ltu|kii tunoc : 

nink^ .-^Mi. ,...---. ........ I .1,,,.,.. f,v„.^u^ *.ntntiig 

for, ifTo- 

T- iilnk 

'i.iitg 

SHt 

i«iru K'lv ■■•■ ,».M„M-i/ ..^ HHi* (f) 

To tr«a u 

I am itKi Uavh appearmi ngainsl 

this l)^\*cc havL iHUiL su vc:> iiUlr nf It, AddittffK 

To make oath, to %wcn.r (to » otateitifttit) In a font* »ud 
manner prescribed by liiw,— To make Offt, get rtd of; 
dlsp«»!!U?of. 

He could not subsist here, and thcreu(xjn uuitle dJT his 
^tate, iUHi with hi* family and Jtiooo in bt9 puttr, he t«. 
tumefl for EngUnd. W irdhrop, Hl«t New BuKhind, IL Ifi, 

Tomakeonealape*, Tomake one's beard*. 

.Sec ^*r«r</,— To makv uors, •^fc hot^nr,— To 

make one's lucky. To make one's man- 

ners, Scemann^r.— To majie one's mark. Sfci/iarii. 

— To make one's market. <vivTo mjiko wje of one's 

ciai-go fr stock in trr-.rttv r'-i Tn ^ir^:posc i>f ani » telf in 
miortn^e ; riKkli' iL;oiiiciit to marry. 

— To make on fnr, - To make 
one's self ccn; iko one's way. 
(rtv T ■ : ' : ■ 

StI' 

-■]':. 
obi 



dim 



the ■ fb^ 

Ml. 

Ml] 

n.'rii :' ■ 

fom>: jf^ I ihr 

title of; <<Mn 

trust or I i 1 rev- 

erence<. ;m... Tom.,, --''/ 

— TomflV., ,:t. etc. s<-: ^ .ske 
the best i.. ' .'. - To maitf -' . - ■ -":', ■ 1 1 n i. " 

fadt or luiT till: duuis , dote tlic ciitnuacti. 

Make thf do^n wpon « woman* wit, snd It will oet at the 
casemcttt. Shak., Aayou like It^ Ir. 1. 162. 

To make the feathers or fur fly. see /y i . - To make 
the land, -t ' ^ff^i'i To make the maimet, In -^v 
tromoffnrf 
themitgr 
current tin 

to op«n tiic i;irc(iiL or ^Utp Uk^ currtsni —To make the 
most of, to eae to the beat advantage : itsc to the ntter- 
most 
If this t>e treuoD, make the tmtat *\jt It. 

PotrMf Henry, Speech GTW 
To 3y . ^ iTum. i^ee A«m* — To make ma- 

re a -To make up. (a) To collect 

int'- ■.-■int.' ^>i.'rTh>rt],M,-oti!^nfit^Mi( \m\U 

of: iiJs, to uHtk- 
AitiQg and unj' 
agamioiit. (r'^ 

fOTTi'. ■ I , lo 

m(i> . itm- 

It ifp a& he goe& uli'iu^^ . to uti. 

cioth (that la, without any f 

as, to m«iib0 MB a given sum. _ i _ ^^ , 

what la wanting to. 

My dwarf sbnll dunce^ 
My eunuih sing« my fool make up the antic. 

B. Jonmntt VoltK)w% ill. C. 
{ff) Toaaaumoa t'*^tJeulHr fiM-nt of feature* :: as, to ntake 

ufiafHcc V *---'-'-- 'ria to t*<>ut (AyTocom' 

penaate up n Vy^s- {() To set- 

tle; adji iiient: iia, tt» make up 

fkcconuta. i y,i i^miniimu iTiui; to H dehnite onnclti> 
tkiu: ns. to mnke up outs mind. (*r) Tm reckon. 

And they lilndl He mine, »iitb tlie Lord of hosts, in that 
day when 1 make vp my Jewell. Mai. UL 17. 



^1 



I) To make gotnl : aa, to makt up a loss or deflcfeticf . (m) 
ro compose ; harnior«Lre ; adjust : as. to make up a dlffet- 
ence or a quarrel, (n) To rt^pulr : uu. to makr up a hedfte. 
Esek. xlli. 5. (oi) To prepare ; fortify ; close. 

We must make vp onr ears gainst these aseuulls 

or cliarmlug tongues, J^. Jcrjutnn, Sejanua, 1. S, 

To make up leeway. Hee Ueunff, - To make up one's 
mind, Ui <b ciiie ; come to n iIecl**iMn. 

The ^^ntfirietT-ft made up thrir whuLt tbiif we were In the 
trude winde ai^hi. . . . and that wc should not want the 
engines for some dnya. 

Ladtf BratMetf, Voyage of Sunlieani, 11* IVIIK 
With A cbeerfnl am lie, m one whose mind 
Is nil made np, Tennifmti, tjneefi Mnry, I v. X 

To make up one's mouth for. to tv^ MHtre; 

have un [tppetitc for ; as, bis mftuth v> n^ » 

chicken saJiul. [CoIbKi. 1 - To make wai , _ ibout 

an aiTued contest; initiate or le%'y war; lUHke ah aitiwk 
in forf.'e : as, to make ttvir upon or rtgitiist a nefght>oring 
country. 

If it |a city) . . . will make tmr ngidnst thee, then thoti 
iholt besiege it T**»i?t vil 1'/. 

To make water, io^ byn 

leak, (fe) To urinate. pro 

^reas; Bdvance. {h) J : «y. - 

TO make words, to luuit^d) v^uid^; cijgo^jij lu wordy 
tlisciisfllon or dispute. 

n. hitrattH. 1, To do; net; be active; take 
a course or line of aetiuu : now only in phraees 



make 

formed with particles, and in the archaic phrase 
to meddle or make. 

HU fearful! Rider maket 
Like 8om ynskilfall Lad that vnder-takes 
To holde aom ships helm, whOe the head-long Tyde 
Carries away that Vessel} and her Oaide. 
Sylteder, tr. of Da Bartaa's Weeks, iL, The Handy-Crafts. 

2. To cause one's self to be or appear; mani- 
fest the state or condition of being; act in a 
certain manner, as indicated by a succeeding 
adjective : as, he made bold to ask a favor ; to 
make merry over another's mishap. — 3. To have 
effect; contribute; tend; be of advantage: fol- 
lowed by /or, formerly sometimes by to. 

Let as therefore follow after the things which make for 
peace. Bom. xiv. 19. 

A thing may make to my inresent porpcae. Boyle. 

4. To make way; proceed: move; direct one's 
course: with various words expressing direc- 
tion : as, he made toward home ; he made after 
the boy as fast as he could. 
I woald have you make hiiher with an appetite. 

B. Joneon^ Every Man in his Humoor, L L 
Is 't not possible 
To makew to the land? 'tis here before as. 

Fletcher (and another). Sea Voyage, L 1. 
Thou wisheet I should make to Shoar; 
Yet still put'st hi thy thwarting Oar. 

Prior, Akna, ilL 

6. To move upward or inward; flow up or to- 
ward the land; rise: said of the tide and of 
water in a ship, etc.: as, the tide m€^8 fast; 
water was mating in the hold. — Gf. To com- 
pose ; especially, to compose poetry. Compare 
marker, 2. 

Ye lovers, that kan make of sentement, 

In this case oghte ye be diligent 

To forthren me somewhat in my labonr. 

Chaueer, Good Women, L 60. 

The God of shepheards, Tltyrus, is dead. 
Who taught me homely, as I can, to make. 

Spenser, Shep. Cal., June. 

To make after, to follow ; pursue ; endeavor to overtake 
or catch.— To make agaiOBt, to oppose ; be adverse to : 
as, this argument makes against his cause. 
Considerations infinite 
Do make against it. 

Shak., 1 Hen. IV., v. 1. 103. 

Time and temporising, which, whilst his practices were 
covert, made for him [Perkln warbeck], did now, when 
they were discovered, rather make against him. 

Bacon, Hist. Hen. VIL 

Though they ever speak on his side, yet their words still 
make againd him. Bacon, Ess. of a King, p. 210. 

To make and hreak, in detL, to doae and oi>en a cir- 
cuit ; set up and stop a current ~To make as if or 
though, to act as if ; appear ; make believe; feign that 

Joshua and all Israel made as if they were beaten before 
them, and fled. Josh, vlii 15. 

And they drew nigh onto the village whither they went; 
and He made as though he would have gone farther. 

Luke zxiv. 28. 
To make at, to approach as if to attack ; make a hostile 
movement against 

Then did Christian draw, for he saw that it was time to 
bestir him ; and Apollyon as fast made at him, throwing 
darts as thick as halL Bunyan, PUgrim's Progi^ss^ p. 127. 
To make away with, to put out of the way ; remove; 
destroy; kill.— To make bold. See Md.— To make 
bold with, to use, etc, boldly or freely. 

They mav not by their Law drinke Wine ; they compound 
a drinke of drv raisons steeped in water and other mix- 
tures ; yea, and secretly will make bolde tpith the former. 
Purehas, Pilgrimage, p. 588. 

To make dainty t. seetfat'Tity.— Tomakefor. (a) To 
be for the advantage of ; favor, or operate in favor ot 

Not that I neglect those things that make for the dig- 
nity of the commonwealth. B. Jonson, Eplcosne, v. 1. 

The not ourselves which is in us and all around us be- 
came to them adorable eminently and altogether as apower 
which makes for righteousness. 

M. Arnold, Literature and Dogma, i. 

(b) To direct one's steps or coarse to ; proceed toward, (e) 
To approach hostilely; make at [CoUoq.]— To make 
merry. See merry.— To make nioe oft, to be scrupu- 
lous about ; be particular in regard to ; be fastidious or 
finical as to. 

And he that stands upon a slipperv place 
Makes nice of no vile hold to stay mm up. 

.S%aJt.,K.John,iiL4. 138. 

To make off, to depart suddenly ; run away ; bolt 
My sister took this occasion to make of. 

Steele, Tatler, No. 85. 

To make off with, to run away with; carry off.— To 
make ont. (a) To get along ; come out ; succeed : as, 
how did you make out f \ [Colloq. ] {b) See to make o%a (b), 
under I. (c) To stretch or extend. 

From the north end ... [of old Cairo] the foot of the 
hill makes out to the river. 

Poeocke, Description of the East, 1. 25. 
To make sure, to consider as certain ; feel confident : as, 
I made store that he would do so, but am disappointed.— 
To wiftlw* Bore of, to secure full knowledge or possession 
of ; obtain with certainty or absolutely : as, to make sure 
qf the facts, or qf the game. — To make up. (a) To effect 



3588 

a reconciliation ; settle differences ; become friends again : 
as, Idss and make i<p. 

To any overtures of reconciliation he [Bowles] made 
prompt and winning response. '*The pleasantest man to 
make tqf with that I ever knew," said a life-long acquaint- 
ance. O. S. Merriam, S. Bowles, L 215. 
(b) To dress, etc, as an actor, for a particular part ; partic- 
ularly, to paint and disguise the face ; give a different ap- 
pearance to one's self for any purpose or occasion.— TO 
make up for, to compensate; replace; supply by an 
equivalent 

Have you got a supply of friends to make iw far those 
who are gone ? Sviift, To Pope. 

To make np to. (a) To approach ; draw near to ; ap- 
proach and join ; come into company with. 

He espied two men come tombling over the wall, on the 
left hand of the narrow way ; and they made up apace to 
hira. Bunyan, Pilgrim's Progress, p. 111. 

Make up to Clifton ; I'll to Sir Nicholas Gawsnr. 

Shak,, 1 Hen. IV., v. 4. 58. 
(ft) To endeavor to be on friendly or affectionate terms 
with ; especially, to court [Colloq. ] 

Young Bullock, . . . who had been making iwto Miss 
Maria the last two seasons. Thackeray, Vanity £Ur, xU. 



To make wltht, to act or cooperate with; concur or 
agree with. 

Antiquity, custom, and consent, in the ohnrch of God, 
making with that which law doth establish, are themselves 
most sufficient reasons to uphold the same. 

Hoolvr.Ecclea. Polity. 
To meddle or make. See meddle, 
make^ (mak), n. 1<ME. make; <mdke\v.^ 1. 
Form; shape; constitution and arraignment 
of parts ; structure ; style of making or make- 
up: aS; a man of slender make; the make of a 
coat. 

Anone he lette two cofres make, 
Of one semblance, of one make, 

Oower, Gonf. Amant, ▼. 
The Italians . . . mask some characters, and endeavour 
to preserve the peculiar humour by the make of the mask. 
Ooidtmith, The Bee^ Na L 
Each one sat . . . 
Oft in mid-banquet measuring with his ^es 
His neighbour's make and might 

Tenmyson, Pelleas and Ettarre. 

2. Mental constitution or character; intellec- 
tual make-up; individual nature or quality. 

Jack, therefore, being of a plodding make, shaU be a 
citizen. SUele, Tatler, No. 30. 

It were obvious and unmixed deviltry simply to con- 
demn this natoral mtUce of mine, or tarn it over to ruth- 
less punishment H, James, Subs, and Shad., p. 19. 

3. That which is made ; manufacture; produc- 
tion : as, garments of domestic make. 

It is . . . the prodact of several large manufacturing 
establishments, who usually claim to have some peculiar- 
ity of process or composition in their particular makes. 
Buck^s Handbook qf Med. Sciences, IV. 688. 

4. Quantity made ; yield. 

These stoves have been extensively adopted, and in 
every case greatly increase the make from a furnace. 

Ure, Diet, IV. 4«S. 
6. The act of making or gaining ; search or ef- 
fort for profit or advantage : in the slang phrase 
on the make, — 6. In elect, close of the electric 
circuity or passage of the electric current through 
the circuit. 

make^ (mak), n. [< ME. make, < AS. gemaca 
(not *maca, as commonly cited) = 08, gimaco 
= OHG. gimahho, m., gimahhd, f., =: Icel. makiy 
m,y maka, t.y = »w. make, m., maka, f., = Dan. 
mage, a companion, fellow, mate; also, in a 
variant form, E. mate, < ME. mate, prob. not a 
native E. change of the orig. make, Dut due to 
MD. maet, D. mctat, prob. < OFries. *mate; cf. 
the verb matia for makia, make ; cf . also AS. 
gcmcecca (not *mcBCca), a companion, E. match^ ; 
with orig. collective prefix ge-, < mactan, make, 
orig. *fit together' (cf. gadling^, a companion, 
of similar literal sense) : see make^, v.] A com- 
panion; a mate; a consort; a match. 

Ne noon so grey a goos gooth in the lake. 
As, seistow, wol been withoute make. 

Chaucer, ProL to Wife of Bath's Tale, 1. 270. 
How long 
Hath the poor turtle gone to school, weenest thou. 
To learn to mourn her lost makef 

L. Bryskett (Arber's Eng. Gamer, I. 274). 
This bright virgin, and her happy make. 

B. Jonson, Masqae of Hymen. 

make^ (mak), n, [Origin not clear.] An instru- 
ment of husbandry, formed with a crooked piece 
of iron and a long handle, used for rooting up 
peas. Halliwell, [Prov. Eng.] 
make^, n. See maik^. 

makebate (mak'bat), n. [< make^, v., + obj. 
6ate3.] 1. One who excites contentions and 
quarrels. 
I never was a make-bate, or a knave. 

Ueytcood, Woman Killed with Kindness. 
Love in her passions, like a right make-bate, whispered 
to both sides arguments of quan-els. 

Sir P. Sidney, Arcadia, liL 

2. A j^lojit, Jasminum fruticans. 



makoahift 

make-belieTe (mak'bf-lev^), n. and a, [< make\ 
v., + inf. believe.li I. n. Pretense; sham; false 
or fanciful representation. 

Make-believes 
For Edith and hhnself. 

Tennyson, Aylmer's Field. 

n. n. Unreal; sham; pretended. 

Th^ can live other lives than their real ones, make-he- 
lieee lives, while yet thev remain conscious all the whQe 
that they are making believe. 

BuOcin, Lectares on Art (1872X p. IM. 

makedt. An obsolete past participle of makeK 

Chaucer. 

makoffame (mak'gam), n. [< mdke\ v,, + obj. 

game^,^ A lauehing-stock; a butt for jest and 

sport. [Rare.] 

I was treated as ... a floutfaig-stock and a make-game. 

Godwin, Mandeville, L 268. {Danes.) 

make-hawk (mak'h&k), n. In falconry. See 
hawk^. Encyc, Brit, 
make-kinfft (mak'king), n, [< make\ v, t, + 
Wn^l.] A king-maker. FuUer, Worthies, Ox- 
ford. 

makelesst (mak'les), a, l< ME. makeles (= Sw. 
makalos = Dan. magelos); < make^ + -less, 
Cf. matchless,'] 1. Matchless; peerless; un- 
equaled. 

In beauUe first so stood she makeles, 
Her goodly looking gladed all the prees. 

Chaueer, Troilus, L 

2. Without a mate ; widowed. 

The world wiU wafl thee, Uke a makelest wife. 

Shak,, Sonnets, ix. 

makepeace (mak'pes), n. [< make\ v,, + obj. 
peace,'] A peacemaker; one who reconciles 
persons at variance ; a composer of strife ; an 
adjuster of differences. [Rare.] 

To be a make-peaee shall become my age. 

Shak., RicL n., L L 160. 

maker (ma'k^r), n, [< ME. maker, mabuere, < 
AS. •macere (= D. MLG. maker = ORG, ma- 
chare, MHG. macher, G. macher, mocker = Sw. 
makare = Dan. mager — in comp.), < macian, 
make : see make^, ] 1 . One who makes, creates, 
shapes, forms, or molds; specifically (with a 
capital letter), the Creator. 

I am gracjrus and grete, God withoutyn bogynnyng, 
I am maker vnmade, all mighte ea in me. 

York Plays, p. 1. 

Laws for the Church are not made as they should be, 
unless the makers foUow such direction as they ought to 
be guided by. Hooker, Eccles. Polity, ill. 9. 

Woe unto him that striveth with hia Maker. Ian. Hr. 9. 

2. One who composes verses; a poet. [Obso- 
lete or archaic] 

The Greekes called him a Poet, which name hath, m the 
most excellent, gone through other languagea. it com- 
meth of this word Poiein, which is^ to make : wherein I 
know not, whether by lucke or wisedome, wee Englishmen 
haue mette with the Greekes, in calling him a maker. 

Sir P. Sidney, Apol. for Poetrie. 

Caedmon has not been left without foUowen, like the 
older and later makers whose names we know not. 

Freeman, Norman Conquest, v. 896. 

3, The person who makes the promise in 
a promissory note by affixing his signature 
thereto. 

make-ready (mak'red^i), n. In printing, the 
foundation-sheet on which are fixed the over- 
lays requisite for the proper printing of a par- 
ticular form of type. 

It is a safe rule to keep the make-ready of every type job 
until the job has been distributed. 

Sd. Amer., N. S., LVI. 406. 

makerellt, n. A Middle English form of mack- 
erel'^. 
maker-up (ma'k6r-up'), «. In 2>riniing, the 

workman who arranges composed types in 

pages or columns of proper size, 
makeshift (makeshift), n. and a, [< make^, v., 

+ obj. shift."] I. n. If. A shifty person ; one 

given to shifts 

fellow. 
And not longe after came thither a make shifts, with 

two men wayghUng on hym, as very rakehelles aa him 



ts or expedients; a mischievous 



selfe, bragging that he was a profound phisiclen. 

J. UaUe, An Uistoriall Expostulation (ed. 1844), p. 19. 

2. That with which one makes shift; an expe- 
dient adopted to serve a present need or turn ; 
a temporary substitute. 

" Now, friend," said Hawk-eye, addressing David, •• . . . 
you are but little accustomed to the makeshifts ot the wil- 
derness." J. F. Cooper, Last of Mohicans, xxvi. 

n. (t. Of the nature of a temporary exx>edi- 
ent. 

With the girls so troublesome, and Jocosa so dreadfully 
wooden and ugly, and everything tmiJlre-«A^ about us, . . . 
what was the use of my being aiiything? 

George Eliot, Daniel Deronda, UL 



My paUi9tic« 
(E«(aititie I )i«siir« (uid tumr, smf carry all, 
An«l» *» they lay, nm wnWnfi to grwiii nuderX 
Must bo your fhakt-fport iu»w. 

FUlchfr. The t'hjiwccm Ut I 

niake-strifel (ra»ik'f*tiif ), «. [< moibi, f., + obj, 

/»fr#/<?.] Hanie as makr-batc, MinahSu, 
make-up (mak'up). », [< mulv u^jVefhAi phr. 
under mftkci^ r,] 1, The manner in wMoh my- 
thmgia mriile up,cotnpofif'd, or combined: eom- 
positton of parts ; arrHng<?m<»nt of detnila. 

[Thcjj tndifiite, by something Im ihv TMittom or makr- 
up ot ln«?lr clothes, ihitt th<\v f "tfmril to whmt 

iftelr tnUore tdl them abrmt lb «aatfc 

H, SpeMer, '' Frogreia, p. 61 

2. In priuHntj, the disposition or arrangement 
of typ^s into pa^es or eoliimjis* preparatory to 
imposition or to iocking up, — 3. The prepara- 
tion of an actor for impersonatiiig the charac- 
ter ai'sigruod to ^^ " ' l_: drees, pain ting 
and altering tlj- 1 the faee^ otc*; 
hence, any ehain : ;. .. ,.^1 carance regarded 
as analogous to an actor's make-up. 

The lort uf professiiJiiiU make ub which ]ierietnitei akin, 
toueeii and gestureS} and d^etlea all drup«ry 

GeoTi/e Elujt, Dmilcl Deroiidn, Hi. 

\f^ u .....v.^^t ^ho roak«» up b»dly for the purl of the 
f i i9 it 1b, Aft it iiiaj- be, very clever lo tu|rtr*^t, 

^ I chamctor wholly artlftdjU — hwi th« grenl 

Aiu; i«j I li.vi ii of plAyiag with dijfinctloti, of pUyhig with 
itylc. The Aca4ianij, JuJy fli !«««» p. 14 

HakflHUP box, a box contain injar Implomouta and route- 
rials (or making up the face to represent ft part io a pity. 

makeweight (mak'wat), u. [< make^, r., -H obj. 
jTtiiikt.^ 1. Souif thing put in a acale to in- 
crease a weight already in it; hence, that 
which adds weight to t^oniething not sufficiently 
heavy ; a thing or person of little account made 
use of merely to make weight or to fill a gap, 

Bta fear of England makes him valae ni u a maiti'- 
w*i0ht. Jeferwoii, Correspondence, IL 8n, 

England ^ clainUng to he an arbitrator Is really a matt- 
utiffht Stubb9, MedlcTal and Modem Uiat. p. 24:». 

S. An adulterant, such as sand in sugar, used 
to increase the weight of a commodity. 

maki (mak'i)* n. [Malagasy.] A true lemur or 
nineaco, such as the ring-tailed lemur. Lemur 
atitii. Dwarf makis are species of the genus 
CftJrogaleH^. See cut under Vhiraaaleui. 

makimono (mak-i-mo'no), n. [Jap., < maJcij 
.nteij) of makH^ wind, roll up, + monoy thin|r.] A 
roll, as of ailk; speciiically, a Japanese picture 
or writing, generally of eonsiderahle length, 
that is kept rolled up, and not suspended as a 
kakemono. 

makinboy (mak'in-boi), n. [Corruption of Ir. 
iHukkiftbivee, yellow parsnip.] The Irish spurge, 
Euphorbia Hibcma. 

making (ma' king), «. [< ME. makffmfe, < AS, 
tuariitHj, verbal n. of waitViii^ make: see makfA, 
r.] 1* The act of forming, causing, or consti- 
tuting; workmanship; construction. 

Thor«fore I aey vrBplntfe, mi maki/ni/tot aorowe, ne may 
viQota-vaUo; but wcmou Ahiill wcpe. 

MetUn (B, K T. a.), IL 174. 
Tho Laws of the i'hiirch are most Favoarablts to the 
Church* bctaaae they wore the t'hiirchc* own wakino- 

Sdden, Table Talk, p, Hh, 

Opinion lu good men U but knowletlge in the fnakinff. 

MUton, Aroopogttlca, p. 46. 

2. What has been made, especially at one time: 
as, a making oi bread.^Sf. Composition j struc- 
ture; make. 

And ho ftlvo WM of tha flerMtt makvm thai eny mtn 
myght he iw ol his statiif©. JTtfH^ (B. R T, a), Ii. ISl. 

4, Matenal from which anything maybe made ; 
anything capable of being developed Into some- 
thing more advanced. 

Tlilfl Bavoj Un king was the imakintj of a fine man when 
he was yauug. The AjiuHe^m, XIL i:f4. 

6f. Poetical composition; poetry. 

The mftn hath served you of hfs konnyn^e^ 
And fDrthrvd wcl your Inw lu his tnakjinife. 

Chaw^, Good Women, I. 41M. 
Poeay la his aklU or craft of vrwkina; the very flctloti It- 
adf, the reaKm or fonn of the work. 

B, Jotumi, DIscQirurieR, 
0. Fortune ; means or cauxe of success. 

A new author whose work has attracted notice — that of 
Mr. Gladstone especially, which is aald to be the maku^f 
of a writer now a-days. The Affmiean^ XVXL 28b. 

7. »/. In mtii'iHininpj the slack and dirt made 
in noling, kirviug, or undercutting the coal. 
making-ielt (ma' king-felt), n. In a cylinder 
paper-machine, the felt on which the web of 
pulp \!6 taken from the making-cylinder at the 
point where this cylinder is borne upon by the 
eoucb ing-ey Under. 
226 



35^0 

making-iron ( ma ' ki ng-l ' ^m ), n . A tool , some - 
what rt'<^"i^'lwTe a chisel with a groove in '\U 
uaed h\ f ships to finish the seams af- 

ter the as been driven in. 

making-off ViA^<i'king-6f'), «. See the quotation, 

Fiuintr aiid barreling blu biter, termed v*Akin(f'<tf, wa«, 
ADd l^ now, conducted by the Dutch. KiijEllsh, and Mcotoh 
whalemen. FiMherirJt ttf IT. &, V. II. adO, 

makwa (mak'wiii, n, [Cln'o •-" <■ 't'" Horse, 
+ ^rra, jacket.]" A short . -m in 

Chini, rhif'fly in the norh; , h and 

^* ' Thcr makwn, Itko Uio "pi^inli ui <iueo«v 

^ ^ bv the Haiicha TatAra aliortl)' after they 

tru , . _ I Liiiialu lrt43. 

malt (mid), a. [P., < h. n^aium^ evil, disease, 
ueut. of umlm, evil, bad: see mufe^.] Evil ; dis- 
ease. 

Amanff the Ena;lls)i It [a disorder In which blotches break 

out oil uie body) goes by the name of the MtA of Aleppo, 

Pticcek*, DeacripttoQ of the East, II. 1. i&i 

Grand mal. titHipHy with severe oonvulBlonB, asdlsUn- 

ma I loerly also ttmlt* (one syHable, 

diHiiiijj;ui:^iinM imm wifl/e-, iu two sytlablea, in 
wordsof Latin form); < F. mal- =*Sp. I*g, It. 
mai-^ < L. matc-^ < mtilt^ adv., badly, < walus^ 
bad: see mnlv^^ nmlwc, etc. Cf. »i«^.] A rire- 
fix of LtttiJi origin, threuf^h Prcnrh (efinlvalent 
to dtffi- or c«ro- of Gre» ' " , i 

an<l implying usually 5 1 
andoft- -;•'•• '' 
odor. A 

matton, '-^ ''''''■'.;- , 

mn Icon te n t, not eon t«n i, e te . T he pre iix i n thi s 
form occurs only in words taken from the 
French, or formed upon the analogies of such. 

mala, "- Plural of malum. 

Malabar nut. Bee JusHeuu 

Malabar catmint^ nightshade, plum, rose, 

elc. 8ee atfntint^ etc. 
malacatunet, n. Sume ass mtheKiton. 
Malacca bean, cane. etc. See f^an, ^U'. 
malachite (marn-kit)» w. [= r " mv^ = 

8p. tHaUiqidta: so called as res^ t ^olor 

the petal of a mallow (cf. mativt, i;,.., , > .. . ulor) ; 
< L. mttfttehr (also mohwhe), < Ur, fmA^xf/t a 
mallow: nee tuttllow and -i^t'^J A basic car- 
bonate of copper having a beautiful green color, 
hence commonly called the t/reen cafbf>nQt€ of 

copper. It <M V in tufts of slt-nder nionocllnlo 

crystals, raort iiaseive with mauintUlory, sta- 

lactitic, i'T pr isrc, often tibroua aud radiated. 

The Ant-: . eoniefrom the Siberian mines. It 

is also 4 rnwall and Id South Australia, Art 

Eona,etr - «jd polish, and 1« manufactured Into 

ortuun€>niaI artirlet. ; called jrreen molcU'AiCtf, in 

distinction from Mir <racariii^ which Is a re- 

Uted carbonate of coi m i i ij; lew water, and which 

often pasaea by alt«miioii : • ti carbonate. Bee 

ci2uri(e.— Bmerald malac^ - as diopuim. 

malachite-Exeen (mni.. ... _:cii), «. l. The 

natural hydra ted bicarbonate of copper. Also 
called mmmt/iin-ffrccn. — 2, A fine green color, 
like that of handsome specimens or malachite. 

Malachra (ma-lak'rji), n. [NI*. (Linnieus, 
171^), erroneously tor*Mal^<;hn,K L. vwlache, 
mallow: see malachite^ tnullmc,^ A genus of 
plants belonging to the natural order 3itf/rflc<"tf*, 
the mallow family, and the tribe Ureneo', it is 
character I Ecd by the dense, involuCnite heads of flowers, 
with small bracts irregularly scattered throuirh the clnsler 
(these bracts are, however^ Bometlmes wntitlnj^X Five or 
alx species are known, native* of the warmer parte of Asia. 
Africa, and Anieriea. They are hairy herliB with lobed or 
angled leaves, and yellow or white flowers in tlense axillarjr 
or terminal hcMsds, surrounded by an Involaore of leafy 
hractB. West Indian species have been called wUd okra, 

malacia (ma-la'si-a), n. [< Gr. paXaK6^t soft.] 
Morbid softness of any tissue: usually in com- 
position I as, myomai4icia^ osteomalacia. 

malacic (ma-las'ik), a. [< malacia -h -ic] Per- 
taining to malacia, especially to osteomalacia. 

malacissantt (mal-a-sis'ant), a. [< L. mala- 
r<L.s'>Yi «(*-). V, ppr. of malacvfsare, C Gr. fta}j2KiCtn\ 
make soft, < tm?MK6r^ soft,] Making soft or 
tender; relaxing. 

malacissationt (mal'a-si*sa'shon), n, [< L. 
mahicissarc^ make soft": see niaUtcissnnt.'\ The 
act or process of making soft or supple. 

Lei this bath, togeiber with the emplasterlng and vnc^ 
tlofi (as beforeX be renewed every ftftb day : this mataci* 
aaHon, or auppUug of the body, to be continued for ouu 
whole month. Bacon, Hist. life aud Death. 

MalacIemmyidsB (mal'a-kle-mi'i-de), w. pL 
[NI>,, < MfiltufH'h'mm^s + -id^J] A family of 
lortois' 1 by the genus Jf^^/- ' 

It indn > lea as the familiar dlaii i 

terrapis. it>d States, aud several ti j 

from the < il(i Worlii have been placed In iL Ai^ Mabi- 

Malaclemmys (mal-a-klem'is), n. [NL., short 
for Mahic<}demm^8,'\ The typical genua of 



Malaconotina 

Mulai'kmmuiiiit:, including \\m diamond-backed 
terrnptn of the United States, i/. paluntris, 

Malacobdella (maJ'a-kob^lertl), tu [m,., < 
Gr. /io/un^<iii a«^t, 4* /Mi//<a, a leech : see BdelUt,} 
A genus of worms, formerly suppoiied to be 
leeches, now ^ ' ' , ' . i rasitic nemer- 

teans, type - hdrJlidit, J/, 

^roftiiu is a pui.. l^ .iJ..:.: '.i. ii.'. ^Uls of vaiiotis 
molluHkn, 

MalacobdeUidfiB (mal'd-kob^deri-de), n, pi. 
[NL., < Malarobfftfln 4- -k/<p.] A faraUv of para* 
sitio nemertean worms, typified bv tue genus 



leis Tio spines oa the pro- 

bcn»' I ■'-■,, 

Malacoclemmya { mal a-ko-kleni'ia), n. [NL, , 
< Gr, fi(i>nK,6(;, soft, + x^tuftir, 1%, tortoise; «ee 
Cirmntffi.Ji ISame *,* ' ' i,'s, 

malacoderm (mai One of the 

MalncodrrniaUt or . firmi. 

Malacodermata (mai ma-t|), n.pL 

(NL., nout. pL of maUtt - : see molac0' 

(hrmatotis.'} 1. The sea-u^iu in m^ n- m order 
of zoantbarian Acthtocoa. ii. v 1. - r .ik 1 from 
their softness, t'-^M' !'• ^ 1 only 

by « f«w spiculi These 

ikolyp^ ori^ iis« « I 1 V he- 

'-: ...-•-,.< . , ,. .,,» 



tin 
of t 

ba£e, r>m :iiijr hi tj(,'f|j jukiiii t<»r«i 1 l ijc /.<m(n- 

thidof arc uirgre|ir»ted t»y a eoninmn > \ 1 1 or stiUon. 

2. In tntom.f a division oJ i pentam- 

erous Cohoptrra, corresponding to Latr(rille*s 
Malacodermi. — ^3. In heryti,^ the naked rep- 
tiles, or amphibians : distinguished from Sclero^ 
(IrrmakK Also Mniaerpdenrta, 

malacoderrn^tonn i maKu-k6-drr''"f^'>i'«), a. 
K NL. s<'Gr: ;/^ t, + 

f\tfiun (fS^ - H denna,^ ^ 1 ned ; 

specifically, of or |jeitainiug to the MaUtcad^- 
main. 

Malacodermi (mal'a-ko-d^r'mi), n, ph [NL., 

< iir. fui'/anot;^ Mdly -f f^tpfsa, skin: see f/<?r*wa,] 
In LatreiUe's classification, the second section 
of serricorn pentamerous Coleoptera, It la com- 
poee«i of beetle* hsvlnp. for the most part, soft flexible 
bodies, like lh« ' , the head received into the 
thorax or at 1 en ' i t at t he base, an d the prosier > 
num not produ i and uBuully not pointed lie^ 
hii]d. The ii]al»ci>ri( nns were divided by Lstreille into 
five tribes, Ceb^ionHtt. Lampyridit, Mdvridet, Cterii, and 
PHnuU*. Although the term Is literally inapplicable to 
ft lur^e rill mint r of iho beetles so called, it is retained as 
one ilivisli.ti of Srrrtcrida, the other being StemoicL 

MalacodermidaB (nial*a-ko-d^r'mi-de), w. pL 
[NL., < Malacodermi 4- -tdteJ] A family of Mal- 
acodemti^ containing beetles which are really 
goft-lH)died, as the glow-worms. Also called 
Laminfrida' and Tclephfrrida*, It corresponds 
to La trci lie's second tribe, Lamptfridcs. 

malacold (mul ^a-koid). a. [< Gr, //a/aftw<*%, of 
a soft nature, ^ fm'/ati6Cy soft, 4- ildo^^ form.] 
Soft in texture; soft-bodied; having a muci- 
laginous texture: applied to parts of plants, 
particularly the hypnie of certain fimgi. 

malacolite (niara-ko-lit), «. [Prop, *malaeho- 
tiky so called from its color (cf. malachite) ^ < 
(3fr. ua7AxT}, a mallow, + >i^, stone,] Diop- 
side; a Urae-raagnesia variety of pyroxene, of 
a pale greenish-white color. 

malacological (mara-ko-loj'i-kal), a, [< mato- 
colog-y 4- -»crt/.] Of or pertaining to malacol- 
ogv; conchological. 

malacologist (mal-a-koro-jist ), n. [< malacoU 
otj't/ + -ist,] One who is versed in malacology, 
a student of molluska, 

malacology (mal-a-koro*ii), n. [= F.malocolo- 
4 fie; < tJr, fio^nKdr^ soft (> pa^Aiun^ soft -bodied 
animals without external shells or articulated 
bones: cf. mollvsk), + */fT)ia, < 7iyEtv^ speak: 
see -^lofftf.J The science of the molluscous or 
soft^-bodled animals; the knowledge of shell- 
fish. It is synonymous with ttmehoto^, but {inplles tbst 
attention la paid to tho soft parts, or anatomical structure 
of the animiUa, rather that) to their sheila 

znalacon (mara-kon), Ii. [NL., < Gr. fia?nK6^, 
soft.] In wiMmv/., an altered and somewhat 
hydrated zircon, having a hardness inferior to 
that of the original mineral. 

Malaconotinaef raaPa-ko-no-ti'ne), n,pL [NL.. 

< Alalaeonottis + -fiiVr.] A subfamily of Old 
World and chiefly African shrikes, of the family 
Laniida', named from the genus MaUici^notus* 
J. Cabanis, 1850. Also MaTaCQnoti. 



malaeonotixie 

malaconotilie (mal^a-k9-nd'tm), a. Of or per- 
taining to the MaktconoHno}, 

MadaconotllB (mal^a-ko-nd'tiis), ft. [NL., < Gr. 
fia^oKdc, soft, + vui-oc, back.] A genus of Af- 
rican shrikes, giving name to the subfamily 
MiUaeonoUfUB: so named from the soft plumage 
of the back. W. Swainson, 1827. 

Malacopoda (mal-a -kop'9-d|), n. pi [NL., 
neut. pi. of malaeopus: see malacopodousA A 
name given by E. B. Lankester to a grade of 
Qnath^oda (or Arthropoda) containing only 
the class Peripatidea^ which itself consists of 
the single genus Peripatus, thus contrasted 
with a grade or series Condylopoday including 
all other crustaceans, insects, etc. 

malacopodooB (mal-a-kop'o-dus), a. [< NL. 
malaoopus (-pod-), < Gr. fia^cucdcj soft, + waff 
(ttcmJ-) = E. /oot.] Having soft feet; specifi- 
cally, of or pertaining to the Malacopoda, 

Malacopteri (mal-a-kop'te-ri), n. pi. [NL., pi. 
of malacopteruSj soft-finned : see nuilaoorfterous.'] 
In Johannes Mtiller's classification of fishes, an 
order of teleost fishes characterized by fin-rays 
that are soft, jointed, and generally branched, 
by abdominal ventral fins, and bv the persistent 
commnnicationbetweenthe air-oladder and the 
intestine. It corresponds nearly to the Cuvier- 
ian Malacopterygiif but is less comprehensive. 

malacopterons (mal-a-kop'te-rus), a, [< NL. 
malacopteruSy < (Jr. /tti)lajc<J?, soft, + irrepdvy wing 
(fin).] Having soft fins. 

llialacopteryrian(mal-a-kop-te-rij'i-an), a. and 
n. L a. Soft-finned ; pertaining to the Mala-' 
coptetyffii, or having their characters. Also 

n. n. A fish of the order Malacopterygii, 
Malacopteryffil (mal-a-kop-te-rij'i-i), n. pi 
[NL.. < Gr. fioAaKdCf soft, + nripv^ (Trrcpvv-), tttc- 
pvyioVf a wing, fin, < irrepAvj a wing.] A group 
of teleost fishes, variously limited; the soft- 
finned or jointed-fin fishes, (a) In Cnvier's system 
of classifloation, the second diyirion of bony flsheS) having 
soft fln-nys : divided into Abdwminale», SubbrachiaUt and 
ApodM. (b) In MUller's system, a group of pharyi 



thous fishes^ having soft fins, and represented by the nun- 
Uy Seombere9ocid(B. (e) In OHl's system, an order of tele- 
ost fishes with cranial bones of the teleocephaloas type^ 
with the anterior vertebm 
not specially dlilerentiated 
from the rest and not coa- 
lesced, no Weberlan ossi- 
cles, the shoolder-girdle 
connected with the crani- 
um, a mesocoracoid as well 




as a hypoooiacoid and hy- 
' Bvel- 



Fin of Malacopterygian. 



percoraooid bones dev( 
oped, the air-bladder con- 
nected with the intestinal canal by a pneumatic dact^ the 
ventral fins abdominal, and the dorsal, anal, and ventral 
fins spineless. The order includes the clupeids, salmonids. 



and related flshea. (d) In the earliest systems, as Artedl's, 
some acanthopteryfftan fishes with slencfer or flexible spines 
were looselv incluaed, as stromateids^ the wolf -fishes^ Uie 



lophobranchiates, etc.— MiUaoopteiygli abdominaleS| 
abdominal soft-flinned fishes, Cuviers second order of 
fishes, having the ventral fins abdominal in position, be- 
hind the pectorals and unattached to the shoulder-girdle. 
Also called CkuteropienfgU. — Malao o pfry gtt a] ' 



apodal soft-finned fishes, Cuvier's fourth order of^flshes^ 
having no ventrals.— KalacQptersrgU snbbracblati, 
Cuvier's third order of fishes, having the ventrals under 
the pectorals^ and the pelvic arch suspended to the shoul- 
der-girdle. 

malacopterygioii8 (mal-a-kop-te-rij'i-us), a. 
Same as mcuacopteryaian, 

MalacOBColices (maKa-ko-skori-sez), n. pi 
[NL., for ^m<ilaco8Colece8,< Gr. /tahucdCf soft 
(with ref. to mollusks), + aK6Xtf^, a worm.] A 
superordinal division proposed by Huxley in 
1877 to be established for the reception of the 
Polyzoa and Brachiopoda together, in order to 
indicate the relations of the group so consti- 
tuted with the worms on the one side and with 
the moUusks on the other. 

malacoscolicine(maHa-ko-skori-sin), a. Per- 
taining to the Malacdscoiices, or having their 
characters. 

malacosis (mal-a-ko'sis), n. [NL. , < Gr. fiahuidq^ 
soft^ + -osisJ] tn patholj the morbid softening 
of tissues. 

MalacosteidSB (maHa-kos-te'i-de), n,pl [NL., 
< McUacosteus + -icUe.'i A family of teleost 
fishes, typified by the genus Malacosteus, 

malacosteoid (mal-a-kos'te-oid), a, [< Mala- 
costeus + -oid] Resembling the genus MalO" 
costeus; of or pertaining to the Malacosteida!, 

malacosteon (mal-a-kos'te-onX n. [NL., < Gr. 
fiaXaKdCf soft, 4- (KTrfoVf bone.] In pathol, osteo- 
malacia. 

Malacosteus (mal-a-kos'te-us), n, [NL., < Gr. 
fiaXoKdc^ soft, + borkovy bone.] A genus of fishes 
of peculiar aspect, distinguished, among other 
characters, by the slight calcification of the 



3590 

skeleton, t3rpical of the Malaeosteida, There are 
several species, all deep-sea fishes, of which M. niger is the 
best-known. 

malacostomoUB (mal-a-kos'to-mus), a. [< Gr. 
fM^oKdg^ soft, + ard/My mouth. J Leather-mouth- 
ed; having a soft mouth — that is, toothless 
jaws: saia of fishes. 

ttalacostraca (mal-a-kos'tra-kft), n. pi [NL., 
< Gr. fiaXoKdarpaKog, 8bft-shene<{*(neut. pl./uiAa- 
KdaTpaKOf Aristotle's name for Crustacea such as 
crabs, lobsters, etc.), < fui7uaK6q, soft, + barpoKav. 
a shell : see Ostraceay ostraeiecy etc.] Oiie of 
two main divisions of the Crustacea proper; the 
division which is contrasted with Entomaatraca, 
By Latreille the group was divided into five orders^ Daoa- 
mdOt Stomapoda, Lamodipoda, Ampkipoda, and Itopoda, 
Zoologically speaking, its limits have fluctuated so far and 
so often with different writers that no comprehensive yet 
exclusive definition is practicable^ and the general ten- 
dency is now to ignoire tne term, along with BnUimotftraoa. 
Huxley, however, retains both. 

malacostracan (mal-a-kos'tra-kan), a. and n. 
f< Malacostraca + -an.] L a* Of or pertain- 
mgto the Malacostraca. Also malaeostracous. 
IL n. A malaeostracous crustacean. 

iiialacostracol(M;ical (mal-a-kos^tra-ko-loj'i- 
kal), a, [< matacostraeolog'y + -ic^H.'] Gf or 
pertaining to malacostracology. 

malacostracologist (mal-a-kos-tra-kor^jist), 
II. [< malacostracology + -ist,'] A carcinolo- 
gist or crustaceologist. 

malacostracology (mal-a-kos-tra-kor9-ji), «. 
[< NL, Malacostraca, q. v., + Gr. -loykiy < Aiycw, 
speak: see -ologtf.'] The science of crusta- 
ceans; crustaceology ; carcinology. 

malacostracoiiB (maWkos'tra-kus), a. [< Gr. 
fioXoKdoTpaKo^y soft-shelled : see Malacostraca.l 
Same as malacostracan: as, '^a malaeostracous 
crustacean,'' Huxley y Anat. Invert., p. 323. 

malacotomic (mara-ko-tom'ik), a. [< mato- 
cotom-y + -ic.] Of* or pertaining to malacot- 
omy. 

malacotomy (mal-a-kot'9-mi), n. [< Gr. fjut^- 

/c<5f, soft, + 'TOfua, '{ TifiveiVf rafulv, cut.] The 
anatomy of Mollusca, 

Malacozoa (maKa-ko-zo'ft), n,vl [NL.) < Gr. 
fioAOKdCy soft, + C^icwj'an animal.] Soft-bodied 
animals; the MoUuscain. abroadsense,including 
mollusks proper, brachiopods, and polyzoans. 

malacozoic (mal^a-ko-zo^ik), a. [< Malacossoa 
-¥ ■ic'i Possessing the common features of 
molluscan life — Malacoiolc serlest a phrase pro- 
posed by Huxley in 1877 to Include a gradation or series 
of forms represented by the Malaeomsolieu of the same 
author and the MoUtuea; it includes animals graded from 
the lowest Polvzoa to the highest mollusks. 

maladaptation (maKad-ap-ta'shon), n. [< 
mal- + adaptation.'] Faulty adaptation; lack 
of adaptation. W. K. Clifford, Lectures, II. 273. 

maladareSB (mal-a-dres^), n. [< moi- + adr 
dress."] Lack of address; want of tact; awk- 
wardness; rudeness. 

It took all the mal-addrtm of which travellers are mas- 
ters to secure admittance. 

Howells, Their Wedding Journey, p. 241. 

maladjustinent (mal-a-just'ment), n. [< mal- 
+ a^ustment.] A faulty adjustment; lack of 
adjustment. 

maladministration (mal-ad-min-is-tra'shon), 
n. [< P. maladministration; as mal- + admin- 
istration.'] Faulty management of affairs; vi- 
cious or defective conduct in the performance 
of official duties, particularly of executive and 
ministerial duties prescribed by law. Formerly 
male<idministra tion. 

The violence of revolutions Id generally proportioned 
to the degree of the maladTniniatrtUion which has pro- 
duced them. MaeatJay, Hist. Eng., xiil. 

maladroit (mal-a-droit')» a. [< F. maladroit; as 
mal--^ adroit.] "Not adroit or dexterous ; inex- 
pert; clumsy; awkward; unhandy; bungling. 

maladroitly (mal-a-droit'li), adv. In a mal- 
adroit manner; clumsily; awkwardly. 

maladroitness (mal-a-droit'nes), n. The char- 
acter of being maladroit; clumsiness; awkward- 
ness; want of skill or tact. 

malady (mal'a-di), ti.; pi. maladies (-diz). [< 
ME. maladye, i OF. (and F.) maladie, sickness, 
illness, disease, < maladCy malabde, F. malade 
= Pr. malaptCy malaudCy sick, < LL. *male hahi- 
tuSy sick, lit. 'ill conditioned' (cf. LL. male ha- 
benSy sick, L. male se habere, be sick or indis- 
posed, be in ill condition) : L. mate, badly (< 
malus, bad: see maUy male^); habitus, pp. of 
habere, have, hold: see habit.] 1. A physical 
disorder or disease ; sickness or distemper of 
any kind; especially, a chronic, deep-seated, or 
dangerous disease. 

Merlin seide "He shfUl not dye on this maladye.'* 

Jfw*m(E. E, T. 8.),i,6l. 



malapproinriate 

Why was it that in that epidemic nudady oi conitlta- 
tfons, ours escaped the destroying influence? 

Maeavlay, Hallam's Const Hist 

The Comanches think a malady is caused hy the blast- 
ing breath of a foe. U. Speneer, Prin. of Socioi, | ISBw 

2. Hence, moral or mental disorder ; any dis- 
ordered state or condition : as, social maladies, 
Bfltyn. 1. InfirmUy, Distemper, etc (see ditMm); oom- 
plaint, ailment 

mala fide (ma'lft fi'de). [L^abl. of mala fides, 
bad faith : see mala fides.] With bad faith; de- 
ceitfully; treacherously: opposed to bona fide. 
In Soo<ftoi0^ a mato;l<f0 possessor is aperson whopoasesiea 
a subject not his own upon a title which he knows to be 
bad, or which he has reasonable ground for believing to 
be so. 

mala fides (ma'l^ fi'dez). [L. : mala, fern, of 
malus, bad; fides',> ult. 'S^. faith; cf. bona fides.] 
Bad faith. 

malaflges, n. A sailors' name for a small sea- 
bird supposed to appear before a storm: ap- 
parently, the stormy petrel or Mother Carejrs 
chicken. 

Malaca (mal'a-gft), n. [^See def .] A wine pro- 
ducea at Malaga" in Spam. The wines mciflcally 
so named are made from the last vintage, which occurs 
in October and November. There are several varietiea. 



Thudicwn and Dupri.— Kalan ITape, any of the grap 
grown near Malaga, especially those exported thenc 
The muscadel is a leading varie^. In America the name 



Malaga is given to any variety of large oval white grape. 

MalftflfftBn (mal-a-gash '),n. Same as Malagasu. 

Malagasy (malna-gas'i), a. and n. [Formerly 
Madegassy, Madecassee; s= F. Malgacne; an adj. 
formed from the native name of Madagascar.] 
I. a. Of or pertaining to Madagascar or its in- 
habitants. 

It was not untU the publication of the official chart by 
D'Aprte de ManneviU^te, from actual hydrographio sur- 
vey, in 1776, that anv notable progress was efl^eoted in the 
delineation of the Malagaay seaboard. 

Athenaum, Na 8071, p. 882. 

n. n. A native of Madagascar; a member of 
anv of the races or tribes inhabiting that island, 
malagmat (ma-lag'mtt), n. [= F. It. mdlagma, 
< L. mdlagma, < Gr. jl&Kayftay a plaster, a poul- 
tice, < fuMaaeiv, soften: see nuUax,] In fJterap,, 
an external locaJ medicament designed to soften 
the part to which it is applied ; an emollient 
cataplasm; a poultice. 

malagnetta pepper. Same as grains of para- 
dise (which see, under grain^). 
mflrlftnark (mal-a-hak'), v. t. [Origin obscure.] 
See the quotation. 
Malahaek: to cut up hastily or awkwardly. 

Lowell, Biglow Papers, 2d ser., lot 

Malaic (ma-la'ik), a. [< Malay + hc.] Same 
as Malay. ' 

malaise (ma-laz')* n. [< F. malaise, uneasiness, 
discomfort: see maleo^e.] Uneasiness; discom- 
fort; specifically, an indefinite feeling of un- 
easiness, often a preliminary symptom of a se- 
rious malady. 

Malaisian. a. See Malaysian. 

Malambo bark. See bark9. 

malanders, mallanders (maran-d^rz), n. pi 
[Also maltenders, mallinders; < F. malandre = 
It. mdlandra, malanders, also a dead rotten 
knot, < L. mdlandria (neut. pi., LL. also fem. 
sing.), blisters or pustules on the neck, esp. of 
horses.] In farriery, a dry scab or scurfy erup- 
tion on the hock of a norse or at the bend of the 
knee ; * * sore places on the inside of the fore legs 
of a horse " (UaUitcell). 

She has the mdtlanden, che scratches, the crown scab, 
and the quitter bone in the t'other leg. 

B. JoMon, Bartholomew Fair, it 1. 

malapert (mar a-p^rt), a. and n. [< ME. mala- 
pert, < OF. mataperty over-ready, impudent, < 
mal, badly, + apert, open, ready : see apert, and 
cf. pert.] I, a. Characterized by pertness or 
impudence; saucy; impudent; bold; forward. 
She was wis and loved hym nevere the lasse, 
Al nere he malapert. Chaueer, TroQus, UL 87. 

Untutor'd lad, thou art too malapert 

Shak., 8 Hen. VL, v. R. 82. 
He is bitterly censured by Marinus Marcennus, a mala- 
pert friar. Burton, Anat of Mel., p. 454. 

U. n. A pert, saucy person. 

malapertly (mara-p^rt-li), adv. In a malapert 
manner; saucily;" with impudence. 

malapertness (mara-p^rt-nes), n. The char- 
acter of being malapert; sauciness; impudent 
pertness or forwardness. 

malappropriate (mal-a-pro'pri-at), V. t. ; pret. 
and pp. malappropriated, ppr. malappropriat- 
ing. [< mal- + appropriate.] To misappro- 
priate ; apply to a wrong use ; misuse. 

She thrust the hearth-brush into the grates in mistake 
for the poker, and malappropriated several other articles 
of her craft B. Bronte, Wuthering Heights, zzzll. 



maUnrap 

malaptop (mara-prop), n. riti lillasion to Mrs. 
Mnhiprnp, n, cbaracter in SberiilAD's play of 
♦'Tilt Hi v:iU/^ noted for her blunders in the n»e 
of wordK (< mutnpmpos^ q. v,).] Malapropos. 
[Rare J 

Bui obtenre , . the totai Rhseiims of iJI maiapn^ plo 
turoiqueneM. De Qmncefff Styles L 

malapropiBm (mal'a-prop-izm), «. [< mala- 
prop + -i>w.] 1. 'the act or habit of miBai^- 

f>Iying words through an ambition to n»© fine 
ung'uag^. — 2. A word so misapplied. 

The FiirldlicaJ estate anil the l)e Waldcu cstAte were d*> 
lljsrbtftilly coiitn+rloiiw — a «Mi/aproji»Jmi whkli mmour had 
not failed to rrpcat to Shirley, 

ChaHotis BronU, Shlrl^, irll 

xnalapropOfl (inal'ftp'ro*p6')» n. and (tdv. f< 
mai- -¥ ftpiuptpt: ^v^ apropos.] I, €/, Inuppro- 
pnate; outof plnce: inapt; atiseaaonubte : as, 
u malapropoif remark. 
n* «<?'*. Unsuitably; unBeasonablv, 

Malapteniridse (raa-Iap-te-rn'n-<lp'), n. pi. 
[NL., < Mahtiiki Kttwi -f -/'/<r,] A rnmily of jie- 

Fi''t-.._-i.ntl:r,,,^ fi^l...^ I I,,,. >-.-'r,..r,.h...Jriwhlch 

!>, bwt iifi 
neurutli:! 

L" Tbe 
It! specied 



3591 

ferors, thpmaJarlftl poison producet Tarioiut uud oft«n lU' 
marked rff^nerBiona of Utie gisneral health, wah Jis m »ji ut- 
^f&, ni'^* ' irt.dlsefttvedtxturbaac^" 

narb. i ical cffccti of Uie in«Ur 

enlftrgM I ,sp1eei],icirQetlmefiei(ce&sn 

of thcftkiu.ftnU tUc pretence of n dark plgnien I. 

tn Rmorphoaa m maca. Th Qtc is f liu nd, hi ore< ^ i 

■i bbwKJ ft v^rit-rv r»f iMTi]liftr Jnnit: hoiJieti '.^ 

r- ■ ' ■■ ■■ 



- , and to A liiii&di^^iuu b>' ciit Uiu utUa 






which ooQtAln « rmther linn u 

elcctrlc nerro takoe Its origin f i 

*h(wkfirivenl3ffTPiit fortbe alz* 1 i i-.. »p:^.i 

are knoivn, the moiit faniUiar of which is MaiaitUtruna eUc- 

triau of the Mic, which kometimea ftttaiim a length of 

four feet 

Malaptennina (lOH-lap'te-rO-ri'Tia), «, pi, 
[NL.| < MaliJpterttrn^ -f -t««3.] In GUnther'a 
ela«aification| a ki'<»*^P of Situriflfv sienobraHehia! 
with no rayed dorsal fin i same aa the family 
MalaptcniruifP, 

mala^temrilie (ma-lap-te-r^'rin), n. Of or 
pertaining to the Malapttrurina; malaptern- 
roid, 

malaptemroid (ma-lap*te-rO'roid), a, and w. 

[< Malapkn'urttit + -<wfl,]"' I. «i Pertaining to 

the MalaptifTurkkF, or having their characters. 

H. "> A flf^h of the far ■'- 'f ' ./jf^ninV/^F. 

Malapteruni8<ma4ap-N '. [NL.(La- 

t^pMe, l^Oli), short for rnrujf, < Or. 

|iaAaA'(Jf,»oft»H" rrepeiv, wiij^^ i , + "iV«,tail.] A 
genua of nemHtognat.hou'^ • ,(i ii-Iihk, reprpseut- 



EJoctric Catfish ( J/#Ai//rrMr*»J <tir<f^^u9h 

\ng the family Makipteruridfr, with nn Hdipose 
fin over the caudal region and no true dorsal fin ; 
the eleetric fishes, M. electruym inhabits thi? 
Nile and other Alricau rivers. 
malar (ma'lHr), a, and i»- [< NL* mnlaris. < h. 
mah^ tne upper jaw, the cheek-bone, the cneek, 
< matidrff\ i'new: see mandible,'} I. a, 1, Of or 
pertaining to the cheek or cheek-b«ne. — 2. Of 
or pertaining to the zygoma; zygotnatic; jngal: 
uf«t the malar arch. ^ Malar bone. Sue n.— tfalar 
fonmlua. Sec foramen, -- Malar point, S«e enra^om- 

II, 11, A membrane bono or splint-bone of the 
side of the head of higher vertebrates, entering 
into the composition of tbe zygoma or xygo- 
nmtic arch, which connects the upper jaw or 
other part of the face with the squamosal or 
other parts abont the ear; the jngal or jugal 
bone. In most antmAH it U i ^>nif mid elendcr horiioutal 
bone, tn man a short n ; idrau^ilor bono, the 

check'tK>ne,formiriKtli- "f the cheek, entering 

llitottiBcotn|x>nltiono( :... . .: ; the eye, and articulat- 
ing not only with the temporal and 8Up«rior maxiUary, 
bat also with the frontal aiid sphenoid. 
malar det, «. An obsolete form of mallard, 
malaria (ma-la'ri-fi), w, [^ F, mahtHa, < It. 
maV aria^ bad air: waM, fern, of mala, < L. ma- 
lu»^ bad (see mal-^ mah^)\ aria, < L, orr, air: Bee 
fltrl.] 1. Air contaminated with some patho- 
genic Bubfitance from the soil; Bpecincally, 
air impregnated with the poison producing in- 
termittent and remittent fever* — 2, The dis- 
ease produced by the air thus poisoned. In a 
atiict sense the word' Is a Brcnerlo ivrm a«iignating tntor^ 
mlttetit and remit ttnit forer sind other atfectloni, such Mi 
iftiilaiial neuralgia, due iv tho t&tn« cauie. Maliuial di»- 
eaaea In this soriso pn^voil in all qaarten of the globe ei- 
cent the coldest, and the infct tion of soil and ah* ooctin 
hi Doth uninhabited and populous n-Klon*. The dlseane Is 
contracted t»y prewnce in tbe locality, nnd not from the 
■Ick, nor do the latter »eem to transplant the Infection to 
new places to which they may go. The disease may ap- 
parentlj be Introduced Into the }wn^y tTiroit^h water that 
ndrtinkaA wellat ttLToug^h tf> > i of 

tlie poIaoQ la favored by beat ]\f- 

earn are apt to Inoreaac lift t ruin 

v*\\. The poison seems to lie 1.*^^ in rhu utmu^phcre, but 
ma> be blown to adjsition I hetghts. Ik.'aldc« the weU-morked 



{a. 

malarial ^.....-id. 'ri-al), a. [< malaria + *c(f.] 
Relating or pertaining to malaria: connected 
with or aiHsing from malaria: as, malarial ca- 
chexia, disease, or fever; the malarial poijfun. 
Nntindgic aJlecUotis . . - are common svxjnols of maiit- 
riat polRontnir, Quain, M«it Diet., p. Oltk 

M&Iarlal fever, ^cc /tfiv^i . 
malarialist ( ma-la 'rl-al-isti, ft, [< maUirial^ 
'ist,] A student of inuliiria: one who atndieti 
the treatment of malarial diBeaae. 

According aa one Is a saultartaa. a chemist* nr a mttJn, 
riaOM. ISnrjmr't Maj., LXIX. HL 

malarlan (mft-la'ri-an), a, [< malarui 4- -<iw.] 
Malarial; malarious, [Rare,] 

A flat malfxrian wnrht of rocd nnd rush ! 

Ttnnymni, Lcfver's Tale^ I v. 

malarimaxillary (ma*lar-i-mftk'Bi4tt-ri), «. [< 
NL. ifMlaris, malar, -k- maxUlaris, maxillary. J Of 
or pertaining to the malar and the supramaxil- 
l:t ' : as, the imtlarima^hUuiy suture. Also 
L r^ry. 

maiaiioUn i mil-la^n-UB), a. [< malaria + -om/<.] 
(.'haracterized by or abounding with malaria; 
producing or communicating malarial diseaae: 
as, a malarious region or climate; a malarious 
state of tbe atmosphere. 
A fever alley or a ftu»l*ji i 

, Life(l878X 11- 57a 

Attempts have been rnui. , i iL iueceai^ to separate 

tmUari&tu jtioiBfm from the gaabs geuerat«d by ewanipe, or 

from tbe air of mata rious localities^ Bneve. BriL, X V. S£0. 

malaSBimllatioII (mal-a-sim-i*la'shon)» «. [< 
mal- 4- *hs.\ijttilafion.] In jtathol., imperfect aa- 
similation or nutrition; faulty digestion and 
appropriation of nutriment. 

malate (ma'lat)» n, {;< Mal{ic) + -fifcl.J In 
eh em, J any salt of malic acid. 

malaxt (malaks), t\ t [^ F. maltaxr = Pg, 
makixar, < L, malaxare, < Gr. fiaT^aaotiv, soften, 

< fia?MK6r, soft.] Same as maJasatt'. 

I directed one of my serYiuils to apply an emplast dia- 
chyL com giunmi, mainjcM irlth unguent dlallhtew. 

Wittnwfi^ Surgery, i. 0, 

malaxage (marak-iiaj), «* [< malojt -¥ -a^jf\] 
The optratioii f»f kneading and working the un- 
baked clay of which pottery is to be made. 

malaxate (raal'ak-Hat), V. f. ; pret. and pp. mat^ 
ajratrd, ppr. malaj'ating. [< L. malaxatus^ pp. 
of maUnare, soften: see malajc.'} To soften; 
knead to softness. 

malaxation (mal-ak-si'shoft), n, [= P. maUtx- 
utiiju^ < LL. malaj-atio{n-), a softening, < L. ma- 
laxarCf soften : see malax, malaxatt^.^ The act 
of malaxating or moistemng and softening; 
the act of forming ingredients into a maas for 
pills or plasters. [Rare.] 

malaxator (mal'ak*sa-tor)t ». [< NL. malaxnlor, 

< L, malaxare^ soften: see malax ^ malaxate.} A 
name of many machines used for mixing various 
niaberials. Moot < »r theae machines — for example, mills 
for grind Intf and temperifig clay In bdck-maklng, for mix- 
ing morlAT, etc. - hiivc a rotaCti^ Tertical shaft with ra- 
dial blade-like arms working in a cyH>"l''i< ni irir!r»«»inv 
They are often moved by horses, ninl i 
ti» the end of a lever projecting hori. j • 
perpartofthestuift Inmanycaacs, iii..„,v,, ,.,i , ,,. .^li 
IS u&ed. 

MalaxeaB (ma-lak'se-e), n. pL [KL, (Lindley, 
1845), < Maltjxis + -^.] A subtribo of plants 
of the natural order Orehidem* the orchid fami- 
ly, belonging to the tribe Epiaendrei^, and char- 
acterized by a terminul inflorescence and an- 
tliers wdiich are usually persistent, and either 
erect or bent forward/ It embraces 2 genera, 
MalaxU and Mierostylis^ and about 46 species. 

MftlP-?cig (ma-lak'sis), «. [NL., < Gr. id'Aa^n:, 
a 8oftening/<^*a>^<Taefv, soften: see malax,} A 
genus of orchidaceous plants of the tribe Epi^ 
dtndrew^ typo of the subtribe Malaxeoi, it Is char- 
acterlied Hv n utem bearing one or two loave$, by the new 
plants - 11 the apex of the old bulb, and by tluw 

era wtt her broad petals. There Is but a single 

specie r jhts, M, valudomt which Is found grow. 

Ing in spiingy hunt- tn northern Knrope. It is a delicate 
plant> only 3 or 4 Inches tiigh, bearing very small greenish- 
yellow flowers In a loose, sleodcr rsceme. 

Malay (ma-la'), «. and a. [= F. Malai, Malai^ 
= Sp. Pg. *Malaifo(cLl}. MaM^rh); < Malay J/a- 
Iditu, Malay (Oranff Malmu, Malay men; Tdnah 
Maldtfu^ MiJay land),] L n. 1. A native of Ma- 



malcoQformatiois 
lacca or of tiie Malay peninfttilai or of llie ad- 

the mime U tiU'l < «anie thtnt 

i^vrihianii, via. . . 

J littiSirtt. t.6*jt> a (israi p. SBl 

2, The langtiasre of ihe Malavs. It is a dialect 

h, v-i r^^ ^v-^ ■ ^-:''r-:P- >:-'--^'; n^ the Mftloy- 

he domes- 

1 ^hape like 

til I Hon game, but larger, and long 

1« L ! a close, low tnil. Thf^ nhnnks 



Ifrr 



'<.cK. 11 J.. 



Mrge und 



IX, a. Of '»r T>*'rtaiTnT«v^ to the Malays or to 
Wv ■ - Malay apple. & unnU 

It,- ulr. Tfibi trof t* fouftd 

^,1 .... I i..v.i'... K h i-isnda 

af, tisol 

i;^. itd-fla- 

VI iiplno, 

a I vialay 

r&r' n'l ^-■ 

i:v'. — '* -'^■ 

Hi. 

Ik: ii,,ii. n., "..n^ 

th < or AAiatlo 

Malayaiam nnai-M ytf iHtviij '», uMalayalam 
MtiJaifulam,} The" language of Malabar, in 
soulhwcatem India: it is a Pravidian dialect. 

Malayan (ma -la 'an), a, and a, K Malojf -¥ 
-an,} I. «. Of of pertaining to Malacca or 
the Malay peninsula or the people iuhabitiug 
that region; Malay.— Malayan bear, See&ear^. l 
— Malayan camptior. Same aa Bornw camphttr (wbich 
nee, under eorrrf^on— Malayan poTOUplne, Malayan 

tapir. Saiiie as Mtitny porctqdne, Mdlau tapir. 
II. u. Sumo as Malaif, 

Malay opolynesian (ma-la'o-pol-i-ne'sian), a. 
Hame an Malay-PoUjtmitlan, 

Malay-Polyneisiaii (ma-la'pol-i-no'gian). a. 
Including the Malay and Polynesian: applied 
to a family of languages occupying most of the 
islands of the Pacific, from Mntlagascar to Kaat- 
er Island (not, however, Aui*tralia and Tasma- 
nia, nor the central parts of Borneo and New 
Guinea and of some other of the large islands), 
together with the Malayan peninrtuJa, Itaprin- 
(in&l blanches are the Malayan, or th^ peninsula ana th^ 
Msnds nearest it, iint *' t> ■ , « - ' 'hti great mate 
of scattered islands iid Now Zea- 

land)- to theae Is ril ^^datt, of the 

FIJI archipelago anci r * regard as a 

seijarate fiiDdiy. Tlh it simplicity, 

In reganl Iwlh to phi d straotara. 

Malaysian (ma-m si-(jn)j /?, i\ Malay (F. 
Malais) 4* -ian,} delating to the Malay pen- 
insula or archipelago, or to the Malays, Alao 
spelled Mnlahian. Encuc. lirit,, XY, 324, 
malb0UG^et» «- [ME., < OF. makboucht, evil- 
apeaking, < mal^ evil, -I- haucke^ month: see 
boHche,} Evil fqieaking \ seandalmongering* 
MfdboMth* i htth greie comaundement ; 

£che man ^>ey the worsto he may. 

.(TUM, etc. (ed. Himlvall), p. 77. 
And to oooftiriDe his acolone, 
Hee hath withholdc malnboficAtf. 

malbrO!lk(mal-bri'ik*)t w, [=F.malhraid\ 
brouch (Buflfon), a kind of monkey.] A mon k^ -^ 
of the genus Cereocebm; especially, C* e^fmrnt- 
rugf the dog-tailed baboon, 

malchnst (markus), w. [= F. malehiui, < Mai' 
vhus^ tir. Mu/jfor, whose oar was cut off by Peter 
(John xviii. 10k] A short cutting-sword. See 
ftraqnimart, 

Malcoha. if. Same as Fhwrnttmham, 

Malcolmla t mal-kol'mi-a), w. [NL. (B, Brown, 
1812), namcil after William Malcolm, a imraery- 
mau and cultivator.] A genus of plants be- 
longing to the natural order Cruetfero', th* 
mustarti f atnily, and the tribe Sisymbryeo!, char- 
acterized by long erect sepals, and a atigma 
with two lobes wnieh either converge or unite 
to form a cone. They are branching herbs with alter- 
nate entire or pintiattfld leaves, and looa« bractleai ra- 
cemes of white or purple flowers. About 26 species are 
known, natives of Europe, northern Africn. ami central and 
western Asia; a few arc soinetlrnea cultivated for oms- 
menU Tlie t>eat'knowti of the*e Is .¥. xnarHima, the Mation 
stock, called more often rirr/iVtu^fBOmetiinesfiiiytin) stoat, 
an annual with red or white Aowers, frt:»m the shores of the 
Mecllterraneau. 

malconc6ivedl (mal-kon-afivd'), a. Ill con- 
ceived or planned. 

Sam new devtaed interiade or sum mahimoaio§d come- 
dies. Q, Harwy, To Spenier, 157S. 

malconformation (maFkon-f^r-ma'abgn), ». 
[< ma I' 4- cfuif or mation.} Impert'ect or irregu- 
lar conformation; disproportion of parts,' mal- 
formation. 



mftlconiitruction 

malco mtrii C ti on (mal-kon-strok'slion), it. [< 
mal- + c<>n8truction,'\ Fiiulty constniction. 

The boQer wm torn into fragments. The caoBe of the 
explosion is giren as nuMkonttmeUon, 

The Engineer, LXVIL 160. 

malcontent (markon-tent), a. and n, [For- 
merly also malecon&nt; < F. malcontent (= 8p. 
malcantento)f dissatisfied; as mal- + content^,"] 
I. a. Dissatisfied; discontented; especially, dis- 
satisfied or discontented with the existinj^ order 
of things, as with the constitution of society, or 
the administration of government. 

I speak not mnch : yet in my little Talk 
Much vanity and nuuur Lies do walk ; 
I wish too-earnest, ana too-oft (in fln^ 
For others Fortunes, male-content with mine. 
SylvetUTf tr. of Da Bartas's Weeks, iL, The Lawe. 

Nicholas DarantloB, a Knight of Malta, simamed Yillm- 
gagnon, in the yeere 1666 (maleeonUnt with his estate at 
home) sayled into Francia Antarctica. 

PurehoM, Pilgrimage^ p. 8S7. 

n. n. A discontrcnted person; specifically. a 
discontented subject of government; one wno 
murmurs at the laws and administration, or 
who manifests his dissatisfaction by overt acts, 
as in sedition or insurrection. 

He that wrote the Satyr of Piers Ploughman seemed to 
haue bene a malcontent of that time, and therefore bent 
himself e wholy to taxe the disorders of that age. 

Puttenham, Arte of £ng. Poesie^ p. 60. 

In Connecticut and New Hampshire the bodv of the 
people rose in supirart of government, and obliged the 
moMmtentt to go to their homes. 

Jefenon, Correspondence^ n. 70. 

malcontented (mal-kon-ten'ted), a, [Former- 
ly also malecontented; as malcontent + -ed^.] 
Discontented; dissatisfied: as, 'Hhe matecon- 
tented multitude,'' Bp, Halt 

malcontented]^ (mal-kon-ten'ted-li), adv. In 
a malcontentea manner; with discontent. 

malcontentedness (mal-kon-ten'ted-nes), n. 
The state or character of biein^ malcontented. 

malcontently (mal-kon-tent'h), adv. As a 
malcontent; discontentedly. 

malcontentment ( mal-kon-tent 'ment), n, [For- 
merly also malecontentment; < malcontent + 
'^ment.'] Discontent. 



3592 



They had long agone by vniuersall male-contentment of 
the people . . . procured a great distraction of the king's 
leeges heartes. Uolinehed, Hist. Scotland, an. 1686. 

lialdanidSB (mal-dan'i-de), n. pi [NL., < Mai- 
dane + -tdo?. J A family of poIychsBtous anne- 
lids, containing marine worms in which the ap- 
pendages are all much reduced: named from 
the genus Maldane, Also Maldanice. Savigny, 
1817. 

Maldivian (mal-div'i-an), a, and n. [< MaU 
dive (see def.) + -»a».J I, a. Of or belouj^ng 
to the Maldives or Maldive Islands, a chain of 
coral islands in the Indian ocean: as, Mai- 
divian customs. 

n. n, A member of the race inhabiting the 
Maldive Islands. 

maldonite (mardon-It), n. [< Maldon in Vic- 
toria, where it is found, + -ifc2.] lu mineral, j 
a variety of native gold, supposed to contain a 
considerable amount of bismuth. 

male^ (mal), a. and n, [< ME. male,< OF. male, 
maslCj F. mdle = Pr. masde = 8p. Fg. macho = 
It. maschiOf < L. masculus^ male. dim. (in form), 
< mas (mar-), a man, a male (numan being or 
animal). Hence also (from L. mas) E. mascu- 
line fmaritalmarry^ete.'] I. rt. 1. Pertaining 
to the sex of human kind, and by extension to 
that of animals in general, that oegets young, 
as distinguished from the female, which con- 
ceives and gives birth: as, a male child; a male 
beast, fish, or fowl. 

These were the male children of Manasseh, the son of 
Joseph. Josh. xviL 2. 

2. In boty staminate: said of organs or fiow- 
ers. In old usage plants were called male or female for 
fanciful reasons (for example, see male-fern). 

3. Pertaining to or cnaracteristic of males of 
the human kmd, or men as opposed to women ; 
appropriate to men ; masculine : as, ma^ attire; 
a wate voice. — 4. Composed of males; made up 
of men and boys : as, a male choir. — 6. Possess- 
ing some quality or attribute considered as 
characteristic of males. [Rare.] — 6. Genera- 
tive; fruitfid, as an idea. In this sense, Ba- 
con entitles one of his treatises the ** Male 
Birth of Time.''— Estate tail male. See ettate.— 
Kale ooffee-berry. fieecofee, i.— Male conceptacle, 
in boL, in lower ciyptogams, a conceptacle producing only 
male organs. See eont^aeU, 2.— Ilale die, the upper 
one of a pair of dies.— Btale flower, gage, knot-gnuis. 
See the nouns.— Hale Incense, frankincense or olibanum 
in the form of tears or globular drops, regarded as the 
best kind. 



May Tirgins, when they oome to mourn, 
Male ineenae bum. 

Herriek, Dirge of Jephthah's Daughter. 

Hale order, in areh,, the Doric order : so styled because, 
according to the fan^ of Yitzuvius, its sturdy proportions 
were modeled after those of the male human form, the 
proportions of the more slender and rounded Ionic order 
after those of the female form.— Male xlmes, rimes in 
which only the final syllables correspond, as diedain and 
eom^foin.— Male screw, a screw of which the threada 
carried about the exterior surface of a cylinder, correspond 
to and enter spiral groores formed in the surface of a cylin- 
drical hole and constituting a female screw.— Male syv- 
tem, in 6ot, the part of a plant which beloncs to and in- 
cludes the fecundating organs. sSyiL Maruy, et& See 
maeeuline, 

n. n. 1. One of the sex of human kind that 
begets young ; a man or boy ; by extension, and 
usually, one of the sex of any animal that be- 
gets young : opposed to female, in looiogy the sign 
universally used for a male is / (MarsX the sign 9 (Venus) 
signifying female. 

Your lamb shall be without blemish, a male of the first 
year. Ex. xiL 6. 

Bring forUi men-children only I 
For thy undaunted mettle should compose 
Nothing but males, Shak., MacMth, L 7. 78. 

2. In plants characterized by sexual differ- 
ences and reproduced bv sexual generation, 
that individual of which the special function is 
to form the substance essential to the fertility 
of the germ developed by the female.-lcknnple- 
mental or supplemental male, hi 9oia. See eoi^Ae- 
mental, 2, and quotation under iSoolfwUum.— Dwarf 
male. See dwarf, 
male^, n. An obsolete form of maU^, 
male^, a, [< OF. mal, fern, male, F. mal, tern, 
male = Pr. tnal, man = Sp. mal, malo = P^. 
mao, man, ma = It. malo, \ L. malus, bad, evil 
(neut. malum, > It. male = Sp. Pg. mat=zF, mal, 
an evil). Hence, from L. malus, £. malice, mal- 
ady, maU, etc.] Bad ; evil: wicked. Examples of 
this word in Engfish are rare, it being almost always com- 
pounded with the following noun. (See mal.) 

The Lord Cromwell wold have excused hvmself of all the 

steryng of moevyng of the male Journey of Seynt Albones. 

Paeton Letter*, L 846. 

male^, n, [ME., also inele; < L. malum = Gr. 
fiTjhnf, an apple.] An apple. 

Nowe per^ and mefe* over thlcke ^r tome 
Away the yiciou% lest Juce ylome 
On hem sholde be that gennl fruyt myght spende. 
Palladiw, Husbondrie (E. E. T. S.), p. 161. 

male^ (mal) n. [Origin obscure.] The knot, 
& stkudpiper, Tringa canutus, C.Swainson. [Es- 
sex, Eng.] 

male® (mal), n, [Orifinn obscure.] The dan- 
delion. HaUiwell, [Prov. Eng.] 

male-. See maU, 

maleadminlBtratlont, n. See maktdministra- 
tion, 

maleaset (mal-ez'), n, [< ME. maleise, malese, 
maleese, male-eese, < OF. malaise (F. malaise, > E. 
malaise, q. v.), sickness, < mal, bad, + aise,e&Be : 
Bee ease. Cf, disease,'] Sickness; malaise. 

Alle manere men that thow myght aspye 
In meschlef other in mal-eee and thow mowe hem helpe, 
Loke by thy lyf let hem nouht for-fare. 

Piere Plowman (C)^ ix. 288. 

Thei broughten to him alle that weren of male-eem. 

Wydif, Mark L 82. 

malebouchet, t». See malbouche, 
malecolyet, n. Same as melancholy, 
maleconformatlont, ti. See mdlconformaUon, 
malecontentt, <>• and n. See malcontent, 
malecotoont, n. See melocoton, 
maledicency (mal-e-di'sen-si), n. [= OF. maldi- 
cence = Sp. Pg. mdledicencia = It. maledicenza, 
< L. maledicentia, an evil speaking, < maU- 
dicen{t-)s, speaking evil of: see maledicent,'] 
The practice of evil speaking; reproachful lan- 
guage ; also, proneness to reproach. [Rare.] 

We are now to have a taste of the maledieenev of Lu- 
ther's spirit from his book against Henry the Eighth. 

Bp. Atterbury, Character of Luther. 

maledicent (mal-e-drsent), a, [= F. maldisant 
(> E. maledisant) *= ^i^". maldiciente = Pg. mal- 
disente = It. maldicente, maledicente, < L. male- 
dicen{t-)s, ppr. of maledicere, speak evil of: see 
maledictjV.'] Speaking reproachfully ; slander- 
ous. [Rare.] 

Possessed with so furious, so maledicent, and so sloven- 
ly spirits. Sir E. Sandye, State of Religion. 

maledict (mal-e-dikt')) v, t. [< L. maledictus, 
pp. of maledicere (> It. maldicere, maledire = 
Pg. maldizer = Sp. maldecir), speak evil of, < 
male, adv., evil (< malus, evil: see male^), + 
dicere, speak: see diction,] To address with 
maledictions ; curse. [Obsolete or archaic] 

She was reproached and maledieted by her father, on 
her return, although he knew not where she had been. 

8. Judd, Margaret, i. 12. 



maledict (mal-§-dikt'), a. [ME. mdledwht (q. 
v.), < OF. maledict, also maldit, maudit, F. mau- 
dit = Sp. Pg. maldito = It. maledetto; < L. 
maledictus, pp. of maledicere: see maledict, v.] 
Execrated; accursed; damned. [Rare.] 

As the wings of starlings bear them on 
In the cold season in large band and full. 
So doth that blast the spirits maledicL 

Longfellow, tr. of Dante's Inferno, v. 42. 

malediction (mal-e-dik'shon), n. [< ME. male- 
diccion, < OF. malediction, also(ma2^co», malets- 
son, > E. malison) F. malediction = Pr. mcdedie- 
tio, maledido = Sp. maldicion = Pg. maldifdo = 
It. maladisione, maledisione, < L. maledictw{n'), 
evil speaking, abuse, LL. the act of cursing, < 
malemcere, 8i>eak evil of : see maledict, v, Cf . 
malison.] Evil speaking; a cursing; the utter- 
ance of a curse or execration; also, a curse. 

Now ye shsll [haue] malediceion. 

Rom, qf Partenay (E. E. T. S.XL 6686. 
My name perhaps among the circumcised . . . 
With malediction mention'd. Milton, S. A., L 97& 

sByn. Maledieti'on, Cttree, Imprecation, JEh^earation, Anath- 
ema, All these are strong words ; they are all presumably 
of the nature of prayers, malediction having the least of 
this meaning. Malediction in its derivation contains the 
idea that is common to them all, that of expressing a de> 
sire for evil upon another. Curte, impreamon, and exe- 
cration are often used of the wanton calling down of evil 
upon those with whom one is angry, but all five may indi- 
cate a formal or official act. &cecration expresses most 
of personal hatred; indeed, the word is sometimes used 
simi^y to express an intense and outspoken hatred : as, 
he was held in execration. Anathema has kept within its 
original limits, as expressing a curse pronounced formally 
by ecclesiastical authority. 
maledictory (mal-e-dik'to-ri), a. Pertaining 
to, containmg, or consisting in malediction or 
cursing; imprecatory. 

She poured out ... a flood of maledictory prophecnr 
sgainst the doers of the deed; . . . she cursed with out- 
stretched arma 

Oeo^ MacDonald, What's Mine's Mine, p. 818. 

maledightt, a. [ME., < OF. maledit, maledict, < 
L. maledictus, pp. : see maledict] Cursed. 

Cometh a childe maledijt, 
A3eyn Jhesu to rise he tist 

Cureor Mundi. (HaOiweU.) 

maledisantt, n. [Also maldizant; < OF. mate- 
disant, F. maldisant, evil-speaking: see male- 
dicent,] One who speaks evil. Minsheu. 

How then will scofling readers scape this marie of a 
maleditant t Florio, It Diet, To the Keader, p. [9]. 

malefaction (mal-e-fak'shon), n. [< LL. male- 
factio(n-), injury (used onfy in derived sense of 
fainting, syncope), < malefacere, do evil, harm, 

< male, evil, + facere, do : see fact. Cf. benefac- 
tion,] Heinous wrone-doing; a criminal deed; 
a crime ; a wrong ; a Dane or curse. 

They have proclaim'd their mal^actionM, 

^AaJt., Hamlet, iL 2. eSL 

Such disregard of self as brings on suffering ... is a 

mal^action to others. H. Spencer, Data of Ethics, f 72. 

malefactor (mal'e-fak-tor), n, [Formerlv also 
malefactour; = Sp. mathechor z=zVg, maXfeitor 
= It. malfattore, \ L. malefactor, an evilnioer, 

< malefacere, do evil: see malefaction. Cf. bene- 
factor,] If. One who does evil or injury to 
another: opposed to benefactor. 

Some benefactors in repute are mal^<ictor» in effect 

FuUer, HUt Cambridge, viii 28. 

Goodman Warmhouse was mounted on a round, ambling 
nag, and rode much at his ease by the chariot of his maU- 
factor. Brooke, Jfool of Quality, L 812. 

2. A heinous evil-doer ; a law-breaker; a crim- 
inal or felon. 

They came out against him as a MaUf actor, with swords 
and stavea and having seised his Person, being betray'd 
into their hands by one of his Disciples, they carry him to 
the High Priests house. StOlxngfieet, Sermons^ I. vL 

B&Sm. 2. Evil-doer, culprit, felon, convict 

malefactress (mare-fak-tres), n. [As malefac- 
tor + -ess.] A female malefactor; a woman 
guiltv of crime. 

maleieasancet, n. See malfeasance, 

male-fern (marf^m), n. An elegant fern, 
Aspidium FUix-^nas (Nephrodium Filix-mas of 
Richard; Lastrea Filix-mas of Presl), with the 
fronds growing in a crown, found in North 
and South America, Europe, Asia, and Africa. 
See cut under fern.— Male-tern oiL an anthehnin- 
tic oil obtained from the rhizomes of Agpidium FHix-mae, 

malefic (ma-lef'ik), a. and n. [= F. maUfique 
= Sp. mal^fico = Pg. malefico = It. maUfico, 

< L. maleficus (also malificus), evil-doing, hurt- 
ful, mischievous, < malefac^e, do evil : see male- 
favHon,] I. a. Doing mischief ; producing dis- 
aster or evil ; inauspicious. [Chiefly technical.] 

The Malejle Aspects are the semi-quartile, or semi-square^ 
the square, the sesquiquadrate, and the opposition. 

Zadkiel, Oram, ox AstzoL, p. 870. 



malefic 

n. »» lu mtmL, an inauspicious star or 
planet, 

tolTljM Ik: 

\nihl1V\ : ■ ' : 'ho 

maleficaUy (mii-lef 'i-kal-i)^ adr. In a male fir' 
inaniier; with evil effects, R. A* rroctor^ Ec- 
lectic Mfltf.. XXXVV 1S8. 
maleflcnt^ - ' ■ ' ' ■ ^ Tr\ n f.; pret. and pp, 
muh ng, linrnt^fttr-^'Oii^.] 

Tobi : , , [l^ttre.] 

What will twt B m«i Un irhtMi utice he is mol^^lMlMi/ 
«Si(r ii. Ta^irr^ laanc t^omnmiutt IL 4. 

maleficef (mare-fi»), m, [:= F. mnUp^ = 8p, 
(obs,) Pg. mafejicio = It* maUficio^ miiteJi^Of < 
L. i«afc:/itriw/rt, an eril deed, miacbk+f, enchant- 
ment, fliff^^^Vw^, evil-doing: sc*e male/ie^} Evil- 
doing; especijUly* witchei'aft. 

Blckoeifte, or matejie* of aorc«rIe, or coldc drink^s. 

Chaucer^ lUinou't Tale. 

H0 crtunmed with cntmb* of Ilexi«lloe% 

And flld their mouths with meeda of moMieu. 

Spenm-. Mother Hub, Tia<9« L 1154, 

maleflcenc© (ma-lef'i-seus), rt. rPormerly also 
mahficianrf ; ^ l'\ jn#jyrti>sa»w(>E, lfw(/dO«liW?r) 
= 8p. maltficmcmf < L. nwlcjioentia, an evil-do- 
ing^ < *m^jfcfe»n(^).K^ malcficus^ e^il*doing: see 
makfiGcnt, ] The character of being maleficent ; 
the doing or producing of e\iL 

Even whi^ rer face seems tHineftceticiJ only, 

ahowt. on i \ r'ii^ uot & little male_^cfnee — kind- 

ncM nt tho ' ^^y. 

//. Sptncer, Man ve^ St Ate, p. 72. 

maleficent (ma-lef i-sent), a, [Formerly hl^o 

eqniv. to nuthflcas^ evil-doin^, < mak^ eviX -f 
facien{t-)^^ in comp. 'Jieien(t-)s, doing, ppr, of 
fucerCf do; see nrnkfic.^ Doing or producing 
harm; acting \vith evil intent or effect; harm- 
ful; misehSevous: ae, a maUJiceHt enemy or 
deed. 

Let at Applf to the nnjUBt irhftt wis hftre said of a mts- 
Qhtevoui or maleJic€nJt nation. 

Burkf, Policy of the AIUm, Api». 

maleficialt, «. [< L- miJeficm, evil-doing (see 
mttff\f}c), + -iaL] Malefic or maleficent. Fuller, 

maleficiatet (mal-e-fiBh'i-at), v, t, [< ML. 
makftiiidH-s, pp. of mnkficifire (>Pg, malejiciar), 
bewitoh (I), < L. malejuitim., an evil deed, mis- 
chief* enchantment: see muhfict^l To do evil 
to; especially, to bewitch; aCTect with enchant- 
ments. 

Evvty person if)»t cornea near him la matefieialsd; every 
creature, all Iciti'nd to hurt hho, to seek hi* ruin ! 

Burton^ Anat* of Mel., p. l«l. 

maleficiatioilt (mal-e-fi^h-i-a'shon), w. f < ML, 
aH\i*m ale^ficia tw( n-)', < ma hfidafe^ bewj ten : see 
mahlicia t^. ] A bewitching. 

lrr(!medial>le impotent-y, , . , whether by way of per- 
ptitaaJ maieftdatym ur caKnalty. 

Bp. HqU, Caaes of r!ouBcl«&o<}. iv. \x 

maleficiencet (mal-e*fiiih'eii8>| n. An obsolete 
form of malejicerhcc, 

maleficientt (mal-e-fiah'ent)y a. An oboolete 
fortn of maieficcnt, 

maleformatfonti «. See malfnrmaHon* 

maleic nna'le-ik), rt. [< m*tl(tc) + h?-#c.] De- 
rived fromnmlic acid — Halelea<^d.ft volatile ciyb- 
talJine add (C^H^CO^^) produovd by dlatOltfig mrtllc 
aiold. 

maleUa (ma-lern)» n.\ pi. mftlvlht (-e). [NIj. 
(Packard^ 18H3), dim. of L. wrt//7» jaw: »ep majr- 
i7to»] One of two (inner and outer) movable 
toothed appendages of the free fore edge of the 
outer stipes of the deutomala of a myriapod. 
A. 8. Fackanl, Proc. Amer. Philos. SoJ., Jime, 
1883, p- 200. 

malencollkt, malencolyt* Obsolete forms of 

malenglaet ( ma-leu 'jin), n. [Also maknffiH; 
< MK. maknfftnt\ ^nalengtfn^ < OF. malettffin^ evil 
contrivance* fraud, guile, < L. malu^^ evil, + 
Uigenium, contrivance: see maU and engine,} 
Guile; deceit; fraud, 

Thef fleiden the! aholde it feithfully holde with-oaten 
fkmude or mat tnffun. Merlin <K. R. T. &X t Tfi. 

Whf'ti the Protoctorm Brother, T/n«l Siii!l<-y. the Adml- 
f h private malice an* ^ -'luReliis 

I could l>ee found i (atlmcr 

(I f Doctor gtiaw>to i :mon the 

IgrgLd Ai;4;uaatio[ia laid to his ctuu y:c. 

MUton. RefomiatioQ In Eng., I. 

maleo (mal'e-d), «. rCf . maltee-hird.wMfih is a re- 
lated bird,]* A kind of brush-turkey or mound- 
bird, Majaeephalon mafeo, a native of Celebes, 
of a glossy-black and rosy-white color, with a 
bare neck and head. See Mtfgacephaton* 

malepofiitiontf r^* B^e inaipe^iUon, 



3503 

malepracticet, n* An obsolete apelling of maU 
practice, 

maleset, n. Bee malemie. 

Maiesherbia (mal-e-sher'bi-M)^ n. [NL, <Euia 
and Pa van, 1794), nnr^' "^ "<'^.'" ] :'^r^^f^'icrr,f^,^ i\^ 
M^falenherbes, a Freni i 

ist.] A genus of k ... Pi- 

lous plants, belontriug to the uatiirMl tirder 
PcWfiHoretv, the pasaioti -flower familv, type of 
the tfibeJr ' * ' V . ' ^" 

a tubular < 

lobes, and ii;>.,vi,. i.j ,. .,., . i .,i .... . j .,c,, 
are erect wooily iuideralirut>a, yiih narrow teavM and 
mthwr larfre yellow flower*, tirranvr^d in a I our l*aily r*- 

f-r^..-- ,-.^ *1,— f' '*'>^r^'^ ~rt--> ,-■• ■' --'. ^- ..-Ttl-r-nf Peru, 

-• 'heipc- 

I . ualliH) 

Malesherbiacese (noal-e-sh^r-bi-a'se-e), n. pi, 
[NL. (Don, 18:^0}, < Miihjiherbia + -actiwS} A 
synonym of Ma' , treated by the oUler 

author?* as an iu t onler. 

Malesherbieae ' "^ pi, [KL, 

(A. P, de C.audi na + ^rit,] 

A tribe of dicotvi^ .4v.j, ;>..o j-^ .,. ■•"^ plants, 

belonging to the natural onk r f , the 

Imssion-nower fftmily, rii v i n^J i^v 

laving hennaphmdite flo 
with trianfral AT awl shapt i 
a]B and erown ; lire itaiuch 

and three itylea, which ar« diiiiuict at the h,> h 

"emhraoea S genera^ Malukatiia (the typi ) 
jiliunB,andabout8orlOipecie«,n&tlTeaof IV it 

maleaOUt, «» A Middle English form oi miilt^vn, 
male-fipirlted (mal'spir^i-ted), «. Having the 
spirit of a man ; masculine. [Hare.] 

That tnaie-tyinlgit duine, 
rh«ir mother, alacki no meonti Ui put theni on. 

B. JonaoH, Sejantia, IL 2, 

malestrandt, »* An obsolete variant of trmd- 
t(trom, 

maletf (mal'et), n. [< F, mallet kf dim. of rnaUc, 
a sack : see mait^.'\ A Little bag or budget ; a 
portmanteau. 

maletalentt, n. See mal talent. 

maletolit maletote (maPe-tolt, -tot), n, [< OF. 
maletolki, maUkiulte^ maktmte^ F, maltote, < 
ML. mala tolta or icWi mala, an extraordinary 
or illegal exaction or levy : mala^ fern, of L. m«- 
Ihs^ bad, evil; tolta (for *iolliUi; cf. equiv, ktlk- 
htm) (>OF. tolk, taulk), an exaction, levy, tax. 
also a writ transferring a cause from one court 
to another (see U>U),tirop. fern, of *tofUlm^ pp, 
(for L. sHblatus) of L. Mlere, raise, ML. also 
levy: see iokrak,} Formerly, in Prance and 
England, an extraoniinary or illegal exaction, 
toll, or imposition. 

Hence aeveral remonstrnnc&i from the comcnoaa undi^r 
Edward IIL against the m&trtotts or unjust exactions upon 
wool. Hallam, 

Th\ft v%{u:ihm, althofigh inipoai'Ni under the ahadow of 
parUaintintaiy authority, hcul ulHtlnctly I he character of a 
maletitU!. Stnbb*, Conat. tliat, % 277. 

maletreatf, maletreatmentt. Obsolete torm^ 

of itidl treaty maltnatnirrit, 

malevolence (ma-lev'olens), n* [= Sp. Pg. 

makvohitcM ^ It, maltJvmjheH^a^ malrvoffliettca^ 
< L, mtilcrokntiii, ill-will, < maleroUti(t-)s, wish- 
ing: ill: see makvoknt] 1. The character of 
being malevolent or ill-disposed; ill-will; per- 
sonal hatred; enmity of heart; inclination to 
injure others. 

Frederic's wit ennbled him oft«n to »how hii ntaiiPBaltnec 
In wnya more decent ttiAn tltoae to which hia father re- 
torted. Macavknft Frederic the tiroat. 

2. That which is done from ill-will ; an act of 
ill-will, [Rare.] 

The ktnir. wlUin? to ihew that thfi their llbcndllty waa 
rery acceptable t*y him, he called thia i^nnt of money a 
beneuolence, nutwltlntandiag that many irnideed thereat 
and called it a maleuotmief. Stow, Bdw. IV,, an. 1473. 
=Byn. 1. lU'tnll, Emn&y. etc deeanftKM%. 
malevolent (ma-lev'o-leut), a* and w. [= It. 
fUftkvoijUinte, < L. male^olen(l*)itt wishing ill, 
spiteful, envious, < makj til, + ro/f7?(f-)^, ppr. 
of rW/<%will: 8eein7/i.] 1, a. 1. Having an evil 
disposition toward another or others; wiahing 
evil to others; rejoii^in^f in another^a misfor- 
tune; malicioufi; hoBtile. 

The only kind of motive which wo oomnaonly Judf^e to 
l>e iTitrinilcaVly b»d, apart from Ihf rlrcnmfllancfs under 
"w hk'h It operates. In maimKJ^nt airectiun : that in the de^ 
»ire, tiowevor aroused, to inflkt pain on some other aen- 
Menl hefaig. B. Sid^rick, Methods of Ethics, p. 842. 

2. In att^vLf tending to exert an evil influence : 

thus, Saturn is said to be a mahrolenf planet. 

This miin *t makwdm^ in my aspect 

BffttK and Fl, (t\ Pafthfiil Friend^ ill. % 
Our uuikiH)tent stara have ttroggled hard, 
And htld ua long aaander. Drydm, Kin«c Arthur. 
-Syn. 1, Evil minded, fll-dlspoaed, spiteful, resentful. 
httter« raneoroius malignant, gee an^moflfy. 



mailed 

tlA n. A malevolent |>er 
Ho woiinocuft'd by ioum 

iHlUtr{^ * IVIJ \^ SitiL, IV. 

malevolently (ma-1ev'o-lent-li), adr. In a ma- 
levolent irvrtoner; with ilf- will orenmi*- - '-*h 
tUts wish or deaign to iiijm'e another 

malevolotifl nij:t-]ev'o-lus), «, [= F, 
= Sp. — Pg, It. malcvolo^ < L. mak- 

vofttfi, w , - , < male^ ill, -I- veik (ind. roto), 

i »j /ff//i.J Malevolent. [Rare] 

U) we »ee theae fnaktK4<*^u critics keep their 
^ *. Wartntrttfu, Prodiglea, p. 100, 

malexecution (maPek'Se-ku'Khon), w. [< mttl* 
+ ^ rw ///j.i./ ] Faulty or wrong execution; bad 
ni ion, D. Hehhifr. 

mal e (mal-fe'znn* ), v. [Formerly also 

wjm ; < F* V', evil-doing, 

wi ^.inutifo! 1/ evil, wishing 

evji, <. fitfu, evil, + jaisftvi, ; rf , < L.///- 

tere^ do. Cf. makftcejice,} I /; the do- 

ing of that ^^■}^ 1 ' •< "i < ^/b t ^t* ' ' u rong- 

ful conduct, : vio- 

lation of a p j ♦ cifi* 

cally, t\w doing of an a<^t whieh is ^iObitively 
rmlawful or wrongful, in eontradistmelion to 
misf€a/!(nti€t\ or the doi' ■ < ' ^ul act in a 
wrongful manner. Ti n inappro- 

priately used instead u: ., ,., 

An account of his malfeatatust In offlee reached £iu(laud. 
Baticrq/t, nut. U. a. t Ud. 

malformation (mal-fOr-ma'tthon), n. [C mal* 
-f Jhrifiution , ] Faulty formation ; irregular or 
anomalous formation or structure, < i i "s 
in a living body; a deviation from tl i 

form or structure either in the whole sji *ii ,F.i. t. 
of an organ. Also, until recently, makjorma- 
Hon. 

malformed (mal-f6rmd')» «• [< 'wfi^ -k- form* 
v(L] Ill-fonned; marked by tnttlformntion. 

One peculiarity is that tho rj" 
dttncy toward a tuiM^rabundaut 
tails. &». J ■ .. ■■ .'.11 

malgracioust (iual-gra'8hu8),a. [< F. maUjra- 
eiciix = It. malgtfurioso: as maU + qracious.] 
Ungracious; ungraceful; disagreeable. 
Hia Agure, 
Both of vlsaffO and of stature. 
Is lothly and ma.lgTQciovM. aosxtr. 

malgradot (mal-gra'do), odi\ or prep, [It., z= 
OF, malgre: see matjgrt.} In despite (of)? not- 
withstanding; maugre. 

BreatfaitLg in hop& malfffado all yonr boarda 
That must rebel thoa «Hh»t your kln^, 
To aee hia royat aovereliTi once ofain. 

Mariows-, Edward H, 

What I have said, IH pawn my sword 
To acal It on the ahleld of hUn that dares, 
Malffrado of hia honour, cc»mbat me, 

(/reffut, Orlando ForfoaQ, 

malgref, «. Hee mnutjnu 
malic ( ma'lik)»fl. [< L! malum jQt, ^ii??oi», Doric /la- 
Xw, an apple (ill a wide sense, including quinces, 
pearB, pomegriinates, peaches, ortmges, lemons, 
etc): see maltA.) Pertaining to apples; ob- 
tained from the jtiiee of apples M&Uc acid, 

^4Hn05, a blhasici aold found In combination In many 
anur fruits, such ua the barberry, sooaeberry, and particu- 
larly the apple, whence the name. It is moat easily ob- 
tained from the fntttol PyruMauctipafia{m&antiiin'9ih or 
rowan tree), immediately after it has turned red, hut while 
still unripe. It la Gryat«llinc^ deltqueao^Dt^ very soluble 
in water, and baa a pleaaaat acid Caate. 
malice (mal 'is), ?*, [< ME, maUee^ < OF. maUce^ 
F, malice = Sp. Pg, malicia = It. «wfliir*o, < L. 
maUtia^ badness, bad ouality, ill-will, spite, 
< malus^ bad: see mak^,} If. Badneas; bad 
quality. 

yf the need 
In landca salt that treen or Kreynea grow& 
Thou mast anoon on herveat plaute or aede 
The malice of that lande and cause of drede 
That wyiit«?r w ith his ahourca may of dryve, 

Palladiut, Httibondrie (fi. E. T. S.), p. ItK 
It hath been ever on all sid^ confest that the faofiea 
of man's own heart doth harden him and nothing elae. 

Hooker, Eodaa. Polity . t,, App. 1, 

2f. Evil; harm; a malicious act; aUo» evil in- 
fiuenoe. 

Thia noble wyf lat by hir beddes lyde 
Diaahevelyd, for no maiiee she ne thoffbte, 

Chawer, Good Women, L 172(K 
Thel ben fulle of alle Vertue. and thel eachcwen all* 
Vices and ullii Maiicet and alle Synnea. 

Mandet/OUt Travels, p, S9S. 
It is aotne malie* 
Hath laid thia poison on her. 

Shirky, Love Tricka, il, i 

3. A propensity to inflict injury or suffering, 
or to take pleastire in the miafortunes of an- 
other or others; active ill-will, whether from 
natural disposition or special impulse ; enmity; 



malice 

katred: sometimes used in a lighter sense. 
Bee maUcious, 1. 

Thy father hates my friends and faroOy, 
And thoa hast been the heir of all his malice. 

Fletcher, Pilgrim, IL 2. 

4. In law, a design or intention of doing mis- 
chief to another; the evil intention (either ac- 
tual or implied) with which one deliberately, 
and without justification or excuse, does a 
wrongful act which is injurious to others. — 
Aotuu maUoe, express malloa, malice in flust, malice 
in which the intennon indudes a contemplation of some 
injory to be done.— ConstructlYe malice, implied 
malice, imputed malice, malice to, law, that which, 
irrespectire of actual intent to injure, is attribated by 
the law to an injorioos act intentionally done, without 
proper motive, as dlstinffuished from actual malice, either 
prored or pre8ttmed.~Ballce aforetllOllgllt, or malice 
prepense^tual malice, particularly in case of homicide. 
aSyn. 8. lU-will, Bnrnityt etc. {wdeanimoeUy) ; malicioos- 
nett, venom, spitef ulness, depravity. 
malicet (maris), v, t, [< maltee, n.] To regard 
with malice ; bear extreme ill-will to ; also, to 
envy and hate. 

Lore and live with your fellowes honestly, quiettlye, 
ourteouslye, that noe man have cause either to hate yow 
for your stubbome frowardness, or to malice yow for your 
proud ungentlenes. Babeee Book (£. E. T. S.\ p. 860. 

I flnde mans frailtie to be naturally such . . . that . . . 
he will seeke reuenge against them that malice him, or 
practise his harmes. 

PxOtenham, Arte of Eng. Poesle, p. 46. 
I am so far from malieing their states, 
That I begin to pity them. 
B. Joneon, Every Man out of his Humour, v. 7. 

xnalicedt (mal'ist ), p, a, Regarded with malice ; 
envied and hated. 

Thus evenr day they seem'd to prate 
At nui/ie'a Orissel's good estate. 

Patient QriuaiChild'i Ballads, IV. 210). 
Your forced stings 
Would hide themselves within his maliced sides. 

B. Jonaon, Poetaster, Ind. 
xnaliceless (mal'ls-les), a. [< malice + -less,] 
Free from ill-will, hatred, or disposition to harm. 
Ahp, LeightoUy On Peter, i. 22. 
mauchott n* Bee nuilledio, 
malidOllS (ma-lish'us), a. [< ME. maliciauSf < 
OF. malicioa, *F. malideux = 8p. Pg. malicioao 
= It. maliziasoy < L. malitiosus, full of malice, 
wicked, malicious, < malitia, badness, malice: 
see malice,^ 1 . Inducing in or feeling malice ; 
harboring ill-will, enmity, or hostility ; actively 
malevolent; malignant m heart: often used in 
a lighter sense, implying mischievousness with 
some ill-will. 

But the Saisnes that were malieiouee hadde sette espies 
on euery side of the town, and so was the Quene taken and 
the sUward slain. Merlin (E. £. T. S.), iii. 586. 

I grant him bloody. 
Luxurious, avaricious, false, deceitful, 
Sudden, malieiotu, smacking of every sin 
That has a name. Shak., Macbeth, iv. S. 50. 

2. Proceeding from extreme hatred or ill-will ; 
dictated by malice : as, a malicious report. 

He will directlv to the lords, I fear. 
And with malicious counsel stir them up 
Some way or other yet further to afflict thee. 

Milton, 8. A., 1. 126L 

KalidOUfl abandonment, in law, the desertion of a 
spouse without just cause.— Malidous mischief; in 
law: (a) The committing of physical injury to personal 
property of another ; injury to property, from wantonness 
or malice, as distinguished from theft (b) Any malicious 
or mischievous physical injury to the rights of another, 
or of the public in general. F*. A. Wharton.— MaHdOUM 
prosecuilon. (a) A prosecution set on foot or carried on 
maliciously, without reasonable cause. From want of prob- 
able cause malice may be inferred. The term is commonly 
applied to criminal prosecutions, but is also applicable to 
a civil prosecution, (b) An action brought by the sufferer 
to recover damages from the person who set on foot such 
a prosecution. = 8yn. Evil-minded, Ul-disposed, spiteful, re- 
sentf uL See ammoeity. 

malicioiisly (ma-Iish'us-li ), adv. In a malicious 
or spiteful manner j with malice, enmity, or ill- 
will ; wantonly ; with wilful disregard of duty. 

malidonsness (ma-lish'us-nes), n. The qual- 
ity of being miJicious; extreme enmity or dis- 
position to injure ; malignity. 

malicorinm (mal-i-ko'ri-um), n. [Ij., < indium^ 
an apple, + corium, skin, hide.] The thick and 
tougn rind of the pomegranate-fruit. It has 
been used as an astringent in medicine, and for 
tanning. 

malidentiflcation (mal-i-den'ti-fi-ka'shon), n. 
[< nuU- + identification.'] A false identification. 

Mr. A. Smith Woodward, after an examination of the 
trpe of Bucklandium dUuvU, "determined that it is truly 
the imperfect head and pectoral arch of a Siluroid." In- 
credible as such a maliaenti/ieation on the part of Pictet 
must appear, I presume the detemiination of Mr. Wood- 
ward must be accepted. Amer. NaU, XXII. 926. 

maUferons (ma-llf 'e-ms), a. [< L. mabun, an 
evil, + ferre = E. 6*c«ri.] Bringing evil; un- 
wholesome ; pestilential. Bailey, 1727. [Rare.] 



3504 

I had really fbrgotten to mention that gallant, flne-heart- 
ed soldier who . . . fell a victim to the maliferoua climate 
of China! W. H. RuaaM, Diaiy in India, L 72. 

malign (ma-lin^), a. [< OF. maling, F. fnaUn^ 
tern, maligne = Pr. maligne = Sp. Pg. It. 
malignOy < L. malignua, of an evil nature, orig. 
*m€MgenuSf < malus, bad, evil, + -genuSf -bom : 
see -genous. Cf . benign,] 1 . Having a v€fry evil 
disposition toward others; harboring violent 
hatred or enmity ; malicious. 

Witchcraft may be by operation of maKgn spirits. 

Bacon. 

2. Unpropitious; pernicious; tending to in- 
jure; likehr to do or cause great harm: as, the 
malign innuence of a designing knave. — 3. In 
a8troLy having an evil influence. 

Two planets, rushing from aspect malign 

Of fiercest opposition. MUton, P. L., vL 818. 

4. Malignant. 

He that tumeth the humours back, and maketh the 
wound bleed inwards, endangereth malign ulcers, and per- 
nicious imposthumations. 

Baoon, Seditions and Troubles (ed. 1887X 
s&rn. 1 luid 2. See list under malignaTU. 
mfl-TIgn (ma-lin'), «. [< OF. malignier, maliner, 
pervert, deceive, F. dial, maligner, malign, < 
maUng, F. malin, malign: see malign, a.] I. 
tmna. If. To treat with extreme enmity; injure 
maliciously. 



lUAlingdror 

(b) In pathoL, virulent ; tending to produce death ; threat- 
ening a fatal issue: as, a mauffnant ulcer; a malignant 
fever; malignant pustule or scarlet fever. 
8. Extremely heinous : as, the malignant nature 

of sin.— Malignant antbraz, fever, pngtnle, etc 
See the nouns, s gyn. 1. Malevolent, bitter, rancorous, 
spiteful, malign. See animotity. 

n. w. 1. A person of extreme enmity or evil 
intentions; an ill-affected person. 

Occasion was taken by certain malignante secretly to 
undermine his [St Paul's] great authority in the Church 
of Christ. Hooker, Eccles. Polity, iii 8. 

2. Specifically, in Eng, hist., one of the ad- 
herents of Charles I. and his son Charles n. dur- 
ing the civil war; a Bovalist; a Cavalier: so 
called by the Roundheads, the opposite party. 
How wUl dissenting brethren relish it? 
What will malignanta say ? 

S. Butler, Hudibras, L iL 680. 
One may, indeed, sometimes discover among the malia- 
inti at the sex a face that seems to have been naturally 



Though wayward fortune did malign my state. 

My derivation was from ancestors 

Wno stood equivalent with mighty kings. 



Shak., Pericles^ v. 1. 90. 

The scarcitie of wood and water, with the barrennesse 

of the soile in other places, shew how it is maligned of the 

Elements. Purchae, Pilgrimsge, p. 228. 

2. To speak evil of ; traduce ; defame ; vilify. 
Be not light of credens to new raysed tales^ nor crymes, 
nor suspicious to maligne no man. 

Babeee Book (E. E. T. S.X p. 100. 
Our Puritan ancestors have been misrepresented and 
maligned by persons without imsgination enough to make 
themselves contemporary with, and thwefore able to un- 
derstand, the men whose memories they strive to blacken. 
Lowell, Harvard Anniversary. 

=S3m. 2. D^ame, Calummate, etc. See atperte. 
tL,i intrans. To entertaiti malice. 

This odious fool . . . maligning that anything should 
be si)oke or understood above his own genuine baseness. 

MUton, Colasterion. 

malignance (ma - lig ' nans), n. [< malignan ( 
+ -C6.] Same as malignancy. 

The minister, as being much neerer both in eye and duty 
then the magistrate, speeds him betimes to overtake that 
diff us'd malignance with some genUe potion of admonish- 
ment Milton, Church-Government^ iL S. 

malignancy (ma-lig'nan-si), n. [< maUgnan(t) 
+ -cy,] 1. The state of being malignant in 
feeling or purpose; extreme malevolence; bit- 
ter enmity ; malice: as, malignancy of heart. 



designed for a Whig lady. 

Addieon, The Ladies' Association. 

malignantly (ma-li^'nant-li), adv. In a malig- 
nant manner; mahciously ; with extreme ma- 
levolence ; with pernicious influence ; also, viru- 
lently. 

malimer (ma-H'n^r), n. One who maligns or 
speaks malignantly of another; a traducer; a 
defamer. 

I come a spie? no, Boderigo, no; 

A hater of thv person, a malignerf 

So far from that, I brought no malice with me. 

Fletcher, Pilgrim, IL 2. 

malignify (ma-lig'ni-fi), v, t,; pret. and pp. 
malignifiedf ppr. malignifying, [< L. malipnus, 



In some connexions, malignity seems rather more perti- 
nently applied to a raaical depravity of nature, and malig- 
nancy to indications of this depravity in temper and con- 



duct in particular instances. 

T. Cogan, On the PassionI, iL f a. 

2. In Eng, hist. , the state of being a malifpiant ; 
adherence to the royal party in the tmae of 
Cromwell and the civil war. See malignant, 
«., 2. — 3. The property of expressing malice 
or evil intent; malignant or threatening na- 
ture or character; unpropitiousness. Specifically 
—(a) In aetrol., tendency to irremediable haim or mis- 
chief: as, the maligrumey of asi>ect of the planets. 

The malignaney of my fate might perhaps distemper 
yours. SkiUc, T. N., iL 1. 4. 

(() In pathol., virulence ; tendency to a worse condition : 
as, the malignaney of a tumor. 
malignant (ma-lig'nant), a. and n. [= OF. ma- 
lignant, < L. malignani f-)«, ppr. of malignare, also 
deponent, malignari, do or make maliciously, < 
malignus, malign: see malign,] I. a, 1. Dis- 
posed to inflict suffering or cause distress ; hav- 
ing extreme malevolence or enmity; virulently 
hostile; malicious: as, a ma^nan^ heart. 

There was a bitter and malignant party grown up now 
to such a boldness as to give out insolent and threatning 
speeches against the Parlament it selfe. 

MUton, Eikonoklastes, iv. 

He speaks harshly and insidiously of many of his con- 
temporaries ; and towards Cervantes ... he is absolutely 
malignant Ticknor, Span. Lit, III. 91. 

2. Virulently harmful or mischievous ; threat- 
ening great danger ; pernicious in influence or 
effect. 

Noxious and malignant plants do many of them discover 
something in their nature by the sad and melancholick 
visage of their leaves^ flowers, and fruit 

Bay, Works of Creation, I. 

Specifically— (a) In aetrol., threatening to fortune or life ; 
fateful : as, the malignant aspect of the stars. 

O malignant and ill-boding stars ! 

.S%ailr.,lHen. VL, iv. 5. G. 



Sp. malignidaii = Pg. malignidade = It. malig- 
nttd, < L. maUgnita{t')s, ill-will, spite, malice, 

< malignus, malign : see malign,] 1 . The char- 
acter or state of being malign ; extreme enmity 
or evil disposition toward another, proceeding 
from baseness of heart; malice or malevolence; 
deep-rooted spite. 

Then oometh malignitee, thurgh which a man annoieth 
his neighbour. Chaucer, Parson's Tale. 

Thou hast . . . an unrelenting purpose— a steady long- 
breathed maligni^, that surpasses mine. 

Scott, Kenilworth, iv. 

2. The quality of being malign or malignant; 
extreme evilness; heinousness; speciflcally, in 
paHiol,, virulence; malignancy. 
This shows the high malignity of fraud. South. 

Some diseases . . . have in a manner worn out their 
malignity, so as to be no longer mortal. 

Dryden, Hind and Panther, Pref. 
«Byn. 1. lU'U^, BnmUy (see avimoeity), nudiciousness. 
— 8. Destructiveness, deadliness. 
malignly (ma-lluMi)^ adv. In a malign manner ; 
with extreme ill-will; unpropitiously; perni- 
ciously. 

malignment (ma-lin 'ment), n. [< malign + 
-ment,] The act' of maligning. [Bare.] 

That recrimination and malignmenl of motive. 

The Century, XXX 075. 

Maliklte (mank-it), n. [< Ar. Malik (see def .) 
+ -f fc2.] A follower of Malik, the Imam, the 
founder of one of the four great sects of Sunni 
Moslems. 

Malines lace. [< F. Malines, Mechlin lace.] 
Same as Mechlin lace (which see, under lace), 

malinflnence (mal-in'fl^-ens), n, [< maU -¥ 
influence,] Evil influence. 

Doubting whether opium had any connection with the 
latter stage of my bodUy wretchedness— (except, indeed, 
... as having left the body weaker . . . and thus predis- 
posed to any mal-inMenee whatever). 

De Quincey, Confessions, Apx>., p. 189. 

malinger (ma-ling'g6r), V. i, [< F. malingrer, 
a slang word meaning * suffer,' but prob. also at 
one time * pretend to be ill,' cf . fikz/tw^ctu:, weak, 
sickly, formerly applied to beggars who feigned 
to be sick or injured in order to excite com- 
passion, < malingre, "sore, scabby, ugly, loath- 
some" (CJotgrave), now ailing, poor, weakly, 

< maU, badly, + jfprob.) OF. Hainare, heingre, 
tiiin, emaciated, F. dial, haingre, ailing, poorly, 
prob. < L. ceger {eegr-), sick, ill. The sense is 
perhaps affected by association with F. malin, 
evil, malign, and gr6, inclination (cf. malgre, 
maugre),] To feign illness ; sham sickness in 
order to avoid duty; counterfeit disease. 

Hemeralopia has been observed to break out epidemi- 
cally in gaols» camps, etc. I need hardly point out that 
in such cases a careful examination should always be in< 
stituted to guard against malingering. 

J. S. WeUa, Dis. of Eye, p. 418. 
malingerer (ma-ling'g6r-6r), n. One who shams 
illness, especially for the purpose of shirking 
work or avoiding duty. 



malingerer 

I>QQbtteM hiB eborch will be no lioipltAl, • . * 

Nor hts religion bat nn lunbulajicfl 

To letch IJIij't wounded ftnd moiiniT^>'*rM in 

The «xperlefitied aenaea of the sttrgetj t > : <M'te«l 

the malinxj»T9n jind the men who were only Kiivntly Iti 
iilsi>j»Lsl, Q, Kennan, The Century. XX XVI. a/eit, 

malingery (raa-Unir'afi^r-i), ft, [< malinger + 
-y^O A feiguibg of iTlaesft, f epeciallv by a sol- 
dier or sailor^ In onler to nhirk work or duty. 
Wahdni, Mil. Diet. 

malinowskite (Toal-i-nov'skit), », [Named af- 
ter E. Malinoitski^ a civil engineer.] In min- 
erai., a massive varioty of U'trahedrtte from 
Peru, oontainiuff 13 por cent, of lead^ 

malipedal (miiri-ped-al), a, [< malip^(eg) 4- 
-aL] Of or pertaining to the mali pedes of a 
chiJopodous myriapod. 

Th<? dorifti jjlAle, or wbut iimy be termed tho Moond 
fn4iiifjmfdai tergite. Pactard. 

malip^des (ma-Up'e-desG), n. pL [NL. (Pack- 
ard» 1K83)» i L. mala, jaw, + /ir^f (;jc</-) = E. 
/oot»] The fourth and tlfth pairs of cephalic 
appeudageRt (modified feet) of ehilopodou.s my- 
napods. regarded as anaiogoua to the maxil- 
lipodf* of iTURtaceanB. 
malls (ma'lis), ». [NL,, < Gr. // •> - "Uo f*(i}ic, 
fin?Mif fia'Aiij, fiaJuurffi^^^ LL. mitl -asc 

among beasts of burden; origin 11 J A 

outaneouB diseaBe produced by parae^itio worms 
or vermin : formerly called dtxtikra, 
maUaon (mari-zon), «. [Formerly also muUi- 
90n; < ME, malunun, malisun, malimn, < OF. 
fnaUaoHf mali::on, vt"!* 'f^fn* ^o^if^ u^i-m, nuihhffton, 
maldM90Hf < L. m^ ling* 

reviling, ctirsing : mi«,] 

A formal maleaictiou ; a opt^tial ciirtio invoked 
or denounced; a fonu of words expressing a 
curse ; a eurse. 

And who that wille nut m, gsJ bcxn iher maUtmm, 

Jifit^, o/ Brunn*^ p. WSL 
Uf oone iiid fnaUimtn tbe'« got. 
For to purvae her ilUl. 
Mar^nt tff Craiffrwr^ (Child's BhIIimI^ VIII. 2&2X 
A waiuon light on the tongue 
Mlc lldintfn t«ll» to me I 

Ladif M^4inf (Child's BalliMU, U, m- 

maUdn, mawkln (mil'-, m4'kin), 71. and a. 
[A! , " -jy^^j^, <ME, malk^fn^malkifne. 

K 1 n. reduced form of MiMryf &nd 

al>' ^lomierly MoH, Mawda, now 

Mmtd)^ + dim» *A-m.] L «. 1. A kitchen ser- 
vant, or any common woman; a slattern. 
Maik)fn with a dlst*f lt> hh^ bond. 

Chaucer, Nun's Priest's Tile, L fi04. 
Tlio kitchen maUrin plaa 
Her richeiit locknun "bout her roe<my neck. 

Shak., Car, 11. I. 224. 
NowrocHiBtfoui In boom, xww tnpUh, snd walking 
With your pottlt^jatt olang to your becle like a naau/Kn. 
Quoted In Fairhoiet Coitame <ed. DUlonX L aOi. 
A dnggled iiiauiKiiv tboa. 
That tenda her bflitledgniniers ia the ■iudge. 

Tennywan^ I^ncesa. 

2f* Maid Marian, the lady of the morris-dance. 

Ful on the shftpo of order and hnnmnttT. 
Or you mutt marry Maikin^ thi> Jifsy lady> 

FUteher^ Mons. Tliomaa, 11. ^ 

3. A stulTed fignre; a caricature of a woman in 
dress and general appearance; & scarecrow. 

Thou pitiful PUtterer of thv Maiter'i ItnperfeetlQnft; 
thou Maukin made up of the Shreda »nd Pulrlng* of his 
■operflooos Fopperlca. Cmignm, Did Uatcbelor, ilL 0. 

4. A cat. Compare grimalkin. The word is used 
In the following passage us the Dune of a fiunlliar aplrtt 
to the shape of a cat ! 

Malkin, my sweet spirit, luid L 

MiddUtm, The Witeh, lU. 2. 

5. A hare. [Scotch.] 

"Nay, nay, Luttth," whispered Abet, patting hli dog, , . , 
•'you must not kill the . , . imbbit; btit if a matdh'n would 
show hervelf I would let thee , . . battle after her. for she 
ooold only 000k her fud at . . . thy yelping." 

J, WiUott, Ughts and dhadowt of Scottish Life. p. IgL 

6. A mop ; especially, a mop used to clean a 
baker's oven. 

aeo here a inau4in« there a sheet 
As spoUesae pure as It la sweet. 

Heniek, Hofperide^ p. lOA, 

7. In guti.^ a joint«d staff with a sponge at 
one end, lised for cleaning out cannon.- Mother 
of tlM mawUna, (at) A witch, hog. or uncanny old 
woman, (fc) The little grebe or dabobick. J. A. Harvi^ 
Bronnu 

n.t «. Of or pertaining to a roalkin or 
kiteheU'Weneh. 

Her ifiauiin knnckles wen never ahspen to that royall 
baakin, MQton, Apology for Bmectymnuua. 

malMnlyf, mawkinlyt, «. [< malkin^ mnwhin, 
+ -Jy^.] Like h raalkin; slatternly. 

acnne tUly souls w prone to place much piety In their 
mavkinffiu [nsad mmmnhfl plaknets, and la their cen- ' 



3505 

IflrinWj i f of fytlko* wlia use taora oomaly tod eosUy ou- 
fiomafc t/^» T9i/hr (!X ArttL HaadaoiDeiiccs, p. ST. 

malll (mill), n. [Also maul (the verb being 
commonly spell etl wai*/) ; < ME. muiif, < OF. 
mal^maulf mnil^ F. toinf — Pr ,nnl}i nuutt^ rHai = 
Pg. vutlho = It. nuir ; L, mal- 

/euj, a hammer, mni tr mrft^, 

maii* {< F,), Mid dim. Mulki,] 1. : 
mer or chib of any sort; e«peci 
woi ^ 7! ' riier used by carpenters. < omxKue 
ma I < tte^f i. [In this gense now com- 

moL-^ J 

Whan Arthnr uiugh the deftuute Itftc to his inaU« he 
douted the stroka Mirriin (fL E. T. $.). II. 33tlL 

Eftsooiic6 one of those villeins him did t%p 
I'pcjti bU beadpeec* with hit yron moH^ 
That he wka suone awaked th»^wlthalt 

Spinttr, F. Q,,IV; V.42L 

2. (ci) A war-hammer or martel-de-ffr* 

A roan that beareth false witness agalnat hU neighbour 
It a man^t and n sword and a tharp arrow. Pror. xxv. l& 

(h) The heati or slrildng part of a war-ham- 
mer or marteUIe-fer. (e) The blunt or stjuare 
iirojection of such a hammer, as diatinfirmshed 
from the beak on the opposito aide of the han- 
dle: this blunt end was oft-en divided into four, 
six, or more blunt points or protuberances, — 

3. An old game playe<l with a woo<len ball in 
a kind of smooth alley boarded in at each side, 
in which the ball wa8 struck with a mallet in 
order to send it through an iron arch called the 
pmit^ placed at the end of the alley. Strutt, 
— 4f. The mallet with which this game was 
played; also, the alley in which it was plaved.— 
5t. [< maH^, v.] A blow. 

And give that revoiend hood a fmi//, 
Or two, or throe, against a wall. 

S, tuilgr, Bndthras. 
Top-nuJl, a heavy Iron hammer uaed ou board ship. 
mallet (niAl), r, f. [Also anil more commonly 
maul; < ME. malleti^ < OF, maiUer = Pg, mtithar 
= It. magliare, < ML. maUeare, beat with a mall, 
< malleus, a mall, hammer: see maV^, «.] To 
beat, especially with n mall or mallei; bruise. 
I salle evene amange his mene malU hyrn to dede. 

Mtfrte Arthure (E. E- T\ ^.>, L 40S8. 
Li^. Would not my ghoat start up, and fly npon thee? 
Cp. No, I'd maU It down again with this. 
[She anotchtin up the crow] 

CAa^rman, Widow's Teara^ r. 4. 

mall"- ( mel or mal), w, K main, n. , through pall- 
mail, the game so called, and a place, PuU- 
Mall, where it was played : see palf-maU,] A 
public walk ; a level shaded walk. 

The matt wtLhunt comparison Is the noblest In Europe 
(or lt*ngth and stude, having 7 rowes of the tillest and 
goodlloHt elms 1 hnd ever beneld. 

Jif^lyn, tMary, May S, 1044. 
This tlie tMsuu-moudc Khali from the Matt surveiy. 

Pope, R. of aie L., r. ISS. 

mall^ (tnal), n . [< ML, malltimf maUm^ a court : 
see maUum, mailiis,] A court: same as malhim, 
malfw. 

Councils, which had been m frequetit as diets or nwi/ft, 
eeaied. MUfitan, 

mallanders, ». pL 8ee nm landers, 
mallard (nlai'a^l), «. [< ME. mahrdc, maxdard, 
mawlcrdf also irreg. maicdtlare, mawardf*, < OF. 
maUiPd^ malart, a wild duck, prob,, with suJSlx 
-arr/, < male, male : see mate^. The F. dial, form 
mniUard appar. simulates F. maille, a spot: see 
maill,] I . The wild drake ; the male of the 
common wild duck. 

And with a bolt ofterw&rd, 
Aaon ho hitt a ntmdard. 
Afihmtr and MeHin, p. lU. (JTaUiiMir.) 

Hence — 2. The common wild diicktAnathoieag, 
the feral stock whenee the domestic dnck in all 
its varieties has de-see nded, and ihe typical rep- 
resentative of thefamilyJHdtffrffr and subfamily 
AnalintF, See duck^. 'xhe mallard fs from 22 t/j 24 
inches long, by 32 to 30 in extein t of wings. The mal e has Che 
bead mod nei^ gloMy^ffreen, etiocvedod by a white ring; the 



mallelfer 



aearlytnft, i..^ 
black nud while; * 
red; mid the irf^ ' 



- to 10 yellowtith'dmb eggs 

iifi. 

maiiaiuite 1 f u ti. [Named after E. 

Mo (lard, ji Fr. ralogihl.] A hydroun 

siiiphjit*^ tjf uj ::,,.:. 1 .r occurriug in tibrous 
ervBtnlliue uja><^c&: found in Utah, 

malleability (mnj'o^ft-bii'i-ti), ». [= P. waff^ 
ahdiU ^ >■ ■ f/ = Pg. malteabilidade 

== It. mal dkablr + .ify.] The 



I' 



'ity of 1:h'^ 



■^ \ 



MmUmi^tAHm^ivMrmM), 



»v pres- 
■ ■ , . - ''^^ L.,. i_. .. ....^ ' I I ■ .:::!^. ■ i! _:■. lit losing 

coherence or continuity ; the property of being 
su8ceptil)le of extension by beating or rolling. 
The t/iali«ab»iilf/ of brass ?aHc8 with Its cfimptmltlon 
and with Itii temi>t^niture. Spojn' £Wyc Manti/,, L SSL 

malleable ( mar r'-a-bi), (J, [E ' ' 'r <fd- 

Uiihlc, < F. tnoUrnhk= Sp. w/. r/- 

knrtl = It, walhahUv, < ML .. - jit 

with a harumer: see mulhok\\ (ji !»♦>- 

iug shaiKul or extended by beatiij^: ng; 

capable ^ i^u by hammering; tuUuei- 

ble to a I I form by beating^ as goUi, 

which ni; ten into 1 old-foil) 

of extrein s; houce, r being 

ahaped Ly . . ij influence, ...:;i;^% See 

This TTIow at Sea wns tu^ mnrh pTt'nt4jr thJin thni rtt Land 

.ht 

-i' - ■ :^ 

iJ^<i ' t*toduccU iJU uur ' 'lull 

Uuol terate ho«tillty :^' ^Htt 

under 1 i : l^urlw, A i..^..... . .... , HL 

Malleable i t bronM.— Malleable Iron cMt- 

malleable^ 1 e-a-bl-nes;i,«. 'i iiy. 

malleate , t\ ^; pret, ai 'r- 

afrfi, ppi. „,„,,;, n.,../. [<ML. (1 " .Mvt^s) 

mallra tius, pp. of ma t tear e, bea i ; 1 m rner, 

mall, < L. ma//f/«, a hammer : - •,«, Cf, 

maU\ r.] To hammer; form into a plate or 
leaf by beating. 

malleation ( mal • e - a ' shon ) , » . [ < ma Ilea te -K 
-wti.] I. The acl of beating into a plate or 
leaf, as a metal; ejttension bv luutiT.,* 

His sou Ire. *iv often maUfation*, , pound' 

lng% and thresuiniitt, might In g(XMi r.ateu oat 

Into the form of a gentleman. 
Oayton^ Notes on Dun Quixote (lft&4X p 07, iLatkam,) 

St. Malleability ; capability of being shaped by 
hammering. 

Sub. What B the proper passion of rootala? 

Facte. MeUUaHon, B, Jontm, Alchomlst, IL U 

3. In paihoL, a convulsive action of one or both 
hands, whit.h strike the thigh like a hammer, 

mallechof ( tiiur<;^-eh6\ «. [< sp. maih^cha— of, 

malfait, < }tlL,' mukfactum, mr'r'-r*-', -- ? vil 
deed, < malt\ evil, -^/aetufi, d -^p» 

hecho = F. fait), deed, act: b ,; r/, 

feat Cf. waft^acffori, <sto,] Evti-floiuffs; wick- 
edness; villainy. [Rare; found only in the 
following passage.] 

Oph. What means thl*. my lord? 

iJam, ^Inrry, this Is ndchlng nmlltiehti |vur, malitha, 
mallieo]\ It means mlschlet. Sfmk., Uomlct, ill 2, H©. 

mallediUB (ma-le'di-ns), w.; pi, mtdlfdU (-1), 
[NL., < L. malleus f a hammer, + NX», isiap)e(H* 
n*.] A muscle of the tympanum attached to the 
malleus; the tensor tympani: correlated with 
staprdiu^ and hicudiu», Coiw^t and Sfiitte, 1887. 

maUee (mal'e), n. [Australian,] Two dwarf 
species of Eucnltfptn^^ E, dunwsu and IC, okma, 
growing in Australia. They sometimes form im- 
mense tracts of brushwood, called maUce-ifa'uh, 
If you wUl get any bushman to tell yon that land cov- 
ered with Kucolyptui dimioaiis, vulgarly called MoUh, 
and excuodiiigly stunted epeclmens of that, will grow any- 
thing, 1 will tell hjm he knows nolhlng. 

£f. Kittgdey, HUlyors and Burtons, 1 1 v. 

maUee-bird <mare-b^rd), «. The Ldpoa ocel- 
lata, a bird of the family Metjapodida^ (see 
Leijma), Also called naiwv pheojtant by the 
English in Australia. J. Newton. 

mallei, n. Plural of mallemt, 

Malleidae (ma-le'i-de), w. pL [NL., < Mall^m 
+ 'ida\} A family of bivalves, ts'pified by the 
genus if rt/Z^M;? ; the hammer-oysters: same as 
Jricitlidfr or Pteriidw, 

mallelfer (ma-le'i-fer), »i. [< XL. malleiftr: 
see tnaUtifcrouft,] A vertebrate of the super- 
class Mallcifera. 



Malleifera 

ICalleifera (mal-e-if'e-r&)y n. pL [NL., neut. 
pi. of maUeifer: see'tnalleiferoua,'] A super- 
clftss of craniate Vertebratay or skulled verte- 
brates, distinguished bv the development of 
the malleus as a bone of the ear, and by the di- 
rect articulation of the lower jaw to the skull. 
It corresponds to the class Mammalia^ and con- 
trasts with Quadratifera and Lyrifera, 

maUeiferotlB (mal-f-if 'e-rus), a, [< NL. maU 
letfeTj < L. maUeus, a hammer, a mall, + ferre, 
= E. bear^.'i Having a distinct malleus; of or 
pertaining to the Maueifera; mammalian. 

maUeiform (mare-i-f6rm), a. [< L. malleus, 
a hammer, a mall,* + forma, form.] In sooL, 
hammer-shaped. 

In aome species of Polynod the parapodia give rise, at 
corresponding points, to large, ricmy cUiated, maUeifcrm 
tubercles. Huxley , Anat Invert, p. 210. 

mallexnarokillg (mare-ma-ro^ng), It. [Ver- 
bal n. of *maUeinaro1ce, an unrecorded verb, 
perhaps equiv. to *maUemokef lit. act like the 
mallemoke or mallemuck, < maUemoke, malle- 
muck, the tuimajr ^trel: see maUemuck. Of. 
D. mallemolen, carousal.] Naut, the visiting 
and carousing of seamen in the Greenland 
shins. Sailor's Word-book. 

malleilltick (mare-muk). n. [Also mallemock, 
maUemoke, moUymock, mollymawk, malmock, mal- 
duck, ituHmarsh, etc.; < G. mallemucke = D. mal- 
lemtufge, a mallemuck, explained, from the D., 
as * foolish fly' or *fool flier,' as if < D. mallen, 
fool, dally, + mtig^ MD. mugge, a ^fly*' in allu- 
sion to its heedless habits^ but the D. word is 
not open to this explanation. D. mug means 
rather *a ^at' (= K midge), and cannot refer 
to the ^flying' of a bird. The name is prob. of 
northern origin.] The fulmar petrel, Fulmarus 
gkicialis : also extended to some related birds, 
as albatrosses. See cut under /t<lmar2. Also 
called malmarsh, 

mallenders (mal'en-d^rz), n. pL Same as maU 
anders, 

malleolar (mare-o-iar), a. [< malleolus + -arS.] 

1. Having the cl^ara'cter of a malleolus: as, the 
mdUeolar process of the tibia. — 2. Of or per- 
taining to either malleolus: as, a malleolar ar- 
tery. 

malleoltlB (ma-le'o-lus), n.: pi. malleoli (-11). 
[NL., < L. malleolus, a small hammer, dim. of 
malleus, a hammer: see malleus.'] 1. Id. anat,, 
a bony protuberance on either side of the 
ankle. The two together contribate to the stability of 
the ankle-ioint> by loclcing the astragalus so as to prevent 
lateral and rotatory movements. In man the oater maUe- 
oloa is formed by the flbola, the inner by the tibia ; and each 
forms a sort of pulley or trochlea around which wind the 
tendons of important extensor muscles of the foot The 
malleoli are little distinguished in most animal^ owing to 
the different set of the foot upon the leg, or the different 
configuration of the parts, when, as often occurs, the 
fibula does not reach the ankle, the outer malleolus is 
wantiug unless formed by the tibia. In birds the condyles 
of the tibia» constituted by ankylosis of proximal tsjrsal 
bones, take the name and place of malleoli. 

2. In bot., a layer; a shoot bent into the groimd 
and half divided at the bend, whence it emits 
roots. Lindley. — 3. [cap.] In conc^., a genus of 

bivalve shells. J. E. Gray, 1847 Inner malieo- 

lut, the malleolar process of the tibia, articulating with the 
inner side of the astragalus, having behind it the tendons 
of the tibialis posticus and flexor longus digitorum.— Out- 
er malleolas. the enlarged lower end of the fibula, ar- 
ticulating witn the outer side of the astragalus, having 
behind it the tendons of the peroneus longus and pero- 
neus brevis. 

malleoramate (maKe-o-ra'mat), a. [< L. mal- 
leus, a hammer, + ramus, a branch : see ra- 
mate.'] In rotifers, having mallei fastened by 
unci to rami, as in the Melicertidai, Triarthrid(F, 
Pterodinidce, and Peddlionidce. 

mallet (mal'et), n. [< OF. mallet, maillet, F. 
maiUet (= Pr. malhet = It. maglietto), a wooden 
hammer, mallet, dim. of mal, mail, a hammer : 
see mdlX^.'] 1. A small beetle or wooden ham- 
mer used by carpenters, stonecutters, printers, 
etc., chiefly for driving another tool, as a chisel, 
or the like. It is wielded with one hand, while 
the heavier mall requires the use of both nands. 
— 2. The wooden hammer used to strike the 
balls in the game of croquet.— Antomatic mallet. 
Same as dentai hammer (which see, under hammeri).— 
Dental mallet, (a) A light hammer of wood or metal 
used by dentists for striking the plusger in the operation 
of filling teeth. It is now superseded in great part by 
various mechanical contrivances, such as the dentid ham- 
mer or plugffer and the electric plugger. (p) A dental 
hammer or plugger. 8ee hammeri. 

mallet-flower (marot-flou'^r), n. Any plant of 

the genus Tuinstra. 
malleus (mare-us), n.; pi. mallei (-i). [NL., < 

L. maUeus, a l^ammer, a mall: see maWi.] 1. 

In anat., the proximal element of Meckel's car- 



3596 

tilage, in an^ way distinguished from the rest 
of the mandibular arch, in man and other mam- 
mals the malleus is separately ossified, and is the outer 
one of the three bonelets or ossicles of the ear lodged in 
the cavity of the tvmpanum. connected with the ear-drum 
or tympanic membrane, and movably articulated with the 
incus. It is named from its hammer-like shape in man, 
having a head, neck, and handle or short process, together 
with a processus gracilis, which lies in the Olaserian fis- 
sure. As one of the ossiculaauditus, the malleus subserves 
the function of hearing in mammals. In birds^ and many 
other vertebrates below mammals, the malleus has a very 
different office, that of forming part of the suspensorium 
of the lower jaw. which is its true morphological char- 
acter. Its speciaiication in Mammalia is pecuJUar to that 
class. See MaUeifera, and cuts under hyaidt ear, and tym- 
panie. 

2. In ichth,, one of the Weberian ossicles which 
form a chain between the air-bladder and the 
auditory apparatus in the skull of plectospondy- 
lous and nematognathous fishes. It is homolo- 
gous with the heinai>ophysi8 of the third one of 
the coalesced anterior vertebrsB. — 3. In roti- 
fers, one of the paired calcareous structures 
within the pharynx, in the typical forma it is a ham- 
mw-like body, consisting of an upper part or head, called 
the ineuSf and a lower part or handlei named the tnanu- 
brittm, but in other forms the distinction disappears. 
4. [cap,] In conch., a genus of pearl-oysters of 
the family Avieulidce, foimded oy Lamarck in 
1799; the hammer-shells. Th^ have a long-winged 
hiqge at right angles with the length of the valve, giving 
a hammer-like shape, whence the name. Toung shells 
are like those of Avicida or wing-shells, and have a byssal 
notch; the hammer shape is gradually acquired with age. 
M. mufforia, the hammer-oyster, inhabits Eastern seas. 
See cut under hammer-sheU. 



malm 

after L.), mallow, appar. so called from its 
emollient properties, or perhaps from its soft, 
downy leaves, < fia?Maa€iv, soften, < fiaXaxdc, 




Same as mal- 



5. Same as war-hammer. 

mallinders (mal'in-d^rz), n. pi. 
anders. 

Mallopliaga (ma-lof 'a-g&), n. pi. [NL., neut. 
pi. of mallophagus : see nyallophagous. ] A group 
of ametabolous apterous parasitic insects with 
mandibulate mouth-parts and coalesced meso- 
metathorax, jointed antennas and palpi, supe- 
rior spiracles, and short stout legis ending in 
hooked claws. Thoy are known as bird4ioe, and are 
very numerous and diversiform. By some they are re- 
garded as Hemiptera degraded and distorted by parasit- 
um, and placed with the true lice in a group Paratita or 
Ano^ura; bv others thev are held to constitute a super- 
famUy or suborder of Pteudoneuroptera, and by others 
again a suborder of CorrodenUa, See loutei. 

mallophagan (ma-lof 'a-gan), a. and n. [< NL. 
Mallophaga + -an.] I, a. Same as maUophagous. 
H. n. A louse of the group Mallophaga. 

MallopliagidSB (mal-o-faj'i-de), n.pl. [NL., < 
Mallophaga + -idee.] The mallophagous in- 
sects regarded as a family of Pseuaoneuroptera, 
and corresponding to the subordeT MalU^haga. 
They differ from true lice in having mandibulate instead 
of suctorial mouth-parts, and in other respects. Most of 
them live on the plumage of birds, whence the name bird- 
lice for the whole of them; but some also infest the pel- 
age of mammals. Some are great pests of the poultry- 
yard and aviary. The genera are numerous, including 
Nirmutt Triehodedtee, and Ooniodeg. 

mallophagotlB (ma-lofa-g^is), a. [< NL. mal- 
lophagus, X Gr. imXkdq, a "lock of wool, + ^yeiv, 
eat.] In entom. : (a) Devouring feathers or hairs 
and dried skins, as manv coleopterous larvae. 
{b) Pertaining to the MctUophaga. Also vmllo- 
phagan. 

Mallorqnin (ma-ldr'kin ), ». [< Sp. Mallorquin, 

< Malwrca, Majorca: see Majorcan.] Same as 
Maiorc^n. 

MaUotus (ma-lo'tus), n. [NL. (Loureiro, 1790), 

< Gr. ^ax>U.n-(5f, furnished with wool, fleecy. < 
(JJjtT.) fioXXovv, clothe with wool,< fia^iMg, wool.] 

1. A genus of plants of the natural order Eu- 
phorlnacece, tribe Crotonece, and subtribe Acaly- 
phecB, characterized by the oblong parallel an- 
ther-cells and the numerous (rarely less than 
fifteen) stamens. The Dowers are apetalous, either 
dioBcious or monoecious. The plants are trees or shrubs 
with generally alternate leaves. The male flowers arc 
generally small, on short pedicels in heads along a rachis; 
the pistillate ones fewer, on long or short pedicels. There 
arejibout 70 species, numerous in eastern India, the Malay 
archipelago, and Australia, with a few In Africa. One 
species, M. PMlippinensie, yields the dyestufl known as 
Irantila. 

2. In ichth. (Cuvier, 1829), a genus of fishes 
of the family Argentinidw, formerly placed in 
Salmonidcp, of which the male has a broad lon- 
gitudinal villous or fleecy band of scales dif- 
ferentiated from the rest; the caplins. The 
type is MaUottis villosus, the caplin. See cut 
under caplin'^. 

mallow (mal'o), n. [< ME. maloine, malue, < AS. 
malice, mealtce = D. maluwe = G. malve = OF. 
malve, F. mauve = Pi^. Sp. Pg. It. malva, < L. 
malva, prob., with some alteration (cf. L. ma- 
lope, mentioned by Pliny as one Gr. form) of the 
form later used as Gr., malache (also moloche),^ 

< Gr. na^Axn, also fioytxn (later fiak^a, fid7,^a^* 



Branch of Mallow [JM^t'oa rotundtfclta), with flowers and fruits. 
a, a flower; b, the fruit ; r, one of the carpels. 

soft.] Any plant of the genus Malva, or of the 
order Malvacea, the mallow family. 

Take maluet with alle the rotes, and sethe thame in wa- 
ter, and wasche thi heyede therwlth. 

MS. Lincoln A. 1 17, f. 282. (HaUimU.) 
Nowe mal<nee is sowe, and myntes plannte or roote. 

PaUadiui, Husbondrie (£. £. T. 8.), p. 84. 

Common mallow, in England, Malva ^vettrit; in Amer- 
ica, sometimes, M. rUundifolia.— Comitry mallOW, the 
common mallow.— Curled mallow, if. ertma, in allusion 
to the leares.— Dwarf mallow, Jr. rotundifolia, low as 
compared with M. ^ttesCrit.— False mallow, a plant of 
the genus Jfa^wuCrum.— Olade-mallOW, a plant of the 
genus ^a|WM.~01obe mallow, a plant d the genus 
l^fheeraleea.-- Indian mallOW. (a) In America, AbutUon 
Avieennee, introduced from India. Also called vdvedeaf. 
See American juU, under hOc (h) In England, a i»lant 
of either of the genera Siaa and Urena.— Jbwb* mal- 
low. See Jnrf'-fnajtotir.-- Marsh mallow. See marsh- 
nuilioir.—Mnak-mallOW, Maloa moeehata, so named 
from the scent of its foliage.— BoM-mallow, the genus 
HUdteutf especially H. Moeeheutot, the swamp roae>mal- 
low.— Ttee mallow, Lamlera orftoreo.- Venice mal- 
low, Hxbiteus Trionttm^ the bladder-ketmia. See eheeH- 
eake, S. dodtl, 2. 

mallow-rOBe (mal'o-roz), n. Same as rose- 
mallow (which see, under mallow), 

mallowwort (maro-w^rt), n. Any plant of the 
mallow family, Malvacece. 

malls (malz), n. pi. [A contr. of measles (for- 
merly nkwcte, etc.).] The measles. [Prov.Eng.] 

mallmn, mallUB (mal'um, -us), n. [ML., of 
OTeut. origin ; cf . Goth, mel, time, point, mark, 
writing, = AS. mtel, time, mark, etc. : see meaV'^.] 
Among the ancient Franks, a court correspond- 
ing to the hundred court among the Anglo- 
Saxons. 

The ordinary court of Justice is the maUtu or court of 
the hundred. Stubbe, Const Hist., f 25. 

malm, maum (m&m, m&m), n. and a. [Also 
maulm, mawm; < ME. malm, < AS. mealm, sand, 
= OS. melm, dust, = OHG. MHG. melm, dust, G. 
(dial.) malm^ something ground, also in tech- 
nical use, = loel. maXmr, sand (in local names), 
usually ore, metal, = Norw. mnlm, sand, ore, 
= Sw. malm, sana (in local names), = Dan. 
malm, ore, = Goth, malma, sand ; with formative 
-w, from the verb represented by OHG. maHan 
= Icel. mala = Goth, mnlan, grind: see meaV-, 
from the same verb." Hence maum, mawm, 
v.] I. 71. 1. Earth containing a considerable 
quantity of chalk in fine particles; a calca- 
reous loam, constituting in the southeastern 
counties of England a soil especially suited 
for the growth of hops ; a kind of earth suit- 
able for making the best quality of brick with- 
out any addition. The brickmakers in the ricinity 
of London divide the brick-earth of that region into 
strong clay, mild clay (or loamX and malm. ArUfieial 
malm is a mixture imitating the natural earth. See malm 
brick, below. 

To the north-west, north, and east of the village (of Sel* 
borne] is a range of fair enclosures, consisting of what is 
called a white malm, a sort of rotten or rubble stone, 
which, when turned up to the frost and rain, moulders to 
pieces, and becomes manure to itself. 

OUbert White, Nat Hist Selbome (ed. BohnX p. Ifi. 

2. [cap.] The name used in Germany, and 
frequently by geologists writing in English on 
the geology of that country, for the uppermost 
of the three divisions of the Jurassic series, all 
of which at an early day received English pro- 
vincial names, namely Lias, Dogger, and Malm. 



' ,|llfT- 

- The 

dulamUU* 
i,ax> feet 



mdlm 

TheMalm of the Gemvi 

ftteQtof theEngliihnj 

callj with thtt MldiUe uu^. '. , 

rook couflUt4 mctetly of wbii 

And marly itratA, and Ii lie 

thick. 

3« pL Bricks mad© of miUm earth, or of the 

artificial malm prepared by mixiug clay witli 

ehalk. 

Fior ntkinff ttM» beit qa«llty of brit^ki, whjcli an ctilled 
maims, an artificfAl tubtitllute ii obtained. 

C. T. Dans, Brick* and Ttlo% p. ^ 

H, (f* 1. Composed of mahn or ealcju^- 
ousloam: f^s^jmjlmlandB* QilhtrtJflUt^. — 2f, 
8oft; mellow. HaUitceU. — 3. Peacienble; quiet, 
[Pi'ov, Eug,] [III tho last two Bonaes spelled 
m^ii»i.]^Malin brtok. a bHck made of trne or of aitl 
ficia) raaJtn. the latter of which conitit^ of '"»"^»«^itit«d 
chalk ami clay miiod with a Kttle sand n cxe, 

the laet being compoaod of olDdera, asht lai 

These bricks ham to a palebrowrn color u.^,^ -... ...-*. in- 

olinad to ycUow. Tberf are made In the neigbhorhood of 
Londou^ and ore also called maims. See ma2m.— Malm 
rcMtlc, the local name of vvta of the Upper Greenland, 
M devdoped from Weaterham weit through Swetef, Hajati, 
and donex. Alao call^ maimjtoHc. 

NcarWeat«i'hiiii iiarder1>eda bt ! 

Idly ac4|nir« imp her weat, ai 

the ch{r7f pnrt M' ;, , .lion (tho Vv^- : ■ • 

Tb' - Kurvwij us fircatone ana nudm roct, and 

tht T sm^er quantities of blue ng and chert. 

Tht' , « Uiirht c'>1>>urrd calcarcona landstone 

much ^ J 11-4 ivi balldiru .'.n ro«Jt nincbreaemblea 

1^ but Is aighily moi V iaf;. 

/ i, of the Weald, p. 168. 

mftlmlt^manint (mttio, mam), i?. t [In the quot, 
sm Ilea muum ; < maim, muvtm^ a.; of. ifmimtf, 2.] 
^o handle with sticky hands; '* paw," [Low,] 

Don't be mauminf; iutd |?atunluf a (tody ao f oan*t you 
keep your fUihy hnndn Ui yourself? 

Suin, PoUtc t'onvcj-aation* ii. (ZMiTvea) 



35«? 



formation, and 1$ a gf^f in 

malmff land. Ijipf on a aolt ■ 



t 



OMU provlnctaUy calterl 

Bnctte. BriL, XI. ASO. 
S. Clammy; sticky. [Prov. EugJ 
malnatrition (mal-nu-trish'on), n. [< wier/- 4* 
nutrition,^ Iniperfeot Tiulritioti ; defet^t of bus- 
tenaDce from imperfect asaimilation of food* 

Conical cornea (a more often met with amonsr peraont 
who bare bad dtaeaaea of matnutriUnn. 

mUiimrgh Rev,, CLXVHL 610. 

Moiti^utrW^n of miuaolca ta a factor which ought not to 
be forgotten, ScL Atrur,, N. ft., LXL 100. 

malodor^ mulodaur (mal-o'dor), «. [Formerly 
also makodoi ; < maU -f odfrrj\ An oflfensive 
odor; a stench. 

Her breath, beairy with the nuUodar of nicotine, almost 
strangled him. TA« C^nhtry, XXIX, tWl. 

malodorous (maI-dMor-ii8)j o, [< malodor + 
-ons.] Having a bad "or olien^ive odor^ either 
literally or figuratively: aa, a malodnrouis repu- 
tation. 
A peallleifil makf^JOP^iUM hocne of dirt and dli»case. 

Tht CtfUufy, XXVU. 330. 

Tn^^ldo^0^^flae«8 (mal-o'dgr-us-neK), n, Thr 
ity or 8tat« of being malodorouBT or offen- 
..; to Kmolh 

maloniaadllary (ma-lo-mak'si-la-ri), a. S&me 
as mnkiriiiiUjilUir^, H, Urntf, 

malOBt. C'ontracted from me alone, Chaucer, 

Maloo climber^ See Bauhinin, 

Malope (mal'o-pe), n, [NL. (T^ I'HT), < 

L, ffnilup(\ nijilk>w»] 1. A g< (its be- 

lon(?^g to the tribe \fnlrttt\ 1 ^ f uuiily* 

type of the subtribe J/ ' i!;;f*d 

bv a ?tv1e wltii:*h ii« Ion; : -f\ 



malt 

ntfemun tubulea, occur In tltr 
kidney, nod nl* ahnitt ,*„ nf m 



. ...1 



[A native name (f).] 
ttrum, &sm6]\ lemnroid 



sialmag (muriHu^ 

The specter, / 
quadruped. . (<,y. 

malmarsh (marnjaiHh)^ ». Same as malUmuck. 

malmignatte (mal-rai-nyaf), n, [Alao nmlmi- 
grnatfc] A spider, ThentUon or LntroiUct us uh(1~ 
mignattH^^, a small black species KiMitr.^i with 
red. It is oM« of a genua of apidtira wid« I In 

Enropy, Af rk'u, A sia. New S^tsalnnd, nrd 1 1. ,? es. 

Tti venom \i much tiiort' r)Cti»ttijou& thnti i rher 

anlmRV i -mi side ring thu iUmiintltvi? sl/t* i i arid 

Uie extrouiuly minute 4iuant4ty that will . i ..ve 

fatal. Mec kai4po. 

maiming (ma'min^), w, [< malm + -tw^.] The 
preparation of arti^eial malm by mixing chalk 
and elay reduced to pulp, and allowing the mix- 
tare to eonaolidate by evaporation. 

malmockt (mal'mok)^ n, A variant of malk- 

malmsey (mSm'zi^ formerly malra'si), », [For- 
merly mtflmsie, fhahhtsie, matmasrifv: < ME* m^/- 
ve.si€^ nmhrcyifij = ^fD. malvajttite, T>. w«/r«?^y, 
malvazy, niaha^r = O, Dan. mntmnfitr =s Sw. 
malrasir, < F. mnireMe, matroisie = Sp, tnalfiUM, 
fnarvaMa = Pg, malvania{^L. m(itt'tttk'um),<lt. 
faalva^ia, a wine so called from MntiuMir or Nu- 
poll '^ ■ 1 f"''"sm^ < NGr, Move///3cn7/a, a seaport on 
thf* rn coast of Laconia,Greece,eontr, 

of /J , t' / 81 ngle en trance ' : Gr, /v6»7/, fern . 

of /*oj^, HUigle (see monad); fM/^cjffi«» entrance, 
< efilMvrn\ enter, go in, < tv, in, + ^^aipFtv, go.] 



It. A kind of grape. 

Vpon that hyll ia a cite called Mal^raaia, where flrat grew 
MaltnoMye, and yet doth: bowbeit it groweth now [1500] 
more plenteotuly In Camdia and Modena^ and no where 
ellyt. Sir It OuWonit^ Fylgtymagc, p. 12. 

Tber groweth the Voyue that ya callyd JIfaf iMMq^ and 
muakedelL TmHfi^iUm^ Diarlo of Eng. Trarell. p. aa 

2. A wine^ usually sweet, atron^, aud of high 
flavor, originally and still made in Greece, but 
now especially in the Canary and Madeira 
islands, aud also in the Azores and in Simin. 
The name is vriven Bi>mowhat loosely to aucb wlnoa, and ii 
Uaed in oouibiufltion, su Malmseif-MQdnra. Comparu mal- 

A Ca4k, throtigb want of vae grow'n fuity, 
llAkei with hla atink the beet Oreeke Maimm/ mnaty. 
^iwitfer, tr. of Da Bartaa'a Weeka, L a 
Bj thia hand, 
X love thee nevt to nmimseif in a tnoniing, 
Of all tlduga tnuiattarr. 

JStou, awf FL, Captain, Ir. 2. 

malmstone (m^m'aton)^ n, Bame as maim 
rock < vvUich see» under malm). 

Borne Yarietlca of the matmslonH which form part of 
the so €mUetl I'ppcr Oreetiaand of Surrey. Bamnahlre, 
and Iterkihlro. Quart Jmtr. (hoi. Soc. , XLV. im. 

malmy (mft'mi), a, [< mftJm + -v*-} 1* Con- 
sisting of, containing, or reeemblijog malm: as, 
a ma! my aoil. 

The eoatem nortfofi forming the Vale of Petorafleld, and 
comprising only aboul fic^ooo aLt«a, reeta on the Wealden 



rauean re«» 

tbobirge Hoi . , ; ^ . . . . 

white* la aomt^tiuttia nMtal it^rf*-ioi^i nuiUtp^. Ibe v^Xm^v 

speclea are M. mataevides, mallowdlke malope, and M, 

m^dHflara. 

2. [/. r'.] A plant of this genue, 

Malopeae (ma'lo'pe-e), n.pL fNL, (Endlicher, 
183<j), < Mahtpc +"*/^<i\] A subtnbe of malva- 
ceous plants lM?longin|^ to the tribe Malrca\ 
and eh ■-"-•■ ■■'*■■ •-; z ed l^y an indefinite n um ber of 
carj M I ;irly grouped in a head, with soli- 

tary ;: - ovules. It embraces Ii genera, 

of which Miikqtc is the ty]»e, and 7 8|>ecie5. 

Malo-RuBSian (ma-lo-rush'an), w, [< Rtiss. 
Makirossitja, Little Russia (SfaloroaxiiiikU^ IaU 
tle-RusMiau), < maiisilj, in oomp. mah*-, adv. 
malv^ little, -¥ HoFsiifa^ Huss^ia: see I{uff4iaft,J 
Little -Russian (which see. under Iiu-»i^art). 

In Malo* ftiu^an^ g is prorHXHnced h, as aljarod, a gmr- 
dim. Enffyc. Bnl., XXlL 149. 

Malpighia (mal-nig'i-ft), n, [NX,. (Plumier, 
1703), named after Marcello Mulpiffhi,"] A 
genus of dieotylfdonous polypetalons plants, 
t}^ie of the natural order Malpiifhuictiv and the 
tribe Maljjtfjhiea\ characterized by having an 
entire 2- or 3-ceUed ovary * terminal fre<» styles 
with obtuse stiflrmas, a calyx with from G to 10 
glands, and a drupaceous fruit with 3 crested 
seeds. Tljey are treea or ahmba with Dpiiosite IcAires. 
aomeilmoa covered with stinging halrti, an^ nnt, ^Idte, 
or roB©*coloped Howera la ajdllary or tenuiual rlustent. 
There are about 20 apecleSk all natlvea of tropical Amer- 
lea, Jf.ptobm la the Barbados cherry, Jf,t(fVfiJlatheeoW' 
hage-chcrry. 

MalpigMaceSB (mal-pig-i-a'se-e), n. pL [NL, 
(A. L. de Jussieu, 1789), < Mnlpkfhki -¥ -fioto?,] 
A natural order of dieotyledonoiia polypetalous 
plants belonging to the cohort Get amahs, typi- 
fied by the genus MnJpkjhuK it U charactoriied 
by a !vparted calvx, some or all of the sepalfl usually with 
two glands, by having three curpids, which arc either 
united or diatlnci; and by Military oviiloa witliout albumen. 
The order emhracea 52 gencm atui hIk^oI (KlO species, moat 
niiroetrms in the tropics. Thoy are hertus or ahrubi^ often 
i^linihinK^ with Icavea uaually oppoaite and entire, and 
i^lahdfilar on the atalk or under side, and yellow or red 
0»rcl> white or lilue) flowers, commonly growing in temii- 
nal cluster*. 

malpighiac0Oll8 (mal-pig-i-a'shius), rt. [< Mal- 
pkjhm 4- -aecoHS.'l In ftrif,, pertaining to or 
characteristie of plants of the order Malpighki- 
teas: specifically applied to hairs fomied is in 
the genus Malpighio^ which are attached by the 
middle, and lie parallel to the surface on which 
they grow. 

Mal'pighian (mal-pig'i-an), a. [< Malpujhi (see 
def.) + -an J] Of or pertaining te Marcel lo 
Malpighi (1628-94), an Italian anatomist and 
physiologist; applied in anatomy to several 
structures discovered or particularly investi- 
gated by him, as follows Halpighlan t>ody,oae 

of the glotneral) of the kidney surrounded by its capsule. 
These form the terminationa of the branches of the uri- 



of the nrinifarciu 

Halpl^ilan ciec.^ 

IBenta. Same aa /i\(Hi>^^}uuin 

fu^.— Haiplglilaji capeuto. 

«ee MdLpiQhinn Awfr/.— Mai- 
pl^iiAnoorpii 

pIgbiaubod^ ,, 

A lymphohi 

apleen. S*e ct>rinj.<(^i> - Mai- "^' 

plg!lt*^Tt layer, the mte jxm \- 

theepidermi' ' notre^ 

uoauni, hAL^' ' 'laliig «f 

1' 

til \wboffeapi cot project hit*' 

the calycc'ti of tbe [iflvisi ot rfte kiduey, and nre iWllnd jjo* 
flflXo,— XalplgMan tabes or vesaela, cerUin sppirn- 
dap-e-s of thf' ;ilTTnrntn.ry rau.Tl of inserts. They tktti CKCut 
I Uhe |io8terlor»pi:r* 
t V reganJed as renre- 

ti I r ] if a*. -^Maipif man 

liUft, the iijl^'irMTuJu?.! or vjiscnlur lictwork or plema^ In a 
Slalpighiau t)ody, 

Malpi^eaB (mi<%Tu-in't^-g). «. pi, [NL. (A. 

P. ae Candolle. 'fnipkjhki 4- wfij A 

tribe of plnntfi to the T»ntiTr«1 onler 



malposition (mal-po-zifih'on), n, [< maU 4- po- 

6ikou.^ A wrong position; a misplacement, 
as of a part of the body or of a fetus, 

Matpfmtiong o( the fye, such h» »< i « h r ' ! • - - --^ 'hv reau It 
of too great iiontractlon of one of tht 1 • *, naa- 



ally the intvnisL 

malpractice 
tietr] 1. V 
coutrarv to < 



ik'tis), iK [< maU -¥ prac- 
r; evil practice; practice 
lulled rules. 



Fanny was alnuiflt ready to tell fibs to ai^roen her br ^ 
ther's itmlpracticf* from her mamma. 

Thadc&my, The Klckleburya on the Rhlnei 

2, Specifically, bad professional treatment of 
disease, pregnai^cy, or bo<Uly injury, from rep- 
rehensible ignorance or carelessness, or with 
criminnl intent, 

malpractitioner (mal-prak-tish'on-^^r), n. [< 
mat' + />rf;r^i^owrr, after nmlpraetict,^ A phy- 
sician who is p^nilty of malpractice. 

malpresentation (maUiire-zen-ta'shfln), n, [< 
F, mah + prcsctttatmt,] In ohntet^ abnormal 
presentntion in childluHli, as of u Bho»i!dcr, 

malpropriety (m -^ ■' nv-ti), u. [= f. mat- 

]>roprek; nfiw^r rirttf^J Want of prop- 

er condition; hIi -; dirtine&K, [Rare.] 

The whole interior had a liarmonloua air of sirdh, stnpfd- 
Ity, and malprvpriety. E. Effffiodfn^ The C^rDyNJiis, JcvU, 

malskart, '% ♦. [^tE- Malsh'cn^ malHei'vn, vHts- 
ken ; < AS. ^mahcniti, in verbal ii- tuaUtcrftpff 
(= OHG. ma^cruNc)^ fascination ; cf» (>H. tftal^J 
pr<md, = (lotlu 'maktks^ foolish.] To wander 

TI»e ledejt of that lyttel toun worn lopen out for dredt\ 
lU'to that fnalaemtuk mure, marred hyiyue. 

AUUrrniir* Pi»eji%M, (t'd. Mt^»rrlB), fl, Wl, 
He haile Tulsacd 1« mayne tV imH»krid s-twrnte, 
&. how the werwolf wan him bi witli a wildc hort. 

Watiam iij Pattrnt^ (E. E. T, 8k >, 1. ild. 

malfitick (mM'stik), n. Bee makfsHck, 

malstr dm, n . See m aeh from . 

malt^ (m6lt), «. aud «. [Formerly also fnauif, 
Be, maut: < ME. wait, < AS. nmilt(= OS. malt 
= D. mout = MLG. molt, malt = OHG. MHG, 
0, w/ob = IceL Dan, Sw. malt; ef, F. m^//f = 8p, 
Pg. It, matta, < Teut.), < mcltan (pret. meatt), 
melt, di.HSolve: see mrlt} I, n. 1, Grain in 
which, by partial geiTuination, arrested at the 
proper st-age by heat, the stiirch is converted 
into saccharine matter (grape-sugar), the un- 
ferment*^d solution of the latter beiugthe sweet- 
wort of t he brewer, fly the nddition of hopi. ftnd the 

snbaequent |»r< "'«-"* "^ ' 1^«'l'^ f. rt,.. ,it3.n,»T, muI cliirl- 

flintinri, the ^ r beer. 

The nIcMboli 'he ad- 

l 



its weight ot dried malt 



malt 3698 malnlella 

Some make theBmtiau Minaentmof Wine ... H. «. 1. A native or an inhabitant of the TL n. A follower of Malthus: a believer in 

£!?toJ 2SS*iib2»i^Sid*SJS2 "^ *^ ®^ ^^^^ <>' Malta.- a. The langoage spoken by Malthnsianism. 

^ *^^ jH^iSSit Pilgrimage p. W2. t^® natives of Malta. Its chief element is a MalthllBianiam(mal-thu'8i-an-izm),n. liMal- 

The .le ahidl ne'er be brewin o' tnoft. ' cormptform of Arabic mixed with ItaHan. thimanf -wm.] The theo^^ of the relation of 

Tht Aidkanted iNn^ (Child's BaUads, IIL 6S). malt-extract (mftlt'eks'trakt), n. A concen- population to means of subsistence taught by 

2. Liquor produced from malt, as ale, porter, toatedunfermented infusion of malt. It is used lialthus. SeeMalthu^n.a .^ ^ 

or beer ^ ' *^ * in medicine in oases where it is desirable to maltine (mal'tin), n. l<malt^ + -fne2.] Ame- 

scho raid h^ fonnd me mM uid nuiiL further the nutrition. dicinal preparation made by digesting sprout- 

jSknJr^JfwJiwv rtSu"a M llialt-fioor(m&lt'fl6r),n. 1. A perforated iron or ing malt in water, expressing the solution, 

Btown malt, malt dried in a kiln in which the heat is *Hf.^^?J ^^^'f chamber of a malt-kiln, through precipitating with alcohol, and drying the 

nSied qoiSdK to 100* F., and then lowered. It is so call- which the heat ascends from the furnace below, precipitate, which is impure diastase, 

ed from ito distended appearanoe. Bn^c Brit— Malt- and dries the grain laid upon it.— 2. A floor malting (m&l'ting), n, [Verbal n. of malt\ v.] 

nla a iilT i g wyohlnej n > brewery, a torn of mtn«cleaner on which grain is spread to undergo partial 1. The a^ificial production of germination in 

S*SSS.»JS''«^r;^nSS&S^Sd:?^ gemmation in the pj|oce88 of malting -3. A p*in f or tlie purpose of converting ih. starch 

dn^ and fool matters ; a cleaning and srating machlneL onarge of gram spread on a floor of a malt-house mto the greatest possible amount of sugar, as a 

It. a. Pertaining to, containing, or made with to undergo partial germination. See malt and preparation for brewing, or the conversion by 

malt.— Halt Uquor, a general term for an alcohoUc fiMlHng. fermentation of this sugar into alcohol, 

bererage prodaced merelv by the fermentation of malt, llialt^lft (mal'th&), n. [< L. mdliha (see def .), MaiUng consists of four processes, steeping, coaching, 

as opposed to thoae obtained by the distillation of malt < Or. fMOa^ fiAX^^ a mixture of wax and pitch flooring, and kUn-drying. Eneye. BrU., TV. 267. 

n«.^t]uVnA^f^ « Umnltl nl J trnna To «An ^®®^ ^^^ calkiuff ships.] A bituminous sub- 2. A place where malting is carried on. [Rare 

^XiiS'mto^^ stance midway Si consistency between asphal- and inaccurate.] 

malting are four : First, steeping inciter fromtroity- J^™ "J^ petrolemn. ftom its tMryweMsnce, it The town also possesses brass foundries. mamnoL lime- 

fburto^SrtyhSL*. by wbWthf grain tSeTup from 10 S^^?^.?^iJ?S2Si^/h«5o^*hSi^ Ulns, and bricky^^rST^ JBVuvc. 3^. XxIR)^. 608. 

^nrcTu^c^SglSwhirlfe^Si^^ ISrSie'^tof Sri?u\^r:Z.%^2^ malt-kUn (mMt-kn), n. a heated chamber in 

hSSonTfl^?,*ii;a]l?^Siad% «tions of a simlly kind employed for repairing cistei!i which malt is dried to check germination. Some 

the growth of the rooUets is aided ^eat generated in the '****» ®**^» •**" ^L^^m ^ 5^ ^"*^ J* ^?^ w TH.f? ^^n* •" A^ted with machinery for stirring the malt on the 

maai. Third, flooring, in which the germinating grain is *'"t51?» « «Mn« othar form of bitumen, in aU pnrtwbUi^ floor of the kUn. this mechanism being caUed a maU4wm- 

spread upon a floor in charges called fioon, andstirred to constituted a part Asphaltnm and maltha wwe ^ used «p. a smaller apparatus with mechanical derices for sth-- 

expose it to air. and in whlSh the groVS of the rooUeU ^^S *tS.Sf ""VI?®S'^*' *^^ tS?"**!!! "^^ "*^ ^^ ^« ™*1* *» commonly known as a maU-dritr. 

is checked and the germhiation of the acroqtiies is car- ^^^^.^^3$}!^^ ^J^^'^ ^J^} 2l^w-TitiSf: malt-mad (m&lt ' mad), a. Maddened with 

P:S^'^i^£^^at^.^^^: fS^^^^'l^^^^l"''^'^^ drink; addicted to dnnk^^unk 

The maltster decides, from the length and appearance of maltlie^t, n. [ML., < Lt, maltha : see maliha,] These English are so moft-HMuL there's no meddling 

the acrospires as to when the conversion of the starch has Mortar; cement. with 'em. /TeteA^r. Pilgrim. ilL 7. 

Sjfr^Sf l^^«kS off"hv h^u^t ^SlfElfT^nd Convenient it is to knowe, of bathes maltman (m&lt'man), n. ; pi. maltmen (-men). 

^ JSSioT^lbJ SSuiS Th'i^h^ScL^a d?^ •, • • what «urftA.» hootelind colde A maltster. G£wc^, Steele Glas, 79.' 

S^to^^rSa geSS^on aSd ?Sl^^ i^mSS ithLT«.''^^°^*^ ""^^ "^ ■**^^* ** malt-mastei (m&lt'mte't^r), II. A master malt- 

t&e grab are chiefly the conversion of the asotised sub- ^** '°'*® PoS^Ll Hiuhondri« fflL K. T a.1 n. n ster. 

stances into diastase, the conversion of the starch into i'aflatti^, Husbondrie (B. & T. B-Xp. 41. *"^ * w *v _- *u >. . 

grape-suffar by the action of the diastase, and the Impart- Malthe^ (mal'the), n, [NL., < Gr. ud^Btf or u6X- " "»® ^^^ ^^*^5™ ^wSt??/''JS''"rtwir% 

jSg of oSIor and flavorto the malt Jn^the kiln. The malt (fe, a fish so name<i, supposed by some to have ,, ,„ , T^' ^'.f, ' ^**''^ '^**^ ^fTT"^ 

lrers?d^lS.X^^t^?'itTJ» b^en the angler, JkJnJ^^ A ^us of jedicu- «M^^ A miU for grmdmg 

klhi; and a peculLtf flavor is derived from empyreumatic late fishes, typical of the family Mcatketdof; the ™^^- ^ , au4.^\ ^ r/ ^^m j. ^-^ i a «, 

ofl generated in the husk. bat-flshes. M. veaperHlio inhabits tropical seas. ™S**^ >?*Y^'^C ^i^s "^ ■^- J j^ 8^§?>^ 

n. intrans, 1. To become malt; be converted See cuts under baUfish. (^12^22x11,7 ^2^) which forms hard white 

into malt. maltheid (mal'the-id), a. and ». I. a. Pertain- crystals, is directly fermented by yeast, and is 

To house it green., .will make It matt worse. ingto or having the characters of the JlfaZt*«kte. closely bke dextrose m its properties. Itispro- 

MarHtMT, Husbandry. Jl, n. A fish of the family Maltheida, duced from starch paste by the action of malt 

2. To drink malt liquor. [Humorous or low.] Malthoid»(mal-the'i-dS), «.!>/. [NL.,<Jlfa»*«2 ®'i*^!l^V au/ -vx a • 1 ^s 

She dnmknothLrlow^ than Cuiaooa. +-wte.] A family of pediculate fishes with bran- maltriake (m&lt'rak), n. An implement for 

S^ino,TSk N^^ chial apertures iith^perior axilla of the pec ^J^fK ^^l* on the floor^a m^t-kiln. Ahoe^ 

Andonprinc^finever^ toral/ns, the anterior Jorsal ray in a ca^^ Wh^KU^aSv%^lS^^^ 

w«ii«^mvt^i1^ jr^^SLh^^ overiiung by the antenor margm oMhe fore ,i^^ [< mal^ -^ treaty To 

weaf^mypartlmatt.. Jf«n,^rt,J«x,b Faithful head, the mouth subtermmal or inferior, and treat ill ; abuse ; treLt rou^y, rudely, or with 

malt^. An obsolete preterit of mei^i. Chaucer, the lower jaw generally received within the up- onMndness 

inaltalentt(mal'ta.lent),n. lAl8omaleUaent; per; the bat-fishes. It includes marine fishes Yortcktode^ was never better served in his life; -but 

< ME. maletalentj < OF. maltalenty ill-humor, of remarkable aspect, representmg two sub- it was a little hard to mattr«at him aftor, and plunder him 

anger; as mal- + talent, "] Evil disposition or families, Maltheinas and JUalieutaina, after he was laid in his grave. 

inclination ; ill-will ; resentment ; displeasure ; maltheiform (mal'thf.i-f6rm), a. Resembling -^^^ Tristram Shandy, II 17. 

spleen. in form a fish of the genus Malthe, maltreatment (mal-tret'ment), n. [< maltreat- 

Wax he rody for shame, and loked on hym with mai- Malthein* (mal-thf-i^ne), n. pi [NL., < Mat- + -ment} The act of malfreating, or the con- 

taUnt, and vef the! hadde be a-lone he woide with hym the^ + -iiue.] A subfamily of lfa/fAeid(E. having dition of being maltreated; ill treatment; ill 

hane foughten. MerUn(B. E. T. S.X iiL 68C the body divided into a cordiform disk and a usi^e; abuse. 

As she that hadde it al to-rent^ stout caudal portion, the frontal region ele- malt-SCreen (m&lt'skren), n, A machine for 

For angre and for nuiUalent. vated. and the snout more or less attenuated, freeing malt or barley from foreign matters, 

of r!!lK V T' ^* includes a few American marine forms in- maltster (m&lt'st6r),w. [< ME.iwoJteter; < mo/fl 

With heavy look and iumniSh'^.tlLrpiiine ±?ii!21?!^^T*r^';- A r/ w „. 2 + ^^0 A maker of or dealer in malt. Barely 

In him bewraid great gnidgeandmottata^ maltheine (mal'the-m), a, and w. [< Malthe^ qXbo malter. 

Sptnaer, F. Q., UL iv. 61. + •ine^,'] I. a. Pertaining to the Maltheinof, malt-snrrogate (mftlt'sur^o-gat), n. Any sub- 
That is the lot of them that the Black Dou^ bears or having their characters. stitute, as com, potatoes, rice, or potato-starch, 
maUaUnt against Seott, Fair Maid of Perth, xiL II. n. A bat-fish of the subfamily MeUtheiruB, used in the manufacture of Deer in place of a 
maltalentivet, «. [ME. maletalentiff < OP. maU maltheoid (mal'thf-oid), a. and ». I. a, Hav- part of the malt required for the normal manu- 
talentify < maltalent, ill humor, anger: see maU ingthe form or characters of the Maltheida. facture. 
talent.1 Angry; resentful. H. n, A fish of the family ifa^tA^fdcp; a mal- malt-tea (m&lt'te), n. The liquid infusion 

And itheyl romie to-geder wroth and maUtalentif tiiBi ^^^: , .,,.,. s au ^ a ^^^^iJ^^'^^ in brewing ; water impregnated 

oon a^gein that other, and that oon deairaunt of pris and malt-ILOrse (malt hors), n. A horse employed with the valuable part of the malt, leavinff 

honour, and that other covetouse to a-venge hyt shame in grinding malt by working a treadmill or behind the husks or grains. See grain\ 6, and 

and his harme. MeHin (E. E. T. 8.X U. 838. winch ; hence, a slow, heavy horse. wort^, 

malt-bam (m&lt'b&m), n. Same as malt-house. Home, maUhorm, c^mu, coxcomb, idiot jMtoh! malt-tnmer (m&lt't^r^n^r), ». A mechanical 

malt-drier (m&lt'dn'^), n. An apparatus for Shak., c. of eT. iiL 1. ss. device for turning malt as it is heated in the 

artificiallv drying malt in order to arrest the He ! why, he has no more Judgment than a maU-hone. kiln. See malt-kiln^ and compare malt-^dke, 

process of germination and the chemical change -®- •^<>«*>»». ^^^7 Man in his Humour, i. 4. maltwormf (m&lt'w6rm), n. A person addicted 

in the constituents of the grain. E. H. Knight, malt-honse (m&lt'hous), n. K ME. malthouSy < to the use of malt liquor. 

malt-dnst (m&lt ' dust), «. The refuse of malt AS. mealthus, < mealt, malt. + hus, house.] A Then doth she trowle to me the bowleg 

after brewing ; spent malt. house in which malt is made. E'en as a nutuU-worme sholde. 

MaU^tut is an active manure frequently used as a top. Malthnaian (mal-thu'si-an), a. and n. [< MaU ^- StOl, Gammer Ourton's Needle. II (song). 

dressing, especially for fruit trees in pots. thus (see def.) + -mn.] I. a. Of or pertaining I am joined with . . . none of these mad^ustaohio^ 

Bncye. Brit., xn. 288. to the Rev. T. R. Malthus (1766-1834), an Eng- P«n)lehued maUuwmu. Shak., 1 Hen. lY.. iL L 88. 

malter (m&l't6r), «. Same as maltster. [Rare.] lish economist, or to the doctrines set forth m malty (m&l'ti), a, [< malt^ + -yi.] Pertain- 

lIalte8e(mll-t€8'or-tez'),a. and». [<Malta(\ his "Essay on the Principle of Population." ing to, composed of , or produced from malt. 

L. Melita, Melite, Ghr. mJdrri) (see def.) + -«re.] JP„?J";rM2?SfSlJr^t?;:2?H^^^^^ Sfi^??*** Backward and forward rush mysterious men with no 

L a. Pertaining to Malta, an island in the Med- f?J^°^t^°^Th^ni^«^«vi JS^wV. i^ft !i2JS; tw "^"^ ^*»° ^X ^^''^ ^ ^"^ parUcular parte of the 

iterranean,fomerlyJ^longing to the Knights S^'n^ii%'';£SSSTntt f^^^^dtSSr^^:"^ 

Hospitalers or Knights of Malta (1530-1798), lato than the means of subsistence can. under theiost »^«*"" "^^ "^V »»»o^«^- ^>«*«»* «e^ "<>««». "• 
afterward to France, and since 1800 to Great 'avoraWecircumsUnces, be made to increase. As a rem- malulella (mal-u-lerft), w.; pi. malulella (-6). 
Britain, or to the croun of islands of which f^^^f®/?r^^ ***® principle that society should aim [NL. (Packard, 1883), double dim. of L. mala, 
oritiuu, ur lo sue gruup ui isiauas 01 wmcn to diminish the sum of vice and misery, and check the T-w* «*»p »i«//ir 1 An nnTinTiHivr^f fltofwiTif m1o2 
it IS the chief .-Maltese cat, dog. stone^ etc See growth of population, by the discouragement of early and J^Yi! ^ '''«'«^ J An apponduc of the front edjg^ 
the nouns.— Kaltese orost. See erou qf Malta, under hnprovident marriages, and by the practice of mona self- Oi the inner stipes of the deutomala of a mynSp 
' restraint pod. See deutomala. 



malnlellft 

I from ii]i> trout eiJire of the Inner lUlpai 

Im cpf a. inyrUtJodJ ia a p»«o u^miUly mik 

I Iw mtanL which, as wv urHhTiitAiKl U, U ilio ttlltti 
Itnguallfl ot Melnert: it is tmr maluUUa. 
A. S. Packard, I*roc. Amer- fUlbja. 8oc., J uno. 18^, y. aiX». 

malnm (m&^lum), ».; pL maUi (-Itl). [L., uu 
evil, neut. of malus, evil, bad: see malt fMle^f 
fjffij^r* ^^to^] 111 law, fin evil.— malum In te, n 
I ^ ful btH^ftUBo lui e^rll iii lUell— Malum pro- 

X: jjrohil>U«il wrung ; an tuA wroiiif lietauat! for- 

maluret, m, [3i£M < OF, maknr, muleurr, ma- 
Inn, F. mathe^rn raiefortune, C mul (< L» wa/ui*). 
bad, + ke^r^ < L. au^uHuni, luck; a«e <ii*i?«ry.J 
Migfortiuie. 

I wij(u1 \f Ight fill of tnulure. 

T'/tf Mr (if LmiifM, 1. OOL 

malurodt, ^> [Harlv mod, E. maleurj/d: < mo- 
iwre -f -/^f-.J Dl-fortuDed. 

Ifrtjf* 4Yi/r? «(ii, \onr fjihi entent 

\\ [Jioit reaeretit, 

V*'i , 'hef, mndyottrRog'ent. 

SktUtju, Uaut^nt o#iiJiiflt« the Scuttei^ L UL 

Maluriiiie (lual-a -ri'ne), «. |>/, [NL., < .Vo/m- 
rus H- -i/«?f.] A gjHjup of oscine paK> i ; 

commonly reforr^d to the famil> 
L uncimidfEf typi fied by the ge i r * ^ - ' 
8oft-tailod warblers, ilieyarv 
Auttniliui region, and iriclniic ^orui 
of vftrblersw Tlu>^> 
known wemu-wti 
ii» of tbe groop ar< 
wlti vwyljig Ultitii.Jo by diileivDt \rrUcri. 

mainline ( mal ' u- rlu ) , a . Belo o gi d g to or ha v- 
ing tbe characters of the Alalurtna\ 

Perhipa themoiit curioun t'lULTDploof tUifmaiurtmhlrd\i 
!■ the beautiful little Cmen wren. 

J. W. r<wd, niui. Nat Htst, IL S74. 

malUTOUSt, «. [HE, *mijhiroi4H, maleraus, < OP, 

ma^uro^, mair^i?- ■' t ■., P. malheu- 

reuXf UD for tun . • 1 1 ed , < /^a/^n r , 

misfortune: hi - .^ ^ Ijed; wicked* 

Iff 1 thaim ror-(nittti I were maUrotu, 

Horn, I// JMrt^nuif (E. E. 1". 8»X L 6*78. 

Kftlunifl (ma^lii' ni» ), ». [NL . , f or * Makicurti^ 
C Or. //aXaAdi, soft, + ovpdj tail.] The typical 
gentis of Malurino!, founded by Vitnllot in 1810. 
The type-species is M. cyaneus of Australia, a 
very beautiful little bird known a« the suiHrrh 
warhter or blue leren, 

Malva (marvft), «, [NL. (Malpighi, 1675), < U 
malva^ mallow: 8eo w^iWorr*] A genus of di- 
cotyledonous polypetalous plants heloui^ng to 
the natural order ifciirflf^^iEjth' " t'anuly. 
the tribe ifa/rerr, and the su' nalvetr. 

It fi cbancterlx&d by hurin^ the st) £ i ais idunijf 

Uie iaatr ilde«» by three distinct br^icUctii growing be- 
neath the calyx, and by carpels which are naked wlthlii 
and have no beaks. About 10 epecien are known, natlveA 
of the temperate regions of the Old World and of North 
America, Thev an? horbs with leaves which are usually 
atignlaxly IoIkwI or dissected, and purple, rose-ctdored. or 
white flowers with emarginttte petals^ fri»wlnK in the axflB, 
either Bolitfvry or in dustera. The name nwitfow* belontfe 
peculiarly, though not exclusively, to this genus. Boa 
mallute and cA«SMs-eal», 9. 

Malvaces (mal-va'se^), k. uL [NIi. (A. L. de 
JussieUr 17B9)y fern. *pL of L. mahoGeu^^ mal- 
vaeeous: see /n/i/rac<ioif^ and -acete.] A large 
order of dicotyledonous polypetalous plants 
belonging to tne cohort jftilvales, typi^ed by 
tbe genus Malta, and cbaraeterized by mona- 
delpnous staraetis with one -celled anthers. 
They are herba^ nbmbH, or trees with alternate leftves. 
which are entire, much divided, or palmately lobed, and 
ragnlar Ave-part«d Howert, ahnott alwayi showy, and 
nsaally purple, roee-colored. or vcllow. Tiie unifortn 
elianeter of the order Is to abound In mucilage and to be 
totally destitute of all iin wholesome Qualities; many are 
cultivated for ornament, and many othera are need raedl- 
Otnally. The cotton-ptant, Qtmypinm^ belongs to this 
order, as do also thi.' hoHyhock, the hibiscus, the abutflon, 
and nearly all the plHuU called mallows. I he order em 
brafles 04 genera and more than 800 species^ found every- 
where throughout the world, except in the arctic regions. 

malTaceotlS (mal-va'shlus), ((. [< L. malva- 
ceuSf of mallows, < malmif mallow: see maUow,'^ 
Pertaining or belonging to the order Mahaewje, 
or mallow family. 

Malvales (mal-va'lea), ». pL [XL. (Lindley, 
1833), < L. jnalvaf mallow: see Malva,} A co- 
hort (alliance of Lindley) of dieotyledonotia 
polypetalous plants belonging to the first series. 
jntaiamiflorar. it is charaoterlied by the vaivate calyx- 
lohee or sepals, which are five in number, rarely fewer ; 
by having the petals as muiy as the sepaJs or sometimes 
wanting : by stamens which are Indeflnite in number or 
monftdi'lphous; and by an ovary with from three to an 
indefinite number of cells, rarely fewer. The etthort em* 
braces 3 orders, Malvamw, Sttrctdiacfir, and Tiliac*^, 

flialvasia (raal-va-ae'a), n. [It.: see malmseif,^ 
Originally, a wine of Napoli di Malvasia in the 
Morea, Greece ; now, a name given also to some 
other wines, especially to certain Italian and 
Bioilian wines, as to a brand of Marsala, of 



3599 

similar qnality* sweet and somewhat heady. 
Bee malntiejf, 
MalTastnUEl (mal-vas'tmm), m. [XL. (Asa 
Gray, 1848), < Afatra + Gr. Strrpoi', star (alluding 

to the ^^^^1" lii'^ arrangement of tlj'^ i......iwy ] 

A lar, of plants of the oi' 

eecE, ti I fPj and subtrl be /v » ^ i * • 

false maliowd. Itisoharact. m 

branqhed at the apex and tww i < 

and by from one to thr*-" ''"^i i ' 

calyx, or the lattt-r somd i -i 

low herbs, with leaves \s nl 

cordate, and e-T^^' ■• 

axiUary or g^ 

■pecies, grp\% a 

rioa. See A^i-rf^'" ^{Mtfl^ 

Malveae (mai've-e), «. 
1836), < Maha + -eir,^ 



pL [NL. fEndlicher, 
A tribe of plants of tbe 



maminH 

barbtM's basin in ^*I>on Uujjtoto." ArchaoU 
Inst Jour., Vm. 319, 
Iliasi6lfi V' *' A variant of nuimhU* 

jile, teat, pap, a' stnatl conical hill, < manwlte^ 
the breast, C L. mamma^ the breast: ^ee fnam« 
tua*^,] A small hill or mound with a round 
top ; a hemispherical eirvation : so called from 
its resemblance to a woman^s breast. 

Our tents were pitchfd on anotiior mnmrhfn, »mw dls* 
lattce from the caNlle. 

W. a, JiumU, Utary in India, Xt %fU 

mameluco (mam-e-ld'ko), n. [Pg. (in Brazil), 
lit, a tnameluket see momWtiXr.J In Brazil, 
the offspring of a white aiid a negro, or a white 
.and a lirttKillan Indian. 



order Malvacta-.j characterized by the columns 
of stamens being anther- bearing at the apex, 
the styles htivin - 
earpels, and tin 



1 sauiou '. 
•J u duct, < 



] havr u tjiie murdiu^nt, tiji 1 

man, tli «he mitlat44>^ an«t i 

ting sitl' / ! 

mamoluke ( mam ' e - lilk ) , « , [ 1*' o nu i^rly ni so 
lo tro* m/r/?//i/ttA7\ (►Mrti/it'/ttrX% rmtmlimk\ jmintlovk^ uiamo- 
lo iVbehmg '"^"^t mamcUikj inamcUk^ mcmiook, ete,; < P. 
mnmalue, now mameluk = Rp. Pg. mamrluco = 



re are 
lid va- 



i . bHdly, + .., 
L turning, < i^er»ari^ turn about, occTipv one- 
elf: see convf^rsCf convrraation,] Evil eon- 
: fraudulent or tricky dealing; especially, 
havior in an office or employmerit, uh by 
i in fidf breach of Inj sf * -t u>n, etc. 

A man turned oat of In nt . . . for »uU*»r^ 

tation in office. / \ '>\'i Eust India Bill. 

malvesiet, malvesyet, malvyseyt, *». Middle 

English fonaa of iniihttHvy, 
malvoiaid, n, [P.; see maimseff,] Bmne as 

iHalm>ietf. 
lOailli (mam), h, A collo<]uial or vulgar ab- 
breviation of mama. 
It begim to s^MJuke niid call hini dsd and her Tfuim. 

Grpenf, Ltorwstus and Fawnla (ItJUtii 

mani^, n. Same as ma'am ^ contraction of mmiam. 
mama, mamma^ (ma-mik'' ormii'm^), it. [Prop. 
mama, but more coinmonly mamma^ in simula- 
tion of the L, form; also in dim. or childish 
form mammy (ij. v. ), and abbr. mam (see wam^): 
= D. G. mama = Sp, mama = It. mamma :^ (with 
a nasal vowel) P. maman = Pg. TftamHtu mother, 
mama; = BiUg. Pol. Euss. 'mama^ mother, = 
Albanian mome, mother, mamU\ uurse, = L. 
mamma, mother, graudm<>ther, nurse, = tfr. 
u6fifin, fmpuff^ later also .ao^//am, mother, jtrrnuU- 
rnother, nurse, fiap^da, mother; = Pers. mama, 
mother; cf. Marathi 7Hdmd, a maid*ser\'ant ; 
prop, a child's term for * mother/ being the 
meaningless infantile articulation ma ma adopt- 
ed ( out of man y si milar inf a n ti 1 e ar t i n ) 
by mothers, nnrHi's, ete., as if thi,^ in 5 <^ 
for its mother or niu'se, and so later u. . .. . . . in- 

t,^hild. Tho simple syllable ma is also used ( t>eo 
ma'^); even a Gr. ^a appears for /n^rf^f*^ ,"'/^///^ 
CLpapa, diid'^ {dadda)^ similarly developed: cf. 
Hind, mdmd, maternal uncle*; western Aus- 
tralian mamman^ father. A similar word is 
nsed to me a n ' breas t ^ : see m a m m « 2. ) Mother: 
a word used chierty in address and familiar in- 
tercourse, especially by and with infants, chil- 
dren, and young people. 

When the babe shsU . . . begin to Uttlo and call hTr 
Mamma. Lyl^t Eaphues (ed. Arber), p. 120. 

Fleas'd Cupid heard, and checked his Mothers l*ride: 
And who's blind now. Maintna, the Urchin cry'd. 

/'nVrr, Venus Jdistalcen. 
A dog hefipo]c<i i :unb 

That usM H vX'v cliun, 

'' You little Ic" J V >ou bML 

This goat la nut )uur <j\\n mamma. 

C Smart, tr. of PliiiKlrns (l76f.X p. 11&' 
mamalnke (mam^i-Iiik), n. See mamrluJct!, 
mamblef, *. ^ [<llE, mamrleu, var. mamelen^ 
mumble: see mumble.] To talk indistinctly; 
mumble. 

Adam, while ho spak nou^t, had paradys at wflle ; 
Ac whan be numeUd aboute mete, and entennefced to 

knowe 
The wlidoin and tbe witte of God, he was pat tram bllsie. 
Pitn Pknpman <B), xl. 4QS, 
TheAlmighto^ . . . oooldtmthvbocoatonttheangellof 
the church of Laodicea 
should be quite cold, 
than In tuch a mamMing 
of profession. 
Bp. HaU, Christian Mode- 
[ration, U. SL 

mambrtno (mam- 

bre'no), u. A name 
given to the iron 
Eat (i'h»pel*de-fer), 
derived from its re- 
semblance to the / MMiibrliw. rjUi oentttry. 



Lireassiuti. belonging to the household or the 

retinnr nf n }\vy. 

I ' ' ' ' great 

t. I tdletl 

j|/u;,u ., .a.-.- ti.,-L „_.;.. .1.- -.'-..',-.. ,.,.-1 -.,.-. -... -L. i'>eiK 

it. Cut^t^ Uitiii««t, ill Ib^ Lvvaut, p, Iti. 

2, \rap/] A mcmlter of n corps of cavTilry for- 

n-j'' I ' "■■ '■■' ' ' who»e cli '■ ■■ ■ ■ " 

Jr: -(' the eout 



Lul'dc^ ^ir IL Gui^l/vidCt i'>ii4^'>u^^^ P- ^^■ 

UamelUlce bey, <»«e of tl»e Mameluke ml era of Egypt 

The servile rulers known as mamtlukif iwy*. and to the 
£jg)l)tiAjit a» ^'hnn 

li. K BwioH, Arabisu Nights, W U. nol<'. 

mamerif , « ■ [ME.* < OF, mahamcrk', mahirm ment\ 
malnmneru\ mfortffnf, ffc, a Mohammedan or 
other tempb 'le,Mahometry,< J/r^- 

homti^ etc.. ' mmed: see mammtt, 

maumrt.] uij-lo. 

A I M'ufnddJul 

Ooi -; U «:il 

HanMiii.-^ 

Thathu'i vinhoun. 

i. ih U. iflaSiintU) 

mamilla, mamillary, ete. Hce mammilla, etc 
Mamlllaria ('nnm-i-ftt'ri-ji), n. [NL, (Ha worth, 
1812), so called in allusion to the protuber- 
ances on the stem: < L. m*imilta, breast, nip- 
ple: St-'' ■" ^"' ' ' ■ '.- -'' '" '■ ' ■ ■ ' . Ml- 

eaetiiB i 

Is charii> ' 

axils of Lhkj tubufciiia, which ai ■ ■ <\ 

or angular, rarely uniting to fori , 

a enehlon-like apex, beu-lng a ti 

the tlowers are uflunily arranged in a t > 

hsve an Immeraed smtxiih ovary. Ab 

known, natives of Mexico, though so iij. 

southern part of the United SUtoa. Braxil. Ik I 

West Indieii. Tlie plants rarely exceed S < r 

height The litems are itinple. tuft«d, glob 

drlcal, and covered with tubercle^fpjm the w 

arise a sone of white, yellow, red, or rose-col 

which remain open during the day only, and .iu_ . , ^ . - a 

ly large and showy. See ntjipU-can^tu. 

mamisht, ». [Chigin obscure.] Foolish ; effemi- 
nate. iJaries. 

But why urge I this ? None but sonie wamtMh monsters 
can question it. Bp. ItaU, Works. V. iU. 

mamma^, «- See mama. 

mamma- (mam 'a), «. [L. mamma (> It, mamma 
= 8p. Pg. mama, L. dim. mamilla, > P. mamelle=^ 
A8. mnmme) = Gr. fia^fiij the breast^ pap. See 
mnma.^ 1, PI. mammcc {-e). The mammary 
gland and associntcnl structures: the eharac- 
t^^ristic organ of the class Mammalia ^ which 
in the female secretes milk for the nourish- 
ment of the young; a brea^;! or udder. The 
mamma is essentially a conglocw I consisting 

of lobes and ktbulei. secreting r is conveyed 

from the ultimate raroiAeation^ v m by a sy^ 

turn of converging lactiferous or galactoiihorons ducts, 
to be dlsehargiHl through one or several main orlflcea 
at the summit of the gland, where Is the nipple or mam- 
milla. The mammn is subcutanooBS, and mi^ be re- 
sardfid as a hiirhiy developed and specialized tebaceons 
roUiole. Mamtnie varj much in number and position: 
they may beJt,4t6,4,lol2or more, nsasUy an even 



tminber, beinff paired, and may be pectoral, axUlaiy, Ten- 
tral or n^omlnal, or ingaioal. They are KMnetimea quite 
high on the aides of the anhnal, but are never doraaL 
An apparently single and median mamma, as the adder 
of the cow, results from the coalescence of as many mam- 
nue as there are teats. In marsupials thev are contained 
in the pouch, and may be drcularly or Irregularly dis- 
posed, or of odd number. In monotremes they are de- 
void of a nipple, whence the name Atmuta for these ani- 
mals. The manmia develops at pubertyjuid comes into 
functional activity during gestation. The structure is 
common to both sexes, but as a rule remains rudimentary 
and functionless in the male. 

2. [cap.] A genus of sea-snails of the family 
NatieidcB, Klein, 1753. 

mammal (mam'al)^ a. and n, [= OF. mam- 
mal = Sp. mamal = Pg. mamal, mammal = It. 
mammalCf n.; < NL. mammaU, a mammal, neut 
of LL. mammaXiSj of the breast, < L. mamma, 
the breast: ^eemamma'^,'] I. a. Having breasts 
or teats; mammiferous. 

n. n. An animal of the class Mammalia » — 
▲foial mammals, the bats.— Age of mammals, the 
Tertiary period in geology. 

Mii.TnTnfl.1ift. (ma-ma'li&), n, pi, [NL. (sc. ani- 
malia), neat. pi. of lAumammalis (neut. sing, as 
a noun, mammale), of the breast: see mammal,'] 
In sool., the highest class of Vertehrata, con- 
taining all those animals which suckle their 
young, and no others ; mammiferous animals ; 
the mammals. With the exception of the lowest sub- 
class, the monotremes or OmUhoddphia, which lay egm 
like birds* Mammalia are viviparous, bringing forth their 
young alive ; and, with the same exception, the mammary 
gland is provided with a nipple for the young to suck. 
They have no gills, but breathe air by means of lungs^ 
which are primitively an offset of the alimentary canaL 
The blood is warm; theheart is completelv four-chambered 
or quadrUocular, with two auricles and two ventricles; 
and its right and left sides are entirely separate after birth, 
when the arterial and venous circulation and the pulmo- 
nary and systemic vessels become differentiated. The 
heart and lungs are situated in the thoracic cavity, which 
is completely shut off from the abdomen by a musciUar 
diaphragm. The aorta is single and sinistnJ, curving 
over the left bronchus. The blood contains red circular 
non-nucleated blood-disks and white blood-corpuscles. 
The brain has large cerebral hemispheres^ which are more 
or less extensively united by commissures^ especially by a 
corpus callosnm. which when well developed roofs over 
more or less of tne lateral ventricles. The skull has two 
occipital condvles and an ossified basloccipitaL The lower 
jaw. composed of a pair of simple mandibular rami, is di- 
rectly articulated by a convex condyle with the glenoid 
fossa of the souamosal. The malleus and incus become 
specialized auditory ossicles, lodged like the stapes in the 
cavityof the tympanum. (See MaUeifera.) limbs are al- 
ways present There are ordinarilv two pairs, anterior and 
posterior, or pectoral and pelvic, but the latter are some- 
times aborted, as in cetaceans and sirenians. The ankle- 
loint, if there is one, is always formed between crural and 
tarsal bones, and is never mediotarsaL The body is usu- 
ally more or less hairy, sometimes naked, rarely scaly or 
withabonyexoskeleton. The class JfammoZtfa is definitely 
olrcumscribed, no transitional forms being known. It has 
been subdivided in various ways. Linnaeus had 7 orders, 
FrimaUt, Bruta, Ferce, Gliret, Peeora, BeUtuB, and CeU, 
with 40 genera in all. Cuvier made the 9 orders Bimana, 
Quadrumana, Camaria, Mamtpiata, RodenUa, Edentata, 
Paehydermata, RuminanHa, and Cetacea. Owen divided 
JfammoUa primarily into 4 subclasses^ according to the 
character of the brain, and 14 orders^ as follows: Arehen- 
eephala— Bimana; Oyreneej^uUa—Quadrumana, Cami- 
vorot Artiodaetyta, Peristodaetyla, Probotddia, Sirenia, Ce- 
taeea; lAsteneephala—BnUa, CMroptera, InaeeUvora, Ro- 
dsntia; Lyeneephala -- MamgrialiOy Monotremata. Dana's 
prime divisions correspond to Owen's by other names, 
ArehonttOy Megagthena, Microtthena, and Odtiecfidea. In 
1872 Gill arranged mammals in 3 subclasses and 14 orders 
as follows : subcUss Monodelpkia, containing all pUcental 
mammaliL orders PrimaUs, Fer(k.Ungulata, Toxodontia 
(fossilX Hyracoidsa, Proboteidea, Sirevda, Cete, in one se- 
ries EdueabOia, and C/droptera, Inteetivora, CRiret, Bruta, 
in a second series IneducabUia ; subclass Diddphia, the 
implacental mammals, order Manupialia alone ; subclass 
Omithodelphia, the oviparous mammals, order Monotre- 
mata alone. This is substantially the classification now 
almost universally current^ but it is exclusive of certain 
fossil groups which require ordinal rank. The families of 
mammals now recognised are about 160 in number, the 
genera nearly 1,000 ; the living species are about 8,25a 
Remains of mammals abound in all Tertiary deposits* and 
a few forms have been found in Mesoaoic beds. Also 
called Mammifera and MaUeifera, 

mammalian (ma-ma'lian), a. and n. [< mam- 
mal + -ian,] I, a. Of or pertaining to the 
Mammalia or mammals. 

n. n. An animal of the class Mammalia; 
a mammal. 

mammaliferotlB (mam-a-lif'e>ru8), a, [< NL. 
mammale, a mammal, -f L. ferre = E. bear^,] 
In geol.f Deariug mammals; containing mam- 
malian fossils, or the remains of Mammalia: 
as, mammaliferous strata. 

maminalogical (mam-a-loj'i-kal), a, [< mam- 
malogy + -ic-al/] Of "or pertaining to mam- 
malogy. Owen, Class. Mammalia, p. 34. 

mammalogist (ma-mara-jist), n, [< mam- 
malog-y + -ist,'] A student of the Mammalia ; 
one who is versed in the science of mammal- 
ogy; a therologist. Also mastologist 

maminaloffy (ma-maro-ji), n. [= Sp. mama- 
logiay < NL. mammale, a mammal, + Gr. -/.oyia, 



3600 

< TJyetv, speak: see -ology,'] The scientific know- 
ledge of mammals; the science of the Mamma- 
lia; therology. 

Tnft.TnTnn.ry (mam'a-ri), a, [= F. mamnmire = 
Sp. Pg. mammanoy < NL. mammarius, < L. 
mamma, the breast: see mamma^,] Of or 
pertaining to a mamma or breast: as, a mam- 
mary artery, vein, nerve, duct, etc. ; a mammary 

structure.— Mammary fetus, gertatlon, slmd. See 
the nouns. 

mammate (mam'at), a. [< L. mammatusy having 
breasts, < mamma, breast : see mamma^,] Hav- 
ing mammad or breasts. 

mammatcHsninaliui (ma-ma'to-ku'mu-lus). n. 
A name given by Ley to a cumulus cloud wnen 
it has a festooned appearance: es^edpocky ehud 
in Orkney, where it is usually followed by wind. 

Mammea (ma-me'a.), n. [NL. (Linnsus^ 1737), 

< Havtian mamey (!> Sp. mam^),] A genus of di- 
cotyledonous polypetalous trees of me natural 
order G uttiferce ana tribe Calcphylleas, character- 
ized by a calyx which is closed before the flower 
expands, and then becomes valvately 2-part€d, 
and by a 2- to 4-ceUed ovary containing four 
ovules, usually with a peltate stigma. They sre 
trees with rigid coriaceous leaves, often covered with pel- 
lucid dots *, axillary flowers either solitary or in dusters ; 
and fruits which are indehiaoent drupes with from one to 
four large seeds. There are 5 species^ natives of America 
and tropical Asia and Africa. M. Americana is a tall 
tree with a thick spreading head, somewhat resembling 
Maffnaiia grandiAarat and showy white sweet-scented 
flowers. The fruit, known as the mammee-appU or South 
American apricot, is much esteemed in tropical countaries, 
and is eaten alone, or cut in slices with wine or sugar, 
or preserved in various ways. It is yellow, and aa 
large as a cocoanut or small melon ; the rind and the 
pulp about the seeds are very bitter, but the intermedi- 
ate portion is sweet and aromatic. From the flowers a 
roirituous liauor is distilled. (See eau Cfr^ole, under sou.) 
The seeds, which are large, are used aa anthelmintics, and 
a gum distilled from the bark is used to destroy chigoes. 
The tree is a native of the West Indies and tropical Amer- 
ica, but is often cultivated in the tropics of the Old World. 

mammeated (mam'f-a-ted), a, [< L. mamme- 
atu8 (Plautus), an erroneous form for mamma- 
tuSf having breasts: see mammate,] Having 
mammffi or breasts. [Rare.] 

mammee (ma-me')» n. The Mammea Ameri- 
cana^ or its fruit. — African mammM, another tree or 
fruit, probably of the genus Oorelnia, 

mammee-apple (ma-me'ap^), n. The tropical 
tree Mammea Americana, or its fruit. 

mammee-sapota (ma-me'sa-pon&), it. Same 
as marmalade-tree, 

mamxnellitoe (mam-e-lySr'), n. [F., < mameUe, 
the breast: see mamma!^,] 1. A piece of ar- 
mor, usually a circular or nearly circular plate, 
attached to the hauberk or broigne, or worn 
outside the surcoat, one covering each breast, 
and serving especially for the attachment of 
the end of the chain which was secured to the 
sword-hilt, mace, war-hammer, etc. — 2. The 
pectoral, especially when serving to retain the 
ends of the chains securing the sword-hilt, dag- 
ger-hilt, or the like, and differing from the piece 
of armor above denned in being one plate only 
instead of one of two side by side. 

mammert (mam'^r), v, %, [< ME. mamelen, 
momelen, < AS. manwrian, mamrian, be in deep 
thought^ < mamor, deep sleep, unconsciousness; 
connections unknown.] Tonesitate; stammer 
from doubt or hesitation. 

I wonder in my soul 
What you would ask me that I should deny. 
Or stand so mammcring on. Shak. , Othello, ill. 8. 70. 

He forsook Ood, gave ear to the serpent's counsel, be- 
gan to mammer of the truth, and to frame himself ont- 
wardly to do that which his conscience reproved inwardly. 
J. Bnu^ford, Letters (Parker Soc., 18&8>, II. 106. 

mammeringt (mam'^r-ing), n. [Formerly also 
mammorinp; verbal n. of mammer, r.] A state 
of hesitation or doubt ; quandary ; perplexity. 

There were only v. C. horsemen which assembled them- 
selves together, and stood in a mammoring whether it 
were better to resist or to fire. 

J. Brende, tr. of Quintus Cnrtius, v. 

But is not this Thais which I see? It's even she. I am 
in a mammering : ah, what should I do ! 

Terence in English (1614X (Naree.) 

mammeryt, n. [In the passage cited spelled 
irreg. mamorie; a var. or mammering, as if < 
mammer + -y.] Same as mammering. 

My quill remained (as men say) in a Truzmorie, quivering 
in my quaking fingers, before I durst presume to pub- 
lishe these my fantasies. 
Sir H. Wotton, Cupid's Cautels, etc. (1578), To the Reader. 

iiiaminett,ina]niiietrou8t,etc. Seemaumety etc. 
"'^^-TPTTlichllg, n. Same as mummychog, 
mammie (mam'i), n. See mammy. 
mammifer (mam'i-f6r), «. [< mj..mammifer, 

< L. mamma, breast, +ferre = E. 6eari.] An 



manunllloid 

animal having mammea ; a member of the Mam- 
mifera ; a mammal. 

Mammifera (ma-mif'e-ra), w. jd, [NL., neut. 
pi. of mammifer: see mammiferous,] Mammif- 
erous animals as a class : same as MammcUia, 
J)e Blainville, 

mammiferous (ma-mif 'e-rus), a. [< NL. mam- 
mifer, < L. mamma, breast, + ferre = E. hear^,] 
Having mammsB ; i>eing a mammifer ; of or per- 
taining to the Mammifera; mammalian. 

mamnuform (mam'i-f6rm), a, [< L. mamma, 
breast^ + forma, shape.] Like a breast or teat ; 
mastoid; mammillary. 

mammiformed (mamM-fdrmd), a. Same as 
mammiform, E, Roberts, in Jour. Brit. Archaeol. 
Ass., XXX. 91. 

Tnft.TnTnmft. (ma-mir&), n.; pi. mammilUe (-e). 
[L. mamiUa, less prop, mammilla, breast, nip- 
ple, dim. of mamma, breast: see mamma*^,] 1. 
The nipple of the mammary gland. Hence — 

2. Some nipple-like or mammillary structure. 

The crystals of others [stones] assume a mammOlated 
form, the mamiUce being covered with minute crystals. 
Qea. Jour., XLV. 822. 

3. In entom,, a small conical process or appen- 
dage on a surf ace ; amammula. — 4. [cop. J In 
conch,, a genus of gastropods. Schumacher, 
1817. — 6. In hot, applied specifically (a) to tu- 
bercles on a plant-surface, as in Mamillaria; 
(6) to the apex of the nucleus of an ovule ; (c) 
to granular prominences on some pollen-grains. 

Tnft.TnTninft.r (mam'i-lar), a. Same as mammil- 
lary. 

mammillary (mam'i-la-ri), a. l=:F,mamillaire, 
< LL. *mamillaris (in neut. mamillare, a breast- 
cloth), < L. mamilla, mammilla, breast, nip- 
ple: see mammi^ 
la.] 1. Pertain- 
ing to a mam- 
ma, pap, dug, 
or teat. — 2. Re- 
sembling a nip- 
Sle. — 3. Stud- 
ed with mam- 
miform protu- 
berances ; hav- 
ing rounded pro- 
jections, as a 
mineral composed of convex concretions in 
form somewhat resembling breasts. 

West of this place, in Milam and Williamson counties, 
the nearlv level prairies are mammiUary, with slight ele- 
vations eight or ten feet apart, presenting the appearance 
of old tobacco or potato hlUs on a gigantic scale. 




Mammillary Structure.— Malachite. 



Science, ni. 404. 
Mamminary bodieo, the corpora albicantia of the brain. 
See corpus.— Mammillary broocb, a kind of brooch 
found among Celtic remains. It consists of two saucer- 
shaped or cup-shaped pieces connected by ft third piece 
or hsndle.— Mamminary process, the mastoid process 
of the temporal bone.— Mammillary tubercle, the rudi- 
mentary metapophysis of a lumbar vertebra in man. 

mammlllate (mam'i-lat), a, [< NL. mammilla- 
tus, < L. mamilla, mammilla, breast, nipple: see 
mammilla,] 1, In anat, and cool,: (a) Hav- 
ing a mammilla or mammillsB; provided with 
mammillary processes : specifically applied, (1) 
in entom., to the palp of an insect the last 
joint of which is smaller than the preceding 
and retracted within it; (2) in conch,, to a shell 
whose apex is teat-like, (b) Mammillary in 
form J shaped like a nipple. — 2. In bot,, bear- 
ing little nipple-shaped prominences on the 
surface. 

mammiUated (mamM-la-ted), a. 1. Having 
nipple-like processes or protuberances; fur- 
nished with anything resembling a nipple or 
nipples: as, a mammillated mineral (as fiint 
containing chalcedony); a mammillated shell 
(one whose apex is rounded like a teat). — 2. 
Nipple-shaped ; formed like a teat. 

Both the mound and mammiUated projections stand 
about three feet higher than any other part of the reef. 
Darwin, Coral Reefs, p. 14. 

mammillation (mam-i-la'shon), n. [< NL. 
mammillatioin-), <L. mamilla, mammilla, a nip- 
ple.] 1. The state of being mammillated, m 
any sense. — 2. In bot, the state or condition 
of being covered with mammillary protuber- 
ances. — 3. In pathoL, a mammilliform protu- 
berance. 

mammilliform (ma-miri-f6rm), a. [< L. ma- 
milla, mammilla, nipple, + forma, form.] Mam- 
millary in form; nipple-like; mammilloid; pa- 
pilliform. 
The teeth upon the surface are quite mammilliform. 

Oeol. Jour., XUV. 147. 

mammilloid (mam'i-loid), a. [< L. mamilla, 
mammilla, nipple, + Gr. eldog, form.] Shaped 



nuumnilloid 

like ft ii!^pl<^ ; mammilLary Id form ; re^ubliug 
" ■v*"r'nil!ii. (Men, 

I IS (ruR-mi'tis), «. ^< L, mamma ^ the 

^ -if*«,] Inllammation of u mamma t 
Al'-<» tailed mnstitia. 

mammock (mam 'ok), M, [Oriffin obscure: the 
term- -ock is dim.',' as in hUhek', hum mack J} A 
shapolesa piece ; a chunk; a fragment, [Obso- 
lete or prov, En^tJ 

But while PTDteatntiiB, to nvoltj the due labor of under 
Ftundfrij:: their own ndlcrt'-'n. Hf rnntmt r/i Tn<tp tt In the 



mammock (mftia'^k)! r. t. [AUo mommovk, 
momniit'k: \ mammock ^ n,} To tear in pieces: 
Mftul: uitttiglo; mumblo. 

Hi> did to »ft \i\a («eth and tetf It; O, I w»r«nt> hon 
h« nuimmockfd \l ! ^Ilkiil., C'of,, L fl. 7 J. 

Th(» nbftcoie iind lurfetfd Prteit 8crupt«« not to ^aw 
nnd tnanwuick tile MM-mUieiitall btcftd ns iJinilll&i Ijr ftti lih 
Tiiwrii Klsliut, lHUtftu, Huionwitiou in EnK , K 

manunodis (mam'o-dis), w. j^/. [< Hind, mah- 
fHfi//f\a kind of line muslin.] Cotton clotliB from 
India: usually applied to the plain ones only. 
Also iHfthwinulfjf^ makmmuli'Sf mahmttdis, 
Mftminon tniam'on), n. [In ME. Mitnimona : 
_ y ]/..,.,,,.,, _ Q^ Mnmmon = Goth* Mummo- 
MH ^ 'tmoua, i hh. Mammon, Slamwu- 

mi#, ' r^ Mfimomi, i{JT,yittf^liLnw;,nmm\^ 

]y Mafu^i'i^, i Syr. (Chaldee) mamondf richer, 
Cf, Heb. maUnon^ a hidden treastire, < tdman, 
kide.l 1. A Syriac word used once in the 
New Testament as a person ili^^ation of riches 
andworldliness^orthegod of this w^^ii* ^^Mnt^e, 
the spirit or deity of avarice ; cup m- 

ified, [A proper name in this stu i^^b 

printed witi:tout a capital in the EngUish Bible 
(see second quotation)*] 
And of MtrmwonOiet roou^^e mad hjm jaeay f^endedK, 

FUn FimomaH (C). xl Sr7. 
Na man ciui iorve two maftten, ... Ye cftonot larve 
Oud And nuimmmt. MmL v\* 24. 

Mtttinnon. iljie leiuit erected «p)rit ttuit fell 

ProtTt » .. -. ( ,5 iti heav&n Ii5' ' » - -vi tboughts 

\V I .[ bent: ivdn 

Tilt pavfinent, i 1, 

TlliiU ^^UKiii Mi^iijo .i| holy. :»m'>n r. L., L 679* 

9. ['.<?.] Alaterial wealth; worldly possosaious. 
Mammoth Is rtchet or aboundouee of g'oodt. 

Ttftfdale, Work*, p. 28.1. 

It I liercfar« y6 tiAf e not he^n faitliful in Ibu unriKhteouii 

vMunnon, who will commit to yottr tnut the true rlcbtw? 

Luke 3fvl. U. 

mammoilisll (mam'ou-iah), a, [< Mammon + 

-M/(t.] Devoted to* the service of Mammon or 

the pursuit of riches r actuated by a spirit of 

mammonism or of money-getting, 

A mat, black, devouring world, not i'hristiAa, liut Mnm- 
jn*>ni9h, DevtlUT), Caritjk. 

mammoilisill (roam'on-izm)« n. [< Mammon 
-I- -i,y;<i.] Devotion to the pursuit of material 
wealth; the spirit of worldliness ; the service 
of Mammon. 

All ip become DiletUmtism. and ol] ex- 

cept I vain ^miic^ how much In this 

ino«t < k'one. and is evermore going, to lu tut 

dealrucLi-ju! Cafluk, Past and Preaent, ii. IC (£>aigiet,} 

mamiEOILiat (mam'on-ist), M. [< Mammon + 
-wfj One who is devoted to the acquisition 
of material wealth ; otio whose heart is set on 
riches above all else ; a worldling. 

Tlie great ina^jmnaniH would say, he 1« rich that can 
maintain an army. Bp. Uati, The Klgbt«oUB Majntnon. 

mammonistic (ma m-o-nis ' t ik ) , o . [ < Ma m m fyn- 
ist + -tc, ] Of or pertaining to mammonism, 

Tbe comoiou tnammmti^U: fe«lJjig of the e^normous Im- 
fKntaoce of moaer. 

Geo. MaeDonatd, Warlock o' Glenwarlwk, Ix. 

mammOQite (mam 'on -it), «. [< Mammon 4- 
-if<?2.] [ca^. or L c] A devotee of Mammon ; 
a mammouist, 

Wben a Mamaaanite mother klllB her babe for n bnrfal fee. 
And Timour- Mammon grins on a pUe of children's bonc^ 
la it peace or war? letter war ! Toani/aofH Maud, t 18. 
If he will dca<;rt his own claaa, if he wHI try to become 
a iham gentleman, a parnalto, and, If be can, a if Ammon- 
ite, the world will compliiiicnt hdn on \iU noble desire to 
"rise In life," Kinrtriifif, Alton Loolw, v, 

mammoEization (mam^on-i-za'shon), n, [< 

mammont^r -f -^ifiV/ii,] 'fhe act of process of 
rendering mammonish or devoted to the pur- 
suit of material wealth ; the state uf being tin- 
der the influence or actuated by the spirit of 
miirnnionism, 

mammonize (mam'on-iss)^ 9. f.; pret. and pp* 
mammaniscdj ppr, mammonirin/f, [< Mamtnon 
4* 4m.] To render mammonish or devoted to 
the pursuit of material wealth; actuate by a 
spirit of mammonism. 



36Q1 

mammoae (mam'ds), a. [< L. mammoms^ full- 
t'teHsted, < mammn^ brimst: s^o mammo^*'] 
Same us mammijtn m, [Kjxrr] 

masunotll (mamVjth), M. Atid <i. [= F, mam- 
wottth = Sp, mnrttut, mamma th = O. Mamtnuih, 
< Hui(»s» mamaHtu^ a mammoth^ «o a lied by a 
Russian uamed Ludloff in ItilMj^ said to be < 
Tatar mamma^ the earth/* because, the remains 
of these animals being found embedded in the 
earth, the nat ives [Yakuts and Tungusians] be- 
lieved that they burrowed like moles'* (Imp. 
Diet,),] I. n» ^Vn extinct species of elepnant, 
Elcpfnu primifffjiim. It la ntjarly related to the ex- 
iitinff Indian depbant^ having teetb of BlniUar pattern, 
and ta belit* ved to have been the a&ceaior of this apecies ; 
but it wrw thirkly cofcretl with a shaggy cnat of three 
k 1 - and long flexibi ' in«; 

r a. This wanu cu iJ 

*- ■ .1. Inter in Its native ' 'ir- 



ciid vidne, '1 Im- 
rieslM'foretlK li 


■f-' III' 


niotb lb. ikovv - 1 1 

lift.'i rfi.- CI - 





i lirable to the maat(>> 

II. u, Ui gftiat cumpui'utive size^ like a mam- 
moth; gigantic; colossal; immense: as, a mam- 
moth ox; the mammoth tree of California {Se- 
quOM (jiijanUa), 

A matrmwih race, Invtaotble tn miglit. 
Rapine and maaiacre tbdr grim deUgntv 
Veril their element 

Mmtti/omerif, Poemi (ed. 1S10), p. 4<T, 

Mammoth tree, i^ptoUgi^iUta^ ot caiifomiu, the lar- 
gest of oonilerous treea. Bee biff trett^ under inff. 

mammothreptt(mam'o-thrept), w. [<LU mam- 

mothrtptiu% < Gr. uanfi6dpETzroq^ brought up by 
one's grandmother, < fidfifia^ a grandmother (see 
wama)^ + Spf^rrd^^ verbal adj. of Tpi^n\ nour- 
ish, bring up,] A child brought up uy its grand- 
mother; hence, a spoiled child ; a delicate nurs- 
ling. [Hare. J 

And for we are the Mammotkt^di of Slnne^ 
Crooae ti> with Christ to weane our joys therein. 

linnet, Holy Boode, p. lu. {Bftakt.) 

0, you are a mer« fnammothr^ In judgmenL 

3, Jonmm, Cynthia'a Revel^ Iv, 1. 

mammula (mam'u-I|i), n,\ pi. mammuto' (-le). 
[NL,^ < L. mnm'mulaj dim. of mamma ^ the 
breast: see mamma, ^ In jo67., a small conical 
or cylindrical process; specificallvT one of the 
processes or appen dages 10 rmio g t h . . ■ t 

of A spider. Each of theao t» nkrced h 1? 1 1. 

berof minute orlflcei^from which the viitiU ,...,.. .^...iuig 
the silk is emitted. 

THftTniny (mam'i), ».; pL mammies (-iz). [Also 
mammie; a cliildish dim. of tiwiwwi.] 1* Mother ; 
mama : a childish word. 

An' aye abe wrought her mammit't wark, 
An* aye ehe aong aae merrltle, 

IhtTM, There waa a Iasb. 

Hence — 2. In the southern United States, es- 
pecially during the existence of slavery, a col- 
ored female nurse ; a colored woman having the 
care of white childrcD. who often continiie to 
call her mammif after they are grown up. 

mamoiycllUg, ". See mummychog. 

mamoooi (mtt-mo'de), M. [< Ar, nmhmudi, < 
^^i/i^mtirij praised: see AMohammcftan,] A silver 
coin weighing 36 grains ^ formerly current in 
Persia ; also^ a Pei^an money of account. 

mamOQl (ma-m51'), n, [Ar. H'ind. jna'mut^ prac- 
tised, established.] Custom; precedent; estab- 
lished usage ; the common law roost respected 
by all Orientals. 

To him [a Hindu] all thla outcry ia bat mamotd — usage, 
custom — and mommjl la to him as air. 

J. W, Pafijwr, The New and the Old, p. 2S4. 

mampaloil(mam'pa-lon), a. [Native name (f),] 
hxL aquatic otter-like viverrine quadruped, Cy- 
nogati bermctti of Borneo, with webbed planti- 
gnuie feet, sliort stout cylindric tail, and brojid 
tumid muzzle with long stilT wliiskors. The nni 
mal ts alMUt 18 Inches long, snd repn^scnt* in the fAmily 
Viverrida the same modlftcatlon tn adaptntion to aquatie 
life that the otter shows In the family MutUHdm, Also 
vrritten mampeiCfH. 

mamuquet, m, [< OF, mammuque (Cotgrave); 
pro^K for *manuque = It. manuche (Florio); of 



E, Ind. origiu, and prob. connected with manu 
I < I tobeaneXA^' 



Mammufftti[¥.\, a wingless bird, of an unknown b«gl»* 
ndic, nnd after ilt'ntlj Ttot r^>rmpf Ing -. nhr hn^h fnet fi hAu4 



Bui note we now, l. 
Those pasRlng ftntikK- •"• • - .-..i ... 
None knuwet thetr nest, none knowe« ■>' 
ihtUL SfflcttHitr, tr, of Du I 

man (man), rti'i pi. mtn (men), [Ali«odiaL mo*t. 
< ME. mutt, moVf pi. ^>*^*», < AH. man^ f«f>w, manu, 
monn i\A. mc^^ tw '^y matma, *«oj< 

na (plr mantmn, . matt — OFrie*(, 

*uo.> ..>>... — Ii M, . :..,,i,, .^.an, LU. ^>^'>'>*, — 

mann = Icel. i/ 1 

1 1 1, mann-'j nom.or 1 ) 

^ i>rt , mint = Daii. mand = Uoth. manna ^man- 
na n^^ ntann^^ man^), a man (L. t?«r)^ a hum an 



tioth. wflwiia, merely pronominnlj *one^ (cf. 1 
f>w,*one,*< L. hoimt^ a man), f sp. with n negutivr 
{Qoih.ni manna ^1(3, n tcma a' : ' i .Jc m ami, 

any one); Teut. stem in in?«, ntann-, 

finnan'^ and «i/i?i-, as shown ui ' miij. and Iccl. 

lie third form man- existing in Goth. gen. 
n\^, and Tiom, and ace. pi. manit^ and prob. 
aL^o in I eel. man^ neut., a boudman, bond- 
woman, girl); the etu'licr mann- being for 
'tnanw-f ^manu- (ef . cItmi, < A8. cw, *cinn =&oth. 
kintiusssUr. yhiH;; niin*'^^ ult. i * rnirm- ^Qt. fuvt^) 
sr Skt, manut man (Manu, tlie mythical father 
of the human race (cf. UTeut. in L. form Man- 
nu4, mentioned by Tacitus as a deity of the 
ancient Germans) )» with deriv. mdnuma^ man. 
Cf. OBulg. ma**ihi (orig,*w«ncAl) = Biilg. wtir// 
= Sloven, mozh = Berv. Bohem. mwrfc ^ Pol 
mazh =: Little Russ. mu^h =Russ. mu^hu^^innw 
husband (> Kuss. muzhikft " : ^ : -jtut). Not 
found in lh\, nor in L., m = L. inaH 

(mar-), a male (if that stin ' ng, •m«wA), 
> ult. E, matc^f matteutinc, matttaff ttmrry^^ etc.: 
see these words. The ult, origiu of the Teut. 
and Bkt. word is unknown. It is usually ex- 
plained as lit, 'the thinker,* < ^man^ think (> 
ult.E.M»wdl, mean^ L, wr«(f-)^, mind, > E "" '■■- 
tal, etc); but that primitive men shuiUd 
of themsel ves as * tliinkers ' is quite iucn u \ 
that is a comparatively modern conception. 
Another derivation, refeniiig to L. manf:rt\ re- 
main, dwell, is u!- '" . It is not likely 
thiit any orig. ^ old enough to 
bavebecomo" - ,.v..^;.,;i ion for 'man 'be- 
fore the At rsion would have retained 
its orig, sit;i 1 The E, man retains the 
senses of L, iii and homo: in r>,G, Dan. the w^ord 
cognate with E, man means rir, whUe a deriva- 
tive, D. G , mtnjirh, Dan. men Hr#A r . etc. , means ho- 
mo: see nicn/ik, mannhsh. The irreg, pi, of man is 
due to original 1- umlaut, the AS. pi. mtn^mcnn, 
being orig, *m«ttwi, changed to •mrwnr by umlaui , 
and then abbr. to mt'itn^ men by loss of thr ti 
nal vowel, the radical vowel, thus i\> !v 
changed in the pbiralj coming to 1k^ 1 
of numlxr. A similar change n]iy»' ^*i 1 

?f'f:sr^ micCj etc, , pi. of foot ijfntM. r . ' . v , i t ^ • , | 1 
u zooL, a featherless' plantigrail'. hi l r ,r, 
mal of the gen us /f^>i?ro (which see); h' i. 

species of the family i/owi/jfV/a^or J 
order Pri'maftf»,chiHs"j/r7mw/<;?tV/, of which there 
are several ffeogruphical races or varieties. 
Plumenbach divided mankind into five varieties: (1) Can- 
eanan, baling a whit« skin; <£) HonffftiiafK huvlag mt 
olive akin: (S) Elhioman, having a black akin und bUck 
eyes; (4) Amariean^ having a dark skin more or 1cm of a 
red bint ; (5) Moiau, having a brx>wn or tawny skin. Fro- 
feaaor Haxl^ has divided man into fire gronns— AuMtra 
Hfrid, lfagfroia,Moii^olmd,Xant/nH:hriric, nud MdrnKichrtnc ; 
and there are many other diviBion^ on linguistic or physi- 
cal grounds, or both, but none tliat has now general or wide 
acceptance 

2t. A being, whether super* or infra-natural; 
a person. 

For God Is holde a ryghtwyi man, 
LyteU Oate qT itobffn {focfe (Child's Bidladi, T. m 

Well aatd, 1' fiiith, neigbboar Vergea : well, God's a good 
man, Shak., Hach Ado, lit &. 40. 

Etx^, Eut was the devil a proper man, goeaip? 
Mi'rth. As fline a gentleman of bis inches ns ever I saw 
trusted to the stage, or any Mb ire else. 

B, JoHion, Staple of Newn i. 2 

Do all we can. 

Death is a imm 

Tbit a«vef spareth none. 

Quoted in Memtin t^ P* P, 



8. An individual of the human race ; a human 
being; a person: as, all men are mortal. 

For he is such a bod of Belial, that a man cannot speak 
to him. 1 Sam. xzv. 17. 

If any man have ears to hear, let him hear. Mark ir. 28. 
O jest anseen, inscrutable, inrisible, 
As a nose on a man's face. 

Shak., T. O. of Y., it 1. 142. 

A man would expect to find some antiquities. 

Addiaon, Bemarks on Italy. 

4. Generically, the human race ; mankind ; hu- 
man beings collectively: used without article 
or plural : as, man is bom to trouble ; the rights 
of man. 

But he deyde with-ynne t yere after he was wedded, and 

lefte a sone, the feirest creature of man that was formed. 

Mertin (£. £. T. S.), iL 186. 

Man being not only the noblest creature in the world, 
but even a very world in himself. 

Hooker, Eocles. Polity, L 9. 

All these bis wondrous works^ but chiefly man. 
His chief delight and favour. JTOton, P. L., iU. 888. 

Specifically — 6. A male adult of the human 
race, as distinguished from a woman or a boy; 
one who has attained manhood, or who is re- 
garded as of manly estate. 

Ther-with departed the kynge Ventres and his company, 
that was a moche man of body, and a gode knyght and 
yonge, of prime barbo. Merlin (E. E. T. 8.), L 117. 

Neither was the man created for the woman; but the 
woman for the man, 1 Cor. xi 9. 

All the men present signed a paper, desiring that a pic- 
ture should be painted and a print taken from it of her 
Royal Highness. OrevOU, Memoirs^ Sept 3, 1818. 

At Cambridge and eke at Oxford, every stripling is ac- 
counted a Man from the moment of his putting on the 
gown and cap. 

OradvM ad Cantab. , p. 75, quoted in College Words. 

6. In an emphatic sense, an adult male pos- 
sessing manly qualities in an eminent degree ; 
one who has the gifts or virtues of true man- 
hood. 

Grace & good maners makythe a man. 

Booke of Precedence (E. E. T. S., extra ser.X \. 70. 
I dare do all that may become a man; 
Who dares do more is none. 

Shak., Macbeth. L 7. 46. 

A combination and a form, indeed, 
Where every god did seem to set his seal. 
To give the world assurance of a man. 

Shak., Hamlet, iiL 4. 62. 
Worth makes the man. and want of it the fellow ! 
The rest is all but leather or prunella. 

Pope, Essay on Man, iv. 208. 

7. The qualities which characterize true man- 
hood; manliness. 

Methought he bare himself in such a fashion. 
So full of man, and sweetness in his carriage. 

B. Joneon, Every Man in his Humour, iL 1. 

8. An adult male considered as in some sense 
appertaining to or under the control of another 
person; a vassal, follower^ servant, attendant, 
or employee ; one immediately subject to the 
will of another : as, the officers and men of an 
army ; a gentleman^s man (a valet or body-ser- 
vant) ; I am no man^s man. 

Like master, like man. Oid proverb. 

Ill come and call you home to dinner, and my man shall 
attend you. Cotton, in Walton's Angler, ii. 264. 

Yet any one who talks to German officers on the subject 
of their men learns from them that they do not bv anv 
means consider the average German as the best material 
of which to make a soldier. 

FortntghUy Rev., N. S., XUU. 28. 

9. A husband : as, my man is not at home (said 
by a wife). [Now only provincial or vulgar, 
except in the phrase man and iri/e.] 

Forasmuch as M. and N. have consented together in 
holy wedlock, ... I pronounce that they are Man and 
Wife. 

Book qf Common Prayer, Solemnization of Matrimony. 

In the next place, every wife ought to answer for her 
man. Addxeon, The Ladies' Association. 

10. One subject to a mistress ; a lover or suitor. 
[Now vulgar.] 

I wol nat ben untrewe for no wight, 
But as hire man I wol ay lyve and sterve, 
And nevere noon other creature serve. 

Chaucer, Troilus, iv. 447. 

11. A word of familiar address, often implying 
some degree of disparagement or impatience. 

We speak no treason, man. Shak,, Rich. III., i. 1. 90. 
"You will think me— I don't know what you will think 

me ." " Get It out, man. I can't tell till I know." 

Mrg. OUphant, Poor Gentleman, xlv. 

12. A piece with which a game, as chess or 
checkers, is played. — 13. Nant.yiD. compounds, 
a ship or other vessel: as, ?waw-of-war; mer- 
chantman, Indiaman, etc — a man of deatht. See 
death.— Banbury mant, a Puritan : a sour or severe man. 
Banbury was at one time a centor of Puritanism. [Eng. ] — 



3602 

Best man, a friend who acts as a ceremonial attendant to 
a bridegroom at a wedding ; a groomsman : formerly ap- 
plied abo to one who served a bride in that capacity. 
The swans they bound the bride's betl man. 
Below a green aik tree. 
The Eart qf Mar'e Daughter (Child's BaUads, L 177). 

Bible man. See LoUardi, 2.— Dead man. (a) A super- 
numerary. 

At the Dog Tavern, Captain Philip Holland, with whom 
I advised how to make some advantage of my Lord's going 
to sea, told me to have Ave or six servants entered on 
board as dead men, and I to give them what wages I 
pleased, and so their pay to be mineu Pepys , Diary,!. 84. 
(b) pL See dead.— Dead man's part Same as deod**- 
iMirt— Happy man be his dolet. See dofei.— iron 
man. (a) In gkue-making, an apparatus sometimes used 
to f adljtato the blowing of larg« cylinders for sheet-glass. 
It consists of a raU projecting from the front of the blow- 
ing-furnace and cairying a pair of wheels upon which the 
cylinder and the blowing-iron or blowpipe of the operator 
are supported during the process of blowing. By means 
of the wheels, the cylinder can easily be moved awav from 
or toward the furnace. Q) In some parts of England, a 
coal-cutting machine.— Kan abont tOWn, a man of the 
leisure class who frequent clubs, theaters, hotels, and oth- 
er places of public or social resort ; a fashionable idler. 

The fame of his fashion as a man about town was estab- 
lished throughout the county. Thackeray, Pendennii^ iL 

I had known him as an idler and a man about town, but 
he was now transformed into an energetic and oipable 
member of the government The Century, XXXVIL 212. 

Kan alive I a familiar ejaculation expressive of suiprise 
or remonstrance.— Kan rtlday, a servile or devoted fol- 
lower; a factotum: from the man found by Robinson 
Crusoe on his deserted island, whom he always calls " my 
man Friday. "—Kan In the Iron mask. See nuulrs.— 
Kan in the moon, a fancied semblance of a man walk- 
ing with a dog, and with a bush near him (also, some- 
times, of a human faceX seen in the disk of the full moon. 
The lanthom is the moon; I, the man in the moon; 
this thorn-bush, my thorn-bush ; and this dog, my dog. 
5»alr.,M.N.D.,v. 1.282. 

Kan In the oak, a sprite or goblin. 

The man in the oke, the hell-waine, the fler-drake, the 
puckle, Tom Thombe, hobgoblins, Tom Tumbler, bone- 
less, and such other bugs, that we were afraid of our own 
shadowes. /2. Sieoe, Discoverie of Witohcraft (Daviet.) 

The haunt of . . . witehes [and] the man in the oak. 

S. Judd, Margaret, L 5. 
Kan of armst. (a) A soldier. (6) A man-at-arms. 

In the ninth Year of K. Richard's Reign, the French 
King sent the Admiral of France into Scotland, with a 
thousand Men qf Arms, besides Cross-bows and others, to 
aid the Scots against the English. 

Baker, Chronicles^ p. 14L 

Kan of blood. See blood.— Kan of buslnefla, a business 
manager ; an agent; an attorney. 

I'll employ my ain man qf bteinesg, Nichil Novit, . . . 
to agent Effle's plea. Scott, Heart of Mid-Lothian, xiiL 

Kan of his hands. See qf hie hande, under hand.— 
Kan of letters, a literary man ; one devoted to litera- 
ture; a scholar and writer. — Kan Of motley. See mot- 
ley.— Kan of Bin. (a) A very wicked man ; a reprobate. 
(b) Antichrist— Kan of straw, (a) An easily refuted 
imaginarv interlocutcnr or opponent in an argument; a 
simulated character weakly representing the adverse side 
in a discussion, (b) An imaginary or an irresponsible per- 
son put forward as substitute or surety for another, or for 
any fraudulent purpose.— Kan Of the world, a man in- 
structed and experienced in the ways of the world in re- 
spect of character, manners, dealings, deportment, dress, 
etc, and trained to take all these things as he finds them 
without prejudice or surprise. 

Men who proudly looked up to him [Burr] as more than 
their political chief —as the preeminent gentleman, and 
model man of the world, ot that age. 

Parton, Life of Aaron Burr, I. 840. 
Kan of war. (a) A warrior ; a soldier. 

And Herod with his men qfwar set him at nought, and 
mocked him. Luke xxiii. 11. 

Doth the man qf war [FalstaflT] stay all night, sir ? 

.S%a4r.. 2 Hen. IV., ▼. 1.81. 

SI See man-qf-umr.— VBTrjing man. See marrying. — 
edldneman. Seemedian«-fium.— NatoralmaxL (a) 
Man in a state of nature, mentallv and spiritually ; man 
acting or thinking according to tne light of unsophisti- 
cated nature. 

Hence arises a contrast between the inner self, which 
the natural man locates in his breast or ^prjv, the chief 
seat of these emotional disturbances, and the whole visi- 
ble and tangible body besides. 

J. Ward, Encyc. Brit, XX. 84. 
(6) In Scrip., man unregenerate or unrenewed; the old 
man (see bcIowX— New man, in Scrip., the regenerate 
nature obteined through union with Christ: opi>osed to 
old man. 

And that ye put on the nero man, which after Ood is 
created in righteousness and true holiness. Eph. iv. 24. 

Nine men's morris. SeemorrM.— Ninth part of aman. 
See m'nfA.— Odd man, a man-servant who is occasionally 
employed, or who does odd jobs, in domestic or business 
establishments in England. 

If a driver be Ul, . . . the odd man is called upon to do 
the work. 

Mayhew, London Labour and London Poor, III. 846. 
Old man (usually with the definite article), (a) In Scrip., 
unregenerate humanity ; also, the fallen human nature 
inherited from Adam and operative in the regenerate, 
though not in the same manner or d^n*ee as In the un- 
regenerate. 

Lie not one to another, seeing that ye have put off the 
old man with his deeds. CoL ill 9. 



manacle 

(b) The father of a family; the "governor." [Slang or 
vulgar.] (e) The captain or commandinff officer, as of 
troops, a vessel, ete. ; the proprietor or employer : so called 
bv his men. [Colloq.] (d) Theat, an actor who is osa- 
ally cast for the parts of old men. («) In certain out- 



door games, the leader; "it" [U. S.]— Old man of tbe 
monntaln. See assassin, L— Old man of tbe lea. the 
old man who leaped on the back of Sindbad the sailor, cling- 



ing to him and refusing to dismount ; hence, flgurativdy, 
any intolerable burden or bore which one cannot get rid ol 
But no one can rid himself of the preaching clergyman. 
He is the bore of the age, the old manqfthe tea whom we 
Sinbads cannot shake off. TnMope. 

Paul's mant. See the quotation. 

A PotiTs man, L e. a frequenter of the middle aisle of 
St Paul's cathedral, the common resort of cast captains, 
sharpers, golU, and gossipers of every description. 

Qtgord, Note to B. Jonson's Every Man in nis Humour, 

[ProL 
PbsnUcal-fbrce men. See CAorfM. -Reading man, one 
devoted to books ; especially, a student in college who ap- 
plies himself to close study.— Red man. Same as red 
Indian (which see, under /luUan).— Beoond man, the 
mate of a fishing-vessel, corresponding to first mAt in 
the merchant service. [New Eng.]— The fUl Of man. 
See/otfi.— me side man, Turkey ; tbe Ottoman Empire : 
so called in allusion to its chronic state of trouble and de- 
cline. The expression was first used in 1858 by the Emperor 
Nicholas of Russia in a conversation with Sir Hamilton 
Seymour, British ambassador.— To a man, all together ; 
every one ; unanimously. 

I shall now mention a particular wherein your whole 
body wHl be certainly against me, and the lai^ almost to 
a man, on my side. Suift, Letter to Young Clergyman. 

To be one's own man, to be master of one's own time 
and actions. 
You are at liberty ; be your own man again. 

Beau, and Fl., Woman-Hater, v. 2. 

Td Une men. See Une^. {Man is used in a few com- 
pounds merely to denote the sex, as in man^hUd, man- 
eervonL It is also used in many compounds in the gen- 
eral sense : as, man^eaUr, man-hater, etc.] 
man (man), v, t, ; pret. and pp. manned^ ppr. 
manning, [< ME. mannen, < AS. mannian, ge- 
mannian = D. MLG. G. mannen = Icel. manna 
= Sw. manna = Dan. mande, 8upi>ly with men ; 
from the noun.] 1. To supply wim men ; fur- 
nish with a su&cient force or comnlement of 
men, as for service, defense, or the like. 

But she has buflded a bonnle ship, 
Weel manned wi' seamen o' hie degree. 
Lord Beichan and Susie Pye (Child's Ballads, IV. 267> 

The gates [of St John's College] were shut, and partly 
man-ned, partly boy-ed, against him [Dr. Whitaker). 

FuUer, Hist Camb. Univ., vL 1& 
See how the surly Warwick mant the wall ! 

fi^Aa*.,8Hen.VI.,v.l.l7. 

Since the termination of the American war, there had 

been noUiing to call for any unusual energy in mannSna 

the navy. Mrs. OaskeU, Sylvia's Loven^ L 

2. To brace up in a manful way ; make manly 
or courageous : used reflexively. 

Good your grace. 
Retire, and man yourself; let us alone ; 
We are no children this way. 

Fletcher, Yalentinian, iL 4. 
He manned himself vrith dauntless air. 

Scott, L. of the L., v. 10. 
So he manned himedf, and vpoke quietly and firmly. 

J, Havihome, Dust, p. 280. 

St. To wait on ; attend ; escort. 

Will you not manne vs, Fidus, beeing so inx>per a man? 
Lyly, Euphues and his England, p. 291. 
Such manning them [the ladies] home when the sports 
are ended. 

Oosson, quoted in Doran's Annals of the Stagey L 21. 

By your leave, bright stars, this gentleman and I are 
come to man you to court B. Jonson, Poetaster, iv. 1. 

4t. To accustom to the presence or company of 
man ; tame, as a hawk or other bird. 

Those silver doves 
That wanton Yenus mann'th upon her fist. 

Greene, Orlando Furioso. 
Another way I have to man mv haggard. 
To make her come and know her ke^>er's call. 

Shak., T. of the S., iv. 1. 190. 

To man It out, to brave it out ; play a manly part ; bear 
one's self stouUy and boldly. 

Well, I must man it out ;— what would the Queen T 

Dryden, All for Love, il. 

To man the capstan. See eajMeati.— To man the yards. 
See yard, 
manablet (man'a-bl), a, [< man + -^xhle.'] Of 
proper age to have a husband ; marriageable. 
[Rare.] 

That's woman's ripe age ; as full as thou art at one and 
twenty ; she's manaole, is she not? 

Fletcher and Rowley, Maid in the HOI, iL 1. 

manacef, n, and r. An obsolete form of menace, 
manacle (man'a-kl), n. [Early mod. E. man- 
ide (the orig. correct form), < ME. manahylly 
mnnacle, manakellCj manycle, < OF. manicle, F. 
WMinfrte (= Sp. nianija)j <ML. manicula, a hand- 
cuff (cf. L. manicula, the handle of a plow), dim. 
of L. manicce, pi., a handcuff, also the long 
sleeve of a tunic (> F. manigue, hand-leather): 



manacle 

aea manch^.] An ioatmiijent of m^n for fetter- 
ing the hand ; a haudeuff or 8h»<.'klt< : genenilly 
iised in the plural. 

Knock off his manaetn; bring your prtiOfner to the king, 
ShaJt,, Cyinb«llii«^ v. 4. ifiO, 
= 8711, Gyve»t F€U€r, etc Bm ahacHt, 

" 'clhiff. [< ME matp- 

/ ' ".] ToeonfiDetl ►fwith 

hiiutk'uiTtj ; sliaekle : hence, to ri>8lrd.iii or fetter 

the will or action ot: impose t'Otistrttint upon. 

BotJio with ym aui with iitel manJd^ werr yft hondc 

J£j*cutuyn of Sir iHmon Fmaer (Chltd i B(Ulft(l^ VI. 27u^ 

Frut?r than air, yet tntuxtri,-,^ 1* tih rhyme 

W. n , of Drath, Int, K 8. 

Ttit g^ney-tlvrtA that nv, , oU of R4>nje, wb«ro 

yoi) rnny ehanee to mo Urn nnDicmaii and thu peuant 

inaiHttUif loifether. lonftfsUoWt Hyperion, f. 5. 

Maaacus (mun Vl"i«)» "• [NL^r < l>,(MD.)maji- 
nekcn {given by brissou ft 8 mnuakrn), applied to 
thiebird: 8ee>iMi/MAi«.] I, A penus of South 
American birds of the ftimily Piprifhr and siiV 
family Piprin^, ostabtished by Brisson in 1760 
upon the black-ca])poiJ tnamkiu nf Edwards, 



N-y 



3603 

5. Bearing: behji%'ior, 

RU taike wai §mttlf hU onler fine, mid hf* vthnW. fn^n- 
apt brmve, Q. H&rvtry, New Letter. 



manage (man'lj), r. ; pret. and pp. maiwtjrd, 
pjjr. managing, [< manage^ »,] I, fr«iiij. 1. 
To wield by hiod ; gtiide or direct by use of the 



Cuuuuun Mmilkla tAtammi^t mtmrnafuj^. 
«, liadcr «l(te at part of left wing, iboAlog emaqftnatian or primtuitA. 

e&Ued Pi/>ra muitaeus by LinnfeuR hi 1766; the 
ZDanikius proper. Ttie fronns hiia be«n iiihjd with great 
latitadc, bat is now rcstricttKJ to specijea like th« one namcNL 
wbirh hare feathers of the thioat long antl fully puffoa 
out like A bciLMl, find flomc of tbi' primaries Att«tmat«d and 
fjilcute. llitTu arc ncvcrat 8Hch. H«.v fnanikitu 
2, [/.('.] In orrtith,, a Vdrd of the genus Matia- 
cvtf in a broad sense ; origin ally applied to Fipra 
n*t--'^'-'' '"nUed the bc*tnhd mnmkin from the 
b' ' Tift of feathers on the cbin, and hence 

e\ It birds of the Rubfainily PipriiKr^ or 

even «»f tin' whole family Pipridcr, They are me- 
Kitnyodinn pnascriiu' birds, jt'enenilly of middle sLte itnd 
brilUftnt coloration, confined to the wowlcd parts of trop! 
eal Amcrjcji. I1ic tpeclea are nami'rouB. and belong Co 
many dirtvrt'nt niodeni genera. See Pif/ridce. 
managet (man'aj), u. [Early mod. E. also mfth 
agt; < OF. ntnncffe, F. man^g*, the handling or 
training of a hon*e, horBemanship, ridings ma- 
nopuvers, proceedings! (ML, nmnamum), = Sp. 
Pg. manejOr handling, management^ < It. maneg- 
giOy the handling or training of a horse* < maneg- 
ffiare (= F, manicr)^ handle, touch, treat, man- 
age, < maiw, < L. iwffwfw, the hand: see main^, 
manHal The word has been partly confused, 
through the obs. var. menaffe^, with wenage'^^ 
houaehold^ household management; see men- 
age'^.] 1. The handling, control, or training 
of a horse; manage. 

He 8lU m« faiit, bowevcEr I do sth^, 
And now bmth made me to his hand io right 
That In the numoM myself t^ktre dcllghu 

Sir P. Sidney (Arber 8 Eng. tJamer, 1. ft27% 
HI B borpes n I ' ' I 1 1 L'r ; for bc»id ps that they arc fair 
with their \*-' 10 ntught their managct and to 

that end lidir -d. 

Shak,, A» you like it, L L 13. 
2. A ring for the training of horses and the prac- 
tiee of horsemanship ; a riding-schooU 

I went with Lord Comwallii to aee the yonnir irallanti 
do their eierclfte, Mr. Faat>ert harlng newly rall'd In a 
mmwgt, and fitted It for the academy. 

Ev^yn^ Dtary, Dec ia» 1684. 

9. In general, training; discipline; treatment- 
ill ere iJi one aort of munaue for the great. 
Another for inferior. 

Chafmajk, Byron '1 Ti-ajaredy» Iv. 1. 
Qufolcaflver will not endure* the marui'jt of the nr«. 

Bacon. 
4. Management, 

Voung men Jn the oooduet and msina^ of actiom, em- 
Ivmco more than thoy can hold. 

Baeon^ Yoath and Age (ed. 1887X 
Lorenao, I commit into yonrhanda 
The hnsbandry and manaot of my home. 

Shak., IL of v.. 111. 4. 2&. 

?or want of a careful mana*]* jind dlflrlpllne to aet na 

right at flrtt Sir H. L'Kttniigt. 



handa; hence, to control or regulate by any 

physical exertion. 

1 do but keep the peace; put ttp thy 6 word. 
Or maiutff* It to put tbest < 'n\i^ 

Their women very akilfnll and _.:. in^nHntf nn.i 

manaffino any sort of weapon, like tht ^ 
Purchat, J 

llti |Scbomh«rg'Bl dnigoona had still t.r ,, ,^,„ „.-« u. 
mamofe their horaea. MacauUiy, Hiat, t>nift., stiv. 

If a aeal, after toeing speared, can not l»e m<ivMgtd with 
the line lu hand, a buoy is "bent on/' and the animal li 
allowed to take tta cxiorae for a time, 

C, M. Seamnum, Marine Mammalia, p. 166. 
JJ, To train by handling or manipulation ; drill 
to certain styles and habits of action ; teach by 
exercise or training, as in the manage. 

They vault from hnutera to the manoffed iteed. Tovng. 

Mr. Evuna . , , VaalMng on the Manoff^d Horse, t>C(iQg 
the great eat Miwter of that Kind tn the W orhL 

Qnott^d ill AMMton'9 Social life In Beign of Queen Anpe, 

(11, S. 

3, To control or direct by administrative ability; 
regtilate or administer*; have the guidance or 
direction of: as, to manage a theater* 

If I mana^ mj baalneaa weU, 
I'm sure to get my fee. 
Tht mrrfnan CW (UhlldB BiUlada, VIIL 53fiV 
Who then thy roaater any? and whoae the land 
80 dreti'd and manapd by thy akillfat lurndT 

Pope, Odyaaey, zziv, 90IL 

The CooiinoiiB nrooeeded to elect a oommittee for iHafft- 

aijinff the Impeachment MacatUoff, Warren Haatlnga, 

4. To control, restrain, or lead by keeping in 
a desired state or condition; direct by influ- 
ence or persuasion: as, to manage an angry or 
an insane person. 

Antony munoff^d Mm to hla own vicwa, MiddUimi^ 
Uliat probobOity waa there that a mere dmdge wontd 
be able to mamaffe a lArge and atonny aaaemblyf 

Maeaviay, whllaro Pitt. 
Mothen, wivea, and molds, 
Thete h« the tools wherewith prieala wanaffe men. 

Browninff, King and Book. 1. 1061 
6. To arrange, fashiou, contrive, effect, or car- 
ry out by skill or art; carry on or along ; bring 
about : as, to manage the characters of a play, 
or the plot of a novel ; to manage a delicate or 
perjdexing piece of busine&s. 
I have a Jest to eiecute^ that I cannot tnanaM aioiie. 

Shak,, 1 Hen. I v., I S. ISl. 

8he eipectod to coax me at once : ihell not maTtam 

that in one effort. CharMte Bronlf^ Shirley, tzxiv. 

6. To succeed in contriving; effect by effort, 
or bj' action of anv kind (in the latter case of- 
ten ironical): with an infinitive for object: as, 
to manage to hold one*a own ; in his eagerness 
he ruanagift to lose everything. 

The lK>y waa nearly washed overboard, but he marutffed 
to cfttch hold of the rati, and . . . stock his kncea Into 
the bulwarka. Lady Bmmeyt Voyage of i4ant>aani, I. L 
=8yn. 3. Mana^ Conduct^ Ditfct, ban 1 tend, 

BtiperriscL order, tranaaot. Manage MU] hau 

dlltig, and heaoe primarily belong! to ttir T[i&,on 

which one may at all time* keep hit hand m, to manage 
a house ; to nianaM a tbeAter, Ita eaaential Idea la thai 
of conatarit attention to details: as, only a combination of 
grtiat abilities with a genlu« for industrv can matiOM the 
aJTatrs of an empire. To tuitduct i§ to lead along, hence 
to attend with personal mperviffion ; It tmpUeathe deter- 
mination of ttie main features of admlnlftraifon and the 
aeooHng of thorou^bneaa in those who carry out the com- 
manda; it la u^ed of both large things and small, bat gen- 
erally refer* to a det\nlte tAak, coming to an end or leaae: 
ai;^ to eoitdtiel a religions service, a funeral, a campaign. 
DvrmA allows the person directing to be at a distance or 
near ; the word suggcata more authority than manage or 
(wmf ifcC Sec govern and guide, t. L 

The common remarik that public bnaineas is worse man- 
aged than all other business It not altogether unfounded. 
«r, ^teneer, Soclnl Statics, p. Sl7, 
Wbert a general undertakes to amdiict a campaign, he 
will intruat the management of minor concerns to persons 
on whom b«! ean rely; but he will dtrttt In person what- 
ever is likely to have any eartoas inflnence on his auccess. 
Crabht SyTionjTwes, p. 241. 
Lord marahal, command our offlccni at arma, 
Be ready to efirwf these home-alanus. 

Sfhak..Rlch. IL,L L 206. 
H. intrans. To direct or conduct affairs; reg- 
ulate or carry on any business. 

Leave them to manage for thee, and to grant 
What their unerring wisdom sees thee wnnt 

Dry den, tr of Juvenal's Satire^ z, 590. 
" Mamma managed badly " was her way of summing np 
what she had seen of her mother's experience [in maCri- 
monyj : she herself would manaof quite differently, 

€ho^g« Eltcit, Danltl Deroudi, nvL 
manageability (man'aj-a-biri-tij, n. [< man* 
agcablc -{- -ity.] The quality of being manage- 
able; manageablenese. 



managerial 

manageable (man 'aj -a-bl), a, [< mmagf^ + 

of >, 
bail : 

of U....,^ ^-... .. 
ble ; duuilv; a». 

The first com! ti 
and nature maruiftru f v\ 
reHently odeqriat«d nr, Met- 
tled,. Snt .-, .,•■■..- ^ , ■, ; M. M^ 

If you find their roo^ou mutMmuUc, ^uu atuek it with 

your philosophy. Gotdjrmith, 8hc Atoopa to Ctniquer, II. 

*' ■' thought Utn' "' liunt might 

' .. tbanthatui i. 

MacavUtft, Mr >\ luiam Temple. 

manageablenees (man ' aj - a - b1 • nes ), >i . Th e 
Quality of being laanageaBle; true t a bl en ess; 
oocility. 

This difagrcement maybe tmpated to the greater or Ites 
eicACtness or manageaHemmei the Instrumonta employ cd< 

manageably (man''aj-a-bli), cir/r. In a manage- 
iiblo inuTiiicr, 

management fman'aj-ment), w, [C manage + 
'?«ftiY.] 1, Tne act of managing phyeicilly; 
handling; manipulation; physical or manual 
control or iptidance: as, the mamigetntnt of a 
horse in riding ; the management of a gtm. 

Tlieword ['* fencing"! Is - * ^ understo. i ! 1 1 jipe. 
dally to the managemnU f»f the small *\v r. 

Afn/< ■' :■,■■ ^ -^ M 130. 

2, The act of managing by direction or regu- 
lation; intellectual control; conduct; admin- 
istration : as, the mnnagcmtmt of a family, or of 
a theater; a board <>f mana^f^tttenL 

Unanlmona they all cmjiujh M 
And managemsni uf tills gr ^■^e 

To him, B., I. Ill 

Our deliverers ... were «tat««men itccuatoined to the 
managgfuent of great aHalrt. Macauiay^ 8 Ir J . M ackln tosh. 
JfoiMi^fiiMiit of the househ IV mnd of flocks, ol 

aervanU, of land, and of pr« ^ . r&l. 

V. ■ \Vet thiyB,p. 16. 

3, Manner of managing; ube of artifice, con- 
trivance, skill, or pnidence in doing anything. 

Mark with what tnono^ffmrnt their trlbea divide. 

I>rydgn. 

In the managemtni of the heroic couplet Dryden haa 

nerver been equaUod. Macatdait, Drrdeit. 

Soon after dinner rarotlne coaxed her govemc«s^>oualn 

np-stair« to dreas: this mancuaYre required mnnwjtnutnl, 

CharlatU Brtmt^ ahrrle). vl, 

4t, Negotiation; transaction; dealing. 

To Council, where Sir Cha. Wheeler, Uto Oov of the 
Leeward Islands, having ben complaln'd of for many ln« 
disoreete numagmttfni*. Emj/n, IHary, Nov. 14, ItJTl. 

They eay, too, that he [the Duke of Iftavoy ] had great man- 
agemtnt* with sevenU cccleaiaatics before he turned her- 
mit, and that he did It In the view of betag advanced to 
the pontificate. 

Addimm, Remarks on Italy (ed. Bohn), I- Sit 
6. Collectively, the body of directors or man- 
agers of any undertaking, concern, or interest ; 
a board of directors or managers, ^Syu, 1 and %, 
Government, dtrectfon, guidance, alsposal, care, charge, 
control, aaperlntendonce. 

manager { mun'nj-er), ». l. One who manages, 
dirci'tH, or controls; ag, a good mannoer of 
hordes, or of btit^iness, — 2. One charged with 
the management, direction, or control of an 
affair^ undertaking, or buf^inesn; a director or 
conductor: us, the manngrr of a theater or of an 
enterprise: a rnilroa*! manager. — 3, An adept 
in the art of managing, directing, or control- 
ling j one expert in contriving or planning. 
An artful manager, that crept between 
His friend and ihanie. 

Pope^ EpIL to Satlrea, L n, 

A man of business in good comnanf. who fflvea an ao- 

count of his abilttiea and dnpatchea, Is hanOy more tn- 

BQpportable than her they call a notable wotuan, aeuI a 

mffiia^er, SteeU, Tatler, No. iia 

4, In r^aiMscry prariiee, a receiver authorixed 
not merely to collect and apply assets, but also 
to carry on or euperint^nd a trade or busineas : 
often called receiver and manager, s^syn. 1 and a. 
Sux>eHntcndent, overaoer, aaperrlaor. 

manageress (man'aj-ftr'es), n. [< manager + 
-ess.] A female manager. [Rare,] 

She is housekeeper, pantry maid, and 000k,. . , servant 
and managrretf in one. Fartnighay /fro,, N. iL, XLIII. 714. 

managerial (man-a-]e'ri-al), a. [iTcg* < 'ww- 
agei' + -iaU after the appar, analogy of mims- 
terialj etc.] Of or pertaining to a manager 
or managers, or to management ; charat^teris- 
tic of a manager: used chiefly of theatrical 
managers. 

At that period of the day. In warm weather, she [Mra 
Bparvltl usually embelll»hed with her genteel preaenoe a 
pumagvriai board-room over the nitblic office. 

Dicktntf Hard Times, IL 1, 



upeiiority of power mandtUory, |adfcEiil« and ooercl 
)thcr mitifatert. Hooker^ Socles. Follty, vli 



3. 



mandator 

date, (e) In emi iatCj the person who eioployF 
another (cftUed a fnandntotrim or fnandakiry) 
to convey goods i^ratnitoufilj, or in a gratuitous 
agency. 
mandatoxy {man'da-to-ri), a. and «, [< LL. 
mandatories, of or belonging to a mandator, < 
mandator^ one who commands: see mafut^, man- 
date.^ I, «. Of the nature of a mandate; con- 
taining a command or mandate; direct ory» 

Asu; 
over ot1 

It doth not appear thai be QsunMsd more tlum anutiMto- 
fory nomtnation of the biibop to be ooQiccrattid, 

Abp. Umher^ OrdinatJoiif p. 2£1, 

XandiitoiTlxUimotlon. Sen AiJvn«tion.— Mandatory 
statute, ft statute ftie efTe«t of whkta ts th&t> if it> pn jvt- 
alons Arc not oompUed irftli acoordhig to their termH, tlie 
thing doDB li, ofl to It, void {BUhop): contradbllTi^iiiaheid 
trom direeivrii riatvU. 

H. ». ; pL tnandatories (-riz). Same as man- 
diitar^. 

Acting fkfl the moatbpiflci^ more than the mafutetory.of 
Earopc, toiw, BUmarck, IL H^ 

mandattmi (man-da'tujn), n. [ML. : see man- 
date, m a u n dy. ] Same as maund^^ 

mandell ( m in ' del ) , w . Same as mandil^. 

mandelstoi^e (man'del-stdn), n. [Accoin. of G. 
mandehtcin (= D. mandtUteen = Dan. 8w. nan- 
deUteii), almond-^jtone, < wawrfrj^ = E. almond, ■¥ 
fitein = E. .^fo»e.^ Same as amygdaloid, 

mandementt (man'de'raent), n. [ME., == F. 
mandement = Pr« inandamcH = Sp. tnaiidamiento 
= Pg. It» mandamenfo, < MIj. ffinndametifum, a 
command, < mandare, command: see nmndat^.^ 
A mandate or commandment. 

Ye hAUe horde the maundmiuni tluit the EomaynB haue 
Mdt UiAt 1 Doogh hane vi contrmrled. 

Jfcrff'n (E. E. T. 8), ilL (Ml, 
He fechewed the erle Rogere t]ie pape'« iwiiui«flMnt. 

mander, r. i. See muMiMfffr. 

mandenlf < man'ddr-ll), n. An obsolete variant 
of mandreL 

Mandevllla ( man -d e-vil ' R ) , n . [NL . (Lindley , 
1840), named after M.J. 3/Vi«<f^.*i7/«, British miii- 
ieter at Buenos Ayres.] A genus of American 
apooyuaeeous plants of the tribe Evhifidetv and 
the sub tribe EtwchitidecF. The floirora grow In ftlm- 
pie raeemes, and have a funnel-shaped corolla, acaln with 
fire acalea or an indeflnite numbtrr of glands, and a disk 
which la flvisxparted or baa i9 ve acalea. l^iey are taJl dtmb- 
fng ihruba^ with oppoaite featber-Yclned lcaTe% and alni- 
pie racemea of yellow, white, or rarely vlolot Aowera, which 
are uauallf huge and Hbowv. About 30 ipeoiea hmve been 
deaortbed, from Mexiccx, the Weat In4tea» and tropical 
Amerieii. M, mtaveotmM, known aa the ChQiJagmUie, 1b 
romailiable for Ita very fragrant aaowy-white flowers, and 
ifl Gomraon in cultivation. 

IIiaild6Vill6t. «. [Appar. an erroneous fnnn of 
frti7»r^t7i ,coiuormed to the surname MandtTVille,] 
Same as tHa}idilioiK 

mandible^ (man'di-bl), ». r= F, mandibuh: = 
Bp. mandibula = It. mandihida, iHandibola^ < 
Kx*. mandibHlaf mandible, < LL. tnandibuhi^ f,^ 
also mandibuhtm, n., a jaw, < L, mandere^ chew, 
masticate.] In zool. and anni.^ a jaw-bone; h 
jaw^ or the jaw-bone and associate parts ; espe- 
cially, the under jaw. {a) In man and other mam- 
mil*, the under jaw, or inferior miucfllAiy, aa dietbignlahed 
from the upi>er jaw» muxllla, or superior niaxillary. {b) 
In birdfl^ either part, upper ur under, of the beak ; that part 
of either jaw which is covered with hon»y intejcnment, the 
two being diatingolBhod aa xtpper and tmper. When the 
term mandOiU la applied to toe lower only, the tipper is 
called maxUla. 8ee ottt under biU. {c) lu the orthro- 
poda, eapecially fnaectB} either half, right or left, of the 
flrat, upper, or outer pair of Jawa, oonaidered by some to 
correspond lo the lower Jaw of iriai«bnite8 ; morphologic 
cally, one of the 0rst pair of gnathltea, alway« devoid of 
a palp: oppooed to maacQia, which ia either hnlf of the 
•eoond pair of Jaws, See cut tmder ^nmslh-part-. (d) In 
cephalopoda, the homv beak or rostmm. Heo mandibu- 
lar.— Dentate mandible. See deniau. - Multldentate 
ma&dlhlS, Lu tnJtmn., a mandible hmiring inaiiy t^eib or 
prncessea on the inner side. 

mandible -t ( man ' d i -bl ) , a, pVop. m andaUe; < 
man^ + -able J] Demandable. 

Thua we rambled up and down thoConutiy; and where 
the people demeon'd themaelves not civil io us by voluu- 
taiy ooDtrfbutJoRi^ their Oe«fie, HeiUk Plga, or any such 
mmndthU thing we met with, made us satisfaction for 
their hidebound injuries. 

Richard Btad^ English Bogue (16G6)l 

mandibular (man-dib'u-lilr), «. [= F, man- 
dibtdaire ^ 8p. mandibfdar : as mandible'^ (NL. 
mandibuh) 4- -nr^,] Of, pertaining to, or of 

the nature of a mandible Mandibular arch. In 

mibrtfot,, of vertebr«Ue8» the ilrat postoml visceral arch 
of the embryo; that aroh in which TVieckel's cartilage li 
developed. — luildlbular ntUliia. (a) In orfiUfL , d th c r 
fork of the onder mandtblei, (ft) In nusmtnat., the more 
or leaa updght proxlmid pan of either half of the man* 
dible, aa distinguished from the body or horizontiiJ part 
of the tame bone.— MandibUJar aerobes, in entcm.. 
grooTsa 00 the out«r sides of the luandibiea, found in most 
GiiniMitfa—lIaiidlhttlar segment or ring, in entom,, the 
first prlmvy tegmout behlcia the mouth- cavity, bearing 



360*5 

the mandiblea. Some anatomlsta auppoae that it forms 
the genre or cheeks,— Blaildlbalar iomla, fhe cutting 
edges of the under mandible of a bird. 
mandibnlary (man-dib'u-la-ri), a. [< mandi- 
bW^ (NL, mandibula) + -ary,^ Same as man- 
dibuUir, 

The manHbtilmy aympbyata [s not by enture, but by an 
clastic band. fneye. Brit. , XXII. 160. 

Mandibnlata (man-dib-u-la'tft), ». pL [NL., 
neut. pL of mandibttlatm : see mandibmate,] 
In entom.: (a) In some systems, a primary 
ponp or division of Tnsecta, containing those 
msects whose mouth-parts are mandi biUate or 
masticatory, as distin^dahed from those which 
have the same parts naustellate or sjuctorial, 
the former being fitted for biting, the latter 
for sucking: opposed to ffaustcUata, West- 
wood called the same division Daenastomata, 
(b) A division of Jnophtra, including mandibu- 
late lice, as the bird-lice or MnUophntja. [The 
term waa first used In the former sense by (loin iU«i 

E^ who divided each of his main groups of Intect£4 
rophofta and Aptera) into Mandibtdata and HauHUl- 
In Macleay'B celebrated ayatem it waa the name of 
one of the nve groups of his Annulom.] 

mandibnlate (man«dib'u-!at », a, and »» [< NL. 
mandibidatuif, < mandibula^ mandible; see man- 
dihk^,'] L «, 1. Inenf^wi.: {</) Having mandi- 
bles, and thus able to bite, as an insect ; of or 
pertainiiag to the Mandibula ta : distinguished 
from haugUdJate or suctontd. (b) Masticatory » 
as the jaws of an innect, — 2, Having a lower 
jaw, as nearly all vertebrates ; opposed to cman- 
dihula U\^ Mandibnlate motltlL Same as moMaOffry 
tm^tifA (which see, uu^& mtutioaiUiry), 
n. w. A mundibulate insect, as a beetle. 

mandibnlated ( man-dib'u-la-ted), *i. [< man- 
dihidnk + -*</2/] ,Same as mandibulate, 

mandibuliform (man-dib'u-li-fdrm), <i. [< 
NL. mandibuUt, mandible, + L, fortna^ form.] 
Having the form of a mamlible in general: 
snecifieallv applied to the under jaws or max- 
illte of an insect when they are hard, horny* and 
mandibiUate or fitted for biting, like the man- 
dibles proper. 

mandibuloliyoid (manHiib*u-ld'hi'oid), a. [< 
NL, Mandibula, mandible, + huoid,'] Pertain- 
ing to the lower jaw and the hyoid bone : as^ 
the maudibidohyoid ligament of a shark. 

mandibulomaiillaiy ( man -di b'u-1 6-mak 'si-la- 
ri), o. [< NL. munddnda, mandible, + maxilla^ 
maxilla.] In Crmfarea, of or pertaining to the 
mandibles and to the maxillte; situated be- 
tween these part-s: as, a mandibulamaxiUary 
apodeme, 

mandiet, ". See maundy. 

mandllH (man Mil), w. [< OF. mandily man- 
dUk (?), F. mamliHe (> Sp. Pg. mandU), < L. 
mantile, also rnanUde, manteUumj a towel, nap- 
kin, table-cloth, wiawMum, manteUum^ a man- 
tle: sen manthy mantel.'^ Same as mandilion. 

mandil- (man'dil), n, [Also mundil; C Ar. 
Turk, mendih a kerchief; perhaps uJt. < L,: 
see 7rtrt«ffr7i .] Amon^ Moslems, a kind of ker- 
rhief, especially one oblonsr in shape, the short 
sides worked with gold or colored silk, ibe rej?t 
plain. R, F. Burton^ tr. of Arabian Nights, II. 
301, note* 

mandiliont (man-dil 'yon), u » [Also mandiUioHj 
mandilion; < OF, nian^inon, < vmndiK a mantle: 
see jnatidil^.] A garment first used in France in 
the sixteenth century, and worn originally by 
men-servants, soldiers, and others as a sort of 
(jverooat. its earliest form npnears to have been that 
of a dalmatic with sleeves not closed and i-ovcring ttic 
back of the arm only. In the seventeenth century it was 
an outer gamicnt capaMe of being buttoned up or left 
open, deacrlbed in 1660 as lllce a Jump, generally without 
sfeevea. 

About him a mand^Uen. that did with buttons meet» 
Of purpte, large, and full of folds, curled with a warmfiil 

uap^ 
A garment that 'gainst cold in night did soldiers nae to 
wrap. Chapnutn, Iliad, x. IM, 

A Spaniard, having a ^Coore slave, let him goc a long time 
in n poor e ragged mandUian without sleeves: one aaklug 
htm why he dealt so aleereleaaly witb the pooro wretch, 
he answered : I crop his wings, for fearo he file away. 

Copteu, WIta, Flti, and Fanclea <1614X (Nares.) 
But In time of war they wear crimson jjmndiliom, he- 
hlDd and before so crosied, over their annour. 

Sandift, TravaUea, p. 179, 

mandioc (man'di-ok)^ «. [< Braz. mandiaca,] 
Same as maniac. 

mandioca (man-di-o'kft), n. Same aa man4ot, 

mandlestond, n. 8ee mandtUtone. 

mandmentt, n. [Early mod. E. mandemmi^ < 
MEt ma an dement^ < OF. mandement, command, 
< ML, mandamcntHMy command, < mandarc, 
command: see mand^, mandate,} A command- 
ment. 



mandralce 

He salle have mawidfment to tnome or tiQfddife be fornix 

gene. 
To what marehe tbay aaJle merke, wfth mansere to len- 

gc<n<^. Uortf Arthure (E. £. iT ax i 1E87. 

mandola, mandora (man-do'lii, -rk), u, [tt* : 
see manaolin.} An older and Targer variefy of 
the mandolin. Compare /ww^iira. A\bo man- 
dare> 

mandolin, mandoline (man'd<vun), ». [< F. 

man/hlinr, < It, mandaltHo^ dim. of mandoia^ 
mandora^ var. forms of jmndora, a kind of lute: 
see mandorts^ bandore^, pa ndara,) A musical in* 
stmment of the lute class, having from four to 
six single or double metaUic gtnngs. which are 



stretched over an almond-shaped body, and a 
neck with numerous frets, it is ninvt <l with a plec- 
trum of tortolae^sheU held in the rf .- r he tuning 
of the strings varies somewhat, but Uttnunlly 
about three octaves upward from the ,. .. . luw middle 
v. The tone ia tinkling, but penettntiiig m\d agreeable, 
mandolinist (man'do-lin-ist), n, [< mandolin 

4- -I*/.] One who performs on a mandolin, 
mandom (man'dum), w. [< man -f ^dom,} Hn- 
manity in general; men collectively conaid- 
ered. [Bare.] 

Nay, without thiftUw 
Of mandom, ye would pertsh—beaat by beast 
Devouring. Mrn. BnwtUngf Dtramaof KzUe. 

mandora, fu See mandola, 

mandore (man-<16r'), ». [< F. mandore, < It. 

rutrndttra: see mandola,} Same as mandola, 
mandorla (man-dl^'la), «. [It,] 1, In dem- 

rd^trt^rtrf, aspace, 

openinc, panel, or 

the like, of an 

oval shape; also, 

a work of art fill- 
ing such a space, 

as a bas-relief, or 

the like.— 2. Ktv 

cle^,^ the vesica 

piscis. 

In a fourth relief 
upon the high iilt.ar, 
Cliriat fteatcd within 
a mandftrla hV~ 
with Ms right hri 

llan Sculpt iin', 
(Int,, p. XX. 

mandragt, man- 
draget, n. Obso- 
lete forrriH of nmn' 
drake, 

mandragont, »• 
An obsolete vari- 
ant of tnandral'r, 

Cot{jirave. M*ndorla. — From A9nimptk»n of the 

vnaviAv^aflrrhT^O ^ Adtinna. b; OrcAgiui ; Cfanrdi of Of S«n 

manaragora Michde. Fiorenccr 
(man-drag'o-rft), 

rt, [= F. mandragftre = Bp* mandrdgora ss Pg, 
nmndragora = It* mandragora^ vmndragalujti, L, 
mandragara^ (NL. mamlragora)^ < Gt. uav6pa^ 
y6pat;, the mandrake: see mandrake.] If. The 
mandrake. 

Not poppy, nor mandraoom. 
Nor aU the drowsy svrnpa of the world. 
Shall ever medicine thee to that sweet sleep 
Which thou owedat yeiterdiur. 

Shak., Othello, lit a 880. 

Come, violent death. 
At m&ke me sleep. 
Ur, Duehesa of Malli, !▼. 2. 

2. leap.] A genua of plants of the natural order 






^^if 



w 



J f or mondrei^ipra, to maice me sleep. 



SolanacetPy the nightshade family, and tribe At- 
ronei^. The corolla ia induplicato In the bud, the calyx la 
foaaeeotis and flyo-paried, and the pedicels are partially 
clustered among the radical leaves. They are herbs, 
nearly stemtess, rifling from a thick, fleshy, often forlted 
root, aod bear tuftn of large, ovate, lance-thaped leavea, 
and ciulte large pale bluish- violet-, white, or purple flowera, 
which are reticulately veined. Five speeiea have been de- 
scribed {b nit these may be reducible to one), found through-^ 
out the MediternineaD region. The ordinary plant has 
been commonly known aa M. oJl^fyutUt, but this hiclndea a 
spring and a fall kind aomottmes separated as spedea, JIT. 
v^maUt and Jf. ataumnatU. The mandragora or man- 
drake has long been known In medicine, andhaa been the 
subject of much superstition. See mandrake, 

mandrake (man'drak), «. [< Mli:. man drakes 
tfiondrnke, manilrake; an alteration, appar. 
simulating drake^^ of earlier ME. man drag ^ 
mandriigc\ short for mandragora^ q. v. To the 



pectilior form of the root, and the suggestive 
lonn of tho namo mandraJ;^, appar. a compound 
of nuitt + /Jrokf''^, with little meaning: attacned to 
the supposetl seconil 



element^ are duo in 
iarge part the su- 
perstitions asso<*iat- 
ed with the plant.] 
1. A plant of the 
genu8 Mandragiwa. 

The maTilmke hjtB p«U 

■-.. ■ :■ rlii.-^., and 

» piir 

V .;...::j^. It 

\v in ancient 

tiMi • . -ii liTilly for lU 
imc>'<r,i.' ^^iv.cii^ Aiid li 
Mit] lo iiB?c been em 
btoretl «a an ftqe«tlietic. 
It nas hccit rc^nlf i ns 



i/y 



^'k- 






of lis cotijinnisly fn i- 

Kly the ground of ii 
nf tbe pl&nt as at] at 

Ami RoQb«?n wctnt in the di .t. muX 

foil n d f»«i i^^iTftke^ Intba field, n i u to h I* 

mother Jicah. .. .xx. U. 

Aud ihrlek\ like tnaitdratvi torn out of I he earth, 
Tliat livlnsr mnrtala, hearing tjiem, rtin mad. 

Shak.,K.wdJ.,if.S,47. 

The tfuxndrak0^ a plant with browl leaYea and bright yel* 
low flowttT iin-1 wKTi a rn.»t wT<ii h Rrew iu a seml-hQman 
fonn, 1^ i'>wa and waa 

dlragf «' I vith many ex- 

iraoplii : caraeafmmtl' 

lar ipirit ^{icakitiiz nanUed, and 

bringing R<.w>d luck : ich It was eo- 

Bhriiied r IlUt.. p. 230. 

The ttest dtgt^t of thu various epeculatloni aa to the 
ttuitidratf und tta properties will tw found in Dr. Harris's 
" Dictionary of the Natural Histonrof the Bible," 

A\ andQ,, 7th 8ct., Vm. 230. 

2, The Mny-apple, PodophyHunt jteltatum, [U. 8.) 

The bl ash lug pea«h and gloaay plum there Ue8» 
And with Hih mfindrake teuiut your Imnda and eyet, 
Jane Tfinflt, i|Uotcd in Tuekcmian a America and her 
[Commontntora, p. H3, 

8, In her,, a figure resembling a root with two 
long Qud poiuted bifurcations usually twisted 
ti»gether, and the whole crowned with leaves* 
and berries. 

mandrel, mandril (matiMrel, -dril% h. [An 
alteration of 'mandritij < F. mandrin^ a man- 
drel, former^ strike, perhaps < L» mandnt. a 
stall, < Gi% ^tav^fiu^ u Htall, the bed in which tht- 
atone of a ring is set: see itiadrlgidj] 1. In 
mcch,, a eyhiuiricftl bar or spindle, either of 
uniform dijunet^r, of different tliameters^ or 
tapered, used for a variety of purposes, but 
chiefly for tlie support of objects formed with 
holt*8, into whiob tfjo mandrel is forcibly driven 
in order to hold them firmly while turning in a 
lathe, or in an analogomi? machine^ or in oper- 
atin^r ufimi fhcm with n flip. Spcoifltilly - (a> An 



<l' I ■ , ' ■ I r itorin], and Ia tlu'ti ktiuwn 

n>= \fiyarbof oraais toanpport 

ntiif I I I L] ularaavrorcU*cularcuCter. 

ic) \ \ I for ^hnpicg forglngs, or a ptagcore 

oruic i»tinga. 

2. Ar , 1 k. [EngO — 3- la mctaUwork^ 

ing by the spiuning process, the form, usually 
of wood, upon which the thin plate of metal oV 
blank is pressed in ordi^r that the revolution may 
give it the form of the tnaudnd. - Adjustable man- 
dr.^i s. -. ,ipf 1 i„. ^irpandlng mandlreL a maiidr€a 
I i Hnai>' bald u pitfce of material on 

n ; lorm diftiniL'tcr, for tuniing, etc. 

.., i , .. . -sBconatruction. A common form 
\ i hor bAving groove* with incUnfcd-plane bot- 

r h niovii staiultanisoDAly and (Minally tapcrod 

I. ..->^.| nidua of which arc always pamllcl 

V A with the axis of the arbor. When 

( ! ]_v, tlieae illdea exi»ml agxkinat the lo- 

hi','. I ^u- u ir_ ... I tifon.'e, holding the piece by JammiJig 
friction.— Flexible mandrel, a sjdnd spring platied in a 
mt'tal tuli«: to prt-'vent it from ilatteniriK or coUapflng 
wbon i>vnt. — HickB'a mandrel, an expanding maudrel for 
turning rtng», named from lt« iTivemtor. It is an arbor 
with a cont; in tho middle, in the periphery of which, at 
eqaal dlBtaucoa from each other, ar« fonuud longttudiuul 
doretatled grooves carrying wcdgoshap«d altdM actaated 
ainmltanooutily and eaiially by % nut on the end of the 
cout!, ami thus cipandcd to fit the lK*re of tiie ring to be 
turned,— TraTeralng mandreL (n) a mandrel which 
moyet longittiflfoidlv ih> A niandrel Utted to \\ }>carl[^ 
or bestringK f ' ' ti may b«j aft in the tool- 

po»t of the ^l , or in lome other travert- 

[ng device. Eiaed for expanding ream^ 

Kn and aTialonr mb i > >t-. uiui lutiy are naaally drivea by a 
puUej'-and-bclt iiKcbaiii>)m. 
mandrel ( man'drel), r- t. [< mandrdy n.] To 
operate upon with mandrels^ as a bronze gun. 
This is done by driving steel mandrels of ^rradual^ In- 
creaaiiig sire through the bore, whereby the strength of 
the guu is greatly increaiied, the limit of elasticity being 
In eomne cases n early or quite doubled. 



3607 

mandrel-collar ( man ' drel - kol ' (lr)» w. A col- 
lar formed ^T' *^'-' •- . -ir.i or ., )qth« '^^inst 
which thee I rare- 

ly when scr« 

mandrel-ftame imari%jrel-ri>irii), «. A frame 
or lif-ad -stock securecl by bolts to the end of a 
lathc-b(M] to support the mandrel, 

mandrel-latbe (man'tlrel-laTH), w. A lathe 
adapted for turning loTi'^ iv/,ri n.ij r.-.ii-.A. «.,t'L 
It la BO deaigned that tbr 
b^ claaped by a chuck on 

*K"rtd-atoc!c> Long work Is puj^m^imij m vh* Mum ^^^ HM- 

m1 and tail centers. E H, kivijhL 

i;i.tndrel-n08e (man ' drel -noz), «. The inner 
cud of a lathe-mandrel, upon which a sorew- 
thread is formed for receiving and holding f uee- 
plates, chucks, etc. 

mandrel-screw (man'drel-akr5), w. The screw 
ou the mandrel-nose to which chucks, face- 
plates, etc., are fitted, and by which they are 
attached t^ the mandrel. 

mandril. «. See mandreL 

mandrill (man'dril), «. [= F. numdriU s= 8p» 
wnndril — It. mandrillo, a mandrill; ^^:^^^ '^^ ^-^ 
from a native W. African name. If 1 1 
original, the form r^^^?/in same sense i i 

false division of the word^ as if < E. man + drdi: 
see drill^. If drill is original, the form ma ndrdl 
is an E» compound, and the F. Sp. It. forms are 
from E,] A kind of baboon ; un^ great blue- 
faced or rib-nosed baboon; the ho^-ape, Cywo- 
cephalus maimon or mormon ^ the largest and 
most formidable, ferocious, and hideous of ba- 
boons. The canine teeth are of enormoai alfe;, canalng 
a protuberance of the rbeeki*. w-hl'^h are naked and fan- 
taatically striped witf' '-=''-* ' - 'rh^ ischial caJ- 
toaltles are ol great ^ : 4or. Tlie anintal 

is often seen In oapt : ills are natireft of 

the western coattof Aim ;i, witv«i; ujcy naaoclate in large 
troopa^ which are the terror of the negroea. They often 
ptauder vQlagcs and cultivated fidda with Impunity. See 
cat under Mtoon, 

mandncable (m&n'du-ka-bl )« a. [^ F. 8p, nmn- 
du cable, < L. as if *tmnducahi1i4ff < mandumre^ 
chew : see manducatcj Capable of being man* 
ducated or chewed; fit to be eaten. 

If tangible by hia flngera, why not by his teeth — that It, 
vuindueablef Ctieridge, 

manducate (mau'du-kat), t\ l.; pret, and pp. 
tininducakd, ppr. mdnducttttng. [< L. mandu- 
cat us ^ pp. of mandHcun (> It. mamiumre = Sp. 
Pg. manducar, chew, = F. manger^ > E. mattgc, 
eat), chew, masticate, eat by chewing, a length- 
ened form of mamlertf chew: see mandtbUt 
mange^ etc.] To masticate; chf^w. 

It la gravel In the teeth, and a man muflt drlnlc the blood 
ttf Ida own gums when be mandtUMttst siieb unwtioleaome, 
such unpleas&at fruit. 

Jet Taylirr, Worlcs (ed. 188&1 1. 710. 

mandncation (man-du-ka'«bon), «- [= F. man- 
ducation = Bp. mandtwaciotu < LL, ntonduea- 
f*Vi(w-), a chewing, < L. mintdue^n, chew: see 
inffndticafe.l The act or process of biting or 
chewing; mastication, 

After the tiuinducatien of the jjoacbal lamb, it waa the 
custom of the nation to sit down to a secotid supper. 

Jfr Triglot, Works (eiL ltJ3.U 1* ^^^ 
Tlic simi, ibeiK of Archbiubop Cratmier's doctrine on 
this bead In: 1. Hiat ,Ti»hn vl. in not to be interpreted of 
oral nmtulucQtion in the sacrament. 

WGf*ti«nd, Work^ VII. 141. 

manducatory (naan'du-ka-to-ri), rt. [< mandU' 
catf + -orv.] Pertniuiiig to or employed in 
chewing; m enUim.^ specifically, haxinga man- 
dibulate form for eating. 

manducns (man-du'kus), H. [h., a glutton, u 
chewer, esp, a>< in def., < imtndrre^ chew: see 
tnandnca k 7} In Jiom . a n Hq. ,acomiccba rac ter 
of Italic origin, wearing a mask with gaping 
jaws set with great teeth, which were made to 
clash against each other. This per**inAge ngarcd 
In various public proceaaions aa well aa in Ci^meclltja on the 
atage. nnd served Koman mothers as a bugbear In reatmlot 
of childish misconduct 

mandyas (man'di-as), «, [< Or. ^ai*6'va^^ ftav- 
6ia, a woolen cloak. LGr. as in def. ; said to be 
of Pers. origin. ] In the Gr. ^7i, , a kind of large 
and loose mantle, resembling a cope, fastened 
at the throat and sometimes at the lower cor- 
ners also, and reaching almost to the feet. 
It is worn by monks and nuns, by archlmaodrlbea, nnd 
at Ihnes by bisliopn who were regularly appointed from 
tile inonfiatic orders. The mandyas of a prelate has wavy 
atrlfHi'* tipon it, while that of an areblmandrite is plain. 

Mandy Thursdayt. Bame as Mauudy Th ur»d(if 
(which see , und er m a tt udtj ) . 

mane (man), w. [< ME. manc^ mayn€\ < AS. 
•ma aw (not recorded, but indicated by the 
cognate forms, and by the derive, "^gemane^e- 
tnone, maned, and meue = OS. meni ^ OHG. 
tfwfini =r Icel, m^ii, a necklace) ss OPrieH, mtma 



man-englxie 

^ MI», maw, D. wa^tn, pianer^ = OHO. mana, 
MHO. v'^'"^" "'fff^ 0. mftnr, u^^^ "^^^ T-inn}* 
mdhne ^ =8w. Dan, n. (of, 

deriv. I(M / = Hw, Dan. n-^ up- 

per part of a horwe's n<*ck); orig jply 

*necK'f = W. mtcn, n*>ck (> tm ne^ 

= Jr. tawtrt, neck ( > • 
nmnyd, the nape of the 

; Ct. h.ii' 

vvingou tlj _ , 

ol bome animals, as t lie hor^e, lion, etc* ^ tw* dib- 
tiuguished froin the i<ln»rter hnir ^dsp where. 

Wb^r - : - f •- ;: f^ :--- — •, -, :"i -.-..- r,.f the 
ba< I ^ide. 



shaggy mil 
quarterly 



ovoi^ (be wiioit' rn 



Tbin maii«, thick lull, brvm^l Ki 
Lodic, what a horae stio(il> 

KaohwAYo was f real V, ., j.i. ;,.>, ..,, i..,„jj. 
Like the y/Mfie of a cheatuut steed. 

ScoU, L of LM.J, 28. 
Maggie . . . looked " ok, eagerly aeking one 

eomer and toaafng bu < 

(. Mill on Uie Floss, i. ». 

man-eater (man'e^ter), «. 1, A caunibnh— 

2. In India, a tiger thst has Required a taste 
for human flesh ; w ■ : nto 
have a special pro i i i ng 
human beings. Tn^ i.a*^.. i.. .-.-oa, . 
tended to the lion and the hyena, on t 
supposition. 

The regular maiMO/^r Is gt^nertdty nn oM tiger whose 
rigoar Is pasaed^ and who«D teeth are worn and def eotlve ; 
it lakeanpitsabodein*'' •■<*''- "I! ' tvtllAge, the 
population of which it the larger 

or wikler anlnudsi W.i .XI II. im 

3. One of several kin sJuirks sup* 
poaed to be specially l^ to man: spe- 
cifically, CarcharodoH ,,,„,„■>,.,, a very large 
shark of the family L<intfndtv. Tliis sharit has 
atrai^rbt i.nirow trt ncufiir teeth, veij sligliUy aerratedor 
crcK ! he tKidjr IS Btont and fusiform, 
w i 1 1 1 1 re two dorsal fins, one targe, 
betv ii* ventralB,tbeothrr Kitiallana 
paateriur , the aiial Ua la like the second 'i i iiidal 
An is orescent i form; and there are five bm area 
all in front of the p>e<:toi7ils. It Tius h. f^ 
long, though it averaj is a 
good iixD. It la a ah» i irly 
nil ttviiiial MiitcTH, frc^i (tin- 
tati.^ rhward and i^- 
tlh> tgfpecieaha i, 
and ''!i ■ ' ' poaits^ aa w^-lt !.'.'i.!:ic 
ooean^ iiubi^iing individnais thai luu&t l^vu boca ubout SO 
feci long. 

4. The dobson or hellgrammite . [Local, U. S,] 
mane^omb (man'kom), H. A comb for coitib- 

ing a hornets mane and tail. 

A third clas» of the atreei^sellerf of tnola are Mte vendors 
of curry-combs and brufrbee, imruf'/ytmbt, semper^ and 
elipplug ins trumenta. 

Maffhetc, London Ijiinour and Loudon Poor, I, 40a 

maned (mand), *t> l< mane + -ed^,} 1 Having 
a mane^ as a horse or lion; jubate. 

He said, and to bis chariot Joined his steeds 
Swift, hraacn bovfod^ and ^naned with wnvy gold, 

Cmpper, Iliad, vflt. 40 

2. In hce.^ same as crined.-^najied ant-eatar, 
M^rmeenpkoffa julHttn. - Maned ftillt-bat, PteropMt ju- 
bcAut, a tuitive of the Mnlippino Islanda. 
man^e(nia-nuzh'), ;/. and a. [< F. manege = Qji. 
Pg. mandOj, < It. nmnrggio, the hnndlingor train- 
ing of a horse, riding, a riding-school : see man- 
age, n.] I. a. I. The art of breaking, training, 
and riding horses; the art of horsemanship. --2. 
A school for training horses and teaching horse- 
manship. 
II.f rt. Managed: said of a horse. 
I sent my black inaw^ horse and furnltare with a 
friend to his Ma»»« then Ht Oxford. 

Evfeijftit Diary, J<dy IS, IM9. 

maneh (man'e), n, [Heb.] A Babylonian and 
Hebrew weight. See miViffl. 

maneless (man'les)^ c, [< mane -¥ -fe**.] Hav- 
ing no mane: as, the mam'k'j<s lion of Guzerat, 
a recognized variety of Felis Jro. 

man-engtne (man 'en 'jin), w. A form of ele- 
vator or power-la<lder used in son i— *-ifnes 
for raising and lowering men. r mj it 

la easentlally a vertlcid rtnl extending: fs' ' c to 

the bottom of the mine, and renj > ' j i »'"i 

downward, Ukc a pump-ro<l, by ni< . i i r. . , i i u ; 
or a^wuterwhet:!. llie length of -^u -k. intn .ijy irK j,t 
ed ift 12 feet, and at internals equal to the stroke jdat- 
fomiaarefaftetied to tbi- rod, with correwmindiug platfomis 
In tho shaft, on either side of tbe roc^ at points corrc- 
spontlinp to the limita of the stroke^ both up and dowiL A 
man In descending stepaon a platform on the rod jaat as 
the down stroke begin k. ind .Hto[»>. nif on tiit' platform In 
tbe shaft which be rea >ko, repeat- 

ing the opermttoQ unl 1 1 rsi . A man 

in ascenuing steps on .i , : . ilie upward 

stroke begins, and leave* it ikt tiie vi*d of the svoke. 
Ascent and descent may prooeod slmultaneoiisly without 



man-engizLe 

Intemiptfon, tbi? flxe^l plHtforms on ono aide of the ihnit 

being reserved far men tuic^^iuilnjr, ami thoM» on the other 

iidi; lor men dcaecndlng^, oiich man sc«ppln|ton hit proper 

pJatform od the rcctprocfttiug rod u it ii vac&ted, at the 

moment of pe«t betwtjeD the itrokes. by the man who is 

travt'l!"- '" th.. ,..t..,iirr. .Hp.-.r,fi..r, Thit f. fi^eform of 

ttiAn 1 in the 

flarr h$ "dou- 

* '-* f ,... t..v. .,..,„ „i-.....^ ,.jr,i.„. ,iovvTi olter- 

10 direcduna. Ihia cxintnynnce corrc- 

J with HKiVRble steps, the miner having 

, ♦.-. ry...v.< =ii..utiy siderwtse fn onler to 

I H Hit to g-f* up or dowTij 

! or descena. In the 

>M Miines man-can, are uaed 



., 3d pers. pL pres. ind. 
They remain 
Compare ma- 



instead of j 

manent in 

of man etc, reuiain; see rcn/aiH.] 
(on the stage) : a sUge direction 
net, 

jnanemiin (matt'e-kin), n. Same as fimnilin, 4. 

maner^^ «* An obsolete form of maMter^. 

maner^t, '^ 8ame as m^inor, 

maneria (ma-ne^ri-a), ». [ML,: 8e« manner^,] 
In Grtyorian mtutt^.k mixed mode — that U, one 
that includes the oompadsboth of an authentic 
and of its plagal mode* Polyphonic music for 
nnequal voicen is neneasariJy tlius written* See 

manerialf (ma-ue''ri-al)« <f . An obsolete vanant 
of mtfni*rinL 

manerlyt» odv. An obsolete form of twintterli^. 

manes (ma*nez), thvh [L., pTob»< OL, m«wf*, 
manttM, lEjood.j 1, In Rom. fintiq., the spirits of 
the deml «?onsider**d as tutelary divinities of 
their families; the deified shades of the dead^ 
according to the belief that the eon! continued 
to exifit and to have relations with earth after 
c >iad periBhed. Three time* a ycur a pit called 

'■ wu oflDcialljr opened in the ootnlttum of the 
I I um, to permit the manes to come forth. The 

aj.iJii r \s > 1 • at^sT liMEirMcd at certain festivali!, osthf; roreu- 
t.ilii nrii] P'rr.Jii; nlrUitions were maiJe to thtrm, and the 
firtriir- iiiniiit;iJriL'l on th^ Jiltar of the boiiaeholii was n bom- 
aiKo to them, lln this soum often writt<en with a capital.] 
The fiMJ«t sjwcla] reprtraentativei of ancestor- woraiilp In 
Europe were perhaps the ancioitt Bomaos, whose word 
»w¥i^ hats become the recogntted name for ancestral del 
tlc'i in miHlern riviUzed lan^iage; they embodied them 
an lmnge\ set them up as household patrons, (rratlfled 
them l^ith OITerin^B and sotejnn homnge, and, conntlnj; 
them AS or anionir the Infernal gods, insorlbed on tombs 
D. aL« "DOa Matifbus." 

jy. B, Tyt^tr, Prim, CuUitre. II. 100. 

Hence ^2. Tlie spirit of a deceased person, or 
the shades of the dciid» whether considered as 
the object of a cult or not. 

£bme s«ges have thoui^ht it pious ia preserve a certain 
reverence for the tnaiwi of their Jwen^Ml friends. 

Steele, latler, Na 181, 

3, By metonymy ^ — (a) The lower world or in- 
fernal regions, as the abode of the manes, (h) 
The punishments imposed in the lower world. 

AU have their maneg, and those iiuifuv ti«ar. 

Dr^dm, iEneid^ vi. 745. 

mane-sheet (man'9het)» n, A covering for the 
neck and the top of the head of a horse. 
manet (mft'net). fL., 3d pers. «ing. pres. ind. 
of man€rr^ remain: see remain,^ He (or she) 
remains (on the stage): a st^e direction. Com- 
pare exit. 

Exeunt PhlUp, Tole, ^et^ «itc. Utvaet Mary. 

Tfmiifvm, Queen ]llai7, M\. 2. 

manetti (ma-net'i), »» In hort,^ a variety of 

rose much used as a dwarf stock in budding* 
maneuver; maneuvre, "* and r. See manm(- 

rcr, 
manful (man ' fill )» a. [< ME. manful; < mati + 
-ftit. ] Having or expressing the spirit of a man ; 
manifesting the higher ciualities of manhood; 
courageons ; noble ; high-minded. 

Ne grete cm prises for to take on honde, 
Sheayng of b!ode, ne manful hardtneaae. 

l^ffote. Complaint of the Black Knight 

Wot know I whether 1 be very base 
Or very manfut^ whether very wise 
Or very foolish. TVnnyMn, Geniint. 

= 8711, Mantt/r ctx!. (see nuumUine); stout, strong, vlgfor- 
oua, uiidnuriicil, iiitreptd. 
manfnllv i man'fiil-i)» o(h\ In a manful man- 
ner; boldly; courageously, 
manfolness (man' fill -nes), n. The quality of 

beinc nmiifol; boldness; nobleness, 
man-fungns (man'fnng'gus), n, A plant of the 

genu IS Orasicr, 

mang^ (mang)» n, A dialectal variant of tnong'^, 
inang^ (mang), prrjK A dialectal (8cotch) form 
of mong''^f amaHff, 

Syne bad* him slip frae 'tnana the folk. 
Some thnt* when nnn ane seed him, 

And try 't that night, BitmM, Halloween. 

manga (mang'gJl), H. [ML,] i?cc/ei<M a case or 
cover; esiiecially, the cnse for a processionai or 



S608 

other eroBS when not in nsci often of rich stuff 
or embroidered, 

mangabey (mimg'f?a*ba), w, [A geographical 
name in Madagascar, by Boffon applied erro- 
neously to a kind of monkey not found there.] 
A monkey of the genus Crrcocebii», of which 
there are several species, inhabiting Africa. 
They are of moderate siso and slender form, have long 
limbs and taQ, and are«xtremely ngfle. The fsce is more 

froduced than In the species of Cercopithtciu (from which 
^rooahuJi Is detached)^ the eyebrows are prominent and 
the eyelids are white. The general color ta dork or black- 
f sh. The sooty m angabey la C, futiffinanut: the wh tte-cy ed 
maogabey is C. cKthwpg, In which the crown is also white. 
C, coUarit has a white collar. In C. olM^na the crown is 
crested. Also written tnan^afty, 

mangal, mankal (mang'gal, -kal), », [Turk, 
m (t ti hd L ma uffh aL ] A bra zier for a charcoal fire 
used in Turkey and throughout the Levant, 
usually of sheet-copper or sheet-brass worked 
into shape by the hammer, and frequently or- 
namented with designs in rep^ous.^^ work, 

manganapatite (mang-ga-nap'a-ttt), tu [< mun^ 
f/ah(i\He) + opatite,'\ A variety of apatite, tm- 
UBiial in containing manganese. A dark bluish* 
green kind from Branchville in Connecticut af- 
forded 10| per cent, of manganese protorid. 

manganate (roang'ga^nat), w. [< mangatt(ic) + 
-fihK] A compound of manganic acid with a 
base* Also mntiganemte, 

mangancolnmbite (mang'gan-ko-lum'bit), », 
[ < Via m/a it ( esf ) + colum hi tt, j A Vari e ty of co- 
lumbito in which the iron 1% largely replaced 
by manganese. 

manganeisen (mang'gan-I-zn), n. [Irreg. < 
man^an{€^f) + G. chen = E. iron.'] Ferroman- 
ganese; a combination of the metals iron and 
manganese containing ft large percentage (fmm 
50 to 85 per cent. ) of the latter, it i% msnufactured 
for UM} in the Feeaemer process, arid Is on importiiut ad< 
junct to that operation. The object of tlie ndflition of the 
iiiantranese at the termination of the "blow" is the re- 
mpviil of the oxygen In the iroo. without at the same time 
adding earlion and silicon. This vitally important im- 
provement of the Bcasemer process Is due to the Scotch 
mt'tallnTgist ft. F. MasheL See gteel and ^>UgeL 

manganeaate (mang-ga-ne'sat), «. [< manga- 
itt\'ie + -ate^.] Same as majiganftte. 

manganese (mang-^a-nes' or -ne//), n, [^ F. 
mftnganese (> 8p. Pgl mangane^a = It. manga- 
jiese)t < Nil. mangtmemum, an arbitrarily altered 
form of magnesium^ a name first given to this met- 
al, but now used for a different metal : see mag- 
ife,»iMW.] Chemical symbol, Mn ; atomic weight, 
55, A metal having a remarkable affinity for, 
and in some respects a close resemblance to, 
iron, of which it is an extremely frequent asso- 
ciate'. It dllfern frtjm iron, however » in that it Is not 
nj«d at all by iUall in the arts, although of great Interest 
and impoitnme as conT3eet<«d with the manufacture of 
iron, and as nmdifyint? by Ite presence in small anautlty 
the character of the product obtained. The useof tfie black 
Olid of manganese for removing the coloring matters from 
Klftss was known to the ancients, and Is mentioned by FUny. 
but the nature of the material thus used was not understooti 
until qtilte modem times. This Ignorance wns shown in 
the oonfiiiionof the oxUi of manganese with the magnetic 
oxld of iron, the lodestone (Ijitia rnafphfn and maffnatiim 
fivjpw), and the former was callod maffnesia bj chenilEts 
in the middle a^es, appfirently in conformity with Pliny « 
Idea of a dual (maicuUue and feminine) nature in some 
metals, maiiftaneae not having the attractive power of the 
magnet, ana being on that account considered feminine. 
Other varianta (in the Ofteenth and alxteenth L-euturi^s) 
of the name of the ore used by glaa»<makcrs were mafftu** 
fifj, manffadamm, and mmi^imtn»it. After what we now 
call magnolia had received tne nanio of mt^Ttaia alba, ap- 
parently from the idea that this substmnoo was in some 
waj related to tht!! oxld of manganese, the latter began to be 
nal led manwuia nigra . From the m Id die of the ei gbternth 
century the combinations of mani^atiese were studied hy 
various chemlst^^ and nnally, ix% 1174, the metal nmnga- 
nese was Isolated by (lahn. but for years there was nmcb 
confusion In regard to its speciO« nome^ and It waa nfjt 
until after the beginning of the present centuiy that the 
name tnanifaiwm (Tiunwan In German) begaii to be gen- 
em II y adopted. The Latin termination in -um {nrnnaa- 
ni^nmn) is rarely used In modem technical works. Tnla 
metal has never been found native. As eliminated from 
its orea by chemical processes, it is gmyisb wliite In color, 
resembling cast-iron, but varying consldembly tn hardness 
and luster according to the nature of the met hods by 
which it waa obtained. It is very Imrd and britlkv utid 
has A specific gravity of about 8. It oxidlxes rapidly on 
exposure to the air, Mangnneae resembles iron in that its 
ores are widely ditTused. and differs from that metal re- 
markably In the fact that, on the whole, its ores are only 
rarely found in connldemblo quantity in anyone loGsllty, 
while those nf Iron exist inabandance in many regions. The 
important ores of manganese are all oiids, and of these the 
perosid (pyrotuiite), called in commerce the btaek oxid nf 
inangniii'iie, or simply mangaivm, is the most valuable 
and iniprtt-iant. Other mangaoiferoua mtuerals (atl ox- 
ids) are hraunlte, hauimaonite, pallomelane, and various 
earthy raixtnrea called boo-mamffaoBai^ uud, cupnmtM man- 
ffaneM, etc. Practically, the ore called manffan«te In com* 
merco Is a mixture of various oxld^, different samples dif- 
fering greatly in valne^ which value has to be determined 
by chemical analysis. The ores and salts of manganese 
are of very conslderatde importance tn chemical monnfnc- 
tures, both as bleach lug and oxidising reagents. The na- 



manganonB 

ture and Imporiance of this metal in the manufacture of 
iron and steel will be found indicated under nUd and 
^neffel—Eaxthj inangan««^ ■-<>■■** iz-zid,— Gray maa- 
gaaeseore. BameosTmr; 'sjnganeseiironze, 

an alloy said Ut be comp4> it nronxe with the 

addition of manganeo'^ t * m" t' •tTtl.nnd 

i ts fracture resembl. i^oslil 

to ec^ual or excel in 1 1 1 iility. 

It has beenmanafa<^L...— ^ ,., ..,.k.,. .^ ,,,., ,, -t come 

into general use,— Maaaanese brown, green, violet, 
etc See brmtm^ etc. — manganeae copper, Hnmr^ a* 
fnanffane» frronis.— KazLgamaBe epldote. y." '->'"•. 
86e «pi(foe« and p<0dmonfi£A.— ItMijpuieve £^ 
Bartit«. 8ee ^^mdi,— MangaaeM spar, 
Red manganese, a mineral nsualiy oTa n 
rhodochroaito.— iLed oxld Of majiganeBr 
compound of manganese and oxygen uli • 

formed by exposing the peroxid or seaquloxta m .i ^v jnui 
heat. It occurs native as hausmanntte.— Whlt^ man- 
ganese, an ore of manganese; manganese carl>i>natc 

manganese-glaze (mang-ga-nes'glau)^ «, A 
dark-jL^ray or jet-black glaze, the color of which 
is given by mauf^anese. 

manganesian (mnrrj-j^ii^ne'si-an), «. [< man- 
4janesf* + -km,] Pf»rtaiuing to manganese : con- 
sisting of manganese; containing mangauese, 
or characterized by its presence.' 

manganesic (mang-g^-ne'sik), a, [< manganesf 
-f -k\] Same as manganw, 

manganesinm (mang-ga-ne'd-um), n. ' [NL. : 
sc*> /nftif(/<rne»tj] Bame us mutujane^e, [Rare.] 

manganetic (roang-gn-net'ik),' tu [< manga- 
n{e»€) -¥ -ettc^ ua in magmtie,] Same as majngn- 
niferonM. 

manganhedenbergite fm led'en-b^-r- 

git), w. l< m*uffffffi{rsr) + ,'^,] A va- 

riety of hedenbcrgit^ eouhiu.ji.K " :■ i. *;^ iy 
Inrge amount of manganese, found 1 

manganic (mang-gan'^ik), ff, [< m«jf;; i- 

-/c] Containing manganese: lncheTni^try, spe- 
cifically applied to compounds in which each 
manganese atom is regarded a^ ;<lent. 

Also m a n tia n cnc. ~ My ti g »ni n acid r« aild 

which is not known in the free stat«. ii^.,^. .^ of the 

alkalis are formed when manganeae dioxid is heated with 
an alkali carbonate or nitrate. They have a green color, 
lin*» r. o.Hiv <ff^ompoBe, forf^''"' r...,^......rr,.,..,f.. r.,.,| ^^in 

g:v Thccmd* -, 

r.'ii .1% mimrtti, 1 

111' ' x-^slng rapid 1> ;..;.•,.«. ... r. ....,.; .^.^ .... .■, .-, <ji coi - 

or \<y rhangen in Us state of oxidation. Msn- 

gi i-0:», or manganese seiquloxid, is the mln 

ei\i. i., .,..,,, I. J. 

manganiferons (mang-ga-nif 'e-ms), a, [< NL, 
ma nga « / w vt + L . ferre = IE . hcar^ . J Containing 
or carrying manganese: as^ a manganiferous 
garnet. Also manganetic, 

Tliese higher manganvifiTmiM Irons show little or no mag- 
netic action. C, B, Alder Wright, Encyc. Brit., XlIL 3fi0. 

manganite (mang'ga-nit), n. [<mangan{ctf€) + 
-iffC] -\ hydrated bxid of manj^anese occur* 
ring in oithorhombic crystals of a steel-gray or 
iron-black color and brilliant luster, also in 
masses having a columnar structure. It is often 
altered^ by loss of water, to pyrolusite. Also 
called gray wanganeRe ore, 

manganium (mang-ga'ni*um), M. [NL., short 
ff>r mfnujautHium.] B(|mo as manganese. 

manganocalcite (mang'ga^no-karsit), «. [< 
mangan(ti(€) H- caU-itt,] A variety of ealcite 
containing manganese carbonate. 

manganomagnetite (mang'ga-no-mag'ne-tit), 
rt. [< mamjaniesc) 4- magnetite.] A variety 
of magnetite containing considerable manga- 
nese, 

nmnganophyllite (mang'ga-no-flrit), w. [< 

miini}<\n{rsr) + Gr. (pvA/cn\ leaf, + -*7ef3.] A 
maii^'anift rous mica occurring in thin reddish 
Bciiles at Hcveral localities in Sweden. 

manganosideiite(mang^ga-n6-sid'^.rit), ff. 
[< mantjan{t\se) -f mdrriie,) A carbonate of 
manganese and iron, intermediate between 
rhodochro8tte and siderite. 

manganosite (mang-ga-no'slt), »t. [< man- 
gan{esv) -^ *ose (f) -1- -ifc*^,] Manganese pro- 
toxide a mineral occurring in re(?iiiar octahe- 
drons of an emerald-green color, found at sev- 
eral localities in Sweden. 

manganoBtibiite (mang'ga-no-stib'i-lt), w. [< 
ma u ga n ( esc ) 4- 8tihi{ u nt) +' -i Ic^, ] An antimo- 
niate of manganese, occurring in black embed- 
ded grains at Nordmark in Sweden. 

manganotantalite (mang^ga-no-tan'ta-Ht), n, 
t< mango uic'ie) -¥ tahtalite,'] A varietv of tan- 
talite in which the iron is hirgely replaced by 
manganese. Tlie manganotuntalltc flitit known was 
from the Ural, and had the crystalline form of ortlfuury 
coin mbtte, A massive manganesian tan toll to from Sweden 
is distinguished as inangamUinUdtU, 

manganons fmang'ga-nus), ff. [< mftngau(eift) 
+ -<j?/.-?.] Containing manganese; in chemis- 
try, specifically applied to comfK>unds in which 
each manganese atom is regoii3ed as having a 



manganoas 

niAximutn (iimntiviiliMice of »wo. Compare 

■i <ho uuxHifanaua oxitli? to a ulrtmi^ ouTTonit 
4>: ^^ up anutber utom ol o%\g<ef\, 

Sdtiw, Xllh AJl 

loangCOnL (mang'kdni), n, [Also moH^f'Corri, 
muntf-corn^ w«ftrtirff» < ME. ^manfjayrn^moiig' 
POt'M(=(f. tmtm/korn); < ma«fl5.mortf/l,+ <?<;rnl.] 
A raixture of wbeat and rve iind other species 
of ^iiiii; a crop of severul species of grain 
gn'oWTi tojjether. [Eng.] 

mange^f, K i. [< ME» «wi?if/f w, mmmgen^ < OF. 
mufujier^ F. ttmnger =: Sp. Pg, munjar= It, man- 
(fiarv, eat» < L» mamlucare, chow, LL. eiit» de- 
vour: see HHintltu'Aite, VA, ttmnch^^ muttnch^. 
mottttchf munch, other forms of the Bame wonL] 
To »n*t, 

3c tiikuo r/tfii'if/tJ [ V1U-. NMiiir^^^J otiere nmchc. thiit uiakt^tb 
30 w Ihj aiyko. fwrm Phrwman {C\ II 2T'2. 

mange*'^ (^rimnj)^ n. f Early rao<i, E. fnangtf re- 
duced to mauffd (wnence Ibo adj, mantjy^ < 
matujc^ H(- -i/1), < OF. iminfjeur^ ntangu^f^ manjut^ 
mtHjttt\ itch, also eati ity, also what is 

eaten, food eut<»ii \^ <<j, food), < ML. 

'mQitfhutif.i i , maud:-, ......... .u,, what is e^ten 

(cf . 01 *«, fminQcsoH^ also demangeumt, 

F. f/er^ ^ itch), < L, munducare^ chew, 

LL. eat, devour (> OF. /«rt/<f7tv^oat): see mange^ . 
Cf. man/jtf* «•] A ttkiuHiisoawe or outaiieous 



3009 
tntSstt cortao«oai leQVcs, tnd po(yg»modla)cioaf flowera, 

which iirt.' 5in:i]L ninkJNli cir veflovilhh. uin) cr<iM tit (tiiiL'li' 
hr,-:- '■ - . - 



¥t>l. 



-', ,l.-_ 



^^^^ 



J- 



miingo-niite. The term is Joosety extended to 
some aimihir (^ootJoiia, whether or ijot of para- 
Bitic ori^u. 
mange-insect (manj Ma ' aekt), it. Sftmo as 

nifUffje-fuih'. 
Mange lia (maii-je'li-a), n. See Manffilm, 
mangel-wurzel (mang'gl-w^r'»l), n, [< G. 

mangthcnr::iU prop. mnurfoMwuvzeU ^ beet-root,^ 

< tmitufold, MHG. matujolty beet (origin uiieer- 
tain; > It. nuiniyoifh = Slav, malgot), + wur^ef^ 
MHG. ivurrt'1, OHG. tcurzdla (=1). tcorUd^ root), 

< irf/r*, a plant, MHG. also root, = E. iroH; gco 
ivort^.1 A variety of beet, Bein vKhtarU jtmn'o^ 
rhicit, produiMUg a larger and coars^er root than 
the gartlen-beet, which is exteu^ively eulti* 
vated as food for cattle. 

mange-mite (manj'mit)j, n. A mite whose pres- 
ence causes the raangi>, as Df'nmdex foUk'Hfo- 
ntm ; any one of the fJemodicidtv. 

manger (man' j6r), n. [< ME. * muHiteimre^ mun- 
jowrv, manjitre^ m/injore, < OF. mnniftmre, tHuu- 
geuref manjut'e, fmiiiiffeuret F, muntjcmre (= Pg. 
niatijadoira)^ < ML. *mandHcatoria (cf. equiv. 
wanducitnttm, a bag for oats, a horse^s nose- 
bag )t a manger, lit. an ettting-pla<^e» < L, mondti- 
ean\ chtiw, eat, > OF. manfftei', F. manger, eat : 
see manoe^,] 1. A trough or box in which is 
laid for horses or cattle such food as oat«, bran, 
roots, or the like (hay being generally placed in 
a rack above the manger); tne receptacle from 
which horses or cattle eat iu a atablo or cow- 
house. 

Anil ahe . . , lAtd lilm tn ft rfUMffgrt bocAtiM there wiu 
no room for thoin in the inn. Luke 11. 7. 

A churlUh onr i;ot intotimanffer, mad there lay growling 
to keep the horovs from their provemler. 

Sir R. L'Ealratiift, 

2. jVrtwt, a small space at the forward end of 
the deck, divided off by a combing (called the 
manger^hoard)^ just back of the hawse-holes, to 
prevent the entrance of water through the lat- 
ter when the after part of the deck is flooded. 
— J>os in the manger. See do^. — liring at hw^ and 
manger. fSee h^ckh 

manger-board (man'j^r-bord), n. A board or 
bulfliead on a ahip^s deck that separates the 
manger from the arter part of the deck. 

mangeringt, m. [Cf. mong^,} Uncertainty; 
perplexity. 

Tlje aimple people might be bronglit in n. f 

their faith, aiuULaotl in doubt wlioni thqy m 

PhUpitt^ WoTka, p. 31:^ > 

mangeryt, '^ [MK., also mtrngerief mtMMgmi^;^ 

< UF. mannffie, eating, feasting, i manger, eat: 

see m a nge 1 . ] Th e a ct of eatin g ; a feast ; f ood . 

At thti whll thatOameljru heeld hla iwiiM«r|w. 

TaU of Oomtlyn, L 946. 

Mangifera (man-jif'e-pS), w. [KL. (Linnaeus I, 

< mango -I- L. ferre ='E. hear^,'\ A genus of 
dicotyledonous polypetalotis plants of thenatu- 
ral ortier Anamfdiac€€t, thecaehew family, and 
type of the tribe Mangiferew, having the ovnle 
ascending above the base of the cell, and the 
sepals and petals not increasing after the flower 
has expanded. They are iroplcal Ireee with «h»pk, 



, 18443), 






Flowertng^ Branch <nt lf«nf(vtR« iMmt%rtf*^i tndifaX, 

d. m. flower ; fi, i^rt oC lite tfiAafoKctico ; c^ tl)<r pUUl ; < th« frutt : <, 

Tlie uiaiifTi), M. Ituiica, tcruwt AbuiidAiitly In lutlla. t^uA U 
crjll1vat«(] 111 inrtiiy oilitT (tupfcal cotmirlwfor iii eill»»te 
tiMlU, which are vi?r> highly esteemed. There Me agre«t 
niatijr varieties, tlillL-Hiie tn the tlitvor^ alfe, and thape of 
the fruit. The unripe trults arc mneh lued hi ladla hi 
consenee and picklfs, in which UttcT state they are fre- 
quently eiqiort^d ; the ripe frulta, also, are much eftten. 
Various parts of the tree are used In niedkine. 

MangifereaB (man-ji-fe're-e), !(.»/. [NL. (Eng- 
ler, 1883)^ < Mangifera -h '^w,'] A tribe of plants 
of the natural omer Ana card wc^tr, the cashew 
familir', embracing 7 genera, of which Mangi- 
fera IS the type, and about 160 species, all na- 
tives of the tropics. The trlh* I^ duiructerlfed hy 
slujple leavea, and toy the ovule 1 * nJed from a 

funfculua that rliea from the \»}* 

MangUia (man-iil'i-ii), «. [: u v.^i 
orig. MtingcUa (mmo, 1826); aUo Man- 
ct'ha (Auclouin, 1827); from the name 
of MangiUt an Italian na-turaliat.) 
The tvt)ieal gen tie of J/«n<7t7/ti><e, 

Mangjliinae (man-jiUi-i^ne), «. j>/. 
[NL., < MungiUa + -/»«',] A subfam- 
ily of pIeurotonioidga8troiK>da, typified 
by the genuy MangUia^ and character 
isted bv absence of an operculum. 

mangifyt (mnn'ji-li), adv. In a mangy or foul 
manner; meanly. [Kare.] 

Ob, thiH §oaude man&ilift 
Poorly, and »ctinflly, hi a aoldler* mouth. 

FMt/ur {and another), Falao Cue, It :t. 

manginess (man'ji-nes), «, The condition of 
being mangy; scabbinefls; infection with the 
mange, 
manglei {mang'gl)? r, t. ; pret. and pp. mangttd^ 
ppr. mangling, [Early mod. E. also mangif ; 
< ME. mangehiif as if for 'manlrkn, freq. of 
manken, mutilate; mixed with ML. mangularc 
for *titafieic2df0r mangle ; cf. D. OF, mangonnerf 
mangle. Cf, mangekn, OKG, mangotdnf manko^ 

lon^ MH^~^ ' "•'"?(?», G. mangeln^ Dan. mangle^ 

be wall , freq. of OHG. mangdn, men- 

gen, be V , uick: see mank^, The'relations 

of these iorms are aomewhat iincertAin.] 1. 
To cut and slash or tear at random ; wound jag- 
gedly or by numerous cuts; hack; laeerat*^; 
disfigure by cutting, backing^ tearing, or crush- 
ing: applied chiefly to the cutting of flesh. 

Thts rrifltiirj tiener cesaed to kUle and to lie, and man- 
IfttUU a] lie that thel myteht take. 

ITct^iii (E. FL T. 8.X "I- **6, 

I mav^e a thing, 1 dlafyiniro It with cattyng of It lu 

peeea or withoat order. J e mangomie . . . and Je mutille. 

Yoa have maf*qyfiied this mcate norryhly. It le nat to ictte 

afore no hotie»t men <nal hooimede bten) nowc 

Fahgr^w, quoted in Babeet Book (E. E. T. S.X it S9^ 
Unleet thou ^ve me crowns, hrave orownt; 
Or manffUd shalt thou be by this my aword. 

Shak., Hen. V., 1v. 4. 41. 
2. Figuratively, to destroy the symmetry or 
completeness of; mutilate; mar tiirough igno- 
rance, bungling, or malice. 

Your diilionotir 
Manffiu tme jadgetnent, and bereavea the atote 
Of that Integrity which should ttecome 't 

Shak., i:or,, tit 1. 168. 
The paeans paint him nud mamrle him after a thousand 
faahions. Burton, Anst. of MeL, p. SOL 

The org&u-part was ihorouirhty nuinffUd. 

Tht AtfuMEion, ITob. SSf, 1892. 
sfiyn. If dim, etc. See m^idUtU^. 
mangle^ ^mang'gl), «. [< D. mangel = MLG, 
nut II yd* (in tiomp.) = U, mungel, mandd = 8w. 



mangona 

manqd = Dan. manglt- ibi comp.; (of. Pol, ma^ 



E. mavgvnelji oi a form repn^sented hy G. mongr^ 
a mangle, MHG. mange^ a machine for pTooothing 
linen, a war-engine, = Icel. mangu nel, 
= It. mattganOy a machine for smr. 1 <^d^ 
a war-engine, < ML. >wr/;r «i«- 
goi «-)^ a w ar-en gi n e f or ' , ♦ < 
Gr. /id}>G»w, a war-engii >iea» 
the axis of a pulley, a bolt, a buij tc. 
also a means of charmiTig or )^ _: (a 
philter, drug, ete.). Cf. e.] 
A machine for sraootl i He- 
boid articles of linen or *;oi i -ij, n- 1 le- 
cloths, napkins, and towels. As f lo It 
consUied of^ an oMontr loctiirirnlar wo. . likh 
rested up , ;. wjth 
fttonea to v. >y\- 
hider?, ns. 1 mhus 

of ri V ik:iMa 

ovtr hrd 



pairs ui rollers- 

mangle'-^ (mang'gV), r* t.; pret. and pp. man- 
glcdt ppr. mangling, [= D. xn ^t r„,x„,iW,-,, _ 
6, mangtln = bw. mangfa =1 .ntj' 

gie; from the noun.] To sui 1 an- 

gle; calender. 

niangle^bark (mang^'gl-blrk)* », [< NL. man- 



gk (see mangrmn) 
grove-hirk. 



Mawjff bark Is prindpally used tn *-,"■' i ^ 

u. s, c&it*. lit] 



manglerMmang'glt'r), II. [<^ ;, J 1. 

One who mangles or tears in cutting; one whr» 
iniirs, mutilates, or disfigures. 

Coarse mnfHfUr§ of the hiitnan face divine. 

Faint on, Tiek^tt, To 8lr Godfrey KneUer. 

2. A machine for chopping meat for cooking; 
a meat-chopper or -masticutor. 

mangier^ (mang'gler), w. [ss D. m^ngelaar 
= 8w. mangUire: as fnanglt^ 4- -eri.] One 
who uses n mangle, 

mangle-rack (mnng'gl-rak), w. A raek hav- 
ing teeth on opposite sides. engiMjed by a pin- 
ion which meshes with the r-^ " ^ -; ^^j. 
tenmtelv. The contlnuotrs roln j4n. 

ion Is by tnis drvke converted lilt .; mo- 

tion, ttfl In »imu' forms at cluthua-inunj^h:. E. U. KmyhL 

mangle- wheel { m a n g ' gl-h we l ) . « . A w he c 1 tto 
constructed that a reciprocating rotatory mo* 
tion is communicated to it by a pinion which 
rotates continuously^ 

mango (mang'go), n,; pi. mangott or mangottt, 
[==F, matigue = Sp. mango = Pg. mangu^ mango 
(wif/«^i/k*r, the tree),< Malay »i«%f;«» the man- 
go t fruit),] 1. The luscioufs, slightly acid fniit 
of the mango-tree, in shape and appearance 
somewhat resembling tlie plantain. Bee Man^ 
gifera. 

The wQHffo is certainly the king^ of fro It. It« flavour 
Is a ooniblnatlun of apricot and pineapple. 

Ladyi BraoKy, Voyage oif Saobeam, I. xlv. 

2. The tree that produces mangos, 

Sheltered by a drooping mango, vhoike rich dntten of 
purple and oraago fruit honR in tempting pro^tmlty to llpa 
and handa. lady Bratfey, Voyage of sunbeam, I. xiv, 

3. A small green melon pickled in imitation of 
pickled mangos, — 4. A eerttiin humming-bird, 
Lampomifi mango — Mango-ginger. Hw Cwrci^w«, 
2, ana ^n^ert,— Mountain mango, Clugia jlava ot Ja- 
maica. 

mangO'blrd (mang'go-bt-rd), n, A kind of In- 
dian oriole, Onolits kundoo (Sykes), of a j'el- 
low color, closely rehited to the common onole 
of Europe, 

The manffo-tird irlitnce« through the groves, and In the 
early morning announces his beautiful but unwelcome 
presence with Jils merle-melody. 

/*. JtnhinMm, Under the Sun, p 66, 

mangO-liBll (mang'go-fisb), n. A fish, Potyrttfnn^ 
paradoxtis^ of a golden eolor» with free pectoral 
rays, of which the upper three are about twice aa 
long as the entire nsh ; the tnpsce. it has no alr- 
blaader, rarely exceeds fl Infhea i;. . ibltt 

the ikgr of Bengal to the Malny m • \i\ 

ers in April and Ma? to spaMm. r 1 y c*. 

teemed. Bee cut under Pttqfiwmujk 

mangQ-hnmmer (maiig'g6-hnm'er)i n. Same 
as mango^ 4. 

mangold, mangold-wnrzel (mang'gold, -w^f'- 
zl), «. bame as mangd-wnrzcK 

mangonaf (mang'go-uS,), n, pdL., also ma^' 
gana, mangamtw : see mangondy mniHjh^,'^ X 
'military* engine for thi'o wing stones, Jart», etc. 
See tnangond. 



mangonel 

mazLfonelt (maiif^'go-nel), n. [AJso mtm^ O Mi; 
< ME. imin(f*mel, mongaiwU fnaft{funMt mstf^U 
imtKintiU < OF. nwnfffiml, ttujngoneaJ^ P* nutngon- 
neuu = Pr. man^anel= It, mantjnnelkt, C ML. wwi w- 
ffOft^ihut, ft mangonel, dim* of mnm}otiumt man- 



lAaqgoneL (Fiom Vh»11«Me Dqc"* " Diet dc r Afcbltectttrb") 

gan^i, an engine for throwing stooee : see man- 
tfk^,] A military engine foi-merly used for 
throwing: stones, t^tc. 

8«ite MAhon «it tb^ mQrujijnfl ntid tiiull6>Btoiiea throweth, 
With croket aiid with kAlk« trapped «-«lQye we betn 
eohone ^ f^ien Plowman <C), xxi. SS&n 

Mild mafi^ntU iL glurjoi bor citbcir to other cAAt«. 

ifo6, nfOltmoetUr, p. M& 
Wflbonte stroke, H mot be Uk^ 
Of trepc-got or man'jond. 

lifft/i, nf the Mom^ t 0S79. 
The lAfy engine* of otitJundlib biith, 
Gou<itied like ft king eacb on iU bank of earths 
Arhaliit,«nan^Tu<ud(»iUi»alU firointt'iv, Sordella. 

mangoniamf (mftog'ffo-nizm)^ n. [< manftoni ise) 
4- -*A7n,] The art ofmangonisinfff or of setting 
off worthless or j>oor things to adyantage. 

Let RenUenieD Mid ladle* who are ctttiooB trait Uttle 
1^ mantfonums, loBuoimtfoBt, or medicine; to alter the 

SMfclet, or itidced the forma and ihapea of flowers con 
derubly. Settyn, Calendar] am Burtense, Mortih 

mangonistt (mang'go-nist), fi, [< man(imi{i::e) 
+ -i^t,^ 1. On© who mangonized, or furbishes 
up worthless articles for 8ale» 

The nmnffofmi doth feed and i^ralth hla hur*«. 
MoHcu Maaten aU Thin&M (lO^X p. 77. {Sncifc, DuL) 
2. A Btrmupet. 

One who bhHa humane fleah — a manffoniti f 

Martttm, Dutch C'onrtezaui, L 1, 

' mangOUizef f mang ' go - iiiz)» r. t. [< L. mnmfO' 
Hiz4fr€f furbish up for sale» < fmtttgo(f%-)^ a dealer 
in slaves or wares who furbishes them up for 
sale, a furbisher* polish er, < Gr fio^jm'Qv, a 
means of charming or bewitching (or deceiv- 
ing): see manffle^,^ 1. To polish or furbish up 
in order to set off to adyantage. 
HisL What will you aak for them a week, oaptAln ? 
Tue, No, jrou mmHfftmiting alave, I will not pAri from them. 
B, Jotuon, Po«tiist«r, liL I. 
2. To fatten^ aa fllftves, for sale. 

mangoose, it. See monffooa, 

mangostan (mang'go-stan ), n, See numffosiem. 

mangosteen (mang'go-sten)^ ». [Alao wutnao' 
sUju. =F, maugoH^tan (the tree), man§migte{me 
fruit )^ < Malay mantjusUt, mangis.} The impor- 
tant tropical' fruit-tree Garcinia ManmsUum; 
also^ its product. Occasionally written mango- 
if tine, ^^DX^ mangOBteen, IHotyj/rot Bmbfyopteria, a 



\^ 



^:r-:^. 



r/ 



36X0 

dense tree with aatrlogent fmit, oommon tn tbe Eait 
IndieiL 

mango-tree (maug'go-tr^), ». Mangifera Imli- 
ca. See Mangifera and mango, 

mangrove (mang'grov), ». [Formerly also 
matt^rowe (1670); appar, an altered form, sim- 
ulating E. grove, of *maf*go, or some similar 
form (cf. F/ iflo, NTj. mangle^ 

mangrove)n: <ji}i^ma,TLgrov^J] 

1. A tjee i-i .ill uMiu:- i^,i,^ophora^ chiefly 
R. mucronota {[{. Mangle), the common iiiaii- 
grove, abounding on tropical shores in both 
bemiapheres. it U a low tree of moat #lnifular habit, 
remarkable for a copious developnicot of adTentjttoiis 

rooti^ which arch oat fntm the lower part cf ♦h - * ^' 

and at length d«acend from the bruuciiea ; i i 

alio 111 that ft< seed germlciftttii In the fmlt, f.v 
Ita radicle Into the mnd. aometltpea a di6Un^.r: ., .v> 
era] feet^ before detachment from the parent. U> tbe»e 
meana the mjingruve aprcads thickly ovur the tidal luud, 
fonnfoEr impenetmhle aud highly malarLal boua, bun* 
tlredfl of mllea tn length. The wood la valoahlo for fnt4. 
for piles, etc.. and la Busc^ptlble of a beautiful paUeh. 
The astringent bark Ja uaeful in medicine aiid for Canning, 
The fniit It of a dry and cortaceoua teitureu Sea oat in 
preceding column. 

2. Another idant of similar habit, e«i»eeially 
a plont of tlie genus Jnicettnia, They are lit- 
toral treee, widely dtlfttaed In the tropioi^ throwing ont a 
tangled mama of arohiug roots above grotind, und fending 
up abundant aararagaa-likeiihoota from the iindergnnntd 
roolt. Tbe aeed alao genDlnatea as it Hpens. A, ojiri 
noHa (indnding A, tcmmUtm), oitlled whUe man^fropr, ex- 
tenda to AtialTnlia and New Zealand^ the manawa of tbe 
Maorii^ mlaCakenly reported to yield an nromattc gum. 
A, niiida of trupic&l Americti and Africa &» the bbick or 
olive man grove. See bSadkttood, &, 

3. In ^ooL, the mango-fish.— Red mangrove, a 
Oalana form or name of the common mangrove.— White 
mangrove. Hee def. S; alao, the white buttoiiwood 
rwhich toe).— gangOia mangrove, Cvmcarput ertcta. 
wte fmttomtfOdd, I. 

mangrove-bark ( mang' grov-blirk) , » . The bark 
of the common man^ve, of Aticennia oj/^d- 
na^is, and of several similar East Indian treee, 
valuable for tanning. Also mangle-bark, 

mangrove-cuckoo (tnang'gTov-kuk'S), n. An 
American tree-ciiekoo, C<ycct^;ruti seniatltiji or C, 
minor, foimd in Florida and some of the West 
Indian ialandK: so called from fr<*f|iifTit in gf man- 
groves. Itreoemblei tlv nod la 
of about the same ilie, but i itige 
browainateadof white.anl } »ec 

mangrove-hen ( ma n g 'gro v-hen ), ti . The c ora- 
mon salt-water mnrsb-nen or clapper-rail, Enl- 
luB lt>ngiruf^tn.\ or B, crepitans. [West Indies.} 

mangrove-snapi>er (mang ' grov - snap ' «^r), n. 
The bastard eaapper, Lu^anus {UhomhoniiUis) 
anmrubimSf a sparoid fish of the West Indies 
and northward to South Carolina, it la a^^out a 
foot longf and of a TemillfoTi or rL«) liue In ditferunt part«, 
with irri^ular yellow apota on tbe mdm. This tlRb tech- 
nioilly dUFera m>m other anappcta of the lamo genua in 
having a diamond-ahaped patch of Tomerlne teetb ami 
feeble caniifrea. See Mw^fper. 

mangue (mangg) , « » [ Af rioan (f ) . 1 A vi verrine 
quadnipcd of Africa, CrnnMarch^i* oo(tcnrun fHhoui 



lurly Hpenkbig, a pKiloBupher tmragod with mons than 
OoUtmnOh, FoUte Lo^ndng. vUt 



Bnacl» «r Maactoivs l J(Jki»ti^M*m MmnfU ). wiUa leaves and thilt. 
tftittvan; A*a iQirar laid Opca«ll»« pistil rcmo trad; r. the pistil: </,» 
iridiobtaM fa ih« bark, bivbly ma^ntfiotl. 



19 inches long, of a nearly uniform dark-brown 
color, paler on the head, the feet blackish, and 
tho snout long and slender, 
Mangn8ta(mang-gus'ta),n. [NL.(Chivier), after 
F. mungoitste: see mongooseJ] A generic name of 
ichtieumons or mongooses: same as Herpestes. 
mangyt (man'ji), n. See mange'^, n. 

The dog whote mai^y eafca awij hli balre. 

Staptfiion, Juronal, viii 43. (Sney^ DkL^ 

mangy (man'ji), n. [< mangel, n,, + -y^.] In^ 
fecteu with the mange; scabby; hence, unti- 
dily rough or shaggy, as if from mange. 
Away, thou laaae of a moimr dog ! 

Shak.,Y of A./iv, 8.a7L 

I remember bar a wmagy little urchin picking wood* In 

the garden. fA«eA#r«iy. 

manhaden, "* See mmhmhsn, 

manhandle (man'han/'dl). r. t\ pret. and pp. 

munhandled, ppr. ttmnhtinaHng, Naui,^ to move 

by force of men, without levers or tackles; 

hence, to handle roughly; pull and push about, 

as a person, in anger or in sport. 
In two mtnntet [theyl were ao mauled and man/mniMi 

that It waa reported aft Tht CvMury, KXXh BOG. 



man-hater ( man ' ha' t^r ) , n , 1 . One who hates 
mankind: u misanthrope. 

What wUl they elo then. In the Tiarae of God nod 8ftlntij 
what will thc!»o iHanhaUrt yet with more deapiu^ht Jind 
mikchfef doV MUtmK Church-Government, iL., Con- 

2. One who hates the male sejt. 

lUnia»can, of Geneva, ft profeaaed wian~AaC«r, or, more 
propurly flpeakbig 
half of niankin<L 

manheadt (man'hedj, n, [Earlv mod. E. wmiii- 
hfd: < ME. munhcik = MLG. manheit = UHG, 
Mfiimheit, MHG. manheit^ 0. manHheit; < man 
+ -hrad,} 1. The state of being human; hii- 

'""' tnv. ; humanity. 

idon, <jur Bleaaed Haolouf Clirlal, whoae 
'>*i urdeined for oar necettitttv 
Sir T. Mort^ Cumfbrt againtt Trlhulatkiti. 

2. Manhood; virility. 

Thoti mayat, ayn thou baet wyidom and vimnh*^. 
Ataemblen ill the folk of cure kynredr 

Chaucer, Knlgtit't T»ile. K 4f*. 
botie^ y idhal thee ache we— now take bode— 
And of »uche oianera tlieM declare 
Bl whiche thou ftchalt come to moHhidt^ 
To wordll worK'hlp, and to woelfure. 

BahttM Bonk (E. £. T. S. ), p, 94. 

manheim ( nian * him )^ it. A b ra 88 alloy reeem- 
bling gold. See Mamtheim golft, imder gold. 

manhole (man'hol), «. 1, A hole through 
which a man may enter a sewer, ilniln, cess- 
pool, or tho like, for cleaning or re^miring; in 
ate*am-boili»rs, hot-water tanks, keirs, etc., a 
hole formed in tho iihell, through which a man 
may enter to the interior for cleaning, inspec- 
tion, or repairs, in the utter ca»c* the hole la pro- 
v|,i<.* .1.1 Hi ., ,-,vitT by wbk'h it maybe stopped stesm^ 
tijfl, ijrbt, the reiver Iteing ueiiftlly fitted to the 

In? I Ihole mode elllptb «1 so that the cover con 

be vtw-i;> I ' ^>)<- pressure of tlvu tteam ur water a^ 

aiata in h < v er to its seat. 

2. In a>' ': («) An excavation or ref- 

uge-hole made in the side of an underground 
engine-plane or horse-road. [E^^-l W A 
small and generally short passage used for tJie 
ingresB and egress of the miners. [Pennsylva- 
nia anthracite region.] (c) A niche cut in tho 
side of a railroad-tunnel as a refuge-hole. 

manhood (man 'hud), n, [< ME. mmihode (also 
matihede: f^f^e mnttheod'^); < wan + -hood.^ 1, 
The stat^ of being man, or of belonging to the 
human race, as distinguished from higher or 
lower orders of existence. 

Equal to the Father as touching bia godhead, and Infe- 
rior to the Father «a tonehing hifi manAood, 

AthaiuiMan Oned, (Engliih) Book of Common Prayer. 
Therefore thy h null lotion aboil exalt 
With tbee thy matihood also to thi» throne. 

Milton, I*. L., Ill, 314, 

2. The state of being a man, as distinguished 
from a woman or a boy ; virility. 

To some abadev 
And fit you to your manhoods 

Shak., Cymbeltiie, HI. 4. Idb. 

fiio otarry helm unbuckled ^ow'd blm prh&e 
In munAood where youth ended. 

MiUitfK P, L., xl, S4Ci, 

3, The quality of being a man or manlv; man- 
liness ; possession of 'masctdioe qualities, as 
courage, fortitude, resolution, honor, etc. 

I am aahamed 
That tboa boat power to shikke my monAooef tbua. 

Shaiu, tear, I. 4. Sid. 

Peace hath lilgbcr test of manh&od 
Than battlo ever knew, 

WfdttifT, The Hero. 

ICanhOod BUfFTage. £^e«jn4^^iaj/r.3By3l.8.Braveiy.flnu- 
uesi^ atarjchiicsB. 
maxila (ma'ui-g), n, [Early mod. E. manie (see 
manic) J < ME. 'manie^ < OF. mnnie, F, tnattie := 
8p. mania = Pg. It. mania ; < L. mama^ madness 
(a disease of cattle), ML. NL. insanity, < Qr. 
fiavia^ madness, frenzy, < fmiviadai^ rage, be mad ; 
akin to/i^'Of, mind, //^"i'*f, wrath, etc. : see mind^.^ 

1 . Anv form or phase of insanity with exalta- 
tion o^ ^irits and rapidity of mental action; 
specifically, a psychoneurosis with these as the 
fundamental features. In a mania In thia ttrlct senae 
there may be delaalons, bat thefy fail of the mratemHtiBBd 
charucter of those of porantea. Deltuloos and halliiolDa^ 
iloi) 6 may alio be preaent* The attack may laat for daya *it 
monUu, or yeara, Tbe prognoab la not very unfavorable. 
Tbe oaiea Itaae In recofeiy, fn death by exhaustion and in< 
teRiirT«nt diaeaaeii ttid a oonitderahle pit^portion in per- 
monent Imbecility. 

2. An eager, uncontrolled, or uncontrollable 
desire: as, a mania for drink; in colloquial use, 
a *^rage" or craze for something: as, n mama 
for first editions. 

In the end of the 12th or beginning uf the ISthcentmy, 
tbe mania for painted glaas had seized on the French ar^ 
chltecta. and nil archlteoturol prt>prioty woa »crffleed to 
this mode iji doooraClon. J, F^rg^Mon, Hhitv Arctu, I. tSKk 



mania 

•di)cs» fri *iii drliikltig; deltrtam tremeoL 
, 8iUX4 e ll^ Bdl'it dutcttM (which aee, under 
trstiMrnrta, liismiity coming on md- 
'^ • '^ 3&fie, Anil not ihc delitiitiii 

.t reaetahl&&.=3yiL 2* Ii^ 

maniablet (,mtin'i-ft-hlj, a. [< F. mamaftJe, < 

mani(i\ bauiUe, iDaii&ge, < main^ < L, manttSy 

the hand: see nuiiu^, mattage,} Mauage&ble; 

tra<jtAble; dociJo, 

Learning dotli uiiUte th Mion gvnUo, ireii«roti>, 

lindion. > ut of LwirtUug, I 2:tt 

inaxiiac (iu&'ui-uk)« a, liiid m. [s F. manutqne 
= Sp. muniaco ss Pg, It. m^miatfo, < NL. imini- 
mutf, < L. mania, < Gr. /iavio, randnesa: see 
mania.] I, «. Ri»%nng with madneaa ; tmul op 
erazy; inaaue. 

IX. n. One who mvea with madnesa ; a mad- 
man. 

All Uiatr h- - :re« with those of epllepeicfl And 

msml/itcit wb -y hud «vt! spirtti within thoia. 

Fixy^r-. . , L,^ ..waloca of the New Testuinent, I. 8, 

maniacal (ma-m'H'k»l), a. [< tmnkw + wt^] 
Pertainiijg to raadtiesw; marked by or mauiTost^ 
ing mania; InBaue; mad; as^ a fnaniiacoJ ten* 
deney; maniacal ravings. 

Epilep9i« iLiid wMinMooi lanaolet lumally eonfonn to tho 
•4re uf the moon. JT, Qre%tt CosmologU Sftrm. 

manicate (mau'i-kat), n. [< h. mitnimtus, 
eWeved: see manch^,] In bot.^ covered with 
hdirs or ymbeecence 80 dense and interwoven 
into a mass that they form a tissue which can 
be easily stripped off, 

ManlcliSBlsixi. «. t^ee Maniehei^tm, 

Manichean, Manichsean (man-t'ke'an), a. and 
n, [== F. ManichecH: as Mankhee 4- -an.'] L 
a. eft or pertaining to the Manicheana. 

A» dr««dfiU OB the ifanic^Mn god. 

Ador«d through fear, itrong only to daitmr. 

Cowptr, Tftik, V, 444, 

n, M. One of a religious body, adherents of 
Mani. Manes, or Manichseus, a native of Persia 
or some neighboring country, in the third cen- 
tury* Iti doctrjnea and f«»tarei were deriTcd from Onot' 

tic, Rnd'HiI^tl:, Zoroastdnn. and vjitIotjs nthtir fourcea. 
1 1 and Itii 

t^J) WM 

inddurk- 

ij - vO of mattor. 

ll> HI roQIgacyof lift] 

k I taUy»ttrlbut«l 

I US. It had an organ* 

scincUon between Ita 

it'") luul tho "bear- 

1 into the 

. iontury. 

■ h>pr.t] it 



Manicheanism, Manichfleaniam (man-i-ke'an- 
izm), n, [< ManiehmH +-ts*N.] Same as if an i- 
cheism. 
ManlcheB (man'i-ke)i n. [= Bp. Maniqueo := 
Pg, Maimhea, < LL. ManichwuSy < LGr. Mavi- 
^oiof^ usually in pL Mavt^a'toi^ L. Manicha^iy one 
of the sect so called^ adj. Uamx^iK6i:, < Gr. Haw- 
^aioc. LL, i/^iJ9»«Aa*ti«r otherwise called UdvtK, 
LL. Manea^ < Pera. Jfrjwi, the founder.] Same 
as Manichean, 

U I trip him jUBt a^dytng, 

Sure of heaven as sure can he^ 
Spin him round and »«ind htm Hying 
on to hell a MamcJtre t 
Brvncning, ftollloquy of the Spanish CloUter. 

Manlcheism, Manichseism (man'i-ke-izm)» «, 

[^ F, Mani^hiisme =: Sp, AiaMquMamo s Pg. 
Manichfismo ; as Manichrr 4* •ivm.] The reli- 
gious system taught by or derived from the 
teachings of Manit"lueu.s; Manichean doctrine. 
Manicheist (man'i-ke-ist), ». [< Maniehfie + 
-ist.] Same as Manichcan, 
manichord (man'i-k6rd)^ n. [< F. maniehordi- 
on, OP. mankordon = It. monecordo^ an instru- 
ment so named, orig. with one atring, < Gr. fwvd- 
y.„.Ar.^ Tvtthoue string: see mauoehordj of which 
is thus ult, an erroneous form.) A 
i. Also vulh'd dumb mHnet, 
maniclef. ". An obsolete but historically more 
eorrt^ot form of manach, 

manicont (mftu'i-kon), «, [NL,, < L, maniam^ 
a plant the juice of which was supposed to pro- 
duce maduess. K Gr. fiaviKdv^ neut. of fiavtuS^^ 
belonging to madness, mad, < ftavia^ madness: 
see mania,'} A kind of uight^hadoi probably 
A^opa Beiladofina, 

Bewttch hemiettc men to run 
Btark atarlug nnid with mardeon, 

S. Bydler, Uudibraa^ III. 1, 8S1. 

majiiirare (man'i-kur), «. [< L, tnanm, hand, 
+ cura, eare.] 1, The aorgioal eare of the 



3611 

hands aiiii|]ial]B«r^9. One who makes a business 
of trimmhig and nolishing the nails, removing 
blemishes from the hands^ etc. 
mAniClire (mau'i-kur), t?.; pret. and pp. mani- 
cnredf ppr. manicuring^ [< manicure^ a.] I, 
tran*. To care for (the hands and nails). [Re- 
cent.] 

The diiighter'a Ihands] shall tT\f\r with tH^^ks and inn- 
ale, altaU he mtt and ttmnitttrfit and daintily gluvod. 

TA* Centurjf, XXXVUI. B78. 

H. intrans. To perform the work of a mani- 
cure. [Recent.] 
ManidfiB (mnn'i-de), n, pi. [NL., < Mani^ 4- 
-ida,] A fumily of sqiiamate edentates, the 
sole representative of the suborder Squama Ui 
of the order Brufa, peculiar t<i tropic ni A*^ia 



manifold 

"Sfo. To make known* prove, rvvcat etldenoe. dedart. 
ciince. See oonipariaon under nmnif«tit a. 

loaiiifestable ( ni-i t' ' ■ '>'^ > i - ht i .. tc ,, ifcat^ 

t\, 4* -abk.] Ca| d or 

shown. Also, kr I , ;, 

There li no other way then thli that iu s eilher 

by Scrfptur«^ reason, or eitpcHence. 

I>r, H. M(fte, Dof. of iiur..i * aUU^hk, HI 

manifefitant (man-i-fes't^int), a. [< L. muni- 
/cfff<i«(f-)af, ppr. of manifiatare^ manifest: see 
maniftttt^ r,j One who makes a manifestation 
or demonstration. [Rare.] 
Tho manifi^nU paraded patit the docka. 

//ajrp<r'« JfoiF., UULTL 407. 

manifesl^itioi-"- ^-...-^-^-l :,,.\ .. [=0F. 
F, l^r. io« =Pg. 



[1 r parts 

In y; teeth 

are Wiintlug . jiuit: irmd rl vetoed, 

and the fore i but the digits are 

so shaped th a! itH kni- k!r-s. The 

placentatlon ii dill ubv au i i illy in- 

citides 6 or S species, ret s, Phth 

Hddt\u,nsi(i SmiOMia. S<.'v j ^ ., llioAfa- 

fUivi^ and wrongly ManidUau 

maniet, « . [Early mod. E., < ME. manie, mamt^ 

<OF,manie,< L. mai^iVif madness: aeemawla, tie 

present form of the word.] Madness; mania. 

Manye 

SnfcoHlred of humour maleooolyk. 

Chauttr, Knight's TaJe, t Ma 

^ this fell Fur>% for fon^runoera, sends 
Mauie and Phreitzie to Euborne her frenda. 
Siftcettrr, tr« ol Du llartas's Weeks, iL, The Forlea. 

manifest (man'i-fest), a. and ii. [=r F. muni- 
fente = 8p. manifie^to = Pg. It. manifesto^ < L, 
inanife.ytujt, e\ident, clear, plain, palpable; prob. 
orig. 'struck by the band"" (hence *at hand/ 
*I>alpable*)» < manu^, the hand, + ye^tnSf for 
*fedtiiSj *fendtus, pp. of *fendere, strike: see 
^Hdl, df/emtf o^'eftd.] I, a. That may be read- 
ily perceived by the eye or the unde standing; 
open to view or to comprehension; plain; ob- 
vious; apparent. 

Pericles, wh'iatf wordea are nutnifnl^ tod playne, 
From sweryn^admoai&heth thee to obstalne. 

nah^ft Bwk (£. K T. a), p. 860. 

God wai nt«n<^M in the ilesh. 1 Tim. Ui m 

Ay, and mske *t fMn^fttt where she has lived* 

^A<ii,.W, T, ?. X.114. 
Colhtto thorti itood msfK/M of shame. 

l>ry<fon, Pal. and Arc.» tl. eza 

Manifest destiny. d6eifciitfn|.— Hanlfsithyperm^- 
tjopla. Se«Aj^rm#<»^}p<a.-]iafllf0itjK»Iya7m 
a series of sylkiglims each sot forth In full.— Mailif est 
(inality, tn pkiUm,^ a quaUty intelligible In its own natnre 
or a* It eiidsts In the thing itself, sgyn. C{#ar, Pt^in, Eti- 
dtnU Mamftttf Obvio%u, patent, palpable^ anmlstokablc, 
conspioaous. The Hnit ft ve words agree in rt!prcnGD ting the 
object aa though viewed with the eye* Whut 1b cUi» can 
be seen without dim new; what is ^ain can be seen bv 
any one at tlie ftrBt ^\'.\ur^- wiiT'lout search or study, Jfta- 
derit saj^^ests ^am*' fa mental process, but no 

dimciilty in sedng i ng is true. MatvU^tt fs a 

d«^ree stronger th;xu , : lu: mind getting the truth 

Moy an Intuition. Obt>iam by derfvatloo applies to that 
whieh lies so directly In our way that we cannot help 
coming upon it and seeing ft ; that which is o^t^ous ueeos 
bo pointing out or explalfiljig. We speak of a dtoir eaie 
of self deception ; a duty that Is fiam ; an tviditfU tal^ 
take ; a numifent mlsnnderstaudlng ; an *>Mota Inferenee* 
not needing to be actually put Into words. 

n. w. If. A public declartttion; an open state- 
ment; a manifesto. 

But you authentic witnesses I bring, 

Before the gods and your ungrateful king, 

Of this my manifeiL J>ryden, Iliad. 1 472i. 

2. A document^ signed bvthe master of a ves- 
sel, eontainins a list of all the packages or sepa- 
rate items of freight on board, with their distin- 
guishing marks, nmnbers, description B, destina- 
tion! etc. , for the information ana use of the etis- 
t om^house officers. By tho United States R<vlied Stat- 
utes, f 2S07, It Is reoulred tooontolii alsoa designation of the 
ports of laillng ancf of destination* a desoiiptioo of the ves- 
sel, aud the deatgnatfou of Its port, Ita owners and master, 
the names of constgnees, of paoseugera, with a hit of their 
baggaspe, and an account of the sea-stores remalolng. 
mamfest (man'i-f est), i\ L [< P» manifester = 
Sp. Pg, manifesiar = It. manifeatarn^ < L, mani- 
feMarCf make plain, < manifeifiuSj evident, plain : 
see mamfest, a,] To diticlose to the eye or to 
the understanding ; show plainly ; put beyond 
doubt or question; display; exhibit. 

There Is nothlug hid which shall uot be nuaUfgfted, 

Uartc tv. tt 

Therefore, for t.'oriolanus neither to care whether Uiey 

love or hate him manifetU tlie true knowledge he has In 

their disposition. Shak. , Cor. , it 2. 14. 

Hiev lente a booke of etceptloiis ngalnst his aoctntnta, 

In iOcn things os they conid mnniftM. 

Bm4ford, Plymouth Fkiitftttoa, p. SOC 



what is secret, unbetu, or obbcuiu; ani 
dent to the eye or to the understandii] ;: 
hibition of something by clear evidciice; di>4- 
play ; revelation : as, the manife^tuiion of God^a 
power in creation. 
The mBtn^tOatum of bis personal valour. 

SslUtoh, Hist Wortd, l\\ vll, «. 

3. That in or by which something is manifested 
or made apparent or known. 

,|., ^ ^ . ... .^- 7ji(/«ft«ti*oi»# of the same power, 
th in the one tho real sod In the 

oJl>' .ic«. 

J. ^tu'nr^, >lh' luij^ a iraascendental IdealLitti. p. 21a 

manifestative (man-i-fes'ta-tiv)^ a, f< mani- 
fe» t + -a title, ] ^lanif e sted ; "consisting m mani- 
festation. [Rare.] 

ETls e«sentlal glory cotdd suffer no detriment, His mofi^ 
/BiUaiM did. Chamoek, Works, IV. fi, 

manifestedneSB (mau'l-fes-ted^nes), n. The 
state of having been manifested, shown, or 
made clear, [Rare,] 

manifester (man'i-ft^s-t^r), n. One who mani- 
fests. [Bare.] 

We find him lOitrlsl called the ** Man^et/tfr tit good," 
" full of goodness and truth. " A mer> AtiHquaHan, IX. S5iL 

manifeBtible (man'i-fes-ti-bl), <i. [< matiife/d^ 

P., + -ihh.] StM ihh. 

manifestly (mwn Jdv, In a manifest 

manner^ elearly; - -^iu- miy; plainly. 
Give me your hand ; yaa are welcome to your country, 
Now I rem^mtMsr plainly, mfiniffMiyi, 
As freshly as if yesterday I bud seen him. 

FUtchfT, Spanish Curate, 11. L 

manif estness (m an ' i ^f e s t^ne B ) , D . The state or 
quality of being manifest; obviousness; plain^ 
ness; clearness. 

manifeeto (man-i-fes'td), «. [< It. manifesto ^ 
E. manifesL] A public declaration* as of a sov- 
ereign or government, or of any perso i " s 
of i^^rsons, making known certain n 
or proclaiming certain opinions and ni^ .. , ^ .> .^ 
reference to some act or course of conduct done 
or contemplated; in general, a proclamation. 

The Commfsalouera have made their dying ipoech In 
the shape A form uf a m<inif§0t4> «& ProcUmatlon. 
Oforg» WoMMnfftoTi^ To Col. Sam'l Washington (N. A. Rev,, 

tCXUU. iaS). 

Be pnt forth a manifedo, telling the people that It bad 
been ids constant care to govern them with Justice and 
modvatioTi, Maeoulajf, Hist. Kng., i. 

Oafemd Manifesto, in 'U. S. kitL, a despatch drawn up 
In 18M by three diplomatic represeutativee of the CnltiMi 
States after a conference at Oatend In Belgium, urging 
that the United Btatea ahould acquire Cube, 
manifesto (man-i-fes'^to), r. /. or i. [< manifeBlOf 
n. ] To affect by a manifesto ; issue manifestos 
or cleelarations. Daviea* [Rare.] 

I am to be manif tgtaed against, though no prince; fur 
Miss Howe threatens to have the case published to the 
whole workt A^dh«f4«m, Clarissa fiarlowe, VIII. SOI, 

Serene Hlgbnesees who sit there protooolUng and mani* 
fml^ii0 and consoling mankind. 

Cari)fie, French Rev., II. vl. a, 

manifold (man'i-fold) , fl, and «. [Algo vat n u tuhi 
in lit. use; C ME, manifold^ man^fohl, 
mmiifald^ etc., < AS. manigfeald, w/. 
mmtt0mhi (= OS. manafifttld = OF nm* muftHh- 
/flW=OHG. managfalt^manaefalt, MHO, mnmc- 
iv/ff := Icel. tHargfaldr = Qoih, managfalthii; of., 
with additionaf adj. suffix, D. mcnitjvoitdiy, me- 
nigvuldig = MLG. manTiiehtKtldkh = Sw. mAmi- 
faldig = jy^n. mangfoldiq; also AB.mani^ffutd- 
lic = tcehmar(ifaldUgr)y( mania, xn^ny^ + -Jmld^ 
E. -fold^'] I. a. 1. Of many Kinds; numeroua 
in kind or variety; varied; diverse, 
Lord, hcyw mamftM are thy works ! Fs. civ. 24. 

The Calamities and Oonfaslons which the late Wars did 
bring upon ua were nuuiy and mamfvid, 

m^ll. Letters, If. 47. 
For him it Ixire 
Attractions maniifoftf ^ and this he chose. 

Wardmcwth, Ejcounloa, L 



manifold 

d. Exhibiting or embracing many points, fea- 
tures, or t'haraeteristles; <?oniplieated in ehar- 
iictL'r; hji\inp: many parts or relations: ixfled 
witli nouns m tbe giugnlar number: as, tbe 
fff,,,>,f\>;.} wisdom or the manifoUi grace of God 
(I 1 1 : 1 Pet. iv. 10); ** the mani/otd use of 

tr ^./' Bacon, 

With how maniifdd atid strong ■ hoB4 
The child muM bound to the fathor. 

Shak., Lear, ti. 1. 40, 
Manifold fttgne, » fugue with more than one nibjcct 

U, »' 1- A eomplicat€*d object or subject; 
that which conshats of many and various parts ; 
specifically J an aggregate of particulars or units ; 
especially » in waft., a multitude of objects con- 
nected b^ a system of relations; an ensemble. 
— 2. In katit'g theoiy of knowledge, the total of 
the parti eulargi furnished by sense before they 
are connected by the syntnesis of the imder- 
standing; that which is in the sense and has 
not yet been in thought. 



Thi^n, and then oolj. do we ray that wc know Mt object, 
if we havu produced iynthetlcal unity la the man^foid ai 
In tuition. 



Kantt Critiqae of Pure &euoii, tr, by Max MUller. 

He [iUDt] . . , teUs ua In the Analytic thiiteente only 
preeenti to n* a mere manifold^ whkb rcqulri^a to b« 
bound together hi tbe unity of a uou caption ere it am be 
Hpprehetided as in oblect. 

E. Caird, Philoi, of Kjuii, p, ms. 

3, A copy or facsimile made by means of a mani- 
fold- writer, or by tke use of carbon-paper in a 
type- wri tei\ etc , — 4. A tube , usually of c ust met- 
als with one or more flanged or screw-threatleil 
inlets and two or more flanged or screw-thread' 
ed outlets for pipe-connectious, much used in 
pipe-fitting for steam-healing coils^ or for cool- 
in^-coils in breweriest and in other cases where 
it IB useful to convey steam, water, or air from 
a larjKB pipe into several smaller ones. Also 
called T-branch and ftearfcr.— Class of a manifold. 
In mtOu, the ronHiUule of an inllnito mftalfoid. A dfs> 
ereCely InlUiite luiitiifi^ld ia said t^i l^donff to tha/rit eltun, 
and m contiiuionHly iuftiiite manifold to we uctmd dau,^ 
CTondensed manifold. Bee eoruf^rM'^l.^DerlvatiTe of 
a manifold of points. See dsrivaHve. 
manifold (man'i-fold), adiK [= OHG, nmnaij- 
fa Ito (cf . D ♦ tnen itfv u idig ) ; from th e adj . ] Many 
times; in multiplied number or quantity, 

tlicre !■ no man who hath left houacv or porente. . . . 
who ihoU not recelye manifold more. Luke xvliL 30. 

manifold (man'i-fold), v. t, [< ME, mauifohicn^ 
< A^. tjrtnfruiiifaldett^ gettwuMjcaldian (=0110. 
^,,, ,,:.,,./;, ,'^,,i M'anacfaldan, MHG» nianecvalte^t 
r ' i J = 8 w. m <^ H (if a Idiga ; cl. MLG . 

w \ n ) ; from tb e ad j , ] To make mani - 

fold; uiulfciply; flpecifieally, to multiply impres- 
sions of by a single operation, as a letter by 
means of a manifold-writer, or by tbe use of 
carbon-paper iu a tjiie-writer. 

maiufolaly(man'i-fold-li), «</»?» [< ME. •wfl«i- 
foldlyf < AH. manitifeaMiire (= Icel. marfiJtiUth' 
(7«), I maniiifeald^ manifold: see manijold.} In 
a manifold manner; in many ways, * 

manifoldnesB (man 'i -fold -ues), n. [< 2I£. 
*manifoidi\€^,< A8. m<ifiifjfcaU1ne9B,KmaiUffd<Ud, 
m It 1 1 i fold : see nw n ifitld, ] 1 . The state ofoeiiig 
miiuifold; variety;' multiplicity. — 2, In math,'. 
(a) A manifold or ensemble; eapeoiiilly, a con- 
tinuous quantity of any number of dimensions. 

Ill Is wider ootiception of which ijmce and time ore pnr- 
ticul&r voHetle* H boa been propoeca to dcuut« by the term 
fnauiftitdneat Whenerer a general notion ii mtceptiblo 
of a vftTtety of ftp^<3l«ll>»tlo«iL the aggreRKte of eucn Kpe> 
ctaJlzattons U called a mtnt^iddnut, Tnai q»ce le the 
aggrefimte of nil pointe, and each point it a ei>eoiAli»tlon 
of the general notion of poaitiun. F, IT* Franidand. 

{b) The number of different prime factors of a 
number. 

The total number of dlMtnct primes whteh divide a given 
number 1 coll It« manifddnen or multiplicity^ 

J. J. Siftve^er, Nature, XXXVIL 162. 

manifold-paper (man'i-f61d-|)u*ji6r), «. Car- 
bonized paper used for duplicating a writing, 
or in a tvpewriting-raachine. 

manifoltl'Wilter (man'i-fold-n't^r), n. A prep- 
aration of oilf d paper interleaved with carbo- 
nized paper, wbit*h, when writt<3n on with a 
hard point, tninsfers the impressed carbon in 
the form of writing to two or more sheets. 

maniform (man'i-z6rm), a. [< L. manus, the 
hand, + formOj form.] 1. Having the form of 
a hand; nand-shaped. — 2. Having tbe two ter- 
minal joints ojiposed toeach other, nsthe pedi- 
palp of a s(!orpton; chelate. Kirby. 

maniJ^lion (ma'Uii'you), »« [< it, nutniffhone, a 
handle of a cannon, ^ maniglio, a bracelet: see 
memiUoS\ A handle of an early type of cannon, 
usuaUj one of two handles cast with the gun. 
Compare doljihiH, 5. 



3612 

manlhoot (mau'i-hok), ». Same as fttanioe. 
Manihot (man'i-hot),n, [NL. (Adanson, 1763).] 

1, AgenuBof euphorbiaceous plants of the tribe 
Cr&toTwa and the subtribe Adrianew. The cnlyz of 
tbettftnilnate flowers hae imbricAtedlobee KUd is often col- 
ored, the ttAmeni &re 10 in number and have an then at- 
tached at the bacik, and the stylet are spreading. They ore 
tAll herbs or ihnib«, with alternate leave* which are nndi- 
Tided or often ^inately S- to Tlobed or -ported, and monfle- 
clone apotoloai flowers, which are quite large and grow fa 
tertnin&l or oadllanr raeeaik'K- Th^rfi arv iilMuit wi Bpeciea, 
all natives of tropical an I - verai 
iii them, however, are larv^ The 
genuii l£ of gre«t Importai;.^ . . .:.^ ... ^ ,..„iuctj de- 
rived from the roota of acretul apecitai^ ««poutaUy M. vti- 
liMama, the bitter caaiava, and M. Aipi, the sweet caaaava. 
which by ooroe are regarded a* votietlea of one speoiea. 
J#. GltuwvH tumiahea BraztlUn or Ceara Indtor robber. 
Hee BrttiQianarroteroai (under arrmprvMif)^ eosniia, imm^, 
and tajnoea, 

3. U, c,] Same as manioc, 
manikia, n. Plural of mamkioft. 
manikin, manakin (man'i-kin, manVkin)* ii. 
and ft, [Also maninktHj in def« 3 sometimes 
manequin; < OF, manequiu^ F,fmnineqinn =Sp. 
maniquij a pu|>petr manikin; < MD, manneken 
(s= 0, mnnnchni)^ a little man, < tmtn, =^ E. man, 
4- dim* -ken^ E, -kin. Cf, niankin'^. The bird Pi* 
pra mannmm wtLS called mnntkiu (G- bart^mann- 
cht'n ) in allusion to the beard-like feathers on the 
ehin.] I. n. 1. A little man; a dwarf ; a pygmy. 
Fab. This li a dear tnanakiu to vou, Air Toby. 
Sir To, 1 have heeo dear to him, Ind, H(»nie two thousand 
strotiK, or so. Shak., T. N-, ilL 2. 57, 

I'orth mah'd the madding mautukiti to amis. 

Beottitt Battles of the rigmies and Cranes. 

2. A model of the human body, used for show- 
ing the structure, form, and position of the va* 
rious organs^ limbe, muscles, ttc, or adapted 
and used for p^t^tising bandaging or for per- 
forming certain obstetrical operationB, as de- 
livery with the forceps. — 3. An artists' model 
of the human figure. See la y-Jlfjurc and manv- 
quin, — 4. A non-oseine passerine bird of the 
subfamily Fiprinw. Manikins are s^uerally small 
thick -set, and of brilUout plumofce ; with few eKceptlons, 
they are natives of the hottest parts of America. They 
feed on vegetuble and animal substoncoo, and are lively 
and active in thulr mov<inienta. The bearded mantle In, 
Manacxi* ma/uzetw, i& black, with the breast, aeok, and tnft 
of feat hers on the chin white. The species are nunierouA, 
and the sexes are diverse In color and often In fonn, the 
moles of many havlnir cuHoqoly shaped wlngt or tall. The 
name oometones eztenda to all tbe Pipridmf and to some 
member* of the related famUy Cotiitffulak See cut undtT 
Manaeu*, [In this sense luually manakint conformably 
with the N(jw Latin Jfanoeuf.l 

H. a* Like a manikin ; artificiaL [Bare.] 
Doors, indeed ; but they are live iKkors, and not manikin 
shepherds. D. O, MitckiU, Wet Days (Theoorltna). 

manikion (ma-nlk'i-on), n.; pi. manikia (-$). 
pfGr./^av/woiv a sleeve: »eeqWm«>*i^ioi».] Same 
as rpimanikimt. 
manil (ma-nir), a» Ijame as maniUe^, 
mamla, manilla^ (ma-nil'a), w. [< Maniht (see 
del ) . ] 1 . [cap . ] A kin d of eh eroo t manufac- 
ture d in Manila, the capital of tbe Philippine 
Islands. — 2, A fibrous material obtained from 
the leaves of Muita textiliit^ tbe abaca or al>aka, 
a plant that grows in the Philippine Islands. 
BxceUent ropea and cables are made from it (itii nuj^t com- 
m.on aae>: and ita flntir qiialitica are woven into fabrics 
ettl table for weadng-apnarel, sometimes of great beauty 
and coet. Also called Manila h^mp. See Jlfiiis. 

Manila copal, eleml, rope. etc. See cfn^al, etc. 

manlHo (raa-nil'id), n, [< It. maniglio^ mani- 
gtia, a bracelet, a handle: »ee manille^, mani- 
gtion.J A bracelet or arm-ring^ especially one 
of a kind woi-n by savages, as in Africa. Copper 
manUioA formed a common article of barter during tht; 
early intereonrae between Europeans and African tribes. 
8ee riRg-tnoneu, Also manU, manitte. 

Their anna and legs chained witli manilion or volontaiir 
bra«e]<3t«. Sir T. Herbert, Travels, p, 20*. 

manillal (ma-nil'ji), w. [< Sp. maniUa = Pg. 
manUka ^ It^ maniqUa, a bracelet, ring-money, 
< ML. mamliOj a fcracelet, < L. manus^ hand: 
gee main^, Cf. mamlte^, mfiniho.} A piece 
of ring-money such as was until recent times 
used for barter on the Guinea eoflst of Africa. 
These pieces are of copper or Iron, of fUed weight, mkI 
In tbe present centun' have been manufactured lit England 
for extjortation to Africa, HeemanUio. 

manilla'^ (ma-nirfi),n. [See ma «f77f 2.] in the 
game of solo, the "seven of trumps, the bi^eat 
card but one. 

manilla^i n. Bee maniln, 

manille^ (ma-nil'), ?P, [Also manil ; < OP. ma- 
nilk, a bracelet, a handle, < It. mamglia ss 8p. 
Sp. manilht^ a bracelet: eee maniUn^,^ Same 
as manifio, A^k, 

manllle''^ tma-nel'), w. [< P. mtiniUe^ < Sp. iwa- 
liitat for * man a la = Pg. manilkaf a game of 
cards, manille (as defined); appar. < mano, 
blind r cf. manOkt^,} The highest cajxl but one 



manipulate 

in the gam^ of omber and ' tt is tbut 

two of clalit or qwdsa, or the sevi' - s or hearti^ 

according aa one or other uf these s^ u . _ . . . u pa, th e ma- 
nfUe always being a irtimp. The vatH, m Ibe form Manit- 
lio^ la peraonlfitid In the foUowiniE lines: 
BpadlUio firsts nw 

Led off two c«pt i f>t tbe booni 

At many mory il^ Id, 

And mart h*d a victor fitnu liu: vtninnl field. 

Pope, \U of tbe L., 111. 6L 

Manina (ma-ni'na), H. pL [NL., < MtJHis + 
-i/Mji,] Same as lbrnn«<ia'. 

maninose (man'l-noz), n. [AIao mamtinosf^ 
matiHffnoMt, manynoitey namiynofiey etc»; < Amer. 
Ind. tHanaHomi*f,\ Tbe soft clam, If^n artnana, 
[Maryland an*! Virguiia.] 

inaniOC (man'i*ok), n. [Also m(mihoi\ nmni- 
hotj manioeca; = Sp* Pg. tHantiwca; of Brais. 
origin.] The cassava-plant or its pi'oduet. The 
manioc or caaaaya is a vevy Important fotxl-staple In trop- 
ical A merlca. The lubert of Maaikai vtUimUna, sometimes 
weighlttR forty pottDd^ mail be grated to a pulp and sab- 
mi tted to pressare la order to remove a ddeterfotiB luiee. 
Those vt ii. Aipi may be used a» an esctileDt vegetable 
like potatoes. The 8ootb American natives also prepare 
from manioc an IntoilcBting driuk called ptwarru. Alio 
vutndific^ maiidioea. 

manioeca (man-i-ok'a), #1. Hee manioc 

maniple (man'i-pl)^ «, [< OF, maniple, F, ma- 
nipuTc = Sp. maniptdo = Pg. manijmlo = It. ot«- 
jtijtulo, manipitlOf < L. mantpidufi^ a handful, a 
bundle; also (becauae, it h said, a bundle of 
hay was tied to the military standards), a num- 
ber of Holdiers belongiiigto the same standard, 
a company, < mantis, the hand, 4- -puluM, akin to 
E./iirtl: seeyW/l.] 1. A handful. [Hare.] 

I have seen htm waft at court there with his tnam^iU* 

Of pvpers and petitions. 

A Jepistm, Magnetlck Lady. I. 1. 

Do thon pluck a manipU — thai fa, an hamlful —of tbe 
plant otUlea Maidenhair, and make a ayrap therewith as I 
hove shewed thee. 0. IT, Hdmet, Med. Eaaays, p. 'UsS, 

2. In Bovt. antiq., a military company conBi»l- 
ing normally of 120 men in three out of tbe four 
classes of infantry (ve lit es, ha stall, and princi- 
pes), and of GO men in the fourth (triarii), with 
two (first and second) centnrionB and a stan- 
dard-bearer. T hre e manijil es e net i t n ted a c o- 
hort. 

The enflny were actually intide bofore the few nmn^itt 

who were left there were able to oollect and realjt them. 

Framde, Cfttar, p. 817. 

Hence — 3t. A company or any small body of 

soldiers. 

The Berewud wuled by Sir Thomas Brackenbary, ooii' 
atsttng of two thonaand mingled Weapons, with two Wfoig* 
of Uorse-men, containing fifteen hundred, all of them caat 
Into square Jfan^pto, Baker, Chronicles^ p. 232. 

Fool I he seea not the Urm root out of which we all 
grow thoujffh Into brauches ; nor will beware until hee aee 
our smaU divided mam^pltf cutting through at every angle 
of hlfl iU nnited and unwieldy brjaade. 

Jf^^pn, Areopogltioa, p. ii. 

4. In the Westerii Churchy one of the eucharis- 
tic veetmeuts, consisting of a short, narrow 
strip, similar in material, width, and color to 
the Htole. tt Is mtulced with a orote tad genertUv tao' 
broiderod and fringed, ITitt maniple Is worn tty prelatei. 
priestly deacons, and siibdeaoonB,nanpii 1 - left 

sleeve of tbe alb, fastened near the wri i t^y 

strings, plns^ or a button. It Is assume >: 1 irant 

after the alb and Klrtllfit and before the fitoie A l>iabop 
assumes It at the Indulgeutid^iu. In AtiRllcan churches 
maniples are wom^ as In the mcillevol church, three or four 
feet In lenjrth ; in the Roman CnthoUc Church they ore now 
much ihorter The nuiriiple se^ms to have first aome Into 
use in the dffhth centuiy, and was originally » piece of 
white linen nsed as n handkerchief- TUl thr twt4Xth cen- 
tury and lftt4;r tt continued to be held In the hand. There 
\a f]o corresponding vestment in tbe Eastern Church, 
though some writers hare ooafoitnded the epimaniklon 
with It. Other names fonneriy given to the mantple wrere 
/ajKtn or p^nan, mantOe^ifmMiitrffiumt mi^fpula or map- 
pa^ and tudarium, 

maniplies, n, inng, and jd. See maHypUes. 

manipulAT (ma-nip'u-l&r), a. [= I^. manipH- 
la ire = It. (obs.) monijjuhjrt\ manipulare^ < L. 
mnniptilariSj of or belonging to a maniple or 
company, < manipuluHf a handful, a nulitary 
company ; see maniple.] 1. Of or pertatning 
to handling or maniptilation, either literally or 
figuratively* 

Mr. Squills . . . began mending it [the penlfurlouelv — 
that U, enttiiig it ioto silvers— thereby denoting eynibo^ 
Ically now he would like U* do with Tncle Jack, could he 
once get him safe and snug under his fnanipitii$r operas 
tlono. JVwfvvr, t^axtons, xL 7. 

Wliat the former age ha* epitomised tnto a formula or 
nile for manipular convenience, It [tbe mfnd] will lo*e all 
the good of verifying for itself* Emermmf Histonf. 

2. Of or pertaining to a maniple or company 
of soldiers : as, the manipular system of Eoman 
tactics. 
manipillate (ma-nip'u-lat), f%; pret. and pp. 
manipulated, ppr. manipulating, [< ML. mam* 
imtatitjtf pp, of manipntarr {> It, manipolart = 



manipulate 

8p* Pg. nutnipulttr ^ V. nMnipHler)^ take or lead 
by the haud^ < mantputuMf i* bftinilxd : uee nmn- 
ink.] I, tram. 1. To handle, or act on with 
Uio baiidft, a$ in nrt iHtic or mechanical opera- 
tions ; hence, i .tl, to subject to certain 
mechanic!*! < or to some method of 
handling, iin'u.iig;u*^, oumbining-, i* ■ ■ •■ , the 
ehemist exeroises gr^at care in intj 
his materiiila and apparatus.— 2* i , 'ly. 
to operate upon by contrivance or iullueuco ; 
affect in n particular way by a definite course 
of trefitmeut ; manage f spocilieally» to miuiage 
insidioui^lv; adapt or apply to one's own pur- 
pose or advantage * ^^'-^ -^^ --. *^i rlyorde- 
eeptivelv: as, to ' or the 
factsof hiiitory (wii i ^ ; Minifying 
theui). 

Tbe king undertook th»t ttie power» of piu-Uaraont 
■boiUd Wit ho Mgaia ddegsted to » cuni0iiU«« iuch ti 
aieliwd had manigftdaML m> dererlY. 

H(} fuup<l tt n«co«iiuy to tHankmlat^ hit pitrU&nKiiaUuy 
fo«a with the |iru«pect ot his raalniifctlott. 

n. intmitg. To use the hands, as in meofaan* 
ical or artistic operations^ scientifio experi- 
ments, roesmerism, et42. : as, to munipulaUf nou-t- 
ly or sucoessfully. 

auuiipnlatloil (ma-nip-u-la^shon), n. [^ F, 
manipulatuin = Sp. maniputacion = P|c. nmni- 
puh^&o = It. fjM nipoUicionCf < ML. as if 'mani' 
^puiatio(n-)j < manipui^rCf lead by the band: see 
manipulnte.] 1. The act or art of manipulat- 
ing; manual management: manual and me- 
ohaiiieal operation of any kind in science or 
art^ specitictilly, in phar.f the preparation of 
drugs; in chrm.^ the preparation and employ- 
ment of utensils, apparatus^ and reagents in 
chemical work. — 2. Figuratively, the act of 
operating upon anything by contrivance or in- 
fluence; management; specifically, insidious 
management; adjustment or accommodation to 
one^e own purpose or advantage: as, manipulO' 
Hon of voters, figures, or facts. 

Ohrorj an irisra|;e defect of natorc amooff the nnlti of & 

Mocioty, and no aktiltulmanitrtiltUion of thflin wUl prevent 

that defect trom producing Ita eqidvaleuta of bad reaults. 

a. Speneer, Study of SocioL, p. 22. 

There was then, a« vlwiiya, a form of statecraft which 
mcuut mnnipuial^en. which never presidoa at tha forma- 
tion of paHtea biised on principle ; which fa, iD fact, too 
husy in '* handling" to do much wifh heiidtngr partiea. 

The CeiUury, XXXVL 96^. 

manipulative (mil-nip'u-la-tiv), a, [< mamp- 
uhte + -ivtu} Or or pertaining to manipula- 
tion: as* wanipMia^iP*' power or skill, 

lodaed, H may be qneitloned whether, hi tho absence 
of tliat eiierolae of manipukUive tac u' ^ ]ui makbint 

of wnapona oHgtiiAlly gav«L there \ luivo been 

produced the tods required for dvv^ j^txy. 

H. Speneer^ Study of SocioL, p. IW. 

manlpulator <ma-nip'u-la-tor), 11. [s F* ma- 
nipufat^ur = Sp. l?g. manipuiachr = It. mnnipfh- 
i_i-..^ . . • ^ - One who ma- 



3ai3 



Maniskti ^- and n. See Mans, 

manito. manitou (man'i-to, -t5), a. rAlgon- 

kin,] Among cerl iiin of tlie American Incllans, 
a f*p!nt or othpr oltjVrf of rciit^Toti? mvc or rev 



i^h. 



the t4Uot4Uioti. 

(Jltche Mmdio the mighty, 
H,. tv,.. xp..t.. ..f Iff., ^at painted 
A. Mijectiiv 

1 heavon* 



latore ; as mampulats + -or A 1 
nipttlates, in any sense of that wonl. 

Lowell, who had helped In his way In fonadlns . . . 
the Dew KeniibUcan piLrty, couJd never look into tlio fa4:e 
of a sMmfatwntor witliont n laugh : and the more he looked 
ttie more ao laughed. Ths Century, XXXVL ^S^ 

9. An exerclsing-machine, or a device for rub- 
bing the bodv. — 3. In photog.^ a tool for hold- 
ing a glass plate during preparation or devel- 
opment. — 4. In tekg.^ tho transmitter of a dial- 
telegraph, — 5. A machine for handling hot 
blooms and billets in iron- and steel -manufac- 
turing. A seriea of parallel roUen of <M]na] dfametor, 
all geared together and tnmlng one way, can^ the hlooma 
or billeta oJong in the deaired direction, while a aerlca of 
creacentaluipi^ anoi working betwt»en the rcjllert tnm 
over the blooms or hiUete aa requh^, without interfering 
with their trnngmlaaiou. SeL Amar,^ N. a» LUL lOd. 

manipulatory (ma-nip' u-ia-to-ri), a. [< «i43- 
nipuUite + -orw.j *0f or pertaining to manipu* 
lation; sxutabie for use in manipulations. 

That legs are to a conifdcirahle degree capable of per- 
tonnXng the dutlea of arraa is proved by tlie great atnount 
ti mafdpulaimy akiU reaehed by thetn when the anna are 
abient. U. Spmeer, Prin. of BloL, f OOt 

MaiUB (nia'nis), n. [NL, (LinnsDUs, 1758). so 
called in ref. to their nocturnal habits, < L. 
*maHis, assumed sing, of manat^ ghosts; see 
manes,] 1, The typical genus of Mani<Up, for- 
merly including all the pangolins, now usually 
restricted to those in which the tall is very long 
and tapering, the scales are narrow, and the 
feet hairy, Buoh are the long-tailed pangolin, Jf . tonffi- 
eauda, and the phatagin, Jf. triouapi*, both of which are 
African. The genera Ptudidahit and SmvUia have been 
detach 6<l from JVoiiiii, See Uanidm and pQi^in. 
2, [I, c] A member of this genus, or any pan- 
golin. [With a rare plural^ manmn, Otoen.] 



^^ -ynibol 

i^^jurjjcUotc, Hiawatha^ liv. 

manitnmk (mau'i-trungk), n, [< L. manutt^ 

hand, + h-*'" t.>M"k ] In tntor' t^ ^^ - m- 

thorax, br • g or mani i 

rior segmr txortrunit, ' fi 

the head articiUalt^s. Compare alUruHk, and 
see manm. 

manj&ck (mau'jak), n. A large West Indian 
tree, of the species Cr/rtiia elUpHca or C. maero- 
phijlta, 

maujar-blancot, n . [Bp ♦ , < ma^ja r-, e at i ng, food, 
+ bUint'o, white: see bUinr-maHtjt,] Same as 

manjorefi maiiJTiret» >** Middle English forms 

of nutnifcr. 
mank't imangk), v, t, [ME. mankett, < AS. 
*miuteian^ in camp, be-mancian, mutilate, < 
*man€ ^ D. MLG. mank, lame, defo<»tive ; cf, 
MHG. wMMic, lack, defect; x»rob. < L, mtiiHCwtt 
maimed « infirm, defect! vei imperfect* Cf. man- 
l/itfi.} To mutilate. 

Therycbtarnn?trom itieBchiil II tit 

Apourn (opoD] th«: ftuuJUi senti' ^y, 

Aa impotent. GixvCnZhuffi'^ i^iU il 47. 

m&nk^t, n, [< ML. mnnvH4f (AS* mancuif)^ a coin 
so called.] Same as mnncm, 

mankal. «. Bee mntujaU 

mankinHi n. [ME., also mankim^ monkin^ mon^ 
kuUf monhuHHe, < A8, motietfv, money n {= OS. 
fnafftCtCHJii = OHG. mancunm^ mundtunni, MHG. 
imknkUnne = Icel. mitnnkyn^ nunmJrind = Sw. 
mankdn = Dan, itiandkjdtt), the race of man, 
mankind, < man, VKiuHy man, + fi/w, cyww, race, 
kin: see mun and kin^, CL mankind,'] The race 
of man ; maukind. 

mankind (man'kin), «, [< man + -kin.} A lit- 
tle man ; a manikin. [Bare,] 

The Mankin feels that he k a bora Man, that hli Toca> 
tion hi to work. CartyU, Sartor Eeaartiis, p fiS. 

mankilld ( man-kind % formerly also man 'kind), 
fl, and II. [< ME. mankinde^ mnnkendc^ man- 
kuind^s; < man + kind^. This word has taken 
the place of the older mankinl.'} I, «. 1, The 
human race ; men collectively. 

Wblche byrthfl was done in jt aelfe moete holy f^oe, to 
the greteat foye and gladnetie yt euer come lo maniyndi. 
Sir n. QupifonU, Pytgiymage^ p J7. 
Hie proper itudy of mankind li man. 

Pope, EBsay on llan, IL S. 
2. The masculine division of humanity; men, 
as distinguished from women. 

Becaoie thou art a woman, and diadalni^ 
Flinty mmakind, Shak. , T. of A., It. a 40L 

01 all THOnkind Lord Trloket is tn/ avenion. 

Cohum, Jealoaa Wife, It 
St. Human kindness; humanity. 

you^ whoee mlnda are good, 
And have not forced aU mankind from your breaata. 

B. JonMtm, dejanm, t. 10. 
H.f a. 1. Resembling man, not woman, 
in form or nature: ujiwomanly; masculine; 
coarse; bold. 

A itMnkind witch t Hence with her, out o' door 

Shai,, W. T., a 3. &!, 
O mankind generation } B. Jonjion, Eplcosne, v. l. 

SOv to, tla aa t should he, are women grown io man^ 
kind f Must they be wooing ? 

£sa«i. and Fl , Wuman-Bater, liL 2. 

2* Of virile power; strong; ferocious; furious. 

Terrible liona, many a mankind boar. Chapman, 

Manks (mangks), a. and n, See Manx, 

manlesa (man'les), a. [< ME. 'mauU^t, < AS. 

mankds^ without men, tminhabited (= MLG. 

manim, without men, = MHG. mnnlos^ unman- 

[y\ cowardly, = IceL fnafinlaus^)^ < mann^ man, 

+ -/rdjf , E. -iat.H : see man and -4^88. ] 1 , Without 

men or people; uninhabited. 

It was no more but a itratcsenj of ftre-boata, manUm, 
and aent upon them by the favour of the wind in the 
nlgh^tlme. BacoHr War with Spain. 



man-miircer 

The world wms rold, . , . 
Seaaonlesa^ herbless, treeleti^ manSeM, llfeleaa^ 

Bgron, Darknei'.'^ 

2i Unmanly; base; cowardly; dastartily; ui; 

becoming a man. 
Btutfed with manleju cruelty. Chapmav 

That ptjiiUanimitv ■ - • - '^ - ..i.<, „.,h ... 

manlesslyt (muji Uh^Mr 

unmanly manner ; mhtanaiiiy. 
8he saw htr Hector ilatne, and lx)im(t 
T' Achillea' chariot : tMttdemiv dmgM '■ ■ ■■< 

('/• .li. 

matilib^&df^ **. [ME* maniiht, : , \, ^- 

^imd,] Manliness; vigor; courage. 

With hys «werd m grlpte of Cii*? manty-htd^, 

BoiH. Mf Patt^ut}/ (E. K. T. S.x L 6^'k 

manlike (man'lik), a, [< mon 4* /tfrr-. Pf 
maiUg,} 1. Kesemblingmanln ' lim 

Tnder his forming hands a crv 



LonoftUoiv, fooiic \i 



II Into Alii, 



3, Having the quail 1 1 . i, i , i<k 

a man, as distinguished trom a wotuau ; ma«teu- 
line; manly. 

They tpede at the iDOif' 
To the llarohe of Bleyt ^ 

EUsEAheth, the next, this iallj : nt : 

Digrc«elng frtmi htir ses, will vwrnment, 

This Uland kept hi awe. ^m.,,. .,^ ^ .i •* ' -Mi 

Venerahle too la tberuggetl faca; . . fui 
of a man living \nat\lik6, Cartj/ltt i^artor Ki .. 

manlily (man'li^li), adv. In a manlvor coura- 
geous manner. Sharan Turner, [iiare.] 

manUneas (man'li-ues), w. The quality of be- 
ing manly, or of possessing the dLstinctive at- 
tributes of a man ; character or conduct wor- 
thy of a man; manhood. 

MarUinsMg and manf ulneM are synonynious, but they em* 
brace more than we ordinarilv mean by the word eourige ; 
for Inatanoe, tenderness and though tfulneas fur oUi^era. 
They include that courage which lies at the n^' of all 
manlinettf but is, tn fact, only its lowest or rudest form. 
r. Hughet, Maollntiiie of t hrist, 11. 

manling (man'ling), », [< mun -f -Hng^.] A 
little man, [Rare.] 

Augnstus often ealled him his witty manl(n{f, for t^sr 
littlonesa of his stature. £. Joiimm, IHacuwiU^.. 

manlv (man'li), a. [< ME. wanly, manluhe, \ 
AS, ^manlic (in adv. manUce) (= MLG, manhk 
== OHG. Tnunlih = IceL mannligr = Bw, manlig = 
Dan. mandUg)j manly« masculine, < mann^ man 
see man and-/^^.] If, Humane; chant abb 
hospitable. 

Art^w mmdyehe amoage thl nel^borei of thi mete and 
drynke ? Pigr$ Ptawman (BX v, 2i*iO. 

2. Possessing the proper characteristics of a 
man; independent m spirit or bearing; strong, 
brave, large-minded, etc. 

The like manly womanhood (If a i'hrlstiait might coui 

meod thai wblcb none but a Chrlttlao can di«commendX 

Purchoi, Hlgriniage, pi, 322: 

Now clear the ring, for, hand to band. 

The manly wrestlers take their stand, 

ScaU, L, of the L.. V. 28. 

8. Pertaining to or becoming a man ; not boy- 
ish or womanish ; marked by or manifesting the 
quality of manhood; suitable for a man. 
TUb prince was bold full vianty of bU hande. 

Oenerydt»i^ HL T. 8,X t igaSL 
HI* hig nmidy voice. 
Turning aeain toward childish treble, pipes 
And wMstles In hi^ fcound. 

ShaJt., As you Like It, it 7. 161 
Therefore with manlier objocta we mnat try 
His conitAncy; wltb such as have more show 
Of worth, of honour, glory, atid popular praise. 

=8yit 2, Maf\ftdt etc (see maoBuHne}', honor&blB, higlK 
minded. 
manly (man'li), adr, [< ME. manly, < AH. man- 
lier, manfully (== D, m^ii/t/l' := Icel. matmlitja^ 
G. mannhch^ manfully), < 'manlic, manlyi »««e 
munly^ a.] In the manner of a man ; mai'ifully. 
Many mlgtl man fmttUieh^ medled that time, 

Waiiam <if Paler M (E. E. T, S,\ t 2»86. 

This tune goes manly. Shak,, Mocbetlv Iv*. a 986, 

man-made (man 'mad), a. Made or contrived 

by man ; of human as distinguiBhed from divine 

ori^n ; hence, as applied to spiritual subjects, 

artificial, simulated, or spurious. 

Everr man-made god . . . 
Had1le<l. 
B. Btichanan, In K. A. Rev., CXL. U7. 

man-mercert (man'm^r's^r), «. One who deals 
in goods for men's wear. Also called maa- 
huckster > 



man-midwife 

man-midwife (man'mid'wif)) n. A man who 
practises obstetrics : an accoacheor. 

man-milliner (man mil^i-n6r), n. A milliner 
of the male sex ; especiallj, one who under- 
takes the manufacture of women's bonnets, 
etc., emplo3ring others to do the work. 

An empty-pated fellow, and as conceited as a num-tn^ 
UiMT. r.tfoolr,AU in the Wrong. U. 

nia.Tnifl. (man'ft), n, [< ME. manna, manne,< AS. 
manna, monna =r D. G. Dan. Sw. Goth, manna 
s F. manne =r Sp. mand = Pg. mand, mannd 
= It. manna^ < L. manna, f. (Pliny), lA. (Vul- 

fkte) manna, and man, neut. or indeclinable, 
Gr. fidwa, a concrete vegetable exudation, a 
grain, in the Old Testament manna, < Heb. 
man (= Ar. mann), manna, described, as found 
by the Israelites, as *^a small round thing, as 
small as the hoar frost on the ground. And 
when the children of Israel saw it, they said 
one to another. It ut manna [in the Vulgate : 
**ManhuT ^uod significat: Quid est hocf]: 
for they wist not what it was" (Ex. xvi. 14, 
15), implying that the name thus arose from 
the question, Heb. man hu, 'what is thisf '; but 
this IS doubtless a popular etymology. The 
name is otherwise referred to Heb. man^ a 
gift, Ar. mann, favor.] 1. The food by which 
the children of Israel were sustained in the 
wilderness (Ex. xvi. 14-36; Num. xi. 6, 7). 
The circamBtancea attending the gift of manna show that 
it was believed to be miraculoat. Modern commentetors 
differ in opinion aa to its probable nature : by some it is 
identified with an exudation of the tamarisk-tree, and by 
others with a lichen which, torn from its home and car- 
ried vast distances by the wind, still falls and is gathered 
for food In the SinaiUo peninsula (see vMnna4iehen) ; and 
bv others it is regarded as a special and miraculous crea- 
tion. 

And the house of Israel called the name thereof Manna: 
and it was like coriander seed, white ; and the taste of it 
was like wafers made with honey. Ex. zvL 81. 

Each morning, on the ground 
Not common deaw, but Manna, did abound. 

SylvetUr, tr. of Du Bartas's Weeks» it, Eden. 

Hence— 2. Delicious food for either the body 
or the mind; delectable material for nourish- 
ment or entertainment. 

His tongue 
Dropp'd mamta, and could make the worse appear 
The better reason, to perplex and dash 
Maturest counsels. Milton, P. L., iL 118. 

Mine was an ansel's portion then. 
And, while I fed with eager haste, 
The crust was manna to my taste. 
J, Montgomery, A Poor Wayfaring Man of Orief. 

8. Divine or spiritual food. 

Thou Manna, which from Heav'n we eat. 
To every Taste a several Meat ! 

Cowley, The 3fistress, For Hope. 

4. In phar,, a sweet concrete juice obtained by 
incisions made in the stem of Fraxinus Omus, a 
native of Sicily, Calabria, and other parts of the 
south of Europe, and from other species of ash. 
It is either naturally concreted or exsiccated and puri- 
fied by art. At the present day the manna of commerce 
is collected exclusively in Sicily, where the manna-ash is 
cultivated for the purpose in regular plantations. The 
best manna is in oolong pieces or flakes of a whitish or 
pale-yeliow color, light, friable, and somewhat trans- 
parent. It has a slight peculiar odor, and a sweetish 
taste mixed with a slight degree of bitterness, and is em- 

eoyed as a gentle laxative for chfldren or persons of weak 
ibit It is, however, generally used as an adjunct to 
other more active medicines. It consists principally of a 
oi^stalllaable sweet substence named mannite, and certain 
other substances in smaller quantity. Sweetish secretions 
exuded by some other plants growing in warm and dry 
climates, as the Euealyvtut viminalia, the manna-gumtree 
of Australia, and the Tamarix GaUica, var. mannifera, of 
Arabia and Svria, are also considered to be kinds of manna. 
Small quantities of manna, known as Briofon tnanna, are 
obtained from the common larch. Larix Ewmpcea.— Jews' 
or Hebrew manna, manna of SlnaL (a) An exudation 
from the leguminous bush called c(»m«*a-(Aom, Alhagi 
eamelorum (including A. Mattrorum). See Alhagi and 
eamefB-thom. (b) The secretion of the tamarisk, Tetmarix 
Qalliea, var. mannifera. It is a honey-like liauid which 
exudes from punctures made by an insect, haraens on the 
stems, and drops to the ground. It is collected by the 
Arabs as a delicacy.— Madacascar wn^ww^ Same as 
duMtof.— Persian mannaTSame as Jew^ numna (a).— 
Poland or Polish manna. Same as manna-ssedt. 

manna-ash (man'ft-ash), n, A tree, Fraxinus 
Ornus, See ash^ and manna, 4. 

manna-cronp (man'ft-krdp), n. See semolina. 

mannaedt (man'ttd), a. [< manna + -ecP.'] 
Honeyed. Richardson. 

And each, for some base interest of his own. 
With Flattery's manna'd lips assail the throne. 

MieHe, tr. of Camo^ns's Lusiad, ix. 

manna-grass (man'tt-gr&s), n. The sweet- 
seeded grass Glyceria fluitans. The name is 
sometimes extended to the genus. See Glyce- 
ria. 

manna-gnmtree (man'ft-g^um'tre), n. An Aus- 
tralian tree. Eucalyptus vimincUis, which yields 
a oromb-like melitose manna. 



3614 

manna-lichen (man'ft-liOLen;, n. One of sev- 
eral species of lichens, particularly Lecanora 
esctUenta and L. affinis. See Lecanora. 

manna-aeedfl (man'ft-sedz), n. pi. The seeds 
of the manna-grass." See Glyceria. 

manner^ (man^6r), n. [Early mod. E. maner; < 
ME. maner, manere = OFries. maniere,manere = 
MD. maniere,I>. manier = MHG. maniere, G. ma- 
nier = Sw. manSr = Dan. matieer^K OF. manere, 
maniere, meniere, P. mani^e = Fr. maneira = 
Sp. manera =s Pg. maneira = It. maniera (ML. 
reflex maneria, manneria, maneries), manner, 
habit; prop. fern, of the adj., OP. manier = Pr. 
manier = Sp. manero, < ML. *manarius for nio- 
nuarius, of or belonging to the hand (as a noun, 
manuarius, a manual laborer) (hence with ref. 
to the way of handling or doin^ a thing), < L. 
manus (manu-), hand : see main^. Of. manual.^ 

1. The way in which an action is performed; 
method of doing anything; mode of proceeding 
in any case or situation ; mode ; way ; method. 

Thna Hankyn the actyf man hadde ysofled his oote^ 
Til Cooadence acouped hym there-of in a cnrteiae manere. 
Pien Plowman (BX xiiL 469. 
Vse it in maner as I seide afore. 

Book qf Quinte Eteenee (ed. FumiyallX p. 10. 
For the husbanding of these Mountains, theh: manner 
was to gather up the Stones, and place them in several 
lines along the sides of the HiUs, in form of a WalL 

Maundrett, Aleppo to Jerusalem, p. 66. 
After thia manner therefore pray ye: Our Father which 
art in heaven. Hallowed be thy name. Mat tL 9. 

I do not much dislike the matter, but 
The manner of his speech. 

^Aoir., A. andC.,iL2.11i. 

2. Habitual practice ; customary mode of act- 
ing or proceeding with respect to anything; 
characteristic way or style, as in art or ht- 
erature; distinctive method ; habit; st^le: as, 
one's manner of life ; the manner of Titian, or 
of Dickens. 

In Cipro is the manere of Lordis and alle othere Men, 
alle to eten on the Erthe. MandeviUe, Travels, p. 29. 

A good maner than had Sobyn, 
In londe where that he were. 
Every di^e or he woulde dyne 
Thre messes wolde he here. 
LyteU OeeteqfRotyn Hoda (Child's Ballada, V. 46). 
Paul, as his manner was, went in unto them. 

Aotoxvii.2. 
He who can vary his nutnner to suit the variation is the 
great dramatist ; but he who excels in one manner only 
will, when that manner happens to be appropriat^appear 
to be a great dramatist. Maeaulay, Dryden. 

The manner of the painters of the fifteenth century was 
often shackled and cramped by difflcultiea which have 
long since been broken away, and by ignorance which has 
long since yielded to knowledge. 

C. E. Norton, Travel and Study in Italy, p. se. 

8. Personal bearing or behavior; customary 
conduct; characteristic way of acting; wonted 
deportment or demeanor: most commonly in 
the plural : as, his manner was abrupt ; good or 
bad manners; reformation of manners in a com- 
munity. 

All his manere so wele it did hyr piece. 
That she oonstrmed was in cert^ynte 
Tb lone hym beet, it wold non other be. 

Generydet (K B. T. S.X 1* <»9. 
Of corrupted manera spryng peruerted indgementea. 

Aeeham, The Scholemaster, p. 79. 
Evil communications corrupt good mannen. 

1 Cor. XV. 88. 
Air and manner are more expressive than worda. 

Riehardeon, Clarissa Harlowe. 

Specifically— 4. pi. Good behavior; polite de- 
portment; habitual practice of civility; com- 
mendable habits of conduct: as, have you no 
manners? 

Fit for the mountains, and barbarona cavea. 
Where maimert ne'er were preach'd. 

Shak., T. N., iv. 1. 68. 

Good manners is the art of making those people easy 
with whom we converse. SwifL 

mannen I do not mean morala, but behaviour and 
breeding, as they shew themselves in the town and 
the country. Addieon, Country Manners. 

6. The way in which anything is made or con- 
stituted ; mode of being ^r formation ; fashion ; 
character; sort; kind: often used with alZ in a 
plural sense, equivalent to sorts or kinds : as, all 
manner of baked meats. [Obsolete or archaic] 
There duellen Saradnes, and another maner of folk, that 
men depen Cordynes. MandemUe, Travels, p. 269. 

Alle maner of men, the mene and the riche, 
Worchyng and wandryng as the worlde aaketh. 

Pm Plowman (fi\ ProL, L 19. 
Then Samuel told the people the mann^er of the kingdom, 
and wrote it in a book. 1 Sam. x. 26. 

What manner oi man are you? 

Shak., Hen. VHI., v. L 117. 
(The word in this sense is frequently used in old English 
without qf following, in a quaai-adjeouve uaa, like kind qfln 



ULMUHMTUDU 

modem English : as, momwr folk, kind of people; manner 
crime, kindof crime, etc 

Zif ony Man do thereinneony mmMr Metalle^ ittumethe 
anon to Glaase. MandevOle, TravelSi p. 82. 

Ther was to her no vutner lettre sent 
That touched love, from eny maner wyght, 
That she ne shewed hit him er hit was brent 

Chaucer, Anelida and Arcito, L 118. 
Wherbye the kinges peas may in eny maner wise be 
broken or hurt Engli^Gada (E. K T. S.Xp. 427. 

Right hard it was for wight which did it heare 
To read what manner musicke that mote bee. 

Speneer, F. Q.* U- xii- 70.] 
By no manner Of means. See m«an8.— Dotted man- 
ner. See doii.— In a manner, in a certain degree^ mea- 
sure, or sense; to a oertein extent 
The bread is <n a manner common. 1 Sam. xzl. 6. 

Tis not a time to pity passionate griefs. 
When a whole kingdom in a manner Ilea 
Upon ite death-bed bleeding. 

Beau, and It., Laws of Candy, L 1. 
Shark's manners, greediness ; rapacity ; extreme sel- 
flshness. [Naut dang.]— To make one's manners, to 
salute a person on meeting, usually by a bow or courtesy : 
said of children. [Prov. Eng., and formerly New Eng.] 

I humbly malM my manners, missus. 

ifra. Gaekell, Sylvia's Lovers. iL 
To the wfwwar born, accustomed to some practice or 
mode from birth; having lifelong familiarity with the 
thing mentioned. 

But to my mind— though I am native here^ 

And to the manner bom— it is a custom 

Mora hononr'd in the breach than the observmnca 

Shak., Hamlet, L i. 16. 

[Marnier here is sometimes understood as manor (which 
was fOTmerly also spelled manner), and is often chanffed to 
manor in the quotetion to make the phrase applicable to 
locality. ] B 83m. 1. Manner, Mode, Method, Way. Manner ia 
the leaat precise of these word% standing for sort or kind, 
custom, mode, method, or the like. Mode may mean a 
fashion, or a form or sort, as a mode of existence, or a 
single act or an esteblished way, aa a mode of disposing 
of refuse. Method implies a succession of acts tending 
to an end, as a method of slaughtering an ox or of solving a 
problem. Way is a very general word, in large popiuar 
use for each of the others, as a man's way of building 
a dam (method), of holding a pen (mode), of staring at 
strangers (nuinn^r).— 2. Habit, Veage, ete. See euMom.— 
8. Mannen, Morale, etc See morality. 

manner^, n. An obsolete form of manor. 

manner^ (man'^r), n. Another form of mainor. 

mannerablef (man'6r-a-bl), a. [< ME. maner- 
able; < manner^ + -able"'} Well-trained ; versed 
in good manners. 

In a maneraUe mershalle the connynge is moost com- 
mendable 

To haue a fore sight to straungers, to sett them at the 
table. Babees Book (E. £. T. ».), p. 191. 

mttnnerchor (men'^r-kor), n. [G., < manner, 
pL of mann, man, + chor, choros : see man and 
chorus.'] A German singing-society or chorus 
composed ezdusiyelv of men. 

mannered (man'^rd), a. [< ME. manered; < 
manner^ + -ed^.] 1. Havmg or possessed of 
manners, carriage, or demeanor ; in compounds, 
having manners of a certain kind, as in iU-man- 
nered, well-mannered. 

And Mede ys manered after hym. 

Pien Plowman (fi\ UL 27. 
Beseeching you 
To give her princely training, that she may be 
Manner'd aa she is bom. Shak., Pericles^ UL 8. 17. 

2. Marked by a constantly repeated manner 
or method, especialljr in art or literature ; char- 
acterized oy mannerism; artificial; imnatural; 
affected. 

A peculiar reaction from the mannered style of the mas- 
ters of the preceding century manlf eated itself in Holland. 
Amer. Cye., Xn. SOa 
A vutnnered pieces showing silvery evening twilight on 
a pool and . . . nympha dancing in the shadow. 

Athencetfm, April 1, 1882. 
The defective proportions of the forms, and the man- 
nered attitude of the principal figure. 

C. C. Perkine, Italian Sculpture, p. 2& 

manneriBin (man'^r-izm), n. [< manner^ + 
•ism,] 1. Monotonous, formal, or pedantic 
adherence to the same manner ; uniformity of 
manner, especially a tasteless uniformity, with- 
out freedom or variety ; excessive adherence to 
a characteristic mode or manner of action or 
treatment. 

Manneriem is pardonable, and is sometimes even agree- 
able^ when the manner, though vicious, is naturaL 

Maeaulay, Boswell's Johnson. 
The secondarv intellect . . . seeks for excitement in ex- 

Sression, and stimulates itself into manneriem, which is 
ie wilful obtrusion of self, as style is ito unconscious ab- 
negation. Lowell, Among my Books, 1st ser., p. 181. 

2. A pecidiarity of manner in deportment, 
speech, or execution ; an exceptionally charac- 
teristic mode or method ; an ioiosyncrasy. 

The seated passengers . . . remained in happy igno- 
rance that their mannerieme and facial peculianues were 
sharply defined to the public eve. 

T. Hardy, The Woodlandera, L 



mannerlBt 

mannerist (man'^r-ist), «. [< mamwr^ -i- •««<,] 
<I>ije who is ad*Ueted to miknoerism. 

H« [ Uityiimn | ftumetimee succeeded well, though a etro;i|[ 
mannerut. »n<l emaJly di>riiiguiMli»ble by Uio Urge noM* 

[ . odotw of PtdnUtig. IV. ta 

Tht KiYkocA whi( i 1 1 ded btd deg«u«rat«d Into a 

mob at nutnnerviUi wlio \vrutc with eu<a. 

Z^ouwa, Stady Wtadowt, p. 107, 

tn'' "nnrless (man'iT-les)« */. [Early mod. E, 
< m/oi7«fri +4*fjw.] Deficient ta mail - 
li , . behttved- 

Your medetiug loMtrM l» mancrtw. 

Skttttm, FliUip Sjnrow. 

mannerliness (maii'**r-H-ne8)^ »*. The quality 
of bciupf mannerly, or civil and reapectfiil in 
behavior; civility; earaplaisanoe. shM.Haht 
Orig, of Maukimlj p. M, 

mannerly (man'6i-li), a. [< ME. munerhj (in 
adv.) (= D. manUrUjk = G. manierlieh = Sw. 
nmiveriig = Dan. t*mmerlig)\ < manneA + -(f/i.} 
Showing good manners; well-behaved; civil; 
respectful; complaisant; not mdo or vulgar. 

Whftt thou thlakeflt meet ftnd U mo«t fmnnnriu, 

Shak., T, a. of v., IL 7. 68. 
Wttlilu four di»y« I am ffouc, lo be comuiiuu]^ me. 
And lb not fnann^iiy for tue to argue it 

Ftetcher, Rule » Wt{6, i?. ^. 
sSyn. Coiirteotta, polite, ^eutk^maidy. 
mAnnerly (man'^r-li). mlv. [< ME* mamrlij; 
< fflwnntri + *///2.] With good manners or ci- 
vility; resx'^^'tiully; without rudeuesB. 
Thanne a«ruyd be tbe quene att euory loele, 
fiotbu «itt lilr mote aud aoper decenllyi 
Th« wldchc be dedo full wde a4id mimai^> 

Qemiydea <E. E. T. d,>, L iCa, 
Well mannfrht doiniuid tbee of thy story. 

Skat, Vroiheline, ULtkn, 

manners-bit (man '^rz -bit), n. A «maU part of 
thn L'uiiients of a dish wliicli well-mannered 
grnestH leave, in order that the host or hoetess 
may not feel suspected of having made inade- 
quate provision, [Local.] 
manneryt, *»• See manar^, 
mannett, «. [< man + dim. ^t} A little man ; 
a timnikin. 

Jer. W hnl in her wniire ? 

Bar. A toy, that tho ftllowii elKbtnencu n diy, 
A Htiffht maiiiiui!^, to port her np nuA down. 

£. Joit*ut». Kow Inn, Iv 1. 

Mannheim gold. See (fofd, 

Mannian ( fiiun ' i-hh )♦ "* 'i^^d «. K Jif«w {see def . , 
uLi'l etvTul of .)/rt/a) + -iV/«.] 1. «> Pertaiuinpf 
to the isle of Mau^ an island belonging to the 
British empire, lying between England aud Ire- 
land; Manx. 

H. n. An inhabitant of th« Isle of Man ; a 
Manx man or woman. 

The Suune w»a no «ooQ«r rp but the ManfUaw arny]g«d 
tbemnelaefv tud with grmt nirle aet vpon (Jodred. 

BoHu^t^t Foyfffmti p* l*^ 
[Rare or obsolete in both uses.] 

Manniferas (ma-nif'e-re), «. pL [NL.. fern. pi. 
of mnnniff'T: see mnumferoMx.^ A Liiiiiean 
^Toiift of hemipteroua insects, corresponding to 
the modern family Cicadidtr. 

manniferous (raa-uif 'e-ma), a. [< NL. wan- 
Htfcr, < L, (LL.) fmnuia, manna, 4- ferre — E. 
braA.^ 1. Bearing or producing mannas as u 
tree. — 2, Cansitig the production of munna^aii^ 
an insect; of or pertaining to the Mannifern', 

mannUdn, n. See manikin. 

manningt (man'ing). n. [<iiwiii + 'ing^,} 1. A 
man's work for a aay. — 3. The operafion of 
training animals or birtls by liooustoming them 
to strangers. 

Uawkea thJtt wuce hAggard by Mdiuilji^ ire to be cait 
off. Lyiif, BupbOM tnd fall Eogiaad, p. S72. 

manninose, w. See i»«nino.*<j, 

mannish ( man'ish). a. [< yZE, mannMie, man- 
nt/^h^ioT curlier *menniskj < AS. mennigetQl majif 
human (as a noun, ^lE, mannish ^ menniimh s£ 
Q. menseh, etc., man); with reg. mutation of 
the vowel a, < manitf man, 4- -wc, E. -1.9^1. Cf, 
iiMfwJfc, ifi0:>»^.] If. Of the human species; of 
the nature of man; himian in kind. 

But yet It wu * flgtire 

If o6t llehe to mannttaha creatare. 

Onweft Coat, Amimt., vt 

JJf, Charaotenstio of man; natural to the hu- 
man species; human in quality. 

To do lynne ii mannifnh. Cfunuer^ Tale of Melibeiu. 
8. Characteristic of or resembling the males 
of the human kind ; hence, as apphed to a wo- 
man, maseuline; unwomanly. 

Alio bcr lytiiea ao wid anvwerynge 
WerfM to womiiithode, that creAturc 
Kis iMnrer teaae nuiaayM la a«inyiifa 

Chauttr, iVottua^ t iSi. 



9615 

A woman tmpiident and m«iM«M RTOirii 
la not luoie loathed tbnii ati aif«uuiiftte mmtL 

Shot,, T, and C, lit, .% «ir. 

4, Simulating manhood ; having tho air or ap- 
pearance of maDliness; characten8tic of the 
mature age of manhood. 

Well have a twi«hiDf and a martial outatde, 
Aa many other mantuMh coiranU have. 

Shak.. A5 you Uke It, I. B. l^. 

And let u»» Polydora, thoagh 11 ^ t.^e* 

H»?c itot the m^nmih crack, • He gitjiind, 

S/.- : ^ Hue. iv.2.2;iu. 

Boy a, thinking It moiuitiii^ aomctiuies uau owth* to show 

off their tmtrtneaa Gov, IMmer of FoUt«ne«8, p. A* 

6f. Fond of men; addicted to the society of 
men. 

A chfdevtere or waatoiir of thy good* 

Or ricbe or poore;, or oUea tnamntitk wood. 

Chavegr, Merchanta Tale, L W^ 
=8yn. Male, Maxd^, etc; See vmteuHi*^ 
mannishly (man'ish-li>, adv. In a mannish 

niaiUi*^r; ooldly. 

mannishness (man'ish-nes), tu The state or 
quality of l)eiug mannish, {a) Manhood ; manll. 
ne«&. \b) Maacolineaeaa; boldneaa. 

The painted fa4Jca rad imiiwii^ii^at and monstroni dl»- 
guiaedneaa of one wol Bp, Bait, Impraaa of God, 

mannite (man it), «. [< maHna -f -ifc^j ^ neu- 
tral fiubstance (C^Hi^O^) found in a number 
of plants, chiefly m the larch and mannu-ash 
(Frajrinm Ornus)^ and also formed by the mu- 
cous ferment lUi'-^T *" irs. itla uwhlte^ottorlow, 
oryBtnUlne subAtari' sweet taate, rtiodlly t^AvL- 

ble in wjittT, And ov' ' jve. AleooiUed mannHS 

and mannitijm^ aii«l rigvrUi'i as u hctiLalouiJL' &lc<.<hoL 

mannitic (ma-nit'ik), a, [< mannite -♦- -it'.] 
Containing or t< iMt* *1 t,» Tmu^nirf^.— iffaTiwttifl 
fermentation, ft f aseora}terc»i 

i^ne sugar U nm:\^ luid carbonic 

acid. It is not uii^o _... ».. ...,..., ...c^^i^ulue liqaide, 

and In wines produces the defect caUed ntpineiK. Jnic^. 
firir, IX.m 

mannitol ( ma n ' i -tol ) , r« , [ < mamti te -f- ialcok )itL ] 
Same as mffnuitv, 

mannitose (raau'i*toM)i «. Bamc tm mannite, 

mannynose, '»• ^ee tnaninojie. 

mancsiiver, mancenvre (nja*n5'v^r or ma-nu'« 
v^r), fl. [AImo maneuver, mfincuvre; < P. ma- 
twr tfv re, OF. m u n o ti v rt\ minav re = 8p. mtmiobra s= 
Pg manohra =lt. munonn.i'ML. manuoptra^mti' 
nopert/f H w orkiiig with the hao d, < L. moni/w (abL 
manu)f tlie hand, + 0]>erfj, work: seemaiTiSand 
ttmrtiy and ure^ and cf. manure and mfiitmr, of 
the same nit. origin.] 1 . A planned and regu- 
bited movement, particularly of troops or war- 
vesselft; any stTategic evolution, movement, or 
change of position among companies, battal- 
ions, regiments, or of a ship or ships, etc. — 

2. Management with address or artful design ; 
an adroit move or procedure ; intrigue; strata- 
gem. 

To make them tlie prindpal, not the secondary theatre 
of their fnanoeu9m for secnrtng a determined majority In 
Parliament. Bitrke, Duration of I^liament. 

3. An aifect<^d trick of manner to attTact notice : 
us, be is fttU of manctuvcrs. — ManmnyeT line. Set? 
Kitei qf openHon, under tf wS. — Mecnantoftl manosu- 

Vtra See mtekantoai. =8yn. Trkk, Stratagrm, etu. See 
orti/iee, 

mancBUTer, manoBoyre (ma-n6'v6r or ma^nu'- 
v^rj, r, ; pre t. and pp. manu'itvcred, ntanmtvredy 
ppr. miinauvcrhuh tnanuuvrinif,, [Also mttneu-^ 
rfTf matwurrt^: < F, maua'^uerer^ OF. manotwrer^ 
munovrir = 8p. mankthrar — Pg. mnnobrar = It. 
manovrarv, maiiopuver; from the noun.] I, #w- 
trans, 1. To perform raanoeuverB; move or 
change positions among troops or ships for the 
purpose of advantageous attack or defense, or 
in military exercise for the purpose of disci- 
pline. — ^2. To manage with aadresB or art; em- 
ploy intrigue or stratagem to effect a purfwHC. 

I nerer, by env fnofuevwIiVi ooidd iret him to take th» 
aplrftnal view of tblngi. Thortau, Walden, p. 1S2. 

U, trans. 1. To change the {losition of, as 
troops or ships ; cause to perform strategic evo- 
lutions. 

Sir Geo. Rodney . . . now mawmiwwi the fleet with 
auch akUl as to jndn the windward of the enemy during 
tho njifht, and entirely tn pn^cluau lh<?ir retreat, 

BeMiam, Hist. Greut Britain. April S, 1782. 

2. To aflfect in some speoifitHt way by a ma- 
na?uver or by man<Bnvert*. 

In«t«ad of seizing bii opportunity to win a great battle 
or to capture an army byati^e, he had atmply isnanaNivriKf 
the enemy out of poattJon. The CefUmry, aXXYL 4173, 

3. To manipulate. [Bare.] 

The ittaal trick cooaiated In (he power to ao« a great 
deal through a very small opening in tbe akllf nUy mo- 
nattvrtd b&ndagc Harper^t Mao*, LXXIa. 79. 

manosu^erer, manoBuyrer (ma-nC'vfT-^r or 
ma-nu'vC^r-^r), «. I. One who manceuvers; 



manometric 

one who engages in or relie* upon strategic 
management or intrigue. 
Thla charming wldtYw Iteaumont !■ a nmnneufir^, 

Miu Edsmiyorih, ManatUTrlng, 1. 
8. Af<--, ^ -•.■.^■^ '- - • v^:'^ :. 

Diifeii I fttd 

derawifri ,.j .^, ..... . .: 1 doU' 

hie roddem, Thoiu&ou'a itcni'V rr. White's 

turnabout ayatem. TA LXVlL 214. 

A ko rndur uve rer, rti a".- ■.. 
man-of-the-earth (tn ^ rth'), «, The 

wild potato-vine, Ipum; . j^lurata, so called 
from the great size sometimes attained by tbe 
root. 

man'Of'War (man'<jv-wftr'), ». [< ME. man oj 
werrt: see under uian. n, Cf, war-man.] X, An 
armed ship; a publicly reco^zed vessel fitted 
for engaging in battle; a ship of war. 



And leaTe you not a mAn-t\f\inr 1 
Thla wiuktid emperor may ha \ 



f'jirfti'd ; 

r hence. 



atlpnor* 

as tiie y , ^ 

yard coal" in s 
of-war bird, (a) i 

Toehynetrjt aquHa or trr:}r 

formiaable awoop and gr" 

fkaat^bird, (&) One of thr 

— Man-of-war fasMon, >» ni-^ii, t>i 

like manner, Indicative of good dincipl i h 

man-of-war, a i>opular name of an o< > 

fou* hydrozoAii of the genua PhymUtL. 

man-0f-war*8-nian (maroV'W^E'man), ». An 
enlisted man belonging to a man-of'War. 

manometer (mn-nom'e-t^r), h. [= F. mam*' 
metre = 8p. m'andmeiro, < Gr. ftav6^^ rare, not 
dense, thin, loose, alack, few, scanty, + fthfntv^ 
a measure.] An instrument for aetermtning 
and indicating the elastic pressure of gases or 
vapors. It measnrea tbe weight of a colnmn of Uquld 
or the tension of a iprinir that rxuctly balances the elaatio 
preaaureof tbegaaon urea; and, r| nee tlie rvW 

tlvc dentity of a ga» \ >il to fta efautlc preaatirc, 

the meaaurement of 1 1 1 urminea also the former. 

Maoometera which meMurt^ claitk gaeeoua precaoreby tbe 
tenntou of aiprlng are used for 
it^joxn-gagea. In some forma 
the pressure of the gaa li on a 
piston or dfaphragm eonneot- 
ed with a counterbalancing 
spring. In others the InltliiJ 
preuure JLareoelvtsd on a sntaJ! 
primary plAton, or diaphmftrn. 
and tronemltted by a fluid 
man acting upon a aecoudar;)' 
and much uu-ger piston or dia- 
phragm npon which the DToa- 
sure per unit of area la redttoed 
inversely as the area of the 
amaller piaton te to that of 
the larger. Of this kind ia 
Shaw'a gage for meaaurlng 
very high preaaurea. In the 
Bourdon ateam-gage a curved 
tubular anrlng is uaed, having 
Its interior connected by u 
tube with the interior of tho 
tank, boiler, cylinder, or gna- 
hotder containing the vapor 
or gaa to be tested. In all a! 
thefte forma the parta moved 
under varying preaeore are 
connected with an indicator, 
and the prea»ure ia read on a 
graduated dinl plate. In the 
npm-mr fmnunmtrr the elaa- 
tio preasure of a gas la Indi- 
cated by the height of a col 

umn of liquid, uaaally mercury or water, whieb tt will 
Buppcnrt. In ita simplest form an S«haped f^asa tube, open 
at tno upper end, la employed^ aa ahown in the cut. In the 
cuwpnmtd-air manomttgr the tube containing the Liquid 
Is closed at the top, and bence tbe varytf^ ehistlc pressure 
of the confined air fa added to the weight of the lir^nid 
oolanin in balancing the gaseous pressure to be meaBnr«^tl. 
The ttatieai mananuief of Boyle haa a thin glass bulb conn- 
ternotacd on a pair of delicate scatea, tiie specifle gravity 
of the bulb audita confined air varying with both pnauure 
and ttiniiwnitnre of the aurroundlng mr. The manometer 
of Kanieden is ciaenttally a compreased-afr manometer 



Opea^it Maaeoeia*. 
tf, briiM coQpltng-tutie; 1 1\ 
glim nibe or mlAeh Mrl A* U 
«T4tlaBted ! r r' , liquid c 
Presui ■ " 



re txaAuaittAd thiough d 
ei the p&rtf oftbc UiquiicJi 
and raises the part r' 



iHunbined with a scale which Indicates temnenituree whfl< 

lordtutLrygM 
lii tt Aiinple open-air manometer. 



detomtliilnK Htmoipherlc denai^. itiooratutLry gns.gNge 



manometnc (man-d-met'rik), a. [= F. manu- 
m^triquc: aa manometer -¥ -ic] Pertaining to 
the manometer; made with the manometer: ns. 
manomrtrie observation n.—Manometrlc capsule 
See vuuiamHric rf^oipir';*. — BfanometTtc flames of Kci- 

nlg (Hev n^'irr^ . 



|m>d i 
refUn 

fating TMin.r 
giUr-flauic whi 
mfidptf)pnl-.-s 



/fmmm/fjf 



/MM^MU 



Ma&ociicthc FLuaet. aide Of a -\.\:.:\\ 

metal cii]'-><i'. 
{manofmOtic camufeX and causes the vitiration of a dKid 
uig mt-mbraue the other aide of which ta oDuuect«d with 



manometric 

the gM-Jet Of the flgnree here given, the first is that 
caaaed by a tingle note, and the aeoond corresponds to the 
sfannltaneous production of a note and its octave. 
manoxnetrical (man-o-met'ri-kal), a, [< mano- 
metric + -a/.] Same as manometric. 
ma non troppo. See ma^. 
manor (man'or), n. [Early mod. E. also man- 
nor, manour^ "mannour, manner, maner, manere, 
manoir (ML. manerium)^ < OF. ma9um'(=Pr. 
maner\ a mansioD. < manoir, maneir, < L. ma- 
nere, remain, dwell, = Gr. fdvetVy stay, remain : 
see remain, remnant, etc., and cf. manse^ and 
mansion, from the same sooroe as manor.^ If. 
A dwelling; habitation. 

Troathe hymself, over al and al. 
Had chose his maner principal 
In hir ; that was his restyng place. 

Chaucer^ Death <a Bhmche, L lOOA. 

2. In England, generally, a landed estate, es- 
pecially one the tenure of which vests the pro- 
prietor with some particular rights of lordship ; 
specifically, in old law, a lordship or barony 
held by a lord and subject to the jurisdiction 
of a court-baron held by him ; in more ancient 
usage, an estate of a lord or thane with a village 
community, generally in serfdom, upon it. See 
villeinage and yard-land. 

In the iiL yer of his reign in Septembre was bore to the 
kyng a sone cleped Richard, att Oxenford in his manoiret 
wher is now the white freres. 

Eab. qf Glouce$ttr, p. HH, note. 

These manon (those with which England was covered 
about the time of the Domesday Survey] were in fact in 
their simplest form estates of manorial lords, each with its 
Tillage community in villenage upon it The land of the 
lord's demesne— the home ^irm oelonging to the manor- 
house — was cultivated chiefly by the services of the viUata, 
L e. of the village community or tenants in villenage. The 
land of this village communitv, L e. the land in vulenage, 
lay round the vilTsge in open fields. In the villages were 
the messuages, or homesteads of the tenants in vulenage. 
and their holdings were composed of bundles of scattered 
strips in the open fields, with rights of pasture over the 
latter for their cattle after the crops were gathered, as 
well as on the green commons of the tnanor or township. 
Seebokm, Eng. Vfl. Ck>nmiunity, p. 70. 

On close inspection, all feudal society is seen to be a re* 
production of a single typical form. Ais unit consists of 
a group of men settled on a definite space of land, and 
forming what we Englishmen call a Manor, and what in 
France was called a Fief. 

Maine, Early Law and Custom, p. 302. 

The name manor is of Norman origin, but the estate to 
which it was given existed, in its essential character, 
long before the Conquest ; it received a new name as the 
shire also did, but neither the one nor the other was cre- 
ated by this change. ShMi, Const Hist, f 08. 

8t. The jurisdiction of a court-barou or court 
of the lord of a manor. — 4. In some of the 
United States formed by English colonies, a 
tract of land occupied or once occupied bf ten- 
ants paying a fee-farm rent to the proprietor, 
sometimes in kind, and sometimes in stipulated 
services. Burrill. in colonial thnes these resembled 
the old English manors, thehr possession being in most 
oases accompanied by jurisdiction. 

man-orchis (man'dr^kis), n. [So called from 
a fancied resemblance between its lip and the 
body of a man hanging by the head. ] A green- 
ish-flowered orG}na,Acera8 anthropophora, natu- 
ral order Orchidece, which grows in meadows 
and pastures in the eastern part of England. 
The genus is distinguished from Orad» by the absence of 
a spur, but contains no species of importance. Also called 
ffretnman and greenman orehit. 

manor-house (man'^r-hous), n. The house or 
mansion belonging to a manor. 

manorial (ma-no'ri-al), a. [< manor + -to/.] 
Of or pertaining to a'manor or to manors; con- 
stituting a manor: as, manorial law; a manorial 
estate. 

This tenure [the right of common] is also usually em- 
barrassed by the interference of manorial claims. 

Paley, Moral Philos., vi. 11. 
In the garden by the turrets 
Of the old manorial halL 

Tennifton^ ICand, zzvL 
The colony of Maryland was settled and established on 
the manorial principle. The Dial, IV., No. 4a 

Kanorlal OOUrt. Same as oourt-baron, 

manor-seat (man'or-set), n. Same as manor- 
house. 

manoryt (man'or-i), »». [Also mannery; an ex- 
tension of manor."] Same as manor. 

manoscope (man'o-skop), n. [< Gr. fwvdg, rare, 
not dense, + oKoneiv, view.] A manometer. 
[Rare.] 

manoscopy (ma-nos'ko-pi), n. [< Gr. fiaydq, rare, 
-H aKonelv, view. ] That branch of physics which 
concerns itself with the determination of the 
density of vapors and gases. 

Hanoiuria, Manouriana. See Manuria, Ma- 
nuriana, 

manovenr (ma-nO'v^r-i), ». ; pi. manoveries 
(-iz). [A var. of mancmver (M£. mainovre): 



3616 

see manoeuver.'] In Eng. law, a device or a ma- 
noBuvering to catch game illegaUy. 
man-pleaser (man'pl§'z6r), n. One who pleases 
men, or who strives to gam their favor. 

Servants, obev in all things your masters according to 
the flesh ; not with eye-service, as man-pUatert; but in sin- 
gleness of heart fearing God. CoL iiL 22. 

man-power (man'pou^6r), w. 1 . The work that 
can be done by one man in a day.— 2. A motor 
utilizing the force of a man in driving ma- 
chinery. 

manqnellert (man'kweH^r), n. [< ME. man^' 
quelJere, monqueUere, < AS. mancwellere, a homi- 
cide, < mann, man, + cwellere, killer : see queUer,'] 
A man killer; amanslayer; an executioner. 

But sente a matiqueUer and coomianndide that Jones 
[John Baptist's] heed were brought in a disch. 

Wydif, Mark vi 27. 
Wflt thou kiU God's officers and the king's T Ah, thou 
honey-seed [homicide] rogue I thou art a honey-seed, a 
man-queUer, and a woman-queUer. 

Shak., 2 Hen. IV., it 1. 68. 

manredt (man'red), n. [< ME, manrede, < AS. 
manrceden, mannrciden, homage; <mann, vassal, 
man, man , + rceden, condition : see man and -red. 
Cf. homage, < L. homo, man. Hence, by corrup- 
tion, manrent,'] Personal service or attendance ; 
homage, it was the token of a species of bondage 
wherebv free persons became bondmen or followers of 
those who were their iMitrons or defenders. 

Misdoo no messengere for menske of thi selvyn^ 
Sen we are in thy manrede, and mergr the besekes. 

MorU Arthwre (E. S. T. &X L 127. 

manrentt (man'rent), n. [A corruption of man- 
red, simiilating rent^,"] Same as manred. 

He had bound them [the border chiefb] to his interests 
by those feudal covenants named "bands of manreni,*' 
. . . compelling the parties to defend each other against 
the effects of their mutual U«nsgressions. 

F. TyOer, Hist ScotUnd (ed. 1846X IV. 206. 

manroot (man'rOt), n. A morning-glory, Ipo- 
mcea leptophylla, found on the d^ plains of 
Colorado and in adjacent regions, it is a plant 
2 or 8 feet high, with an immense root having some re* 
semblance in shape and size to a man. 

man-rope (man'rop), n. Naut,, one of the two 
ropes suspended from stanchions one on each 
side of a gangway 
or ladder, used in 
ascending and de- 
scending a ship's 
side, hatchways, etc. 
—Kan-rope knot. See 
tnoti, 

Hansard roof. See 

roof, 

manSelf.r.*. piE. Maa..opeK»at 

mansten, by aphere- 

sis from amansien, amonsien, < AS. dmdnsumian 

(contr. pp. dmdnsod), excommunicate, < d-, out, 

-H *mdnsum, familiar, intimate, appar. < *mdn, 

in gemame, common, + -sum: see mean^ ana 

-some,] To excommunicate ; curse. 

'* By Marie^** quod a maneed preste of the nuuxshe of Yr- 

londe^ 
" I oonnte namore Conscience bi so I cacche syluer. 
Than I do to drynke a drau3te of good ale ! ** 

Piert PUneman (B), zx. 220. 

manse^ (mans), n. [< ME. *manse, < OF, manse, 
< ML. mansa, mansum, a dwelling, < L. m€t- 
nere, pp. mcmsus, remain, dwell: see remain^ 
and cf. mansion.] Originallv, the dwelling of 
a landholder with the land attached; after- 
ward, especially, any ecclesiastical residence, 
whether parochial or collegiate ; now, specifi- 
cally, the dwelling-house of a minister of the 
Established Church of Scotland, and hence 
sometimes the parsonage of anv church of the 
Presbyterian or Congregational order. 

To grip for the lucre of foul earthly preferment, sic as 
gear and mante, money and victual 

Seatt, Heart of Mid-Lothian, xliiL 
Across the meadows, by the gray old manae. 
The historic river flowed. LongfeUow, Hawthorne. 

Oailital manset, a principal residence ; a manor-house 
or lord's court. 

This lady died at her etuoUal manee at Fencot near Bi- 
cester in lllL T. Warton, Hist Kiddington, p. aa 

man-servant (man's^r^vaut), n, A man who 
is a servant. 

manshipt (man'ship), n. [ME. manship, man- 
chip, < AS. manscipe, humanity, < mann, man, 
+ scipe, E. -ship.] Manhood ; courage. 

I beseche & preie, 
Fo[rl loue that ^e owe to the lord that let xou be fourmed, 
Meyntenes 3it 30ure manehip manli a while. 

WiUiam qTPaleme (E. B. T. 8.X I 2676. 

manshiplyt, adv. [ME. manschipeliche ; < man- 
ship + -/y2.') Manfully. 

His lord he served trewelich^ 
In al thing maneehipeliehe. 

Guy qf Warwiek, p. 1. (HaUiweU.) 



manslaughter 

mansion (man'shon), n. [< ME. mansion (in 
astrology), < OF." mansion = Sp. mansion = 
Pg. mansdo = It. mansione, < L. mansio{n-), a 
stoying, remaining, abiding, also an abode, 
dwelling, < manere, pp. mansus, stay, remain, 
dwell: see remain, Cf. manor, manse^, mease^, 
measondue.] If. A tarrving-place ; a station. 
— 2. A dwelling: any place of fixed residence 
or repose. [Archaic or poetical.] • 
In my Father's house are many maneione. John ziv. 2. 
To unfold 
What worlds or what vast regions hold 
The immortal mind, that hath forsook 
Her mansion in this fleshly nook. 

MiUon, U Penseroso^ L 92. 

8. A dwelling-house of the better class ; a large 
or stately residence; especially, the house of 
the lord of a manor; a manor-house. 

Here the Warrior dwelt ; 
And, in that mansion, chfldren of his own. 
Or kindred, gathered round him. 

Wordeusjfih, Excursion, viL 

4. In Oriental and medieval astronomy, one of 
twenty-eight parts into which the zodiac is 
divided; a lunar mansion (which see, under 

Which book spak muchel of the operaciouns 
Touchynge the eighte and twenty maneiouns 
That longen to the moone. 

Chaucer, Franklin's Tale, L 402. 

6. In astrol,, the sign in which the sun or any 
planet has its special residence; a house. 

Phebus the sonne ful joly was gnd deer; 

For he was neigh his ezaltacion 

In Martes face^ and in his mantion 

In Aries, the oolerik bote signs. 

Chaucer, Squire's Tale, L 42. 

mansiont (man'shon), v.i, [< mansion, n.] To 
tarry; dwell; resi'i^e. [Bare.] 

Visible as the clouds of heaven, and other meteors ; as 
alio the rest of the creatures maneioning therein. 

J. Medc, Paraphrase of 8t Peter a642X p. 16. 




ionary (man'shon-a-ri), a. [= F. mansion- 
naire = Sp. It. mansumdrio, < LL. mansionari- 
us, of or belonging to a dwelling, < L. mansio(n-), 
a dwelling: see mansion,] Resident; residen- 
tiary : as, mansionary canons. Wright, 
mansion-nonse (man'shon-hous), n. The house 
in which one resides ; aninhabited house, espe- 
cially one of considerable importance or gran- 
deur; a manor-house. 

This narty purposing in this place to make a dwelling, 
or, as the old word i% his maneUm^houeej or his manor- 
house, did devise how he misht make his land a comjdete 
habitation to supply him with all maner of necessaries. 
Bacon, Use of the Law. 

(A burglary] must be, according to Sir Edward Coke's 
definition, in a maneion-houee, and therefore, to account 
for the resson why tireaking open a church is burglary, he 
quaintly observes that it is domus mansionalis Del 

Bladtttone, Com., IV. xvi. 

Tbe Kansion-llOlue, the ofllcial residence of the Lord 
Major of London. 
mansioniy (man'shon-ri), n. ; pi. mansionries 
(-riz). [< mansion + -ry.j Abode in a place; 
residence. [Rare.] 

The temple-haunting martlet does approve^ 
By his lov'd maneUmry, that the heaven's breath 
SmeUs wooingly here. ShaJc, Macbeth, L 6. 6. 

manslanghtt, n. [ME. manslagt, manslagt, mon- 
slagt, < AS. mansliht, mansleht, manskeht, man- 
slyht, monsUht, etc. (= OS. manslahta = OFries. 
manslachta, monslachta = MIjG. manslacht = 
OHG. manslahta, manslaht, MHG. manslaht = 
Dan. mandsleet: cf. also AS. manslege = D. man- 
slag), the slaying of a man,< mann, m&n, -k- sHht, 
sleaht, slaying: see slaught,] Manslaughter. 

The qm of sodomi to heven 

Hit crysen on Ood Almyjt ; 
And mondajt wiUi a rewful steven 

Hit askys vengans day and ny^t. 

Audeiay, Poems, p. 2. iHattiu/M.) 

manslaughter (man'sl4't6r), n, [< ME. man- 
slagter, manslauter; < man + slaughter, Cf . man- 
slaught.] 1. The killing of a human bein^ by 
a human being, or of men by men ; homicide : 
human slaughter. 

To overcome in battle, and subdue 
Nations^ and bring home spoib with infinite 
Man^daughUr, shall be held the highest pitch 
Of human glory. MUton, P. L., zL 608. 

Specifically — 2. In toir, the unlawful killing of 
another without malice either express or im- 
plied, which may be either voluntarily, upon 
a sudden heat, or involuntarily, but in the com- 
mission of some unlawful act. Blackstone, Man- 
slaughter differs from murder in not proceeding from malice 
prepense or deliberate, which is essential to constitute mur- 
der. It differs from excusable homicide^ being done in 
conseouence of some unlawful act, whereas excusable 
homicide happens in consequence of misadventure. Man- 
slaughter has been disthiguished as voiunlary, where the 



manBlaiighter 

killing was intentional in a aadden heat or paaalon without 
previoui malice ; and involuntary, where it was not inten- 
tional, but the slayer was at the time engaged in an unlaw- 
ful act less than a felony, or doing a lawful act in an un- 
lawful manner. This distinction of name is no longer used 
in procedure, except in those Jurisdictions where it may be 
enjoined by statute. 
maJUSlayer (man'sla'^r), n. [< ME. manslaer; 

< man + slayer,"] A slayer of a man or of men ; 
one who kills a nnman being. 

There shall be six cities of refuge ... for the man- 
da^er. Num. xxxr. e. 

manstealer (man'ste'l^r), n. One who steals 
human beings, generally for the purpose of sell- 
ing them as slaves ; a kidnapper. 

The law is . . . f or manslayers, . . . left mtnttealen.tot 
liars. 1 Tim. L 9, 10. 

manstealing (man'ste^linf), n. The act of 
stealing human beings to self them into slaverv'. 

nUUl-sty (man'sti), n. A sty or dwelling unfit 
for human habitation ; a filthy dwelling-place. 
[Rare.] 

The landlord who, as too many do^ neglects his cottages 
till they become man-titU*^ to breed pauperism and dj»> 
ease. Kinffdey. 

mansnete (man'swet), a. [< ME. mansuete, < 
OF. mansuetf mansueie^ F. mansuet = Pr. man- 
suet = Sp. Pg. It. mansuetOf < L. mansuetus, 
tamed, tame, mild, soft, pp. of mansuescere, 
tame, become tame, lit. accustom to the hand, 

< tnaniis, the hand, + suescere, become accus- 
tomed: see custom,'] Tame; gentle; habitual- 
ly mild or forbearing ; not wild or ferocious. 
[Rare.] 

She seyde ek, she was fayn with hym to mete^ 
And stood forth rauwet, mylde, and manmeU. 

Chaueer, Troilus, ▼. 194. 

Our hard-headed, hard-hitting, clever, and notover-man- 

mute friend. Dr. J. Brown, Spare Hours, 8d ser., p. 200. 

mansnetude (man'swe-tud), n. [< ME. mansue- 
tilde = OF. mansuetumCf F. mansnetude = It. 
mansuetudinCf < L. mansttetudo, tameness, mild- 
ness, < mansuetuSy tame, mild: see mansuete. 
Of. consuetude f desuetude.] Tameness; habitual 
mildness or gentleness. [Archaic] 

The remedie agayns ire is a vertu that men clepen fnan- 
fuetude, Chaucer, Parson's Tale. 

Our Lord Himself, made up of mansuetude, 
Sealing the sum of sufferance up, received 
Opprobrium, contumely, and buffeting 
without complaint 

Browning^ Ring and Book, II. 84. 

manswear,inainflwear(man'-,man'8war),r.t. ; 
pret. manswore, mainswore, pp. mansworn, maift- 
sworn ; ppr. manswearing, mainswearing, [< ME. 
mansweren (in pp. manswornj manswore)^ < AS. 
mdnswerutn (pret. mdnswor, pp. mdnsworen)y 
swear falsely, < mdn(= OS. men = OHG. MHG. 
mein)y falseness, evil, wickedness (= Icel. mein 
= Sw. Dan. men, harm, misfortune), < man (= 
OFries. men = MLG. men, mein = OHG. MHG. 
mein), false, deceitful (= Icel. meinn, harmful), 
in mdndth (= 08. meneth = D. meineed = OH(i. 
meineidj MHG. meineit, G. meinekl = Icel. mei- 
neidhr = Sw. Dan. mened), orig. man dth, a false 
oath, perjury; perha|)S akin to OBulg. meiia, ex- 
change, change, = Lith. mainas, exchange, and 
through thisnotion of * exchange' connected 
with AS. gemcene, E. mean, common : see mean^.] 
To swear falsely; perjure one's self. [Obsolete 
or prov. Eng. or Scotch.] 

If I chance to stay at hame, 
l^ly love will ca' roe maiMtvom. 
The Brwnnfield HiU (Child's Ballads, I. 132). 

manta (manHft), n. [Sp. (and Pg.), a blanket: 
see mantle,] "l. A coarse unbleached cotton 
fabric which forms the staple clothing of the 
common people of Mexico. — 2. In mining, a 
blanket or sack of ore ; a placer in situ. [West- 
ern U. S.] — 3. The Spanish-American name 
of an enormous devil-fisn or sea-devil, an eagle- 
ray of the family Ceraiopteridce. Hence — 4. 
leap,] [NL.] A genus of such rays. Manta hi- 
rostris is a species of the warmer American wa- 
ters. It is a synonym of Ceratoptera, 

Mantchoo, n, and a, A spelling of Manchu^. 

mantean (man 'to), n. [Formerly also man to, 
mantoe (also by corruption mantua, q. v.) ; < F. 
man tea u, a cloak: see mantle, the older form 
of the same word. The form manto, mantoe, 
is simply a more phonetic spelling of the F. 
(like cut to, cut top, for couteau), and not from the 
Sp. or It. manto,] 1. A cloak or mantle. 

He presents hira with a white horse, a manto, or blacke 
coole [cowl], a pastoral staff. 

Jiyeaut, State of the Greek Church, p. W. 

Specifically — 2. A woman's cloak or outer gar- 
ment ; especially, a mantle open in front and 
displaying the skirt or petticoat. 



3617 

Hast thoa any ^nantoet for ladies made after thine own 
fashion, which shall cover all their naked shoulder^ and 
breasts, and necks, and adorn them all over? 

Jinoland't VanUy (lesS), p, m. (Norte.) 
I met her this Morning, in a new Manteau and Petti- 
cost^ not a bit the worse for her Lady's wearing. 

Steeie, Conscious Lovers, L L 
Rut since in braided gold her foot is bound. 
And a Ions trailing manteau sweeps the ground. 
Her shoe disdains the street. €fay, Trivia, L 110. 

mantel (man'tl), n. [< ME. mantel, < OF. man- 
tel, a cloak, a shelf over a fireplace : see man- 
tle, of which mantel is but an older spellinff, re- 
tained only in the architoctnral sense, without 
particular reason.] If. A cloak. See mantle 
(the present spelling in this sense). — 2. In 
arch,, all the work or facing around a fireplace. 




Mantvl. 
Cloister of St. Elnc, near Perpi^nn. France : iith centiir>'. 

resting against the chimney, and usually pro- 
jecting and more or less ornamental. It includes 
the mantelpiece or chimnmiece, with the mantel-shelf, 
when this u present, and the hood of fireplaces having 
this feature. 
3. In a restricted sense, a mantel-shelf. 

mantelboard (man'tl-bdrd), n. The shelf of 
a mantelpiece, especially when movable and 
forming rather a part of the over-mantel than 
of the chimneypiece proper. 

mantel-clock (man'tl-klok), n, A clock or 
timepiece intended to stand on a mant«l-shelf . 

The mantle-doek strikes six sharp insisting blows as 
she exclaims. IT. M. Baker, New Timothy, p. 26. 

mantelet, mantlet (man'tel-et, mant'let), n. 
[Formerly also mantellet; < ME. mantelet, < OF. 
mantelet, F. mantelet (= Sp. Pg. mantelete = It. 
mantelletto, mantelletta), dim. of mantel, a cloak: 
see mantel, mantle.] 1 . A short cloak or mantle. 
(a) A short cloak worn in the fourteenth and fifteenth cen- 
turies by knights. 

A mantelet ui>on his shuldre hanginge, 

I reede, as hrr sparklinge. 
Chaucer, Knight's Tale, 1. 1306. 



Bret-ful of rubies reede, as tyr spark 



(ft) A woman's garment, narrower than the mantle^ and 
approaching the form of a tippet or broad scarf, worn over 
the shoulders. 

2. Same as cointoisc. See also lambrequin, 1 (a). 
—3. In gun., a shield to protect men serv- 
ing guns in embrasures, casemates, or port- 
holes from the bullets of sharpshooters.— 4. 
A movable roof or screen used m sieges, etc., 
to protect the besiegers in their attacks. See 
cat-castle, vinea, som, 8. 

From these manteOetM they shot great pieces, as Culuer- 
ings, double gunnes^ and great bombards. 

HcMuyVi Voyages, II. 79. 

They bring forward mantelete and pavisses, and the arch- 
ers muster on the skirts of the wood. 

Scott, Ivanhoe, xxvil. 

6. ^ movable shelter used in a hunting-field. 

The mysteries of battues, shooting srouse from mant- 
lets, every department, in short, of modem sport with the 
gun. The Academy, Feb. 4, 1888, p. 77. 

6. A fiexible covering, usually of rope, drawn 
close round a gun when it is discharged. Encyc. 
Bnt„ IX. 453. 

manteletta (man-te-let'tt), n. [It.: sec man- 
telet, ] In the Rom , Ca th "Ch.,R sleeveless vest- 



mantioore 

ment of silk or woolen stuff, which reaches to 
the knees and is fastened in front, worn by 
cardinals, bishops, abbot-s, and the prelates of 
the Roman court. 

mantelinef (man'tel-in), 71. [< OF. and F. nMn- 
teline (Sp. mantellina), a short cloak, a riding- 
hood, < mantel, a cloak: see mantel, mantle,] 
Same as mantelet, I. 

mantell^ (man-te-la')* o- [OF., < mantel, man- 
tle : see mantle,] In her,, marked by two tri- 
angles occupying the dexter and sinister sides 
of the chief, as if a mantle had been thrown 
over it from behind : said of an escutcheon. 

Mantellla (man-teri-&), n, [NL., named after 
G. A. Man tell (1790-18o2), an English geologist.] 
A generic name given by Brongniart to a tree 
parts of the trunk of which are found in the Port- 
umd dirt-bed (inthe Purbeck group), and consid- 
ered to belong to the cycads. it had been previously 
described by Bnckland under the family name of Cyea- 
deoidea (1828X ond later (1886) received from him the ge- 
neric name Cycaditee, It has also been described under 
the generic names of Zamitea and StrobOites. Schimper 
adopts Buckland's name as that of a genus, changing it to 
Cyeadoidea. Zigno jHrefers the generic name MantdUa, 

mantelpiece (man 'tl -pes), n. [Also mantle- 
piece; \ mantel, 2, •\- piece,] The fitting or dec- 
oration of a mantel — that is, the horizontal 
hood, cornice, or shelf carried above a fire- 
place; hence, by extension, all the marble- 
work, metal-work, or wainscoting around a fire- 
place, or masking the breast of a chimney, in- 
cluding usually one shelf or more. 
A set of Grecian-looking vases on the mantle-piece. 

Charlotte Bront^i, Shirley, liL 

mantel-set (man'tl-set), n. A set of two, three, 
or more decorative objects intended for a man- 
tel-shelf. 

mantel-dielf (man'tl-shelf), n, 1. That part 
of a mantf^lpiece which constitutes a shen. — 
2. A mantelpiece. 

manteltree (man'tl-tre), n, [Also mantletree, 
formerly mantell-tree ; < mantel, mantle, + tree,] 
In arch,, a beam behind the mantelpiece serv- 
ing as the lintel to a fireplace, sometimes re- 
placed by a brick arch, to which the name is 
also g^ven. 

The first entrance large, and like the mantletree of a 

chimney. Sandys, Travailes, p. 186. 

Here also^ as a snrt of mantle-tree ornament, sits the 

marble kitten that Rufus made. S. Judd, Margaret, i. 17. 

mantes, n. Plural of mantis, 2. 

mantian (man'ti-an), a. [< Gr. fiavreia, divina- 
tion, < fiavreveaOai", practise divination, < pavru;, 
a diviner: see Mantis,] Same as mantic, 

mantle (man'tik), a, [< Gr. fiavruioq, of a di- 
viner or prophet, prophetic. < uavriq, a diviner, 
seer^ prophet: see Mantis,] Kelating or per- 
taining to prophecy or divination, or to one sup- 
?osedto be inspired; prophetic: as, mantic fury. 
yench. [Rare.] 

mantichor, n. See mauticore, 

mantichora (mau-ti-ko'rji), n. [NL.: see man- 
ticore,] 1. Same as manticorc, — 2. [cap] A 
genus of tiger-beetles of the family Cicinaelida?, 
founded by Fabricius in 1781, typical of the Man- 
tichorinw. All are African; M, tuberctdata is 
an example. 

Mantichoridse (man-ti-kor'i-de), n, pi, [NL., 

< Mantichora 4- -ida*.] The Mantichorinie re- 
garded as a family. 

Mantichorina (man'ti-ko-ri'ne), n,pl, [NL.,< 
Mantichora + -ina^,] A subfamily of Cicindeli- 
dce, typified by the genus Mantichora, with no 
wings, small eyes, and separate postenor coxa?. 
The species are large and black or yellow. Four genera 
are known, of which Omus and Ambiyehila are found in 
the United States, and the rest Inhabit Africa. 

manticora (man-ti-ko'r^), n. [L.: see manti- 
core,] l.S&me SLsmanticore, — 2. [cap,] [NL.] 
Same as Mantichora, 2. 

manticore (man'ti-kor), n. [Also manUcor, 
manticora, mantichor, and corruptly mantiger; 

< F. manticore, < L. mantichora, < Gr. fiavrtxopa^, 
fiavTix6pac, corrupt forms of fiaprtx^poQ, fiapri- 
X^paCi a fabulous animal mentioned by Ctesias, 
with a human head, a lion^s body, a porcupine's 



a beast of prey, ^vith a human head, in heraldry it 
is represented with the head of an old man, usually af- 
front. It usually has horns like those of an ox, or long and 
spiral, and some writers say that the tail and feet should 
be those of n dragon. 

Near these was placed ... the black prince of Mono- 
motapas ; by whose side were seen the glaring cat-a-moun* 
tain and the man-niimfcking mantiger. . . . That word, 
replied Martin, is a comiption of the mantichora of the 
ancients, the most noxious animal that ever infested the 
earth. Martinvs SrriUerus, 



tige 



manticore 

2. An unidentified and perhaps imaginary kind 
of monkey. 

MantidSB (man'ti-de), n,pL [NL., < Mantis + 
'idcB.'] A family of carnivorous raptorial or- 
thopterous insects, typified by the genus Mantis, 
witn immensely long prothorax, and the fore legs 
peculiarly modified as grasping-organs for rap- 
torial purposes, Thev are known as rearhones, race- 
hones, camet-intects, pramng-intecttf soothmyen, etc., from 
theirpeculiar shapes and postures, and are noted for their 
ferocity, pugnacity, and tenacity of life. The praying atti- 
tude, in which the fore legs are held peculiarly doubled up. 
is assumed for defense and aggression. The genera ana 
species are numerous. Among the gressorial or ambula- 
toilal orthopters the family contrasts with PhatmidcB. 
Also Jfanfido, Mantides, 

zer (man'ti-j^r), n. See manticore, 
ie, n. Same as nianiple,^, 

mantilla (man-til'ft). n. f=zF. mantiUe, < Sp. 
tnantiUa = Pg. nuintitka = it, mantigliay mantle, 
mantilla: see mantle.'} 1. A short mantle. 

Sir Francis Vere, conspicuous in the throng in his red 
tnaruaia. MoOey, United Netherlands, IL 26S. 

2. A light cloak or covering thrown over the 
dress of a lady. 

A Dofia Inez with a black mantUla, 
Followed at twUight bv an unknown lover. 

Longfellow, Spanish Student, L 1. 

3. A woman's head-covering, often of lace, 
which falls down upon the shoulders and may 
be used as a veil, worn in Spain and the Span- 
ish colonies, in Genoa, and elsewhere. 

Her hair was partly covered by a lace marUiOla, through 
which her arms, bare to the shoulder, Reamed white. 

R. L. SUtenmmf The Dynamiter, p. 219. 

Mftntflft (man'tis), n. [NL., < Gr. fidimg, a di- 
viner, seer, prophet, foreboder; also a locust or 
grasshopper described as having long thin fore 
legs, kept constantly in motion, perhaps Mantis 
religiosa, so called from the peculiar position of 
the fore legs, which 
resembles that of a 
person's hands at 
prayer; orig. one 
who utters oracles 
while in a state of 
divine frenzy, < fiai" 
i>f(7^,rage,be mad, 
>^v/a, frenzy: see 
mania,} 1. The typ- 
ical genus of Man- 
tid(Bf formerly the 
same as the family, 
now much restrict- 
ed. They are na- ^^^/fUMi^^ V*^ 
tives chiefly of trop- 
ical regions, but 
some species are 
common in tem- 
perate latitudes. — 
2. [/. c; pi. mantes 
(-tez).] Any spe- 
cies of the family Praylng-mantis (yan /^[r r«-/v^o). 

Mantida; a rear- 
horse. The common rearhorse or praying-mantis of 
the United States is PhamnomaTUis Carolina. 

mantis-crab (man'tis-krab), n. Samp a» niav- 
tis-shrimj), 1. 

liantisia (man-tis'i-&), n, [NL. (Sims, 1810), 
< mantis^ the insect, which the flowers are 
thought to resemble.] A genus of monocotyle- 
donous plants of the natural order ZingiberaceiB, 
the ginger family, and the tribe Zinqiherece, 
It is characterized by a one-celled ovary, with three 
parietal placentae, and by having Lateral opposite thread- 
shaped staminodia extending from the middle of the AUp 
ment They are herbs, with narrow leaves having a long 
twisted apex, and curious purple and yellow flowers grow- 
ing in loose clusters. There are two species, indigenous to 
the East Indies ; one of these. M. eaUatoriOt Is often culti- 
vated for the singularity and beauty of its flowers, which 
bear some resemblance to a ballet-dancer ; hence the popu- 
lar name dancing-girls or opera-girls. See daneing-^int 2. 

Mantispa (man-tis'pjl), n, [NL. (Illiger, 1798), 
irreg. or erroneously for *Mantiopa, < Gr. /i6vtic, 
an insect, NL. Mantis, + ^ («'''-), face.] The 
t^ical genus of MantispicUPy so called from the 
likeness to a mantis, the prothorax being long 
and slender, and the fore legs enlarged and bent 
for grasping. The larvais hypermetamorphic. and has 
a double molt. The larva) live in the egg-bags of spiders. 
M. pagana is European ; others are found in m the warmer 
parts of the world. 

Mantispidse (man-tis'pi-de), n. pL [NL., < 
Mantispa + -Wa.] A family of planipennine 
nenropterous insects, typified by the genus 
Mantispa, «/. 0. WesUcood, 1840. 

MantispinSB (man-tis-pi'ne), n.ph [NL., < Ifa^^ 
tispa + -ina.} The Mantispida considered as a 
subfamily of the nenropterous family Hemero- 
biidcB. 




Manti^shrimp {Squilla 




3618 

mantlBSa (man-tis'ft), n, [< L. mantissa, man- 
tisa, an addition, a 'makeweight; of Etruscan 
origin.] 1. A supplementary treatise ; a les- 
ser work following one on the same sub- 
ject. — 2. The decimal 
part of a logarithm: so 
called as being additional 
to the characteristic or in- 
tegral part. Thus^ In the 
logarithm of 000 « 2.95424 the 
characteristic is 2. and the man- 
tissa is .05424. This use of the 
word was introduced bv Henry 
Briggs, and is appliea chiefly 
to firlggsian logarithms. See 

3. [capJ] In zaoL, a ge- 
nus of moUusks. 

mantis-shrliiip (man'tis- 

shrimp), n. 1. A stoma- 
topodous crustacean of 
the family SquiUidas, as 
Squilla mantis or 8. em- 
pusa : so called from the 
resemblance to the insect 
called mantis. See Gona- 
dactylus, Squilla. Also 
called mantis-crah and 
locust-shrimp. — 2. A l8B- 
modipodous crustacean of the«family Caprel- 
lidcBy as Caprella linearis; a specter-shrimp: so 
called for the same reason as above. 
mantJBtic (man-tis'tik). a, [Irreg. < Gr. fidvTt^f a 
diviner, seer, prophet, + -i«fic.] Same Sksmantic. 

An idea of spiritual or manUstie qualities supposed to 
be peculiar to the female sex. 

A. WUder, Knight's Anc Art and Myth. (1876X p. 144. 

mantle (man Hi), n. [Formerly also mantel 
(still retained in the architectural sense), man- 
tell; < ME. mantel, mantyUe, partly (a) < AS. 
mmntel, mentel = OFries. D. MLG. mantel = 
OHG. mantalj mandal, MHG. mantel, mandel, 
G. mantel = Icel. mottull = Sw. Dan. mantel, a 
cloak; partly (6) < OF. mantel, F. manteau (> 
E. manteau, manUA, also mantua, q. v.), a cloak, 
a mantel (in arch.), = Pr. mantel, b, cloak, = 
Sp. mantel, a table-cloth, = It. manteUo, a 
cloak ; all < L. inantellum, mantelum, a cloak, 
mantle, also mantele, mantelium, manUle, man- 
tilium, a towel, napkin, t«ble-cloth, whence also 
It. mantile, mantle, = Pg. mantilha = Sp. man- 
tilla = It. dim. mantiglia, mantilla (>F. G. man- 
tille = E. mantilla, q. v.), a mantle ; also (< L. 
mantelium, regarded as dim.) ML. mantum, > 
It. manto, ammanto = Sp. Pg. manto, m., also 
Sp. Pg. manta = F. mante. f., a cloak; per- 
haps orig. a 'hand-cloth,' < manus, the hand, 
4- tela, a web, texture : 
see toit^. A similar re- 
duction of manus to 
man- occurs in man- 
suete, mancipate, etc.] 

1. A loose sleeveless 
garment worn as an 
outer covering, falling 
in straight lines from 
the shomders; a simple 
kind of cloak. Mantles 
were originallv mere pieces 
of cloth of suitable sixe and 
shape, the upper comers of 
which were brought together 
and fastened at the neck or 
over one shoulder, with the 
loose edges lappi^ in front 
or at one side. Those worn 
dnriiig Ihe middle ages and 
later were large and loose, 
capable of being drawn across 
the breast, but usually open 
in frocit and -secured across 
the breast by a lace or chain. 
Long flowing mantles form a 
part of the distinguishing 
costume or insignia of British and other nobles and 
knights, and are represented more or less conventionally 
behind the escutcheon in coats of arms. 

The damsell was in her smok, with a mantiU a-bouten 
hir. MeHin (E. E. T. S.X L 17. 

And Elijah took his mantle^ and wrapped it together, 
and smote the waters, and they were divided hither and 
thither, so that they two went over on dry ground. 

2 KL ii. & 

2. Figuratively, a cover or covering; some- 
thing that conceals. 

Well covered with the night's black mantle. 

Shak., 8 Hen. VI., iv. 2. 22. 

Before the heavens thou wert, and, at the voice 

Of God. as with a mantle didst invest 

llie rising worid. MiWm, P. L., iii la 

A hot- water filter . . . in which the mantel of water be- 
tween the glass funnel and the outer copper wall is kept 
warm by a flame which is placed under the tube. 

Hiippe, Bacteriological Investigations (trans. )^ p. 188. 




Mantle of Man-at-ainu. 
15th century. 



mantle-cell 

Specifically —(a) An outer covering of a wall, differing in 
material from the inner part (b) In/ounding. a covering 
of porous clay laid over a pattern in wax. when heat is 
applied the wax melts and runs out, leaving the clay man- 
tle in condition to serve as a mold, (e) The outer envelop- 
ing masonry of a blast-furnace, (a) In zodl. and onat, 
some part or organ which covers, conceals^ or mantles : 
(1) In Jf offuaoa, the pallium. (2) In Cirripedia, the sac, 
formed by the dorsal part of the int^ument, which in- 
closes the body. (8) In omlth. , the pallium or stragulum. 
See stragulum. (4) The tunic of an ascidian. 
8. In her., same as mantling, 3. — 4. An inclosed 
chute which leads water from a fore-ba^ to a 
water-wheel. E. H. Knight, — 5. In the incan- 
descent ^s-light of Dr. Auer von Weisbach, a 
tube variously composed of one or more of the 
ozids of zirconium, lanthanum, thorium, and 
cerium, and prepared by dipping a tube of cot- 
ton netting (maae bv a Knittmg-machine) into 
a solution, or mixed solutions, of the oxid or 
oxids, thus coating the filaments, which after 
coating are burned out, leaving a consolidated 
tube. Heated from the interior by the flame of Bunsen 
burners to the temperature of incandescence^ these man- 
tles become stronglyluminous^andare said to last from 1«000 
to 2;000 hours of constant use.— Dnoheesa mantle, a large 
easy silk cloak for women, worn about 1870.— Electoral 
mantle. See efsetom^— Empress mantle, a kind of bur- 
noose worn by women about 1860.— JoBepnlne mantle, 
an outer garment for women, with a cape, worn about 186a 
—Lady's mantle. See My's-tnanfle.— TO take tbe 
mantle or mantle and ring, to vow perpetual widow- 
hood. During the fifteenth century ana later, it was cus- 
tomary for widows to take such pledges, sometimes in the 
presence of a cleovyman or other witnesses. See widow's 
^nande, below.— Wattean mantle, a woman's mantle or 
cloak worn about 1866, distinguished by a Watteau back and 
other resemblances to garments represented in the pictures 
of Watteau.— Widow 8 mantle^ a mantle assumed, usu- 
ally with a ring, as evidence of a vow of perpetual widow- 
hood. It appears to have been a russet cloak. 
mantle (man'tl), v. ; pret. and pp. mantled, ppr. 
mantUnh. [< ME. manUen; ( mantle, n.] I. 
trans, 1 . To cover with or as if with a mantle ; 
disguise ; obscure or protect by covering up. 
So their rising senses 
Begin to chase the ignorant fumes that manOs 
Their clearer reason. Shak., Tempest^ v. L 67. 

Mar. Come I too late? 

Com. Ay, if you come not in the blood of others. 
But manued in your own. Sh€Uc., Ck>r., L 6. 20. 

Darkness the skies had mantled o'er 
In aid of her design. 

Cotpper, Queen's Visit to London. 

Specifically — 2. In the manufacture of alum 
from aluminous shales or alum ores, to cover 
(a partly or completely calcined heap of the 
ore) with a layer of previously calcined ore. 
Tolatilixation and loss of sulphur from excessive heat and 
the injurious action of wind and rain are thus avoided 
during the progress of the operation and while the heap is 
cooling. 

Calcination is then effected by means of a smothered fire. 
... To this end, the mass is after a time covered with a 
coating of calcined ore, or mantled, as It is termed, in or- 
der to shelter the burning heap from wind and rain, and 
to moderate the heat Spon^ Bneye. Manuf., L 827. 

n. intrans. 1. To expand and spread; serve 
as a mantle or covering. 

The pair [of wings] that dad 
Each shoulder broad came mantling o'er his breast 
With regal ornament Milton, P. L., v. 279. 

2. To become covered with a coating, as a 
barmy liquid; send up froth or scum; cream, 
or cream over; foam. 

The cup of Joy 
ITnmingled mantles to the goblet's brim. 

SMley, Queen Mab, viii. 

8. To be or become overspread or suffused, as 
with blushes or color ; hence, to display a super- 
ficial change of hue or of expression. 
At the distant hint of dark surmise. 
The blood into the mantling cheek would rise. 

Crabbe, Works^ V. 120. 
The rosy blush of mom began to mantle in the east 

Irving, Knickerbocker, p. 109. 
You could see an unusuaL because a lively, spark dan- 
cing in his eyes, and a new-found vivacity mantling on his 
dark physiognomy. Charlotte BronUl, Shirley, ilL 

4. In falconry, to stretch out one wing after 
the leg, as a hawk, by way of relief; spread 
out the wings for ease : sometimes used figura- 
tively. 

There my fraUe fancy, fed with full delight^ 
Doth bath in blisse, and mantleth most at ease. 

Spenser, Sonnets, Ixxii. 
Or tend his spar-hawke mantling In her mewe. 

Bp. HaU, Satires, iv. 4. 

mantle-animal (man'tl-an'i-mal), n. A sea- 
squirt ; one of the ascidians or tunicaries : trans- 
lating the technical name Tunicata. Haeekel. 

mantle-breathing (man'tl-bre'THing), a. Be- 
spiring by means of the mantle or pallium; 
palliobranchiate, as a brachiopod: as, the 
mantle-breathing mollusks. 

mantle-celL (man'tl-sel), n. In cryptogamy, 
same as tapetal cell. 



mantled 

mantled (mAn'tld), p. a, [< ME. mantis : < 
tminU^ 4- -#<f^.] Provided with n mantle or ft 
raant-elef ; protected. 

They tukiie a Fort very well poUludo^Nl *n<1 munfWlPcf 
wtth iiarkts of Lre«fl. CapLJ&hnSm" ^' -' - t --> 

T1)oy tittllt two hotuea for them be >i 
E»irlAtid, ft f&ire W«U of fresh wftter f^'> 

Qaot«d In C^)L Joht^ SmiUto W uiki, U. ^ 

ma&tlepiece, «. 8©e mantelpiece, 

mantlet (mant'l^r^, n. One who wears or Is 

dres&ed In a maDtle ; one whose only cloth mg 

is a mantle. 

In Antwerp they picUuni the Qown of B«^hemiii like pi 
poor IrUh inantifr^ wUh her hair lioiiging ahoat her tun 
«k) ber cbild ftt tier tuti^k. 

A. WiUm, Hi»t. Great BrttAln (1666). 

mantlet^ »• Hce m^uieleL 

mantletree, "- Hee jtmnkitree, 

mantling (mttnt'ling), n. [Verbal n. of mait- 
tk% r.] 1. A kind of eloth suitable for making: 
mantles or the like. — 0, In the manufactxire of 
alum from alitminouK shales or alum ores, a 
layer of calcined f^liule spread over a partly 
Of completely caU'inod heap of the same raa- 
terial, to moderate the heal, prevent logs of 
Biilphiir« an<l protect the mass from the detri* 
mental effects of wind and rain during the eal- 
otnation and cooling. — 3. In hviw (a) The dra- 
pery which is often uae<i an a baek^ouud to a 
shield, crest, etc, originally perhaps the man- 
telet of the helmet or cointoise. {h) A mantelet, 
lambrequin, or cointoise. Also mantlv. 

manto^t, «. An obsolete spelling of mantrau, 

manto''^ (man'to), H. [Sp., a mantle or cover- 
ing: see man tie A In mininff, a stratum or bed, 
especially one which covers some valuable ore, 
or has some peculiarity of importance from a 
TOininpr point of view t - , ■ - , 

other woni. as manto de o ', 

CftvernoilA llinest4juf in th' 

fti Chut The QBo of the wi^rd l i i miml 

■nd e«peclaUy CUM In the v f thfkt 

country the manto It the '* pa\-^ i i that 

pui of the (Travel wh loh eonuina t ] i v y i 

tlty* The bMrcnsTftTelau-v culled riui'^ I 

mantj} \n occiififonally uaud by thoae ^^i " 

of 8011th AmcrJcA In lAnfriioff^ other thiRii ^paniiih. 

manto-go wnt ( man ' td-goun )» M . 8ame as man- 
Uau or fminfun-gowfi. 

manto ! ogist i ma n-tol ' o-jist ) , w. l< man tolog-if 
-f -int.] <Jne skilled in mantology or divina- 
tion; a diviner: a prophet. [Hare.] 

mantology (man-tor o-ji), fi. [< Gr. ft&vrt^^ a 
di\'iner (/mtTfm, divination I, + -^oj^/o, < Tiijttv^ 
speak: see -ologif,^ The act or art of divina- 
tion or prophesying. [Rare.] 

mantonti mantoont, «. [< Ho. mnnion, a shawl, 
< mantu^ a cloak: see manlle.} A shawl or wrap- 

1 ilo hear there are haw in ahro«4 < 
ITiat hring cut works^ and mantoon*, and conveiy letters 
To *iich youi>^ gentlewomen. 

WfMgUfT, Dcrfl's Law-Caae, I % 

mantra (man'trft), n. [Rkt., thought, a hymn 
or text of the Vedas, a spell, a charm. < \/ tmm, 
tliink: see miHd^.} 1. A Vedie hymn of praise 
and prayer; coUeetively, the matter of the 8an- 
hita or 'first division of the Veda, as distin- 
ffuiahed from the liturgieal matter, called the 
%rahmana. — 2. A saered text used as a charm 
or incantation by Brahman a and Yogis. 

He (the Brahman] ruay play the oionntebank or the con- 
jurer, »nd with a atock of mantr(M and chAmis pnw^ed to 
the uurliig of miurnilti In cattle, pip Ui ohickeni, uidihort- 
wtndedness In old women. 

J. n\ Palmer, The New And tbeOM, p, 37&. 

man-trap (man 'trap), «. 1, A spring-trap 
or other engine for cat<?hing trespassers and 
marauders. Its nie has twen made nnjawful In Great 
Britain except when let la a dwelllng-hoiue between sun* 
Mt and Buniiae. 

2. Anything, such as an open hatchway on 
shipboard, or an insecure buildiui^, ladder, etc., 
likely to become the cause of injury or death 
to the unwary. [Colloq.] 

mantna (nM-n'tu-a), m. [A oomiption of man- 
ten u, formerly uIbo manU)^ mantoe, and in the 
17th century also prob, (aa the 8c. form 
manttf indicates) pron. *mantue (man'tu) (cf. 
bmuiy, pron. bu'ti). whence, appar. by assoi^in- 
tiou with Mmittia^ a town in Italy, the form 
mantua. There was no actual connection wnth 
Mantua; and tiM 1 analogy of wiWarr, 

ult, < Milan, i^ J lt» A manteau; 

specifically, a w ; ^own, especially one 

open in front, showing the petticoat and the 
lining of the mantua itself. 

Condeaeending (tho' alie {i of a great HouBt" fn France) 
to make Manlua't for the Improvement of the EngUsh. 
^fwU, Grief A-U-Mode, Ul h 
A n«w monCMi of genalne French silk. SeotL 



3619 

KIbbona. tmntua*, clocked atockingd, and hlffh-hecled 
flhoet. Thaekeroj/, Vii^giniau^, xxxll. 

2. A loose cloak worn by women about 1850. 
mantna-gownt (man'tu-a^goim)^ ». A loose 

outer garment worn by "women. E. PhUlips, 
mantua-maker {man'tn-^,-ma''k^r), «. One 

who makes women's gowns; a dressmaker. 
By prof eftilon a manixm-nu^t^ ; I am em^oyed by the 

moit fo&hionable ladle*. Addimnx^ Gtuiralati, No. 11& 

HAntaa-nuiKer^ bim. » m«noer of uniting two piecea 
of inateHal ex|MlltlMMly. used by dreaaroakera, eto. The 
rid)fe of the aetun la left itandkig, not aewed down flat to 
the Rtntf 
l^ntuan (man'tn-an), a. and n. [< L. Man- 
tmnm. >.* >*; . -■ /^ »/;--: '--^ V^^ v^ L a. 
Belong]! itua. 

or t<> tlir ^ ritua, 

in northern Italy ; frequently with lelVrencet-o 
Viri^il (bom near Mantua) or his work«. 
Aiid let your oomiuiiit he the M(ti\luaii Mime. 

Pope, Efftny on Critic Inn. 1. 120. 
Age« dapfl'd ere Ilomer'fi bmp apiKrnr'd, 
And agee ere the Mantuan »wan wa^ heard, 

Cottpcr, Tabk-Taat, I 667. 

U. n. A native or an inhnbitant of Mantua. 
manty ( man ' t i ) . n. ; pi. m</ « f i>* ( -t i x ) . A 8c oteh 
form of mantmt or mantra h. 

My coQihi't illk rmirily, and her gowd WAt43h. 

Scoii, lieiui of MJd'Lothlan. 

Mann (man '5), M. £Bkt., man, the su[mosed 
father of mankind: see muH, ».] In Uindi* 
myth, : (ei) A legendary being, son of Vivasvant 
(the gnn), and progenitor of the hiunan race, 
to wliom is later ascribed tbe noted legal text- 
book called the Laws of Mauu, or the Mannra- 
dharma-i^aittnt, {b) Later, also, one of a series 
of fourteen patriarchs or progenitors, presiding 
over successive perio^ls or di\d8ion8 of time, 
called mnnvnnturm, eaeli of 308,448,000 years. 

manual (man'u-al), a. and n, [Fonrnerly also 
mannel; ^EE, mrtwiie/(n.),<OP, mauurl^ F.mahu* 
el = Sp, Pg. Ktfiuuoi = It, mnnuak; < L. ntanua- 
lUtf of or belonging to the hand : neut. mnnualr, 
the case or covering of a book, ML. a hand- 
book, service-book, etc., < »ranMJ<,the hand: see 
fiMW^fS.] I, a. 1, Of or pertaining to the hand; 
perform e<l, made, or nsed by the hand ; employ- 
ing the hands: as, mnttual dexteritv oMkill; 
munual labor; a manmil operation; the ffMnuai 
arts. 

I find some coI1c<MtonB mode of agrlcnItnrDi and like* 
w1»e of manual urttt. 

Bttcvn, AdTAn<:ement of Lenrnlng, IL 123- 
Train'd to ihe mnnitut ftght, rtnd hmiaeful toil. 

P. Whitthsml, The Gytnnasiad, 1. 

2. Having hands, [Rare.] 

PertouB deprived of hand« l)eget vnaHual lamea. 

Sir T. BrtmUfej Volg. Err., vlt 2, 

3, In rwV7., of or pertaining to the manus or 
hand: distinguiahed from pedal: as, manual 
mtiscles, those which lie wholly in the hand.— 

IMTf^f^ ^a- l acts iffclff y the act« performed by the priest 
in oonaecmtiniL' * t , sn ch aa t he fraction or break ^ 

Ing of tbe bren i o sign of the croaa, laying hU 

hi«n«i rill thf^ ¥> i . . Manual alphatM^, tlic letters 
iru^ ' it^i'ioaiid hand, aaed by the deaf and damb 

in See draf- m tttf, — Mattwl benefice. Sec 

hetu.j...., -. lidannal ooTerta. ^^'^ ^nr^rt t^—^^nrfp} 
axieroiae, in the military art» thi^ 
ride and oilier arms with precialo' 

method: as, the feri^eiuit drilled hi. »^..c*<. t ,-...„. .*,.. 

me^— Manual keyboud. Bee IL. d(£r).— Mamtal Mil, 
a aignet nsod for InipreMlog a aeol hy band. 

Til ere la tny gage, that tnanwd mxil of death, 

That marks thee out lor hell. 

Shak.t BIch. n., It. 1. Sfk 
Blgn manual (< of. ann^ manrntl an autograph algna- 
ture; especlnlly, a slgnatore to an ofDetia docnment exe* 
cuted by the hnud of anrwdgn or raagtitrnte. 

The treannrcr obliged hhnaelf to procure aoroe decla- 
ration under hfa raajesty't «^ imintMil, 

Clarendon, ClTtl Wara. 

n. n. 1, A small book, such as may be car- 
ried in the hand or conveniently handleil ; espe- 
cially, a book of convenient size containing the 
elements of a science, a collection of rules, or the 
like, designed for use as a text<book or as a 
reference-book: as, a mamtol of laws. — 2. Spe- 
cifijcsUy, an office-book of the medieval Catlio- 
lic Church in England, containing the form to be 
observed by priests in the administration of the 
sjicramentR of communion (out of mass), bap- 
tism, peiiiiTi'o, marriage, and extreme unction, 
and in ■ s burials, etc. It corre^ponda to 

theBojM nco book called the r£tuai. The name 

manual i, ,u ;.. ,,„,„ ,.„ir) waa iKtmetimea nited f n France alan. 

The Matiual htid in it all theierrlceathataparfahprfeit 
lias to perform, with tbe niiisical notation where needed, 
and the full nibrics for the admlniitration of the Sacra- 
roeata. Hock, Church of our Fathers, HI. It Sis. 

3, In miwic: ,(«) In a musical instrument, a 
key or lever for the hands or fingers; a digital. 



manncaptor 

See k^^^, A (6), an<^ (ft) In organs, a 

koyboanl for fhe ^ M>5i»d to prnttf- hb, 

an organ ' ' 1 M. 

— 4. A ii iin- 

guished 1 ij(VM<riit .^uram Lii> -en- 

gine, h 

mannaliEt r >^ «. [< mami'al + 4st] 

An artiflcr-r; a v^orkiiiau. Minshtru* fRare,] 

manuaMter (man-u-ari-tt*r), adv. [nL., < L. 
manualis, manual: seeniciMual.] Withthom&nn- 
aU, and without the pedals: a direction in or- 
gan-playing. 

mannal-key (man'u-al-ke), n. In an or^n. 
one of the kers in ii manual, in con trad ii?tmc* 
tion to a prr/rt/-Jl'<*y, which is operated by the foot. 

manually (m an 'u-al-i),^^/^. By hand; bymeami 
of the hands. 

mannarjrt (mAn^u-a-H), a, and n. [< L. mafsu- 
rtHM^, oithehfi* '^ ' 1- ' r.r--, r, v^nT.xw.i inVnrf>r), 

< mrtaw.*. theli riw* 
n^l,] I, «. I \ nd; 
manual. 

In vmmmrit crafte»« thonirh thf»y 1m» all good« yet that it 
aeeompt^ most noblv r' ' ' * "Afy, 

/ -t.of Wit, p.168. 

n* ». 1. t>ne\>fi !, [ii« hands; a 

handicni-ftHman ; an arliiic«»r; an arfihan. 

ThiMf luc ^.'ll>.■ Hji'cl:*! ^IHh mT the 8plrltv which we call 
irhuit o a right to the iouahlp 

of i' 1 skill of liezaleel and 

Ah.-.h ' 

/;^. UaU, surmon on Ram, ?ilL II. 

2. A consecrated glove. 
Some tnammneM for handlcm of rellcta^ 

lAiHmer, \\ nrk?i» 1 40. {DaHtt^y 

mannM'^1* /.>--^ ..-vk; .a\ .. n i *"finuUulig, 
of ^ i>ney ob- 

taiti^ y, spoilfi, 

< ma tt Hify t h M h a 1 1 1 i ; »i^« ' mu hihiL] liv 1 ongm g to 
spoils ; taken in war Bfannblal coltmm. see etH- 

manubriai «• Plural of mumdmum, 

manubrlai (ma-nil'bri-al), «. [< manuhrUim ^ 
-ai, "} In anat . /of or perUiinin g t o a m an ubrinm ; 
having the character of a manubrium ; resem- 
bling a handle: as, the manuhrial part of the 
.sternum. 

manubiiated (ma-nu'bri-a-ted), a. [i mawt- 
briitm + -aW^ 4- -<c/*.J Having a manubrium. a^ 
a fitemtim: tised chiefly in ornithology. 

manubrium (ma-nu'bri-um), i»,; pi, *M<iw«6rf« 
(-ji). [= Hp, Pg. maitHlmo^ < L, munuhnmnt a 
hiindle. haft, hilt, < munns, the hand: see man- 
«tf/.] 1. In Bome technical uses, a handle or 
haft, Spi ** -i'^' '^ ^- finat.nwiX zoaUz {a) 
The pn ''e of the sternum, 

of most 1 ' rior, or in man the 

upper, segment of the »ternumt correjtponding 
to the first pair of ribs, and succeeded by apiecr 
or pieces collectively called the gladiolus or 
memMternum. See cut under strruum, {h) Iti 
birds, a small process, often forkt^d, of the fore 
border of the sternum* in the middle line, at the 
root of the keel, See cut under rjnpleitra, (o) 
The handle of the malleu**; the process of the 
outer ear-bone, conne**ted with the inner sur- 
hotympaii' ane, Seecutunder 

M. Id) In I H. the sac or poly p- 

i.r »w.ii li yvv'y ■' 1 ir. renter of the con- 

cavity of the 1 d a nied u8a or t he gono- 

calyx' of a ra» ^ j^onophore. 8ee medu- 

soid. — 3. In boi.j a cviindrical cell which ariseg 
from the center of tfie inner face of each of the 
eight shields that compose the wall of the an- 
theridium in the Chanicta\ Also called handle^ 
Compare heudi 6 (r), and head-cell. 

From the center of the Inner face of eneh thidd a eyltn- 
drlcal cell, iumied a himdU* or mannhriunt, projects In 
wardi nearly to the eenti»r of the globe 

BBmtftt ami Mumiiji, Cryptogamic Bot,, p. 1T7. 

4. In orffon-buddtpff, n ^f '^ ^— h or handle, 
manucaption (nmn-u- ;. f*. [< ML 

rfianufaptio{n^)^ < L. ftt(< i, -f- cnpthin^), 

taking; see caption,'} In old /«*f, a writ for 
the appearance or bringing in of a person who 
could not be admitted to bail by the sheriff or 
an inferior magistrate. 

This manuettptwH waa Intended to aecure the atten- 
dance of the tnemben. Stvbbtt Const Hist. , $ 424. 

manncaptor (man-u-kap'tor), w, [< ML. ma* 
niicaptor, < L, manm, hana, + captor, a taker 
(hunter): see raj^for.] In old law^ one who 
stands bail for the appearance of another; a 
surety. 

F< r ' ') <m Inewly choaen reprcaentnifreBl ffunHi^ 

cajf nen were provided, who were tiound lor 

their to the writ, and tlie Misea of the tnanu* 

eaplrrr* were entered In the return. 

Slubb$, Const. Hlat, | 494. 



manucode 

manucode iraan'u-kod), tt. [< Manmodia,] A 
binl of Paradise of the genuB Mantieodia of 
Boildaert ; a ebalybean. T1)et«miha»&iRobeen utcd 
for totne of tbu tnin birds of Fandlfl« uf the genua Para- 
dttm of Llnnieufl or ManucftdurtJiJ of BrtiiBOD. 

Manucodia (man-u-ko'di-a), ». [NL. (Bod- 
d lit' ft, 17k:J), a raispVint for Klanumdiaia^ q- v.] 
A geiHig nf atumoid passerine birds, either in- 
cluded ill the family l*aradisndtr or placed in 
Siurnidce, and typical of a subfaiuilv Manuro- 
diinw (also called Phonyqama bv Loason in 
1828, and Chahfbivus by Cu^^er iii 1829); the 
manticodes or cbal ybeans* There or* ■erem! ipe- 
dea of the»e beauUfol Dirds, with glowKy blaeblnck pin- 
mage, inhabiting the Papuan rt^ion, or New OtUnea fttid 
the Ittinda aott1<^ciilly relatod theretou The longrat- ind 
hett-known of these ia M. viridis, called if. eJudwHrnti hjr 
BoddiMsrt, Aiid Chaiybemfsparaditeus by Cu vl er. M. Hnu- 
4r«M (UiisoiiX M. ffmddi (Gmyv M. atra {hetMm\ M.puf- 
rhnptem (Temmhick), M. mtmfbtrmut (SchlegelX aDdf JT. 
ubientU (Beriittein) nre others ; the tost tliree form A tepii- 
mte mibgenus cAlled Lj/r/MM^rox b^ Bonaparte In 1863. 

manncodiata (mau-u-ko-di-a'ta)^ n, [NL., 
from A Malay name nmnuk-deiratu, a bml of 
Paradise, lit. * bird of the gods.' Cf. nmmmm.] 

1, An ohl and disused name for a bird of Para- 
dise. 

The iiiAle nnd fenimte Mamusardiata [read manv^odiaXa% 
the male having a hollow in the back, In whlah it ii re* 
ported the femiuo both Ujrs and hatches her egev. 

Bvetjfn, Dluj, Feb, i, 1646^ 

Q, [<?flp.] A genus of Paradise birds eatablished 
by Brisson io 1760» equivalent to the Linnean 
pen n8 / 'a radisf^a . Two epecioe were iTicliid«d by BriB^ 
fun undur thia gfnurtc name, Manueodiala nuthriod M^ 
iniruff, correapotiding reflp«ctlvely to the ParaaiMtt ttpoda 
aud P. r^gia of Llnnecus. neither of which pertaloA to the 
later geam Manucodia. [Xot In u»e. | 

Manncodiinae (tnan-u-ko-di-i'ne), w.p/. [NIj., 

< Manucodia + -iViw,] A subfamily of birds 
named by Cabanis in 1847 from the genus Ma- 
nucodia. The t45rm I« little uaed ; bnt by G. R. Gray 
(!gTO> It U employed for a subfamily of Stitmidtr cotn- 
poiecJ of the tyro genen Asfmpia and itanue^niia. 

Xaanuducentt (man-u-dn'sentjj ti. [< ML. ma- 
nudu<!eH{t')s, ppr. of mnnudHcei-e, lead by the 
hand, < L. matuis, thehand^ 4- ducere, lead: gee 
du4it. ] One who leadi; by the hand ; a manuduc- 
tov. [Rare.] 

niauudlictioa (man-u-duk'shon), n. [= Sp. 
manudut'eion, < ML. manuductio(n')^ < manudu'- 
oerCf lead by the hand: see manuduc^nt.] A 
leading by tne hand j the act of guiding; care- 
ful guidance. [Archaic] 

The only door U% enter into the kingdom (rf Ood waa 
watur^ by the tnanudttdtion of tlie Hipirit 

Jcr. Tauior, Works (ed. 183fiX L 151. 

It f» amtultig to »ue tlie imperial air with which he 
enouncca hit b(ni»t« to apptlcaiits for hl» manuduetkm, 
F. Uatt, Recent En|{lt!)h« p. 112. 

ZDanndtlCtor ( tun n -n -*} uk ' t<>r ) , « , [= F. vm n u- 
duetont = Kp. mfiiindnctofy ^ ML. manudHctor, < 
manuddctrr^ lead by the hand: see manudu^-entJ} 
One who leads by the hand; a leader; a guide; 
specifically, in mcdkral nume, on© who indi- 
cated the rhythm to a choir by beating time 
with hia hanri or by striJcing pieces of wood or 
shell together ; a conductor. [Archaic] 

Love be yonr mamidurtcfr; may the team 
»>f penitence free you from (all) future feari, 

Jord4m. Poemi. 

mauildlictory (mftu-u-duk'to-ri)f <*. [< mauff- 
ductor: see -ortf.} Leading by or as by t he hand ; 
serving as a guide, or for guidance, Bp. IVord^- 
worth, Church Hist., I. 229. 

manufa<^t (man-u-fakt'), w. [< L. nmnHfactus, 
made by hand: see manufaeture.l Manufac- 
ture, 

A great part of the Knen mant^fehet is done by women 
and ehUdren. Mattdman, Sa.nl dpeculationBtr p< 31^ 

T" encourage woolen tnamiftu^, 

BVr/qf, CoUlu's Walk, lli 

manuf actor? (man-ii-fak'to-ri), «. and n, [< 
h, HI a mat, the hand, + 'faetoriu^^ adj., nent. 
LL, factor ium^ an oil-press ^ later a factory: see 
factory, Cf. manufmtarr.^ I.f a. Of or per- 
taimn^to manufacturing; employed in mauu- 
fjiotunng; as, a wa/ni/Vir^or^ operation. Swift. 

R«rv11e and ftutm^faeloru men, that should lenre the uses 
of the world In handtorafta. 

Lord, HIat. Banhmi {l^m% pu 70. {hathntn.) 

TL ».; pi. wmwM/acf^rfe« (-riz). If. The act 
of tDftitulacturing ; manufacture. 

To give ease and encouragement to maniifaiimy at home. 
BdlinQifmkt, Spirit of Patriotlam. p, 100, {LathamA 

2. A building in which goods are manufac- 
tured; more generally, any place where ar- 
ticles for use or eon'sump'tion are regularly 
made: more comprehensive iu scope thau/flc- 
for^. 8ee frntory^ L 



3620 

manuf actnral ( man-u-f ak ' tu-raJ ) , a . [< rw an u- 
facture + -a^.j Pertaining'or relatingto manu- 
factures: as, mannfa^turol demand. TT, Taylor, 

manuf actnre (man-u-fak'tur)> ?^ [Formerly 
also manifacture; = F. manujacfnrr = 8p. Pg. 
mannfactura^ < iLL. manufactura^ a making by 
hand, < L. man ufactujf^ prop, as two words, manu 
faetus^ made by hand: mamt^ abl. of mannHf 
hand; factum, pp. of facere^ make: see wmiw^, 
mauHal^ and/arfi/rf.]' 1. The operation of mak- 
ing goods or wares of any kind; the production 
of articles for use from raw or prepared mate- 
rials by gi^'ing to these materials new forms, 
qualities, properties^ or combinations, whether 
b^ hand-labor or by machinery; used more espe- 
cially of production in a large way by machinery 
or by many hands working coiiperatively. 

They have here [at Antab] a conalderablc miin^/acfwrr 
of Go«ne stamped calUooee. 

PoevckPt Deserlptkn of the Ea*tj II. 1. 155. 

By meatiB of trade and iimnnfaHurr* a greater quantity 

of aubststence can b« annually imported Into a partfcuhii' 

ooantry than what ita own laada, in the aetnaJ state of 

tlieir cultivtttloti, could afford. 

SmOk, Wealth of NaUoni, tv. 9. 

2. Anything made for tise firom raw or prepared 
materials ; colleetively» manuf aettured articles; 
figuratively, anything formed or produced; a 
contrivance. 

The peaaanta are clothed In a coarse kind of canraa, the 
manwatfurv of the couT»try, Adduon. 

The tendency for u long time appears to have been to 
diaoourage duniestlellngiUfitic mani^faciirret^ and promote 
the Importation of furefirn wares. 

G. P, Maniiy Lecta. on Eng. Lang., xlL 

Sf, A place or building in which manufacturing 
operations are carried on ; a factory. E, Phil- 
lips^ 1706. 
jnamifacture (man-u*fak'tuT), t*. ; pret. and 
pp. manufactured, ppr. manufacturimj. [= F. 
manufaetnter = Sp, Pg. man^tfacturar ; from 
the noun.] L traTis. 1. To make or fabricate, 
as anything for use, especially in considerable 
quantities or numbers, or by the aid of many 
bauds or of machinery; work materials into 
the form oft as, to manufacture cloth, pottery, 
or hardware; to manufacture clothing^ boots 
and shoes, or cigars. 
Mantifaeturpd article* were hardly to b« found. 

Maeautasf, HlaL Eng., xii 

2. Figuratively, to produce artificially; elabo- 
rate or get up by coutrivanee or special effort; 
hence, to make a show of; simulate: as, to 
manufacture words or phrases; a manufactured 
public opinion; manufactured grief or emotion. 

Bunday Joumali will proacnthr begin to pour ont . . , 

fllooniy cmp news fiutfltf/Hoewva for the benefit of apccu- 
ator*. JV«P ITark TrifrtifU. Jan. 18, 1886. 

3. To use as material for manufacture; work 
up into fonn for use; make something fromr 
as, to mamtfaeiure wool into cloth. 

n, inlrans. To be occupied in manufac- 
tures; fabricate or elaborate something, 

Ilante are easentiallv ch&racterlEed by their miim{fn£- 
turinff cajMUJlty — by thtsir power of working tip men? 
mineral matterei Into eouiplex organic cumponnds, 

HitJaeif, Aulm. and Veg. Kingdoms. 

manufacturer ( mn n -u- f ak ' tnr-^r ) , « . One who 
manufactures ; one who is engaged in the busi- 
ness of niftnufacturing. 

maiiEf acturiii^i {mAu-u-f ak ' tur-i ng),n, [Ve r- 
bal n. of manufacture^ r,] 'flie act or process 
of making articles for use ; the system of in- 
dustry which produces manufactured articles. 

mamifactlirill^'* (man-u-fak'tur-ing), p. a, 
[Ppr. of mantijacture^ v. ] Pertamtog to or con- 
cerned in manufacture; industrial: as, a m«rAu- 
facturing community. 

manal, «. f Native name.] A wild cat of Ta- 
tary and Siberia, Ft^tis 7nanut^ of about the 
same size as the common European wildcat, 
F. cflf M^,but with longer legs. It is of a yeOowish 
color with whitish variegations, the tail ringed 
and the head striped with black. 

Manulea {ma^nu'le-^), ti, [NL. (Linnaeus, 
1767), so called in allusion to the five lobes of 
the corolla; < L. manus, hand.] A genus of 
plants of the natural order Ser&p'ht/hirinefF, type 
of the tribe Manulea* ^ distinguished by the 
five-parted or -cleft calyx, the slender suberect 
corolla, the lobes of woich are often notched, 
and the entire style. There are abont 25 apeclei, 
which are herbs, rarely shmbs, nod all natives of soathom 
Africa. The Howen arc small, generally orango-ootored, 
disposed In slmpie or compound racemes. The fmlt Is 
a captole with the valves two-cleft at the apex. 

MaEUleae (ma-nu'le-e), n.pl pJ"L. (Endiicher, 
1836), for Mamileea^ < Manulea + -ete,} A tribe 
of plants of the natural order Scrophularineee, 



manure 

distinguished by having the lower leaves almost 
always opposite, the fifth stamen much reduced 
or rarely perfect, the anthers one-celled, the 
capsule dehiscent into valves, and the inflores- 
cence centripetal. The tribe includes 8 genera and 
aboQt 100 speciea, which are mostly herbe, the malorlky 
being nativei of southern AfrJC4L Written JUantUeiedB hf 
Bentliani (li44«>. 

mannmlBet, manumisst (man-u-mi?/, -mis')t 
V. t. [Also mQnHvn::F; < L. manumisetus^ pp. of 
Tnanumittere^ manumit: see manumit.'] Same 
as manumit. 

WlietheTj then, being my mamsmimd slave, 
He owed not himself to me? 

Maainger, Maid of Honmir, V. 1 

The epiaoopal reformation has manumiiM kings from 
the usurpation of Rome. 

Drffden, I>ed. of Plutarch's lives. 

manmnlflSion (man-u-mish'on), «. [< F. ma- 
Humission =; Sp. manuMtJfion =Pg. manunms&o 
:= It. manumissione^ < L. inat)umis,no(n^), the 
freeing of a slave, < manumitt^re, pp. manumiA- 
#!**, free, manumit: %^e manumit,] Liberation 
from slavery, bondage, or restraint; a setting 
free ; emancipation. [To complete the antal legal 
ceremocur of manumission In ancient Rome, the maater 
turned the Stave aroand and released htm from hia hand 
before a magistrate.] 

Then whereto serves it to have been enlarg'd 
With this free manumittion of the mind ? 

Daniel, Musophilu^ 
Languages, by a regardless Adoption of some new Words, 
and StoMimiMion uf old, do often vary, yet the whole Balk 
of the Speech keeps Intfre. HouvU, Letter^ Iv. li>. 

VlUelns might be enfranchised by manntmiaftany which 
Is either express or implied: express, as where a man 
granted Co the vSlletn a deed of vtanumimon, 

BlacM4}m, rnm,< tL vL 

manumit (msn-u-mit'). *'* t. ; pret. and pp. man- 
nmiitrd^ ppr. manumiitimj. [= OF. manuwcttc, 
manumcttre^ manumiter *= Bp. manumitir = It. 
manomettcrc, mauimettere, < L. manumitftrre, re- 
lease from one^s power, set at lil>erty, free, en- 
franchise, < mantis, hand, power. + mittere^ 
send: see mis9imt,^ To release from slavery; 
liberate from personal bondage or servitude; 
set free, as a slave; emancipate. 

The Christian masters were not lioiind to manumit their 
slaves^ and yet were commended if they did so. 

Jtr, Tautor, Worka (cd. iaS5>, I. 302. 

That Poem which you pleased to approve of so highly in 
Manuscript Is now vnanumUUfd, and made free Deiuiwn of 
the World. Hou^U. Letters, tl. 7a 

=8yiL Et{franchi*f, Liberate, etc. Bee nnandpaU. 

manumiZBt, v, t. See nmnumiHC, 

mannmotive (man-u-mo'tiv), h, [< L. manus, 
hand^ + NL. MidiruSt moving: see wo five.] 
Movable or movetl by haTid, [Rare,] 

Since tlje development t>r tu, li.v.tiT machines of the 
present day, the Idea of a trn. rriage, so familiar 

to our forefathera, has beeti r mooted. 

Bur<i ,,. . Ji,'.;<r, Cycling, p. 426. 

manumotor (man-u-mo'tor), «. [< L. manun^ 
hand, + motor ^ a mover: see wmfof .] A small 
wheel-carriage so constructed that a person 
sitting in it may move it in any direction by 
hand-power. 

manurable(mft-nuT'a-bl),a, [< manure + -oMe.] 
It. That may W eurtiviited ; cultivable. 

This book rnoomsdayl In elTect gives an account not 
only of the iMmvftfMe lands in every manor, town, or vtl, 
but alao of the number and natures of their several to- 
babUanta. mr M. Hate, (Mg. of Manldod, p. «36. 

2. That may be manured, or enriched by ma- 
nure ; capable of fertilization, 
manura^et (nia-nur'aj), n. [< munure 4* -age,'\ 
Cultivation. 

Now of the Conquerour Utls Isle bath "Rrutftlne** onto 

name, 
And with his Trotana Brute began manura^ct the same. 
WamtT, Alblon^s England, Hi. 14. 

maBUrance (ma-niir'ans), n. [< mannrt + 
-anviK'] 1. Cultivation. [Archaic.) 

Tlie culture imdmnnuran^ of minds in ^Tinth tmth . . , 
a forcible, though unseen, operation. 

Bae<m, Advancement of Learning, ii SS& 

The tenant is entitled to that species of product only 
which grows l»v the industry and manurance of man, aiia 
to one crop only of that product. 

L. A. GoodBioe, Moaem Law of Real Property, p. IL 

2. Application of manure; manuring. [Rare.] 

I wilt see ... if they wUl not grow tn this soil, even 
with less toil and mnnurafxce. TAorwiM, Walden, p. 177. 

maimre (nia-nur'), r. t.\ pret. and pp. manured^ 
ppr. manuring, [< ME. menu r en, nurynot/rent < 
OF, manoevrer, fnonovrei; manage, handle, lit. 
work by hand ; gee mananirer ana wiaoror.] If. 
To manage; regulate by care or attention. — 
2t. To cultivate by manual labor; till; develop 
by culture. 



manure 

tor 1,; nibiiiiltt!d 

by i»i iKfi, L 114. 

3* To 4*[ii»l,v tiiHUiut^ to; tiiiiAt with ik fertiliser 
or fprlilmnV materiftls or elements: as, lo iua- 
ntnf ' ' i 1% crop. 
Mftv^ tirtdc nuDpwitredt bait lyttylle, 

til sv, itfKioe rlowrne fuUe of «wi?te floure*, 

llure uuti^i^UliM Uic-tn boldt), und liuyUMi tlitslie boneb 
Jforf*- ^iWAt^ri- (C. E. T. aX L 2B07. 
With hraiH'Ucs nv'^T^--"'" 
Thnt mock our wjaiit manurino. 
Mure hjuuU ttuiii oura l« lup tJir ruwth. 

..-.,, / Lw, It. «2S. 

The «c>jt win lu duv time b<5 tniiMt^f «HtJ ?iv the overftowlojc 

of flint rtvcr [the Nile], ihout(h ihey ueitfier m« nor know 

file true cause of (t. Bp. Att^rtfurtf, 8«rmoii», L xv« 

4. To serve n» mamm^ for. 

The corm of h»lf her aeriat« 
Man uf0 the (leld& uf Thesul y . Additon, CaU\ 11 1 , 

manure { mfi-ii ur ' ) , « . [ < tmi n u re» t\ ] Any 8"ub* 
st^tiee add^d to the soil with tbo vit?w of render- 
itjg it more fertile; Sfieeifically, ivrid as used in 
leases mid other eontraets rolfttirtgto real prop- 
erty, the ♦>xcreineiititiotis product of live 8t0i?K, 
with refiiKe litter, accumulated, and used for 
enriching the lund. Anim&l suhstancea employwl as 
n>%^nr4*« onmpr-^^b**!!^ the pntn^fylnsr ci*r' fta*»« of iwimali, 
■ ' ' ' ] ., - . r y rmimnla, as the 

> , urine, eu&iKt 
1^, filsoof batj»), 
' theaham- 
iurc, con- 
itaps, fttii- 
MK.-;-, Hiui < ■ I in many 

placeiEu Al ru,lnf>De 

nt^t* t*r tiU' !• i(>nl mih- 

er&] in niu< and other 

Mlka!i lit, various auJ- 

pbat 

manure -distributer i^iiia-nurdia-tnb'tVt^^r), m. 
Au afrricultural maehiu»> for spreading a layer 
i>f moRuro evenly os'er the frround. 

manure-drag (ma-nur'drajjj), H, In a^TJKj, a 
hor-^e-tork with curved tines projecting down- 
ward» used for hauling manure from a wagon in 
unloadingt for dragging it t^]^a place convenient 
for idling or loadings or for distributing over a 
fiehl and harrowing in manure that ha** been 
duTape<l in heaps. Also called manure-hool: 

manure-drill iraa-niir'dril). It. Ill atjri.: (a) 
An altflchment to a ^rain-drill which deposits 
iiowdered manure either in the 9i?ed-row or 
tu-oadcAstf as may be de sired » (h) A form of 
watering-cttii^ for distributing in streams over 
the surfiice of a field liquid manurct carried in 
tlie hox of t}\(} vehicle. E. H, Knight. 

manure-fork (ma-nur'f6rk), «. A'fork» usual- 
ly with four tlat prongs, used for lifting and 
distributing^ manure. 

manure-hook (ma-nur'huk), «, In agri,: {a) 
Same as w«H«/'e-«fra/7, (h) A hand-iuipleraent 
U8ed for the same purposes a.^ the manurenlrag, 

manure-loader (ma-nur'lo'd*!T), u, A form 
of horse-fork for loading into a wagon large 
bmiches of stable-manure. K II, Kttight. 

manurementt (ma-nur'ment)^ m. [C manure -¥ 
-w/rjif,] The art or process of manuring or 
('ultivating; cultivation. Sir H, Woiton^ Re- 
liquiiF, p. TO. 

manurer (ina-nui"'er)^ »». One who tnatiures 

Irindr^. 

manure-spreader (ma-nur'spred'^r), », Same 

as ma n u tc-di^ttib u t4*r, 

Manuria (ma-nu'ri-tt), n, [NL.» from an E. 
Ind. name.] 1. A genus of turtles* typical of 
the subfamily Matiurifnui. Also Manourin,' — 
2. [/. r?.} A land-tortoise of this geuus, Altinu- 
via fuMut, inhabiting parts of the hill-country 
of India, in Boino re^pccU It reH* MiMi^ u fst^ti- water 
tiirtk* of the family VUmmifidtp. \\ it-ii 

plftti's, dIapH K-^od in live pairs \ th« I u n re 

snitdl, iinsfHlar, und removed towttni 1 1 nk^r 

cd^c of tlie nxilhc. 

manurial (ma-nii'ri-al)^ a, [< manure + -iah] 
Of or pertaining to "manure; serving for ma- 
nure; fertilizing: as, the monurial xalue of 
phosphates. 

To matntahi iu good tlltli br the manurial products 
which it i» now CApabk- of «iippjylng. 

./. It. Xiehalu, Fireside Science, p. lOi. 

manuriallj; (ma-nfi'ri-al-i), adv, A« regards 
man urn or its production. 

Manuriana (ma-nu-ri-an'ft), n. fti, [NL,, < 
Mannrht •¥ -«««.] In Gray's system of classi- 
fication ♦ a subfamily of TcMtudinido', typified by 
the genus Maimrht^ itieluiling two Inuian spe- 
cies of separate genera, more like the fresh- 
water tortoises than the other TestudirndtB. 
Also Manouriana. 

manus(ma'nuB)» w.; ph manm. [L., the hand, 
hence power: see main^^ mi^nunl, etc.] 1. 
The hand. TechalctUy, to fpdf. and ana$. : (a) Th« db^ 
228 



3621 

Xal tcfrmcnt of ihe for© limb of ^ vcrui-i,i i n J Tti^ 

dndln^ all beyond the forcarui or fnro b?if i l 

It ia divided into ttuee stsgnitrif , ih- i »- 

cftrpuft.&nd thenb&langea, hit. a 

to ftvold the tmpllcatiou of any i I ' 

«• of a iDftQ and "fore foot " as • > i 1 1> 

a toorphologfcfd intm, oppofted to / . l- 

upondlng a^rmetit of the nJntl Umb. ■■■■■* 

dnljeai.) (fr) The prehensile organ ' 'irr 

obel* or gr«iit chelate claw, as of a lobster, icj In ruttnru, 
the tanuB of the antertoF leg. Kirby. {d} In iehtA , the 
pectoral ttn. 

2. In Rom, law: (a) Same as d&minittmi hut 
more commonly used of power ovL*r persons. 

old tdind Appins ClaadJui<, I as 

not itrotigcr than tbi- youni? n 

and yt»t Iwtith of theiji ruled ih i Ms 

With absolute sway. W. E. H^arn, Aiyiia 11< Kii^thdll, j^u 2«, 

(£») More specifically, the power of a Uonmn hus- 
band over hi.s wife: as, »w tnann (of a woman), 
under the marital authority. 

manUSrnp't MHMri'n-«;lrii|>t), Q. and H. [= P. 

mil tiu ttt^, Pg, man uscrip U) = 

It. Hi' ito, u, and u.. < ML. 

matiHuoiplu^, a.., L. prvip. as two words, manu 
^criptus, written by hand, ML, {neut.) manu* 
scriptum, 11., a book or paper written by hand; 
< mann, abl, of mantis, hand, + ftcrijttus, pp. of 
scrthtrc, write: see ncrwt, Cf . clnroifraph, of like 
meaning.] I, a* 1, Written with the blind; in 
handwriting (not printed). 

It) a fttiiHUi^ript aoeount of the balldlng > ' 
\i inentlotied tba.1 at the entmncti were tv, 

E. A. Fre0m6n, .. i 

2, Consisting of writings or written bot^ka. 

Ee expended upwarda of £W0 tn arranging and improv- 
ing the mafutteripi Itbnury at Ijunbeih. 

^p. Porteu^ Abp. Seeker, p. &A, 

II. a. 1. A book, paper, or I ]it writ- 

ten by hand with ink or other : »r with 

n pencil or the like; a writing * .*.. , kmt\. na 
distinguished from anything that is printed. 
Especially — 2, Such a book, paper, or instru- 
ment so written before the introduction and go u- 
eral adoption of printing in the fifteenth cen- 
tnn»-, or in a style in vogiie before the invention 
of I u lilting. The oldest earrlvlug raannscHpts are 
F.gyi>tbin, of which some are at leaat 3,fiO0 yeara old. 
Ancient manuscdptA ar^ wrfttvn on papynii, parchment, 
or velluiu, and Art< tJHtially In the form of a long band 
which waa rolled for convenience atxiut a rod. Greek 
manuji-rjpta are In uncial, cursive, or niinuacuTe cbarac^ 
ten. The uneiidt ai-e the oldeat fonn, and reAcnihle mod- 
ern capit^a. The cumivt; eharacteri are derived from the 
unclafa. though they came to differ much from these In 
■hape, and are n^ed In nianuscriptH from the iM,*cand ceti 
tury before Chriflt, Tbeininuwciii' uHtnaHHfii .t pructi«ed 
with few or no exception* si; irj' ; the 

forms of the eajiiest printed tnulv it. 

Latlniuanniwriptflareliicapii < .i>i..ri. 

cule characters. The capital- it 

thoir use waa not entirely di»< : n- 

gianepoch. Tlie tuicdala, nf wti.. .•■.. . ^ ... ..i.^c 

terUed by tiieir rounded shape, were developed verj^irly, 
attained their htghett perfeotion In the fotirth ctninrj, 
and contmnod in nso nntJI the ninth oentur}\ Ttie eui^ive 
writhjflf was developed from the uncial; It Appears In the 
RrrulTlti funnd scratched on the walls of Pompeii, Kouie, 
etc., and U the parent of matiy obi eyBiems of writing, as 
the LomkMrd and Merovingian. The mlnnaciile style wa« 
developed tn the etghth centurj', in tlie moiia^tery of St. 
Martin at Toiira, and reached its perfection in the twelfth 
century. In tbi* stylo are written the splt^adid manu- 
■oripta of the middle ages, produced for the most part 
1^ "1 " ' ncta, and enriched wtlb •wperbly illuminated 
^ and elatxiraioly painted miniatures. Upon 
lion of printing, the minuscule writing sup- 
In ui nnHk-18 to the c&rlleat type^makers. Patimfmft 
mantmiriptjt are manuacripta written in antl<)iiity or in the 
early middle ages upon papyrus or vellum from which 
earlier writing had l>€vn eraaed. Modern science hua been 
succeasfiil it} deciphering the Imperfectly effaced charac- 
ters of many sucli inaniifK^nta, and has recovered In this 
way some olF our moat valnalitle renmants of classic litera- 
ture. The three moat imp^irtfmt Bibhoal manuscript* e^t- 
tant are the Alexandrian C<Mlex, the Vatican todci, aud 
th(! Btn&ltlc CodeiL (See f<f4ex.) These ore of course all 
II n c Inla. ^ee cajdt<al^ , cur^m, mahuculs, intnuieuff*, unnal. 
tiflen abbreviated MS., plund MSS. 

manuscript (man' u-skri pt ) , r . f . [ < man mvrip ^ 

«.] To write by Hand, [Kai-e.] 
manUBCliptal (man'ii-B>mp-tal). a, [< manu- 

seript + -a/.] Pertaining to or of the nature of 

mannsenpt; found oroecurring iu manuscript 

or manuscript.H, [Rare.] 

Tlie more absurd the majuijfetiptal letter. 

They paint, from thence, some faney'd beauty better. 

%rofi, Epistle to a Friend. 

A manfutrriptal pofntlitgaf the flth century in the Cotton 

Librarj-. Encjfc BriL, XII. mi, 

manufltupration (man ' u - sti) - prA ' shon ), w . 

Maslurbiition. 

manutenencyt, manutenancyt (man-ii-teu 'en- 
si, -aii-.si), u. [< OF. KtutiHtfnenct\ ML. maun- 
ienenHQy < mtinutt nt'n(t-) #, ppr, of manntrnevi^ 
hold in hand^ maintain: see maintain. Cf. main- 
tenancy, ^ 1, Maintenance. Abp. Sanrroft^ Ser- 
mons, p. S3. — 2. A writ used in cases of main- 
ten anoe. 



many 

SiailQterfJmD iman-n-t^r'ji-uiu)» n,X pi, mmm^ 

(fTtjiii (-ii). Same as nuuiiptr, 4. 

manway^Tt ' ' ^ v ....... w,.', m-- _• ] 

^2. In *•-■ 

used by th»' - ' . .■- i^ • •• ' <■ ; -. i, ;-'■..• -'H 

of t h e coaL i b ) T lie j massage itmsd as an a i rwc* 

or chute. 
mAn-WOrsldu ( man ' w*r 'ship), n. The worshij » 

of man ; undue reverence or extreme adidation 

paid to a man. 
manwortht, «. The price of a man's life or 

hiuid, vt^hich was paid to the lortl for the killiui; 

of his villein. HmU^, 1731. 
manworthy (muu'wt>r'THi), a. Worthy of • 

man; ii man. [Rare,] 

W hi' I > iLOcii to a better aivd more maittmrth^ 

order < • i ; * . tViirrfetpw. 

Mam, Manks l mangks), a. and «. [A eontr. of 
earlier Matnsk\ < Man, the Isle of Man {W. Ma- 
natt, L. Mona (Ciesar, PliDV)i Mowtpia {I'Uny), 
Gr. MovdoiAa (Ptolemy), cf. W, A/ow, L. Momi, 
Anglesey)^ ■<- -M?iJ\ mod. E. -w**. Cf. '' 
*S'rofM, £rw, similarly contracted. Cf. 
iitan.) I, fl! . Of or b cd on gi ng to the Isle ol sinu, 
situated in the Irish Sea, between England and 
Ireland, or to its lungiiage. 

Yf any snche XnnUk^ or Iryshe l^ 
Rejrstiir ben alretiy r.r nbftll nt nny tvn 

■' ' ■' ■' '" : '*' ■' '^ ■ ■' ■' ■ •' '■'• <\rs. lilt: *ikUH' 

! II. <! wUiche they 

.|.,ii.'^< 

Laid >'j tn^.{i'y.'J), i\ii"U*\ v.\ Kifit^Mi'TiKfu-r f 
I Vagrant* Ft nil \ ,ii';r,,M,>, , i.. i-:' 

Hiuix oat :^«« oati.—Manz puMn, ul< *\\r^^■^<,<^u^t, 
Fijfintuitnglorwn, 

Xl. N. 1. The native language of the inhabi 
tants ryf *»-- T ^o of Man, iv« t ' ^ lo-- * . Mh 
G&dh' ii of the ( i^ 

thus i-: \*d to the l 

— 2. pL Native's or inhabitants of lh«? Isle of 
Man; Manxmen. — 3. [/.<".] The shearwater, 
Vuffittun anghtrnm. 

Manxman (mangks 'man), R. ; pi, Manxtnnt 
(-men ). A man of the Isle of Man. 8ee Manr. 
n., 2. 

Manxwoman (mangks' wum'an), n.: pl, Man^- 
women ( -wim ' en ) . A woman of the Isle of Mai \ 
See MauXf ii,, 2. 

many^ (mon'ib n*% compar, mort\ mi i ' ' 

(formerly regularly Wifiiii/Tr/). [< ^ 
m<ttiy^ mani, mow», mfi/^*,etc.,< AS. ma^.y^ *n,r„iij^ 
manifj = OS. ma nag, ma tug = OFries. mimtch, 
manirih monerh^ tnanrfi = MD. mrneg^D. mcnUl 
= ML(t. niannirh^ ntfnnii'h =: OHO, manO'' 
manaCf MHO. tw«ii/c <i, man nig (in com p. 
usually coutr. matfrh = Icel. mar gr (for *mangr) 
= Sw. m^nga = Daiu mttugv = Goth, munagjr, 
many. Hoot nnkuown ; according to one view 
lit. as if ^manntf, i, e, * containing men' (invoh 
ing the notion of a crowfl of persons), < AS, mat 
etc., man, + -iff, an adi suffix, E. -y^. But thi 
ignores the similar and prob. cognate forms h 
m<>iJ^'=iOael. minig = Vk', nufntfch, frequent, aufl 
OBulg, tnunogii, mnogu = Sloven, mnog = Serv, 
m«i>.:/<i«tf s^Bohem. wwo//i/,eto,. = Hush, mm^gir, 
pL, many ; ami there is no instance in which an 
AS. or Goth, atlj, formed from a noun bv adding 
the sufiiix -ig or -agg has developed another noun 
by the formative orig. contained in the noun 
mang (AS, mmigu): see rw«?M/t, n. Whatever 
the root, it is clear that the woid has no con- 
nection with L. »«Oi/««A, great: see wrtui-.] I. 
Being or consisting of a large number of units 
or indiTiduals; numerous: often used alone, 
the noun being understood. See many^^ w. 

Tu Winchestre and to Wych ich wente to the felre. 
With irumy maner marclmnndlae as my mayster hilite. 
IHtn Plowman (A), v, ISO. 
Manif are the aJTl Jet lone of the righteous. Ps. xautlv. ift. 
For many shall come in my name, . . . and ihall de- 
ceive wany. Mat xxiv. &. 
lie li not the beat wHght that bewea thetnameii speolo. 
ir«sf, Proverb* tSd ed., l«78X p. »e», 
Rmdm. Is there none else here? 

MelanHiu, None hot > fearful conscience ; thiit'Bto<j fn^itos 
Beau, and Ft,, Maid's Trngcdy, Iv i 

2. Being one of a large number; l>elonging to 
an aggregate or category, consideretl singly as 
one of a kind: followed by /j, an, or annih&rf 
used distributively. The plirase mantf a one^ 
so iisetl, was formerly mang one without the 
article, 

I've met wi' mony a gentle knicht„ 
That gae me sic a fill. 

A'Mi^ ffmrv (Child's Ballada, I, 161X 
Full tnany a gem of porest ray serene 
The dark unfisthottied caret of ocean boar. 

Gtnii, Eloff> 
So She, like manv amUigr babbler, hmt 
VITbooi she would soothe, Tennstrnm^ OutikOTenw 



many 

S, Beiui4 ui u certjiin number, large or small ; 
plural (eapt^oiaJly iu the phraav ff*e mnnif as 
opposed to the me): after a tenn of quali'tiea- 
tiott {rtSj 80, too^ and especially hott in mt^n'O- 
giitioi2B)t often with the qualili'ed noun omitted : 
aM, how mainj people were there f how man^ will 
gof tis mantj as the room ^ili hold; notsa mamj 
lid before; 'loo man if men fire dishonest. 

BttMd kmt> ifutnu things thoy wltncsi ag&Ln«t thee. 

M*rk IV. *, 
l*i*Bt thtMi cotijure for wciiche»» (lint tttoucidl'st for such 

store. 
When one 1« utie too rmnuf Shak., C. of E., Ut 1. 35. 

Tilts Gr«dc will drink at manif GlAJsoe ■« there b« Lett«n 
lu hli MlBtrou » lutme. QotMil, Letters, ft 64. 

4. Much. HaUiteeli, [Prov. Eng.^-^MaiiyoiMt. 

See doL 1 

Anthituy, the fnll nttlde sonemsTD, 
tilt pAjMnym* hnth r>ffht mmwon wkain. 

Horn, qr Partenay (E, K. T. 8.V L 2275. 

HOtSUOyi uot much. |SlAng.}^8o numy. (a> ^QCh a 
niuaber or an equ.il number of r tat, packed tofi^ther Ukf 
40 many herring*. 

All fo fvuini^ M hit menne mlghten areche. 

Aiimunder nf Maeedobte {E. E. T. S.^ L i4L 
The women of the plane had fled, like to man^ fr^hted 
deer, to one of the prioolpAl ehttrohes. 

Preaeeti, Ferd. and laa.. 11. 11. 
^> 8uoh a namber indefinitely or di6trlhut{vcly : ae, he 
took M manjf of theaev and «o manff of those, and m mattp 
of the others. — TOO many, too itroDg ; too powerful ; too 
able : as^ they are too nrnny lor lu ; he h too m(?n.Vr or one 
too man!/, for ujl [rolloqj [Jfanv *« pTvflxr<l Ut a jErreiit 
DamlMrof|NuticiplaladJoctiTea,fn' !- which 

eipliio themielTea : ai^ fnany-^u-M ^/ia/iy> 

cQiTiered.maiii^-ciyed.j-'SyiLl. N: -ivari- 

oils, dtYers, sundry, freqaent 
many' (men'i), «, [< ME. tminyt', *nwn1ft, < AH. 
menifjii, mteuiffvOf manhjti (= OS. ifietn^ = MLd. 
nifni(fi\ rnenie^ menje = OHG. mafia4ji^ mtinalxu 
mtnitfu ttieniki, MliG. men^ge^ G. /fwrfif?*? = Icel. 
nw/ir/i = 8w. nuingd = Dan. rmrngfle = Goth, 
ma M Offci ), a cro wd , many pe rsons, < ma w »>^ man y : 
Bee #«a»yl, a, Mantf^ h.^ is thus not merely the 
a4j. used as a noun, but waa formed from the 
adj. in early times, with a suffix now lost. Many^ 
in the sense of * crowd ^ became confused with 
j»awy2^ ntenyc^ mein^, a retinue of servantis: see 
mmny. In the collective use the norm w^rni/t, 
with the def- art., is not easily diBtiuguished 
from the adj. ma/i^i used in the plural as a 
Donn.] 1. A multitude; a great aggregate; 
specifically, the mass of people; the general- 
ity f the common hertl, 

thoa foud many, wUh what loud applAUse 
Did'at thou beatitearoa with bicssirife Uolinffhroke ! 

Shak., Uflen. IV., i 3. 9L 

The wfli of the many, and their interest, niust very often 

differ. Burke ^ Rev. In ^ruiice. 

2. A considerable number: with the indefinite 
article, and followed by o/ expressed or under- 
stood. 

A many of us were coiled together before him, to tt^ our 
ininde in certAjn mflttera. 

Lati>ntT, SdSenann bef. Edw. VI., 1&40. 
like a many qf tbe«e Lisping hawthorn buds. 

Shak,, i\l. W. of W., iU. 3. 77. 
They have »ot tihinl ti mauu team, 
Dear eyes, afoce ilrst I knew tbetn wetL 

Tennaum, Miller'* Daughter. 
|TK "t jiutnp {%B well iiH a pretty ma^yiM now raru 

o! yet a ffood nnttny nnd rt ffreat fnmny are itUl 

ill. .-M 

many-t (Uitiu'i), », See meiny, 
maEybeny (men'i-ber'i), n. Same an hoek- 
bfrr*j. 
many-foldad (men 'i-f 51 * iled ), o. Having many 
folds, doubliiigi*, or complications. 
Hit puU.sant iimies ftbfiutliifl noble breet. 
And tnauy/old^d ahietd be bound about hif wreet. 

8pen§er,V.Q.. 11. UL I, 

maEy-headed ( inen'i-hed'ed), a. Having tnauy 
heatU. Applied to mythologlcBl belntfi fubled to hAve a 
nmnlier of heads on a single Imtly, tunl iti literature refer- 
ring etpeclally to Ibts IxJinicuu bydi^ called the inany^ 
iudapd monitor : a phraae henoe aometium ii&ed of an ex^ 
cited mob or the mau of the common people, ooneidorud 
aA one body iaovt»] by many f urione or Irrational impulBea. 

80. with thja bold oppoeer mBbeii on 
Thii mati^headM mtmtter, nml Lit tide. 

iXiniei, CivU Wa^^ 11 

manyiiesa (men'i-nei* ), H. The state or quality 
of beiug raanv in number; uumerousness ; mul- 
tiplicitv. Miml XLI. 6(1. tBare.] 

manyplies (meu'i-pliz), ». mng. and pL [Also 
moniplirs and (Sc.) moni plies : < motuf^ "^ phf* 
I*.] The third stomach of a ruminaut, techui- 
cuUy named the otmtsnm oTpmlterium: so called 
from the many parallel folds or layers like the 
knives of a book. 

manyroot (mcn'i-r5t), tf. A plant, h'uHlia tu- 
lHro8(U found in Texas^ Mexico, CaliforDia, the 
West Indies, and elsewhere. Its flowers are 



3622 

large and blue, and its tuberous roots have 
♦*tnetir properties. 

many-sided (men'i-si'ded), a. Having many 
sides ; hence, figuj'ativelyt having tnany aspects* , 
qualities, or capabilities; of iliversined range 
or scope ; not narrowly limited. 

The R1»hop of Cyrone . , . woa one of thoie vtmny- 
tid&d, Totatile, reatlesa men who ta»te joy and vorrow . . . 
abundantly and ptia^iotiately. Kintfkry, Hypatta^ xjtL 

many-aidedneaa (men'i-tii'ded-nes), w. The 
condition of having many sidcM; hence, figura- 
tively, the quality of being many*sided; di- 
ver?fity of character or capability; wideness of 
range or view. 

manywise, manyways (men'i-wiz, -waz), adv. 
In many ditTereut ways; multifatnously; vari- 
ouiily. 

Manzanilla (man-za-nil'Ji), «, [8p., perhaps 
so called from a town near Seville.] Sherry of 
unusually drv and light character; specifically, 
a shen-y produced in the district of San Lucar 
de Barrameda in BpaLn. 

manzanita (man-za*ne'ta), n. [8p., dim. of 
wflMjfiwrt, ai»ple.] "One of several sbnibs or 
smaU trees of the genus Arctostophylott^ found 
in the western United States, xheeearc, especial- 
ly, A. tommima, a shrub from 2 to 6 feet high; A. pun- 
fjKsw, the moat coninjon nninaanlta, abounding everywhere 
on dry ridges, whether on the ooaat or at great elevatiotiM ; 
ar»d A. tflfiufa, tbe great-herrled itifln«anita, db^tingutshed 
by lu hirger f>lid tniit» with a lorge live-cell ud ttonv, 

inaor(miir), «. [Gael, maor, macr^ a steward, 
perhaps < ALL. nutjor^ a steward, etc, : see ma- 
jor, 7nayoi\^ Anciently, in Scotland, a at^jwanl 
of crown or fiscal lands, wbofte sank afterward 
became that of a thune. See maormor, 

Maori (mii'iy-ri or niou'ri), n. and a. [< Maoris 
lit. * native,' ' indigenourt.n L ". 1* One of the 
primitive inhabit4ints of New Zealand, a Poly- 
nesian race of the Malay fatnily, distingtiished 
for their natural capacity and vigor. Most of 
them now profess Christ ianity, but they have 
vigorously though unsucoessftilly resisted Eng- 
lish dominion. — JJ, The language of the Maoris. 
It, a. Of or belonging to tlie primitive in- 
habitants of New Zealand, or to their language. 
— BJaorlrat. See rat 

maorMor (mar'mor), tu [Gael, < maort mtier, 
a steward, + mor<, great*} Anciently, in Scot- 
land, a royal steward of high dignitv and power, 
X>lacod over a province instead ot a tbanage. 
After the introauction of feudalism the maor- 
mors became earls. Also written monnaer, 

Aa to the office of Mommer, there seems little doubt that» 
like the Mnor, he waa a royal ufflelal r«aeinb1ing the 
*• Graph io" amongst the early Franka, and the Bciiiidliia- 
vian **Jiirl," tuitUtg aa a royal deputy, and retaining hi 
early times the third part of the royal revenoeand prerog^ 
iitiv e«. Book ^f Dter. 

Maoutia (ra»-6'ti-|), w. [NL. (WeddelL, 1854), 
named after E. ^Unuout^ a French botanist.] 
A genus of nrticaceous plants, belonging to the 
tribe TrfiVea'and the stibtribe Bahmerkiv, it h 
characterized by the mlnutenew or absence of the perlanLb 
In the female flowers, by flowera borne in email pnnicled 
beads, and by tufted or plumose stigmas. There arc g Kpe- 
cleft» uaiives of eiiatem India, the Malay archlpetagu, and 
the .Houth Paclflo Ulaiids. They arc ahrub* with altermite 
petifded leaves that are sometimes three-nerved and ere- 
uate; the tlowcra are smsdl, dispoaed In little heads, gen- 
erally in the nxtli of the loaves, aometlmea temdnal. See 
graiS'clidh and rmmU. 

map^ (map), I?. [Early mod. E. mappe^ < OF. 
(also F. ) mappe = 8p, niapa = Pg. mappa, mapa, 
& map, = It. nwppa^ a map, prop., as in OF. F. 
It,, a napkin, = D* map^ muppr, map, portfolio, 
=^ G. Dan. mapue^ portfolio; < L. mappa, a nap- 
kin, table-clotn, a cloth or handkerchief to 
give the signal in racing; Raid to be of Punic 
origin. Hence ML. mappa mundi { > OF. mappr- 
moHfJe^ > ME. mapptmoitmie, tj. v.), a map of the 
world, a map being compared, with regard to 
its folding or to its bainpr spread out on a tabic, 
to a napkin or tuble-cloth. The L. umppa be- 
came corrupted in ML. to iiapa, > ult. E. muK'njy 
tmpkin^ auu imprvHf apmn, q. v.] I. A draw- 
ing upon a plane surface representing u part 
or the whole of the earth's surface or of the 
heavens, every point of the drawing corre- 
sponding to some geographical or celestial po- 
sition, acconiing to some law, of perspectivCt 
etc., which is called the projection^ or, better, the 
map'projeefio n . Se ejwojeftio n . a map of the earth, 
or of a part of the earth, fre«inently exliLblta merely the po- 
sitions of eouutriefi^ muurittUiis. rtven;. lakes, dtlee* etc. 



relatively to one another, and, by meima of lines of lAtl- 

rid luiigltud^ relatively ! 
earth's surface. Maps may be so lulored or shaded a» to 



tude and loiigltud^ relatively to every «>thcr pf>int on the 



give a vnrtely of Infomintlon f.r example, to indicate the 
ge^l . >r niinfnil, the principal 

1n< '■^11. niereareliinsirtNy- 

oKi J;iuniil, 3t]d other klmia 

td map;.. In map« ou a Luge ^calc, or those which arc the 



maple 

result of careful toiKjpniidilcal »urveyK, r' •" ' ,r the 

surf aee U generally iiiilic:tted with more 1 toy. 

Tilts Ui done elthoi l>y < i.rjt^mr IIim'h ot 1 liy 

simple shading, fiy th>' ■*' ■- •■■■ *^' ■' rjic* 

tised. tht itidicntlutiH tint 

rough In character. ind 

a careful and artietk 1 nHy, 

however, in this way Im 1, I by 

photographLng a mod*;] 1 m an 

oblique light. From aui h -., ' 
ouoe a very clear Ideik of tht 
Peering In utapt far poi 1 

S/mk., AL af v., L 1. ly. 

2, Figuratively, a distinct and precise repre- 
sentation of HI ' " 

A ILoelv map; tdly and damnable stat^ of 

•inne ancl slmiei < hrlst). 

Purehm, PUj^rlmng^ pt, 34. 
Catchment-baidn map. See m/^A/iirrj/.— oonfbnn 
map-projection, conical map-projectlon. See oro- 
j$dt3Mtu — Contour-line map. *?>ee c(>nt*jitrlinA.—fsiii^ 
■eetad map. -^et- rfwwr/.— Erratic map. »ec erraffe. 

^%YIL 1. See charL 

map^ (map), r. t, \ pret. an«l pp. mapped^ })pr. 
mapping, [< map'^^ «.] 1. To draw or dehne* 
ate m a chart or map, as the configuration and 
position of any portion of land. Hence — 2. 
Figuratively, to lair down as in a map; sketch, 
delineate, or describe minutely and accuratelv: 
often with out: as, to nmp <mt a course of study 
or reading, 

I am near to the place where they should meet. If Ftia- 
nlo hove f napped It truly. Shak., L>mbdln«, Iv, 1. 2. 

We map the starry aky . M. A rmtld^ Empedocles on Btmi. 
map^ (map), if, A dialectal form of moj^, 

Not such tnaput na you wa«h liuuaes witli^ but mapt Of 
countrk-a. Mi4tUcton, Spanish liypsy, IL 2, 

maple^ (ma 'pi), w. and a. (< ME, mapeU »«a' 
pyiu^ mapiilj < AS. "mapttl^ *mapnl, ^mcrpel (==: 
IceU mopurr)^ in comp. mnpol-trevic, mapttl- 
(rcm\ maple-tree, majMp'st, maple-grove, and 
in deriv. wapolriei\ ma judder, mopnUlnr, mabul- 
(fyr, a maple-tree (a form extant in some place- 
names, as Jfi////)?t'f/^/r«w, i/f7; ' -' - 7;) Jthe p 
in these forms ha\'ingappaT ,in irreg. 

change from anorig. t), = ML< v r (-bom) 

=: OHG, nta^caltra, m€Lz::oltraf fna^aitra, MHG. 
ma^alter^ moj^oUtr, maaholter, G. mas^holder^ 
also ma,HS€fier (the svllablo -der, OHG. *^ro, be- 
ing a formative, and not, aa usuallv asserted, a 
corruption of AS. tredw^ E. tree); uft. origin un- 
known.] I, w. 1. A tree of the genus J trr, na- 
tural order JSapindacefry peculiar to the northern 
temperate parts of the globe. The maples are often 
highly volnalde, aomellmea for their wikkI, In one or two 
cables for a 8ugar-prx>duct, and often as sliade and orna- 
mental trees. 8ee Acer. 

2. The wood of tliis tree Aah-leafed mapla See 

JSTf^indfo,— Blrd*8-€ye maple, the wcK)d of the sugar-msk 

Ele when fuU of little knotty Hpots somewhat rcvembling 
frds* eyes, much ut^^ed in cabinet-work.^ Black sugar- 
maple, the var, lii'jrum of Acer mccharinvm^ growing In 
lower ground.— Broad-leafed maple, a fine speolea, Jesr 
mutTQtphyUuitt, of i'nlir4.injia and Oregon, the wood of 
which is largely tiaed locally for fn mi to re, etc.— Common 

maple of En^huid, Acrt cftniprjtfrc.— CuTled maple, a 

wood with uiidulatioff or coiilorted grain, obtained from 
the red maple, the niigtir maple, imd the broad-leafed ma- 
[ile. It is used for gtin-stocks, cablnet-work, etc.— Dwarf 
maple, a ccr Glabmm, a smull tree or shrub of the western 
United States.— Ooose-f out maple. >'^sme tMntripedma- 
jj/*"*— Hard maple. .'^luue n* f,uijor-wttpii^, — ItaJllaiima- 

f)le, Acer of^futifoiiimi.-^ S&ppJii^Q maple» certain fhnilv 
\y Hpeciea, as Acer JajHmiamu A. ptttymmjthum^ from 
Jupan^ some with palmately lobed red leaver.— Moim- 
taln-maple, ^^^r *r^''*^f'no, a imaU trecorahrubin North 
America irtHut] I and Lake region southward. 

— Norway mat' ^atwidet^ alai^e trev of Nor- 
way and central ' . • n planted.— Red or sciarlet 
maple, A err rubrumf a l^^v tree of the traftern half of the 
United States, Canada, etc. Its wottd is brown, tinged 
with red, and is much used for cabinet-work, wfKxlen- 
ware, etc. Its foliage is lirillimit in autuiiijri. .\l»t» called 
titamft-tnaptt^ wat^r-moftie. Rock-maple. Same na w- 
f?wr-««ip(e. — Silver orwMte maple, Aar daf-ih-tfntinn, a 
grateful f flat-growing tree of good sIjec \ cat 
I eavea, all venf beneath. It growa wild -fth 
.America, and la also much cultivated fm nia- 
I7ient.— Soft maple, either the re<l or tht t,iivij nmplft,— 
Striped maple, Af^rr r^m^rarnatin, a Bmali »iender 
tree, the bark light pcen striped with l-n-^v u ,.1 i,J u k jmd 
sometimes also with white: Its rar * the 
mountain- map te. Also called //f»o*ir "od. 

— Sugar-mapK *^^-^ • " • '"/" ^ "^ ' 00- 

nomiea] woi-tb and in'f ' ith- 

ern Newfoundiund ibi ited 

States. Its heavy, hfis for 

furniture, iithoe-laata, j 1 t • 

of 8hi|vhultdiiig, cabiti n 1 

binrd-ttyevarietitj-s), ai.d ,,.,., Mu 

sap of the living tree ia drawn in eiuly isprinK hy tupping 
ftjr the manufacture of a hnely flavurt il «nirnr and s>TUp, 
Also called rffck-ma-pU^ ttujartr^" *5xwTTriir, «i^pj^ 

Same a« rrd maple,— Sycamore t\ m- 

mom^a name In England of At*^ P aid- 

Bome tree of the moirtitains of ctji rst- 

ern Aila, frequently planted. Its ^^ uel, 

domestic ntenafla^ etc,— Vine-maj ./», a 

smnll tree found from tireKun to 1.1. 1 >iiHru^ the 

fit em i often pniRtratc and forming dense thick etft. 

n. «. Consisting or made of, or derived from, 
maple or the maple-tree. 



maple 

oalil mh A lu-rniit of hli wci^di, 
, tn- Uiis luBftrls, or fiuiftU »liih, 
igray Imint iiny vlolt'ocnr 

Maple honey, « tHIck, uncryttaUtzed resldnnn] ohtntncd 
tromiiiesapof thefu^nuT'iOttple&flererAptii i iva> 

tallixfttloo.— Kftple molasBet. Ssme u^ /i. 

rt^. SI — Maple sugar, pn^rar nbtaln^^d i n 

ir Maple 

;. .• .. n\^:t 

maple -I, «. See tmpph* 
maple*borer (tuji'|»l-bor'**p), »». One of the dif- 
ferent ina^jcts which l>or© the wood of maples. 



Vt 



5ixte«»-1c|l|[re<t Mftple-bL^ 
#, a. luTA. <fonaI and lateral ^c 
d«tacJiaiieat of bairlc ; r. mott) ; /. tkL.. 
nenainiag io tli« hole of exit. >: All n^tuxiil xiic.i 



rfms exposed hv 
/. tklii 'f chr^^i2i> ox U li ofte« left 



Such are JErjcrm <or *Sf.9m) a cent i in its Iturval 
stat-e, Trcmtx volumbay itiid Pkt(jtotwtuj<ftjfV€wma, 
maple-cup (ma'pl-kup), n, Siime ais wiaj#r. 

Tho Mayor of Oxfunl alsti [cltilms to be] batlcr Mid to 
receive tUree rimple-fftp*, 

LUt oj Ciaimt to i^arvieti al CorvnaHon t^f Gtor^ IV. 

maple-disease (mH^pl-di-ze^'), n. A djaease 
-,* *' ' ito or (silver majilp, the red maple, and 
i i maple, caused by a fundus, Phtfllo- 

^ nola, which attacks their leaves* See 

PivjUosftvta, 

maple-tree (mi'pl-tre), w, [< IklE. •fnapel-Pre. 
< A8. mapottreow, mttpultrr^tc^ Tnaplo-trce, \ 
'nutpol, maplo, H- trtdte, tree.] Same as ma- 
pfv^t 1. 

map-Hchea (rnap'li* ken)» H . Lfciiiea ffcof/mphi^ 
e(t : so called from Its figured thallus. 

map-measurar (map'mezh'ur-^r), n. An in- 
BlTumetit ff>r Tn<*ft?iinTt^ distances on a map. 
It ciMiHiftts ..f ' 1 Qt(«d to 11, liiuidfe, 

wlikli la n»ll le map, e«ch ruYulu- 

tloii ol the nil ' difltaiice. 

map-mounter (laiip'moiuj ter), w. A workman 
who l>u''ks maps* with canvas^ vamiahes them, 
and tixen thoTii on rollers, et^, Simmnnds. 

mappemoondef, ». [MK., < C»F. and F. mappe- 
nwffttv = Sn. luapamtiHtti^ < AIL. mappa mundi, 
a map of tne world: see map^^ n.] A map of 
the world* 

mappery (map'e-ri), M, [< ma/>i 4* -rry.] The 
art of planning and designing maps ; in the qno- 
tation, the study of map^; planning with the 
aid of maps. 

They call Ihia bcHl-work, nmrnttryt closet- war 

Shttk^t T, and C, I a. 206. 

JOappist (map'iat), ft, [< n$(ip^ + -«>f.] A draw- 
er or maker of maps ; a map-maker. [Kare.] 

Learned MappOft* on a Pnper imall 
Draw (In AUbridffcmciity the Wliolo Type of AM. 

Si^V€Mttr, Little Bartjw, L 311. 

The mappUt C^tltui calls the river between Oxford and 

WrillltiKf«jr<l the lata. Tht Amflnnit^ Jan. 2S, !«*«, p. CH. 

mapple (inuij'l), n. [Formerly also mapte; < 
ME, nmpjtf'f, dim. of map*^ q. v.] A small niop 
or broom of birch twija^s, usei^ by aenllerj-maidi* 
in (scrtibbiug out \ioXs\ pans, etc. 

As hrofiile a» w^'iilleni i$Mf)ifit th»t they tnake cleans tbwh 
boatf* with. ya*he, L*'iit*ii M tttte (HarL Mlic , VI. 144). 

mapfltick. «- Bee mopntick\ 

map-ttirtle (map't^r'tl), «. A common pond- 
turtle of the United States* Mftiach-mmtjH (frth- 
ifraphicuM : so exiled from the markings of the 
shell. 

maquerellef, w. 8ame as marktrtl^. 

xnacmi (ma'ke)» n. [< 8p, maqui ; a nativu name 
in Chili . ] A Cliilian evergreen or sube vergree n 



ahrub, Ariatittrlhi MnqnL of the natural ord^.r 

TiNaectr. lU »*hm1 h ustxl by Hit imtlvti to rruikH rmi- 



marrintj, [< ME. wkihtw, merrtfti^ C A8, ^mcrran, 
mtfrruH^ mimm, in corup. d-merraft^ d-myrran 
( ) MK. tuutntru, ffmarrffn), hinder, waste, spoil. 
= t KS, HUtnan =s OFries. wtrirf = Ml), in/rrtn, 
tmren^ mtinn, D, iHarrtn =. MI/t. marnn, rtwr- 
ro#», hinder, retani, bind, tie* = OUG. mmrja/ij 
mnn'tn^ merrrttt MHG. merrertf hinder, ivtiird, 
t.i* dial, tm'rrtn, entang-l^* =rleel. mrrfrt, btiiiK^*, 
eniiih,=Goth.r/M ' ' " , 

fi-oraTeut.,ML. 

>yp. tatuTar — I'i. ,„„, . ^r _ i . . ,.,,.i ,.,, ,„u, ,t\ 
hinder (intr. lose onc^a way, t+tray), annoy, in- 
jure. Cf , nmnr'f which is from the D. wortl cog- 
nate with E. mur^ and ;wc( rttM(7. which is perhaps 
from the OF, form o f tb e v erb . j 1 , To deface or 
disfiffure; injure by cutting, breaking, abrading, 
crushing, etc; impair in form or substance. 

Hli v- ~ ~ - > marred mare than any man. and bi» 
fortii III s(na tft men. Ita. 111. 14. 

I p^;l^ i ^mwctfcMWith catting 1ov<s«ongsin 

their boikt. Shah, Ai yi«i Like It, Ul. 2. 276. 

Should he futitake his tocda ni they do theins, Hti would 
marre all the work he touk In lisutd. 

MUtftn, Aivdogy for 8ni(?ctymnaai. 

2. To impair in quality or attributes; affect 
injuriously; dami^ge tlie character, valae, or 
appearnnee of; harm. 

I pniy yon, mar no mo« of my verses with rending t!»em 
m-f»v^»^m^d1f. Shalt., Am you Like it. HI ± 27^, 

Uuvt will U nutr his tntrth v - » i , - ... 

a./ rd, I. '1 

Yna may tioth make the law, i itiy, 

FUtt^h^T, Wife far a AloDth, 11* I. 
mar (naiir), m. [< mttr, r.] A blot; a blemish; 
an injury* 

I trust my wUl to wrlti* dhall ntatch the wnm 1 niakct 
in it. A»ehmn, To Edward RJlVt^u, May, 1&5L 

mara (ma'r»)» «. [8. Amer.] The Patagonian 
cavy, DoUeHoiiH pHt^chmUca, Bee mrjy. 

marablanet, w. A corruption of m^robalan. 
Ford, Sun's Darling, ii. 1. 

marabou^ (mar 'a- bo), n. [iUso maraiumt, mar- 
bou ; < F. mutabonf^z !Sp. marabu: said to be of 
West African origin.] 1, A kind of stork, morn 
eomnionly calleil marnbQu-Hfork. — 2. A kind of 
raw silk which is peculiarly white and can l>o 
dyed without being freed from its natural gum : 
so called from the resemblance of its delicate 
fibers to nin ' " tthers. 

marabou '-* n, [Loidaiana F.] The 

variety of hL>,. \A\ springs from a miUatto 

and a giiffe: so calle^i by the French of Louisi- 
ana* BartletU Americanisms, p. 383, 

marabou-feathers (mar'a-bo-feTH'6rz), h. pL 
8oft and ilowoy feathers found under the wings 
and tail of the marabon-^tork. They are much 
used for tnmming worn en's gowns. 

marabou-stork (mar'a-bd-stork), M. A stork 
of the genns LepUtpti)us, which furnishes the 
marabou-feathers of commerce. There are two 
Bpficlea: the hinl oriM^lually so nani«d, L. marabvu^ a nn 
tive of wefitcm .\fTlca, and another, L. ari/ttia^ vowunm 
in Itidift, where It is (renenUly callaJ the adjut4tnt-hirit. 
&ee cat nndt:r adjutmiltrircU 

Marabout 1 (mar'adiOt), w. [Also Marafmot ; < 
F. mnralHiut = Hp. marahulo, morahito = Pg. 
marabu h\ < Ar, mordbit^ a hermit, devotee, < 
f»o-, a formative, 4- ribuiy a fortified frontier 
station, a religious house or hospice. Cf. ma- 
ravcdi^ from the same ult. source.] A mem- 
ber of a Moorish priestly order or race of north- 
em Africa, successors of the Mora bits or Al- 
moravides, a Mohammedan sect or tribe wlio 
niled Morocco and part of Spain in the eleventh 
and twelfth centuries. The MambooU arc ix^pat«d 
tui Aidntfl, prophet*, and sorccrert. and crxerclse great \n 
flucnof over the H^rbiTs and Moidem uegrotNi. (Oftt-n 
written withtmt a capital) 

bi the OMIW9 of the Sahara are chftpeta hiiUt ovvr the 
remains of rn^trafmuts, or Mahometati sainta 

H. Spencer, Prin. of SocloL, $ l«8, 

marabout- (mar'a-b5), i*. Another form of 
warabou^. 

Maracaibo bark. s«^e harK'^. 
marah (ma'ra), ». [Heb. Ma rah, bittcrucKH, 
a name given to a place on the east of the 
Bed S<^tt, from the bitterness of its waters ( Ex. 
XV, 23); also written Mara (Ruth i, 20).] Bit- 
ter water; bitterness. 

All*' i " - -. T. livcned bt«ad 

All"' ''Jim 

Tht I l,ey fed. 

Aiid >i;iKtMt iiH t)iir>,f uUti ttwintf, tA thetr Icai-s. 

Lonijfelloif, .r«whh Trmetery at Newport. 



MaratM 

maranade (mai'a-nad), <% ^ An *rroueou»* 
f^jM lling of nuirumtts, 

maranatha ( mar-a-nath' fi), n. [Hee afiathm^t . ] 
A Grecixe<l form of an Arfimaie expres>ii*ni 
meaning ♦ tli- ',■ ■ '' - ^ <■ 

some *tlie 1 
x\T. 2i2 imui^ ...1.- ij .,;.vi ..». ......; ,,„,,,,>, ,„,i^ 

but having no gi'ammnticttl connection with it. 

marauo (uia-rrt'no), n. L^pO Formerly, in 
Hpain, one of those Jews or Moors who, to avoid 
pt'rse<*ntion, publicH* pi'nf«*fiKe*i conversion to 

Cip--^"' . , ^•'■- ' ■ ■- ' ^- ,.;.: r _ i„ thr 

maraiit ^.w... \.... ,, ». , - -^ ■■ i •--i^ 

ley's system, a plant of his ord* 

Maranta (ma*ran't ji), «. [NL. i 
named after B. Mdrania, a VeneLiau pli^xcian 
and botanist of the IBth eentnry] 1 . A '„'^nn>i of 
monocotylt il ' i r ^ ' r 

Ziiuiibtrdtfi, 

tliiv''itJr,tir<! Uv ; 



hlllntv-.^ 
lUbr. :,. 

Thnr .,, 

icii, inii -'.V' I . I 

rovf i. -nM;!:-.. :, 

of M v..i-,| ,,([:. 

Il]£. I.-" ■■' if,!-' 

lUi'Jjt.^l r-vij;*.^-. ,..:■■■ 

Whw-. f. I|\, , III-,.. -J Tr-.t ]■■ 

rif^n ;^i-T,, iHirpi'v .S:Ht.-.i 

2. [/, f.] A plant of this i^enus. 

MarantaceSB (mar-an-til'se-e). *u lit [Nl^. 
(Lindley* 1833), < Maranta 4* -nctcr.j An old 
order of plants, typitSed by the L'enus Maranta^ 
now inclu«led in the natural order Ztngibrracm\ 
and nearly equivalent to the two f ribt^s Maran- 
tea: and Cuunea, 

marantaceous (mar-an-ta'shius), a. Of, per- 
taining to, or resembling plants of the Maran- 
fat'td (MarntiUir), 

Maranteaa (ma ran'tf-e), w. pi [NL, (Bentham 
and Hooker, 1883 )f < Martmta •¥ -^/r.] A trilxj 
of monocotyledonous plants of the natural or- 

<\^T ZiuiftJh ifUi it fl'ip IM8I '^-.r fnniilv Tt.-^-Hlaof 
the ovar^ mtadl 

ciinod. .riirtte 

iethetyp.,,;..,! ...... i..v .^,. , .^,, ..;. .,„,i...^,., ij,. iioplci. 

marast, «* An obsolete form of mnriifh, 

marasca (nia-ras'kft), n. [< It. mara^m, amaras- 
ca^ a black, hard, sour cherry, egriot {t^Mratico^ 
amaraMO^ the tree), martwca, an*arnjtt*a, cherry- 
witie,< o w«m, Idttcr, sour, < L* rr ^ 1 f ter. ] 

A small black wild cherry, a va: umttt 

aiHum, from which maraschino i.s ■. ; -r^ a 

maraschino (nmr-asko'nO), /I, [Also muruS' 
qitino ( < 8p. Pg. marasquino) and murnaqmn (< F. 
maragquin); < It. marattchrnOj < wmm^rfi, a kind 
of cherry : see maraftca.'] A cordial originating 
in Dalmatia. where it Isdistilletl from or fla- 
vored with the marasea cherry, peculiar to that 
retri'*!.: li» noe, a similar cordial produced in 
otl s from other kinds of cherry* The 

fill ■ nanic of tftarttMchinoi\f Zara, in which town 

it is rr jHji* ij lit be manafoctured, 

mara&mic (ma-raz'mik), a, [< marajmi(uM) 4* 
-tr.] Fertaining or relating to marasmus; 
affected with marasmus: as, a maraemie ten- 
dency; a nmra^smic patient. 

Marasmlus (ma-ras'mi-us), w. [NL. {Prie«, 
lH3t>-8), < Gr. fjafHicfidg, a wasting, withering, 
from the fact that the species are not putres- 
cent, but ilry or wither up wiih drought.] A 
large genus of agaricinous fungi, having a tough 
leathery pileua, which dries up with drought 
and is revived again on the application of water. 
The spores nre white, and - i i« Hlinpe. About 

JkX* fpt'dca arc known, of \\ i ninny arc edible, 

.IT. r;reaci£« la the English c»i i f (dry ring musb- 

^x^^>■ See champifftioti, 

marasmoid (ma-raz'moid), a, [< fnarasmiv^) + 
-f«Vf.] Resembling or affected with marasmus, 

marasmus (ma-raz'mus), ti. [t= F. mara^nw 
= 8p. Pg. It. tttaraanuK < NL, vwraamttft^ < Gr. im- 
(taap/^Cf *t wasting, withering, decay, < pap*uv(n\ 
put out, mien oh, w*eaken, cause to pine or waste 
away.] In pathtd,, a wasting of the Hesh. nie 
term ia ntually rostrlete<l to cairea tn which the c&une of 
the wajting (a ob«cure. 

Mamtnmt, and wtde WMt re. 

I L, Kl. *8T. 

Marasmus senUlB, progreaslve atmphy of tbc ig^d, 
marasquino, n. See maraschino. 
marasset, ". An obsolete form of nmnsh, 
Marathi (ma-rii'thiK n. [Marathi Mardthi.] 

The language of the Ma bra tt as. Abo written 

Muhratti, See Mnhratta. 



Marathoni&n 

Marathoiiiaii(mar-a-th6'ni-an)» «. aod n, [< L. 
Mara (ho fi^ < Gr. MapatfiltVy Marathon (see def.) 
( prob. m called from beijig ove^g^o\^^l with fen- 
nel, ( fjnpaihi'j ^i4pa6o<:^ fiapatffxn'y > L, nmrtithrum^ 
feixnel), + -m«,] I, a. Of or pertaining to Mara- 
thon in Attica, the site of the famous batt]'3 in 
which the Athenians* and Piatteans overthrew 
the Persians in 490 D. v. i aa, the Marathouian 
bull overcome bv Theseus; the Mfirathfmian 
mound or tunauluM (the burial-plaoe of the 
Greeks killed in the battle, still existing). 
H, n. Same as Macedonian, 2. 

Marattia (ma-rat'i-&), «. \Nh. (Swartz, lft06), 
mimed after J. F. Maratti of VaUombroKa xn 
Tufleany, a writer on ferns.) A genus of ferns, 
typical of the order MaratUf^eeue. They are cotrie* 
liLhitniiihinitM iiainiLTiMV'4>^[i<H-fh!^>rn««andiiinp]etv(ricc- 

pinnulen, bearing the 

:. tofa\l tenia Jihowfng 

;j u„ ..„..:- ...iv. ii ... ..t...,.:..... ,......, i> rcactubllng iho«e of 

UiiM gviiiui iHsctur, chiolW in Trinjwic (Rbetlc) ftrata, and 
wert o&tlod Marattioptu by Hchlnnpfii-, who nnit<Kl with 

th^^t *^ « n 1 1 the forma whidn had heau caJtled A nffU/pUfri' 

foiiud rvy abanduit In the Ueiosalc bods 
't quite T«o«{iU7 fo the FoUiinac fonnatlon of 

MarattiaceSB (raa'rat-i-a'Be-e)^ n. pL [NL, 
(Kaidfus.^, 1824), < Marattia + -ace^p,} An 
order of eusporungiate ferns, typified by the 

gentifl Marattia. They aro found In South America, 
w eastern 1*Bciflc bdaiida, 8outh Africa, and southern 
Afeia. They differ from the tme fema on the one hand 
by the aba^nce of the Joints ring of ihn wpore^aMe, and 
fnjui the Opkbtgiomu^fr - h • V * ^t r, [imtc vcr- 
luitlOQ. Byaoraeaiith'M i tUatinct 

elai^ of equal ratile wit U hiotfloma^ 

cfm. raited iktnamtBm hy j\g«u<kiii 
maraud ^ma-rad'), i\ i, [< F. marauder^ play 
tlie ro^Tie/go about begging or pilfenng, < 
maraud, a rogue, kxiaver acoimdrel ; origin un- 
certain; perhaps, with suffix -and, -otd^ < OF. 
tfMtir, marrir^ Joae one's way, stray, etc, tr. 
hinder, annoy: see marK t^] To rove in quest 
of plunder; make an excursion for booty; go 
about for robbeiy: used especially of t£e de- 
apoiliug action of soldiers in time of war, or of 
organized bands of robbers or pirates^ 

But war '§ the Borderers' game. 
Their gain, their glory, their delight, 
To ilt»ep the day, maraud the night, 

ScoU^ Mariiiion, v. 4. 

maraud (raa-r&d'>» «. [< nmrandy r.] Spolia- 
tion by marauders, [Rare.] 

Wtdlc it would ejcpoae the whole extent ot the lurround 
lug eon titry to maraud and ravage. Irving, 

marauder (ma-rAr'd^r), if. One who marauds; 
a rover in qiiest of t>ooty or plunder: a plun- 
derer; especially, one of a number of soldiern 
or of an organized band engaged in spoliation. 

Jofitirig a ooraair'i crew, 

O'er the dark tea I flew 
With the mmiiMdm^ 

LmafdUm, Skeleton hi Arniur, vt 
= 8yn. Frffhnniifr, etc, 8re robf^er, 
maravedi (mar-a-va'di), w, [= F. mararedi, 
mnnttmdi (Cotgriive), < Sp. maravt<di{= Pg. ma- 
rartrdim). also nwrabitino (= Pg. maralntino)^ a 
coin so called, < Ar. Murdhttitt, the name of a 
Moorish dynasty (So., with the Ar, nrt„ Jlnutra- 
rides) which reigned iu Spain at the close of the 
11th and in the first half of the 12th century, dur- 
ing which time the coin was first struck at Cor- 
dova; pi. of mordbit, a hermit, marabout; see 
Marabou t^.} 1. A gold coin struck in Spain by 



the ^[ooriah d>ni»8ty of Almoravides in the 
tdevetdh and twelfth centuries. It weighed 
about 60 grains. — 2. In later times, the small- 
ost denomination of Spanish money, varying in 
value from a little less to a little more than half 
an English farthingorquartcrof a United States 
cent. Ai acoppcr coin the uvaravedil clrcaljited till the end 
of the eighteenth oentory ; aa a money of accuunt It was 
aboiiahed In 1844. <- Hot worth a maravedl, worthless. 

mara^t f* 9ame as moray. 

ma-rble (nuir'bl), h. and a. [< ME. marble, mar- 
bil, marftelh', marbuUe^ nwrbyX also marbrt, < OF. 
tttarhltf marbre, F. marbre = Pr, marme^ marbre 
= Sp. rnarmot ^ Pg. marmort' s It. mnrmtt = 
AS, marmar{-^1an)^ wanwo«(-*«<fif) = D. manner, 



3624 

marm^J =OHQ, mnrmtd, ^tFIG. vtarmel, m^rm^t, 
Ct. marmel^ also mnrmft, muftnvt^ marmor ^ Icel. 
wnrri/«n =rSw. Dan. marntor — Ohiilg. mramoru 

— Bulg. Serv, ntramor (also lucnnvr, < Turk.) = 
Bohem. mramor = Pol. marmur — liuas. mra- 
mnrii = White Ruiss, manintr— Lith. tuaynim'a.s 

— Hiuig. marvaiiy = Turk, mcrmer.i Ij. mnrmm\ 
rarely nmrmur, marble, < Gr. ^6piWf)or, a stone 
or rock of a white or bright appearance, later 
esji. (sc. /Mo^) marble, < fjnpfiaipaij sparkle ; ef. 
paifm^ the dog-star, lit. 'sparklerJ Hence ult. 
tnarrer^ wwirmo.vc/,] I. it, 1. IdmestrOne in a 
more or less crystalline or crj'stalline-grannlar 
condition. Auy limestone, ]in\rc'vi?r, tTen if very com- 

eact or abowlnff only tra< dlinc etmcture, may 

e called marbU it It Id > ang a poU&h. or it it 

ia suitable or i rstrn hlo f > i > i an d dvcornti v e pur- 

pcmx. The I rhi}iLgtK\^iuni earl^onate naaocinted 

Willi the cal ' i l t e, forming doloiuit ic lim e«tui) c 

or evrn pnr. t« not In uny way influence the 

ri"$ence cannot 

lysiji. Marble 

i : r . i'Huv, not ou\y 

!■ ■ fur iiuciiui' ilLCj*jnitiL)j» i > -ily 

irea- Thlrty-threcvaritti h- 

!. ' i'!it' iiit^ri'^roi thoGnm ^ ■^■v 

i 'A tht:!ee in^i> us 

! of maj't)k' 1 Iv 

.■ .:*rb..fi'il' . .- , .. hi' 

3 ' iLiia, ;inil white 

ly tinged with 
• nil fift lauaed 
for oLiLuiiry {U^a w 1 1 nil urge 

inJoc kfi free fivm fl > r h' rf ect ly 

unltoi-m in tint) !» i i^tBtat- 

uary-mnrblea arc thu»c umjU iu tinL iiiiiiiicipi<;<:i:^ of Gr<*ek 
seulnturo, of which that from the inland of Paroe \» gen- 
erally admitted to snrpaaa all l"the^^ e^poelully in the 
poaaeasion of a certain amount uf trarijjIncenL'e hy which 
the artiatle effect of the wurk In hclghltiied. The Parinn 
quarrlea aeem, however, to have bocn iirnctically ix- 
luaiiatei]. TIjo Pcnt*Hcan marbk\ obt.ilnea from qiiam 
near Athens, atood neit Ut the Parian In finciunt tim 
and lie i|uarrit'« ure ftlill apiMirently ineslirm^rilii,. \. 
the present time the artistic Wf»rld ia suppi * 

uaiy-insirljle friiin qnurrJ4'B in tlie Apotnn is 

ovuil<K>kiiag tlio Eay uf ^Spedii, nnd in the v ir- 

rara„ Ma\aaa, juid S«rrBveK2a. Frtmi thi- e 

curved the nneat works of Michelnngelo. I 

whleh have beun extijnsivelv worked for A ^ > ^nr- 

iiish. In afMitlim to tbe white; a large amount ul vorie- 
gated mnrtile, estn'cfallv of th« variety known aa Inr- 
dijtio. Tlie number siud variety of ct)lored and varlegmted 
murblea uaed for vwions nrttstic and arohlt^cturat par- 
ixxea la very peat. Entirely blaek ntarble capable of tak- 
ing a line poUsh la rare ; mnch morn c<uumon are rarietlea 
irregularly ahadtHl with gray, bin f eh gray, or dove-eolored 
lints, firtght colore — rt'd, yellow- green, ntid bhie — are 
T^ii' I' riif- ' thim theleaa brilllftnt Krifniea, but they oreaeen 
i lies, and are occiiHloudilly »o blended and In- 
I t*. produce ex trenieH' beautiful elfeclfl. These 
Ji.i, ..,..., .- Jumtlons art! rji'-f' -i"'- 'othe preaeni^eof iron 
ifi vari on » combination ft; tylali shadea arc gen- 

erally e»iii»ed by the pr» - iiter or lean amount 

oforgfi"' **"'- T ' - of marble the pres- 

ence if I f 1 c rock addfli greatly 

to iu am of enerinrt«a, aa 

well a», -.M. , n. =..*;, .-i i..-,-jt-,, ,n 1 nr In this way, and 

by contrast of their color with that of the muteriid in which 
ifiey are Inclosed, ua well ns by the frrncefubieps of thefr 
forms, produce a very Hub 
cifGct PragiDentsofphi'llB 
umbedded In calcarefiua 
it>ck« eometimoa exhibit a 
brilMant dinphiy of Irldea- 
cent colorntiun : fitich uilir- 
blea are knoiA^n aa tian4i 
cAeUef, or, ftomtstimca, j¥r<' 
inarUea. A beautiful vPFc-ct 
Is occiasinnally produced i\> 
the reaiilt of deposit ion of 
the calcoreona material in 
HlidagMiitlc fonn, imj tlint 
when cut and ixiUehed the 
marble enhibjitfi concentric 
fonee of various tints, v:i- hhrll-marMe. 

rfetlea baring tliU Htriictiir<5 

are fraquently calkd umfx marf4e. Ilie vicinity of the 
M«dlt«rmnain la the elrkssic rej^ion of mu-blaa. Italy, 
France, and Spain art; rich iti bttnntHulvarlctlei^aiul thcM 
ar«aeen In the frreateet number snd to the beat advantage 
In the architectural works of ancient and modem aome. 
I'ur this reason many of the rarest and moat attractive mar* 
bits are beat known by Italian namea, and theae rrames are 
f reiMieutly spplit'd to varietlea CHiicorrlng fer away from the 
Medjtcminejinjrom eitliur renl or fancied aluiHaiity totbo 
Italian marbles. Home of the iHStknown and nio?it highly 
prlxed clasaJc VRTlegatcd marbles are 1 11 -j. Afri 

catity, from the tsUnd of Chios, is a 1= r shell- 

inarbk% eihibiting a great vnriety ami i eolora- 

tiou, reddish arid purpHali tints predomlf i.it ing. Bnrdvjiw 
Is common In the Apennine ifuarries. of a grayish- or 
blulsh'wblt* color, traversed by darker veins of the same, 
Brtieatct and bTtmitdlmi^ are extremely variegated mar^ 
bk^s, with Tiunierona interlaolng veins of yeDow, violet, 
and erimson tints, on a yelloulBb gniuiid ; marble bear- 
ing theae dt«igimtions h/i-* been and still is quarried in 
viirinus placet, and espi^claJiy near Tortjjsa in .Spain, ci- 
piitiiivi is i\ luiirble witfi more or b^s9 i>f a c^'ncrctlonary 
structure, of many tint* nnd much vriri^ty In tbdr arrange^ 
mentf with corrcsxtonrbTtij nHineg, sutii ';»a n>f/fm*> i»rrf#, 
mnndirrlato (hAVlim sdniondi^hnped pntrhef^of color), roxto, 
etc. : a flneexampleofthbinartdeiniiybt^eeeninlhe columns 
of the Braccio Nuovo of the ^ aticau. Fifir di ptrrHeo fi an 
exqulHttely beautiful marble, with a reddish and crimson 
shading on a white base : culled l^y the ancients marmor 
Mohtnttm, becsiiai' coming frr-m the region Inhabited Uy 
the Molossl^ in wbst i« now Albania, on the <matem coast 
of lh« Adriatic, OiaUo nntieo or yttmidian marUe Is an 



marble 



extrcuiely Imuitirul 
ti was highly estees> 
maiii. Tlie lints ur 



tiuia ramify 11 
which ii son I 

/{"S*? atUieo i^ / 

uf various shadoK octattionunjr 

dark-purple or wliltish tin la. i 

classic roflsoantteolias not tM-rn 

em red marbles closely re?^- 

tmiftt liigbly prized Fren. 

peeuH^ir to V'n'Ti. i- 

The Devoiiiiii!! 

fundah a coi 

I>evDnahire aiiLi ^ 

beat 'known Englisii ^ 

variegated marbles n 

ous ioortl?''"- !■ ■ -n 

inliuids 

obtidiM 

Shaniioii .,,,, 

riGB of white i 

those in the I 



I:l 



of Marbrt, undrc the Table, tores- 
Jfrt«dppif/*r, Travel*, p. lii. 

2. Apitcti uf hi liiptured or inscribed marble, cs* 
pecially if having some interest us an object of 
study or curiosity, and more particularly if an- 
cient ^ any work of art in rnarblo: as. the Elgin 
wrir/;/e,y.— 3, A httle ball of nuirble or other 
stone, or of baked clay^ porcchiin. or glass, 
u?*ed hy children in play; an alley. — 4. In (itaniH' 
blomtiif^ a block or thick piece of wood in which 
are formeii hemispherical conca\iiieR, uKed iti 
themanufactureofflaskH,etc.,h. ' ' ' 1 

gliiss gathered npnjn the en<l ot 
er's pipe into an approximately ,....; * ui 
l>y pressing and turning it over in the concavi- 
ties preparatory to the blowing. See marrtr. 
[In this sense improperly spelled r»arbet,'\ — 5t. 
Mfirble-silk. 

Then cam the lord treiorer with a C. gret horaae aiul 
ther cotes of marbttU, 

H, Machyn, IMary, quoted In Rock's 8, K, Te^tfles, p. 77. 
6t. pt, A vcTiereftl (lisensH, probably l>ubo. If, 
r, rcoK— JE^ina marbles, or jEglnetau marbles. Bee 

.^tftit^tiin, — Artificial marble, a co," -^' ' nlnm, 

gypsum, iHinglass, and coloring m-M 1 into 

a paste, raolded into fomu and rdlowed Anm- 

del marbles, or Arundelian m ,t r^^ * ' ^^ 

(ktfmd motHtM, a coll ee I ion of n i , 
tlona, and other antlquit tes finrt i 

tit Smyrna in lfl24 for the 1 .aii ol a , a ,,. 
;it the infitatice of Kvelyn, pre*entvd ji 
fnlversityof Oxford. Tbeinoiit valynt I 

Uctinn iei the inscribed slnl* cidhd tbi ..s^, 

from having ticcn kept in the iMund of Part>fi. I i ' ; ; ■ t 
strtte, the lnserlptl.»!i contained aehronltle of i; i i, ,j.;d 
events in lireeiau hifttory from the time of tin niuhu »i *:e- 
cr<jpato the?irchonshlpof Dit>gncttirt(3tir» s. c.) . bntthepart 
of it covering the bwt ninety y*'?n-* 1^ now Jowl, find mnt^ of 
what remains Is coiTodetl i' ' ' ' ' ELgln marblea, 
ft collection of ancient stul, ■ iim'^i! piirt of the 

■cho«d of rhldlttis undfrtiin u ul \lhcnjs laittn 

toEitglaml ibinri|2 tbellirsr y. d-. i \no nineleenftn entniy 
by the Eiitlof rijjln .Mi.lT>i*v* pii^ervvdJn the hrltlsb Alu- 



Spccimcn 5lal» of ttie Htgin Mrtxhie*.— A irn\TJi\ pi(r* ol the >*iirw 
thcncTM fxittt,, with figures of AUiciiia -t,xy\ ltcp(ijistit». 

seam. Theae SLulntnre? ai»' (In- iXm-'-X srirvivinu work of 

ancient artist '^ 

Istence of the 

eluding the spl- ; . 

a great mnnbcr oi ioctupo^. auA mt m\' 

blocks carved in low ixilief of the cxW 

moral of tlir nmrlOt's. nDOiv \A ^\h'U'l 

ly frfMin 

the f urn 

act of vuL._.:!i :_^„ __: _.!._,., :.„... ^.. . :.... :..,^:,.,..: ,. ,i 

time when tireeue wtNtaeoeaaiblv witii dilUeulty u|rciiea the 



marble 

jof th« world to the prtieintheiice of <iir&ek work. It 



mucli Uftfil 
pwxomarme. A 

INI StOIU^^ III oolj 

Pergamcne ma? 



, :, , . nay 
marble. i*ee mndrfpore. — VUi- 



liail Iw piliii«d by itdelf, at|t4ihud, %iv\ 



:i v.uioiihlj C'^li'it.-'l lliiic- 

H^ a. 1. Ct>ii^ii*tiug oU marble: i\s, u murblr 
pillar. — 2, Voined or stained like marble; vii- 
rie^f;«^ ' lor; marbled 

Tit 
with 

3* keHembling or eorapurable to marble in 
Bomo partienrar; hard and cold, crystalline, 
frigid, insensible, etc. 

Sot bath the «cH]illni? nnon-iliiy nun th« ppw ■* 

Tt* melt that itutrbU lot-. Cttrfjp, The Spring. 

Winds wUti cfue 

Thnjiigh the pure marhlf ^ir hiji AhLI«(fjti wa; 

AiJiungftt IiHKUuvribblc «tfti-8. MiU^n, l\ L.» lit 5414. 

marble (nmr'bl), i\ t.\ jjret, and |>ji. marbUd, 
ppr. nufibliuif, [< marhfty «,] To give an ap- 
pearajK'e of marble to; stain or vein like varie- 
gated marble: us, to tiuirble paper; a book with 
tnurhhd edges. See nttirblhuf, 3. Spcdflcttlly^ lii 
bitulinwiuiff, to luarltle ia tci apply to p^iier or book»«ilgt»« 
varie^at4iHl c« tlora in imltntion of colon&d nmrblc?, or in any 
oth«r Irrt'ij^iiliir farm, 

Tliote tine covers of iHioka thui, f^r their ffwifmhljance 
to S|K'L-klt;d luitrble, tirr wont ta t>o called marbleti. 

toftU. Worfci, m. U8. 

marble- breasted (roHr'bl-bres 'ted), «. Insensi- 
ble; bard-heart i-(L [Poetical.] 

Live voii the tnarhte-lnrtnHtii tymnt stdl. 

Sfcrtir,, T, :N,, r. 1. 127. 

marble-canstant (my>r'bl-kou'stiint)i a. Itu- 
inovableui* marble; tlrm; eonBitaiit\ {Poetical,] 
Now from >>eiid to foot 
1 Hill ttuirbU'-eotwtttnt. 

Shak,A.mdC.,v, i,$¥X 

marble-cutter (miir ' bl - kut ' d^r), «. One who 
hewb murble; n worker in marble; al»o^ an in- 
strument or a rntichiue for eurtiug marble, 
marbled {iii^ir* bid) ^ *r. ti mtirbh'^ -€d^,^ 1» 
fluving veinB and cloudings like variegated 
mjirbles, 
A Aiie marbtfd atono, wblt^;. blue, and raddy. 

fL F, BuHotk, To the Gold Co*«t for Gold, HI. 

2. I« 'oot., variejfated with different colors, 
like marble: dappled; clouded.— Marbled beau- 
tT, a iiiiftU whitlih looth. Brifophiin }>rHa. dappled with 



bin: 



in the preliminary operation of polirihing; also, 
a Huen cushion with which the imlisldng is 
carried to completion by the agenoy of emery- 
dust or powder of c^^icined tin, (h\ A marble- 
rubber. — 2. A I' ' 1,!/ . 
Itft chief element i- ^ 
tru] i.N'Tl;irH np«m ii > '1 



bluish ^niy, - Marbled glaie. .Sv«^ </<<«#.— Marbled 

eolllemot, & raurrelet, BrajchtjrhnmphftJt rnanturrat jtg. in- 
nabiting the North racltio oocnn, in aummerof a bUickiali 
color Viiiic>gAted with tawny Arul che«tnut-brown.— Mar- 
bled lluur^ the niuriiiuL -Marbled tlger-cat« » iiirse 
wild cnt of Aatfl, Fdi* iHarjnarata, about two feet loug, uid 
of vu^ir:grftt4J^l cul^iintion. 

marble-edged (iniir'bl-ejd), a. Having ©dgest 
an a l>ook, stained with variegated colors in 
imitation <>f raarbled paper. 

marble-handsaw (mar' bl -band 'g4), it, A 
tooMiless blade titt^d at the back with a block- 
handle, used with sand for cutting slabs of 
marble into pieces*. E, H. Knight, 

marblebead (mar 'bl -bed), n. The fulmar 
petrel, FuJmaru^ glncMin. Bee cut under fnl- 

marbleheader ( raiir ' bl - bed ' *r), w, Bame as 

marble-hearted (mar'bl-hM^r'ted), a. Having 
a heart like marble; hard-hearted; cruel; in- 
seuBible; incapable of being moved by pity* 
love, or sympathy. 

Ingratitude! thou marbie-iwtrted fleud. 

Shak,, Lear, L 4. B81. 

marbleize (mar'bMz), r./.; pret. and pp. murble^ 
t::eti, ppr. marbhizimf. [< marble ■¥ 'i^e. J To give 
the appearance of marble, or a marbled appear- 
ance, to. 

Tht? marfAdtrd iron iJielf above tJje *tove-plpe hole wp- 
ported two gkfla vaa«a. Uuwetit, Aiiulu Kflbuni, %i, 

Marbleized glaaa> Smtrtmut, 

marble-paste (miir'bbpast ), h. A white porcel- 
bmoous paste u»ed for ftgures, busts, iind the 
likt^, esttecially at the factory of Liin^ville lu 
the ^'ightHf nth centurv. 

marble-polislier ( miir'bl-pol 'isli-vr ), m. 1 . (« } 
A block of sandstone uaed to rub a marble slab 



-4 hllK' iilthe UlUtU. Ibt &t4jU4i;aJi,irt ttL'JjligrcVul veil 

I 11.1 with rubben helil In the tiHibrent. Hcefimrbt* 

marbler (mar'bkT), », 1. One wbo workH in 
mjirblf; a quarricr or a cutter nf marblf*. 

The charter . . . bvnrt tht i Mm 

nMrUer* [ot Purbcck lit Eii^laip y 

poMcai an earlltsr one. ^ ^i- 

2, One who ntaiuA or otherwise marks in imi- 
tation of marble; especially, one who marbles 
paper. 

marble-rubber (mftr'bl-rub'^r), «, A rubber 
f - - ■--■- 'smoothing, and polishing Hat 

I It conaista of a flat aole with a auper^ 

I I I - K< Aft tlirouffti which water and aaiid 
iurc AU[ ^ needed. It li used with a com- 
blued - i ' >tAry motion. 

marblt bl-sa), w. A machine for 

cnttii Itconaiatsof aniivKlethlnlronbUide, 
or M > «rr«npwf in » irt^nK, set in a frame, 

:. ' ■ ' ' i V The bladf« 

J iii'h niacblnea 

^ im »lmulr&u«' 

i idal blocfea, or 

JUi : : ^*. An ira- 

pUmt^iit lur scouring uiarUit llooreiit constructed 
and acting on the same principle a^* the marble- 
rubber, but having a handle by which tho work- 
man, in a standing poesition, can conveniently 
operate it. 

marble-silk (miir'bl-silk), n. A silk ha\ing a 
weft of neveral colore, bo woven that the whole 
web looks like marble, stained or veined irreg- 
ularly. D. nock\ 8. K. Textiles. 

marblet (mar'blet), H, H marbh -f -ef/.] An 
tgnanian lizard of Soutn America, Polyrhrvi* 
nmrmoratu^. 

marble-tbrusb (mllr'bl -thrush), «. The mis- 
tie-thrush: so called from its raarbled breast. 
('. iSwainsou. [North Hants, Eng.] 

marblewood (miir'bl-wnd), H, A large tree 
of the ebony family, Dimitt/mx fftoni, native 
in British Burma and the Andiiman Islaiidi*. 
Its wood in grayish, interlaid with black, and 
is n*^c<l for cfibinet-work. 

marble- worker ( milr ' bl - w^r li^r ) , w . One who 
works in marble; a workman who cuti^, hews, 
or polishes marble; a to a rble r, - Marble-work- 
err file, i^ec/lfl, 

marbling (mar'bling), «, [Verbal n. of inar- 
bU\, i\] 1, The art or process of variegating 
in color, iu imitation of marble, or with veins* 
and cloudings of any sort. — 2, Any marking 
resembling that of veined or variegated mar- 
ble; hence, any moltUngj veiuiug^ or clomling 
of a surface: as, the marbling of flesh-meat 
caused by alternations of fat and lean. — 3. 
The art or practice of staining paper or the cut 
edges of a book with variegateJ colors, usually 
in some conventional imitation of marble, it u 
done In a trough of water covtrred by a layer of gnm trikga- 
oanth mixed with a little ox gall. The Hold colors art- 
•prinkl^l or iip»t»ered over this layer with a brush, either 

In tbf T- ~ it intended foruaearln a manner which 

will ;i I lu itiR the dOHlred figuration by dmwlim 

a bra.-' Mtftturface. The ibun pen ed tM per, held 

by thf tri*i> i;^ ii>:iiily pugfied In a curve over this autfaee, 
taking UE» the cotura, and tlaisht^d by aixltig and bumlab' 
Ing or ciuendorliig. 

marbly (miir'bli), M, [< marble -^ -tf I,] Re- 
sembfing tnarble in structure or appearance. 

Great aroooth marbly limbi. 

Brofuminff, The Blihup Ortiera hU Tomb. 

marbref, ", A Middle English form ->f wm-hh, 

Marbury's case* See case^, 

marc^, n. See mark^, 

marc^ (miirk), ff. [C F. marc, residuum, dregyt 
grounds, mash, etc.^ perhaps < L. tmnrcuft (or 
its Celtic original), a kind of wine of middling 
quality.] The refuse matter which remains 
after the pressing of fruit, as grapes or olives; 
us applied to apples, pomace. 

T<j in.ikc ihh Vi:\n-ir I> idi rkint the mare la pat Into a 
I rjtv of boiled watCT which 

I ! e li left to inf iiDc for f orty- 



Marcgravia 

marcantantt, »- Bee mercatanlr, 

marcasite (raiir'ka-ftIt)»M. [Fom^rly nl?;n mar- 
cuHHiie^ marchaaiie^ marfhritite; < F. ' 
= 8p. marijtitisiui = It. marcaaiiita^ tt> 
with 1^ ] '^ '^ to be of A 

1, As i ly mineral' 

ilarly the iHom les now cuii- -i 

Tlili. iiiliicud «M umhI f,.r ]i.] -■ I .1 

iU ,..,., -I, ' . . ■ ' 

l»|i 

iuM : 1 -. ■■ - - ■ ' ■ ■ 

oriuLtuiMiiU. 

Abu great pleee« of cluyAlAj, Mm«ibyKt^ gold III y* itilfie, 
and other luetlaU and marcariU». 

Evrlf/n, h\my, J- 

Half the tallica of our jiequulnt«uc<^ . 
Jewell tu town, an^t " ri- - • •« i-v t ■• ■ 
giiem hack, r 

2, In recent nsr. 

or iron di ; it h»« u i 

gravity than ' i nu «n miti 

liMje a f"fvi'!*'» ' -- ■ 

iaoft«n 
tlea tak 

§pear ynt.i,^, ..v., .;.t ^.,.t k.., , 

concretionarj. etc Marcaiiujiamuch I 

at Ion than ordinary pyrlte, pasfllng »f\ i 

«nlT>"»-' rr ^- i^v... . .. .. i-;,wi _ , 



Sponi Enqfc Manvf., I, 417. 
marcando (mar-kan'do), a* fit,, ppr. of mar' 
€llrt^ mark: see mark^\ t\] In mtmc, digtlnct 
and tlecisive: applied to single notes and pas- 
sagest and sometimes to a whole movement, to 
be »o rendered. Also marrfttn. 



bulldtijg BtofM '«. 

miarcasitic , «. [< marca^ite H- 

-»c,] Pertainiiig to murcasite; of the nature iti 

marcasite. 
marcadtical (mar-ka-tsifi-kal), «. [Formerl> 

also marehayitical; i mareamtic + *aL} 8ant* 

as inarcanfiiif. 
The place that mticHiada with theac marcJtawififiiJ min 

eraU. Boi/lt, Worki^ 111. 3»: 

marcassln fnilir'ka-sin), w. [< F. ntarcu^ffift, a 

young wild boar. .1 grisc] In hrr,^ the young 

wiL» i..t ., i w- /( iis a bearing. Tlil» bearing ladln^ 

tti tMjur by having the tall hanglttg dowtn 

ni, 1 iu a ring. 

marcato inun-ka'to), a. [It,, pp. of marrart , 
nmrk: see maraindo.] Same as uturcuHfto, 

marceline^ (miir^se-iin), «. [< F. warcdiut 
so culled from St. Moral in Piedmont, wher* 
the original specimen was found.] In mmrral, 
an altered form of rhodonite, or silicate of man 
gAuese, in which the manganese protoxid ha 
been converted into sesquioxid. 

marceline'-^ (miir'se-lin), «. [Also taarcflliui : 

< F. marct'Une (a trade-name f).] A thin nilk 
fabric iwchI lor liiiingB, etc., in women'a cos 
tnme. 

Marcellian (mkr-seri-an), «, and «, [< Mar- 
vfflus (see def.) + -m/i.] I. a. Pertuiniug to 
Marcellus of Ancyra in Asia Minor, or to his 
doctrines, 

n, «. Oneof the professed followiMs of Mar- 
cellus, Bishop of Ancif-ra in the foui?^ 
The Marcelliahu hisld the doctrine nearlv n li 

that iif the !?a^"^^^ *'■' *' »' '■ -^plrfUn^l .,- *'.„,l. 
or I'Ogos, art' lea and qoalitiea of 

Ood, and tlmf b»Koa 1« temporaiy 

only. It ha« iirvn M.-Muru ..» rK-mr whether MaroeUoa 
held the vitw* afi.crlb<Ml to him. 

marcellilie, a. H+*e marrfliNf'^, 

Marcellinist (milr-se-liu'ist), w, [< MarcelUna 
(see def.) + -»V^] An adherent of Marceliins, 
a female Gnostic of the second century, and n 
teacher of Gnosticism in Rome. Also Moreil 
Unian, 

Marcellus group, [Named from the town of 
Mffrctlh*^, in New York,] The lowest division 
of the Upper Devonian, accorfling to the clan 
siiieation of the New York Geological Sur^'ey 
It is a thin sbaly rock, often containing car- 
bonaceous matter. 

marceacent (mar-ses'ent), a. [= F. niarceseent, 

< It. marvescttt{f^)j*f ppr, of martTscere, wither, 
pine, fade, decay, inceptive of m*irc(Tc, wither, 
dr<7op, shrivel, be feeble or languid, faint.] 
Withering; fiwling; decaying, Spetncally-rav 
In M., withering, but not falling off tdl the pari bearing 
It la perfected : a^ a natreesoent perinnth. [p) In rtttmn,, 
appearing ahrtveled or withered, Aa the »pinc« on eertatn 

marcesclble (mllr-ses'i-bl). o. [= F, marcen- 
cibtf = Pg, marcrscirel — It. niarceMHbil^*^ < L. 
as if ^marceiiCibiliR, < marc€i(€ert\ wither, fade: 
see marevHcrnt^l That tnay wither; liable to 
decay; ephemernl; transient. 

Marcgravia (mark-gra/vi-a), »i. [NT^. (Plumi- 
c r, \i (Yd ) , n a tn ed after eorg Ma rrgraf ( 1 7t h 
cetitury)j who traveled in South America and 
wrote, with W, Pi son, a work on the natural 
his tory of Bra z i ! , ] A gen us of d i c o t y 1 ed on ous 
polypetalous plants of the natural onler Tern* 
titra'Tnincra\ t\^e of the tril^e Marajrarita\ it ia 
pe«uUar in haring the petals atuck together la a hood 11 k« 



Marcgravia 

9umt fiamemai ituDena^ luid Hc-tliiiiMd Imoti «t HiA 
ntt of Ui0 usuAlly uinl^oUlf orm ipUtaik 
IbrcgraTiaceaB (m&rk-^-n-S'se-e), n,pl 
rNL, {Jutfsieu, 1809), < Mangraria + -firvcf.] 
A former order of plnDtSf now made a Iribe of 
the Termtrmmiaocm under ih& luune Marc^ra- 

Marc^avies <murk-grtt-vi'e-e). «. pt, [NL. 

(Choi&y, l'S:i4), < Miircf/racia -^ -«cr,] OrtgitinI* 
ly, Q 8 u bonier of plunU of fho " ' 
now, a tribe of the Ternntant 
the s^f^TiMH yfnrrqrnvia. it fi.it 



\/,7 



lit'd bv 






with iH 

march 



■ - ii' '■■'■. .1 , liJLh, fxc4liclitl) iijlcJiiiJJLeu 

imuL^hj, ... [•; ME. tuarvhe, partly 
(a) < AS. meare {^n. dat. »/»^arce-), border, 
bound, mark ; partly lb) < OF, marche, F. 
marche (= I*r, »p. Pg. It. marea, ML, ma tea j^ 
border^ bound, frontier, tbe Boiu. fonus l>eiiig 
from the OHG. cognate with AS. mean*: see 
further under irtfli'A-i, w.] A frontier or boun- 
dary of a territory; a bonier; ht*nfe, a bonier- 
land; a diBtriet or political diTOion of a eoun- 
trv f*r>iitPnTimnu^ ^yith the hoTimlain'-lme of 



Al«o fro thedetrlti See, to |!:oil Eatwiuil out of tlv 
of tho Holy Loful, , , . Ifi ft itroDK Caitcllc unit u uur. 

Matulevilie, Tmvels, p. 104, 

For in the tnarehf* here wc hmnl you were, 
Mtkiitt; luiiithcr heiad tii flt^ht a^Aitit. 

A'Arti-M « Hen. VI,, H. V 140. 

Thcawlow and Iwrrcn tniicte won' thv outlying fjuxrcK^ 
of the einpir^^ MofUy, Dutch Itupul'lte, J. IK. 

EldlUK tha marches, a ccr^monr in whlrh tin' mnrlA- 
tmtetanil chief men of !t iiiuiil ' ' ' " ' k 

In proccsaioQ aloni^ the IxMind Iju 

eorpomtloo: npnuitice Mtlll (Ur ue 

of tne borghs of .Hcotliind, the t>ni.;iiiiii . .r»j( ci •( v«, ui^ n wn* 
topre«erve fn the mempiy of the jnlMbfUutiti the limit** of 
their profwrty. 
marcn^ (march), r. f. [< MK. marrhen^ also 
mftrhf(, tntrhtff^K, AS, nttarviant tix the bounds 
or limits of a place, < mcart\ border^ bound, 
mark: see ma rk l , i% , a n d e f . mu reh ^ , /i . ] 1 . T o 
eonstitute a mart-b or bonier; be bonlerinjc; 
lie coutiiiuotisly parulJel iind contiguous; abut. 

H© inav. lif thai he w<>Ie, go thonrJn' ATrnnync, mid 
thorshe tilt? KynKdoni of HiinKxrvi', H ' fhf tu the 

Lontl of folnyne- M(\> Im^ p. ti. 

Of a1 the rrkliai'Uant!! of thii TaUv M h men arc 

mofit dntluiit, lla- which en i»n try ^ffarcl'♦^7Aiik^titcthc^vJKJn 
Uie AtML /■'(//(^ r.uphues and \\U ElJ(riuiid, p. tM. 

Vou ntiiBt tnit tjUsuTt- 1 with the itiftn whose estAte* rttnrch 
with ytinrown. jWn». Otiphant, llw Ijidieit Undortitv p 4<k 

2. To dwell udjuft*nt * neighbor. 

ShL* tlisphiyfHl to muci^ Idntlncw to Jeuuii! Ik'ant* (W- 
cnuse nh*- honwlf, Innna » Mrrw? woman, vmrched with 
Mtd^Lothiuri, {n which Jennie wiu^ born\ 

S<'idi^ lUKTi cjf Mid ix>tlilwn. xxvilL 

n&aTCb- (march), r, [< ME. mttrrht n = D. wmr* 
ehertn = G. marnvhirett = Bw. mai'fichcra = thiu* 
marfii'lurtt < OF. marcher^ F, ntarchrr (= Ho. 
Pg. marehar = It, nmrektrc), walk, march, 
proceed, move on ; perhaps < OF. march t^ bor- 
der, frontier (see tnarch^^ «♦); ace online to an- 
other view, < MIj. "mareare, hammer, hence 
beat the ground with the feet, tramp, march (< 
marcuN^ a hanitner) ; ef, trauip^ jo/j^ pacr onc^s 
brat^ and siinihwr expressions, I^eitber view 
is BBtiMfjictory.] I, iHtram, 1. To walk with 
meMured steps, or with a steady reguliur treiwi ; 
move in a delibenite, stately manner: i*tep with 
rct^Tiliirity, eameKtnefls, or gravity: often ujied 
trivittll}', a!« in the expreaaion, he marehed oft 
angrily. 

What thou dldflt marth throujrh tb« wfldflmeait . . . 
the eiutii »h.K.lc. Pn, IXYlH, 7, a 

8o wnjU||£iit tlili! iiknihlu Artist, and fulmtr'd 
UtrnHL'lf tff Be*.' the Wnrit mntch on ao fiuit 

tU^mmofkt^ Piyehe, 111, e&, 

2. Bpecifically, to walk with concerted steps in 
re^Iar or measured time, as a body or a toem- 
l>cr of ft body of soldiers or a procession ; move 
ill uniform onler and time ; step together in 
ranks. 

Let our Cndni 
March by us, that we loay jpcrnie the men 

8hak., 1 Den. IV,. It. % oa 
The RTcot AchiiTes marvh'd not to the field 
Tni Vulcan thai iiii|Miic«rabl« ableid 
And amiK littd wTOUgbL 

WiUtiv, iMtrodtteii to ■ Patattf, 



3626 

3, To move in mUitAry order, as a body of 
troope; a<lvance tu a 'soldierly manner f as, 
in the moming the regiment marched; they 
marehed twenty miles. 

Tliift worthy cherajrle 
.\I1 ynrrchaud to the field. 
BmU f/ Balrinne* a'bUd"i KiaUulB, VU. »#). 

Bea^ marotdaf or^mr, Ugtt marching order, see 
haavyf^ %Af9,— lurtdUnC ordon, orden to march. 

The Duke '• in Belglom already, aod we expect tnareMnff 
QrdfTf every day* Thatkeray, Vanity Fair, ix. 

ICarchinK regUnant. In Gn»at Brltniu. iin infantry ngi 
intent of the line; generally used in a d{Bfj«mgiog tenac 
-Tomarcbtotbaleiigtliort. seeirr^j/tA, 

n, iram. 1* To cause to move in military 
order, or in a body or regular nroceBSion : ftSi 
iit marih ati armylo the battle*neid. 

On n L^-hiHl 

of aniiUng poave to mat> \'»ttt. 

lituUL I. £4*(. 

2, To cause to go anywhere ut one*** command 
and und<*r one^ guidance: as, the policeman 
man I. ' ' : : -oiier to the lockup. 
zoarch «. [= B. G. Dan. Sw. marsch^ 

< F. tin, , . ; _ j.*. Pg. mureha = It. marcia, walk- 
gait, march; from the verb.] I. A measured 
and uniform walk or concerted and orderly 
movement of a body of men, as soldiers; a 
regular advance of a body of men, in which 
they keep time V ' ' ^ther and '' s 

wi t h m u sic ; St i« ( i i 1 >c ra t c \\ v 

or Inbored progi . .; . t.-^ed liguriil:. ., .., j r- 
gard to poetry, from its rhythm resembling the 
Tneusiired harmonious Httepping of soldiery. 
Waller WII6 imooth. but Ilrydeii t^u^rht to Join 
The %'ar)'ln<f verse, the full reBound lit jj line. 
The lm\g tuajcatic m4irch and enerfry divluD. 

P&pe, Imit. of lloniee. IL L 2t». 

2. An advatjce from one haltlng-pIace to an- 
other, as of a body of aoldiera or travelers ; the 
distance passed over in a sinprle course of 
marching; a military journey of a body of 
tmops: as, a march of twetity miles. 

I Tiave trod fuil many a march, air, 

And •ume hurt* have to phew, iHsfore me too. air. 

Beau, aiui Fl, Knight of Malta, it t!. 
Such stiff- neclc'd abJtrctA aa with wear)' marehed 
Have tnivi'ird from their bomea, tht^r wivm, and chll^ 
dr«n. Ford, Ferkiu Warbeek, lil. 1, 

3. Progressive advancement; progress; regu- 
lar course. 

Tberu mvthinkj would he enjoynunit more than In the 
vutrch of mhul. Tcttuffmnit Lockalcy Hall, 

4. A military signal to move^ cousistiDg of r 
particular drum-beat or btigle-call. 

If dntmmve once aound » l»«tit* marlch Indcede, 
Then taiewclJ b^x^koa, for he will trudffe with speede. 
G4i«ciAf/fu>, Fruits ijt War. 
6. In mtmr, a strongly rhythmical eorapositinii 
designed to accompany marching or to imitate 
a niarch-TTiovpment. Tlie rliythm is usually dnph', 
itutito' ' ~'. compound. Marchcfufont^rjdly omHiHt 

of two I I tiona, the aecond of which < conmioiii) 

crilk^i I -ofter and more flowing than tlntn nrwt, 

and is f. ill. iw. .] i.v a rt* petition of the HrwL Hapld tuaiche^ 
Are ofttin calledt (/uirkMrpt or vHffUary wortkn, 5ilow 
marcbca are aluo catted prneemional manehn, and are 
ftuilipr dlfttln(arul«hcd sit fun^reU (or dfad-\ nupHitl, fn- 
umphnt, etc. 

6. In tttachttf, one of the short laths placed 
across tJje treadles beneath the shafts of a loom, 
E. H, Knifiht. — 7, In the game of euchre, a tak- 
ing of all five tricks by one sido.— piank march. 
gce>bnitl.— ForOCMlnmrch, a nuiith vli^oroniiily pressed 
in rMtain t rnerjeneius in time of mux, a* tu ftlect a rapid 
<- ii -if troops or ri strategical combination. It 

i io even the l>^^■4t tnMjjts., and a« amle ebouhJ 

h itrly mile* ti day^ ajKrisd eare is Buppoaed tu 

be taker; in avoid auch exhauation Just lit fore i^^dtiK into 
action. The troopa are rellered by chanicliig the pnitH, 
alteniatin^ the double with the ciuick time/ and in the 
cAValjy the bonjes are relieved for flfteen ininiitea every 
hour by the diamotintiuff and inarching of the nmti. Any 
dlatiince over twenty mflos a day l» reckon etl a ./Wwrf 
march. -March paat, the march of a bodv of aoldiers io 
front of a reriewmg ofBcer or some high dignitary. 

Between ^000 and 3,000 troopa mu#t«r«Ml on the (rround, 
and their mareh peut was an event of the hlghevtpolitieAl 
•igniflcaDC«. Marvin, n»t^<vf Herat, fit 

BoffUa'a march, nmafc played hi dtni nipany 

the ezpulfllon frf»m a refcimeut of a«oli I i noHcd 

out> or of any obnoxhnia person tgnoi xjKlJed 

from a community.— To *t6al a march. '^■'~'- flioi 
March'^ (march), n. [< ME, Mfinh^ Mairhr, 
Mer^he^ Mar 2, < OF. march, mars, F. mars= Pr. 
mars, wiar/r = 8p. w«rro= Pg. war^ = It. ?/mr-o 
= D. Maart^MhG, Mertzt', Merct\ Mers€. Mart- 
se, LG. Mertfi == OHG. Mcn^o, Marceo, MHO, 
Mermf G, Marz = 8w. Mam = Dan. Marts ^ 
OBulg. martitH^ Bulg, mart = Serv. maraeh^ 
mrarh = Pol. marzee = Little Ru8S(,w*Mr<r = (Ir, 
Mrt/^r/^^C", ^ 1j» Martins, so, mettsii*, March, lit. the 
month of Mars. C Mars ( 3/or/-), Mars: see Marj<. 
martial, ete."| The third month of our year, con* 
aisting of thmy-one days, it wot the ont month of 



marchet 

MlU" adopt! «T 
fiy the tin t 
i the llrst til 



HAh. ikiid bO ifontinned iu i^uul 
here before that date bHe^htnlrr 
ad na a March hare, Set^ Im t 



til' 
..f ' 
aJ- 
til 

th. 

March meeting. 
marchandf, marcliati Jiodt. 

nurchan /, vurrvhandiyr. 
marchantt, «. An obsolete form of mtrchanU 
llarchantia (miir-kan'ti-S), n, [NL.. named 
after Niculiis Marchant. a ft'eneh botanist (died 
1678).] 1. A gentts of plants of the cHm He- 
patic^Hf and type of the order Marehantiac^m* 



r br^wiid in 
t oonaidBred 
,r keeping waa 
MtucU ui In Qotobor,-' 

Obsolete forms of 




^:::%- 






t 



I, the fcTOAlc nX^bX I z, Uie in*l« pJAiU ; a. a ciii^uk w^Ui (lie ffcui- 
mat!\ ^, oi»c ut tt»e i{«iniMiir ^ c, iHi; antltcritilMiin \>\itn^Ai d^ pnff o/ 
bp'trati^iuin with the eUiterv, carrying ^-^^ %porci; «.clalcT wkUi it^iom 

.If. polymorphs, the common liverwort, is the 

most widely dilTused speciea. See liverwort. — 

2. [!. e.'\ A plant of this genus. 

Harchantlaceae (my.r'kan-ti*a'se»e), a. fd. 

[XL.. < Miirvhindta + -neeoi.} ('rqjtogamic 

liiulji, fonning an orl "' "1 ■' 'tit a: The 

•nid la never leafy, and i i ; tlie male 

rgans are imuierMcd Iti nt**^ i ,*t jxltate 

reeeplucIcB and Ihi ' rioally 

iin tTic uridyl vvh- i<\ ■ les. 

Marchantieae (II .'Lm< 

Marchtmtia + -e€t.] bame as MamhtiHitaeea*, 
marchastteff w. See marcasite. 
Qiarchasiticalt, «. S«^e marra^Hitterd, 

marchaimdt, marchaundiset. < >bsidete farms 

of mfrehoht, mt t'chandi^i, 

marchaiindyset, ft- An obsolete variant of 

mcn'htinifi.si: 
marcliaillitt, «. An obsolete form of ttwrchant, 
marcb-ditcll (miirch'dicli ), n. A ditch or trench 

forming a landmark; a boundary. 

The dank region of the unknown, who«t^ inaTch^ditch waa 
the grave. Gctmjc Mnfl*onnld, W&rlr»cl( o' Idenwarlock. 

marcherH (mkr'ch^n^), ». [< mareh^ -♦- -frL] 
An oibeer who defended the niarehos or borders 
of a territory. 

We deny n(»t that there weru Lordahitiia Marehinnitf nor 
that Bome statutes are rcotraincd ti* them. 

Baeim, Works, X:, iC74, 

Lords marchera of Sngland. th<> noidemen who lived 

on thcs marchc"* of Wales ami Bcothiod, and had thrirtawi 
and reiri*! pjwer, until their otflce waft aboliiheil by 27 
Henry Vllf- 
marcner'-* (miir'cher), n. [< tnareh^ + -^I»] 
< »ne who marches. 

A path 
Invitiuj^r you, distinct with footprfrttH yet 
i>r many ii mighty marcher gone that way. 

Brfnitiitiij, I'aracelioa. 



marehet (mUrVhet), w, [Also merchet; < ML, 

I*?' ' * 'iterrfnta^ mcnhftttm^etc, 

< (= OHG. mercHt, etc), 

tra.- , ^irht.] A peciinirirj' ftne 

anciently paid bv a tenant « serf, or bondsman to 

his lord for the liVn-rty of dinposhiir • >f a biUv^Iitt r 

in marrifi^'**. This p»ty ment. 

ch0tn or ^nrrch^fft mulirrum (thr ■ 

exacted in Rneiland, ticotland^ aJiU ... ■ ■ -^ — 

Europe. Bee the quutmtton. 



marchet 

He l&Uloolm III. ot HcotlaiidJ abrotfHi^nl thtii wicke*] 
law. fsr^iMitfliL'.l byKlngEwiit the thirl. »r[M<.iii( Ina lialfe 

AUi I r to be pni I !: , 111 

rt«ii ;>e woman- •* b© 

pal' , . iMb aiiy. nr, ..: 'jf of 

waoiiiJi. UtAiits/uHi, llitiL, iicolLuid, mu UVMi. 

marchioness (i">ir'fc5hon-e8), n, [Formt^rJy also 
marcliioHinse ; < ML, ffiamrmwfxo, fcm. of «mr- 
<*Aio(W'), a prefect of the marches, < marcha^ 
inarca^ a bouudary, raarch: see jnarch^. Cf, 
maryi*i4f.] 1. The wife or widow of a marcjuis, 
^3. A size of slato measuring 22 inches by IL 

marcliisatet, k. An obsolete form of marquis- 

marctlland (march ' land), n. [C march^ + 
land^.l A border-lanil ; tt.'rntory lying on the 
marches* ^' > m-vi-v .< ■ T^.v^Yiyig countries. 

Our ipr ■ ioubtlea* to be found 

InthcfisuL ' rinan J and Denmark. 

£. J- Fnettian, A in or. Lcctt., p. 30. 

niarcll*liBe(mftrch'lin), m. [< marcM + fifft-.] 
A boundary-line between adjacent couutries* 

U he did not everywhere know where the nuirthliue 
f«U, &t t«set he kue<w »erfe\:lJy where It ought to fall 

GeoTife Mfaelkmiild, What't Ulne* Mhje, p. Mii3. 

March^mad (miirch'mad), a. Extr«?tut'ly ex- 
cited or excitable, liko a March har« (see hare^; 
rash; foolhardy, 
Ke^p him d^rkt 
He will itin Mnrch-miifd else; the fiime^f of battlM 
A^ct^fid into hia brftiiu. Ftetihsr, Mad Uii^er, I. L 

marchman (mUrch'man), n. ; pL marehmen 
(•luiju), A man who lives on the miirch&B or 
border-la ml of two co untried ; a Iwrderer. 

Now Uowdtiu Moor the tnarchifmn woif, 
Ami utrridy »hook hU plumed head. 
A« i(l»j)ced hi» eye o er UnUdopu 

Swrt. U of L. M., U m. 
The irrottt Anetloan kingdom of the McicUni^that t«, 
the MarcAtnth, the people ou the march or frontier — «eom« 
to hAYO been the youngcut of l^U. 

E. A. Freeitun*, Old £n^. History, (». 30. 

marcll-mOT61Iiemt (tuiirch'mriv'metit), «. In 
muaic, the eharrtcteristie rhythm of a mureh, 
namely duple or qiiadriipk*/ 

marchliaiief <mareh'pau). ft. [Early tuod, E. 
also imirchpatn^ marchrpanv (= 1>. mardpein, 
mtirifipvin = G. marvipau^ marzipan = Dan. Sw* 
tmxmpun), < OF. trntrc^pain^ F. mas^epain =. 8p. 
muzaptitt = Pj^. mn^tipho = It. mari:apfin€ ; ac* 
eordins^ to Miusheu* < L. ^ Murtinn panist bread 
of Mars. ** having towers, eafttJes, and csuch like 
on them/- < Martitf^, of Mars (see martuil), + 
paniftf bread. Some see in the first element 
a eomipt fonn of Gr. i*dCa, a barley-cake.] 1. 
A eoniection made of pounded piBtaehio-ntita 
or almonds, with suj^'ar, white of egg, eiQ. It 
was made into various ornamental devicea. 

And whanne Dynor wia Don, the Dake *ciit to the Pil- 
giTina gretbnsonft full of Marthepattyi. 

ToTkitvjion^ Oiarfu of Eng. Tnivell, p. IS. 
Bpifnunni*^ that wei^ &ent veiinlly for new yearet gfftea 
or to b« Printed or put vpon their bankettiag diibea of 
■oger plaie, or of %nareh paines. 

PutUnham, Arte of Mn|r* FMiiet p. 47. 
aoml tJioa, Mve lue a piece of warvhpam, 

S*o*,»B,«nd J.»l. 5. 0. 

Hence— 0. Something very fine or dainty. 

Phi. rJio very tnarchpatit of the oonrt, I wiirrant yon, 

Phn And nil the sr*IUnt4i cj*me aliout yrm like tllei, did 

they not? B. Junmn, Cynthltt* it«vels, U. 1, 

march-time (mUreh'tim)^ «. Same aa mtirch- 

imivtmeut, 
march-treason (march Mre'iin), », Treason 

against a march; betrayal to an enemy of a 

march or border, or of any peculiar interest of 

a bordering territory. 

Not a thane '^ > Imt hfl know hla family and 

connections, an i r hits anu^ntora Iiid follon . . . 

by the tvand of t ' . mt for mafth-trtatoH, 

SeoU^ Monofltery, Int 

march-ward (m&rch'w3rd), n. A warden of 

th<* niHrchesj a marcher. 
Marcianti (t^ An obsolete spelling of MnrtiaiK 
marcidt (milr'sid), a, [— OF. marcidc = Pg, It. 
jtt^irnth^ < L. marcidus^ withered, nlirunken^ < 
warcere^ wither: see marceseent.} 1. Wither- 
ed; shrtuiken; wasted away. 

He on hU own ftph p^nn» the noh1e«t oil ; . . . 
That, to ymir in r herb* aMiifnod. 

By tJie niiik »t] ^^etray* it« kind. 

W, BotPle*, tn Dn I Uivenal'A t^timo, v. 128. 

2. Canaijig or aeuompanied by wasting and 
feebleness. 

Almniiti ports bdnfirmcU- 

M awMT. n upon the drkT 

anddeahy i h ver. 

i/arrey, {Latham} 
marcidity(mar-sid'i-ti)» w. r< mardd + -i/^.] 
A wasted or withered conaition; leanness; 
meagemess.' Perry. 



3627 

Marcionist (mlir'shon-ist), n. [< Gr, Maptno- 

) 7 rtTT/r^ < M * f - i mi : see ifarnonite and 

Marcionitu .lj it), ». and a. t< LL. 

Marcionittfti lir. MapfnuvfT^K* i MapHU^v^ U. Mar* 
ciott, < MapHoc^ L. Mareuit^ a personal name.] I. 
», A follower of Marclon of 8inope, a Gnostic 
religious teacher of the second centiiryj and the 
founder at Rome of *^' ^^ ...i ..:^,^ sect^ which 
lasted until the sev >v later. Mar- 

clon taught tlmt there '^ ' htrcea : tlie gofKl 

Ood, Urst revealed by J the evil mftttcr, mled 

by the deril; ftnd the I f finite and imperfect 

God of the Jews, lie r i * tlJ Testinit'nt. deititd 

the iDcamatioQ ah i . t!o6' 

pel akin to or alt r st, 

l*anl'* epfatlt^ a." . ttcd 

baptism tti' ! xxinc from Uio tuchiuriit, kiL'ul- 

caied nn i ' 'LiNtn, and allowed women to mlu^ 

IstdT. Set 

H. a. I'evtaiuing to or characteriz6<l by 
the principles of M&rciou: aj», the Marcionite 
Church, 

Marcionitic (mfirBho-nit'ik), a. [< Maroionite 
+ -it\] Of or pertaining to the Marcionitea or 
their doctrines. 

Marcionitiam (milr'shqn-it-izm), n, r< Mar- 
CHtnttc -I- -i#m.] The dbetrines of the Marcion- 
itea. Flneifc. Brit., XV. 4S5. 

Marcobruimer (mar'ko-bnm-^r), w. [G.) A 

wine produced in a vineyard in the commune 
of Erbiu-h, near Wiesbaden, and taking its name 
from a neighboring fountaiji called the Mark- 
bninnen. ft ranks among the best of German 
wines. 

Karcomannic (miir-kii-man'ik), n, [< Afareo- 
manni + -re] K<»lating to the ^T itJ. 

an ancient German tribe w*hioh l rhe 

Roman empire at int^rvali from ...v ...u of 
Cfesar to the fourth century. 

marcor, marcour (mar'kor), n. [< L. mareor, 
decay, faintness, langitofi < marccrr. wither, 
decay, fadot faint: iA&e nutrerseentj] The state 
of withering or wasting^: leanness; loasof fiesh. 
Sir T. Droicne. [Rare.] 

Marcosian (miir-ko'si-an), ». [Appar. irreg. < 
Gr. M6piiO{\ L. Marcui^, the name of the founder.} 
A follower of Marens. perhaps of Ejihesus^ a 
heresiarch of the ^ ntur)'. The leading; 

features of hia iyatem a* mltatlng the ChrlMlan 

euchariit (Sit uhi^ti 1p :iii~.ia a mirscidouH 

chanpeint' nUtrntion 

and propli libera and 

lettcrfl, ah'.ii i ...i :- , i ,. .. .t?ic ayatem 

of eoni. He i« kiitm n chietly rixiiu thcr wi iUnu^a of Irensua. 
and hii foUowens were iiMt immerout. 

marcour, «. Het^ wurcor. 

mardt imiird). u. Sniue as werd, 

mardert, mardemt, «* Same as marten^. 

Mardi gras (miir'de gra), [P., lit, *fat Tues- 
day': HO called from the French practice of 
parading a fat ox {ItoeHf fira^) during the cele- 
bration of the day: mardi (< L. Alartis dit's^ 
day of Mars), Tuesday; granf fat: see tfreoifr.] 
ShWve Tuesday ; thelast day of carnival ; the 
day before Ash Wednesday* (the first tlay of 
Lent), which in some places^ as in New' Or- 
leans, is celebrated vsith revelry and elal^orate 
display. 

mare^ (mar), ». [< ME. marc, mcre^ nieere, mure, 
< AS. jiwre, m^re = OFripR. mcrie = D. merric 
^ ^ILG. LG.' merie = UHG. merilid^ fnerhd, 
MHG. merichr, mrrhe^ G. nmhre = Icel, merr = 
Sw. tniirr = Dan. mwr^ a mare; fern, to AS. 
mfftr^ mearh := OHG. marah, march^ marc^ 
MHO. march ^ mare = Icel. wi/irr (Goth, not re- 
corded), a horse, st-eed, = Ir. Gael, m^jrc =t W. 
nmrch = Corn, march (Old Celtic pdpm^, in 
Pansanias), a horse, stallion. The Tent, forms 
may, however, be derived from the Celtic. The 
ma'sc. form han disappeared from E, and G., ex- 
cept as found in the disguised compound mar- 
xhfiL^ 1. The female of the horse, or of other 
species of the genus Equus. 

With him titer wa« a Plowman was hit brother, . . . 
In a tat>Ard he rood upon a mert. 

Chaueer, Gen. Prol, to C. T., I. Ml. 

2. A few ears of grain left stAndiug and tied 
together, at which the harvesters throw their 
sickles till the knot is cut. HaUitrcll. [Here- 
fordshire, Eng,]- cryiiig the mare, an old iiarveat 

sport in Herefordshire. Btuunt See ♦I'' ' '^'^re'e 
neet, an absurd nr rldjcnloon {rnnglMetl <' nt" 

thlnu *Jf apparent immirttince which a y> hr 

ha» diiuovered. but which tun^s uut to W « ,.v,i.:.».>ij ,ir a 
hoax. Fonueriy aJao AorK-n^iif. 

Why doat thoa \%n^\i'*. 
Whai; maT€*» noL hoat thou found ? 

Fktcher, Bonduca, v. 2. 

It rttie averacre Oemaiui mind | finds it« keoueat pleoaure 

in divljiin^ a profound aiiBrniflcance in the mo«t trtflinir 

thinga^ and the mtiiiber of nmre'tnt^ tb»t have been 



•tMrvd into tiy the Gennau Oel«hr1«r Ihrouirh bla tpecta* 
ole« pttMM calculation. 

Loufett^ Among my Booka, lat aer^, p, fSt, 

Wfmey malces tbe mare go, the outlay of mnney kmtpa 
ihtnga golny ; money w!U aucceod wbirre ever) thing el»© 
falliL [Slang.] 

I'm maJping the mart go here in Whitfortl, without the 
t»f,nr}f iiio flonkelltnea. Kingdeff, I'wo Ycara Ag<\ Int. 

BhstnlCB' mare, one'a own leiga, aa a ntoana uf cofiv«ysno«. 
IMun^. I - The graF mare la tbe better hone, the wife 
mice (he hu*band. [Slang. J— Timber mare, i^na iu 

mare^f {niur), n. f C ME. mart, tr^re^ C AS, mara^ 
RU incubus, = MLG, marc, mar, LG, marr, w«r, 
mor = OHG. nutro, mar, HHti, niar^ G. dial. 
mahr^ mars= leeL mara ^ Sw. mar a r= Dan. martf^ 
nightmare ; cf. OF. marc, an incubus, also in 
comp. cauchcmarty cochtmare, eanquemartt^ F. 
caurjifmar, nightmare, < OF. cauchrfy < L, caU 
care, tread upon, + m4trt\ incubus ; cf. Pol. 
mara^ a vision, dream, nightmare; Bohein. 
mura^ incubus; prob, lit. 'crusher,* from the 
root of AS. mirrany mgrran^ hinder, mar, orig. 
* crush * : see marl .] Oppressed sleep ; incubus, 
formerly regarded as an ^ of the night 

that oppi^sses persons d i u: now used 

only in the compound niynnmuf. 

Mniiin\;i*rm» cause the Incubna, or tlie mart in the 
ttomach, Bactftt, Xat. HlaL 

mare^, a. and adiK An obsolete form of m4)rt^. 

Mareca (ma-re' k|t), n. [NL., < Bra/, marttea 
(Marcgrave), native name of a teal.] A g«miis 
of ducks of the family Jnatitkr and subfamily 
Anathi(c; the widgeons. The common widgeon 
of Europe is M, twnelopc; that of America ia 
JA omericitna. See widgeon. Also written 
Af(irif4t, 

marechalf (mar'e-shal), n, [F. martcha!^ mar- 
shal : see marHhaL] A kind of powder uaed for 
the hair iu the eighteenth century. 

HIa hair powdered with martehaK a cambric ahlrt, etc. 
SfnfAlriU KtMierIck K»ndoni. 

mare clailSUm(ma're kla^'sutu). [L.: morel, sea; 
rhmsum^ ueut. of rlauifu.^, closed: see mert^ 
and vhst*^, «.] A closed sea ; a sea closed to 
navigation; a sea or a part of the high seaa 
within the jurisdiction of a particular nation, 
as distinguialied from the open sea, where all 
nations have equal right. The phraae ia not a geo- 
grophiciJ one, but a technical legnl "^f " o^^ ^,>hfr.,.f <,; 
which httii idways been in contro\r i n rial 

hiw ; and itg meaning therefore varit : ling 

aa it iauacd by those who olaitn orwli.. iv.-.it.» mh cAti:ti»lon 
of territortai Juriadictlon over otherwise upen «cua. 

mareiflf, «, A Middle English form of mnrhh, 

marekanite (mar'e-kan it), M. [< ' //I 

( se« clef. ) 4- -i ff2.] A variety of obs i »d 

in Hiiiall spherules in the vicinity oi in*, l^mie' 
kanka, near Okhotsk in Siberia. It is a form 
of pearl stone. 

Maremmese (mar-e-mes' or -mez'), a, [< It. 
Miurmmf 4- -esc] Of or pertaining to the Ma- 
remme, certain marshy tracts extending along 
the coast of Tuscany' in Italy, reaching back 
from six to eighteen miles from tiie sea. The 
aoll li of wonderful f ertUity, but tbe atmoaphere ia ao pettU- 
leniial aa to render tlieac dlatricta Qnlahabltable in the 
warm s^oacin. 

marena (ma-re'nS), n. [NL., < G. mardttc. mo- 
ra nc, said to be so called from Lake Marin ^ in 
Brandenburg, Prussia.] A coregonine fish, 
CorctjonMH mar etna ^ better known aa C lava re- 
fits: same as tavarcL 

marennill (ma-ren'in), «. See the quotation, 

Naricula ostreeria contains a light blue pigment, wbtcli 
it la propoaed to c»ll marrtm in .which ia diffuaed throiigboiti 
the protopJamn. Jowr qf Micrwt, Soe., 2d ter,, VI. I. WJ. 

Mareotic (mar-e-ot'ik), a, [< L. Mart^oHcus, < 
Gr. MapKjTthu^yi Ma/jftir/r(8c. /iifn'rf)^ alsoM<$pfio, 
f/ }lp%^i r) Mapm, Lake Mareotis. < M^/um, Mo/vi?, 
< Egypt. Mcr or if »>, a city m Eg\7it. or the 
lake Mareotis (seedef.) *f -*>.] Of or pertain- 
ing to Lake Mareotis in Lower Egv^pt, or the 
region in which it is situated: as, if r/mi^r wine. 

mares, n. Plural of wirtxS, 

mareschal (mar'e-shal ). «. An obsolete form 
of marshal: used archaically, especially with 
reference to a marshal of Prance. 

O waiiun, may thy anna advance, 
That he niijr loae Dinnnt next year, 
And ao be mmrtaahal [ i n ed 1 7m, " con atabl a " ] of Prance. 
Prwr, Taking of Namur in 16&&. 

mare's-nest (niarz'nest ), P. *. [< mare*s neM (see 
li 11 i\ c r m are 1 ) . ] To disc over mare*s n este ; m ake 
ubt^urd discoveries: imagine that one haa made 
an important discovery which is really no dia- 
covery at all, or is a hoax. 
He*» always mar^'tneMin^, 

Ltvff, l>avenp*jirt Dunn, I. 2O0. iHopptA 

maressef, 'i. A Middle EngliKh foroi of marixht 



mareVtail 

mare's-tail (umrz'taOt n, and a. L m, 1. (a) 

A ]ilruit nt the liemis Hippurifi: moat properly 
/^ llnoM herbalfl tliia 

^^ hfrrattaii, in c^^ntrait 

I I rinfUtU, Batlm- 

t V «<tovl, a« if the 

LUL_L.j..,^ .. .: .... jvttuU»-horMlaU.] 
(h} Tiie Jit)rw(:»tuil, Equisetum, 







--;: 



J^ 



Fkiweritif; Blanch t-f 
- .1 il4jw«r 



The prttty nmrestait fcirtat; fiJjy 
piiieo, JVmiyion, Aylmer'fkFieliL 

2. //f. Long straight fibers of 
^uy cirriia eloiuK an indicti- 
tionof t]ie approach of stormy 
weather. 

A li|;ht blue tky nnd & creaoent of 
nui7if'M4aii» orer Uiu niJuthetlds* 
ir. C. iiuiwefl. Jacks Courtahlp, xzli, 

3. Ib «rttf ^, the Cauda equina 
(which see, uader caada), 

n. a. Like a mare'ti tail; 
of the kind called maie^B- 
taib; said of cloudtj, 

l^tnukks of fnoryjtoii clouds tti the 
»ky. Hiudtif, Mucteenth <"oiitui7, 
I XIX, 202, 

marewet, » . An o bsolt^te form 

of mnrroK^. 

Marezzo marble, Bee m«r- 

margarate ( mar'^^a-rat ), ». 
[< mtu'tjariic) + -aV^l.] In r^^^.^asalt of raar- 
gario ueid. 

margaret { mar'ga-ret)» w. [< Mfirgaret^ ii fem. 
name, = F. Martfuente = Bp. Pg. Murguritn = 
It. Marffonta^ M'arffhrhta, < L. morfjaritn^ < Gr» 
fiapyapirr/^^ a pearl: see nmrgurite. The name 
Margaret^ reduced to iV<ir/, Mmfg^, dim. Mayffk, 
etc., is familiarly applie^l to several birds, ete. : 
see wi/K'fjyfi, mar^i, mwjpic^ etc] Same as 

margaret-gmnt (miir'ga-ret-grunt), n. Same 
as martjate-fiah. 

Iliarpi.ric (mar-gar'ik), a. ^Cmiirffariite) + -«?,] 
T*' ^ t^ or reHembling pearl. ^jsai^arlc 

a> '>3. ail acid fortueiiy errooeoiuly auppo««d 

t. [ in oert4ii» ftttn. Ithfts a fatty ai»p«ct. aodi i» 

iTi:H:<l4tl>]L ill v»at«r, but roftdily iolubte In hot uieohol; the 
1 fitter, ftA U oooli, deposUs the ndd In pearly scales, whence 
it* name. It prutmbly doee not occur In nature. 

mar^aiin, margarine ( miir '^f^n n ) . w . [ < m « r- 
ijar{u') + -itt-, -hte^.] A peculiar pearl-like sub- 
stauce extracted from hogs- lard j the solid 
fatty mattor of certain vegetable oils. The 
purest margariu is obtamed from the concrete 
part of olive-oil. It is a mistiire of stearin and 
pal matin. 

margarlta ^ mar-ga-ri't|j.), n. [NL. (in def. 1 < 
LGr. fitiiiyapiri^^ a crumb of the sacramentul 
breadt lit. a pearl), < Hr. fiapy(jpiT7f<:^ a pearl: see 
marijant4.\ 1. lu the Hr. Vh.i (a) The ves- 
sel in which the consecrated oblate is kept, Uj) 
A portion of the oblate which is placed in tiiie 
cup as a svmbol of the uiiion of the bm3y and 
blood of Ciiriat. Hee commixturt', — 2> [*•r//^►] A 
gen\is of top-shcUs of the fatn ily lyttrhUltt:, It is 
represented by a number of species in the colder 
seas. 

Margaiitacea (miir^ga-ri-ta'se^), rt. pL [NL., 
neut. pi, of mtjrtjaritaeeus^ pearly: see nmnja- 
rifuceoiis,} In old systems, a family of bivalves 
whose shells are pearly or nacreous inside ; the 
pear l-OTSters : same as AvicuHdfF or Pteriifhr, 
In Be BWnrille'i ohtieiflciition (18^5), thia fajnily coa- 
•llted of the jMnen VttUeU^, Mallt'wt, Pertui, Crenalula, 
tnoceramia, CaiiSu*^ Puleinite*, fJrrcitlui, and A'Puiuia, 
thiu oorreflpondlng somevrhat to the MaUetJUxaot Laniarak. 
Alto Marfforitact^ 

margaritacean (mar'ga-ri-ta'se-an), a. and w. 
[As marffuritaceouif + -««.] I. «- Margarits- 
ceous; margaritlferons; specifically, of or pcr- 
taijilng to the Murgaritacea. 

II. n. A member of the MiinjurHnct^. 

margaritaceous (milr'ga-ri-tl'shiua), a. [< 
NL. ifMrgariUjcetiM, pearly, < L. marffartki, a 
pearl: ^€^'9 marfjfarite.j Resembling mothei-of- 
pearl ; pearlv; glosHy-white with purple, green, 
and blue refiections. 

Margaritana (mar'ga-ri-ta'nM), n. pOi., < L. 
mnrfiarita, a pearl ; see margarit^i.} A genus of 
ri ver-mossel s of t h e f a m il y Un ion uiw. it \n dosc- 
ly related to Unio, chiefly dUlerlns in m^me iletnllB of the 
hinge teeth, and a ipeelea, Jf. marffaritifem, \» noUble 
a« u peNrl-oyater, fyroductng pe&rl;i at coiiiroeruJa] value. 
Also called Alamfutdnn, 

margarite (tniir'g»-rit), n. [< ME. margarite, 
margrite <also nutiger^, q, v.) (cf. AS. meregroi^ 
mtre^eota = 08, mengriota ^ OHG. marifiiaz, 
a pearl, forms simulating AS. mcri% etc., sea, + 
ffre^fy etc., sand, gravel, grit), < OP. marffwfrite^ 



362H 

marffutrete, F. margaHf*\ mtirgnerite = Sp« Pg. 
margatitu = It, mmyaritu, marginrita, a pearl, 

< L. murffaritttt rarely margaritum, = Bulg. mar- 
ijarit = Ku88. margatitttA Gr,ftafj}aptTr^, apearl, 
also ft(ip}afXfVt a pearl, < fiiipjapoq^ the pearl- 
oyster; cf. Pers* murtvuri (> Turk. mercark{}j& 
pearl.} 1. A pearl. [Obsolete or poetical. J 

Rich orient penrl. 
Mure bright of hue Uiaii were tlie manjarite» 
lliat l^oHMir found In weaittiy Albion. 

Qrttm, OrUndo Furloso, 

58, A mineral of micaceous structure, separa- 
ble into thin lauiinfl& which arc^ rather brittle. 
It IvA^ a ifriiyliil. or leiMIali mhw tind n pearly luatcr on 
iU' \ A patri'micay In coin - 

p« iLum and eolciiim. It i» 

» * I !itL It U oue of the so 

caJlc.i bi'itiU HMau. 

3. In tithoL, nn arrangement of the devitrifica- 
tion products (globulitea) of a glassy material 
into fonns resembling strings of bea^s ; a term 
introduced by Vogelsang.— 4. Same as mar- 
ijmtkt, 1. 

maTgaritic (miir-ga-rit'ik), o, [< margarik' + 
'ic.J Pertaining to or resembling pearl or 
margarite ; margaric .— MargarlUc add, one of the 
fatty'ncidijwliirh renult trgm the saponllleatloti of castor- 

margaritiferouB(mar'ga-ri*tif'e-ras),a, [< L. 
margaritifrr, pearl-btmring,< marttariia^ a pearl 
I see marfjaritc), + fir re = E. hear^,J PcarL 
benrinji: producing pearU; margaritaceoTi 

margaritite (inllr'ga-ri-tit), h. [< XL, Mar 
titrs, d gt^nertc name of such shells, ( L. w^' 
n7rt, a pearl: see maiyariU.] A fossil peail- 
ovster or some similar nmrgaritiferous shell. 

Margarodes (mar-gn-ro'dex), w, [NL., < Gr, 
pap]apt.>Ajif:, pe.TJ"l-like, < u^pyapov, a pearl (see 
mnrgnriU), 4- f*W, form J I, A genus of scale- 
iu**ects of the family Voi'ddir, m /Qonicanim, vh 
iiAint'd frooj !t« pca.rly appcanuice and from [t» Hving 
with Hilts, iH known tn the nahamaa as the grtmndpearl. 
It« scaly coveriiiij hwi caused it to he mlstiiken for ti mo! 
lusk. These hiieets arc fomcttmes itmng like beads id 
necklaces. The genus is probably the saine as Porjthy* 
rophara of Brandt (ISSS); it waa named the aaoie year hy 
« building. 

2. A genus of pyralid moths, t>'pical of the fam- 
ily Margarodidw, erected by (iuen^e in 1»^54. 
having the wings immaculate, neither fasciate 
nor marginate, and the body 8 tout. They occur 
in tuuat ports of the worlds niore abundantly in tropical 
ci:»untHefi. M. qvadrvtiipaaliif of the United Slates focde 
In the larval etute on the privet, 

Margarodidae (miir-ga-rod'i-fle), u.pL [NL,, 

< Manjtwoiks + -iV/rt'.] A family of pyralid 
nioth.s named from the genus Mttrt/modt^^ hav- 
ing ample, entire, silky, semi-hyaline, irides- 
cent or pearly wings, often bordered and sel- 
dom marked. The abdomeii of the nude has an apical 
Hi ft whkli Lb olti^n blfld. It l» a larye wide-tpnsad family 
of Burne JO pruneni, as PhwxllMra, which contains the niothH 
whoAi' larvtc arc known in the United States la melon- 
enter idllair* and jnetde-iconm. 

margarodite (miir'ga-ro-dit), n. K Gr. fiapjapLi- 
tl//':. peurl-like (see Marfjarodvi)^ + -i7r-.] A va- 
i-iety of mnscovite, or common potash-mica, 
HtTording, iijion ignition, a small percentage of 
water. 

margaron, margarone (miir'ga-ron, -ron), i/. 

[= F. niargfjroHt ; un mfirfjar{iv) + -on, -one.'] 
A solid white fatty matter which crystallizes 
in pearly scah^s, and is obtained by distilling 
margaric acid with excess of lime. 

margaryize (mar'gar-i-iz), v. t.; pret. and pp. 
maryanjizid^ ppr, imirmrpi^inif. [C Miirgfirki 
(see def. J + -irf.] In the antiseptic treatment 
of timber, to impregnate (the wood) with a so- 
Itttioa of sulphate of copper. The w^ord is de- 
rived from the name of the inventor of the pro- 
cess, J, J. Lloyd Margary, 

margate-fisll (loflr'gat-tish), «, A fish, Hfrtnu- 
ioii tfibl^fanm or «/&«/«, inhabiting the Caribbean 
Sea* and Florida Keys, ins ooior la pearly- white, 
Boraewbat oUvae«oiia above, with obsolete spotty on some 
c»f the scales ; the mouth Is orange within, and the lips 
and 11 faint l»lot^»h on each aide of the snout are liBht-yei- 
low. It reaches a length of 2 feet or more, and U one of 
the inn»t important food-fishes of HaTana and Key West. 
Also called rruirket-fttk^ fnaffg&t'Jisht Trtttrjwrrvl-^fruril, 

Margaux (mar-go'), n. fP. : see def.] Claret 
produced in the commnne of Margaux, in the 
department of the Gironde in France. Its bet- 
ter grades closely resemble the Chi^leau Mar- 
gaux. Hee ehdteati, 

margay (mar'ga), ». [= F. mar gay: < Braz. 
margaif,'} A bouth American tiger-cat^ FeiiH 
tii^ina, or I'\ nmrgay ; also, some related spe- 
cies. They are amall spotted ^ " ' 1 .Qt» resem 
hting the ocelot^ ranging from M itiuay. The 

margay i« abottt 2 feet Iohk* the i i o is Inchef ; 

it has been domeattcated and muiii ermfui in destroying 
rata, Ifke the oomiDpon boose cat. Mtomarfmy, 



margin 

marge (naarih w. [< F. margf = Pr. marge s 
D, mnrge^ < L. ftmrgo {'mnrfpn-)^ border, margin : 
see nMrffin,} Bame as vmrgin. [Pc>eticaLj 
By thb the Mtise arrives 
At EUc's Lalcd tunrfff, 

Draytitti, Polyolblon, jtxil 16M2. 
The dram. aatp«nde<l by Its tattered marm. 
Once rolled and rattled to the HeELftlnn'b chiirae. 

O, If. Uotine*, Metrical Eaany. 

loarged (mi^rjd), u, [< marge -h -trrr-^.] Bor- 
dered; having a margin. 

Frum that guld-ssnded, (lower- marc^f tliore. 

Th* Wteif, VL IflU 

margent (miir'jent), w. and a, [A vnr* of mar- 
ifiuy with oiiorigr*^ as in j^irehmf^ntj ttfrani,, etc.] 
L «. 1. A margin. [Obsolete or archaic] 
The beached inarifettt of the se»u 

Shak., M. N. a, iL L S5. 

Be not decejiv'i Jirn.ldfv; »,v u^ i» that would overawe 

your ejires wUJi inea that contra^ 

diet and repeal y con cTamnie a 

Mi«rpn4fwUhclt;.i..,,.. .!. .. .J. . B.., koriJiueotymnuili. 

By the matitriil of the »ea 

I would build myself a home. 

H, B. Stoddard, By the Margeut of the Sea. 

2. Gloss; marginal comment. 

See ut the bar the tK>oby Bette'SWorth, . , . 
Who kmiws at law nf*r tejtl nor m&rifeHi, Sw^ 

H, «. Marginal. 

Maryttit nutet uiKiti a French text. 

It. SaUmuttitlf, To WfnthropfHMJt). 

iMdvenlnre, my witlesfi V ^ nith 

note of presiunptlon, U' i' tiny 

itpplause in Uie behalf ^i , et 

Nash (Arber d. Lim, Hiuuntt 1. 4db>. 

margentf (mJlr'jent), v. t. [< margent, «.] To 
note or enter on the margin; margin. 

I preaenl It jEngland's FJiaa} in one whulc entire hrmoe, 
diiitnii^uhihlng lionly by succetaion ofyvarea, which 1 have 
utarsfented through the whole story. 

Mir /or Mafft., p. 775. Pret 

margeryf, «. [< 2kIE. lunrgenj, mttrgertfv, < OF. 
ttuirgrnr, mdrgurrir, vernacular form of mav- 
guirik', var. 01 margftrifc^ a pearL] A pearl. 
margery-pearlf, ''. [ME. «i«rr/eny/>f W. J Same 
us UHtrgrrf/. Prompt. Pttrv., p- -!*• 

And aeydc, *' noli ndtteremnn wart^fryf-tierH* 
Aniangcs ho^ge^ that ban haweji at wille." 

IHrrg Phiwman (B), x. I». 

margin (miir'jin), «. [Also marge (< P.), for- 
merly also margins (iM\n margent, q. v.); < ME. 
margin, margyne, < OF, margine (usually wargr^ 
P. marge) = Sp. margeu = Pg. tttftrgrm = it. 
margint, a border, margin, == Ser\ . marqi^j, a 
hill (as a boundary, an ant-hill, mole-till), < 
L. margo (margiH-), edge, brink, boi^ler, mar- 
gin: see jtwrk'^,] 1. A borilering or bounding 
sj>ace; a border; a emice between one edge or 
line and another, as tnat along a river between 
Ihe edge of the wat^T or of its bed and a real or 
imaginary outer line, or the like, or that between 
the edges of a leaf or sheet of paper and those 
of the printii: iingonit. In Rome plants 

the leaf (the (* ■ i 'tt^) hus^ n dii>tinet mitrtfin or 

iKKty. In the casi. of u bi.'uk^ tnat 
the clear inace between the print ; 
leaf, ealleadltllnctivcly the /rrm^ . 

marinrh is at this topof the page, tbu Uti- ■tym 

at the frwit, and the Witt/iotyin on the in n t the 

back. I'lirta of these marghis, e8i>eelalb may 

he occupied hy marginal notea, remark^ An 

tipened mtirgin is one where the leaves ) i^ n^d 

Of separated, aa with a folder, but not tr nntt 

itutrifin has not been cut anywhere; a 'reriu 

has only the more protrudin|t ragged >, >\'Uh 

seiasora ; In a rrtjpped viuirj/fji tt>o much i '. 11 cut 

away ; hi a ttUd manjin part of the print hab bc^-n out away. 
We eanie intfi the road, where I saw an antient way 
about elght4»eu feet broad, paved with large rf>nfid stonea, 
havUig a marffin on eadi aide, partly of hewi) stone. 

Pvcoek^ Deiscrlption of tlie Itiisl. IL i. mi 
Thus on Mwmder'a ftowety tNtftm'n lies 
llie dying swan. Pst»t R. of the L., v, 66. 

With plates of braas the corslet oover'd o'er 
(The some renowo'd Asteropsus woreX 
whose glltt'ring nmrifint raiaed with iDverildDe 
{No vulgar gift), £tuuelu» ! shall be thftie. 

Pep^, mad,xxltt. 641, 
Rttrta, when he sees the ba«els quiver 
Aloug the margin of the river. 

Whittier, Mogg Megone. IL 
Specifically— <a) In an engraving, tin n:o*vr left blank out- 
Hide theplate-mark. (ft)lnenffww, outer part 

of a aarfaee or diatlnct portion of nt, aa di«- 

tingniihed from the central part ■ 1 1 this wnse 

marifin iu not to be coixfonndea with #<4iF«, wliich la need to 
denote the extreme boundary of a part : but where disttnc- 
tion is unnecessary, the two terms ajre ofti it rmed ^viiony- 
nioualy. (e) In t'imrh., the edge or entif n hi- 

V al re shell . (tf) 1 n 6fif , : ( 1 > The edge. (2) 1 der, 

diflerent from the lK»dy of the organ, n* !., ;,- ..uioiia 

e^^pansJon Mirrotindiiig some seeds or aecdvenndLB ; a oar- 
row wing. 

2. Jxijmnertf, the Hat part of the stiles and rails 
of framed work« Doore which are made In two widlhi 



margin 

. , l©d in tile eerikir , and aa iM alao fhQie 

doora which nrv iDattu to imitfite two-leattitl iJ<Mira. 

3, LatiUide. wo\)i.\ or naige: fretdom from 
narrow restrietioij or limitation; room or pro- 
\ri«ion for enlarg^ed or extended aetioTL 

Their tnarunn of etfwtivu op«?nition is strictly UmiU«]: 
iiili, snch a umr^ti exhU, aau they (tnidt»'[Uiion»J hjive 
turned it to lurcuunL Itae, Couti^tuporary SocUdiam, yUL 

4, Allowaaer ii ; ^urity given, or Heope 
aflfortleil for i - i »» aa profit or loss in 
trade, error ot - i»jM*..^uon, ebange of circum- 
gtanees, div^ersity of jiidgmetit f»r opinion^ etc. 

There t» lUwaya marffin enough in this itatittQ for n lib- 
end Judge to rekd ouo way atid a aerviltf Judge auoth«iT. 
Efn*rmn, Fugitive Slave Law. 

5, In speculative dealiDg^ od the exchanges : 
(fl) The sum in money, or represented by seeu- 
ritieg, deposited by a »peoulator or trader with 
his broker as a provision against loss on trans- 
actions madt^ oTi fu'count. Thii loiirKiD is nsaally 
reckouixl a> * . ot tho par value of ntoclcA or 
bond«, and iiushe) ur barrel un grain nr oil. 

If the pTitv : [.;. il :saihf;U-tnrv oVl-lil. ."I b&^^i OT 

pnrohaac i i » profit, 

IcflM the hf - s „r riwB 

ahovetheiiii , tobepro- 

tectetl fa expi^Uitiuii uf n future ri^\»r Ml, tbi^ cuttoiooi^r 
la required to fitmlAh ('* put iip">moft'tQargta to cover 
the dlif erence. 

The bankK rcfni^l to lunn upi»n mif except ttt*irC\MM 
ooilntenil, nnd cx»iitini««lou-hoaso« feffnrdod the marlcet ai 
En a ftoixiewhiit dangeroiiji Lntnditltnt for Hpeciilators on mar- 
gin. AppUtan'ji AfitK Vijc, luStMV p. 34^ 

(fr) A deposit made by each of two brokers, 
parties to a contraet, when one is '* called up" 
(as it is termed) by the other. Thff routuHl depowit 
(USnaUyof &pt;rcv' k ar trust com- 

pway agreed up>> idy to » joint 

check or dmf t un it l oontnic t niH>n 

which it has 1km II irdlnal, costal, dentate, 

dilated margin. tires.— Dislocated mar- 

gin, .Hfy diJiKni i ■ i . margin, a nuu-vin in wbli;h 
Uiere la a Une ktoovc A\m\g thc^ onter aidti, tlie tnnrglD liolng 
thua ctimpoflad of two parallel edges or carinn with the 



tfOWttd tlie apical marfrhi. It may ariae iwia the ptcro- 
■tignil and form »curvi!4) Itnu, as in ft»me U^fm^*t*pl^» <Ut 
wmoh case it {a ulao culled th^« m4iai m»i, or it tiiAy )>& 
a po«terior fork of the cofttat vein, aa ku certain ikpiam, 
— Marginal TeslOlea. Seo tnatyitmi bodies. 
marginalia (mar-ji-nft'li-U), n. pi. INU, nent, 
oL of mar^jitwUji, mar^mU: see marfftniU,'] 1. 

irip: a collar round the oscuhun, /'. E, Sehuhc, 
marginalize (milr'ji-njil-Iz), (\: pret. and pp, 
marffitHilhed, ppr. jnanjinaU^imj, [< mnrtju*nl 
"*- -1-pJ L tmm. To furniab witli marginal 
note's, [Rare»] 

Aiit^uatine'a Confessftona, In the mme Ithnry, he (Arob- 
hiahop Ixfghton] ahuflarly manjitmliud. 

F. Jacm, LJUanry Life, p. 104. 

H, ifl truHA. To make margin n ' * l Rare. ] 

Byrou coidd tnarffinati^e w»ith di::i lud Ia 

elllty. f\ J(Kox, Li . , _ -. p. \VL 

marginally (m^''ji-n^-i), mfr* lu tbe margin, 
as* of a book, 

marginant (m^'ji-nant), fi. In 6o^. becom- 
ing marginate. 

marginate ut), r. r.; pret. wi ^. 

gat a fed, pj atimj, [< L, v, 

pp. of mutf,in<,^^, iiirnish with a UMiii, * , ^.t^i* 
fnariftHj t*.] To furnish with a margin or mar- 
gins. 
marginate (mar'ji-nat), «, [< L. martjUmtm, 
pp.: soH the verb,] HftA-in^ a tdmiv'", f^fytcif^ 



oroore between thcnu—Sroded margin, "^fc** frfMU,- 
Pllate, incraaaate, Inferior, inner, et^ r i -^ ec 

the adjectives,— If aigtn draft, '^oc — 

Margin of a courae. m arch., that i^it r r i ji* 

of a oou jw? of ilates w h Ich is left nu c n- 

perior txmnni. - To make margin. i 

liiino the proper amoant of niarfnn i > r-d 

paffeabythc md«otloJi of blank§ orof Im funiiliut i<r euit- 
able alxes. = Syn. 1, < on Tine, limit, ekirt. Sec mn, 
margin (miir'jin), r. f. [< F. H*tfr/;iimr = Sp, Pg. 
nuirffinnr =: it. mat pin arc ^ < L. marginarv^ fur- 
nish with a border,^ ntanjo {tFKtrgin-)^ a border: 
«ee marginy a.] 1, To furnish 'with a margin; 
form or constitute a margin to; bortler. 

The Ico-bom riven* , » . were matijitied uixsaaionaUy 
with 9ph-ea of dif9colori:d lut*> 

Kam, fSw. Gritiiidl Eip., II. 15a 

2. To enter in t!je margin, as a note in a book. 
—To margin np, to put up margins, a* a pn>TtBion against 
loas by a broker who haa pmvhiuicd and holda atocka.etc., 
on behalf of a customer ; oover ]o«a on acoonnt of depre- 
ofatloti of pricea. 

The concern then had #iS;50(v i v on the Bourse, 

having trebled lt« liabilitica In i mpt to manjin 

up after a fall begaii tii «SepteTi i 

AuLcr, Ecunumutt III. 170. 

marginal (miir'ji-nal), a, [= F. marfftrtal = 
fSp. Pg. mnrtfinaf = \t, marginulr^ < NL. margi- 
nali^t < L. m ri rf/o ( w/ a rf/iM-), margin: see mtirfjin.^ 
Pertaining to a margin ; Hituated on or near the 
margin; specitically, written or printed in the 
margin of a page: as, a mar(fhim note or gloss. 

To come Inti the dim rellexloii of hoI|(»w aatlQUltien M>ld 
by the atsemint^ bulk, nnd tht-re be fain to club ouotatlons 
with Men whoae learning and belief lU^ in nuirf/inal sAntH^ 
ingi. Miilun, rhiu*ch-(Jovenuiient, il, Pref. 

The pauage Iteelf i» set down m tbe tnari/inaf notes. 

Pt)jif, Temple of Fame, Adv'L 

Inner marginal celL Hee inner,^ Kargln&l bodies, 
marginal veaiclee. lu )n < -i ^ - 'vr>*. diffcrmitiated sen* 
aonr orgauB attached to t ^ ^,j umbrella. ThofK? 

which are pliTinented ar^ ^ have a victual futic- 

tlon, thoae which have In, , . ,,. , n njua to be auditory. 
(8ee cut under f if /uK^/it) Din'Tent kinds of marginal t>odie9 
haveapecial names. —MargliLal hones (^r o«<iclee.8uper- 
(fi, .r,^r >■- I v-'ital phalnngealyirtt; along tlie loueror tile out* 
t b« flipper of an i oh I h yoeaur. f See ou t under 
'-) 1110 mor^nai Ijonea fumitdi a rem&rk- 
uijii.^ ij*ni«i4^-c of moro than tho normal flvedl^gitaof verte- 
bntea«<-l|arginal cell, in mtnni., a cell or Hpn^e of the 
wing anterior i^j ihu miii^uai vein and jittiUnlng the apieod 
marirbi.— Marginal flngert, tbe hid ex- finger. 

Would I had aeen thee graved with thy great alre^ 
Ere llvetl to have meu*B mar^iyd J!fifffr$ point 
At Chjuuloii^ ae a hunented atoiy ! 

Mastinpwr and Find, Fatal r»*)WTy, ill. L 
Marginal ftlnfee, in omith, dee /nn^Tv. --Marginal 
gemmation. ^ 'Y'^f^ort^/ion.— Mainliialgynis. See 
0ynur.— Harglnal line, bi f nlom., a vaHoo^ waved or 
augnlated line ninnlTiiJ! aoman t'i- n.i*--f,..r winp: n^-ar the 
ap}(»l mnrtjin, ili^fnguiahed Iti —Marginal 

lobe, lohu le. ?^ve lohe, — Mar g . not ce pri n t td 

on the front margin or fore ed^cc .. .,,-. a.^a. Often cukkil 
aid^ no/^ji.— MaZlglnJl VelQ or nervnre, in enUmi., a vein 
of an iiit«ct's wing, eiteodfug more or leaa tongituiUnally 






ginate abaomen. 
preaaed and has th' 
as in many ^£a^i</i 

covers in a sharo ridgt, aMn tji;ihy licmn>f>-m i\w\ f.h(/,i,^i>. 
tera, and a few Cofeajptem. 
marginated (mar'ji-nMed), a, Hiime a» nutr- 

margin-draft (miir'jin-driLft), «, In imwrnry, 
a plane chiseled surface adjoining the edge or 
edges of a hewn block, a si that about the jointH 
of a nsual variety of asthler, in which the mar- 
gin-draft incloses the middle part of the face, 
wkich may either be dressed or left rough. 

margined (miir'jiud), a, [< murtjin -h -f^r-'J 
Mar^nnute; *'peci fie ally, in hot., having a di*^- 
tinet and i " edge or wiiipt. as the l>or- 

•lerH of ma ] 8. - Margined fruit-bat, O/- 

rwjitrru^innyii .. mall EaM Iiullan f»peclc<(, aUtut 4 

hicbee Ion 17, w iniHtf I'urs are marginate or etlged witJi white. 
Marginella (miir-ji nerji), w. [NL., dim. of L. 
m ft njo ( ma rffin-), ed ge, bord e r : «ee nm rpn . ] 
The typical genng of the family 
MartfinelHdfe, There are some 20<) 
apeciea. found in all wann aeoA, of unall 
sue, with itnooth oval ahelia having a 
amall r»pirat<»ry notch. Tlie be^t niprt*. 
sentattvea of the genus havi; an evideui 
spire, as M, nubfctdnfa ; muw otheni. w itb 
auhkef] Rplre^ua M , liiurata^ tnrm a «ial»> 
geiKi.^ Prn^initfir 

Marglnellacea ( mar' ji-ne-la 'se- 
ll), n. pL [NL., < Mai'ffinrNa 4- 
Uicru . ] Sa m e as Mn rtji n cH ida\ 

Marginellidae ( nmr-ji-neri-de), 

u. pL [NL., < Manjimtfa + -iVftr.] 
A family of gastropods, typified 
by the genus Marginella, The animal hot only ra- 
cnMis^Ti teeth, tentaelea approximate at lijise, eyea abovr 
tf. Hid a lanre fo<it. Tbe Bbtll Ih Involiiti' »h 

'• H *hr>rt or sunken iiplre, iiolip«]:jril iKnoilbt^ 
II- , and has Several lUstincl pLiit- ou the < oIk- 

:rMi'][;ir liji. 

marginelliform (mJir-ji-iieri^f6rm).«» [< NL, 
MonjtneUn + L. forma,, form,] Having the 
chann'ter of a Marginethi or related mollusk?. 

marginelloid (mar-ji-neroid), a. [< NL. Mar- 
ginaki + -w>?.] Of or pertaining to the Mat- 
ffifwUidtr, or to the group which that family 
represents. 

marginicidal (miir'ji-ni-si'dal), a, [< L, mar- 
go {timrgin-), border, + co'di^'t:. cut, + -<tL] In 
bo(,f a term descriptive of that mode of dehis- 
cence in which the carpels separate along their 
external line of junction, not, however, Hplii,- 
ting the septa or partitions, as in soot icidal de- 
hisceneo, but breaking away from tlienu 

marginiform (milr'ji-ni-f^rm), a. [< L, margo 
(margin-)^ edge, border, + fonna^ fonn.] Like 
a border, e<ige, or margin; forming a mere rim 
of something: as, the marginiform ears of some 
spenaoph ilea. Cours, 

margining (miir ' ji-ning), n, f\''erbal n. of mur- 
gin^ r.) Margins collectively ; also, the form or 
character of a margin ; marks or colors border- 
ing a surface: as, a black marginimf, 

majginiroBtral (miir'ji-ni-ros'triJ), a. [< L. 

margo ( wt/n/rw-), edge, bor^Jer^ + rostrum^ bilJ, 
beak: see ro«^r«^] Bordering or fringing the 
bi!l: applied by MacgillivTay to feathers situ- 



Marian 
at ed about the basal margin of the bills of birdu* 

margll] liin-lin), n. Xaut^ a line ot 

edge p - tne upper side of the wing- 

transom it) a ship and just below it, where thf 
biittf*. of the nf»er bottom-planks terminjite. 

nifir- ':-i <:'-:: '■■■"' i:'.ld), a, U '■. 

t: applied i 

Aiij'-ii'.in iM, ,-,, i i,,,,fr„,o mndbacit*i ♦*♦ r>nu u 
The tail in alctc, 

margoaa ^ mar-go '8&), ». [E. Ind.] An £as>i 
Indian tree, Jmdi'rachta Indiea {MtUa Azadt 
rachtti). Its fnnt yields a concrete lixed otJ. 
Also called ftim or /f '^m— Margoea baric **<-< 

bnrki. 

margrayate, margrayiate (mar'gni'vat, miir 
gra vi-at), w, [< imirgtart + hHIp^.J The tisr- 
ritory of a margriiv«. 

m ar grave ( «iii r ' gra v ) , « . [ Form erly 
tr/) mnrkgravi\ marekgrare, < F. mar' 
juarkgrdf^f =: MLG. / ' ' ^ Inm. 
grrre = Svv, markgi' I ML m/iK 

(OIIG. niarcgrdto), ii. >■: ....... , ( mark^ a Uji.j 

or bonier, 4- gruf, \t count: see ntarrh^ and 
grarf^,'] A German title {markgra f) , * cotint m 

fM 'rk' or i>order provi 

t" The luanrrnvea were 



l»aIoncral was thv 

Tluw- 
llttlec^Mt , ^ , , ,;,,.i 

MtUity, Dutcii UcpuhLu;. 1. itUi. 
mar^aviate, «. i^ce margramte, 

margravine ' vi-ven), «. [< F 

rinr (=1). w = MLiL twcir/ >: 

MlKL muriii- .., .utOftdtHHiw^i}^ i 
= Sw. markgrrjrinna = Dan. mnr! 
fern, of mnrgrnre, margrave: see m- J 

The wife of a toargrave. 

marguerite ( m lir ' go-r© t) , », f^ P, margutriti^, 
a daisy, a peari, < L. ui' ■ ' ' t ^ 
H i>eH rl : see m a rga ret, 

monEiuopeandsis\ , 

eica from Teneri i >v /hf. 

also called /'nm ^ the 

common o.xeyedui^y, but uiih leaves lUMr.' ii- 
aected. It h Buece*«ful im u winter bloomer, whilt i,. 

latter ia not. 't - fir ytrllow variety, fW#/r>i 

tnarffvsriU, s nth ttmtm, — Blue mai - 

gndrlte, Detr 

JBArgtiett6 niiiir gii'ta ), a. In /ler., same as 
ncckid, [\, 

Mar^yricarpus (mjir'ji-ri-kar'pns)^ w, [NL. 
(Ruiz and Pavon, 1794), < Gr. fiap}af}JTrj^, a pearL 
+ KapTTit^, fmit,erroneously for* J/rtr//^ rot /orr^r- 
p«*.l A ^enus of rosaceous shrubs belonging 
to the tribe PoUriea\ characterized by her- 
maphiwlite tlowers which are axillary and soli- 
tary and have a calyx without bract s, no petals, 
two stamens, and one carpeL Tb- * »- i.r , . t.i..,. 
rigid, leafy shrubs, with pinnate Icavi 
siduuoua flowers seai^tle in the axiU 

elt'ft. natives of South America. 31. *,' .,m,v« 

cultivated under the nanie of p^arl^berry orpear^/rwii^. 

mariagetf «. An obsolete form of marriage 

mariaBte (mar'i-al-it), n, [Formation not 
known.] A kind of scapolite found near Na- 
ples. It is essentially a silicate of alnminium 
and sodium with some so<lium chlorid. See 
sea po fife, 

Marian^ (maVi-nn), ff. [< L, Marianm^K Afari- 
ttK (see def j, the name of a Roman gens,] Of 
or pertaining to Cains Marius, a noted Roman 
genend (died 86 B. c), or his followers. 

eo ^ pftrty. ho 

ol- !ii) refu»at bi 

Marian'^ ( ma 'ri-an) , a, [< ML, Marian ur^ < LL. 
Mutitiy MatT : see marg^^ marry^S\ 1 , Of or per- 
taining to the Virgin Mar^*: as. the MaHau doc* 
trine of the Roman Catholic Church.— 2. Of or 
pertaining to Queen Mary of England, daughter 
of Henry VIC. 

Of all the Mftrian martyrf, Mr. Pbllpotwaa the hest-boru 
gentleman, FMlltr, 

The fate of the EnglUh I*rote*taiitj8, eiileii umki tfir Mn, 
nan adinlntstrathin, wn», ns the day arrived, * 
of the EuglLih rapiats under the government 

/, D'laradi^ Amen. ^>f i . , i . 

Marlan-'H(niar'i-an), n, [Also .\f a nVi« ; < OF. 
Marion, dim. of Marie^ Mary: see marnf^, Ct, 
mafirt, nwrionetU',] 1. See Maid MQriatt,-^2, 
Same as mariet, Coigrare, 



Marlanism 

Marlaniam (ma'ri-an-izm), n. [< Matian^ + 
-i vm J The adoration of the Virgin, 

mari<m6, n. [E. IdcL] An imp or cIomc»n« 
In these F«rt« ore hujze woodi, harboun of LIoiia, Tigen. 
Ownce^ mnd Marieket, which haue MaJdens (licra unit 
8<:orploaa UljIbl Purehm, PUgrim&gL% p. 460. 

lliaricolOT18(ttiii-rik'o'his), a. [< L. wiarr^tJie sea» 
+ cokn\ dwell.] liihttbiting the sea; oceanic 
or i>^ljigic! in habitat, as an animal or a plant. 

marid (raar'jdj, /i, [Ar. marUl, rebellious, reb- 
els } In Molutmmtdan myth,^ an evil jinnee or 
genie or demon of the most powerful class. 

It li utily when he caitumt briii^ his lovt^ra to|^f<thcr, or 
h»vlti|t clone w> cantiot tlnd enough Qm uf trouble to tt'st 
thdr eoiifetiDCVt thftt the Arab "nicont«ur" intnxlucoa hi* 
g«nie, 'nftttv' or '^fiuiriMf/' or clmngeA hia heit» into aa 
»p«, EdifUiutyh Ilet. , C LXl V, Ifl^, 

taarie^t, r. A Middle EngU«li form of marrtf^. 
marie^l, in tcrj, a Middle English form of mnrty^, 
marie^'^t, n, [Var. of marrou'^i in this form, 
in the second quot., confuseil with Mary^ a 
woman's nameO A companion,- mate; atten- 
dant. 

What '• baooma o* vonr jnariat, Maiirv? 
Waiie and Lady Mauiy (CliUds DuIImLi, 11. 59), 
Yesti-eett the l)tn^n hud four Marietf 
Tho night pf '" *: ' nt thitJe ; 
There was i ftriii Murte Uoaton, 

And Afarit . mid mc 

TA* QtiJ^H M Mamr (ChiJd'i JlsJlwU in, 113X 

mariet (mar'i-et), ». [< OF. marictti, in pi. 
•* Marie ta, f ., marie ts, marians, violets, Coventry 
bellfl" (Cotpfravftj, also a kind of Vampanuki, F. 
mariette, dim. of Marie, Mary: see marrj^'^.] An 
old name for the canterbury-l>ell, Camjtanula 
Medium: also called Morinn^s rio/<^, translating 
tbf ohl Latin name Viola Mariuna, 

marigenous (ma-rij'e-nus), a. [< L. mare^ the 
seu, + '{tetmsf produced: see -gvtmus.^ Pro- 
duced in or by the sea, [Rare.] 

mari^ald (mai''i-g61d)» n, [< Mari/j i. e. the 
Virgin Mary^ + goI4, Cf. D. {loudhhwm = G. 
ffoldbiumet marigold, lit. *gold-tiower'; Gael. Itts 
Mairi, marigold, lit. ' Mary's plant.'] 1. Prop- 
erly, a composite plant of either of the genera 
i'alemhht and Titfieies. C. qfleiiutlU in nm coin won 
Kardcm ur pot-niai1|ro1d. of aome uae In d> elnir and medi- 
clue. (S«e cut under braet) The tpecies of Tai/etsi hear 
the name of A^frican or #Y^rk?* mnririold, though their 
origin la In South Auierlmi and Mexi«x>. T. erectn, the 
ip«clflc African inariirold, la stout and erect, with elub- 
<\-'^^^'"* ' ' Inricles and orange- or lemon-colored headL 
lie apec!itlc Flench marigold, has cytJnddciil 
I m1 nnrniwer heitd*, the rtya orange or with 

u ^. K ni *:i p.. rmri-u3 Its from 8oBth Africa, 

jir-- -[':■ .^■- -f />j..., .f ,1 ,n.."/,:. v,r, f. .[ , , H:]" ty cla*6cd uiider Of* 
^.il^.'A!. l\ y/^'!.j/>:. uiti'i '.i :,<[,■ raya, cto^ea In dark 
wejALJici. ijiv iimuv in iii»j iipplitKl to vArioQHi other 
chiefly guhlen dowered plants, commonly with an adjec- 
tive or hi comfioaltiufi. 

A iJarltuid braided witlj tiie flowery foulda 
i>f yellow Citrons, Tum-Ails, Mnnhifftuld/i. 
Syipuitef, tr. o( Dii BartuA* Weeka^ ih, The Mognlfleence. 
The ttmriiiidd^ that fgiHSM to bed wT the aim, 

ShaJt., W. T. (v. 4. 106, 
Kiafr b tho tnariifutd, for pottngo meet. 

Oay, Shepherd's Week, I. 45. 
2t. A piece of gold money: so called from its 
color. 

Ill write It, an' yon will, In Hhort-hand, to despatch Im^ 
mediately, and presently go titit five hamlred tnor^roMf in 
* pttrse for you. Cotdet^, Cutter of Colemizi 8tve«L 

Oom-martgold, in Cireat Biitaln, Ckrifmntkemum m^- 
turn, growing among crops^ Al*o called Md-mariipilfl , 
inl(lfMr^|Mcf-—F^tid marigold, an lll-fimellinK Ameri' 
can weed, B^todia (?Ary*nn(AifTnrtwf<y(.— Flg*marlgOld, » 
platit of the geniiB Mt»-inf*ryanthemnm, 

marigo Id -inch ( i n a r ' i -ml d -fi n c h ) , n . Tb e gold- 
en -crest fd vvrt!U» Ilajniu,^ cr in tutus, 

Marigold-wiBdow (tnar'i-gold-win'do), n. In 
a rch , , s ame as rose- ir i ndmc . [ Bare or obno! © te . ] 

maiigraphL (mar'i-gi^f), «. [C F. vmiitfraptw, 
< L> mart:, the sea, + 6r. )/mS^*v, write.] A 
self-registering instrument for making a con* 
tiunous record of the height of the tides ; a tide* 
gaf?e. 

marigrapMc (mar-i-grafik), a, [< mariqraph 
+ -t(\\ Pertaining t^J or obtained by means of 
a mfirigra|>h. 

mariklli (mar'i-kin), «. Same as marilitm. 

mariMna (mari-ke'nii), w. [NL., from a 
native name.] A sort oiF srjiiirrel -monkey, the 
silky marmoBet or tamaiin, Midas or JaerhitA- 
romlin. It Is of a brlglit-yejlowleh color with lon^ hair 
nt>ont the head, making a kind of niaua It inhahitn the 
rcgi* .fi « if (hi.* upper Amajcon, and waa formerly In much re 
4 pu -t^t a4 n pet Also called ^tkjf monJk^ and Hon-mottkey, 

marinade! (mar-i-nM'), n. [< F. mtritiadt\ 
pickle, C tmirin^ of the sea: see nmrine and 
-flifcl.] 1. A compound liquor, generally of 
wine and vinegar, with herbs an<l spiees, in 
which fish or meats are ateojped before cook* 
jng to improve their flavor.— Sf, Pickled meat, 
either fiesb or fish. K l^hilUpSf 1706. 



.16B0 



marinade^ (mar'i-nad),*'. t.; pret, andpp. nuiri* 
nadvd, pyif. n 
as marinate. 



nadvd, pyir.marinadinif, [< marinadrt «.] Bamo 



marinade- ( mar-i-n ad ')f». iCt^maHnada^A In 
the West Intiies, a little cake made of the emble 
core of the *^abbagc-palLu. 

Tlioae delicious little aikt^t calleit marinad^M, which 
you htatr the coloi*e<l peddlers ealllniz <»ut f^»r sole. 

Harper' » Mag., LX XV II. 327. 

Itfarin© (mii'ri'ne), m. pi, [XL. (Bent ham and 
Hooker, 18H3), fern. pi. of L. warinus, marine.] 
A series of monocot ' V is marine planlt* 
of the natural order idia\ charaetor- 

ized by having the c i^,. .u project beyond 
the thick radicle. It embraces tbe genera En- 
hala^^ Thaktsma. and Halitphila, natives of the 
Indian and South Pacific oceans. Alao eaUed 
ThakiMica;. 

marinaget, « . [< OF . »w? n « age ( = Bp . wo rinqjv ) ; 

< marin, marine, + -age,} Beamanship. 

And with helpe of oar orea within the bardCb and hy 
other craft e of marymaifft with grcte dylTj^culte and fere 
tliey keptc the Gidye froine the shore. 

Sir It. Gu^l/ttrd*, Pylgrymage, jk tsL 
marinal (ma-re'nal), a. [i marine + -a/,] Of 
the sea; saline; bitter, [Rare.] 
Thase here are feitlvat not maritMl wateni. 

Itev. T. A darns, Worka, L HJ8. 

marinata (mar'i-nat), t\ t ; prot. and pp. mari- 
itatedf pp. marinating. [Var, of muriimdA^ r., 
as if < marine + -ala^J] To salt or x>i<^^l©j fts 
fish, and then pre8er\"e in oil or vinegar. 

Why am I styled a cook. If I'm m loath 
To marinaU my tltth, or fletujon broth Y 

W. KitiQ, Art of I '^wkerj'. 
They set before u» , . . a Marinal ed iiigi>ut ttuvonred 
with cumln-siH.Ml, 

/f. F. Burton, tr. of Aniblan Nights, L 27d. 

marine (ma-ren')* a. and «. [In present pron. 
after raod.^., but found in ME., marine, maryne, 

< OF. and F. marin = 8o. Pg, It. marino, of' the 
sea; fem. as a noun, F, marine = 8p. Pg. It, 
tnariim^ the sea-shore, sea, shipping interests, 
etc.; < L. w«HiM*.sf, of or belonging to the sea, < 
mare, the sea, — AS. mf-re, a lake, = E, nwre : 
sec mere^.l 1, a. 1. Of or pertaining to the 
sea; characteristic of the »ea; existing in or 
formed by the sea: aw, a marine picture or view ; 
the marine fauna and flora ; marine deposits left 
by ancient seas; marint! tides.^ — 2. Relating to 
or connected with the sea; used or adapted for 
use at sea ; acting or operating at sea : as, a ma- 
rine chart ; a wKiriw^ league ; a manne engine ; 
Marine forces. — 3t. Relating to navigation or 
shipping; maritime; nautical; naval. 

Ttie code of maritime lawi^ which are called the lawi 
of Qleron, and are received by all nntfons in Enrope ai 
the groattd and nibstTuction of all tliv Ir mariiu i onstitu- 
tloiii, waa coiifeaaedly complied by our King Richard ihe 
Fli»t^ BiacJt$tonf, Com., 1, Jfiil. 

4. In *o67,, tee hnle ally, inhabiting the high 
seas; oceanic; pelagic: distiugnishecj from 
maritime or littoral — Fleet marine officer. Hee 
/erf i}.— Marine add, hydrochloric acid.— Uarlne ba- 
rometer. See (onnnrepr.— Marine bell Same as 
tJune-mMe titnit (whldi aee, under mt^).— Marine tKkiler, 
a boiler iFpeclally sdapted to use In steam boats and steam- 
shlpe. Maxlmam beatings sarf ace with a minimum of euliic 
apftce occupied by the entire builer and furnace in a dtH- 
tjncthre f«ittire of marine botlers, In which nlscn the bent 
proimrlion of grate to Iteatlng^flurfact^, arrjmgement of 
liaiiH to ftcicnre active vrater-circulatlun, strength, diim^ 
i>jlity, and convenience In firing are points to which the 
greatest attention is naid* CoiTUgated plwtcs for direct flre- 
Mirfaoe and forced-draft are prominent characterlstlca of 
modent marine iMjilera of the beit t^-pes.-- Marine con>s. 
8ee eorp^i, — Marine cotton. 8am e af ttdenot. ^ Marine 
dttckfl, tho aeaducks; the subfamily .Puli^tmr. — Ma- 
rine engine, any steam -eaglne adapted for uj^e in sen 
going steiimers.— Maiine flIlgllieeiFlng. •'^ce rmvai en^ 
ff\ntrrin:t, [luder en^infi^rinff.—Mtailie glue^ goTeraor, 
guard, hOBpltaL Aee the nouns. —Marine ineuranoe. 
See ijisurantx, 1,— Marine league, S^ee kaffue^.—MA- 

rlne offloer, an onictT of Uw rnariiie corps.— Marine 
railway, » railway, » vitenitliJg from the tihore Into the 
sea, on which YoBsela ore hailli^d up to be repaired or are 
transported from one bod^ of water to another, —Marine 
aauce, Por^Ayra t^/^iAin*, n common seaweed.— Marine 
BOap, «i kiiid of Boap well adopted for wnsbing with 
sea- water made chleHy of cocoanut-oil. — Marine store, 
a place where old ships' materials, us canvas, juuk, Iron, 
etc., are liought and soM: applied also to tliopa where 
any old articles, aa Iron, g^rease^ ropes, etc, are boaght and 
fold. In Great Britain the keener of the store must have 
his or her name with '' Dealer in Marine Ht«vre« "palntett 
distinctly, In letters not less than sin inches long, over the 
door, lie mn iit register h in pu rch oaca, n< >t h uy from a per 
son apporeutly under aii£ teen, and not cut up any cable or 
article exceeding llvo fathonifl In k'ti»?th wUhont an order 
from a Justice of tho peace,— Marine surveyor, a civil 
offlcrr wbn «tirveys ship* for insuruncc, repairs, etc,— 
Marine wolf, in her., a bearing resembling n nort of 
seal, the bead of which is made ferocious with projecting 
tasks, etc.=8yil, Xami, Nautiml, etc See maritime. 

H. H. It. The sea-sUore, 

I do vow to wite that thel haue had stronftc bataile 
bc-furt) (ogres In the playn a-gclu the a&lADei^ that all the 



Mariolater 

con trey hadde robbed, and all the maryne and the port«8 
toward Dover. Merlin {E^ E. T. t* ), », SSO. 

Every evening they 4olaeo themselves aloitu ' 
tho men uij boiitt^back, and the women in lui 

2. Bbipping in general; the maritime interest 
as represented by ships ; sea-going vessels con- 
sidered collectively, either in the aggregate or 
as regards nationality or class t as, the mer^ 
catitile marine of a country; the naval marine. 

Holland is rapidly increuising Iut f^l«^aiti martnf, 

D. A, WelU, imr Merchant Marine, p. 31. 

3. In France, specifically, tho naval establish- 
ment; the national navy and its adjuncts; as, 
the minister of marine, or of the marine, 

The flrat tfactlon&I wiahcd France ... to attend solely 
to her martiK', . , . and thereby to overpowcf "' " n 
ber own element. £^rJt«, A Regit i 

4. A soldier who serves on board ot -, . ., j. 
war; one of a body of troops enlisted to do mili- 
tary serxnce on board of ahips nr ni dockyards. 
In the UnittMl States and British \ are clothed 
and armeil ptimtbirly to infantry ■ 

5. An en]i>ty liottle. Beo 1 ^ fion. 

I have always heard that empty bottler were, especially 
among nrmy men, called marine*. J ren>pml»er that *nnie 

aixtyyeiu^sagottgo*'! ' ' * i, - ii r <i.i, i, ..t*^.^ 

IlukeofYork. UU i 

vlvial meeting, lltlk 

ceptibllitles of any tmiu |ntMiu, .mttitM/ n ^t'^viu«l cm 

'* take away those marina." N. and Q., 7th *er., VI. 38, 

6. In painting^ a sea-piece; a marine view. 

On the right hand of one of the marine$ ot 8a] vat or, in 
tho I^ltti Palace, there fi a poasage of sea reflect Itig the 
sundae. Hmkin. 

Eoyal marines, troopn who aerve on Biitish ships of 
war— TeU that to the marines, that will do for the 
marines, ox i-T state 

mcnt made or t that, 

owing to their 1- ---were 

formerlv raadti Untib vi f>> thi iK^iiiJury. 
marine (mar-i-na'), a. |;F., < marine, the sea: 
see mariuf.'l In her,, liaving the lower part of 
the body like the tail uf a fish : said of any beast. 
Compare sea -lion, 

marined (ma-rend'), «. Same as marine. 
marineeTi «. An obsolete or archaic form of 

mariner, i h a u eer ; ( 'oleridfft , 
mariner (nmr'i-n^r), n. [fearly mod, E. al&o 
marriner : < ME. mariner, mariner, maroncr, i 
OF. (F. and Pr.) marinier (= Bp. marinero =: 
Pg. marinheiro — It. mariniere^ marinient), a sea- 
man, < marin, of the sea: see manne.^ A sea- 
man or sailor; one who directs or assists in the 
navigation of a ship. In law the term also in- 
cludes a servant on a ship. 

And (theyj hadde goode wyndo and softe, and goode 
mamfurrirlieni for to tflde, till thel come to the Rochellwlth- 
oute eny trouble or aunoye. Mrrlin (E, E, T. .**.), IIL 879. 
Tbanoe the Ifarn, i i • letany. 

r- i io of Eng. TniveU, p* ML 

Meantime bi^ i ,, i^ r* he hastes 

His shat^r'd auula wiLh rigging to restore. 

Drj/den, Annus )lir»ib|Us, at^ e4>. 
It Is an nnclent mnriii^. 
And he stoppeth one of three. 

C(4mdife, Atieletit Mariner 

Fly of the mariners^ compass^ the Lompaaa-card.^ 
Marin era* compass, f^ee omtpaw, 7.— Maater mari- 
ner, the cai<ti\ln of a meichant vessel or Ashlng-veaseL 
= &yil. Spnnton, etc, Hec mtlfor. 

mariner shipt < ioBr'i~n^r-«Mp)» n. [< mariner + 

-.v/ii;^] Soinuauship, 

Having none experience In the feate of marinftthippe. 

LTdaU, tr. of Apophthegms of Eraxmiis, p, €, 

Tlje Phiniicinns, fKifomis for Marchiimtisi' nmi Marri- 

nerahip, sailed from the Hcd 8ea round aliout Afrikc. 

Pun^a$, Pilgrimage, p. QO. 

Marinism (ma-re'nizm), n, [< Marini (see 
def.) 4- ^ism.^ Extreme mannerianj in litera- 
ture, like that of the school of Italian poets of 
the seventeenth century founded by G. B. Mari- 
ni (15G9-162fi), which was eharacterissed by ex- 
travagance in the use of metaphor, antitheses, 
and forced conceits. 

Achilllni of Bologna foil owed In Marin t's steps. ... In 
ffcncral, wc may say that all the poets of the I7th century 
were more or leas infected with Marinmn. 

Knci/c. tint,, XIII. BU. 

Mariniat (ma-re'uist), a. [< It. Marinista; as 
Marini (see ifciriwtffwi).] A poet of the seliool 
of Marini. 

There wna for a time a large class of ImitAtort of hll 
[MarlTilfii style, cnlled MarinitU. Amer. Cye., XJ- W7. 

marinorama (ma-re-no-rfi'ma), n. [Irreg. < L. 
marinits, of the sea, + Gr. itpntin, a view, < ofniv, 
see.] A representation of sca-\iews; an exhi- 
bition of scenes at sea in the manner of a pan* 
orama. I Rare.] 

Mariolater (raa-ri-ora-t*ir), H. [< Or. Mapla, 
Mary, + >«r/^/f, worshiper: see rr7o/r»^#T,] One 
who woi-ships or pays religious devotion to the 
Virgin Mary; one who practises Mariolatry* 



MarloUtry 

Mariolatry (mn-ri-ora-tri)» n. [< Gr. Mapia, 
Mary, H- /tiTptm^ worsliip. Cf. klotatr^.] The 
warship or relicioun veuerution of the Virgiu 
Mary: iif<eti with the intentioti of iTn^lvrng that 
it is- I ^vorship 

due t u> Roman 

kil lu the Vb-glii MftTv 
I Midia. Also •itell«D 

j;„.. ,„.,..<„.,,, 
marionettd (mar'i-o-iiLM ' ), «. [ < F. manonnetU!. 
pup|.»«t> also formerly * little Mimou/' dim. or 
Ifarloif, Marion, dim. of Mtirw^ Mai'y, for Mari- 
oletie^ a dim. of Alnriuk', the name formerly 
griveu to little Hgui-eH of tUt? Virgiu Mary: see 
marnfi,^ 1, A puppet moved by strijiifs; one 
of a ftet of srufh puppets used to represent ehar- 
acters on a mrnuc stage. ^ — 2, Tbebuffle or buf- 
fle-headed duck. Jutlubon. [Lonisiana,]^ — 3, 
A smalJ complicated arranij^emeui at the end 
of the batten in a ribboc-hmm, for aetuatin^ 
the racki* of the shuttles. It is curiously life- 
like ill its motiou!^, whonee the name. 
Mariotte's law. iSee Um:^, 
mariposa-Uly ( mar-i-po'sOi-lil'i), n. [< 8p. Mori- 
fjftsu, n l»uttcriiy» + E. fihf.l A plant of the ge- 
uiiH t^alochortu^. Also called ht^tierJly-tuUp, 
maripUt ( mar' i -put), «. [Also mtir/tu t : a nati ve 
uame«] The Afrieau aoril or zoriJle, Zw-ilhi 
enpetmit or Mtriata, a small animal striped with 
black and white, belonging to the family Mm- 
ti^UdiV and subfamily ^vr/VfiHrr, ami resembling a 
skunk in color and odor. Having been described 
as Viverra zorilln^ it has been regarded errone- 
ously as ft kind of civet. 

marischal (mar'i-shal), n. [An obs. or 8c. form 
of i)H\ishal.'\ 8anie as marHhnl, The dignity of 
Tunrii^olul tittlerward tiiirt mariachal) of Scotjaiid wiia he- 
reditary in the fAinlly of Keith for several conturic«, tiU 
the Att^iidt.*r of its laat tticunibeiit tu iTld. 
marish (mar'ish), n. and tt. [£arly mod. £. 
marcnh, mumtr, m«*'Nv, m«mcf, ii*arrf««e;<MK. 
marcUft murt'i/Sf mtiraiHt >« i/r< '*«<», fiiafr<M*f, < OF, 
murelSf maroi^, F. tnnmis — Fr. nmres = It» 
mtttr^ej < ML. ^marinifis, a marsh, < L* marr, 
& sea (lake), -♦- tenn. -I'u^is, E. *€8e (see mewl 
and w.vt); these formic being mixed with OF, 
mtti'e^qs = Pr. tmircj: (for *marsc)f < ML, mans- 
cn», a marsh, appar. based on L. mare, sea (lake), 
as if < L, man\ sea, + t^rm. -isem, E.-iah^t *JiAt 
prop. < MLG. mersehy mrirsch, /««*e/i, LG. mnrach 
= G, martteh = Dan. momk, a aiHr^ih, = AS, 
mer.^c, wet ground, of the Banie oil, formation: 
see m/fffih, Cf. mftrffss,] I, ii. A marsh. [Now 
only pitetical.] 

Doun to « ni^reyfM fiMito by Rhe ran. 

Ckaueer, Wife of Hath '» Tale, L 114. 
The woAse mid the nutmtme^ Hit inounttex fkj hye. 

Mt*rt4f Arthtu-f (E. E. T. ^,\\. 20H. 

Tlie Mmte nyicbt that thul dtpurrt-^l from CAiueloth that 

thol eume to a CaAteU that t^v i ' "W, bo wele and 

■i» fiiirt) ftitthigci, HU m cIodb tl > ruiuii tuaautti. 

i; s T. S.), ill, rt04. 

It wriis IriiiJt itt » Marvth, lifc^ujne ol tairthquake*, 

FvrchtiM, migrinu^e, p. ;taci. 
IDjUiked wUb a diti^h, and forced out ot a m&ti*h. 

B. Joiukni, rnderiTHtMlB, IxlL 
And fur through the mariMh green and itUl 
Th« t^knglcd wut^ir-couri'ttfi eletd. 

Tentiymin, Dying Swaii. 

H, tt. Marshy, [Now only poetical.] 
ThU I'utititroy uf Moscoitie hath aliio very mauy and 
Ipruat rliien In ft, and Is itutrijfh irronnil In iti»iiy places. 
HaJclUift'» VoyoffU, h 247. 
The frank aun of naturc« rlcar and rare 
Breuda (loiiionoui foge In tow and marigh inlndii. 

LoweUt Dora. 

marisb -beetle {mtLt ' lab • b^ ^ tl ), n. Same as 

Marist (ma'rist)^ n, and «, [NL, Matista^ < LL. 
Mnria, Mary (see def,): see w«7rr//2.] I, u. A 
member of & Roman Catholic congregation de- 
voted to the management of schools, instruc- 
tion in indiir^try and agrienlture, etc, it wm 
founded at BonletiuK tri ISIS, and haamany estabUshmenU 
In f'ra.nce and ot her coiintrlc*. U nllk« the Brethren of the 
CbiiattAn Schooltjthf Mariatarecelvti pay from their puiilla. 
II. ft' Pertaining or relating to the Virgin 
Mary; devoted to tne service of the Virgin: as, 

maritagimn (raar-i-taj'i-um), u. [ML.: see 
marriofji.] In frHiial hi^t., the right of the king, 
upon the death of a tenant in oapite, to dis- 
pose of the heiress (and, by a later extension 
of the right, of Ihe heir, if male) in marriage. 
Thi* right, which orfphifttcd in the interest of the feudal 
•aX^ertor to iet-iirv n tit ti'tiintt, grew to Iw a pecntdary re- 
MMirce, and wa« enforced by iniposing an litdrs and bolr- 
owe* refuting to be thasdlspo«e4i of, urniarrylnK without 
royal eona«nt, a fitrfeitureof doable the vatne of the rig;ht 
of dlimcMal tlitia flenied. 

marital (mur'i-tal)» a. t= F. marital ^ Sp. 
Pg. uiiiriUd = It» jmiritatr, < L, maritaUat, of or 



3631 

belonging to married people, < maritns^ of or 
belonging to marriage, a^ a noun, maritui, m,, 
a bugbaiiil, mantat L^ a wife: see marrif^,] 1. 
Of or pertaining to a hushandt (^r to marriage as 
it concerns the husband : as, martial rightfl or 
authority ; marital devotion. 

A hiiaband may «crci.-M ' : ',/; anttiorit) mj far a* 

to igiw bl» wift] modcratr 

^4. finif, {RichardMm.) 

Hence— 2. PertainiuK 1<j of of tht^ nature of 
marriage; raatrimonial; connubial. 

It fa nld tliat maritid ullUnce Iwiweun those mcoi In 
lUUjaittraL A', A, Urn., CXLII. 4.^!^, 

Marltft! if>^*^r>-i /..*^...*/ .,.-,*...>,-, tr. ^''.... ''-"■ t),.. 

clrcani 
bioagr 

fiitb^T ; this s . 

Puc/tfo. =SVK ) 

]>l», of marttarr (> It. mari(are), marry: se<* 

many^,] Htiving ii hiisbaud. BaiUtf^ 1727. 
maritimt, ^^f. Bee maritimr, 
maiitimalt (,u^^'*'it'i-nml), «. [< maritime + 

-fl/,] Hnine an maritime. 
f^kill of w&rllltc ieruict\ and cxpcrletice la vmriH^twl 

cansfB JJtilinMhtd, Deacdp. of lrolAiid» Kp. Ded. 

maritimatef (ma-rit'i-mat), a, [< marifinw + 
wi/rl.] Ailjoining the sen ' •"'-'<iuie, 

f^^viiig h(s ow n name to Si>i f- province \m 

that side. n^t, World, L^ 

maritime (mar'i-tim or -tiin)» a. [Formerly rIho 
maritim; ( V. maritime ss Sp. maritimo = Pg. It, 
marttimo, < L, maritimiafy also maritumu^, of or 
belonging t^» the 8ea» < mare, the sear see ma- 
riHC.'\ 1. Of, pertaining to, or eonneeted with 
the sea or its uses ; hiivinjr physicnl relation to 
the sen: as, maritime dangers or pursuits; a 
maritime town or power, 

The liorlera maritimt 
iMik blood to think on 't. 

Shot., A. lod C, i. 4. bl. 

Btli the Mabotnet&ui made the midst of the land the 
Mut of tholr Emjiirt', botli the better to keep the w hide in 
aubjoctioa, and for fear at the Christiana Invading the 
rmritmi plnceft. Satuiyt, Travail** a<«»2X P^ KT*^ 

2. Relating to or coneemed with marine navi- 
gation, employment, or interesta: as, tmitHtimr 
Uw; a m<mOwr project. 

flla youiU and want uf eipertence In marittmit lervloe. 

Sir H. WUUm, iMike o( liuclcinglmm. {Lutham.) 

Even In the vmritimi rei^n t*f guuen Elizabeth, air VaI- 

Wftfd Coke thlnka It matter of boiist that the txtytti navy 

ol England thrn vuualBt^^ of three an d-tbirty tsblpH 

Bittckt^oiu, Cum., L xiii. 

3. Ill ;w>7, , technically » inhabiting t he Hea^nhore; 
lining coagtt wise; littoral: distinguiKhed frcnti 
mfiritit\ 

Tndralned and raarshy land fa, however, bett iuit«d to 
thia bird (the pewit or lap wins], whose habiti are partly 
ttutritime, W. W . Greener, The Gun, p. f>26. 

Maritime Assizes of Jerusalem. See a«»utp.— Marl- 

time contract, u l iten to navitfatton or 

ciuiimercf by Ha( . seamen, a ebitrier- 

l»artv, a uiaHiit-li thf^ tfVe ns dHtln. 

jrnlahed from thr' ; id, 

mr'en although ha V I to 

buiidashJip, which I he 

distliiution lies in Mn- f.i'J tJi:*? >:,.urt^ "l ;^ilimr;iHy have 
jmifldk'tiun of tausc* ftrlnint!; m»"ler maritimt cohtnicta. - 
Maritime courtfl. !*ee cwrrr ^ Maritime fnUt-bat, 
Cifnon^fcttris afnple^ticnudaia, found alun^t coasts from the 
Feralao gulf to Oie Philippinea.— Maritime Interest, a 
premium or rmte of interest allowed on a tiottomry bond» 
and not limited t»y the usnry laws.— Maritime law, the 
lyatem of principlea and rules which regulate pnaporty, 
btisiuDM, ajid cuudiict in raaltera of navigation and of com- 
nier^e by water. — Maritime liens. See lim^, 1 (ft>.- 
Marltlme state, ^n expression ?H:»mettinea used to desig- 
note the IxKly which eonsUts of the oflleera and msrtnen 
of the British navy, who :u-e governed by express and per* 
manent 1aw«» or the articleii of the navy, eataolished by act 
of Parliament Imp. Ditt - Maritime tort, a wrong tjio 
comral&«iun of whiob occurs on the high seas, so that It la 
within the jurladietfon of a court of admtndty. = gytt. 
Marine, MnrUime^ NatxA^ NmiUcaL Marine rtjfei-s to the 
fvea in ita merely physleal aapecta: aa^ a marim product; 
inarin£ faumi; manam deposlta. MarUitne refers to the 
sea more cftpeelally as a field fur human action, or as con- 
nected with hnman interestw, and tn posiMon on or near 
thes4»: i», Oruat Britain i« a mfiritimt nation^ and a great 
n4xiNzi power ; we apeak of uiaritime laws, interests, perilH» 
life, By derivation tut mil refers to ships, and naHhaat to 
sailors. Kami te appHc&ble more especially in what i>er 
tains to a ship of war or a navy, Its crew, I't^niniri. i.f* tne- 
tics, etc., bat In aome nsei to shipping in u^ 'i- 

ctU to wtiat pertnlns to the science or uri ii : 

as, futml offlcers, heroes, battles, admiiustm a 

profession ; mtml stores ; tut utieal catculat v- ' i e 

yaval Observatory; a nautictil almanac; ' < 

menu. A naidiml mile Is viewed as a m\h ;- .. .^^.:<d. 

iiiaritomiclear(niar'i*t6'nri'kle-|Lr)»«, t< man- 
tonuvkm + -fTr8.] Pertaining to a raaritonu- 
cleus. 

raaritoinicleilfl(raar'i»to-iJTi'ldf-iis),».; iiL mnr- 
i to n ttclri (-i ) . [ NL ,,<.'L' ma ritnH, nQarriedi + » u- 
eleH4t, nucleus.] In emf^yol,, a *' married*' bi- 



mark 

aexed or duplex nneleus; the rcnovotcd nucletiii 
of an ovum after its union with thf mnle pro* 
nucleus or spennonucleus. H*' dfUft, 

Ihjait, Froc. Boet, 8oc. Nat. Hi M. 

majiturientt (mar-i-tii'ri'eiit), tu 1% i*. tuari* 
tus^ a husband (tudritare, fro«rry), "+• -^Hritrnt, 
dt sidrrntive BuliiA, as in t^uritnt, etc.] Wish- 
ing to become a husband. .Sc>t<l/f«ry, The Doctor, 
cxjcvi. (DaricM,) 

marjay (miir'ja), «• 8a me aa margai/. 

marieromt, «» Hee matjoram^ 

marjoram (mlir*jo-r»ti>), w* [Early rofMi, B. 
ii\ho ma rjr mm tf marf/mm, way*jrromfj miKjrnt 
,u.,,-,.,rj,\i HOM>r/i.i/ >,>>it,>,nf^, majorauy < M 
*rati. < OF. *marj\ 
'itif^ r- mnrjot flint 
►Sp. MiujitruHa = Tg. hi a I or a Ita ^ ■ > zsl 

mi^oratia, tnaff^fiftrntitt — T>. ma ir- kiIHi 

= MHG, »<' ■■><H>\ iuttiou, Oi 

tiiajorau, di < ML, mfijon 

e«, a corrupt .,..., i.^ 1. ajUoenee, uimii- 

Ittting L. major, greater (Uie Teut. fonn« suf- 
fering further perverHion)»< L* amaracuii, ama- 
raeum, < Gr, afidpatcir^ ufuipoKov, marjoram (the 
Greek plant so named being appar. l^ulbon^, 
the Persian or 1' ; " ' ' 1 r^ 

ram).] A phinl 

ernl species, beiui^.-.H, -^ ...,,.,: - i 1 w- 
taatiT, or mint tribes The sweet marjorRm, O. Ma 
Jitrana, If pecuHnrly fir»Mnntfo nnd frrtpmnt, and mm h 
used in '■■ ■ "'"■ ■ :- ■ ' ■' ' 1 •' ■■ ■'■^- - l- 

ffare, U ^ 

OppQSit' 1^- 

ous solU, J( H |;> itiiy i^^m 

».-• ■^: I 

Hot lav en der« nil 1 1 'JiriL. 

Shik,, V\ . T., Iv, 4. 104, 

mark^ (mllrk), w. 1(a) < ME. morky mtrk\ mrrke, < 
AS. m ea rc^ ne ut. , s:s D, mrrk\ ma 1 fr =r OHG , " ma rr^ 
MUG. marr^ neut., G, markr, £,, — b'el. *nark\ 
nent., = Sw. marke = Dan, marke, a in f* ^-^ -i " >< ; 
henee ( < Teut. ) F. marque (which in - 
is merged in E, mark^) = Sp. Pg. Ii 
mark, sign; these forms being prob. 4.'onneeted 
with {h) viarch^,}i\K, marrhr, mftrkr^ < AS. mrarc, 
f.^ boundary, = OB. marva =: OFries. /^ ' 
merikvy menk =t 1). markr = ML(». marke, f 
a di &t r i i! t , = OHG ,ma rca . vi a rvh rt , M H G . in ;.. '. , 
G. murk^ f.» a boundary, diMriet, = Icel. mfxh, 
m.p a boundary, mork^ a border district, = Sw. 
Dan. mark^ a Held, = Goth, marka, f ., a boi] 
dai'Vt fonfine, coast; hence (< Temt.) F. mtirv 
— &p. Pg. It. ML. marea, l)order, inareh {f>ci^ 
mareli^) ; ^ L. mnrffa, edge, marge, niurgin { > E 
margin^ marift), t=. Zend mtrr^u, bonndary. The, 
sense *bouudai'y ' ia older aa recorded, thnui ' 
the sense * sign * seems logically preceden t. Ti 
two groups may indeed be from entirely difTei 
ent roots.) 1. A visil>le impression made 
some material objet*t upon an other: a line, dof« 
dent, eut^ stamp, bruise, sear, spot, tJtain, etc., 
consisting either of the visible effect produced 
by the imprerjsiug object or the tmnsfer of a 
part of its substance, a mark In tlitsgirneral sen»e 
U nndorst^xM] to be an inL'tdentnl or a casual effect, wtth- 
aut sig^niAeance cxerptwith reference to means or reaulla. 

Ye shall not make any cnttintrs In your lleab for the 
dead, nor print any marhi npon yun, IveV. lU. 3& 

I have umw isnarks of youi^ upon luy pate. 

Shak., C, of E., I 2. SI 

Specifically — 2. An imnressed or attaclied 
sign, stamp, label, or ticket ; a significant or 
distiugiiisbing 8>nulK»l or device ; that which is 
impressed or stamped upon or fixed to some- 
tliing for information, identification, or verifi- 
cation : nsy a nianuf aeturer's mark/t on his wares 
(see traifr-mark); the mark made by an illiter* 
ate person oppogitc or between the parts of his 
name when wTitten by another on his behalf; 
a merchant's private wmrA^on his goods, to in- 
dicate t heir price or other particidars to his as- 
sistants; a mark branded on an animal by its 
owner; to give a student so many marks for 

Eroflciency. Se« /l«//-m/n-A\ Ineernnilc«themark 
a cipher. 'word» or other device put u|K>n a piece of 
ware, amaliy on the Imttom or the uitder side, as an indi- 
cation of the pottery from which it cornea, a signature uf 
the painter who decorated It, or the like. Suth marks 
are often iin pressed in the clay before the glaae la ap- 
plied, and often painted under the «iase, or otherwise 
pumuuiently affixed. Very rarely thvy form a part of iiic 
decomtion, tu the ChlnoHe cliaractei-fl pnintc<l in gold or 
in red on the Japanese ware known a* Ka^ta or Kntnni* 
On a nanticai lead-line a ninrk is one of the measured ih- 
dicatiuTif^ of depth, coiisibtlnit of a white, blue, or red rnjf, 
a bit of leuther, or a knot of small line. 

Tile I^)rd fflt a mark upon Cain, lest any finding him 
should kill him. Gen, It. 15. 

lW>Bt thou use to write thy name? or hast thou a marl' 
to thyActf ? Shnk, S Jleii. VT. , Iv. % UO. 

The metlHNl of the 8ai;iuiB was . . , to affix (to their 
nAmt^l the sign of the cross; wldeh custom unr Illiterate 



mark 

mljEitr do t*» thif diijr ke«p upv by aigninir • Bn>u for tbelr 
riirtrJr when mmhle to writ* Uielr nacn»«. 

BXaektbtm, Com., II. xx. 

.Sli« luid g^rown up wJth h twin brother, atndying from 
Tht» ifliuo bookft una In the nme daeaos itiid getting the 
sain« fiutrku, or higher onei. 

Nimtsentk Century, XXI V. 918. 

3. A tlitttiufjuishmg phyaieal peculiarity; a 
spot, tnote, na&^Tis, special formation, or other 
singiiliirity; a natural sif^: as^ a birth-M*flrA-; 
the umrk\^ on sea-shellfl or wiM animal8. in far- 
riery tb« miiik iiH II (l«ep lut^dUn Uuprefteion oo the cut- 
ting warfare of the incUor t.ootb of a hurse, due \o the in- 
dectUin of » vertical fold of the t<x*th. It it seen of dltfer- 
ent ctiiiTttct^rfi actxirdlng to the wenr of the tooth, being 
thus t-f ^>" - ' vt. 1 t fin index of » honw's afro. It disnp- 
pnearK afi i ia wurn down beyond the trxt^nt of 
the fed d . ^ ir U d Uti simply to tbu ai:cumu latJot) 
tn (he fuli ■•-'. t-^.K. ^-1 dirt S«« the quotatioQ under mark- 

Ill- rhnt hyfftiod use nnd expcfleiiOQ li»th la hli eye the 
rl|^^ TiiJtre of the diamond r«J<?«t<th 

an- counterfeit, be it ever do well 

hn -lijihed! 

,s,r T. Mvrt, (tophi (tr, by EobimonX Int, p. m. 
Fur i»i£krk9 defcriod In men's nutlTlty 
Are oature'i fftiilts, not their own Infamy. 

Stutk,, Lacrece^ L 53a 

4. A gi^ifieant note, character, &lgii, token, or 
indication; » determinative attestation. In logic, 
to say tJimta thing has a cert^iin rmark ia to a&y that ictme- 
thing in parttcuiar U true of it. 11iu% acoordlng to a cer< 
tain ftchciol of metaphyslciantr " incognlaatiaityla a vmrk 
of Uif Influite " 

I do ip>y aome inaHhr of love In her. 

Shak,, Much Ado, ii. 3, SM. 
Pride and eof etooincaM are the lure -mm-kt* of thotc 
faUe Prophets which are to come. 

MUfof^ Apology for SmectymooiiB. 

I saw his Ma'tle (com'Ing from his yorthem Ezpedi- 
tJoD) ride In pomp, and a Icind of ovation, with all tbo 
nMtrlnM of an happy peace. Ewdun, Diary, tict. isil, 16*0. 

A I part of the 

CLK' '^nng. a par- 

tinl I II* a ground 

of coguilioii of thtt ^vhole rfmx'StuLiliL>n. All our ocmi- 
cepta are therefore marfo.aDd iJI thinking is nothing but 
repreaeatiog by nmrki. Kant, Logic (tnuiB^X Int,, viil. 

5. A g'uMiDg or indicative sii^n^ or token, (a) 
That wlilch iervea as afi indjcatiot] of place or direction ; 
an object that marici or pointa out: aa, a book-marir; 
boundary-inarlir; to guide a Tesael by land-nutntw on tJje 
abore. 

The steamer swung into lier (to me) utterly inrhlble 
marls, S. L. Clernem, Life tni the Jiliasisalppi, p. 97. 

(>) A badge, tianncr, ur other dUtlngnishing device. 

The banners (or markti) of the ancient Danes were in 
times of peace light colored, but In w&r times of a bbxHl 
ootor^ wiilt a bhick raven on a red grt«und, 

Preldtf^ Hist, of the Hjig, p. 28. 

6. An objeet aimed at ; a point of assault or at- 
tack; e8i)eeiaU\\ »oraethin^ Bet up or marked 
out to be shot at: often used fignrativelj: as^ 
to hit or miss the mark; a mark for detraction. 

By nfty pn»e, our Irynire sayd, 

The merk(it9 were to longe. 

LyMi Gett^ nf Robyn HwU (Child's Ballads, V. 113X 

I will shoot three arrows at the side thereof, as though 

] shot at a mark. 1 Sam. xx. 30. 

For aUnder't mark was ever yet the fair. 

Shnk^t Sonneta^ Xxx. 
Death b}ves u ahtning nmrk a signal blow. 

Koiirt.v, Night ThoughtH, v. lOU, 

7. An obj«.'t.'t of endeavor; a point or purpose 
striven for; that which one aims to reach or 
attain. 

I preas toward tho mark tot the priio of the high calling 
of (lod in Christ Jesus. Phil. ill. u 

Make therefore to yourself some fitiirlr^ and go towar<Is 
It aUegrement Dantu, Letters, xx. 

Deftnu n WL'II; 
For fwtr divine Philo^iphy 
Should push beyond lier mark. 

Tennffaony In Memorlam, Uii 

8. An attainable point or limit ; capacity for 
reaching; reach; range. [Bare.] 

You are abused 
Beyond the tnark of thoaght. 

SM,, A, and 1\, iU. 6. 87. 

9. An objeet of note or observation ; hence, a 
pattern or example, [Rare.) 

He was the tnark and g1a«i, copy and book, 

That faaliion d others. Shak., 2 Hen, IV, , IL 3. 31. 

10. Bight to notice or observation; claim or 
title to distinction ; importance; eminence: as, 
n man of trntrk. 

And left me in repateless banlsbmetit, 
A fellow of MO ff%ark nor likelihood. 

Sfttt*„lHen.IV,,tli2.45. 
^tdiers i>f royul faart soom sach b«ae purchase. 

FUttker iand aneiker). False One, iv, % 

Pot perromiaiicc of great mark it needs extraordinary 

lit'ttlth, Emtrmti, Conduct of Life. 

11. A marking or noting; note; attention: 
i»b«tervauce. [Rare.] 



3632 



Bot first, of ilil|if»<affift 
Of ther malqmc m»m 1 1 



1 1 right noglit^ 
[ oo meerkt. Yofk Ptau*, ji. ll 
He hath devoted . . . htmself to the conteinplaliou, 
mark, and denotement of her part* and gmce*. 

Shak , (lthelli>. il ». 322, 

12, A license of reprisals. See rii^r</«r. — 13, 
A boundary; a bound or limit noted or estab- 
lished; hence, a set standard^ or u limit to be 
reached: aB, to speak within the nuirk; to be up 
to the mark. 

In that Contrce of Libye is the See more hiiibetban the 
Lond ; and it ftemethe tliat it wolde cuverv the Erthe, mid 
natbeles xit it pssaethe not his Marte*. 

MandmOe, l^vds^ p. 144. 
Choose discrt'i^y, 

And Virtue guide voa ! There all the world, hi otie man, 
-Stundt at the mark, Fieteher, Mad Lc«ver, v. 4. 

It's only a qtieetion iietweeii tlie larger sum and the 
jtiialler. I shall be within the wark any w^. 

DiektHn, Bleak House, xxxvil. 
The aneleut capital of Burt^undy is wnnting in charac- 
ter : it it not up to the tnark. 

H, JttmtA, Jr.f Little Tour, p. iinflL 

14. In the middle ages, in England and (Jer- 
mauy^ a tract of hind belonging in common to a 
community of freemen, who divided the culti- 
vated portion or arahft ruark among their indi- 
vidual membert*, UBcd the common or ordinary 
mark together for pasturage or other general 
purposes, and dwelt in the rilktpt* murk or cen- 
tral portion, or apart on their holdings. It was 
a customary tenure, like that of the existing 
Russian mir^ and was similarly managed and 
governed. 

The Mark Systflm, as it was called, aocording to which 
the bodv of kindred freemen, scattered over a considerable 
area anu eultlvatlng their lands in common, usea doniestk 
oonititutloD baled entirely or primarily on the eomni unity 
of tenure and cultivation. StMhU, ConBt. Hist, f 1». 

16t. Image; likenesis. 

Which maukynde Is so fair part of thy werk 
That thou limadeat lyk to thyn oweiie m^rk. 

Chauegr, Prankliu'w TaJe, L 15i. 

Henee — 16t. The musi^ of beings having a com- 
mon likeness; posterity. 

If wonmien hadde writcu stories. 
As clerk*"!) han withlnne hire oratories, 
They wolde lum writeti of men moore wikkednesse 
Than al the mark of Adam may redrcAse. 

Chaucer, ProL to Wife of Batb» Tale, I. «m. 

AflcKbental Bjmtheticalmark.a mark not predieikted of 
the subject in tho donnitlon of it.— Adequate mark. 
Same as ndnptate drpmtinn (whJcii soc, under d^ftnitiftn). 
—Analytical marlc Same as ^mential ff^rAr.— Arable 
mark, see def, 14.— Beside Hie mark, see bexide.— 
Bird m&Tlit » wdi- known marie of certain pieces of pot- 
tefj, Indicntlnjf Liverpool wares, and &u;ppo«e^) to be the 
crest belinitrina: to the anna of the city of Lh irpool— Ca- 
dence-mark, iTi ritunc, a vertical stntke In .\ tuxt nrvMiUK-d 
for ehanting^ to indlciate how the words are tp i 
Uie measures of the codencea.— Cknmnon Hi. 

def. 14. — Constitutive mark, in Mc. .^or , 

— Codrdlnate marks, in I'mju^ InJf ncndiont prtdiciitt.-i 
of die same sub J ett.— Demerit mark, ^^te denteriv^i,— 
Diacritical mark, !^ee (fuim/fWr/.— Essential mark, 
in loffiCt one of the characters predicated In the definition 
of anything. Alio called anah/fticai t^i a r^.— Fruitful 

mar]^ iJi toffic, Soefrui^ful.^(kid bless or Ck)d save 
tlie markl Save tlie marki etc., ejaculatory or paren^ 
thettcal phrases expressive of irony, aconi. deprecation, 
surprise, or a bamoroua sense of the extmoitllna]:)'. "In 
archery, when an archer ahot well it wvm customary to cr>' 
out '(jJyd *aw thf mark! '— that ia, prevent any one coming 
after to hit the same mark and displace my arrow. Ironl- 
cjUty it is said to a novice whose arrow is nowhere." 
Brticer, Diet Phrase and Fable, p. Ttto. 

For he made me mad 

To see bim shine so brisk and smell so sweet, 

And talk so like a waiting-gentlewoman 

Of guns &nd drutns and wounds — God mtve the mark i 
Shak., 1 Hen. IV., L ». Ml 

To be ruled by my oon science, T should stay with the 

Jew my master^ who, God Ide^if tht mark^ Is a kind at dorlL 

Sftak., M, of v., it. 2. 26. 

My father had no more nose, my dear* Having Urn mark t 
than there is upon the back of my bund. iSleme. 

** Deny myself" meant simply pleasure yoUt 
The sacred aiid anperior, mve the mark i 

^owniufj, King and Book, 11. 278. 
God's markt. i^ee&odi. — Hallmark. Seehali-mark,^ 
Harmonic mark, see AfrrTmmie.—Hl5h- water mark. 
See ^mter. — Leading marka. See U^imj i , — Lenticu- 
lar mark. 8ecf«iruM(Zar.— Low-watermark. Seeii^- 
r^.— Mark moo^lormflrly, in England, a village asaem* 
biy which hod aocii direction of the affuirB of the mark or 
village community as devolved In later timeaon the mano- 
rial court and the vestry. See d of. 1 4. — Blark Of expres- 
sloa, Same as aspremUm-mark. — Mark of mouthy in 
/flmterj/, 8oe def. ».— Mark of Venus, in jutlmusinj, the 
tboral line of the hand. Marks of cadency, in ht. 8ee 
cadency. -Mark system- Heo ^h-■i. 14— Merchant's 
nuurlL Bee merchant.— Metronomic mark, a mark at 
the beginning of a piece of mtiBlc, llke"M. M, J = IK*," 
M. M, meaning Maelael's Ihletronome, and « t= i}o moan 
Ing that the sliding weight is t^) be set at 12<>, and titat 
then the time of a single nsclllatlon l» thai Intf^tided for 
each • of tho piece, or. In other words, that each « It to 
occupy T^n of a minute. Any note may be chosen as the 
unit of reference.' Keceaaary mark, a mmk which not 
only happens to be a mark of the subject^ but would Ik? »*) 
in every poatf ble state of thlDga. — Ordinary mark. See 
def. 14. — FlUneoll's markka mark retiulred by stjitute 



»bo^^ i 
callf^S 



mark 

^ide tif tlie hull of a Erltidi veaaelt 
tiich the vessel may be loaded: so 



i6oll, a memlier of ParUament, at 
whosu ui^Unut! Uiu laK was made. Also caUed loadMne, 
— Remote mediate marlLin Uiffic, a mark of a maik ; 
a pretlicate of a predicate. —Bepeat-mark. »«« f^teO, 

— Staccato mark. Heestoecafo.— synthetical mark. 
Bame as Q<^eid«i^lai mark,^ tO come up to the mafk. 
Kee ctfffw . — To cut tiie mark, see euL" To keep one^s 

mark, hi/alexmru, to wait, as a hawk, at the place where 
it lays game, until it la retrieved, HaUiiedi,— To make 
one's mark, (a) To afUx a croaa (either Latin or 8t. An- 
drc^'ftjij, ill place of signing one's name: done by illiterate 
pLnMHis. (S) To make one's loflueiice felt ; gain a poaltioti 
of influence and diatlncUon. — To toe the mailC, to stand 
witli the toes touching a line drawn or Indicated for some 
purpoise. as a person about to make a jump^ or a child or 
a row of children in school; heneet, coUrHiuially, to stand 
up to one's obligation or duty; face the cousetjuenoas of 
one's action or iiitualion ; take a bold stand. 

He had tt>o much respect f^ ! :. raent and 

discretion to refuse t4i U*e U' U wa« an 

imaginary one. // vlH. 70(». 

Trademark. Seetro(f<^-tn«r*. — Syn. l. Inii^itasjlmnrea- 
cion(on wax, etc.), print (of the hand, ete.), trace, track, Ift* 
dlcation, sj-mptom.— 3, Badge. —4. Characteristic, proof, 
mark^ (miirk)^ i\ [< ME, markm, mcrktm^ < 
AS. mearcian — 08. warkon = OFrieg. merkin 

— D, merken = MTjG. merktn^ marken, LG. 
mttrkm = OHG. marvhon^ m^rvhan, mcrkan, 
MHG. G, mrrkrti = leel. mttrka = Sw. mdrka s= 
Dan, mmh' (of, F. marqucr, OF. vurktr^ mer- 
cMer = Pr. Sp. Pg. nmrcar — It. mar care, mar- 
chUiri\ < ML. murcare)^ mark; from the noun. 
Ct^remtirk^(U*marcaHoH.'\ I, iran«, 1. To make 
a mark or marks on: apply or attach a mark 
to; aflfect with a mark or markn by drawing, 
impressing, stamping, cutting, imposing, or the 
like. 

My body 's nxark'd 
With Roman swords. Shak., CymlKllne. ilf. S. 50. 

2. To apply or fix by drawings impressing, 
stamping, or tht> like ; form by making a mane 
or mark.s: an. to mark a line or square on a 
board; to mark a name or direction on a pack- 
age. 

The line of demarcation Itetween good and bad meu Is 
so faintly marked as <»ften to elude the most careful ln< 
VGAtigation. Jfoeatda^, Mitford's Hist, of Greece. 

3. To serve as a mark or eh aract eristic of; 
distinguiHh or point out, literally or figurative- 
ly; stamp or characterize. 

For leagues no other tree did wufrl' 
The level waste, the ronnding gray. 

Tennygtmt Mariaua. 

An advance i% metallurgy was marked l>y the use of a 

fliivcir coinage. C. Elton, iirigixis of Eng. Hist., p. ao&. 

4, To notice; observe particularly; take note 
of; regard; heed. 

And mofkt what ahaU be reed to thee^ 
Or gtvcn thee lo leame. 

BaAcM BooitCE. £. T. aX P> SOI- 

Let them eaat back their eyes unto former generations 

of men. antl mark what was done in the prime of the world. 

Hookrr, Ecclea. Polity, ii. 4. 

,VrtrA them which cause divisions and oflencea. 

Horn. ivL 17. 
J/nrA\ madam, we live amongst riddles and mysteries. 
STrrw, Tristram Shandy, iv. 17. 

5, To single out; designate; point out. 

At the knb;bt Corlon cast he that one. 

Am be nieUlt with his mafstur, mrrKt bym eoyn« 

Hit hym so Idttnrly with a hard dynt. 

That he gird to the ground, A- tlie gost yalde. 

D^iirucHon qf Truif (F^ IL T. ^. ), L e4»7. 
If we ore vnorjt'd to die, we are enow 
To do our ooantry tosa. Shak., Hen. V., Iv, ilL fiOw 
I sm mark'd for slaughter, 
.4nd know the tellinir of this tmtli has made me 
A man clean lost to this world. 

FUtehtr, Valentlnian, I. 3. 
6t. To wound ; Btrike. 

He merkit hym In mydward the myde]] In two. 
That be felli? to the flat erthe, flote he no lengnr. 

Dt^rueOon ^f Troy (K E. T. 8,X 1. 7Ve&. 
To mark down. («> To set down In writing or by marks; 
make a note or memorandum of : ai. to mark dawn a sale 
on credit ; to mark down tht* n amber of yards. (6) TV> 
mark at a lower rate . reduce the price-marks on : as, to 
ifutrk dmtm prices ; to tnark dmrn a line or stock of goods. 

— To mark out. (a) To lay out or plan by marking ; 
mark the figure or ftx the ontllnea of : as, to mark out a 
building or a plot of tatid : to marJi' out a campaign, (h} 
To notify, as by a mark ; point out; designate: as, the 
ringleaders were markni nvt fur puntshmeaL 

I wonder be should tmirl* me avt so ! 

B, JmrnOt Sejanns, L 1 
To mark time, (a) MiUt., lo move the feet alternately 
in the sante manner, and at the same rate, as In march- 
ing, but without clinnjflnp BTonud. ih) To Indicate the 
rhythm for niw.^ic; bent time-— To mark Up, the oppo- 
site of to vtark dmrn ih). =83^1. 1. To brand.— 3. To show, 
evince, Indicate, betoken, denote.— 4. To notc» remark. 

n. ititrart'i. 1, To act as marker or score- 
keeper: keep a score; set do^^^l or record re- 
sults at successive stages. 

Vou markinif, as well as 1, we may put both our marks 
ti»>retber. when they are jfone, and confer of them. 

B. Jtftuum, Poetaster, ii. L 



-J- niATk 

2. Toiioto; ttikp notice. 

O iiiirlght J tf rtKc ! Mftrk, .1 ew : O leCTDfld lodffe ! 

mark*''' (miirk), »* [Al»o warr; < ME. markt 
marcy < AS. mart", a weiglit (of sjlver or gold), 
= OFries, rnvrk z=. I>. mark = OLG. m«r/i% Hterk 
= OHG. ^marhi (> ML. nmrc4t. It. marca, OV, 
mare, «ste.)» MHLf. marl\ markv, G. mark^ f., a 
weight of silver or jsrold^ u coin, = Icel. warA% a 
weight ( i lb. ) of silver or gold. = 8w. Dan. mark; 
tu^uAlly idptitified, in the orig. atippoeed &eiise a 
^iitampc*(] coin,* with murk^, a Bijtjn, ^tamp: but 
the aens^ of *a particular vveij^bt' fc^etnog to hv 
older,] 1, A unit of vvrd^bt «i^* ri in i uLri^mi 
before the Contjuegt^ and in i uii- 

tries of Europe down to th' i ihv 

tnetric aystenit esi ni silver. 

It Wiu j^tiiitsraJljr efjU.iJ Ul> Culogni" 

iiiiurk WM maiie the aU, ,....., c I - Hi.-.iijEh- 

oiit the Ocmiflji Homan enipin-, > rih^ 

Utcd ki all the (jrincipa! cities, I art;- 

k'*fnc«A wUh «rhiu1i thtTit- v — uml 

«'opic»d, the Colojnie iiiiirk vol- 

Ilea In difftTt'tJt jjUccji. 1 [i ■ th*.- 

¥a1ac6 of Boint- « ' *' y-' troy 

g^Kill^ either i1 * rah 

!rnilni. ilolt, or i> :^ tuv. 



3633 

mark^ (raiirk)» «, and «, [A variant of murkK 
mtrk.] I. a. Park- [Ob^nlrfp or proviuciaL] 



f^ 



BflcUn 



Bniiui«itB 
Cijlugiie 

Duitdc . 

Drcflden 

HfliDburg 

Ll«bou 

Lubeck 

Madrid 

MIlHn . 

ParlB .. 

Stockhohu 

Stutt««rt 

Turin 

VcDlce .. 

VlMIIW.. 



/l«t,uldPiUftt'fi'i 
I mttrk ; otlitTi) I 
^ Cologne m&rk ( 

I otiHia J 

iComiuorcinI \ 
{ tniirk»chAng'il»y 

( UlH J 

Troyes njark 

I Qotd»mith«' { 

) auirk i 

j Cologne min-k, * 

( lain .. I 

Cologne mark 
Cologne miirk 






Sei9|M00 



BfiiS 



I Mint mwrk .. 
Cologuti mark . 

; ^doiaBiuitiiA 

I I mark . . 
Mini mmk ,. 



aoottj 

HMO 

3548 

37774 

M87Di 8?f.*2 



»ooe 



87^ 



^008. §834106 82 



8847 is; 



31102.03 . 



.1X641 01 
8710 lli!i740Jd 



14 



4aaoi|48»|. 



2. An Anglo-8«xon f>nd early Kngliwh itiouey 
of account, in the tenth centary H was eatluwlcd at 
lOOallfer ptnidea, but from tht'ewd of thetwcUtli centnry 
{or tfArllvr) onward al l«ti i>etinif6 or 13#. 4d. (It* money of 
thr tim<?). The mark was iievt-r an Anglo-Snion ur Eim- 
Ufih colli, a& jM often eiTonecMUily stated. 

Tliert^'s a franklin In the wfhl of Kent hath brought 
tlirc« hundred markn with htni in gold. 

Sfutt.^ \ ITtn. IV , M h 61. 

A i|>ccfal gontUs 
That tii thy heir to forty marhi a yt-ar, 

B^ Jftftson^ Alchemff^t, i. L 

8, A modem silver coin of the Gei-mau eiopire, 
containing precisely ^ irranjs of tine silver, 
or 0,20784 of that in a United Htatoa silver 
dollar. Oonnao nilver eoins of the valny of 2 marka. 
And gold c«ini of the valae of :». 10. and 'Xi niarkti, arc idso 



Thf nygbt waxed vouu i 
Then wnAihi^ tnlBta Im^i i 

MS, CaiUab. tL u. 




OtMPCfM. RevcfM. 

G«m(an Mark, i Sixe of tH« cvricr^n&U) 

current The gold uolna contain (K8584^29 gram of line 
gold p«r mark, the value of which la coniMK|oently «a33821. 
4. A silver coin of .Scotland iHHued in 1663 bv 
Charles II., worth lit the time I3j«f. 4rf. Scotch 
<or 13 pence and one third of a p^nny EuKlif^h). 
The tA>iMle iturrk (so cmlletl frora Its revfnje*tyt>e being a 
thlfltk) wa« a Scotch aUvor coin of the winie vcdno i^tieil 
by JuiMa VI, In this mhiso commonly spclkd inrrJtr, 
lurk: banco, n nmru-y «if aoi.'onpit fiininiU iir^i^I in Itnm- 
burg, of I I , : lo 

called to 31 of 

the value '> had. 

oo baa not hatm iiaed iiucu the uj war of 

1870 -L (Set ^m ha^f-mark.) 
market (mi-rk), 1. 1. [MK, tui ':<•« ; var. 

of man?**.] To mareh ; proceed. 

Tbfla dnst for tb& dttdt» and drogben to «btp. 
And merkU vnto M<!«8un with a mekyll n&uy. 

DetbrueUon t^f Tmy (B. E. T. 8,), 1. SljJC. 



t thyek«. 
iul. (Haifiu^tL) 

n, Ji, Dork; darkness. 

If^ii thrcnff the dark, antl Uirow the WMtr*. 
And thhiw ihr leaves ogroLn- 

Ciifrk Sauutlirni {CUUr* Ballade, Lt H'Hii). 

markablet (milr'ki^-bl), a» [< mark^ 4- -abl^.] 
Keuitirkable. 

tie nonld strike them — with «orue inarkaUa paniab> 
menL 

.Sir E. .Snitrfj^*, .Stnte of Religion, K. 2. h, (ttUhardtm^ 

mark-boat (mark'bot), «. A lioaf a li